Tag Groups used in Events
Countries
View DetailsLAPR1973_03_22
00:24
It's hard to see how Panama can fail to achieve its objective of exerting painful diplomatic pressure on Washington through the meeting of the United Nations Security Council, which began last week in Panama City. Such meetings offer the poor nations of the underdeveloped world an opportunity to mobilize international support for their grievances against the rich nations in the glare of world publicity. The following excerpts from a front page editorial in the Panamanian newspaper, La Estrella de Panamá, comments on the current negotiations.
00:54
Our foreign ministry has engaged in able, patient and cautious diplomatic efforts since 1961 to serve as host to the meeting of the UN Security Council in Panama. That we have achieved this objective, considering that our only element of pressure was our moral force, constitutes a victory for the constitutional government and for the people that support our sound foreign policy. When the Security Council meets at the Arosemena Palace, our flag will be flown together with those of the 131 members of the United Nations. Panama will never again be alone in the long and painful battle in which it has been engaged since 1903. People everywhere are always fair and freedom-loving. The peoples of the world will be with us this March.
01:37
The editorial continues, "In October 1971, Panamanian foreign minister Juan Antonio Tack, addressed the 16th UN General Assembly and strongly denounced the existing situation in our country caused by foreign intervention in our sovereign territory." He said, "In 1903, Panama had imposed upon it a treaty that enabled the construction of a canal. A treaty that is humiliating to my country in most of its stipulations. By virtue of that treaty, a foreign territory known as the canal zone was embedded in the heart of our republic with its own government and laws issued from the United States." This from the Panama Daily, La Estrella de Panamá.
02:14
A further comment on the Panama situation from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior. "For 70 years", says General Omar Torrijos, "strong man of this country. Panama has provided the bodies and the US has provided the bullets." He's referring metaphorically to the colonial treaty, which is now under consideration of the United Nations Security Council. The 44-year-old General said that the approval of the new treaty can take place only by a plebiscite of the Panamanian people. With complete respect for the sovereignty of Panama, and without the qualifications that it be a perpetual or non-limited agreement.
02:50
Torrijos said, "One does not negotiate sovereignty. When we speak of sovereignty, they speak of economics. They say, 'Why are you so scornful of money?' As if money could buy everything. Sovereignty and only sovereignty is the question."
03:04
By airplane, car, and on foot, Torrijos toured the north of his country with Excélsior reporters. They observed the drama, the sadness, and the misery of the Panamanian peasants. Torrijos said, "We are subjugated by drought and erosion, as well as by a canal. An agrarian reform was initiated four years ago," and Torrijos said that this has total priority, but the canal by its very nature, is a more international issue.
03:30
Generation after generation, we have fought over this canal to change this situation. We haven't got a thing. The US has always insisted on a bilateral treaty and bilateral negotiations. We agreed with this and we're loyal to this until we realize that the canal is a service to the entire world. The world must realize that Panama is more than a canal, and that the canal is more than a ditch between two oceans. Around this ditch is a country, a nation, and a youth ready to sacrifice itself to regain jurisdiction over 1400 square kilometers now fenced off under the control of a foreign government.
04:04
Torrijos says that the legislature decided not to continue accepting the payment of $1.9 million so that the world can see that we are not being rented, we are being occupied. Excélsior asked Torrijos under what conditions he would sign a new treaty. The main problem he singled out was the length of time of the commitment. The US had been persistently pressing for an agreement in perpetuity, and their compromise offer of 90 years was evidently also too long for Torrijos. When the interviewer asked, "Do you feel that the other Latin American countries are behind you?" The general replied, "Yes, the sentiment of Latin Americans is almost unanimous." This was from Excélsior, the Mexico City daily.
04:45
And finally the London magazine, Latin America interprets the security council meeting in Panama as having important implications for US Latin American relations. Latin America says, "There is every reason to suppose that most, if not all, Latin American nations will use the occasion to air virtually every major complaint they have against the United States. During a visit to Mexico earlier this month, the Columbian foreign minister said that during the meeting, the countries of this continent must bring to discussion the disparity in the terms of trade, the growing indebtedness, the classic instability of raw material prices and the lack of markets which obstruct industrialization. The question of the 200-mile limit is also likely to be raised."
05:26
Latin America goes on to say, "It is the question of the canal and Panama's relations with the United States that are at the heart of the meeting, and it is here that the United States is most embarrassed. In the wake of the withdrawal from Vietnam, the Nixon Administration is anxious to follow a less exposed foreign policy and sees playing the world's policemen. It would be happy to make Panama substantial concessions, which if it were a free agent, would doubtless include formal recognition of Panamanian sovereignty over the Canal Zone and an end to the perpetuity clause of the 1903 treaty; much bigger payments to Panama for the use of the canal; probably a phasing out of the Canal Zone status as a colony of the United States; and perhaps even a gradual disbandment of the huge anti-guerilla training and operational base in the zone.
06:14
Though this would touch upon the sensitive question of continental security although Washington has made some concessions. Last month in a symbolic gesture, it removed the 20-foot-high wire fence separating the zone from Panama proper. The fence against which more than 20 Panamanians were killed in clashes with the United States Army in 1964. The United States ambassador, Robert Sayre, has publicly recognized that the zone is a Panamanian territory, though under United States jurisdiction. This commentary from the weekly Latin America.
06:47
Ercia from Santiago reports on political struggles within the ruling Popular Unity government in Chile. The slogan, "The United Left will Never be Conquered," had large repercussions in the 1970 presidential campaign. It arose from the round table discussions, which the Communist party, the Socialist Party, and other left groupings attended. The leaders of the Popular Unity made it clear that victory was possible only if this slogan was applied and cooperation strong. That was in fact the case in 1970. Now after 27 months of power, the apparent ideological strength of the left has begun to unravel a bit. The threatening split between the communists and the socialists, concerns the extent of the social or state sector. As well as disagreement over methods of rationing and distribution. In Chile, the Communist Party represents a fairly cautious conservative position, and they have accused the socialists of supporting a far left grouping, the movement of the revolutionary left. The members of this organization have been calling for the creation of public institutions independent of the government. Examples of these would be labor groups, community associations, and peasant leagues. This published in Ercia from Santiago.
07:59
The Allende Government's substantial vote in the Congressional elections may prove to be a deceptive success if the pronounced differences between the two principle ruling parties are allowed to continue, the Peruvian Latin American Press News Agency comments on the situation in Chile.
08:15
In a rare display of toughness, the Movement of Popular United Action, MAPU, expelled 15 of its members from the party last week. Its action, coming so soon after the congressional elections, is an omen of the likely state of internal politics within the ruling Popular Unity Coalition in the next few months. For now, the electoral excitement has settled. It has become evident that the potential for conflict and division within the coalition is greater than it was before. The incident was provoked by the publication of an internal MAPU document by the right-wing daily El Mercurio four days before the elections. Frank and detailed, the report contained an analysis of the two and a half years of Allende's administration. Naturally, it was a godsend to the opposition, which exploited it to the full. Particularly stressing its admissions of error by the government, and its criticism of the government for bringing in military cabinet ministers. The government was clearly embarrassed by the affair, and President Allende, speaking to foreign journalists two days before the elections, made no secret of his irritation. "The party should have burnt the document after it had been discussed", the President said.
09:24
Privately, Allende did more than express irritation, said Latin American Press. "He summoned the leaders of MAPU and told them bluntly that unless they offered a satisfactory explanation quickly, he would be forced to ask for the resignation of every MAPU member in high government position. The party took his demand seriously and on the 7th of March, expelled 15 members, explaining that the group had refused to accept the revolutionary character of the government. But in fact, the reverse is true. The expelled group was close to the movement of the revolutionary left, the extreme left-wing organization, which although outside the government supported it in the recent congressional elections. Like the mayor, the expelled members of MAPU have doubts about the participation of the armed forces in the government. And are completely opposed to the Communist Party's strategy of consolidation within the coalition, and reconciliation with the Christian Democrats. The remainder of MAPU is moderate in feeling, although it claims a certain distinction between its position and that of the communist." This commentary is from the Latin American Press Agency in Lima.
10:27
The Brazilian weekly, Opinião, reported this week from Rio on the further activities of the Catholic Church in opposing the military government. Brazil's bishops, in their strongest and most detailed declaration of human rights, have denounced various types of discrimination in this country and the limitation on basic freedoms here. According to conclusions of the 13th General Assembly of the National Conference of Brazilian Bishops made public last week, "It is the duty of the Roman Catholic Church to inform public opinion of the violations of human rights and to defend those rights." The question of human rights was one of the main topics on the agenda of the General assembly that met in Sao Paulo for 10 days last month. A total of 215 bishops or 80% of the episcopate of the world's largest Catholic country, took part in the meeting.
11:14
Opinião continues, "The document is not really an open challenge to Brazilian authorities, but a clear statement of the church's position on the question of human rights, and an offer to work with the authorities to improve the situation. In the last year, individual bishops and groups of bishops have publicly attacked Brazil's military regime on its social policies. In particular, they have denounced police and military authorities for arbitrary and repressive actions which have included torture. They have also attacked civilian authorities for allowing large business interests to exploit rural workers in the name of economic development."
11:50
The basic human rights, said by the bishops to be among those least respected, were the right to liberty and physical integrity when faced with excessive repression. The right to political participation, in particular denied to the opposition party. The right to association, especially in regard to labor unions. The right to expression and information. The right to a legal defense, in view of the absence of habeas corpus provision. The right to possess the land on which one works. The right not to be subjected to systematic, political, and social propaganda, and aggressive and indiscriminate commercial advertising. And the right of the church to greater participation in social activities sponsored by the civilian authorities.
12:31
Opinião concludes, "The bishops came out even more strongly in denouncing various types of discrimination in Brazilian society. Including discrimination in favor of big landowners and against peasant families. For business management against workers. For whites against blacks. For pro-regime, political parties against the opposition. And for men as opposed to women. The bishop's strongest denunciation was directed against the oppression of Brazil's Indian population. The document charged that about 100,000 Indians were in the process of being exterminated. The document urged that the church make a study of the present condition of the Indians and that all persons engaged and work with Indians join forces to help them." This is from the Brazilian weekly Opinião.
13:14
The second round of bilateral talks between Chile and the United States is to open next week in Washington, in an effort to resolve some of their main outstanding differences. Particularly questions of finance, trade and aid, and compensation claims by United States and copper companies.
13:30
Argentina, Guatemala, and Venezuela, all of which have territorial disputes with Britain or former British colonies, strongly opposed Britain's application for permanent observer status at the Organization of American States. Venezuela also raised the issue of colonialism, which was criticized by Brazil and Peru on the grounds that other colonial countries such as Portugal have been granted observer status as a matter of routine. They also pointed out that Britain gave regular technical assistance to the OAS.
14:31
This week's feature deals with one case study in the controversy between multinational corporations and Latin American nationalist governments, which pose a threat to corporate investments in Latin America. The ITT secret memorandums concerning its interventions in Chile, have made the headlines again recently, calling attention to the strong power these companies wield in Latin America.
14:52
Senate hearings in Washington this week have been delving into the activities of ITT's busy Washington office, this time involving its campaign to get Nixon Administration help in protecting ITT properties in Chile from Marxist President Salvador Allende. The Wall Street Journal reports that ITT officials bombarded the White House with letters and visits, called on the State Department, huddled with the US ambassador to Chile, and lunched often with a Central Intelligence Agency spy boss, known as "Our Man." What ITT wanted during this hectic pleading in 1970 and '71, was for Washington to threaten the newly elected Allende government with economic collapse, according to William Merriam, who was then head of the company's Washington office. "If Allende was faced with economic collapse, he might be more congenial toward paying us off", Mr. Merriam told a Senate Foreign Relations Subcommittee. The Chilean government had expropriate the ITT-controlled Chile Telephone Company without, the company says, offering adequate compensation.
15:53
The Wall Street Journal goes on to say that the Senate subcommittee, chaired by Senator Frank Church, was created especially to investigate the influence of big multinational companies like ITT on US foreign policy. ITT's involvement in the 1970 Chilean presidential election, was first brought to light a year ago in columns by Jack Anderson, who had obtained a stack of memos, cable grams, and letters between ITT officials. So far, ITT has had little luck protecting its investments in Chile. It claims that the ITT-controlled telephone company that was intervened by the Allende government in September 1971, has a book value of $153 million. ITT has filed a claim for $92 million with the US government's Overseas Private Investment Corporation, which ensures American property against foreign expropriation. But OPIC has a rule against provocations or instigation by its insurance clients, unless the activity was requested by the US government. So the question of who took the lead in meddling in the 1970 Chilean election, ITT or the CIA, could determine whether the insurance claim is valid.
17:00
Mr. Merriam told Senator Church that ITT Chairman Harold Geneen introduced him in July of 1970 to William Broe, the CIA's Latin American Director for Clandestine Services. Mr. Merriam said he was instructed to stay in touch with Mr. Broe in the future. Without saying who initiated this meeting in the Washington Hotel, Mr. Miriam made it clear that the CIA was impressed with political reporting on the Chilean situation by ITT'S operatives in Latin America. He said Mr. Broe sent CIA messengers to his office to get the reports. The September 17th, 1970 cable from Bob Barella and Hal Hendrix, two ITT officials in Latin America, suggested Mr. Allende's election might be headed off with help from we and other US firms in Chile. The cable recommended that advertising funds be pumped into a financially shaky conservative newspaper in Chile. The cable also suggests, concludes the Wall Street Journal account, "that ITT bring what pressure we can on the US information service to circulate the newspaper's editorials in Latin America and Europe."
18:08
In a memo dated September 14th, 1970, an ITT operative in Chile wrote that he had spoken with the state department's Latin American advisor to Henry Kissinger. "I told him of Mr. Geneen's deep concern about the Chile situation, not only from the standpoint of our heavy investment, but also because of the threat to the entire hemisphere." The threat to its interest explains in a nutshell why ITT worked so hard in the period between September 4th and November 4th to prevent the Allende government from taking power in Chile. ITT had a great deal to lose in Chile.
18:42
Its holdings consisted of six affiliates, employing about 8,000 workers and worth around $200 million. It operated the Chilean Telephone Company, one of ITT's biggest earners abroad, had investments in telephone equipment, assembling and manufacturing, directory printing and international communications, and operated hotels. Among foreign investors in Chile, only the copper holdings of Anaconda and Kennecott exceeded the worth of ITT's Chilean subsidiaries. In 1969, the Frei administration agreed that the telephone company be guaranteed a minimum annual profit of 10%. Profits for ITT have further been augmented by special foreign exchange arrangements for the communications monopolies in Chile.
19:25
The following memos illustrate how far ITT was willing to go to keep these investments. They also reveal the close ties between ITT executives and the US government, including the Central Intelligence Agency. And in the relations between ITT and the Chilean right. ITT had access to the centers of Chilean domestic power as well, having recruited prominent Chileans through career and investment ties. The memos expose ITT as a corporate nation on which the sun never sets. As Jack Anderson summarized, "ITT operates its own worldwide foreign policy unit, foreign intelligence machinery, counterintelligence apparatus, communications network, classification system, and airliner fleet with total assets equal to the combined gross national products of Paraguay, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Haiti, Bolivia, and Chile. ITT can wield its power almost at will."
20:21
The key memoranda begin on September 17th, 1970, 6 Weeks prior to the historic presidential election, which placed the Allende government in power. ITT field officials, Hendrix and Barella, advised an ITT vice President, E.J. Gerrity about the Chilean presidential campaign, suggesting alternatives which could thwart Allende's election chances.
20:43
The report stated that, "The surface odds and foreign news media appear to indicate that Salvador Allende will be inaugurated as president November 4th. But there is now a strong possibility that he will not make it. The big push has begun in Chile to assure congressional victory for Jorge Alessandri on October 24th as part of what has been dubbed the Alessandri formula to prevent Chile from becoming a communist state. Late September 15th, US Ambassador Edward Korry finally received a message from State Department giving him the green light to move in the name of President Nixon. The message gave him maximum authority to do all possible, short of Dominican Republic type action, to keep Allende from taking power."
21:23
The report further contended that the Mercurio newspapers are another key factor. "Keeping them alive and publishing between now and October 24th is of extreme importance. They're the only remaining outspoken anti-communist voice in Chile and under severe pressure, especially in Santiago. This may well turn out to be the Achilles heel for the Allende crowd. The Allende effort more than likely will require some outside financial support. The degree of this assistance will be known better around October 1st. We have pledged our support if needed."
21:54
Then on September 29th, Vice President Gerrity cabled ITT President Harold Geneen in Brussels, giving more details of the measures being considered to induce economic collapse in Chile. The cable says, "Subsequent to your call yesterday, I heard from Washington and a representative called me this morning. He was the same man you met with Merriam some weeks ago. We discussed the situation in detail and he made suggestions based on recommendations from our representative on the scene, and analysis in Washington. The idea presented is to follow economic pressure. The suggestions follow. Banks should not renew credits or should delay in doing so. Companies should drag their feet in sending money. And making deliveries in shipping, spare parts, etc. Savings and loan companies there are in trouble. If pressure were applied, they should have to shut their doors, thereby creating stronger pressure. We should withdraw all technical help and should not promise any technical assistance in the future.
22:54
A list of companies was provided, and it was suggested that we should approach them as indicated. I was told that of all the companies involved, ours alone had been responsive and understood the problem. The visitor added that money was not a problem."
23:08
He indicated, the cable continued, "that certain steps were being taken, but that he was looking for additional help aimed at inducing economic collapse. I discussed the suggestions with Guilfoyle, another ITT vice president. He contacted a couple of companies who said they had been given advice, which is directly contrary to the suggestions I received. Realistically, I did not see how we can induce others involved to follow the plan suggested. We can contact key companies for their reactions and make suggestions in the hope that they might cooperate. Information we receive today from other sources indicates that there is a growing economic crisis in any case."
23:43
The Gerrity cable was followed by a memorandum, dated October 9th, from another of the ITT vice presidents, William Merriam to John McCone, Director of the CIA from 1962 to 1965, and now a director of ITT. Merriam concluded that, "Practically no progress has been made in trying to get Latin American business to cooperate in some way so as to bring on economic chaos." GM and Ford, for example, say that they have too much inventory on hand in Chile to take any chances. And that they keep hoping that everything will work out all right. Also, the Bank of America has agreed to close its doors in Santiago, but each day keeps postponing the inevitable. According to my source, we must continue to keep the pressure on business. I was rather surprised to learn that in this man's opinion, the Nixon Administration will take a very, very hard line when and if Allende is elected.
24:35
As soon as expropriations take place, and providing adequate compensation is not forthcoming, he believes that all sources of American monetary help either through aid or through the lending agencies here in Washington will be cut off. He assures me that the president has taken, at this time better late than never, I guess, a long, hard look at the situation and is prepared to move after the fact. We had heard previously from the lower level at the State Department that Hickenlooper would not be invoked. This policy has either changed or the lower echelon does not know of this change. This is the first heartening thing that I have heard because with few exceptions, Nixon has paid very little attention to Latin America."
25:15
Subsequent memos indicate that, although both ITT and the CIA, gave verbal assurances of material support to Chilean general Roberto Viaux, who was maneuvering inside the army to stage a possible coup in late October. The attempt failed to materialize. None of ITT's efforts were effective in preventing Allende's election on November 4th, 1970. Although the memos indicate that the ITT maneuverings fail, we know that in the one and one half years that have passed since the Popular Unity government assumed power, the Chilean right aided by the US government and US business interests has continued to engage in subversive activity against the Allende government. This activity has taken many forms, including assassination attempts against the Chilean president outright, but abortive military coups, manipulation of food and other resources to exacerbate scarcities and create economic chaos, and of course the withholding of aid and loans as a big stick to whip the government in line. All of these tactics were suggested in the secret memos.
26:16
ITT has struggled for a year to ring from the UP a generous compensation for its interest in the Chilean telephone company, Chi Telco, which the Allende government earmarked for expropriation immediately upon its inauguration. Chi Telco was ITT's most profitable Chilean asset. Throughout the first part of 1971, ITT bickered over the terms of the expropriation, and finally on September 30th, 1971, the government took over operation of Chi Telco, claiming its services were highly deficient. Since then, ITT and UP have continued to negotiate over how much the government should pay for ITT's 70% share in Chi Telco. ITT valued the company at $153 million, but the government claimed it was only worth $24 million. Based on its past experiences in other Latin American countries, ITT has every reason to believe that it would be reimbursed. In the past three years, the governments of Peru, Ecuador, and Brazil have all nationalized the ITT-owned telephone companies in their countries on terms extremely favorable to ITT.
27:22
The memorandum that cited earlier may destroy ITT's chances for compensation from the Allende government, and may lead to further nationalization of ITT properties in Chile. In order to appropriate a corporation, the Chilean Congress must pass a constitutional amendment in each case. Presumably, these documents are giving the government more fuel in its effort to regain control of Chile's industries from the North American investors. As nationalism grows in Latin America, the threat to US corporations abroad also grows. As the documents make clear, US corporations are urging the US government to take a firm stand against unfriendly acts of expropriation by Latin American government, and are prepared to resist this trend by actively interfering in the internal affairs of other nations to safeguard their interests.
LAPR1973_03_29
00:16
Following upon the recent elections in Chile, election in which President Allende's governing coalition gained strength, we have two reports. On possible changes in the governing coalition of probable significance, Latin America reports from Chile that President Allende has suggested that the ruling coalition, Unidad Popular (Popular Unity), should unite to form a single left-wing party and is to summon a Congress of the Unidad Popular (Popular Unity) in the near future. There has been speculation that the foreign minister might play a prominent role in any such party if it were formed.
00:44
Also, the Latin American news staff of The Miami Herald reports on possible changes in Allende's cabinet. President Salvador Allende will name more communists and more socialists to his cabinet and will retain his military ministers, sources said Friday. The entire 15 man cabinet resigned Thursday night to give the socialists chief executive liberty in forming a new government. The ministers continued as caretakers. The sources said Allende planned to name at least one other communist and an additional socialist to the new cabinet. The socialists hold four portfolios in the cabinet and the communists three. This would reflect the results of the March 4th congressional elections in which both communists and socialists gained strength.
01:27
The changes in the Popular Unity Coalition and in the cabinet reflects changes registered in the recent election. One indication of the changes in Popular Support was analyzed by Tricontinental News Service.
01:39
An analysis of the women's vote in the recent Chilean elections shows a strong leftward drift among Chilean women who have traditionally voted conservatively. A quarter of a million more women voted for the left coalition in this election than in the 1970 election that brought Allende to power. This was an 8.5% increase. This report was from Tricontinental News Service.
02:02
More somber consideration for the ruling leftist coalition were reported from Latin America Newsletter. Chilean negotiators sit down with their opposite numbers in the United States at a conference table again this week to discuss the thorny question of Chile's debt. It is now three months since talks were first held, and in the meantime, the urgency of the issue has intensified for the Chileans. Despite its political boost from recent congressional elections and encouraging upturn in the price of copper, the Chilean government finds itself with an economy in the gravest straits.
02:30
Changes in administrative staff is also reported in the United States, when according to The Miami Herald Latin American staff. The Nixon administration has nominated Jack Kubisch as its next Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs. His nomination to the post is viewed by Washington insiders as a triumph for the State Department because Kubisch, unlike Meyer and the other Nixon administration officials, is a veteran diplomat. It's unlikely that Kubisch's nomination will be confirmed in time for the meeting of the Organization of American States to begin in Washington April 4th, but it is at this meeting that he is expected to be reintroduced to the Latin American scene after a two-year absence.
03:16
This gathering likely will feature heated debates on the sanctions imposed by the OAS against the Cuban government of Fidel Castro in 1964 when the US first built the sugarcane curtain. It will also serve as a forum for those Latin American nations who want to have the sanctions lifted and Cuba readmitted to the hemispheric group. Kubisch served in Brazil as Director of the United States International Development Agency from 1962 to '65. He was head of the Brazilian Affairs of the State Department in Washington from 1965 to '69. As a result, he has said to have strong emotional ties with Brazil and is considered an admirer of the economic plan used there.
03:59
Shifting from the diplomatic to the military front, Campainha, a weekly newspaper published by Brazilian exiles in Santiago, Chile, describes with concern the increasing militarization in Brazil. When General George Underwood, commander of the Panama Canal Zone, traveled to Brazil last year to discuss Latin American problems, particularly the internal politics of Peru, Chile, and Uruguay, General Sousa Mellow of the Brazilian military stated, "The General Underwood's visit with us reinforces the spirit of our presidents, who examined together the problems of the world which gave Brazil and the United States responsibilities to maintain the continuation of democracy." The statement by General Mellow demonstrates the purposes of the Brazilian arms race to assume the responsibility along with the United States of "maintaining democracy" in Latin America.
04:45
Campainha continues, "The warlike capacity of the Brazilian armed forces has already far surpassed the necessities of maintaining territorial boundaries. This excess capacity constitutes a danger for other Latin American countries to the extent that it seeks to create conditions to impose its leadership in Latin America. There is reason to believe that this could include intervention in countries that become unreceptive to Brazilian and North American models of development. The Brazilian preoccupation with entering the group of nations, which possess nuclear arms, reflects this objective. An agreement with the German Brazilian Commission of scientific and technical cooperation was signed last November, to further promote research in nuclear energy and the construction of missiles. Also, last year, Westinghouse Electric began constructing the first nuclear power plant in the country with a potential capacity of 600,000 kilowatts."
05:41
Campainha continues, "That the installation of arms factories in Brazil continues rapidly. Dow Chemical had proposed that their Brazilian plants begin producing napalm, which would be used in Vietnam. The so-called end of that war has postponed Dow's production of napalm in Brazil, but for how long?" Campainha asks. Print Latino reported last July that the Italian manufacturer Fiat, was trying to convince the Brazilian government to build a military aeronautics plant in Brazil. A similar offer was received from the French firm Dassault, which tried to sell its patent for the construction of its mirage jets in Brazil. Although in its propaganda, the Brazilian military government insists that the massive arms purchases are only in keeping with their intention to "modernize the army." Realistically, this arms race has one objective, to enable the Brazilian army to repress liberation movements both within and without that country.
06:29
Unfortunately, the increased militarization of Brazil is occurring in the context of growing tensions between the Brazilian government and other Latin American countries. Opinião, Brazil's major daily, reports from Rio, that Brazil and Paraguay are in the final planning stages of a huge hydroelectric dam on the Paraná River, and the agreement on the project will probably be signed next month when Paraguay's president visits Brazil.
06:55
The Itaipu Dam will be the largest in the world, cost over $2 billion supplied by the Brazilians, and provide energy to a huge area in Southern Brazil and Eastern Paraguay. The project has been criticized severely by the Argentinian government and by influential newspapers in Buenos Aires. Opinião predicts that the protests will grow now that the Peronist Party has won the elections, because the Peronists were outspoken during the campaign in criticizing Brazil's tampering with the Paraná River Basin.
07:24
Opinião continues that there are three basic reasons for Argentina's negative reaction to the proposed dam. First, it will seriously affect the flow of the Paraná River with unknown consequences for the trade and agriculture of six Argentine provinces. Secondly, the Brazilian project will make the construction of an Argentine hydroelectric plant further down the river impossible. Finally, the project has military implications, for if the Itaipu Dam is built, the Brazilians will have their hand on the faucet of the Paraná River and could use the dam as a weapon during war. For instance, flooding Argentina's most important and populous cities.
07:58
Opinião believes that the Argentinians have just complaints and urges the Brazilian government to stop rushing the planning stages and discuss the problem with neighboring countries. The Rio paper calls for a "disarmament of spirit without which it will be impossible to unite the forces necessary for the integral utilization of the Paraná River." That from Opinião.
08:17
Other observers are less optimistic than Opinião about the possibilities of an Argentine-Brazilian accord. Latin America sees the election of the strongly nationalistic Peronista Party in Argentina as likely to sharpen conflicts between the two nations. He reports that the Brazilian foreign office was preoccupied with Perón's victory and seized the deteriorations of relations as inevitable. The new government in Argentina, according to the Brazilian analysis, will be more than nationalistic. It will be overtly opposed to Brazil.
08:49
The probable foreign minister of the new Argentine regime has already spoken of smashing the Brasilia-Washington axis and it is expected that Argentine diplomats will soon try to restore Argentine influence in Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia. Latin America concludes that an alliance of the other Latin American nations against Brazil is a distinct possibility if the Peronists can solve some of Argentina's internal problems. That from Latin America.
09:17
The following article on political developments in Peru since the illness of President Velasco Alvarado originated with the Latin America Newsletter. It was reprinted by the Brazilian Daily, Opinião. Peruvian President Juan Velasco Alvarado recovering in a hospital from an operation suffered a setback last Saturday when his doctors had to amputate his right leg above the knee. Official bulletins stressed the normality of such a complication, but there can be no doubt in the political impact of this new operation.
09:45
Prime Minister Edgardo Mercado Jarrín is temporarily presiding over government meetings. But until last week, Velasco still had to sign all legal instruments. The problem was partially that the Air Force minister should, in strictly military terms, take precedent. However, Mercado is probably the effective ruler of Peru at this point. Mercado is by no means as committed to radical change as Velasco, although he apparently moved to the left during his years as Peru's foreign minister.
10:10
Latin America continues. One of the most difficult tasks facing analysts of the Peruvian process has always been to cut through the revolutionary rhetoric and assess the true ideological commitment of the various generals who try so hard to outdo one another in verbal militancy. But there are interesting indications that the government's efforts to stimulate popular participation in the Peruvian revolution have been successful in awakening a militant consciousness in the workers' movement, which never existed there before. How far the militancy can control this development and how far they really want it to go remain to be seen. But the signs are that popular mobilization may be taking on a dynamism of its own.
10:52
The First National Congress of Comunidades Industriales, which entered a fortnight ago, provided some interesting evidence to support this view. A creation of the regime's theorists of social solidarity and inter-class collaboration, the Comunidades form of organization are nonetheless throwing up some radical demands which show that the class consciousness is very much alive and indeed growing. Although government officials who helped arrange the congress stressed all along its complete independence from official manipulation or influence, they were probably not prepared for the vigorous declarations of independence from the floor, which led the representatives of the ministry of industry to withdraw.
11:28
The ministry's Office of Labor Communities was also accused of lacking revolutionary consciousness and a unanimous vote accensure led to the abrupt departure of the ministry observers. Just for good measure, the Ministry of Labor was criticized for provoking industrial conflicts and the umpteenth call made for its complete reorganization.
11:44
Latin America's analysis on the Peruvian situation continues noting, although no open attacks were made on the government policy as such, a number of motions go considerably further than the official stance on such key matters as agrarian reform, nationalization, and workers' participation in decision making. The Communeros called for acceleration of land distribution programs without compensation for exppropriated landowners, complete nationalization of national resources and more active intervention by workers at all levels of management, not just on company boards. Other motions called for the immediate introduction of social ownership of the principle sector of the economy and the Comunidade organization in sectors where it does not yet exist.
12:32
From the Congress debates, it seems that despite official exhortation working class leaders persist in viewing the Comunidade as an instrument in their struggle against the capitalistas. A series of demands called for the takeover of firms which tamper with the balance sheets or to declare themselves in liquidation to frustrate the growth of the Comunidade. Other proposals are to exclude the landowners, the owners, and the executives from controlling counsel of the Comunidade and to exclude them also from the annual profit share out. Finally, delegates voted for a strengthening of the unions on the motion that they "constitute the main instrument of class struggle and defense of the workers."
13:09
To a certain amount of teaching can bring about a change in consciousness was shown by the experience of the big Northern Sugar cooperatives where, although they are a relatively privileged sector of the Peruvian working class, the field and factory workers directed their fire against the perpetuation of "capitalist attitudes among the managers and technicians." Something similar seems to be happening in industry which was previously a small and weak sector, but which is bound to grow enormously as a result of the government's accelerated industrialization programs.
13:41
The government by its no doubt well-intentioned encouragement of participation has opened the door to a militant class consciousness, which is not precisely what it intended. Although as the government is well aware, the Comuneros make up only a tiny and again privileged minority of Peru's working class, they could well become its vanguard. Unless an unexpected change of direction takes place at the top, the newfound self-confidence and independence of spirit among the leading sectors of the working class can only lead to an important radicalization of the Peruvian situation. The above analysis was from Latin America.
14:46
Today's feature concerns Panamanian discontent with the current Canal Zone treaty and the politics made evident during the recent United Nations Security Council meeting, which was convened in Panama City in order to focus on this issue. The article was chosen not so much because of the Panamanian problem's importance as a single issue, but because it is illustrative of changing alliances and growing nationalism in Latin America. But as a preface to the Panamanian article, we include an article from this week's Le Monde, which is a virtual litany of the woes that the failed US policy during this month of March.
15:19
The Unida Popular government of Salvador Allende, termed Marxist with virtually unanimous reprobation by the North American press, has strengthened its position in Chile as a result of the March 4th legislative elections.
15:33
In Paraguay, an aroused military now has control over the government in the name of principles, which would not at all be disavowed by the Tupemaros.
15:42
President Luis Echeveria Alvarez of Mexico is preparing to fly, first to Europe to strengthen his bonds with the common market and then to Moscow and Peking. This voyage is unlikely to inspire joy in Washington in view of the intense pressure exerted by the United States on former President Lopez Mateos to give up his projected encounter with General De Gaulle in 1963. To leave no doubt of his desire for greater independence from Washington, Mr. Echeverria recently addressed the Mexican Congress, which has just adopted a law imposing rigorous controls on the deployment of foreign capital. The speech was an unusual event in Mexico where the head of state goes to Congress only once a year for his State of the Union message.
16:27
In Lima, Peru the heir apparent to General Juan Velasco Alvaro, who has just undergone a serious operation, is Prime Minister Luis Edgardo Mercado Jarrín, who also holds the defense portfolio. It was he who, when foreign minister, firmly placed Peru alongside the non-aligned nations of the Third World. He, along with President Allende warmly approved the project proposed by Mr. Echeverria at the last Junta meeting in Santiago, Chile, calling for a charter of economic rights and obligations for all nations.
16:57
Also, despite pressure from Washington's tuna lobby, Ecuador's Navy is harassing the Californian factory ships fishing within the country's 200-mile territorial limit, a limit now adopted by most Latin American nations.
17:12
Le Monde continues that Venezuela has joined the Andean group formed by Chile, Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia, whose common legislation regarding foreign capital is not very different from that contemplated in Mexico City.
17:24
And while there is little to glad in the hearts of Washington leaders in any of these tidings, Le Monde continues, it would seem that the Peronist landslide of March the 11th would prove even more worrisome. For provided the military now in control in Argentina honors the electoral verdict, this development upsets the entire balance of power in the southern part of the continent for given the nationalism anti-Americanism, even slightly left-leaning tendencies in modern Perónism, it is not unreasonable to think that Argentina under Peronist leadership might provide effective opposition to Brazil's sub imperialist ambitions. So decried in chancellor's up and down the continent as well as lend its hand in obstructing US economic hegemony in Latin America.
18:14
And, Le Monde says, as for Panama, the extraordinary meeting of the United Nations Security Council in Panama City, which opened last Thursday was a heaven sent opportunity to raise an insistent voice against the continuation of what is called the colonial enclave, the zone controlled by the American company running the canal and by Pentagon's Southern command. This article was taken from the French Daily Le Monde.
18:36
The following feature length article on Panama is from The Guardian. The United Nations Security Council meeting in Panama last March 15th to 20th might mark a turning point in the decline of US domination of South and Central America. The meeting which the Panamanian government has been planning for over a year focused its fire on the main current issues involving US hegemony over the region. In particular, the nationalist Panamanian government of General Omar Torrijos has struggled to overturn the US domination of the canal zone, a 500 square mile area which cuts Panama in half. The zone includes the Panama Canal itself and the surrounding area, which houses no less than 14 different US military bases.Torrijos wasted no time in bringing this issue before the conference. In his keynote address, he denounced US control of the canal zone as "neo colonialism," which he then traced back over the 70-year history of US Panamanian relations. While making few direct references to the United States, Torrijos spoke of the zone as "a colony in the heart of my country," and also said that Panama would never "be another star on the flag of the United States."
19:57
In addition, the Guardian continues, Torrijos denounced, with extensive support from other non-aligned nations, the economic sanctions opposed against Cuba by the organization of American states at the demand of the United States. The 10 Latin American ministers present at the meeting, all invited by the Panamanians, included Raul Rojas, Cuban foreign minister.
20:16
John Scully, the US's new delegate to the UN had earlier replied to Torrijos on several points, saying that the United States was willing to revise the treaty, particularly its most objectionable clause, which grants control of the zone to the United States permanently. Scully implied the United States would be willing to accept a 50-year lease with an option for 40 years more if engineering improvements were made to the waterway. Panama formally introduced a resolution at the March 16th meeting of the security council, calling for Panamanian jurisdiction over the canal zone and its neutralization. This resolution was supported by 13 members of the 15 member Security Council, but vetoed by the United States vote. Great Britain abstained.
21:02
The Guardian goes on to say that the Panamanians carefully and skillfully laid the groundwork for the United Nations meeting, waiting for a time when they not only held a seat on the security council but chaired the proceedings. By the time their proposal for the Panama meeting came up for a vote in January, the United States was so outmaneuvered that the only objection the US could raise to the UN floor was to complain of the cost of the meeting. At the same time in the statement of the press, the UN's delegation made it very clear that its real objection to the meeting was that it would be used as a forum for attacks on US policies towards South America. Once the Panamanians offered a $100,000 to pay most of the UN costs, however, the US resistance collapsed.
21:42
But the Panamanians, the Guardian says, never made any secret of their intentions for the meeting whose very site, the National Legislative Building, is only 10 yards from the zone's border.
21:52
Until 1903, Panama was not an independent nation, but was part of Colombia. After the Colombians refused to a agree to an unfavorable treaty over the building and operation of the canal by the US, the US engineered a Panamanian Declaration of Independence 10 weeks later. Two weeks after that, the US rammed through a treaty even more onerous than the one rejected by Colombia with a new country now called Panama.
22:19
Protests over the US control of the zone led to invasions by US troops on six separate occasions, between 1900 and 1925. Both public and governmental protests in Panama forced the United States to sign a slightly more favorable treaty in 1936, but US attempts to make new gains led to demonstrations in 1947 and again in '58, '59.
22:43
In January 1964, when students demonstrated near the border of the canal zone, planning to raise the Panamanian flag within the zone, US troops fired on them, killing 22 Panamanians and wounding more than 300. This is well remembered in Panama.
22:56
The canal zone was again involved on October 11th, 1968 when Torrijos then the leader of the country's army, took power. Torrijos overthrew President Arnulfo Arias, who had become unpopular for his weak stand in talks with United States over a new treaty concerning the zone. In his first two years in power Torrijos policies, The Guardian states, were similar to those of many South American military dictators. He savagely suppressed spontaneous as well as organized, popular liberation movements. Even during this period however, the United States was not completely sure of Torrijos loyalty. And while he was in Mexico in 1969, the Central Intelligence Agency supported a group of military officers attempting to overthrow him. The coup failed and the officers were imprisoned by Torrijos. Several months later, they escaped, were given asylum in the canal zone and flown to United States. Then in June 1971, an attempt was made to assassinate Torrijos.
23:57
Whether from personal conviction, desire to build popular support for his government or antagonism arising from the coup attempt, Torrijos's direction began to change. He refused to agree to the new treaty. He held elections in August of 1972. He refused to accept the yearly US canal rental of $1.9 million. We note that the US' annual profits from the zone alone, not including the canal itself, over $114 million a year, and Torrijos instituted a program of domestic reforms.
24:26
Torrijos also expropriated some larger states while increasing government credit and agricultural investments to aid poor peasants. A minimum wage was introduced and a 13th month of pay at Christmastime, over time, premiums and other benefits. 100 land settlement communities were created with about 50,000 people living on them and working government provided land.
24:49
The economic philosophy of Torrijos, The Guardian reports, seems somewhat similar to that of other nationalistic left leading groups such as the Peruvian military junta.
24:58
The article goes on to say, but major problems remain for the country. About 25% of the annual gross national product comes from the canal zone, and United Fruits still controls the important banana crop. Panama also continues to invite US investment and offers special treatment for the US dollar and high interest rates for bank deposits. While the government has helped encourage economic development with several public works projects, spending is now leveling off, partly because of Panama's growing international debts and the currency inflation plaguing the country. Because of its debts, it has also suffered a growing balance of payments deficits.
25:36
A better renegotiation of the treaty then is of economic as well as of political importance. The Panamanian position on a new treaty asks for termination of US administration in 1994, an immediate end to US control of justice, police tax, and public utilities in the zone, an equal sharing of canal profits, which are estimated to have totaled around $22 billion since its opening, the turning over of 85% of canal zone jobs and 85% of wages and social benefits there to Panamanians and military neutralization of the zone.
26:12
The Guardian continues that this last demand is the most disagreeable to the US, especially since it is coupled with the demand for the removal of all US bases from the zone. The US is willing to compromise on money and other issues, but not on the military question. The reason is simple. The Canal Zone is the center for all US military activity in South America, including the Tropical Environmental Database, the US Army School of the Americas, and the US Southern Military Command, which controls all US military activities in South America and the Caribbean, except for Mexico.
26:42
The zone also includes missile launching and placements and a new US aerospace cardiographic and geodesic survey for photo mapping and anti-guerrilla warfare campaigns. The special significance of these bases becomes clear within the general US strategy in South America. As Michael Klare writes, in War Without End, "Unlike current US operations in Southeast Asia, our plans for Latin America do not envision a significant overt American military presence. The emphasis in fact is on low cost, low visibility assistance and training programs designed to upgrade the capacity of local forces to overcome guerrilla movements. Thus, around 50,000 South American military officers have been trained in the canal zone to carry out counterinsurgency missions and to support US interests in their countries. In addition, the eighth Army special forces of about 1100 troops specializing in counterinsurgencies are stationed in the zone, sending out about two dozen 30 man mobile training teams each year for assistance to reactionary armies. This whole operation is as important and less expendable than US control of the canal waterway itself."
27:44
Thus, The Guardian article concludes Panamanian control of the Zone then would not only be a big advance on the specific question of national independence, but also would strike a powerful direct blow at US hegemony all over the South American continent.
27:59
More recent articles carry evaluations of the outcome of the security council meeting. Associated Press copy reports that General Torrijos said that he was not surprised by the US veto of the resolution before the UN security meeting "Because Panama had been vetoed for 60 years every time it tried to negotiate." The General said he was pleased with the seven-day meeting of the security council, the first ever held in Latin America, but even more pleased by the public support Panama received from other members of the Security Council. He said, "I look at it this way, only the United States voted to support its position, 13 other countries voted for Panama."
28:35
Torrijos later taped a national television interview in which he praised the Panamanian people for their calmness and civic responsibility during the council meeting, he said, "Violence gets you nowhere, and the people realize this." But General Omar Torrijos also says that he started immediately consulting with regional political representatives to decide what his country should do next in the Panama [inaudible 00:28:57] negotiations with the United States.
LAPR1973_04_05
00:17
Excélsior reports from Mexico City, the finance ministers of 24 nations representing the Third World signed a condemnation of the 10 richest nations, which, without taking into account the interests of the international community, revalued their currencies on the 16th of March. The minister of finance of Venezuela, who presided at the meeting, claimed that the developing countries cannot support a system of decision making in which they are not allowed to participate and went on to describe the consequences of the devaluation. First, the liquidity of the Third World countries has been affected. Second, economic planning has been disrupted. Third, special drawing rights on the International Monetary Fund have been reduced. Fourth, the devaluation retarded the growth and diversification of foreign trade. And fifth, the buying power of existing reserves has been diminished. The Venezuelan minister emphasized that developing countries have not been allowed a voice in the discussions of international monetary reforms.
01:18
There are changes going on in Chile these days. Excélsior of Mexico City reports from Santiago. President Salvador Allende announced his new cabinet, which excludes its former military members, and recommended the continuation of a clear and energetic political economy to avoid the spiraling inflation which endangers the benefits won by Chilean workers under the Allende regime. Five days after the collective resignation of his 15 ministers, Dr. Allende retained nine of them, transferred one to another ministerial post, and named five new ministers.
01:53
Undoubtedly, the most important change is the retirement of the three military members of the former cabinet, including General Carlos Prats, commander in chief of the Armed Forces, who held the interior minister post and Air Force Commander Claudio Sepulveda, former mining minister. Circles opposed to the Popular Unity government interpreted the dismissal of the military representatives as a triumph of the more radical over the moderate sector of the governing coalition. Nevertheless, President Allende maintained that the retirement of the military from the cabinet resulted from the fact that "I considered that they completed their mission," which led them to form part of the administration, namely to resolve the crisis provoked by the wave of strikes last October and to assure the normal development of the electoral process, which culminated in the congressional elections last March.
02:47
After explaining that the military ex-ministers will continue to make their contributions with patriotism and responsibility to the technical completion of their activities and to the development of the national economy, President Allende referred to the present economic situation of the country, which he said, "Obliges us to a clear and drastic political economy, which will carry us forward without vacillation. This cabinet," he went on, "Must forcibly combat the hoarding of consumer goods, the black market, and must protest once more against the inaction of the Congress, the instrument which is empowered to punish those forces which injure the economic life of Chile and cause incalculable social damage." Allende also exhorted the leaders of the parties, which constitute the Popular Unity government, to impose a discipline which will eliminate the spontaneity of some sectors in order to demonstrate that we, the popular representatives, understand the great historical meaning of the process which is developing in our country. This report from Excélsior.
03:49
The recent meeting of the Economic Commission for Latin America, a respected and influential branch of the United Nations, has provoked a great deal of discussion in the Latin American press. Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Raul Prebisch, Executive Secretary of the Commission, issued a call for serious structural reforms in Latin American countries. "These reforms," he said, "are a necessary, though not sufficient condition, for overcoming the contradictions that imported technology creates for Latin America." He discussed the difficulties that the Economic Commission has had in its work because of forces opposed to development in Latin America and called for renewed strength within the organization for objective research. The Latin American economist spoke out against what he called "dependent capitalism" saying that its benefits were limited to elites and did not extend to the great majority of people.
04:44
In a speech sent from his hospital bed to the Commission's meeting, Peruvian President Velasco Alvarado, spoke of the great revolutionary current in Latin America of which he felt his own country was an example. Mexico's official participation in the conference took the form of several warnings, including the danger of international trade and tariff agreements, which are made without the participation of Third World nations. The Mexicans also requested that ECLA begin a systematic study of the characteristics of multinational corporations in Latin America whose activities in the region seem to be a major source of economic decision making.
05:21
Latin America, a British periodical, points out that the main feature of this 25th anniversary meeting has been more bitter Latin American criticism of the United States. So, with the United States veto in the Security Council in Panama last week and the Organization of American States meeting in Washington next week, the United States will have been Latin America's whipping boy three weeks in a row. "What may cause anxiety in the State Department," Latin America writes, "is the stark public revelation of the incompatibility of interests between the United States and Latin America."
05:58
The Cuban speaker encountered widespread Hispanic support when he said that, "At the present moment in history, there is no community of interests between the United States of America and the other countries of the hemisphere." He attracted even more sympathy for criticizing proposals to move certain Economic Commission agencies from Santiago de Chile to Washington and even for calling for the expulsion of the United States, Britain, France, and the Netherlands from the Commission so that it could be truly representative of Latin America and the Caribbean.
06:31
Garcia of Santiago writes, "After months of relative lethargy, the guerrilla seemed to have reawakened at least in three Latin American countries. In different degrees, the Dominican Republic, Venezuela, and Argentina have suffered violent incidents these past few months. Although the streets in the Dominican Republic are still being patrolled by the army, tanks have now disappeared from sight, leaving the country relatively quiet after the excitement over the Army's apprehension of a guerrilla group last month. In Venezuela on the other hand, there has been strong urban unrest in the past two weeks. In Caracas, the disturbances began as a student protest against the closing of the Central University."
07:12
In Argentina, according to La Prensa of Lima, "A kidnapped executive has been released after being imprisoned eight days by a guerrilla group. Sources close to the executive, who is in charge of a large metallurgical factory near Buenos Aires, said that he had paid a ransom of more than five million Pesos for his release." According to the industrialist, he was kept under guard of masked men who served him his meals and brought him books to read. The books, he complained bitterly, mostly had a leftist slant. That from La Prensa of Lima.
07:46
La Nacion reports from Buenos Aires. In Montevideo, the armed forces courted troops all over the country and sent controls through all central areas of the capitol. After which the generals denounced the immorality of Congress of the political parties and the public administration and announced that they would not hesitate to eliminate any obstacles to what they termed public happiness. The message from the three branches of the military, which lasted 22 minutes, was broadcast to the entire country with the approval of President Juan Bordaberry. The military leaders said that the Congress and other groups were obstructing reforms promised to the armed forces by Bordaberry last February. It emphasized the corruption of government officials who borrowed money from the Central Bank to pay for electoral campaigns and luxurious homes. The military denunciation fell as a political bombshell in Uruguay. All but one political party abstained from comment.
08:44
The nature of the new power struggle in Uruguay is extremely ambiguous. Richard Gott of The Guardian sees some of these major changes as ones that will affect power alignments on the continent. He explains, "For the past few years, Uruguay has been little more than a satellite of Brazil, but with the explosion of nationalism in Argentina with the Peronists back in power and its growth in Uruguay itself in military form, there will now inevitably be new links across the river plate between Argentina and Uruguay." On the other hand, Latin America claims that some reformists believe the initiative is now slipping back into the hands of the right wing with an alliance between the right wing military and Bordaberry.
09:28
Also, despite reform-minded comments such as, "The Tupamaros will continue to exist so long as that economic and social conditions which led to their formation persist. A new proposed law sounds as repressive as ever. This legislation would make possible indefinite detainment on a military order of persons whose conduct suggests they might be inclined to commit crimes against the state, persons who have assisted persons who are accused of planning to commit crimes against the state, persons who frequent the same places as those accused of crimes against the state, and persons who might be associated with subversive elements through the possession of some object which had belonged to the subversive elements."
10:16
Latin America also points out that the preamble of the new law refers to instincts of special ferocity, genuine criminal delirium, the flowering of inherited tendencies, subhuman fear and vengeance, peculiar to psychopathic personalities. This immediately denies the serious and real challenge presented by the Tupamaros and attempts to explain away an entire organization with all its political and operational complexity in terms of individual pathology. This from Latin America, The Guardian, and La Nación.
10:49
Pulusani, with the Associated Press, discusses the current situation in Argentina. The Peronist's, victorious in this month's election, now face a struggle from within. When he was in power, Juan D. Perón always referred to his movement as multi-class, but it never was so diverse then as now, with urban guerrillas and leftist youths sharing ranks with labor leaders, wealthy ranchers, and prosperous businessmen. "The polls were only the first battle," said a militant young Peronist. "The next fight will be to fix government policies after May 25th. That is inauguration day."
11:26
The Peronist's already are arguing about limiting foreign investment, state control of major industries, possible expropriation of a few foreign companies, and whether a growing reform should include land expropriation or simply press for increased production without touching private property. United States and European pharmaceutical companies, for example, are caught in the policy struggle. Mayoria, a Peronist newspaper, has charged that some of these companies manufacture drugs here without the safety standards applied in the United States and Europe. The article was written by young doctors who recently became Peronists. They argued for stiff state controls to safeguard health and possible nationalization of the pharmaceutical industry.
12:12
The president-elect Campora is to become the first Peronist president since Perón was ousted in 1955, ending a labor oriented government that changed the face of Argentine society. Although vilified by the nation's military leaders, Perón managed to rebuild his movement by supporting the left, praising young radicals, and denouncing the military. Peronism became the principle opposition to the unpopular, authoritarian, military government in power since 1966. This attracted thousands of businessmen, white collar workers, university students and professors, authors, artists, doctors, scientists, and technicians.
12:50
The middle class boom showed at the polls and Campora won with nearly half the vote, upsetting public opinion polls. The Peronist dominated Congress was also elected with the help of left and right wing political parties that joined a Peronist coalition to end military rule. Now Perón, Campora, and the other old guard leaders must live with new heroes emerging from the Peronist ranks.
13:14
Echoing problems in the United States, the Miami Herald reports from Mexico City. Thousands of butcher shops in Mexico City refuse to sell beef to protest government fines for passing on higher costs to consumers. The butcher sold pork instead. Some shops were closed. An organization of small businessmen claimed that 12,000 of an estimated 14,000 butcher shops in the Capitol had cut off beef sales between Saturday and Tuesday. Others said only about 3000 shops were involved. Supermarkets continued to sell beef.
14:14
Juan Perón's electoral victory in Argentina and the political embarrassment suffered by the United States in Panama in March indicate a new willingness on the part of Spanish-speaking countries in Latin America to assert themselves. This has left Brazil, one of the United States' strongest supporters in the hemisphere, in an increasingly isolated position. This week's feature from Rio de Janeiro's Opinião discusses the possibilities of and fundamental reasons for a diplomatic realignment, which seems to be taking place in the Western Hemisphere.
14:48
Opinião asks, "Does some antagonism exist between Brazil and the rest of Latin America? Is Brazil the second-largest country in the Americas trying to exercise a type of sub imperialism in the hemisphere? And with the rush of huge foreign firms to Brazil, is that nation not transforming itself into a type of bridgehead over which the companies will carry out their actions in the hemisphere or is it exactly the opposite of all this? While Brazil transforms itself rapidly into a modern industrialized nation, are the majority of neighboring countries bogged down without direction in a swamp of under-development, looking for a scapegoat to explain their own failures and afraid of Brazilian development? Are they not the ones who are conspiring to encircle Brazil?"
15:33
As strange as these questions seem, they have influenced the actions of a good number of nations of the continent. Ever since President Nixon affirmed at the end of 1971 that as Brazil leans, so leans the rest of Latin America. Accusations and denials of a pretended hegemony have been issued with frequency from Brazil as well as from its neighbors. At the end of March, for example, an important leader of the Peronista party denounced a Washington Brasilia access and the ambition of the Brazilian government to try and exercise a delegated leadership and serve as a bridge for the entrance of an ultra capitalistic form of government incompatible with the interests of Latin America.
16:15
Opinião continues by noting that the declarations of the Peróneus leader are perhaps the most dramatic in a series of events which appear to be separating Brazil more and more from Spanish America. In Panama, the Panamanian foreign minister, speaking at the close of the United Nations Security Council meeting, talked about the awakening of Latin America and referred to the almost unanimous support of neighboring countries for panama's demand that the United States withdraw from the canal zone. To this same meeting, the Brazilian foreign minister had sent a telegram of evident neutrality, asking only for just and satispharic solutions to the problem of the canal.
16:54
After the meeting of the Security Council, the ministers of Panama and Peru announced that they are going to suggest a total restructuring of the Organization of American States, the OAS. Brazilian diplomacy, however, has systematically supported the OAS, which is seen by various Latin nations as an instrument used by the United States to impose its policies on the continent.
17:16
It was the Organization of American States which legalized the armed intervention of a predominantly American and Brazilian troops in the Dominican Republic in 1965. The Organization of American States also coordinated the political, economic, and diplomatic isolation of the Cuban regime within the Americas. Another event in February of this year can also be interpreted as a tendency away from Brazil's foreign policy, this time in the economic sphere. President Rafael Caldera announced that Venezuela, one of the richest nations in Latin America, and until recently, closely tied to the United States, would join the Andean Pact, an association formed in 1969 by Ecuador, Chile, Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia.
18:03
The pact was one of the solutions devised by the Andean nations to overcome the obstacles to regional integration found in the Latin America Free Trade Association. These nations saw the association as an instrument for large European and American firms, based in Argentina, Mexico, and Brazil, to realize their transactions more easily.
18:25
Opinião continues. "Today when the Argentinians have already announced that their intention to join the Andean Pact, where there are significant restrictions on foreign capital. Brazil is preparing a plan destined to permit the survival of the Free Trade Association. Thus once again, moving in the opposite direction of its Spanish-speaking neighbors. At the same time Brazil faces another political problem in the Americas. During the past decade, various nationalistic governments have appeared on the continent with widely divergent tendencies, including Chile, Peru, Mexico, Ecuador, and most recently Panama and Argentina. This new situation has given rise to a policy of coexistence, which is termed by the diplomats as ideological pluralism. This pluralism accepts the collaboration among governments of different natures and is opposed to the ideological frontiers against communism practiced by the Organization of American States, an idea which seems to orient Brazilian diplomacy to the present day."
19:27
Opinião speculates that Peronism could be the new element which will separate Brazil even more dangerously from the rest of Latin America. Representatives of the government elect in Argentina have already announced their intentions to denounce accords reached by the Brazilians and the present Argentine government over the utilization of the water of the Paraná River. At the same time, many nations in Latin America believe Brazil is trying to create its own sphere of influence. As typical examples, they cite the cases of Paraguay and Bolivia. The latter nation received $46 million in aid from Brazil last year while during the same period, the United States contributed only a little more, 52 million.
20:11
Opinião concludes that Brazil's economic growth, obvious favor in the eyes of American business and government officials, and the search for areas of influence, all indicate the emergence of a Brazilian sub imperialism in Latin America. There are two interpretations of this new phenomenon however as Opínion notes. "One sees Brazil always acting in accord with American interests while others feel it is acting for its own ends." To explore the subject further, Opínion offers three special reports from its correspondence on relations of Brazil with the rest of Latin America.
20:45
Opinião diplomatic correspondent filed the following report. "The idea of a diplomatic plot against Brazil is at best speculation. Concretely, Brazil's diplomacy in Latin America is in great difficulty, and therefore, there exists a possibility of isolation. The announcement of Brazil's foreign minister that he will visit the Andean Nations implies a recognition of this possibility and is an evident effort to avoid a total collapse. But the basic reason for the phenomenon is in Brazil's fixation with instruments of policy considered outmoded, such as the Latin American Free Trade Association and the Organization of American States, even the North Americans since this and in a recent interview, William Rogers, the United States Secretary of State, suggested a transformation of the OAS, the Organization of American States. However, Brazil clings to these old organizations."
21:40
Opinião correspondent continues. "In mid-March, the Brazilian Department of State announced that it was preparing a plan to save the Latin American Free Trade Association and that Brazil saw this as indispensable to the solution of Latin America's commercial problems. Other Latin nations feel, however, that the 12-year-old association has done nothing to fulfill its promise and has benefited the great Latin American firms, the only ones with the power, organization, and dynamism necessary to take advantage of the concessions granted to encourage industrial development. The consequences of the Free Trade Association agreements have been that the multinational corporations have established a division of labor among their Latin American factories. Through the agreements, they trade with one another and even win new markets while benefiting from suspensions of tariffs."
22:32
The Brazilian idea of integration through the Free Trade Association appears therefore as an attempt to create an ample market for multinational corporations. An OAS study of the continent's economy in 1972 affirms that 90% of all manufactured goods produced are made by subsidiaries of American firms. These firms export 75% of their products to other Latin countries and over half of this commerce is, in reality, internal trade between different branches of the same corporation. It is therefore clear why United States corporations are so interested in Latin American free trade. It opens a market too attractive to be ignored. Brazil's efforts to save this free trade area are not likely to find support in the rest of Latin America. As to Brazil's fixation on the Organization of American States, the recent meaning of the United States Security Council in Panama seems to have decreed the end of that obsolete instrument. The president of the OAS was not even invited to speak at the meeting.
23:35
One Latin American commented that the OAS evidently no longer had any importance in the solution of Latin American problems. With the demise of the Organization of American States, the rigid ideological stance of Latin America, born of the Cold War, will also disappear. Opinião correspondent concludes that, "Latin America is now going to assume its own personality in the pluralistic context and this is the reality which Brazil must recognize if it wants to avoid the total collapse of its Latin American diplomacy."
24:05
But the battle is really not against Brazil as some poorly informed or cynical editorialist pretend. Opinião correspondent says, "The battle is against the action of the great imperialistic powers that transformed Brazil into a spearhead for their interests." He says, "In this rich dialectic of Latin American history, the presence of a Brazil, overflowing with economic power and ready to join the Club of the Great Nations, encountered the Treaty of Cartagena, which created the Andean Pact in an effective agreement, which integrates six nations and imposes severe restrictions on foreign investment. The Peronists want to join this pact, and given the economic structure of the Andean region, it is clear that Argentina's entrance constitutes a necessary contribution to the solution of problems which affect the viability of the agreement."
24:06
Opinião analysis continues with a report on the significance of the elections in Argentina for the rest of the continent. Perón's triumph in the March 11th elections was the most important fact of the past few months in Latin American history when there were many decisive events. When Perón launched his party's platform in December of last year, he ended his message to the Argentine people by prophesizing, "In the year 2000, we will be united or we will be subjugated." The Argentine people believed this and when they elected Perón's party, they not only voted against 17 years of military inefficiency, but also, with a consciousness of the importance of historical development, and opted for the union of Spanish-speaking America. It was not only Perón's program, which created a consciousness of the problem. Undoubtedly, the country's geopolitical awareness was a direct consequence of Brazil's emergence as a power with pretensions to hegemony on the continent.
25:55
Argentina has the space, resources, and experience to supply all that is lacking in the Andean Nations, but it has above all, a tradition of popular masses who are profoundly committed to militant, Peronist, nationalism, which could function as the true backbone of the new attempt to integrate Spanish America. The emergence of a nationalistic type government in Uruguay, seen as a distinct possibility since the Peronista victory, is probably the next step and what Opinião reporter thinks is inevitable. The creation of one great Latin American country stretching from ocean to ocean, the only organization capable of confronting the multinational corporations and Brazil, which is being manipulated by the multinationals.
26:43
The final part of Opinião's report is an interview with Marcelo Sánchez Sorondo, an important figure in Perón's party and considered the probable next foreign minister of Argentina. Sorondo notes that this is a special time in Latin America, a time when new historical forces are at work and new configurations are emerging. He stated that it is necessary to converse, to dialogue, and to seek new forms of understanding, but the Argentine did not confine himself to diplomatic platitudes. He reiterated his opposition to what he termed the Brasilia Washington Axis.
27:21
Sorondo called this axis, "An obstacle for the unification of Hispanic America and a bastion of melting national firms interested in maintaining the dependence and backwardness of the Latin American peoples." He concluded by saying that the subject will require the future Peronist government to recuperate the Argentine predominance in the region and to discuss with neighboring countries modalities of economic interdependence and to impose energetically the imposition of an ultra capitalistic domination manipulated by huge companies without nations that are establishing themselves in Brazil. This report was taken from Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
LAPR1973_04_12
00:18
Many Latin American newspapers commented this week on the surprising degree of unity displayed at a UN Economic Commission for Latin America, ECLA, gathering during the last week of March in Quito, Ecuador. The wire service Prensa Latina reports that the Latin America of 1973 is not the Latin America of 1962. No longer is it Cuba alone that engages in vast economic and social transformations in this hemisphere, and ECLA must be prepared to face this new stage. This was the gist of the statements made by Cuban Deputy Prime Minister Carlos Rafael Rodriguez, head of his country's delegation to the 15th meeting of ECLA, which took place in Quito. The Cuban minister cited as facts which prove the new situation in Latin America, the process of construction of a socialist economy in Chile, the Peruvian revolutionary process and the results of the UN Security Council meeting held in Panama recently.
01:10
Rodriguez said, "We Latin Americans have come to an agreement at least on what we don't want, and that is backwardness, illiteracy, hunger and poverty, which are prevalent in practically every society in the region. Without an ingrained desire for development, without the determination and the will for development of the peoples, development is absolutely impossible," he added. He went on to say that one cannot demand sacrifices from people where 5% of the population receives 43% of the national income and 30% barely received 10 or perhaps 15%.
01:43
The head of the Cuban delegation said, according to Prensa Latina, that "accelerated development under the existing conditions implies in investments that the peoples cannot tackle for a lack of resources. After affirming that, here is where international financing comes into play." He said that "As far as the great capitalist economic powers are concerned, their help should not be considered as a gift, but rather as restitution for all the pillage the Latin American peoples have been subjected to." He added, "Such financing will never be obtained without the people struggle." This report from the Latin American wire service, Prensa Latina
02:18
Chile's participation in last month's ECLA meeting is reported in the Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, which said that, "In clear language, the Chilean delegation to ECLA described the causes of the low level of economic development in Chile in recent years. The directions undertaken by the Allende administration, the successes of these strategies, and finally, the obstacles which block this path. In our judgment," said that Chilean delegation, "a number of historical errors were committed during this century in our country, which led to negative results for the Chilean people."
02:51
"In summary, we can point out seven fundamental errors. First, the surrender of basic natural resources to foreign capital. Secondly, a narrow base for the national economy with only one industrial potential, copper, generating a national external dependence, financial, commercial, technological, and cultural dependence. Third, land ownership remained in the hands of a few large landowners. Fourth, manufacturing was concentrated in the hands of a few monopolies. Fifth, Chile fell into intense foreign debt, $4 billion through 1970, the second largest per capita debt in the world, behind Israel. Sixth, establishment of a repressive state, which maintained an unequal distribution of income within the framework of only formal democracy. And seventh, the limited economic development was concentrated geographically in the capital of Santiago creating a modern sector while the rural provinces stagnated."
03:50
Chile Hoy goes on to say that, "Demonstrating the historical failure of capitalism in Chile, the Chilean delegate showed that in the 1970 presidential elections, two candidates who won over 65% of the votes suggested two different reforms. The Christian Democrat Reform had the goal of a socialist communitarian society, and the popular Unity's goal was the gradual construction of a true socialist economy. Since the popular unity won the election, there have been distinct revolutionary changes in the government's two and one half years in power, the recovery of national ownership of natural resources, the elimination of industrial monopoly through the formation of the area of social property, which is creating the mechanisms for workers' participation, nationalization of the finance and foreign commerce sectors. The Chilean state now controls 95% of credit and 85% of exports as well as 48% of imports. Further changes are that large land holdings have been expiated."
04:50
"The reformed sector now represents 48% of arable land, and with the passage of a new law during 1973, the second phase of agrarian reform will begin. Also, changes in international relations shown in the widening of diplomatic and commercial agreements, Chile is less dependent than before, and the diversification of our foreign relations permits us to say with pride that we are no longer an appendix of anyone. In addition, a vigorous internal market has been created raising the buying power of the people redistributing income and increasing national consumption." Chile Hoy further states that, "We are alleviating the burden of the inherited foreign debt. We hope that during 1973, we obtain the understanding of friendly countries in order to relieve our international payments problems." This report on Chile's statement at the ECLA gathering is from the Santiago Weekly, Chile Hoy.
05:43
The British News Weekly, Latin America gives a more detailed account of the main issues of the ECLA Conference. "The most remarkable feature of the meeting of the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America, ECLA, which ended in Quito at the end of March, was the degree of Latin American unity. The mutual distaste felt by the governments of Brazil and Central America on the right and Chile and Cuba on the left was no secret, and since development strategy was what the discussion was all about, a good deal of mutual recriminations might have been expected, but mutual interest prevailed. Faced by the economic power of the world's rich and particularly the United States, every Latin American country appreciated the need to stick together. Indeed, there seems to have been a tacit understanding that Latin American governments would not criticize one another. As a result, nearly all their fire was concentrated on the US with a few broad sides reserved for the European economic community."
06:41
"In fact," says Latin America, "only the United States failed to vote with the rest, including even the Europeans for the rather gloomy report on Latin America's development strategy over the past decade. One of the reports Chief criticisms was directed at the growth of Latin America's enormous external debt, now estimated at around 20 billion dollars, and it called for refinancing and even a moratorium on payments in certain circumstances. This of course affects the US first and foremost, as did the criticisms of private investment and the financing of foreign trade. But the United States ambassador refrained from the hard line retaliations that had been expected by the Latins. Instead, more in sorrow than in anger. He urged them to look at the advantages of private investment and pointed out that the US imported more Latin American manufactured goods than any in other industrialized country, and instead of voting against the report, he continued himself with abstaining."
07:37
Latin America continues commenting that, "The United States was also in the firing line with the resolution denouncing transnational companies for the enormous economic power which is concentrated in them and allows them to interfere in national interest as has happened in some cases. This echoed the resolution approved at the security council meeting in Panama and coincided with the Senate hearings in Washington on the attempt by IT&T to finance a CIA operation against Dr. Salvador Allende in 1970.
08:08
There was also considerable interest in the proposal put personally by the Chilean delegate, who emphasized he was not speaking for his government, that the United States and European members of ECLA should be expelled. This proposal is unlikely to be carried through, but is symptomatic of the Latin American desire to have an influential body of their own to look after their own interest without interference. It was notable too that all Latin American governments, whatever their political coloring, felt able to support the recommendation that social development and reforms should accompany economic development, something which would appear to run counter to current Brazilian development strategy," concludes the weekly Latin America.
08:50
Another hemispheric meeting with important consequences for US Latin American relations was the Organization of American States meeting the first week of April in Washington. Mexico City's Excélsior comments that, "The Latin American OAS members who have recently reasserted their continental solidarity in Bogota, Panama, and Quito are now seeking US isolation from their affairs. The most recent assembly during the first week of April officially called in order to examine political, economic, cultural and administrative problems also dealt in a radical way with the entire inner American system, with the hope of reducing the influence exercise by Washington. At the last three assemblies in Bogotá, Panama and Quito, Washington was accused of many actions detrimental to Latin American interests, and subsequently manifested a rather hostile attitude towards the accusing countries. Came voting time, and the US abstained."
09:44
"The most recent OAS assembly began and operated in the air of uncertainties," says Excélsior, "primarily because all members, including the US, realized that some fundamental structural modifications must be made, but no one was sure how to go about initiating them. The central debate centered on two issues. Venezuela challenged the validity of the OAS mission by inviting the entire assembly to reflect on the political nature of the institution within the international perspective. The second point was brought up by OAS Secretary General Galo Plaza, who proposed a revision of the inner American cooperation system. More specifically, he proposed the prevention of unilateral services and agreements, which often have detrimental results. For Latin America. The US attitude was one of surprise, but the problem they said was not insurmountable." This comment from Excélsior in Mexico City.
10:36
The Jornal do Brasil from Rio comments on the opening of the OAS meeting. "The days are long gone when the organization of American states with its orthodox image and its ideological and political unity constituted one well-tuned orchestra under the constant and undisputed direction of one director. Ideological pluralism is the order of the day in Latin America, and there is no longer any way the United States or anybody else can impose unity. The Jornal's editorial goes on to say that Brazil, though it is not encouraged or even liked the development of ideological pluralism in Latin America, must accept the facts and learn to live with them. Brazil cannot turn its back on the continent through lack of interest or resentment at the turn of events because Brazil belongs with Latin America."
11:21
The problem at the OAS meeting, therefore will be to establish new objectives for the organization. Ideological pluralism has made the OAS unfit for many of its former task, such as military planning on a hemispheric scale. However, the organization still can be used for presenting a united Latin American view to international groups on certain issues such as the demand for a 200-mile fishing limit. The Jornal do Brasil concludes that, "The OAS must change, but still can be useful to Latin nations."
11:53
April 1st was the anniversary of the 1964 military coup in Brazil, which has resulted in a military government to the present time. This anniversary was treated very differently by two newspapers. The Jornal do Brasil in Rio noted the ninth anniversary of the 1964 Brazilian Revolution and in its editorial commended President Médici for emphasizing the social aspects of the Revolutions program. Médici in his address to the nation mentioned the construction of housing for low income groups, the multiplication of schools and plans for sanitation as the great accomplishments of the government installed by a military coup in 1964. These social developments are based on the economic progress of the country since '64 and will eventually lead to the complete modernization of Brazilian society and a mature political system. The Jornal do Brasil feels this is already happening and points to this year's local elections where the government party received large majorities as proof of Brazil's political development.
12:53
An opposite view was given the anniversary by Campainha, a weekly newspaper published by Brazilian exiles in Chile. Campania says, "Nine years ago on April 1st, 1964, there was a military coup in Brazil. The national and international patrons shook hands and mobilized their troops to block the struggle of the people. Today completes nine years of dictatorship, nine years of superexploitation, misery, repression, and torture. Some of the achievements of the Brazilian generals are: the working class lost the right to demonstrate or to strike. The wage control law of 1965 states that wages can only rise in accordance with the cost of living. The result of this is the decline in value of real wages by 36% between 1958 and 1969. Because of wage controls over time is obligatory. Factory workers must work 10 hours a day. The awful working conditions and long hours are responsible for more than a million and a half industrial injuries in 1971 alone."
13:56
Campainha concludes, "Nine years after the coup, we have in front of us the same task; to organize the resistance to the dictatorship, to stop the disintegration of popular struggles, to organize the resistance in each factory, in each farm, in each university, in each workplace, Chilean workers, Latin American workers. What happened in Brazil is called totalitarian. It is called superexploitation and oppression. This is what the Brazilian military dictatorship wants to export to all of Latin America. To stop this from happening, there exists only one path: to organize the Latin American working class against the Brazilian dictatorship and their sub-imperialist politics. This comment from the Brazilian Exile Newspaper, Campainha.
15:09
This week's feature deals with the recent discovery of the Nixon administration's collusion with the International Telephone and Telegraph Company, IT&T, to overthrow the government of Chilean President Salvador Allende. But surfacing also is the discovery that the US State Department and the Central Intelligence Agency massively financed efforts, which led to the defeat of Allende's bid for the presidency in 1964.
15:31
Further discoveries have shown that the US government is presently working in collusion with the US-based corporation, Kennecott Copper Company, to affect a worldwide embargo on nationalized Chilean copper in an attempt to ruin the Chilean economy and topple the Allende government. The Guardian reports that US Senate hearings on efforts by the Nixon administration and US corporations to sabotage the Chilean government of Salvador Allende have begun to have repercussions. Two weeks ago, Allende announced the suspension of economic talks between Chile and the US In light of revelations during the Senate hearings on the Nixon administration's collusion with IT&T to overthrow Allende's popular Unity government.
16:12
The most important new development has been the report that the top level National Security Council allocated $400,000 to the Central Intelligence Agency for propaganda to be used against Allende during the 1970 Chilean presidential election campaign. Other testimony has revealed that IT&T offered a $1 million fund to help defeat Allende. Edward Gerrity IT&T Vice President for Corporate Relations offered the excuse that the fund was to promote housing and agricultural grants to improve Chile's economy, but former CIA director John McCone testified that he had transmitted an IT&T offer of the money to block Allende's victory to the CIA and the White House. Former US ambassador to Chile, Edward Korry refused to comment on this or other questions at the hearings, including IT&T memos, which claimed Korry was instructed by the White House to do all short of military action to prevent Allende from taking office.
17:12
The most important new development has been the report that the top level National Security Council allocated $400,000 to the Central Intelligence Agency for propaganda to be used against Allende during the 1970 Chilean presidential election campaign. Other testimony has revealed that IT&T offered a $1 million fund to help defeat Allende. Edward Gerrity IT&T Vice President for Corporate Relations offered the excuse that the fund was to promote housing and agricultural grants to improve Chile's economy, but former CIA director John McCone testified that he had transmitted an IT&T offer of the money to block Allende's victory to the CIA and the White House. Former US ambassador to Chile, Edward Korry refused to comment on this or other questions at the hearings, including IT&T memos, which claimed Korry was instructed by the White House to do all short of military action to prevent Allende from taking office.
17:38
The Guardian further states that IT&T is now trying to collect a $92 million claim with the Overseas Private Investment Corporation, OPIC, a US government-sponsored institution designed to reimburse companies which have overseas assets nationalized, but at the subcommittee hearings show that IT&T helped provoke the nationalization. OPIC will not have to pay on the claim. The details of IT&T's 18-point plan designed to ensure that the Allende government does not get through the crucial next six months were exposed in IT&T memos uncovered and released in March, 1972 by columnist Jack Anderson.
18:18
At that time, according to both IT&T and the Chilean government, both sides were near agreement on compensation, but the Anderson revelations of IT&T's attempts to overthrow the UP led the Chilean government to break off the talks. The UP government is now preparing to nationalize the Chilean telephone company, in which IT&T owns a major share worth about $150 million dollars. A constitutional amendment allowing for the nationalization is now going through the legislative process, although the government has been operating the company since 1971. In addition to its share in the phone company, IT&T owns two hotels, a Avis car rental company, a small telex service, and a phone equipment plant in Chile.
18:59
Talks on renegotiations of the Chilean debt to the US and on the resumption of purchased credits to Chile began last December and resumed in March. The next day the talks were suspended by the Chilean government in response to the latest revelations. Chile owes the US about $60 million for repayments of debt from November 1971 to the end of 1972, out of a total debt of $900 million dollars. Another controversial question, which the Chilean foreign minister says is now holding up an agreement, is the question of compensation for US copper companies whose holdings have been nationalized. Under a 1914 treaty between Chile and the US, the disagreement on copper compensation could be submitted to the international panel for non-binding arbitration. Chile has offered to use this means for arriving at an agreement, but the US refuses. This report is from The Guardian.
19:52
But US efforts to thwart the development of socialism in Chile are not a recent phenomenon. In a Washington Post news service feature, the post claims that massive intervention by the Central Intelligence Agency and State Department helped to defeat Socialist Salvador Allende in the 1964 election for president of Chile. American corporate and governmental involvement against Allende's successful candidacy in 1970 has been the controversial focus of a Senate foreign relations subcommittee investigation into the activities of US multinational companies abroad.
20:24
But the previously undisclosed scale of American support for Christian Democrat, Eduardo Frei against Allende six years early makes the events of 1970 seem like a tea party according to one former intelligence official, deeply involved in the 1964 effort. The story of the American campaign, early in the Johnson administration, to prevent the first Marxist government from coming to power in the Western hemisphere by constitutional means was pieced together from the accounts of officials who participated in the actions and policies of that period.
20:58
The Washington Post concludes, "Cold War ideology lingered, and the shock of Fidel Castro's seizure of power in Cuba still was reverberating in Washington. 'No More Fidels' was the guidepost of American foreign policy in Latin America under the Alliance for Progress. Washington's romantic zest for political engagement in the Third World had not yet been dimmed by the inconclusive agonies of the Vietnam War. 'US government intervention in Chile in 1964 was blatant and almost obscene,' said one strategically-placed intelligence officer at the time. 'We were shipping people off right and left.
21:32
Mainly State Department, but also CIA, with all sorts of covers.' A former US ambassador to Chile has privately estimated that the far-flung covert program in Frei's behalf cost about $20 million. In contrast, the figure that emerged in Senate hearings as the amount IT&T was willing to spend in 1970 to defeat Allende was $1 million." This from the Washington Post News Service.
21:57
The most recent tactic used against the Allende government by the Nixon administration and the US corporations has been an attempt to impose an economic embargo against Chilean copper. The North American Congress on Latin America, NACLA, reports that, "Since the Kennecott Copper company learned of the Allende government's decision to deduct from its indemnification the excess profits Kennecott earned since 1955, the company's position has been that Chile acted in violation of international law. The Allende government determined the amount of excess profits by comparing the rate of profit the nationalized companies earned in Chile to the return on capital invested elsewhere."
22:39
NACLA reports that Kennecott first tried to get satisfactory compensation by litigating in Chilean courts. When this failed, it threatened actions abroad in a letter directed to the customers of El Teniente Copper. In essence, Kennecott resolved unilaterally to try to coerce Chile to pay Kennecott for its properties. Kennecott's strategy has transformed a legal issue into a political and economic struggle. The loss of its Chilean holdings inflicted a heavy loss on Kennecott. In 1970, Kennecott held 13% of its worldwide investments in Chile, but received 21% of its total profits from those holdings. The corporation earned enormously high profits from its El Teniente mine. According to President Allende, Braden's, Kennecott subsidiaries, profits on invested capital averaged 52% per year since 1955, reaching the incredible rates of 106% in '67, 113% in '68 and 205% in '69. Also, though Kennecott had not invested any new capital, it looked forward to augmented profits from the expansion of production in its facilities due to the Chileanization program undertaken by the Frei government.
23:50
Although Kennecott was hurt a great deal in losing the Chilean properties, it did not lose all. In February '72, Chile agreed to pay $84 million, which represented payment for the 51% of the mines bought under the Chileanization plan. Chile also agreed to pay off the loans to private banks and to the export import bank that Kennecott had negotiated to expand production in the mines. Further, Kennecott has written off, for income tax purposes, its equity interest of $50 million in its Chilean holdings. Generally, such deductions not only mean that the US taxpayer will absorb the company's losses, but also that attractive merger possibilities are created with firms seeking easy tax write-offs.
24:33
Nevertheless, the Chilean expropriations came at a particularly bad moment for Kennecott because the corporation was under attack in other parts of the world. Environmentalist questioned Kennecott's right to pollute the air in Arizona and Utah, and other groups attempted to block Kennecott's plans to open new mining operations in Black Mesa, Arizona and Puerto Rico. On the legal front, Kennecott is contesting the Federal Trade Commission's order to divest itself with a multimillion dollar acquisition of the Peabody Coal Company. In all of these cases, Kennecott has taken an aggressive position to protect its interest at home and around the world. In September, 1972, Kennecott's threats materialized into legal action, asking a French court to block payments to Chile for El Teniente copper sold in France.
25:22
In essence, Kennecott claimed that the expropriation was not valid because there had been no compensation. Therefore, Braden was still the rightful owner of its 49% share of the copper. The court was requested to embargo the proceeds of the sales until it could decide on the Braden claim of ownership.
25:39
The NACLA report continues, "To avoid having the 1.3 million payment embargoed, French dock workers in Le Havre, in a demonstration of solidarity with Chile, refused to unload the freighter. The ship sailed to Holland where it immediately became embroiled in a new set of legal controversies, which were ultimately resolved. Finally, the odyssey ended on October 21st, '72 when the ship returned to Le Havre to unload the contested cargo. Copper payments to Chile were impounded until the court rendered a decision on its competence to judge the legality of the expropriation. Chile was forced to suspend copper shipments to France temporarily. The legal battle spread across Europe when Kennecott took similar action in a Swedish court on October 30th. Most recently, in mid-January 1973, Kennecott took its case to German courts.
26:27
NACLA states that, "It is not easy to ascertain the degree of coordination between Kennecott and the US government on their policy toward Chile." The State Department told us in interviews that Kennecott is exercising its legal rights as any citizen may do under the Constitution, but a reporter for Forbes Magazine exacted a more telling quote. When asked if there had been any consultation between Kennecott and the State Department, the State Department spokesman said, "Sure, we're in touch from time to time. They know our position." The Forbes reporter asked, "Which is?" The spokesman replied, "We're interested in solutions to problems, and you don't get solutions by sitting on your hands."
27:05
In fact, US government policies and Kennecott's actions fully compliment each other. They share the same objectives and function on the same premises of punitive sanctions and coercive pressures guised in the garb of legitimate legal and financial operations. Kennecott's embargoes will necessarily serve as a factor in the current negotiations between Chile and the US government. Whether or not the government was instrumental in Kennecott's actions, the United States now has an additional powerful bargaining tool. The Kennecott moves were denounced by all sectors of Chilean political life as economic aggression violating national sovereignty.
27:39
Other Latin American nations have also condemned Kennecott. Most significantly, CIPEC, the organization of copper exporting nations, Chile, Peru, Zaire, and Zambia, which produced 44% of the world's copper, met in December 1972 and issued a declaration stating they would not deal with Kennecott and that they would refrain from selling copper to markets traditionally serviced by Chilean exports. Such solidarity is important because it undercuts the Kennecott strategy in the present market where the supply is plentiful. Kennecott cannot deter customers from buying Chilean copper if they have nowhere else from which to buy.
28:15
Even within the US, the embargo has not proven totally successful. The Guardian reports that there have been some breaks among the US banks, Irving Trust, Bankers Trust, and the Bank of America are carrying on a very limited business with Chile and various companies continue to trade on a cash and carry basis. In a number of respects, US policy has backfired. If the US will not trade with Chile, its Western European competitors will fill the markets formally controlled by US companies. The US pressure has also helped to intensify the anti-imperialist reactions of a number of South American countries within the US and its multinational corporations. The Panama meeting of the UN Security Council is just one example of this.
28:58
Every week brings new defeats for the US strategy in South America. At the recent session of the UN Economic Commission for Latin America in Quito, Ecuador, South American countries unanimously condemned US economic policy toward the continent. The resolution was based on a detailed report showing how South America suffers great economic losses because of unequal trade agreements with the US. This report from The Guardian.
LAPR1973_04_19
00:18
Question, what were the Watergate defendants doing 12 years ago?
00:22
Answer, invading Cuba.
00:24
That from Tricontinental News Service, which reminds us that at 2300 hours on the night of April 16th, 12 years ago this month, the CIA was somewhat involved in the Bay of Pigs invasion. So was Richard Nixon, who was directly involved in the effort while Vice President. So were other now familiar persons. Namely, the man in charge of the actual invasion, was Everette Howard Hunt Jr. One of his planning aids was Bernard L. Barker, a high ranking Central Intelligence Agency officer, and one of the organizers of the invasion was James McCord. Other operatives included Frank Sturgis, Virgilio Gonzalez, and Eugenio Martinez.
00:59
Tricontinental continues that, in contrast to Nixon's current well-noted reticence about his relations to these men, Nixon then insisted, in his book, "Six Crises", on taking credit for having a direct and substantial part in planning the Bay of Pigs invasion that was carried out by Hunt, McCord, Sturgis, Barker, and others. That from Tricontinental News Service.
01:22
Moving on to news of other less covert diplomacy by the United States. Opinião of Brazil reports that the United States Department of Defense has announced that General Creighton Abrams, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, will soon visit several countries in Latin America.
01:36
Opinião reports from Rio de Janeiro that Brazil will be one of the nations visited by Abrams, and says that there are two theories in diplomatic circles to explain the reasons for the trip.
01:48
The first and simpler one is that Abrams is laying the groundwork for President Nixon's visit to Brazil later this year. The Brazilian press has reported rumors of this trip for some time now, and Opinião feels it is certain that Nixon will visit Brazil to consolidate political, economic, and financial ties between the two countries.
02:07
Opinião continues, explaining that the second interpretation of Abrams visit is more complex. Some see it as the start of a diplomatic counteroffensive on the part of the United States against the growing ideological pluralism in Latin America, represented especially by Argentina, Chile, Peru, and Panama. Observers feel that Spanish American nations are trying to cut the economic ties which make them dependent on the United States. And that the US and the person of General Abrams will be trying to stem the rising tide of anti-Yankee feeling, probably with the help of Brazil, which feels itself more and more isolated from its Spanish-speaking neighbors, that from Opinião.
02:15
Censors struck the newspaper Oestado de São Paulo, and its afternoon sister paper, Journal da Tarde, prohibiting three stories in each. Oestado covered up the censored items with letters to the editor, while Journal da Tarde used kitchen recipes. Had the papers printed the vetoed stories, federal police would've seized all the issues as they came off the press.
02:48
Unfortunately, that may be our last report from Opinião. This independent weekly has been shut down by the Brazilian regime and the publisher arrested for editorial speculation on the military regime's succession, a theme currently forbidden in the press. Brazil has a recent history of severe press censorship, started by the military after their coup in 1964. Just prior to the shutdown of Opinião, the Miami Herald reported concerning two other papers from Brazil that-
03:35
The Herald continues that censors are assigned by Brazil's military run government are on permanent duty at the Oestado building. The censored items were a story from the Inter American Press Association meeting in Jamaica, saying that there was press censorship in Brazil. Also, a critical quote from a federal congressman from the only political opposition party allowed in the country and testimony in a case of alleged corruption in the Army. Two days later, according to the Miami Herald, the state government withdrew its advertising from the same two newspapers. It should be noted that Oestado and the Journal da Tarde are Brazil's principle daily newspapers. We know that Brazil is the US government's major ally in South America, with Nixon having expressed the hope that other Latin American countries would follow Brazilian leadership.
04:18
Continuing our coverage of a US diplomatic offensive, or counter offensive in Latin America, The Guardian reports that preceding General Abram's planned visit, United States General Vernon Walters, second in command of the Central Intelligence Agency, visited Brazil last month. After his visit, Brazilian General Mello declared that the United States and Brazil, "Will continue their struggles against communism, which is showing its claws in South America."
04:47
In another view of impending diplomatic developments and especially Nixon's possible trip to Latin America, Excélsior of Mexico reports that Nixon would encounter considerable hostility. Nixon, Excélsior reports, will encounter a Latin America radically different from that of 15 years ago when he made his last state visit there.
05:05
The hostility with which he was received in touring several countries as Vice President reflected an anti North American sentiment that had at the time barely taken hold among the students and workers. A decade later in several nations, Excélsior says, the sentiment has spread reaching even official levels. In addition, the internal situation of most countries has changed. Only in Paraguay where Alfredo Stroessner remains dictator is the political atmosphere unchanged.
05:34
In Peru, 15 years ago, Nixon was welcomed by protests and stones, but he received an official apology from the government. Now, the government there itself has had several serious run-ins with the US foreign investment policies. In Venezuela, 15 years ago, Nixon was bombarded by eggs, tomatoes, and rocks, and the army was forced to intervene to literally save Nixon's life from a so-called mob. Now, while there are officially amicable relations between the two governments, Venezuela has imposed severe restrictions on the US companies operating in the region, and a humorist there suggests that Nixon had better keep a low profile.
06:07
Excélsior also reported that in evident disregard for Latin American needs and opinions, Nixon made a speech, April 10th, asserting that, "Multinational corporations are a viable source of world prosperity," and asking the US Congress not to pass reform legislation attempting to curb their power. In addition, Nixon's new foreign trade proposals have been described by the Mexican ambassador as posing an enormous threat to Mexico. Nixon announced that if he had his way, the US would help Latin American countries only if they helped the United States. That poses a problem for Latin American countries since they are already running a major trade unbalance that is in the favor of the United States, that from Excélsior.
06:54
In addition to the trip of General Vernon Walters, second in command of the Central Intelligence Agency, the announced trip of General Creighton Abrams of the joint Chiefs of staff and the possible trip of Nixon to Latin America, William Rogers of the State Department has announced some plans for a trip. The Miami Herald reports that Secretary of State, William Rogers, will visit a half a dozen key countries in a two-week trip through Latin America next month. The 14-day trip, tentatively set from May 5th to 20th, will include stops of between one and two days in at least five Latin American nations, Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina before the inauguration there of the new Peronist government on May 25th are certainties. Columbia and Venezuela are likely stops and Peru is a possible one.
07:36
The Miami Herald continues noting that Chile, where the United States faces some of its most difficult bilateral issues, will not be included on the Roger's itinerary. Nor will Panama, where the United States has come under increasing pressure over the canal. Among bilateral issues to be raised are those of trade and tariffs, petroleum, the law of the sea, the changing role of the United States and a Latin America anxiously asserting political and economic self-determination. No high ranking US official has systematically visited Latin America since New York Governor Rockefeller undertook a protest marred country by country tour in 1969. The Nixon administration has consistently ranked Latin America near the bottom of its foreign policy priorities, but President Nixon, in a recent message to Latin American leaders, promised to accord inter-American affairs priority consideration during this, his second term. That from the financial section of the Miami Herald.
08:35
Meanwhile, as US diplomats plan their trips, Latin American officials are not exactly waiting around. Excélsior reports that Mexican President Echeverria was visiting Moscow. President Echeverria also announced during his trip to Europe, Moscow, and Peking that he definitely will not establish relations with General Franco, the US ally who has been ruling Spain since the fascist victory there in the 1930s. Excélsior further reported that Echeverria did meet in Paris with Perón and cordial relations between Mexico and Argentina are expected to develop after the popularly elected Peronist candidate takes office when the military steps down. That report from the Mexican daily Excélsior.
09:14
Shifting from diplomatic moves by diplomats returned to the activities in Argentina, where the lame duck military regime of President Lanusse, having finally allowed elections and lost to the Peronist candidate Cámpora is having difficulties. Latin American Newsletter reports.
09:32
The shooting of the head of the military intelligence in Córdoba, the kidnapping of the former Chief of Naval Intelligence and the kidnapping of three executives of foreign companies were merely the most noteworthy items in a guerrilla offensive, which shook all of Argentina during the first weeks of April. The present escalation of guerrilla activity began at the end of March with the occupation of the partially built atomic power station of Atucha, an event which scared some officials with the implication of what might've been had the nuclear reactor been operational.
10:01
The Atucha raid and most of the activity in March were the work of the Trotskyist, Ejército Revolucionario del Pueblo (ERP), and this was to be expected in view of the ERP, independence of the Peronist government elect. The subsequent operation of the Montoneros and the Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias (FAR), were less predictable as many had expected, a truce by these pro Peronist guerrillas until after the handover of power on the 25th of May at least.
10:30
There are probably a number of different considerations which the Fuerzas Especiales have had to take into account. In the first place they could not allow the ERP to appear as the only armed vanguards still operating. This would've created the impression that the Trotskyists were the only authentic revolutionaries. The second motive was probably the need to obtain funds now before the new government is formed at the end of May to meet future contingencies without having to embarrass the incoming Peronist administration. The third element is an overt desire to maintain the tension, to signal to both the Peronist leadership and the armed forces that the guerrillas have the guns, as well as the popular support to back the demands for revolutionary changes in June. Once the new government is in power.
11:18
It seems likely, Latin American news continues, that the successful kidnapping of the former Chief of Naval Intelligence, Admiral Aleman and the attempt to kidnap Colonel Iribarren, who was killed when he resisted, were prompted by the needs to guarantee the safety of guerrilla prisoners, while the question of an amnesty is debated. President Lanusse completely denied the possibility of an amnesty at the end of last month. In a formal statement on the subject. Allaman's kidnappers were new formed part ERP 22nd of August, a section of the ERP which had actively supported the election of Hector Cámpora on the 11th of March. One curious detail of the kidnapping was that the admiral's nephew, a young militant of the ERP, took part in the operation. A communique said that all of the election results had raised hopes for the freedom of political prisoners, "The only way to guarantee their liberty is the massive mobilization of the people and the action of the armed vanguards."
12:14
Colonel Iribarren, the chief of intelligence of the third Army in Córdoba, Latin American newsletter reports was shot close to his home last week when he refused to accompany a group of Montoneros who held up his car. Iribarren was promoted general posthumously and the news attended the funeral in Buenos Aires. Following Iribarren's death, there were long meetings of the high command of the Army to decide on new anti-guerrilla tactics and provisions.
12:43
In comparison with the attacks on senior military personnel, kidnappings of foreign executives are now routine, Latin American continues, the most noteworthy facts about the latest batch are that Kodak paid a million and a half dollars in ransom a near record to another new guerrilla organization, the Fuerzas Argentinas de Liberacion Nacional, a Maoist group for the release of a United States executive. The Bank of Boston had to pay rather less $750,000 for the release of the manager of the Rosario branch office of it's bank who had been held by the ERP. The latest kidnapping of the British Head of Nobleza Tobacco Company, a subsidiary of British American Tobacco, seems to fit neatly into the pattern and provided his employers [inaudible 00:13:24] to pay for his release. There is no reason why any executive should fear kidnapping. On the other hand, there must come some limit to the ransoms which the companies are willing to pay, and soon it will be some companies turn to pay up for the second time. When that happens, there may be trouble.
13:38
The implications of the present guerrilla campaign for the future are undoubtedly important. Perón and Cámpora in particular are going to have to decide on what line to take. Cámpora has said slightly unconvincingly that the problem will disappear when his government is installed in May. This is unlikely, even though a temporary truce is possible. It would not be easy for the Peronist leadership now to turn on their guerrilla supporters who contributed in many ways to the Peronist victory, but nor will management of the armed forces be easy if the guerrillas continue to grow in strengthen prestige. The situation might be manageable if all the guerrillas were Peronists, but with Trotskyists and Maoists also in the field, it seems likely that the capitalist principle of competition will ensure continuing turbulence. This from Latin American newsletter.
14:55
The ecology movement has recently captured the public's attention in industrialized countries. As the deterioration of the environment becomes more evident and the scientific evidence on the dangers of pollution accumulates, it is to be hope that Western Europe, Japan, and the United States will begin to implement policies to protect the ecosystem, but the programs proposed while popular at home are being seen as a threat to development in many parts of the world.
15:21
Some underdeveloped countries view ecological concerns as yet another obstacle created by the developed countries to their economic growth and are refusing to defer their dreams of industrialization because of the dangers to the ecology. The conflict between industrialized nations and the Third World over ecology is in its early stages, but important political, legal and moral questions have been raised, and these questions are of such a fundamental nature that there is some doubt as to whether they can be solved peacefully. Today we will describe the position Brazil took at the United Nations Conference on the human environment in Stockholm last year and then discuss some of the implications of their position. Though we feel that the issues advanced are of extreme importance, ironically, it seems to us that it will not be Brazil, but other poorer countries that will find themselves immersed in these conflicts.
16:15
Brazil's position in Latin America is most unique. Brazil has neither been resigned to the status of a non-developing satellite of the developed world, but neither is it moving in the direction of attaining development according to socialist models, nor is it moving towards an economics of cooperation with other underdeveloped nations. Instead, Brazil's governing military group is attempting rapid growth in industrialization similar to the developed mental methods followed by Western capitalist countries earlier in their histories. Brazil is one of the few Third World countries, perhaps the last, that has a chance of making it into the ranks of the so-called developed countries under this model of western, i.e. Capitalist development. Brazil's development seems to look favorably upon by the United States, Japan, and Western Europe, and it will presumably assume a place alongside these economically, politically and militarily.
17:06
We do, however, in the more general case, agree strongly with these articles' concerns over impending conflicts between developed and undeveloped nations over the usage of world resources. For given the disproportionately enormous resource usage patterns of the developed capitalist countries, it is reasonable to speculate that the development of most of the Third World will indeed be opposed by the economic elites of the developed nations as these powerful nations vie for control of limited resources. The following then is the Brazilian administration's arguments for its right to develop without regard to ecological considerations. The arguments are those developed in a series of articles from Brazil's daily Journal do Brazil, and it's weekly, Realidad.
17:51
The Brazilians were unusually blunt in Stockholm, arguing that the worst form of pollution was human poverty and that the industrial nation's concerns about the quality of air and water were luxuries the poor countries could not afford. Brazil's Minister of the Interior told the Assembly on Environment that quote, "For the majority of the world's population, the bettering of conditions is much more a question of mitigating poverty, having more food, better clothing, housing, medical attention and employment than in seeking atmospheric pollution and its reduction."
18:21
Brazil's Minister of the interior's argument is open to criticism because rapid industrialization in the Third World without income redistribution often does not improve conditions for the vast majority of the population. Certainly the so-called Brazilian economic miracle has caused widespread suffering among the lower classes. In fact, it has decreased the proletarian share of goods because capital accumulation for industrialization is being achieved by a reduction in workers' real wages. In fact, the situation is so appalling that even Brazil's President Médici remarked publicly last year that, "The economy is doing well and the people are doing poorly."
19:02
Yet the Brazilians press on with their policies, justifying them with the convictions that at some point in the future, industrialization will indeed produce great benefits for all classes. This may or may not be true, but from an ecological viewpoint, the important thing is that urgent attempts to industrialize will continue under this model of development.
19:24
Basically, the issue as Brazil sees it, revolves around how new ecological concerns will affect their rates of development. Brazilians want to close the enormous and widening gap between themselves and the industrialized nations. While they recognize that ecological problems are not illusory, they feel that a concern for the environment is a trap which may frustrate their desires for rapid development, and they cite three reasons for that fear.
19:50
First, devices to reduce chemical and thermal pollution will be expensive and may in addition require lowering production to levels where the environment can absorb the waste generated. It's also observed that precious investment funds would become tied up in non-productive anti-pollutant devices which do not generate new capital. Perhaps most importantly, an anti-pollution campaign would increase the prices of each item produced. The consequences of a jump in prices would be disastrous for a developing economy because it would reduce the already small market for manufactured goods and create a structural block to any further economic growth. Therefore, the Brazilians do not want to take on the economic burdens of protecting the environment. They argued in Stockholm that the rich nations never had such a burden during the 19th century when they were industrializing, and that if the Third World is ever to catch up, it must now have all the advantages the developed world once did.
20:50
A second fear expressed by the Brazilians was that the issue of ecology will be used by the industrialized nations as a rationalization to block the Third World's development. They are afraid that rich consumer countries unable or unwilling to control pollution at home and conscious of rendering resource supplies will use these as a justification for keeping a large percentage of the species in underdevelopment and poverty. Ecological concerns have already had an effect, in fact on loan practices from the developed world. As Kalido Mendez, a delegate to the Stockholm Conference pointed out, "It is no accident that the only contributions from the industrialized world that have not declined in the past few years have been military funds and funds designated for population control."
21:34
Kalido Mendez's fears, "Namely that the developed countries will act to block development of most of the Third World, seem very real to us. It is however, our perception of the political map that Brazil's development will be permitted even aided by the first world in an effort to make her a partner in maintaining the current power distribution."
21:54
The third fear Brazil expressed in the Stockholm conference was that the ecological issue may sometime be used as an entering wedge by the industrialized nations to interfere in the internal affairs of the Third World. While this possibility seems remote at the moment, the situation could become extremely explosive if there were an ecological crisis, such as an oil shortage. Brazilians are especially sensitive to any infringement on their sovereignty because of a developing conflict over their usage of the Amazon River basin and a not dissimilar argument with Argentina over the Parana river. Both of these questions were raised at Stockholm.
22:28
The particulars of the Amazonian basin argument are as follows, the consequences of tampering with the ecology of the Amazon may have a very serious ramification for all people. Some scientists estimate that as much as one half of the world's oxygen supply may be generated by the foliage of this huge tropical forest. Also, that the tropical forest ecosystem is a very fragile one. Misuse of the areas such as caused by heavy mining and timbering and the concomitant erosion could convert that area of extremely thin soil layers into a desert within a generation. This may be an overstatement, but it is clear that the area plays a very important role in the world's ecosystem.
23:09
The Brazilians, on the other hand feel that for their successful development, they need to be able to exploit these frontier lands much as the United States used the West as a vast reservoir of untapped natural resources for population relocation and to be meted out as incentives for investment. Thus, through expensive governmental programs like the construction of the Trans-Amazonian Highway and grants of millions of acres to multinational corporations, the Brazilians are trying to develop the virgin area quickly. Brazilian army engineers have cut huge swaths through the jungle to open roads.
23:42
The international corporations, mostly United States based, have begun to exploit timber and mineral resources and plan to turn thousands of square miles of forest into pasture land. All of this is being done very rapidly with only a superficial knowledge of the Amazon's ecosystem and with the hope that these disruptions of the forest will not touch off an ecological disaster.
24:02
It should be noted as an important aside that the involvement of multinational corporations are an aggravating element in this conflict between rapid development and ecological soundness. Because they remit large profits to their headquarters, usually in the United States, they increase the extent of ecological exploitation necessary to produce the desired level of development for Brazil itself. Finally, international corporations seem to be beyond the control of any nation and try to maximize profits without regard for the wellbeing of any single country. It appears doubtful that these companies will adopt policies which follow sound ecological principles.
24:42
When Western environmentalists criticize the opening of the Amazon because it is being done too quickly without sufficient consideration for ecological consequences. The Brazilians answer quite simply, the Amazon is theirs and they will broke no interference, or to state the matter more sympathetically to the Brazilians, they have no intention of maintaining the Amazon as a pollution free zone so that the industrial nations can keep their industrial economies and consumption levels at the current high polluting levels. In effect, the Brazilians are claiming the right to develop at the cost of nature as the US did and continue to do so.
25:16
A similar and equally unbending position is taken by the administration on the question of an enormous hydroelectric plant it's building on the Parana River, the Argentinians through whose country this river also flows, argue that the project will wreck havoc with the ecology of the entire area harmfully affecting fishing and farming. The Argentinians during the conference in Stockholm unsuccessfully lobbied for an agreement that would've required a nation to supply information to its neighbor about any project which might cause damage to the neighboring country.
25:48
Argentina is not in good economic or political shape at this time, so a military confrontation over the Parana does not seem likely. However, the problem certainly illustrates the explosiveness of the entire question of developmental projects and their effects on the ecology of neighboring countries. One can imagine, for example, how the US might react if the Canadians set about implementing a developmental plan that affected the entire Mississippi Valley. Argentina believes it is facing just such a situation now, and most other Third World nations will probably be in similar positions in the coming decade as competition for materials, energy, and the use of the environment increases.
26:28
In this report, we have emphasized the fears that underdeveloped nations feel about the ecological issue, and how it might slow their development and compromise their sovereignty. There is no doubt that if they followed the industrialized country's advice and took better care of the environment, their rate of development would be slowed. Furthermore, their assertion that the rich nations industrialized without considering the ecological balance is historically accurate, and it is also correct to say that almost all pollution comes from Europe, Japan, and the United States, but all the arguments in the world do not change certain grim realities, which must be faced by rich and poor nations alike, for there is an ecological crisis and it does involve all of humanity.
27:08
If there is a solution at all to this problem, it must fly with the richer nations. It was the industrialized nations which created the environmental crisis in the first place through decades of dumping waste into the biosphere. It was their non-rational, indeed wasteful usage of energy and natural resources that hastens us towards scarcity. The developed countries have accustomed themselves to using grossly and equitable shares of the world's limited resources, and it is a continuance of this policy, which will absolutely prohibit Third World development and make clashes between poor and rich nations over resource usage inevitable. As these practices continue, it is hardly realistic to ask the undeveloped world, not to pollute and to remain undeveloped while the developed world continues it's high pollution and consumption rates.
27:56
So the industrialized nations must cease polluting and bear the economic burden for cleaning up their own territories. More importantly, the general high level of industrial activity must be controlled. To achieve this, the richer nations must stop expanding their economies so rapidly. In other words, the industrialized nations must be willing to reduce their standards of resource use and energy use, while helping to raise the economies of other countries out of their current conditions of abject poverty. They must make a serious attempt to redistribute their wealth, which would allow the Third World countries to be industrialized in an environmentally sound way.
28:31
Unfortunately, we do not expect this to happen because we see no way it could be done given the present political, economic, and military structures of the richer nations. Perhaps an ecological disaster will be necessary to awaken people to the need for fundamental change on a global scale. Our hope is that such a disaster will not do irreparable harm to the biosphere. Perhaps wars for the control of natural resource and the usage of energy will be inevitable before people become enlightened as to the consequences of so, does equal a distribution of the world's wealth. Here to, we can only hope and plead that somehow reason and a sense of human solidarity can spare humanity this sort of bloodbath.
LAPR1973_04_26
00:18
Two comments in the Latin America press seemed to sum up the general feeling on the continent in the wake of the recent organization of American States meeting in Washington DC. Mexico's President Echeverría, when asked by Rio de Janeiro's Opinião about his opinion of the organization was replied, "The OAS? Does it still exist? It is necessary to reconstruct it on different bases. It is necessary to establish a new regional organization which does not exclude anybody, including Canada and Cuba."
00:49
In Lima, a newspaper favoring the government, El Expreso, said that the Latin Americans now need a Declaration of independence equal to the one the North Americans gave to England in 1776, and concluded that the organization of American states will not survive if the United States continues to dominate it.
01:08
A more detailed view of the OAS (Organization of American States) meeting was given by the British Weekly, Latin America, which said that the general assembly of the OAS ended its meeting in Washington two weeks ago without voting on the question of Cuba's readmission, or the lifting of diplomatic and economic sanctions against the island. Although there was undoubtedly a majority in favor of ending Cuba's isolation, most delegates withdrew from the brink of an outright confrontation with the US, which continued to object to Havana's military links with Moscow, and maintained that despite certain changes, Cuba was still interfering in other countries' internal affairs. A working group was set up to find a compromised solution with both Chile and Brazil among its members representing the most extreme viewpoints on Cuba.
01:51
It was also agreed unanimously to form a commission to study the complete restructuring of the OAS, and there was a unanimous vote for ideological plurality in the hemisphere. A resolution approved by 21 votes to none, with only the United States and Honduras abstaining, called on Washington not to sell its strategic mineral reserves in a way that would harm Latin American economies.
02:16
Another resolution approved unanimously, except for the abstention of the US, called on Washington to prevent transnational companies from intervening in other countries internal affairs. This report from the weekly Latin America.
02:31
There's increasing concern in Latin America with what is considered distorted press coverage of the area by United States Media. Chile Hoy reports with obvious interest on the work of a Rutgers University sociologist analyzing US press coverage of Salvador Allende. Dr. John Pollock, whose work has also been cited by Mexico City's Excélsior, did a detailed analysis of US press reportage of the Chilean president's visit to the United States last December. In an article published in The Nation, he claimed that a mission of important information is systematic, and includes even the most basic data. For instance, the New York Times, Washington Post, Christian Science Monitor, Miami Herald, and Los Angeles Times all failed to mention the fact that Allende had been received triumph fully and enthusiastically in Peru and Mexico on his way to the US. In addition, Pollak singled out phrases such as, "Acrobat," "Wiley fox," and, "Skillful juggler," as prejudicing news reports. This from Chile Hoy in Santiago.
03:34
La Nación from Buenos Aires reports on the current US-Chile negotiations. If the United States insists on compensation for certain North American properties that have been nationalized, Chile will invoke a 1914 treaty, which calls for an international commission of five members to arbitrate discussion in case of stalemate. Because of disagreements as to the extent of compensation, Chile has been unable to refinance its external debt with the United States, which consists of $1,200,000,000. Vital lines of public and private credit have been cut, and Chile faces difficulties in obtaining goods from North American suppliers. This report from La Nación in Buenos Aires.
04:18
La Prensa of Lima comments about internal political struggles in Chile. The revolutionary leftist movement in Chile directed strong criticisms against the reformists, intensifying the struggle between the radical left and the government of President Allende. In a public declaration, the organization denounced a reprimand, which the president had addressed to some radical groups who were involved in the attempted takeover of some businesses. The radicals termed Allende's speech alarmist and accused him of threatening the workers. Later on radio and TV, Allende said he would go to any lengths necessary to prevent illegal action. "The rights of workers are one thing," he said, "But hasty, demagogic and spontaneous acts are another." The radicals replied that it was an objective fact that workers and peasants throughout the country had been mobilized by inflation and lack of supplies and not by extremists. This from La Prensa, the Peruvian Daily.
05:14
The pro-government press in Chile has accused the opposition of launching a campaign to discredit the armed forces, and in particular, the commander in chief and former interior minister, General Carlos Pratts. The opposition evening paper, La Segunda, alleged that Pratts had told a meeting of 800 officers that he supported the process of change being carried out by President Allende. Other opposition papers have alleged that several senior officers have been prematurely retired because of their opposition to the government's education reform bill.
05:46
Peru's La Prensa says that the Argentine guerrillas, who apparently have the technique down pat, successfully engineered another kidnapping this last week. The production manager of Kodak Argentina was released by his kidnappers after a ransom of a million and a half dollars was paid. This is the highest price yet exacted from an Argentine subsidiary for the return of one of its executives. In a press release which they agreed to make, Kodak announced that the man was unharmed. Although the recent kidnappings are aimed at raising money through ransoms, an additional reason this time seems to be to ensure that political prisoners held by the military junta will not be harmed. On May 25th, President-elect Héctor Cámpora, a peronist, is scheduled to be inaugurated. Cámpora has promised to free all political prisoners. This from La Prensa in Lima, Peru.
06:37
Opinião of São Paulo comments on the fact that prominent members of the Brazilian Congress have recently demanded more democratization of the nation's political institutions before this election of a new president, which will occur later this year. The president of the House of Deputies recently expressed these goals in an interview with Rio's Jornal de Brazil. He defended the need for greater participation on the part of the Congress on the grounds that Brazil has the necessity of presenting itself in foreign lands as a democratized nation. Other members of the Congress, even within the government's party, have echoed these sentiments. Opinião however thinks this will all come to nothing, and the congress will have the opportunity to discuss the choice of the next president only after the army has effectively made that choice.
07:26
An open declaration of war by the Brazilian church against the government seems to have been the effect of the memorial service for geology student Alexandre Lemi who was killed while in the custody of São Paulo security services. Latin America News Weekly reports that Alexandre Lemi, 22, was one of the brightest students in the geological faculty of Sao Paulo University, and came from a traditionally Catholic family. He was arrested on March 16th for being a member of the National Liberation Force. On March 17th, he was killed while in police custody, ostensibly by passing motor vehicle. The official police report issued by the security secretary of São Paulo said he was taken to a street crossing where he had a meeting with a friend at a bar, and while the security agents remained at a distance, he ran away across the road where he could not be followed because of the amount of traffic, but was run over by a truck.
08:20
Police refusal of an appeal from the boy's parents for their son's body, and of a call by the Council of the University's teaching staff for an exhumation and postmortem, is being seen in some quarters as proof that this was an official murder. But Alexandra's death, in a manner all too common in present day Brazil, would've passed without notice had it not been for the shattering effect of the memorial mass held for him and the Cathedral da Sé, presided over by the Archbishop and Bishop of Sorocaba, assisted by 24 priests. The mass was fixed for 6:30, but by four o'clock the center of São Paulo was occupied by armed police and shock troops, while the university was surrounded by military police.
09:03
Nevertheless, 3000 students managed to enter the cathedral. No doubt to their surprise, the first song in the service sheet, which had been prepared by a special commission was no hymn, but a song prohibited by the Brazilian censorship, and who's author, Geraldo Vandré, lives in exile. The liturgy of the mass included the words, "We are imprisoned in our egotism instead of catering for the great causes of our society," and one of the songs proclaimed, "We offer the end in the asking, the hard struggle between the old and the new, the dark night of the people and the dawn of the resurrection."
09:38
"If the liturgy was subversive," says Latin America, "The sermons were almost revolutionary". The Bishop of Sorocaba accused the government openly. "We are unable to give the lie to the police accusations against this young student. God knows and He will be the judge, but I find that he was barbarically liquidated." The cardinal, in the first words of his sermon, noted that even Christ after his death was returned to his family and friends. The representative of Roman power was able to do that much justice. The repercussions were immediate. A complete censorship was imposed on any reference to the mass in press, radio, and television. The government was further embarrassed by the fact that the mass was on March 30th, the day before the anniversary celebration of the revolution of 1964.
10:25
But the censorship was broken. São Paulo's channel five television station broadcast a news flash for which it has been punished under the national security law. More daring was the weekly Opinião, which has recently been increasing sales in leaps and bounds as the only publication that dares to criticize the government. Not only did it publish a brief report on the mass, as well as the security secretary's statement, but it also gave an interview with the cardinal in which he described the people of São Paulo as living in a situation of emergency in relation to wages, health, and public security.
11:00
Nemesis for Opinião was not slow in coming. The censorship has demanded that all its material must be submitted to the sensors 48 hours before going to press, effectively making publication impossible. This week's proposed edition, which it is understood, will not be appearing, had 8 of 24 pages completely censored. The censored pages contained material on wage problems, the political situation, and Brazilian investments in Bolivia. A protest has already been made by the Inter American Press Society to the Brazilian government while the Estela de São Paulo and Jornal da Tarde, two other newspapers, have announced that they will accept no government advertising nor government announcements for publication, as a protest against censorship. The government has banned live television reporting as dangerous, and all programs must in the future be prerecorded.
11:53
"But whatever happens to the press," concludes Latin America newsletter, "The real importance of the death of Alexandre Lemi is that the church has revealed a newfound and aggressive militancy. If, as it appears, the church is now on a collision course with the government, there is little doubt who will win in the end. The government may be able to suppress a handful of left-wing terrorists, but the Christian Church has for nearly 2000 years, thrived on persecution and martyrdom and always come out on top. All the signs are that Alexandre Lemi is to be presented as a martyr of the regime." This from Latin America.
12:29
Religious militancy is also appearing in the Dominican Republic. The Miami Herald reports that the country's Roman Catholic Church has denounced that there is no respect for human life in the Dominican Republic. In an Easter message before numerous government officials at Santo Domingo's Cathedral, a bishop said, "There is no respect for human life here. Human life is worth less than a cigarette in our country." The priest charged that inhumane punishments are being inflicted on inmates in Dominican jails, and that brutal assassinations occur frequently. He added that, "Hunger and misery affect most of the people in the country."
13:03
Opinião of Rio de Janeiro reports that Pablo Picasso's death received wide coverage in the Latin press. Picasso was admired in the hemisphere not only for his painting, but for his political stance against the Franco regime in Spain. A member of the French Communist Party since 1944, Picasso once summed up his views on the relationship between art and politics while answering critics of his leftist stance.
13:29
"What do they think an artist is? An imbecile who only has eyes if he's a painter, or ears if he is a musician, or a layer in each chamber of his heart if he's a poet, or that he's simply a boxer, only muscles. On the contrary, an artist is at the same time a political being, always aware of the pains, conflagrations, or happy incidents of the world, shaping himself in their image. How could it be possible not to feel interest in other people, and because of an ivory tower of indifference, disconnect oneself from the life which they bring with such open hands? No, painting was not created to decorate apartments. It is an instrument of war with which to attack the enemy and defend ourselves from him." This from Opinião.
14:41
For today's feature, we've invited economist David Barkin to discuss the problem of unemployment in Latin America. David's a participant in the conference on US/Mexico Economic Relations this week on the University of Texas campus, is currently teaching economics at the City University of New York, and has traveled widely in Latin America. He visited Cuba for two months in 1969 at the invitation of the Cuban government, has worked with Chilean economists off and on for the past four years, and has done extensive research and has taught economics in Mexico for about five years.
15:16
David, someone at the conference the other day stated that unemployment rate in Mexican agriculture is 46%. Could you comment on this figure, and include what efforts are being made by the Mexican government to correct this problem?
15:31
The problem of unemployment in Mexico is very serious because of the nature of development, which is leading to the development of commercial agriculture in selected parts of the country. In a few selected parts of the country. And the rest of the agricultural sector is stagnating. People are being forced out of the agricultural sector, but those who remain are finding themselves without the resources and without the government assistance which is necessary for them to become productive members of the society.
16:07
The 46% unemployment figure in Mexico is a reflection of the fact that although a lot of people remain in the agricultural economy, many of them are not producing nearly as much as they might produce were resources available for the production of goods which could satisfy the needs of the mass of the people in the population. In the urban sector, the problem is not quite as serious in absolute magnitude, but perhaps in human terms even more serious. The misery associated with urban unemployment is greater than that with rural unemployment. And the slums in the large Mexican cities are growing year after year. The unemployment rate in Mexico City and in other urban areas in the country may be as high as 30 or 40 percent, if you consider what these people could produce if they were working fully in productive occupations, satisfying the basic needs of people, which at the present time aren't being satisfied.
17:14
Now, in terms of what the Mexican government is trying to do to solve the problem, they have undertaken a large program of public works projects, and are trying to encourage additional investment both by Mexicans and foreigners. The problem with this program is that it is designed to satisfy the needs of only a small proportion of the Mexican population, perhaps only 30% of the population. 30% of the population with income levels far above those of the other 70% of the population who live at bare levels of subsistence, and many of them living at below the level of what we would consider dignified living levels. It does not seem to me, nor to many of the representatives at the conference that the present development programs of the Mexican government are going to be able to seriously attack and make inroads into the problem of unemployment in Mexico. This is further compounded of course by the high rate of population growth in Mexico, but even if population growth rates were to decline in Mexico, it's not clear that they would be able to solve the unemployment problem with their present approach.
18:27
What about the effect of US investments in Mexico on the employment problem?
18:32
US investments are particularly injurious to the Mexican people because they're creating a type of industry which is displacing people in favor of machines, for the production of whatever goods are being produced in Mexico. US investments are generally what we would call capital intensive. That is using machinery to replace people in the production of goods. The goods which are produced are the kinds of goods which we, Americans, consume, but which because we are so rich, the middle level American standard of living is so high compared to that in Mexico, the kinds of goods which are produced are only able to be bought by those people in the 30% that I cited, who have sufficient income to buy those kinds of goods. That is they have income like a middle income level person in this country might have. An average person.
19:27
As a result, American investment is only heightening the problem in Mexico, creating additional difficulties because they are creating the appearance of modernity and creating a whole gamut of goods which the whole population can see but does not have access to.
19:49
What about the Mexicanization regulations that are being discussed now in Mexico in terms of affecting foreign investment? Is that going to solve any of the problem?
19:59
The Mexicanization legislation, which is designed to put some curbs on foreign investment is designed to attack a different problem. A problem that American foreign investment is making inroads into the capital equipment, the machinery and the factories which is owned by Mexican entrepreneurs. Until recently, Americans have been going into Mexico and purchasing outright large factories in large parts of the economy owned by Mexicans, and what the new legislation is designed to do is to try to stem this tide. It is not designed to prevent foreign investment, and it is not designed to prevent the sorts of effects which I just talked about, but rather to try to give the Mexican some protection in the face of the large transnational corporations who are trying to get greater control over the Mexican economy.
20:54
David, what about unemployment in Chile under the popular Unity government? What is Salvador Allende doing to correct this problem?
21:02
Well, unemployment in Chile was a growing problem during the last part of the 1960s. The economy was stagnating and unemployment rates in the city of Santiago, which is the most highly developed part of the country, reached as high as 10 and 12%. Now, that's very serious in an industrial labor force, which was as fully integrated into the modern sector of the economy, as is the case in many of our own North American cities.
21:33
10% and 12% unemployment for the group as a whole is very serious, and the Allende government's first problem, first priority when taking over was to do something about this problem. What they did was to redistribute income in a very simple, straightforward way by directing that wages be increased while profits be frozen. This sort of measure led to an immediate reactivation of the economy and an increase in demand by workers and the lower socioeconomic groups in the population, which made it possible for the government to increase employment in firms which it was taking over because private entrepreneurs were not responding to the increase in demand by the lower classes, and in instead trying to shift their resources to production of goods for the upper classes. As a result, in 1972, employment rates had gone down to below 4%. Quite an achievement in a very short period of time.
22:38
The Cuban government claims to have created a full employment economy. David, you've visited Cuba and you've written a book about Cuba. From your experience, how has this been accomplished?
22:48
Basically, the reason—the way in which unemployment has been eliminated, in fact the employment problem has been changed from one of unemployment to one of over full employment and a shortage of labor, is by a change in the basic assumptions on by which people are asked to participate in the economy.
23:13
In an economy based on a market system, people must work, produce sufficient income for an employer in order to provide that employer with a profit. If the person could produce something for the benefit of society, but that production is not profitable for some private entrepreneur, that person is not going to be employed. In Cuba, a person who could produce for the benefit of society, even if it doesn't go to the benefit of one individual in the society, can and must be employed.
23:49
In fact, during the first years of economic reorganization in Cuba, people were absorbed into the economy through a vast educational effort in 1961, a vast medical effort, and the expansion of production in every sector of the economy. Social services and productive services were expanded so that by the late 1960s the problem in Cuba was not how to find work for people, but rather how to encourage people who previously did not consider themselves part of the workforce to join the workforce, and now old people who were previously retired are performing useful social tasks for the society, people who are in schools, children and young people are being asked to join as part of their regular school program in productive tasks, and women and disabled people are also being fully incorporated into the economy.
24:52
I'd like to go on though and explain the nature of the unemployment problem and the way in which the Cubans solve it differently than say the Mexicans. Sugar cane cutting is a very difficult task and it requires in the pre-revolutionary era, about 300 to 400,000 people during four months a year, working 12 hours a day and sometimes as much as seven days a week during four months a year to cut the sugar cane. During that period they were paid sufficient income to live on for 12 months, but only at the very, very miserable levels of subsistence, which prevailed in Cuba at that time. Most of them didn't have access to meat and milk, for example. But they were unemployed for eight months of the year.
25:46
In the post-revolutionary government era, it's impossible to conceive of people being idle for eight months a year because of the very, very serious needs of people throughout the whole economy to solve productive problems, and to increase production in agriculture and industry and in services. As a result, most of these people who were working in sugar were incorporated into other activities. Reorganization of agriculture, livestock industry, and things like that. As a result, they were not available full-time during the sugar harvest for cane cutting.
26:25
When cane cutting needs were great, the entire population was recruited for sugar cane cutting on a voluntary basis. And people worked in brigades based on workplaces, and went into voluntary areas, and people at the factories remaining at the productive jobs and in the bureaucracy were expected to do the work of other people, to cover their jobs while they were absent. As a result, a technical problem, the cutting of sugarcane is solved in present day Cuba not by allowing people to be unemployed, which is the case of our migrant farm workers and of migrant farm workers all over the hemisphere, but rather by getting brigades of voluntary workers to achieve this task in a collective way.
27:13
This I think has great lesson for us in America, because we assume that people must be employed only at a specific task, and if that task is not available, then they're going to remain unemployed, as is the case of migrant farm workers. When we cannot create sufficient jobs because of specific political policies, policies of the government, we are in a quandary. We don't know how to provide these people with sufficient income and still remain with the incentive system to encourage them to work when we need them to work at low wages. As a result, we have a technical problem which translates itself into a social problem. The social problem of poverty, and widespread un- and underemployment, with the impossibility of many groups in our population finding work at all. Especially women and some third world groups.
28:15
The technical problem could be solved in our country, but not under the assumption that people must work to provide a profit for a small group of employers. It's only if they could work by satisfying social needs that we're going to be able to attack the basic underlying problem of poverty.
LAPR1973_05_03
00:18
The latest developments in the Watergate scandal are receiving wide international attention. Mexico's Excélsior, for example, reported extensively on former Attorney General Mitchell's payments of more than $2 million to Republican spies, and the paper provided detailed reports on subsequent events.
00:35
The Watergate affair has also occasioned some editorial comment in the Latin American press. Brazil's News Weekly Visão said, "The revelations surrounding Watergate will not have much practical effect since Nixon is already reelected. The wave of mud, which stretches from the Democratic headquarters to the basement of the White House will result in a few convictions, but little else."
00:56
Visão continues, "At this point, it is possible to expect that the case will end with a few resignations, because of sudden illness in the family or pressing private business affairs of some prominent White House aides. Certainly the interest of justice will not be entirely served, though the law makes no distinction between those who execute a crime and those who order it. Experience clearly shows that the former almost always go to jail, while their chiefs only lose their jobs. But it is also easy to predict that the example of Watergate will serve some use and that this type of electoral politics will lose for a good while its attractiveness."
01:31
"We conclude," Visão writes, "That the wave of reaction created around Watergate was not useless. It was a wave which was born after the official investigation had dried up and became irresistible, in spite of the frank opposition and all the capacity for pressure of the most powerful force of the republic, the White House."
01:50
Other types of police activity of the United States also received attention in the Latin American press. Excélsior, the Mexico City Daily, comments that the Watergate scandal has shown that in violent clashes against anti-war demonstrators in the US, the attackers have not always been US citizens who support the war, but frequently Cuban refugees drafted by the CIA. These counter demonstrators use typical storm trooper tactics. Their clumsiness and immorality are a well-known disgrace.
02:19
But in the US, it is aggravated by taking advantage of former exiles who are all ready to do what is requested of them, not only to assure their own refuge, but as a repayment of gratitude. Publicly, little has been said of the government officials who recruited the Cuban exiles. One of the Cuban witnesses in the Watergate affair described how upon being apprehended by the police while in the act of assaulting an anti-war demonstrator, he pointed to his recruiters and was immediately set free. It is clear that the Cuban youth were recruited to commit an illegal act, guaranteed impunity by the same authorities whose job it is to prevent and punish such crimes.
02:57
Another comment on US police. A Brazilian exile publication Frente printed in Chile, has made public a letter from the late FBI boss J. Edgar Hoover, praising his agents who took part in the 1964 coup against Brazilian President Joao Goulart. Directed to a Mr. Brady, the letter read, "I want to express my personal thanks to each of the agents posted in Brazil for service rendered in the accomplishment of Operation Overhaul." Hoover continued, saying that he felt admiration at the dynamic and efficient way in which you conducted such a large scale operation in a foreign country and under such difficult circumstances. "The CIA people did a good job too. However, the efforts of our agents were especially valuable. I am particularly pleased the way our role in the affair has been kept secret," Hoover concluded. This is from Frente.
03:49
Excélsior reports that the People's Republic of China and Mexico have signed a commercial agreement, the first in history between the two countries. The agreement involves immediate sales to China of more than $370 million dollars in Mexican products and was reached during President Echeverria's recent trip to China.
04:08
The Miami Herald reports another result of Echeverria's trip. President Luis Echeverria of Mexico gained a diplomatic success today with the announcement by his government that China will sign a treaty assuring Latin America of freedom from nuclear weapons. A spokesman for the Echeverria government in China said, Chairman Mao of China will sign the Treaty of Tlatelolco in all its meanings. The pact, signed by Latin American nations in 1967, bans nuclear arms from all of Latin America. This is the first time one of the five nuclear powers has said it would sign all of the treaty. Until now, China has refused to sign the agreement if their other powers did not approve it without restrictions. The United States and Great Britain have signed only parts of the pact, while France and Russia have agreed to none of it as yet.
04:58
Tri Continental News service reports on the Latin American reaction to the US strategic reserve's policy. The Nixon Administration's plan to sell 85% of the US' non-ferrous metal reserves and other minerals on the open world market is causing great concern in many underdeveloped countries, particularly those of Latin America. The US government has traditionally stockpiled vast reserves of strategic materials for use in case of a national emergency and as a hedge against the ups and downs of the world market. Nixon now claims that the US economy and technology are sufficiently dynamic to find substitutes for scarce materials during possible large scale conflicts, and has presented a bill to Congress authorizing sale of almost nine tenths of the US strategic reserves, which would flood the world market next year if approved.
05:49
Tri Continental News Service continues, at a recent meeting of Latin American energy and petroleum ministers, the Peruvian Mining and Power Minister called the US government's moves in reality economic aggression against the Latin American countries. He went on to explain that such a move would force down prices of those materials and have a disastrous effect on the economies of Latin America. Chile, Peru, and Bolivia, who export one or more of the affected minerals, would be hurt most severely. Guyana, Mexico and Columbia would also suffer negative effects.
06:22
Excélsior reports that the Peronist government of Argentine President-elect Hector Cámpora has organized a youth militia to support the revolutionary action of the government that will assume power May 25th. Formed on instructions from the ex-Argentine president General Juan Perón, the youth militia will participate in all the processes of liberation, from revolutionary work to the control of the actions of the government. The militia will deal with questions like the control of prices and even the action of the government in large terms and will be supported or criticized according to whether the people feel the actions of the youth militia are just or unpopular. Whether or not certain sectors of the youth militias will be armed is not certain. Any violence against the regime will determine whether or not the militias will be armed, a spokesman stated, so that the people will be able to continue to advance the revolutionary process.
07:16
In a later related story, the Miami Herald reports from Buenos Aires, the army announced Friday it will not tolerate the organization of people's militias sponsored by Peronist youth. The army chief of staff sent a message to all army units stating, "In view of public statements by leaders of certain political sectors regarding the organization of people's militias, the army announces its opposition to such projects. It will not tolerate the existence within the nation of armed organizations other than the traditional armed forces."
07:46
The Miami Herald reports from Rio on recent political arrest in Brazil. Grim accounts are emerging in the wake of the latest wave of political arrest, of widespread use of sophisticated torture techniques by Brazil's security forces. The accounts include use of electric shocks, prolonged interrogation, cold rooms, intense noise, and occasional physical beatings. When the details first began surfacing, many observers were inclined to dismiss them as left-wing propaganda. For many of the people who have been arrested, allegedly are members of leftist organizations ideologically opposed to Brazil's militarily controlled regime. Brazil's censored press has printed no torture stories.
08:30
The Miami Herald continues, but dozens of conversations with lawyers, doctors, politicians, and diplomats, plus details of the personal accounts from some of the prisoners who are being released have built up a massive information so consistent it no longer can be dismissed. Names of former prisoners cannot be given, because they say they have been threatened with rearrest if they talk. The details of the methods of operation of the security forces are frightening, in a country where a person accused of acting or conspiring against the rigid security laws has almost no protection. Lawyers, politicians, family and friends of some of the victims tell similar stories of the circumstances of arrest that more nearly resemble kidnappings, in which are reminiscent of Gestapo methods in Hitler's Germany.
09:16
Account after account tells of invasion of private homes by armed men dressed in civilian clothes who refuse to identify themselves. The arrested person is taken from the residence, pushed into the back of a car, told to lie on the floor and is hooded. Others are arrested sometimes during the day on city streets. One account tells of a prisoner being beaten and kicked while lying on the floor in the back of a car. This prisoner refused to talk to reporters of his experiences, but when he was released, his face still was badly cut and bruised. The hood is not removed until the prisoner already is in a cell and for the first two or three days is taken out only for long periods of questioning. During this period, the prisoner receives neither food nor water.
10:02
According to the Miami Herald, the treatment is designed to lower the physical resistance of the prisoner and to induce fear of the coming shock, humiliation, and degradation. Men and women are told to remove their clothing. Some are given thin prison uniforms, but others remain nude. They are put for varying periods in cold rooms. Descriptions of these vary from cell-like rooms to structures that resemble commercial refrigerators in which the prisoners cannot stand up. The noise treatment is given in specially prepared rooms which are silenced with acoustic tiles and in which the prisoner remains for long periods without hearing any noise, then blasts of sound are channeled into the cell.
10:42
Some prisoners say these are noises of people screaming as if in pain, and they seem to be tape recordings greatly magnified electronically. The prisoners also spend periods in rooms with metal floors through which they receive electric shocks. Details of the treatment of the prisoners have surfaced slowly, because of the difficulty lawyers and relatives have in getting in touch with the prisoners. In cases in which the people are arrested away from home, it is sometimes more than a day before relatives become concerned. From then on, locating the missing person is an extremely difficult task.
11:16
The atmosphere of uncertainty and fear this flouting the law generates has been condemned openly several times by Brazil's Bar associations and by leaders of the Roman Catholic Church. But lawyers say that despite the protest, the situation has not improved. In the recent wave of arrest, which began in March, nearly 300 persons are believed to have been detained in Rio alone. Though some of these later were released, the arrests still are going on. Nationwide, the number arrested is estimated at about 700 to 800 persons. Lawyers say they have not been able to speak to many of those still held prisoner, even though the detention has been officially notified with officials of the military courts. The security authorities say they're inquiring into two organizations, the Communist Party of Brazil and the National Armed Resistance. This report from the Miami Herald.
12:09
In a related story, United Press International reports from London. Amnesty International asked for an impartial inquiry into the alleged deaths of some 26 jailed opponents of the Brazilian military government. The organization, which is concerned with political prisoners throughout the world, said in a statement, that political prisoners have been run down or shot by friends in exchanges of gunfire with police, with such surprising frequency that we believe an impartial inquiry is essential. The organization also said it was concerned about reports that a number of those who died had been tortured while in prison.
12:44
La Prensa of Santiago reports on changing campaign practices in Venezuela. Still 10 months away from the presidential elections, Venezuela is very much immersed in pre-election politicking. Without exaggeration, the parties and candidates have already spent sums of money equivalent to the entire budgets of many less fortunate countries. In relation to the size of the population, these must be the most expensive elections in the world. How could they not be, when one minute of TV time cost about $1,000 dollars?
13:15
La Prensa continues, in previous campaigns, considerable sums were also spent, but there was more reliance on cheaper campaign techniques, such as mass rallies and public assemblies. Things have changed fundamentally however. TV is now the main vehicle for campaigning and the fault lies with the oil money and with the North American consumerism psychology applied to politics in such new sacred political texts as Vance Packard's "The Hidden Persuaders", and Joe McGinnis' "The Selling of the President", a book which describes Nixon's 1968 campaign.
13:47
The weekly report Latin America from London states that the US government is considering selling surplus stocks of a herbicide used in Vietnam to the governments of Brazil, Venezuela, and Paraguay. The herbicide Agent Orange was withdrawn from military use in Vietnam, because it was believed to damage human and animal fetuses in the womb, resulting in deformed children.
14:35
For our feature today, we'll be talking with Mary Elizabeth Harding, an American citizen who worked for 14 years in Bolivia with the Roman Catholic Order of Maryknolls Sisters. Mary was arrested on December 5th in Bolivia and charged with belonging to a terrorist organization. International press coverage and protests were credited for securing her release this last January 14th. Mary, how did you happen to go to Bolivia in the first place and what kind of work were you doing?
15:03
Well, I went to Bolivia in 1959 as a Maryknoll sister. I was assigned there and I worked for about four years with children in a little parish school in Cobija, Bolivia. Then I went up to La Paz, which is the business center and the political center of the country, and I began to see through my work with public school children there, how very difficult life was for working class people in Bolivia. I was aware that the religious community was more accepted by the people who owned the business, the people who owned the factories and in La Paz than the working class people. I began to question my commitment to the religious community, and in 1970 I asked to be released from Maryknoll. That time I was working in a factory. I stayed on working in the factory until about a year later, then I began teaching English to support myself.
16:12
What kind of factory was it?
16:14
It was a plastics factory. Came this little factory where we made a plastic tooling and bagging and little plastic artifacts, little kitchen utensils, spoons, cups, saucers, things would be stamped out of these hydraulic machines.
16:32
What were the working conditions there and wages?
16:36
It was a pretty difficult place to work. The machinery was very old, very unreliable. Accidents were frequent, and when I say accidents, I mean bad accidents because remember, these machines close under tons of pressure. Now when they don't open again, then until they're ready, and if you got a hand or your fingers caught in the machine, it meant you lost that part of your hand.
17:00
What were the circumstances of your arrest and how were you finally released?
17:05
Shortly after I went to La Paz, I began to question the role of my religious community as being an agent in bringing about the kind of changes that I felt were needed in Bolivia. I began to develop a friendship with many young people in the country who also had reached this level of questioning how much longer we could go on. The way we saw it, we were putting band-aids on a completely sick, corrupt body, and we felt that to really put Bolivia back in the hands of Bolivians would mean a drastic, a radical change in her whole economic and political system. I really consider it an honor to have met some of these young people. Most of them are no longer alive. One fellow died in the guerrilla focal that took place in 1970.
18:15
I became very concerned about the question of the conditions of the people who were arrested in the country. I was very concerned for the political prisoners and I was very active in a group. See, there was actually a committee for the Defense of Human Rights in Bolivia, which had a recognized charter from the United Nations. But the situation was so tense and has been so tense and so difficult since August of 1971 when Hugo Banzer Suarez came into power, that we were literally afraid to reactivate this committee, to organize a committee which would try to defend the human rights of people arrested for political reasons in Bolivia. We set up kind of a network of reaching the prisoners with supplies, with food or clothing or medical things. Then they in turn let us know of the condition of the people in the prisons and who had been arrested and where they were. It was the only way the families of the prisoners could keep in touch with the people in the prisons.
19:20
You were arrested last December?
19:23
I was arrested on the 2nd of December, and I was released on the 14th of January. I was arrested by these secret agents that are used by the police now. They're not uniformed men. They carry no identification. You're transported in automobiles that have no license plates. I was taken to the Ministry of the Interior and I was pretty badly treated there for a few days, and I think that's quite significant. I don't know if people realize, I think some people think that the brutal treatment or the torturing of political prisoners goes on kind of around the fringes of the government, that the government doesn't really have the responsibility for, can't really control it. That's not true. No, I know in my own case, I suffered several beatings right there in the Ministry of the Interior. I know the case of a 67-year-old woman, Delfina Burgoa, who was arrested and taken to the Ministry and beaten, terribly tortured for information.
20:32
I remained in the Ministry for about 12 days, and then I was taken to the police station where I stayed in solitary confinement for four weeks, and then I think it was a accumulation of pressures. People here in the States were writing letters to me in care of the president of the country. People were writing letters to Senator Kennedy because I'm from Massachusetts and to Senator Church because they knew that—Well, he had made some very interesting observations about American economic assistance, which were picked up in the Bolivian newspapers, and I had sent those clippings to him and kind of maintained a contact with him. So those people put on the pressure that they could, and my friends in La Paz were continually visiting the consul and the Minister of the Interior.
21:23
Is your case unusual in Bolivia, or are there many people in Bolivia who are in prison for political reasons?
21:29
There must be a thousand people right now in prison in Bolivia. That might not impress you terribly when you think of 200,000 political prisoners in South Vietnam. But when you remember that there's—the Bolivian population is 4 million and some. The people who would be politically aware, the people who live around the cities, who would be more conscious of what's going on, what was involved in the change of government, that wouldn't be more than maybe 300,000 people. When you take into consideration the fact that periodically 20 or 30 people are released from jail and sent out of the country, and then another 20 or 30 take their places in the jail, the number of a thousand becomes very relative.
22:21
Are most of these political prisoners people that are involved in organized subversion of the government or—It seems like that would be harder.
22:30
Subversion is a very good term. It's pretty hard to define what subversion is all about. This particular government, the government of Hugo Banzer Suarez, considers any criticism or any offering of alternative solutions for Bolivia's problems as subversion. The people in the jails in Bolivia are many students, professional people, there are many women in prison. No respect is made for a woman's condition. I know of several cases of women who were expecting children when they were arrested and pretty badly beaten up. I know of a case of a Bolivian intellectual, a man who founded the Partido Indio in Bolivia. He was accused of criticizing the government and these secret agents went to his house to arrest him, but they didn't find him. The only one in the house was his nine-year-old grand-nephew, so they took that child. He was later released among the men who escaped from Quati back in November of '72.
23:39
There were many young fellows in that group, 15, 16 year old boys. I know people who have been murdered. I know people who have suffered very serious consequences as a result of the treatment they received in prison. Now, no one who's in jail in Bolivia who's considered a political prisoner has ever passed to the judiciary process. No one has ever had a trial. The right to habeas corpus is not respected. This guarantee is written into the Constitution, but General Bond said, wrote it right out by a supreme decree, and the Association of Professionals challenged the president on that. They challenged the constitutionality of that, and when they did, their leader, the man who was the head of the Association of Professionals, was arrested.
24:36
Mary, there's a lot of criticism of US support of military dictatorships in, for instance, Brazil, Argentina, and other Latin American countries. What's the US policy toward the Bolivian government?
24:50
The United States policy is very clear towards the present Bolivian government, and it was very clear towards the government that just preceded General Hugo Banzer Suarez. The man who was in office before, he was in office for some 10 months, and he received $5 million worth of economic assistance. The American company, the construction company, Williams Brothers, that was building the pipeline to pipe out the natural gas just couldn't complete its contract. They couldn't complete the construction of that pipeline under General Torres, but it was miraculously completed under Hugo Banzer Suarez and the amount of economic assistance to the General Suarez was–in the first six months of Suarez' period, he received nine times what Torres had received in a year—in 10 months.
25:48
The United States has very direct economic interests in Bolivia. Bolivia has very rich mineral reserves. Everyone's heard of Bolivian tin. Well, Bolivia also has deposits of zinc, tungsten, radioactive materials, and a real wealth of petroleum resources. The Denver Mining Corporation is now investing some $10 million dollars in exploiting the tungsten outside of Aruro and the Union Oil Corporation of California has been given the franchise to develop the oil reserves down in the Santa Cruz area. Bolivia right now represents a very good place to invest capital from the United States of America.
26:39
Mary, what do you think North Americans can do to help the Bolivians in their struggle against repression?
26:44
I think the best thing North Americans can do for Bolivians or other Latin Americans, other third world people, is to become politically aware and conscious of what's going on here right in their own country. When we talk about economic assistance and how that's used to manipulate the internal politics of countries like Bolivia, there's a long history of this in Bolivia, we're talking about dollars and cents that we as American citizens pay into in the form of taxes. I think we have to become conscious of the fact that this money that we kick in is used then to manipulate other countries.
27:28
The United States government, state department officials who are represented in the embassies of foreign countries are, they are not to let the Bolivians know how the United States, how American citizens feel for them and are really anxious to see them develop their own country. They're there for the specific reason of protecting the investments of United States' economic interest. Like the Oil Corporation of California that we mentioned, Gulf had tremendous money invested in Bolivia and received some seven times more in profits than she lost in that famous $80 million loss when Gulf was nationalized.
28:19
Thank you, Mary. We've been talking today with Mary Elizabeth Harding, a former Maryknoll sister who spent 14 years working in Bolivia, was arrested last December by the Banzer government in Bolivia, and finally released in January of this year.
LAPR1973_05_09
00:15
Chile again appears to be increasingly embroiled in open conflict between economic classes, reminiscent of last fall's scenario. The following article from Le Monde is entitled, "Is Chile on The Road to Civil War?"
00:29
The Chilean capital was last week plunged into violence and disorder comparable to that which reigned last October when the truckers and shopkeepers strike brought on a situation so crucial that the very existence of the regime was thought to be in danger. Groups of young 15 to 18-year-old anti-government students swarmed into the city center last week, chanting anti-government slogans and openly seeking clashes with the police and with supporters of the Popular Unity government.
00:54
Probably for the first time in the nation's history, the seat of government in Central Santiago was a target of demonstrators' anger. A Molotov cocktail was hurdled at the building and several windows, including those in President Allende's own offices, were broken under a hail of stones. This anti-government demonstration by Christian Democrat students and rightist and extreme rightist militants was ostensibly to protest against the implementation of a scheme for a unified national school. But clearly, the issue was a pretext since the project had been abandoned by the government for this year.
01:23
Recent events seem to fall into a program of stepped up violence expressly designed to recreate conditions of last October's crisis. Steps have been taken in the past three weeks, which include repeated anti-government demonstrations in the heart of Santiago. In last April, a number of communist and socialist party premises, homes, and newspapers were sacked across the country and in the capital in an apparently coordinated operation.
01:50
Le Monde continues saying that the Christian Democrats who, on occasions, have flirted with the idea of a dialogue with the government, seemed to have fallen back on a policy of unreserved hostility. This particularly, since Mr. Allende publicly referred to a Washington Post article stating that Eduardo Frei, the Christian Democrat candidate, had received $20 million from the CIA and from US-based multinational corporations to finance his 1964 electoral campaign.
02:22
The Christian Democratic Party appears determined to go to war against the social sector of the economy by introducing a reform bill meant to repeal the entire policy of nationalization. The rightist National Party will obviously go along with the Christian Democrats.
02:38
Faced with the growing threat to the government, the workers have again expressed solidarity and readiness to mobilize as in October to defend their factories and offset the rightist inspired violence, Le Monde continues. One hundred thousand workers living in the southwest industrial belt of Santiago have declared a state of general alert. Despite all government efforts to prevent the situation from taking too dramatic a turn, the entire nation wonders anxiously whether Chile is engaged in an electable course towards civil war. That from Le Monde.
03:05
Another article, this time from Latin American Newsletter and postdating the above story, reports subsequent developments in the crisis. The article begins, "After street riots in which a pro-government worker was killed, tension has raised to the level of last October and relations between Popular Unity and the Christian Democrats are worse than ever. Unidad Popular, the governing coalition, is blaming the death on the Christian Democrats since the shots which killed the worker appeared to come from the party's building, outside which the pro-government demonstration was held."
03:40
In the confused situation prevailing, no firm evidence has been found as to who actually fired the shots, but the Christian Democrats at first denying the responsibility, then said that they had to defend themselves because the demonstrators were about to attack their headquarters and the government had deliberately left them without proper police protection."
03:59
Latin American Newsletter goes on to say that relations between both sides are now so bad that most observers are discounting any prospect of functional compromises or cooperation in congressional work, which it is thought President Allende was seeking with the Christian Democrats.
04:14
To block any such synthesis would certainly be in the interest of the right, indeed, some people in the government side are saying that the current wave of violence is a deliberate right-wing provocation. Certainly, there is evidence of right-wing thugs egging on opposition student demonstrators who clashed with pro-government students last week.
04:31
Latin American Newsletter goes on to observe that with the church still showing signs of withdrawing its tacit support of the government, especially over the new education program, and the army also appearing to be reserving its position, Allende is undoubtedly in trouble. Moreover, this is occurring simultaneously with a difficult congressional struggle with the opposition of nationalization. The above article was from Latin America Newsletter.
04:56
An even later article, this time from the American Daily at the Miami Herald, reports that the Marxist blood government decreed a state of emergency on May 5th in the province of Santiago, banning public gatherings and putting the military in charge of public security. The undersecretary of the interior said the mild form of martial law was imposed, "in the face of a state of social agitation troubling Chile." An anti-government demonstrator was shot and killed, and four others were wounded Friday night in an anti-government protest in Santiago.
05:25
In Concepción, a major city in another province, thousands of anti-government demonstrators protesting the shooting, battled police Saturday for two hours. The state of emergency declared May the 5th affects three and a half million people in Chile's largest province, where about one third of the country's population lives. Last October, the government similarly declared a state of emergency in most Chilean provinces to deal with widespread disturbances and strikes by truck owners, shop owners, and some professionals. The demonstration in Concepción on Saturday was organized jointly by the Christian Democratic Party and by the right-wing Fatherland and Liberty organization.
06:06
In Brazil, currently ruled by a right-wing military organization, an editorial headline, "Brazil Will Have The Bomb", the pro-government Rio weekly Manchete said Brazil would put into operation a "great power policy" sooner than anyone imagined. Referring to the recent purchase of French Mirage jets, Manchete said, "No one should be surprised if after the mirages, in an almost inevitable progression to cover the next decade, they'll come Phantoms, F-111s, modern tanks, Polaris nuclear-powered submarines, aircraft carriers, satellites, rockets, and the atomic bomb itself." The Weekly said that the Brazilian military power would not be used against anyone, but rather as a "persuasive force," but the atomic bomb is as they say, perhaps a military necessity for Brazil. Manchete generally reflects the thinking of the Brazilian military government.
06:58
In a more peaceful vein, an article from Latin American Newsletter, entitled "Bears Like Honey", reports that a major deal with the Soviet Union seems likely to follow the journey of the head of Brazil's sugar industry to Moscow. Neither the Brazilians nor the Russians seem anxious to give the negotiations the prominence they deserve. The Cuban government sent a discreet protest to Moscow last week manifesting Havana's concern at the official welcome accorded by the Soviet authorities to the president of Brazil's Instituto de Azucar.
07:30
The officials' trip during the week before Easter was deliberately played down by the authorities so as not to attract attention. The reasons are clear, Moscow did not wish to offend Havana and the Brazilians are always sensitive to possible reactions from Washington. The overt purpose of the trip was to exchange views on matter of mutual interest ahead of this week's conference in Geneva, where a new international sugar agreement is to be discussed. That from Latin America Newsletter.
07:59
The following article on Argentina's current state of crisis is from Latin America Newsletter. Argentina's military regime is currently in what can best be called a state of high hysteria. Once again, there is speculation as to whether the military junta that is currently ruling Argentina will permit the transition to civilian rule as scheduled for May 25th. Héctor Cámpora, the Peronist candidate, won the presidential elections conducted earlier this spring in a climate of dwindling effectiveness on the part of the military rulers. The juntas' reluctance to give up the official control they do exercise is however being exacerbated by Argentina's condition of increasing militancy on the part of both Peronist and non-Peronist oppositions.
08:40
Two events in particular appear to be the proverbial last straws on the camel's back. The first of these was the announcement by the Secretary General of the Peronist Youth Movement that the movement proposed to organize popular militias stating that they would be necessary to ensure implementation of the civilian government's programs. The second event was the shooting of Admiral Quijada by a member of a non-Peronist revolutionary group called the Ejército Revolucionario del Pueblo. The shooting was a declared reprisal for the Trelew Massacre for which the admiral was regarded as directly responsible.
09:15
The Associated Press reported that Admiral Quijada was killed by two guerrillas riding double on a motorcycle. They opened fire when the admiral's limousine slowed at a traffic light. Quijada's chauffeur shot back and fatally wounded one. Police sources said that the guerrilla's body was found later in a flower strewn apartment in a well-to-do part of Buenos Aires. Floral wreaths on the street in front of the building called the attention of the police to the apartment. The apparent inability of the government to guarantee the safety of even their senior officers is causing great alarm in military in executive circles.
09:47
Since the March 11th elections, guerrillas have killed two ranking military men, kidnapped two others, raided half a dozen police stations, shot six policemen, set off a bomb at the naval headquarters and taken credit for other robberies, bombings and armed sign painting attacks on government installations. Not to mention several extremely profitable kidnappings of high executives. And what is even more apparent is that popular support for these armed movements does not seem at an all-time low.
10:17
The hysteria of the right wing of the military was perhaps most clearly revealed during the wake before the admiral's funeral. Angry navy officers demanding stiff measures against left wing movements shouted insults at the president of the governing military junta, General Alejandro Lanusse, when he and his wife appeared at the wake of the navy admiral. Lanusse left the wake at the navy headquarters soon after his arrival. Also, during the outbursts, the Navy officials refused to let former president Arturo Frondizi even attend the vigil. He was pushed to the ground during an angry argument with the navy officers when he tried to enter the wake.
10:58
Latin America Newsletter continues that the capitol and five provinces were placed under Martial Law. Hector Cámpora, the Peronist president-elect, who tries to thread the impossible line of fire between the military regime and the increasingly popular militancy flew home from Europe upon the request of General Lanusse. Cámpora's line on the guerrilla has until now pin to blame military violence and repression. Most recently, he has said that he was confident the violence would stop when he took power on the 25th of May. He's supported in this by the published declarations of all the guerrilla groups, including the ERP.
11:32
But Cámpora warns, if the incoming government is prevented by the armed to forces from carrying through the reforms promised in the electoral program, then "the guns will be heard." It is unlikely that Cámpora will abandon this line. He has resolutely refused to condemn the guerrillas and has remained firm on the question of a broadly based amnesty for all political prisoners. At the same time, he's clearly going to be under great pressure from the armed forces to say something to disassociate himself from the latest wave of guerrilla activity. The state of emergency decreed on Monday by President Lanusse is unlikely to contribute to the prevention of violence, but it could be the cover for a new phase of direct military rule. That from Latin American Newsletter.
12:13
La Nación of Buenos Aires reports that in Montevideo, Uruguay, all eight daily newspapers have closed, three under government decree and the others by a strike protesting the government action. President Juan Bordaberry on Friday ordered La Mañana, Ahora and El Popular shut down for three days starting Saturday for allegedly publishing state secrets. One of the editors was temporarily detained by the police. Excélsior of Mexico reports that thousands of students participated in the funeral procession for four of their companions killed in May Day clashes with the police. The funeral ceremonies held May 3rd went off without incident following two days of disturbances. The violence was touched off May Day when police tried to stop 300 students in a building of the autonomous University of Puebla from joining a downtown May Day demonstration.
13:03
Receiving front page coverage in the US press was the kidnapping of US Consulate General Leonhardy, Mr. Leonhardy was safely released May the 7th in exchange for the kidnapper's demands.
13:15
The Christian Science monitor notes that the terrorist kidnapping of the United States Consulate General in Guadalajara, Mexico's second city, could hardly come of a more difficult time for President Echeverría. Fresh back from a month-long world trip designed to enhance Mexican global prestige, the Mexican leader this past week has been faced with mounting student unrest spotlighted by the killing of four students in Puebla.
13:41
Moreover, the continuing activity of guerrillas in the mountains south of Mexico City is causing new concern. And now comes the abduction of Consul General Terrance G. Leonhardy, coupled with the terrorist demands that the Echeverría government released 30 political prisoners in exchange for consul. The government quickly agreed to the release and the 30 were flown to Havana in a Mexican Air Force plane. The secondary and tertiary demands, namely reading of the kidnapper's public message and a ransom of one million pesos were also met in the government's concern to protect the consul general's life. This from the Christian Science Monitor.
14:48
This week's feature is on Mexico and we're happy to have Robert Hedner with us who has been a correspondent to Mexico for some time. What can you tell us given the recent kidnapping of the American consulate about the guerrilla movements in Mexico?
15:02
Well, first of all, due to the attitude of the government and the controlled press, little is really known about the guerrilla movement. The government either denies their existence or claims that they have just been destroyed or alternatively says they're only a matter of thieves and assassins anyway and they can be dealt with by the local police. The press complies by relegating all reports of guerrilla activities to the crime pages. So, it would seem that the Mexican authorities would prefer that Mexico be known as the country with the highest crime rate in the world rather than having foreign investors and tourists and most importantly their own population suspect that a widespread popular movement may be developing.
15:43
How widespread would you say that movement is?
15:46
Well, I think first of all, we have to speak of various local movements rather than a national movement. There doesn't seem to be evidence that there's any national coordination among these various local movements. The strongest movement is undoubtedly that of in Guerrero, which is in the state and the southeast of—excuse me, the southwest of the country and is headed by Lucio Cabañas. Judging from the repression there, the movement seems to be very strong indeed. There's been two to three years of repeated search and destroy missions in Guerrero. The former leader of the movement, Genaro Vázquez, was murdered by the police about a year and a few months ago, has now become a national hero.
16:29
Napalm has apparently been used, American helicopters, CIA-trained counterinsurgency teams, but all of this has failed to diminish the growing movement. Growing in any case, if we can measure it by the attacks on military camps, army convoys and the repeated kidnappings of the past year and a half, which now have been reported in the newspapers. There's also mass repression in Guerrero, reports of mass arrests in the slums of Acapulco and the other major cities in Guerrero, and also reports of what the Mexicans call "Vietnam villages", which are what we call strategic hamlets, villages surrounded by barbed wire in order to control the rural population.
17:15
So, that apparently, Lucio Cabañas, his group is not just a guerrilla band, but a popularly supported movement, not just in the countryside but in the cities of Guerrero and not just in Guerrero, but also in neighboring southern states. There have been many reports of other guerrilla movements such as in Sinaloa, in Tlaxcala, in Chiapas, and in various other parts of the republic.
17:43
Are there any reports of activities in some of the major cities?
17:46
Yes. There have been numerous reports of urban guerrillas, particularly in Monterey and Acapulco, in Mexico City, but in almost all the main cities of Mexico. And in all of them, you find now that the banks have details of soldiers outside them guarding them. Usually these guerrillas demand the freeing of political prisoners, and this suggests that the Mexican jails are once again overflowing with them. I think the most important urban guerrilla movement has been that of in Chihuahua. In January of '72, a number of the downtown banks were expropriated, as the guerrillas put it. Some of the guerrillas were then arrested. There were reports of there being tortured and even of murders in jail.
18:36
In the face of these reports, a popular assembly was called Foreign Chihuahua and 15,000 people turned out for the first one. Subsequently, a popular tribunal was formed to judge first the local repression, but then finally the repression on a national scale to judge the whole regime and it's a permanent political organization, and there now have been popular assemblies in other cities in Mexico, including Puebla and Monterey. So that there seems to be a connection and certainly a great impact between the guerrilla movements, the underground and clandestine movements and these popular movements. But in some, again, I would say that there's no national coordinated movement with a national program, but rather growing local guerrilla actions and then generally, a growing political movement despite sophisticated and very violent repression in Mexico.
19:31
Guerrilla movements sound rather strange to us. I was wondering if you could explain some why there are guerrilla movements and why these movements seem to be growing.
19:41
Well, I think the fundamental and root cause is the distribution of the social product in Mexico, a distribution which despite, or rather really because of Mexico's wanted economic growth in the past 20 or 30 years is very, very uneven. The 50% at the bottom of the social scale received 15% of the national income and the 15% at the top, those have been benefiting from this economic growth now receive 60% of the national income. This of course after American corporations have subtracted their part.
20:16
Why is the income so concentrated or so uneven?
20:21
Well, as in all societies, control of the means of production determines how the product will be distributed. In Mexico, which is a dependent capitalist society, the means of productions are controlled by the foreign monopolies in alliance with a local big bourgeoisie. Together, they have pursued an economic policy, which they call import substitution, which is finally responsible I think for the nature of the distribution of the social product there.
20:48
This particular policy of import substitution, what is that? Can you describe that?
20:53
Yeah. I think there are two ways of looking at it. One, from the point of view of the Mexican and the other from the point of view of the multinational corporations. The Mexicans, and for the underdeveloped countries in general who undertake this kind of policy, it means the substitution of products previously imported from the metropolitan countries, almost always manufacturing, manufactured products, substituting for these imports by making the products at home, by importing the means of production to make them. That is, instead of importing commodities, you import machinery and you make the products at home.
21:26
Where did they get the capital for that? How is that arranged?
21:30
Well, the capital comes from multinationals. And from the point of view of the multinational corporations, this is a very attractive policy. Rather than export to Latin America manufactured items made by expensive American labor, you export your youth machinery and you get the super exploited Latin American worker to produce the products. And in exchange for this flexibility, you get a guaranteed monopoly in the national market and tax concessions from the local bourgeoisie anxious to share in the profits from foreign capital investment.
22:02
However, this process does create serious problems. The one thing, it's based on an existing and given market, that is all it does is substitute where the product is made, and since this foreign investment is attracted by low wages, it's very difficult to expand the market. What happens is to the extent that the market is expanded is it is expanded by deepening it, the 15% or so who are benefiting from this process by more, television sets and automobiles, let's say. So, that capital moves from one branch, which has been substituted such as textiles to another branch, such as television sets, and then when this branch is saturated, when the market has been used up or can't expand anymore, capital has shifted into another branch such as now petrochemistry, or intermediate production goods in general.
23:01
But what happens is that the population remains underfed and underclothed and 15% of the population, which benefits from the process continues to benefit and the gap grows wider. It also causes balance of payment problems because the whole process is finally dependent on foreign loans to pay for the importation of machinery from the metropolitan countries.
23:26
Given this economic situation, what are the multinationals in the Mexican government planning to do?
23:33
I think basically they're planning to follow the Brazilian model, the model that Brazil has followed since 1964, which is to emphasize exportation, to try to solve the balance of payment problems by exporting manufactured items principally to the regional markets in Latin America. However, this also creates problems, perhaps even more serious problems. In order to participate in the world market, the Mexican industry must become more efficient. It's now been protected by 30 years of high tariffs in this import substitution policy, so that it is very inefficient. Therefore, productivity has to be increased, machinery has to be bought, the industry has to be modernized.
24:19
Well, it's obvious that the companies which can afford to buy machinery will be the big ones, the monopolies, the foreign monopolies particularly, so that those companies which will benefit from the process will be the North American companies, who will continue to penetrate the Mexican market even more so. The small businessman will be the one who will suffer. He's been protected by this import substitution policy, but now tariffs are being lowered again to raise the efficiency of Mexican industry.
24:54
And finally, since the whole process is based on increasingly sophisticated machinery, technological unemployment will rise. The only thing that the president of Mexico, Echeverría, has done to deal with these contradictions, particularly among the smaller businessmen, is to present his policy as a very nationalistic anti-imperialist policy that Mexico will grow greater and begin to export. In fact, it is anything but an anti-imperialist policy and Echeverria is perhaps the new model of the anti-imperialist imperialist statesmen.
25:34
How would you see then the future of this development that would seem that the income distribution is already severely strained and that the possible growth plans for the economy would emphasize exports rather than improvement of the mass standard of living at home, that would only seem in the long run to make things worse?
25:59
Yes. I think that on the one hand, there will be some attempt to co-opt the working class as they have been to some extent the unionized working class co-opted since World War II. But they haven't been so much co-opted, as had their trade union organizations controlled and dominated. But they will try to create a kind of labor aristocracy in Mexico, but it'll be very, very difficult in the face of falling wages.
26:25
I think the only thing that would really be left for the government is what they're already doing, which is massive repression of any kind of political descent, mass descent movement. There will be increasing political prisoners and the left will be faced with the job of really implementing the worker, peasant, student and unemployed alliance that they have been talking about. I think a great deal will depend on the working class movement. If the working class movement, which has arisen in the past few years and has threatened the control of the trade unions in the past two or three years, if this movement becomes more than a syndicalist reformist movement and begins to become a revolutionary movement to align with the campesinos, to align with the unemployed and with the students, then I think Mexico will be entering into a pre-revolutionary, even a revolutionary period.
27:20
And the whole, I think an interview in El Punto Crítico, which is the finest magazine in Mexico for this kind of information, an interview with one of the guerrillas, one of the Chihuahua guerrillas perhaps summarize what we can expect in Mexico in the next few years. This prisoner was in jail and heard that one of his compañeros, one of his associates had been captured. He later heard the next day that there had been a shootout in the jail and that someone was killed. He was told that. When he asked who it was that was killed, he received no answer and was just left wondering what had happened to his compañero.
28:09
A few hours later, the subdistrict attorney came in and the interview goes on and says, "He told me that the dead man was Raul Diaz," his campanero. I answered him. I said to him, "Revolutions are made with the barbarity of some and the sacrifice of others. And I think this is what we can expect will continue to be the case in Mexico, and even more so in the next few years. Barbarity on the one hand and enormous sacrifice on the other."
LAPR1973_05_17
00:17
Excélsior reports from Mexico City that, on May 1st, while workers' demonstrations were taking place in all parts of the republic, mass political murder again struck the Mexican democratic struggle. The scene was Puebla, traditional bastion of the Mexican right, noted traditionally for its numerous churches and, more recently, for its ferocious politics.
00:37
According to Excélsior, five students were gunned down and a dozen others, including four police, were injured when members of the student movement attempted to distribute leaflets at the local Mayday parade. According to police, the students had attempted to alter the direction of the parade. The official statement of the student organization claimed that the students were killed at a meeting called to discuss and protest the imprisonment of students passing out literature to the workers. Police open fired at the meeting from nearby rooftops and a number of students were shot down.
01:09
Excélsior continues, the following day, as President President Luis Echeverría ordered an investigation of the incident, Puebla's governor stated that the killings ought to be a lesson to the students. Days later, the governor himself was in turn deposed due to a growing nationwide reaction, including a national university protest strike and numerous protests from students and worker organizations.
01:32
Puebla industrialists and businessmen organize a transportation and service stoppage to protest the deposition of the governor, while students and workers attempted to organize a mass meeting, later prohibited, to protest the stoppage. 20,000 sympathizers attended the funeral of the murdered students.
01:49
According to Punto Crítico, Puebla has been the scene of political assassination for nearly a year now. Ever since the student movement under left wing, including communist party, leadership attained a strong measure of influence in university affairs in 1972. The students attempted to carry out reforms widening the social base of the university. They set up service brigades to supply medical aid, social services, and general information to local peasants and workers unemployed in the crisis-ridden textile industry of Puebla.
02:19
In July, a young architect and director of the Free People's High School was gunned down in the streets of Puebla apparently by members of a national fascist political organization. Despite demands for a thorough investigation and government promises to comply, to this date, no one has been accused of the crime. In October, the right organized an anti-communist and pro-religious demonstration. Amid growing labor and peasant solidarity and demonstrations of support from other universities, the reaction continued to grow. Last winter, the organizer of the service brigades was also killed in Puebla. According to reports, this investigation has also gone un-investigated by the authorities.
03:01
As Punto Critico and Siempre! describe it, Puebla is at the heart of an attack on the universities by organized elements associated with industry and the labor union bureaucracy who wish to discourage mounting student participation in the worker and peasant movements growing noticeably since 1968. The university have recently been the scene of what the government calls an educational reform designed to depoliticize the university. Puebla has now become the symbol to many of this policy. During the weeks, students in Mexico City attempted to demonstrate in solidarity with the Puebla victims. The demonstration was prohibited by government officials, and those students who persisted were violently dispersed according to Excélsior. As yet, no one has been arrested for the murders in Puebla. This report on Puebla was from Excélsior, Siempre!, and Punto Critico.
03:53
The London News Weekly Latin America reports that the dramatic new initiatives launched by President Nixon in Europe and Asia this year and last are not to be matched in the region nearest to the United States, Latin America. This is the only conclusion that can be drawn from the Latin American section of his annual policy review to Congress last week, which was significant for what it did not say than for what it did. The only major positive move to be announced was that the president himself is to make at least one trip to Latin America this year, preceded by his Secretary of State, William Rogers. In the light of the Watergate scandal and of the current bad relations between the US and Latin America, it may be doubted whether President Nixon's trip would be any more successful than his disastrous tour of Latin America as General Eisenhower's vice president in 1958.
04:41
Latin America continues, certainly, there is little enough in the policy review for Latin Americans to welcome. An assertion of the president's desire to underscore our deep interest in Latin America through closer personal contacts was not accompanied by any concession to Latin American interests or aspirations. Only, perhaps, the Mexicans can find some satisfaction in Nixon's promise of a permanent, definitive and just solution to the problem of the high salinity of Colorado River waters diverted to Mexico, but there was no give it all in the United States position on many of the other broader disputes with Latin America. On the Panama Canal issue, he appealed to Panama to help take a fresh look at this problem and to develop a new relationship between us, one that will guarantee continued effective operation of the canal while meeting Panama's legitimate aspirations.
05:32
Panama's view, however, is that its effort to persuade Washington to take a fresh look at the problem had been frustrated for so long that its only recourse was to make this matter an international issue at the United Nations Security Council. On this, President Nixon merely noted disapprovingly that an unfortunate tendency among some governments and some organizations to make forums for cooperation into arenas for conflict, so throwing the blame back on Panama.
06:00
Latin America's report continues that, in a clear reference to the dispute with Chile over compensation for the copper mines taken over from United States companies, the president said adequate and prompt compensation was stipulated under international law for foreign property nationalized. There was no sign of any concessions there nor did Nixon envisage any reconciliation with Cuba, which he still saw as a threat to peace and security in Latin America. Furthermore, his proposal that any change of attitude towards Cuba should be worked out when the time was ripe. With fellow members of the Organization of American States, OAS, came at a moment of deep disillusion with the OAS on the part of many Latin American governments. The review displayed no understanding in Washington of why nearly all Latin American and Caribbean governments sympathize with Chile and Panama and many, if not most, want to reestablish relations with Cuba.
06:54
Nixon's undertaking to deal realistically with Latin American governments as they are, providing only that they do not endanger peace and security in the hemisphere, merely begs the question that Latin Americans have been posing for years nor did the review reflect in any way the Latin American feeling expressed with a unanimous vote at last month's meeting of the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America, ECLA, in Quito that the countries of the region are helping to finance the rise in United States' standard of living at the cost of their own impoverishment.
07:23
Latin America concludes that there is some satisfaction at President Nixon's call to Congress to revise the legislation that imposes penalties on countries which arrest United States' fishing vessels in territorial waters the USA does not recognize, but many Latin Americans see this merely as a recognition that the existing policy hurts United States' interests, but the failure of Washington to appreciate Latin America's views may not be the main feature of the United States' policy towards Latin America this year. Unless the White House can overcome the Watergate scandal and revive its decision-making process, the United States will be quite unable to react to the new Peronist government in Argentina or exert any influence over the selection of Brazil's new president. This report was taken from the London News Weekly Latin America.
08:10
From Santiago, Chile Hoy reports the May 1st speech of Cuban Prime Minister Fidel Castro in which Castro stated that there will not be any improvement in the relations between the United States and Cuba as long as the US tries to be the policeman with respect to the people of this Latin American continent. Cuba reasserts its rights to Guantanamo and, until it is returned, there will not be a dialogue with the United States. This speech was reported in Chile Hoy, The Santiago Weekly.
08:37
The Miami Herald reports on one US policy which is causing dissatisfaction in Latin America—Caracas. Suspension of hemispheric trade preferences on imports of an additional 50,000 barrels per day of fuel oil will not affect Venezuela according to the minister of mines. He said, however, that the suspension of requirements that the additional fuel oil be imported from hemispheric sources shows the domestic character of the North American oil policy which absolutely does not take into account hemispheric decisions or interests. "This is perfectly clear," the minister told newsmen, "when a few assignations for the hemisphere that existed for the importation of fuel oil have been eliminated by the US government." It was reported unofficially that the Venezuelan government had handed the US government its informal objections to the new US oil policy announced by President Nixon, this from the Miami Herald.
09:30
Excélsior reports more details on the recent kidnappings of the American consulate in Mexico. Suspects were rounded up in the kidnapping of American Consulate, Terrence Leonhardy, in Guadalajara. The kidnappers released Leonhardy unharmed after four days of detention in exchange for the freeing of 30 political prisoners from seven Mexican jails around the country, along with the ransom of $80,000. The Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People, branded as nothing more than common criminals by President Echeverría, forced the government to publish their political statement in major Mexican newspapers, radio and television.
10:07
The statement printed in Excélsior read in part, "With all the means of communication at its disposal, the government of the wealthy tries to hide the true significance and origin of the bank robberies, kidnappings and acts of justice realized by revolutionary groups who operated all over the country. They have unleashed a propaganda offensive trying to convince the people that we are common criminals, paid assassins, thieves, enemies of the country. Today, for the first time and not voluntarily, the means of communication serve the proletarian cause. We direct ourselves to our exploited brothers, to all the working people so that they may know why we struggle, why we choose the path of armed struggle as the only one through which it is possible to defeat the wealthy and their government of exploiters."
10:54
The statement of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People goes on to say that, "As long as one privilege social class exploits and enriches itself with the work of other classes, the class struggle will necessarily continue to exist and, with it, violence, the violence of the exploiters to maintain their economic and political interest and the violence of the exploited to liberate themselves to win the right to enjoy the product of their labor. The concentration of the country's wealth in the hands of a very few, the suctioning off of great quantities of this wealth to the exterior, the exploitation of the workers and peasants by wealthy nationals and foreigners are the fundamental causes of the poverty of the working people. The wealthy in power, not satisfied with the hundreds of billions that they have accumulated, thanks to the exploitation of the workers and peasants, have delivered the country to foreign capital. Factories, industries, the best land, mineral deposits are all in the hands of foreigners, principally wealthy North Americans."
11:51
The statement went on to outline a revolutionary strategy led by Vanguard Proletariat utilizing many forms of struggle. This statement appeared in Excélsior and other Mexican newspapers. Excélsior also reported later that all suspects arrested have been released.
12:06
Latin America reports that even more severe censorship and other signs of repression in Brazil are believed to stem from conflict over the presidential succession. Although July 15th, the day when candidates for election to the presidency must reveal their candidacy, is still a long way away, the problem of presidential succession appears to have become a very live issue in official circles in the last few weeks. In the view of some observers, the military are rapidly dividing into two clear-cut camps, the supporters of President Médici on the one hand and those of General Ernesto Geisel, supported by his brother and minister of the army, Orlando, on the other.
12:44
Although until recently, the election of Ernesto Geisel was considered practically a foregone conclusion, there are now straws in the wind which could indicate that Médici himself does not support Geisel and that he may be seeking ways to continue his term in office.
12:57
Whatever the ins and outs of the presidential succession stakes, the last week or two has revealed increasing nervousness and near hysteria on the part of the authorities toward the press, apart from the government's continued campaign against the Liberal Weekly Opinião, whose publisher and staff have been constantly in and out of police headquarters for questioning while their paper has been butchered by the censors and almost complete censorship of any comment has fallen over the country. One reason for this is to be found in the appointment of a new censor for Rio de Janeiro to replace the former one who was dismissed by the justice minister for not being tough enough.
13:34
Latin America notes that the censor's regime extends to well-known cartoonists whose contributions have been banned and even extraordinarily to the full text of the press law which was published in the weekly O Pasquim in a censored form. The Newsweek's style weekly, Veja, is reported to have a spy on the staff who informs the police about everything, including cover layouts, and has had sudden police raids as a result. The prestigious Oestado de São Paulo has a wallpaper in its offices composed entirely of pieces censored from the day before and its evening edition, Jornal da Tarde, has been forced to publish cake-making recipes instead of editorials.
14:11
The censorship has been extended to foreign newspapers and magazines. These will be reviewed before going on sale since certain overseas publications are offensive to morality and proper habits. The list of such offensive magazines ranges from stern to the monthly review, and one commentator has remarked that, "Soon only Batman, Dick Tracy and Superman comic books will be uncensored in Brazil. As to the television and radio, all live broadcasts have been banned for fear that something might be said that went against the image of our Brazil."
15:05
This week's feature taken from The Guardian provides the historical background to the inauguration of Peronist Hector Campora as president of Argentina on May 25th.
15:16
Argentina's struggle for national independence spans 150 years. The Argentinian people fought first against the Spanish colonialist, later against the British and, finally, against US domination. The victory of the Peronist presidential candidate, Hector Campora, in the March 11th elections is an integral part of that struggle and an important step forward for it. After almost two decades of oppression and anti-Peronist propaganda, the majority of the Argentinian people have continued to support the nationalist and anti-imperialist ideals of Peronism.
15:49
To understand this, it is necessary to analyze the political economic program of Peronism in its first period of power, 1944 to 1955, the developmentalist or demo-liberal politics that overthrew him and the continuing struggle of the workers' movement against the pro-imperialist military and civilian governments that followed.
16:09
The Guardian goes on to say that the rise of Peronism took place at a time of important structural changes in the Argentine economy. During the 1930s, under the control of the most conservative groups, industrialization of the country began. The coming to power of the military in 1943 marked the end of Argentina's dependency on British capitalism which had been based on its exploitation of the country's raw materials. A new era, accelerated by World War II, consolidated a new kind of economic dependency based on control by multinational corporations of industry and control of Argentina's domestic markets.
16:44
Peron participated in the 1943 military coup and gained popularity through his position as minister of labor and welfare, but the very activities which made him popular with the people, his support of their struggles, brought him the antagonism of the more conservative forces in the government which demanded his resignation and imprisonment. They were faced, however, with an unheard-of situation, the mobilization on October 17th, 1945, of thousands of Argentinian workers. The main organizer of this march was Maria Eva Duarte, later, Peron's wife and the key figure in Peron's election to the presidency one year later.
17:20
In office, according to The Guardian, Peron's policies were characterized by programs to regain the national wealth, to strictly control the agro exporting sector of the economy, to institute protectionist policies, to encourage the development of Argentinian industries, to improve the salary and working conditions of the country's workers, and to generally heighten the national consciousness.
17:41
As a result of Argentina's large volume of exports during World War II, Argentina's gold reserves had increased considerably. Peron utilized these funds in order to promote industry and, since Great Britain refused to pay its war debts immediately unless Argentina would accept used war materials, the Peronist government opted for nationalizing the railroads, telephone and transportation systems throughout the country to pay the debt. The politics of state investment enabled the country to build up a merchant fleet and a commercial air fleet and the improvement of social services, gas and electricity and, had it not been interrupted by the reactionary 1955 coup, the metallurgical and oil policies of the government would've put Argentina in a position to meet its own national needs.
18:26
"In 1950," says The Guardian, "the Peronist government faced the beginnings of several crises, a shortage of funds for capital investment, crop failures and declines in exports, underlying these problems with a growing strength of US influence in South America and the decision of a large sectors of the national ruling class to abandon their alliance with a working class and to join the monopolies and foreigners in opposition. This was prompted by a number of factors. One was the limitations placed by the government on corporate profits through its full employment policy and support for high wages and unionization. A law on foreign investment enacted in 1953 sought the decline of foreign investments in the auto, petrochemical, and other industries. A shortcoming of this law was that it forced Argentinian capitalists to invest in industries not particularly suitable for the Argentinian economy."
19:18
The military's second coup attempt in its September 1955 succeeded in overthrowing the government with their liberating revolution. The triumph of this coup brought about a factional struggle within the military which led in November 1955 to the victory of the most reactionary wing led by General Aramburu. A period of repression ensued against loyal Peronist. Hundreds of people were imprisoned, assassinated or driven into exile. Progressive social laws were abolished. Political parties were dissolved, and workers' rights were removed, but the popular opposition to the government, the resistance period, had only begun. Much of the working class was still loyal to Peronism. The Peronist government had represented an important experiment, an anti-imperialist government, which supported mass mobilizations and had given a tremendous amount of political consciousness to the Argentinian workers.
20:11
"After 1955," The Guardian continues, "the anti-national and anti-pop forces held the reins of government, an alliance of those most closely tied to imperialism, the big companies and those involved in the export industry and those sectors of the national ruling class most hostile to the pro-working class reforms of the government. Once the constitutional Peronist government was overthrown, the armed forces and the civilian governments that followed put forward two solutions to the problem of Argentina, developmentalism and demo-liberalism. Demo-liberalism is the expression of those economic sectors which are the most conservative and powerful. It seeks monetary stability and maintenance of the status quo. The developmentalist model prefers development to monetary stability and, in order to achieve its ends, it supports the massive participation of foreign monopoly capital. Both schools recommend unemployment as a means of increasing profits."
21:05
Between 1955 and 1958, the armed forces ruling, through Aramburu, concentrated on destroying the defenses against foreign penetration implemented during the Peronist government and followed the developmentalist economic policies. Foreign investment was again encouraged. The political economy of this period was primarily based on the Prebisch plan which had two main objectives. Through the manipulations of statistics, it tried to discredit the Peronist government. Secondly, it put forward a reconstruction program for the Argentine economy, the transfer of large amounts of national income to the agricultural sector by increasing agricultural prices, by the removal of foreign controls and the freezing of all salaries. It also emphasized foreign investment. This plan was formulated mainly in response to the demands of US-controlled organizations, particularly the International Monetary Fund.
22:00
"In 1958," explains The guardian, "when the military decided to return to civilian rule, the Peronist supported the developmentalist politician Arturo Frondizi. The developmentalists, as opposed to the demo-liberals, believe that rapid economic development is preferable to the maintenance of the status quo, but the developmentalists also favor large-scale use of foreign aid and investment. This led to rapid inflation, international debt and greater US control. Important in this process was a 1958 law which put forward the following points, that foreign capital would have the same rights as national capital, that the investments would be used in building new plants and expanding old ones and, finally, that the profits could be taken out of the country although only under certain conditions. As far as the military was concerned, though Frondizi's mistake was that he allowed the Peronist to operate with some freedom. After a Peronist won a gubernatorial election, the army again took power and began a new wave of repression."
22:58
With the Peronist and the masses again safely suppressed, the military again organized elections in 1963, and Arturo Illia became president. The civilians were unable, however, to stabilize the situation to the satisfaction of the foreigners, besides mass pressure had forced the government to take some nationalistic acts. At the end of 1963, Illia nullified oil contracts favorable to international monopolies at the expense of Argentinian companies. The next year, the central bank increased restrictions on the export of profits by multinational companies, forcing them to reinvest. These measures, along with the revival of the mass movement, provided the military with the excuse for their 1966 coup.
23:41
"Since then," The Guardian points out, "the military has ruled Argentina under General Juan Carlos Ongania in 1966 to '70, Roberto Levingston in 1970 and Alejandro Lanusse in 1970 to the present. The monopolies and foreign companies were again brought to power. Ongania's economic minister, for example, was Krieger Vasena, who was a director of more than 12 US subsidiaries. Vasena instituted many pro-foreign measures, a 40% devaluation, wage cuts for workers, reduction of import taxes by up to 50%, and denationalization of some state-owned companies. With such policies, nearly 3,000 Argentine companies became bankrupt during 1970 alone."
24:23
But resistance developed on a stronger basis than ever before. One of the most important of the popular struggles of 1964 was the uprising in Córdoba over inflation and the freezing of workers' wages. The conflict began in the northeastern city of Corrientes where students, campus workers and faculty protested against increases in food prices in the student cafeteria. Two days later, in Rosario, the struggle was escalated, and police killed a student. The agitation spread to Tucuman and Córdoba.
24:53
The two union confederations existing at that time joined forces and waged an effective general strike. Army units in Córdoba were harassed by snipers who utilized barricades and rooftops, the most important aspects of the uprising called the Cordobazo. With a mass participation of the working class and the establishment of real unity between the workers and students, the people supported the actions with food for strikers, providing refuges for pursued demonstrators and by harassing the army and the police.
25:24
The Guardian states that, "As a result of the uprising, Minister Vasena, the architect of the government's economic program, was removed from office and General Ongania had to resign. This period also saw the beginning of the present armed urban groups like the Peronist Montoneros who kidnapped former Director General Aramburu who was executed in May 1970. The Montoneros and other Peronist groups also participate politically within the Peronist movement itself in which they formed part of the left wing. Even with repression, armed actions continued. The Revolutionary Armed Forces, another Peronist group occupied the town of Garin, only 43 miles from Buenos Aires. A platoon of 46 people occupied police, railroad and telecommunication stations, isolating Garin from the rest of the country, carrying out political meetings and broadcasting information of the resistance."
26:14
The continuation of the popular struggle forced Lanusse to begin negotiations with Peron who understood the corner in which the military found itself. While Peron took his time talking, Lanusse desperately juggled ministries and plans. While agricultural prices went up 25%, wages were cut and meat was rationed. Caught between the escalating actions of the armed groups and the collapse of Argentina's economy, Lanusse was forced to meet most of Peron's terms in calling the March 11th elections this year. The Peronist coalition received 52% of the votes compared to the radical party, the ruling class' major hope, which won only 21% of the vote.
26:54
The Guardian continues, "The task of the new Campora government will certainly not be an easy one because of the poor economic condition that Argentina finds itself in today. While the annual inflation rate has run at 70%, wages have increased by only 42%. While large amounts of resources are transferred to the agricultural and exporting sectors of the economy, the country's purchasing power is constantly declining. There are an estimated 1 million people unemployed with an equal number of underemployed. While production went up 44% between 1960 and 1969, employment increased by only 13% and the relative wealth held by the working class decreased. Finally, official statistics indicate that Argentina has a foreign debt of about $6 billion dollars, of which almost half will have to be paid this year."
27:41
The Campora government's plans in dealing with these problems will be shaped largely by the way the Peronist movement overcomes internal contradictions In its coalition. The Peronist left consists of the most militant unions and workers, the youth movement and the armed organizations. They're opposed particularly by the union bureaucrats and politicians. Peron, while maintaining his position of overall leader of the movement, has sided with the left on a number of occasions recently. One of the most important questions facing the government will be whether it will conduct mobilizations of the workers and peasants or whether it will take a mildly reformist top-down route.
28:18
The Peronist left and many of the country's independent radicals believe that they must participate within the context of this developing struggle. As a document of the Peronist Youth Group of Córdoba stated, we have to create the conditions that will enable us to implement the government that we won through the ballot. The government's long-term strategy should become clear shortly after Campora's inauguration. As Peron himself has said, "We will first take the presidency and, a month later, we will assume power."
LAPR1973_05_24
00:18
The Miami Herald this week commented on the effect that the May 4th kidnapping of a US consul in Mexico has had on the Mexican people. The dramatic kidnapping of a US diplomat has suddenly thrust an unheard of guerilla organization into prominence in Mexico. Almost overnight, the name FRAP has become a commonplace. It stands for Fuerzas Revolucionarias Armadas del Pueblo, the Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People. Up to now, Mexico had been relatively free of the urban guerrilla activity that has swept Latin America in recent years. Anti-government groups have sprung up and died out here without the spectacular publicity of the Tupamaros in Uruguay or the underground groups in Brazil.
00:58
But FRAP succeeded by kidnapping US consul, Terrence G. Leonhardy in Guadalajara on May 4th and holding him until the government released 30 prisoners and arranged a ransom of $80,000. In all Leonhardy was in guerilla custody for 76 hours. He was not harmed. The prisoners were flown to Cuba and given asylum. FRAP in the meantime, won wide publication of a manifesto assailing the Mexican government and emphasizing what it termed the injustices against Mexico's poor. Never before in Mexico's turbulent history has a single anti-government group put its political philosophy before so many people so rapidly.
01:37
The FRAP manifesto was very much to the political left and called on the poor to join in an armed fight against social ills by overthrowing the government. Authorities in the interior ministry, which deals with political matters and subversion say they know little about FRAP. Who its members are, where it is headquartered, or who directed the abduction of Leonhardy. The manifesto was well written and well reasoned. Leonhardy reported being asked questions apparently prepared by someone with more education than the men who handled the actual abduction and guarded him.
02:09
The manifesto touched on some sore points in Mexican society. It noted the huge gap between rich and poor, charged exploitation of rural and urban poor by landowners and industrialists, accused the establishment of failing to provide educational opportunities to the poor, and claimed that both the poor and poorly educated are mistreated by police and politicians. It accused the government of trying to convince Mexicans that guerrillas are common criminals, cattle thieves, hired killers, enemies of the country, people who work against Mexicans and other such things.
02:42
FRAP said it and other guerrilla groups had entered the armed fight because they feel it is necessary to put an end to this privileged caste, which for hundreds of years has been enriching itself at the cost of the sweat under subhuman conditions of the laborer, the farmer, and all workers in exchange for a miserable salary, which is barely enough for bad food.
03:04
The manifesto apparently met with much sympathy in Mexico. It expressed what the Mexican middle and lower middle classes discuss in their homes. Through radio and television the manifesto reached millions of illiterate poor. It's said that the poor are no better off than before this country's 1910 agrarian revolution, aimed at ending the oppression of the rural dwellers. Mexico has a population of close to 50 million. Its per capita income is among the highest in the developing world, a bit more than $600 a year, but 13 million Mexicans live on less than that. About half a million campesinos or peasants earn no more than 16 cents a day.
03:41
A factory worker in Mexico City probably earns the minimum daily wage allowed by law, $2 and 52 cents a day. The contrast between rich and poor is evident throughout Mexico. Lavish homes are walled off from tin and cardboard hovels. Multi-million dollar luxury hotels in Acapulco are within walking distance of abject poverty. This report from the Miami Herald.
04:05
On a practical note, David Belknap of the Los Angeles Times service reports kidnapping for politics or profit or both has created a demand for a new kind of insurance in Latin America, and the latter has lately become available. English underwriters, most of the members of the Lloyds of London Group, now offer kidnapping insurance. Policies that will reimburse the hefty ransoms currently being exacted south of the border by urban guerrilla organizations.
04:32
With a present annual average of more than one big money kidnapping a week, Argentina is a prime market for the new insurance, now available everywhere in Latin America according to industry sources here. Besides Argentina, nations with kidnapping problems dating from as long ago as 1968 include Columbia, Guatemala, Mexico, and Venezuela.
04:53
Brokers hesitate to discuss for publication details of the new insurance. Beyond saying that it is available to families and corporations with the name or names of insured individuals specifically mentioned in the policies. That means that if the top five men of a company are mentioned and number six gets snatched, the policy doesn't apply, said one industry source. Blanket coverage isn't available yet, the concept is still too new for blanket premiums to be calculated. This from the Los Angeles Times service.
05:24
The Brazilian Weekly Opinião reports that in the first public disagreement over economic policy within the government in over three years, Brazil's Minister of Agriculture resigned in protest last week. In his letter of resignation, the minister complained of the continuing low income levels in rural areas despite increases in all farm prices. His letter stated, "Unfortunately, governmental policy has favored the industrial sector and the commercial export sector, both of which are increasingly foreign owned."
05:53
The letter went on to note that the smaller, medium-sized Brazilian industrialist and farmer have suffered from governmental policies while the multinational corporations have prospered. This is the first time a high official of the Brazilian government has stated that the much praised Brazilian economic miracle has actually been detrimental to the Brazilian people. The minister's letter was printed in Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
06:17
On the same subject. The Washington Weekly Times of the Americas commented that it has long been widely assumed that President Medici is strong enough in military circles to name his successor when his term ends next year, but his agriculture minister's resignation serves to raise some doubts.
06:34
In further news of Brazil, Prensa Latina reports, the scandal involving the Fiat Auto Corporation and the Minas Gerais state government is one of the main topics in Brazilian political and business circles. According to the Brazilian press, the government has submitted for the approval of the State Assembly, a bill for setting up a Fiat plant without clarification of important data on the amounts of investments and with large parts of the commitment completely blank. For example, the articles on the transfer of know-how and the technological aid to be provided by the parent corporation in Italy to its Brazilian subsidiary are all left blank, thus permitting endless undercover deals.
07:14
The bill with all its defects was passed by the two existing political parties without important commentaries simply because none of the members of the state Assembly had seen the bill beforehand. Another point criticized in Brazil was the decision by the new partners to name the International Court of Justice at The Hague, not Brazilian courts as the body to settle any future disputes. Thus starting a precedent extremely favorable to transnational corporations. Meanwhile, Italy's Fiat workers have protested against the exploitation of Brazil's extremely cheap labor. The main reason why the plant was set up in Minas Gerais, this from the Latin American News Agency, Prensa Latina.
07:52
In yet another scandal, the New York Bank account of Costa Rica president Jose Figueres has grown by $325,000 dollars since that Central American nation gave haven to American financier Robert Vesco. According to the Wall Street Journal. The Journal said securities and exchange commission documents show that 325,000 was transferred to the Figueres account at the National Bank of North America in New York over a period from last August to early this year. The money, the Journal said, came from Vesco linked companies in The Bahamas and Costa Rica.
08:29
Vesco is under indictment in New York, along with former Attorney General John Mitchell and former commerce secretary Maurice Stans on charges of trying to influence a securities and exchange commission investigation with a $200,000 dollar contribution to President Nixon's 1972 campaign. The SEC has brought suit against Vesco in the United States, charging him with defrauding shareholders of investors overseas services of $224 million dollars during a period when he was investing heavily here.
08:58
Meanwhile, in Costa Rica, where Vesco has been a controversial figure since last summer, the 37-year-old financier was cleared of any charges of wrongdoing in that country by a special congressional committee, but it is estimated that he had put 5.25 million into Costa Rica nationalized banks, 1.5 million into a government housing institute, 1 million into a government waterworks institute, and an undisclosed amount in private residences, a coffee plantation, timber-works, and low income housing construction. This story from the Wall Street Journal.
09:32
Chile Hoy from Santiago reports that the Peruvian Minister of Fisheries announced May 7th, that the state had taken control of the fishmeal industry, which earns 32% of the country's foreign exchange. The fishing industry consists of 105 factories, 1400 fishing vessels, and for the past two years has experienced a production crisis, aggravated since 1972 by the diminishing supply of anchovies. The importance of this decision is estimated to be equal to the 1969 nationalization of oil and the agrarian reform.
10:05
Using statistical tables and citing the recommendations of international agencies such as the UN Food and Agriculture Organization, the minister explained the wasteful existence of excess capacity in fishmeal factories, which could process practically a whole year's production in only 10 days. That is 10 million tons of anchovies.
10:25
The decision adopted by the military government makes economic and revolutionary logic. The rationalization of fishing production was inevitable, not only because of the excess installed capacity, or in other words idle capacity of more than 50%, but also because the structural deficiencies of this strategic economic sector contributed to its external dependency. As expected said, Chile Hoy, the big industrialist cried out in anger. According to the conservative Peruvian daily Correo, the measure is unjust, arbitrary, and inconvenient, and will result in increasing unemployment. This newspaper is owned by the wealthy fishing magnate, Luis Rossi.
11:05
The Washington Weekly Times of the Americas commented that five US firms are affected by the Peruvian nationalization. They are Gold Kist with headquarters in Atlanta, StarKist Foods of California, Cargill of Minneapolis, and local subsidiaries of General Mills and International Protein. Assets of these companies are valued at about $40 million. Companies owned by British, French, Japanese, and Norwegian interests are also involved.
11:33
The news agency, Prensa Latina reports from Buenos Aires, Argentina. The new government of Peron's Hector Campora, will order an investigation into the events at Trelew Navy Air Base in which 16 political prisoners were murdered declared Vice President-elect Vicente Lima. The events occurred on August 22nd, 1972 when 19 political prisoners who had escaped from Rawson Prison in Patagonia were machine-gunned in their cells after capture. 16 were killed and three seriously wounded by Navy personnel.
12:05
The vice president-elect reiterated that the new administration will send the legislature a bill for a full amnesty for political prisoners. Argentina has about 5,000 such prisoners, including many urban guerrillas. The military have stated they will not permit the amnesty.
12:22
Also from Prensa Latina. The Uruguayan government has sent Congress a bill considerably curtailing trade union rights. According to the government, the bill is designed to depoliticize union activities. It enjoys the support of the Junta of Armed Forces Chiefs who described as legitimate any action that the president might undertake in that sphere. The Powerful Trade Union Federation with almost half a million members in a country whose total population is two and a half million oppose this attempt to curtail union rights.
12:51
Congress will also vote on the dangerous state law, which includes up to six years imprisonment for sympathizing with the Tupamaro guerrillas and which sets forth a series of offenses that in the view of one opposition lawmaker amounts to the civic death of Uruguay. This report from Prensa Latina.
13:08
The British Newsweekly, Latin America continues on the Uruguayan situation. The attempt by military justice to lift the parliamentary privileges of Senator Enrique Erro seemed unlikely to succeed in the Senate this week, and the military were quite unable to resist the Senate committee's demand to interview the guerrilla prisoners who informed against Erro. It remains evident that the military did not win an outright victory last February. The limits of military power and authority have not yet been properly tested, and they may require a new institutional crisis to indicate where the frontier runs.
13:42
On Monday, Amodio Perez, a former leader of the Tupamaros who defected last year, was brought before the Senate committee, which is considering the Erro case and repeated his charge that the Senator had sheltered Tupamaros. The appearance of Amodio Perez still evidently in military custody was really more interesting than his evidence, as it had been widely rumored that he was enjoying the fruits of his defection in Paris or some other European capital.
14:08
But outside the further uncovering of bureaucratic scandals, the military seemed to be right behind President Juan Maria Bordaberry's hard line on labor and social questions. While nationalists all over Latin America still cherish hopes that the Peruanista faction and the Uruguayan armed forces will emerge victorious, the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina this week voiced Cuban disgust with the way things are going, citing continuing arrests, systematic torture of detainees and new repressive legislation. This from Latin America.
15:04
At the 1971 meeting of the National Latin American Studies Association, a resolution was passed to carry out an investigation on terrorism in Guatemala. Our feature this week is the official report of the ad-hoc committee on Guatemala.
15:18
There's no doubt that 1971 was Guatemala's worst year in recent history in terms of semi-official and official right wing terror. According to the Guatemalan daily newspaper El Grafico, during 1971 under the government of Colonel Carlos Arana Osorio, there were 959 political assassinations, 171 kidnappings and 194 disappearances. A disappearance in Guatemala is generally equivalent to a death. Most of those who disappear are found dead weeks or months later, their bodies often bearing marks of torture. Articles in the US newspapers estimated that a total of 2000 had been assassinated from November 1970 to May 1971, including 500 during May alone. The above are conservative figures, since they cover only those cases reported in the newspapers.
16:07
It is no less clear that most of the incidents of political violence were committed by the right. According to the annual of power and conflict, which generally emphasizes communist political violence, by the end of March, political killings totalled over 700, but many more people were believed to have disappeared without trace. Most of the killings have been attributed to officially supported right-wing terrorist organizations. Ojo Por Ojo, an "Eye for an Eye", and Mano Blanca, "White Hand".
16:37
The predominance of rightist terror was also confirmed by Le Monde Weekly. Foreign diplomats in Guatemala City believe that for every political assassination by left-wing revolutionaries, 15 murders are committed by right-wing fanatics. In addition to operating freely with no visible attempt by the government to control them, these rightist groups are generally known to have their base in the official military and police forces. The only major action undertaken by the leftist guerrillas during 1971 was the August kidnapping of a large landowner and banker, a close associate of the ex-president and a key figure in planning the 1961 Bay of Pigs Invasion of Cuba. The banker was released unharmed five months later.
17:19
The context for this situation of rightist violence was a year long state of siege imposed by the Arana government, suspending all constitutional guarantees and prohibiting all political activities. In general, the victims of this violence, although it was committed in the name of counter insurgency against revolutionary guerrillas, were moderate leaders of the political opposition, progressive intellectuals, students, professionals, and even a few businessmen, as well as uncounted numbers of peasants and workers.
17:49
The Latin American Studies Association report continues. A prime target during this period was the National University of San Carlos. One indication that much of the terror was directed against university professors and students is that Ojo Por Ojo, "Eye for an Eye", is acknowledged to be mainly active in the University of San Carlos. A number of students and student leaders were openly assassinated or disappeared, never to be seen again. In late 1970 and 1971, several prominent professors were assassinated outright.
18:19
Many of the victims were progressives who had participated in the pre 1954 governments of Arrevallo and Arbenz. In addition to these killings, numerous university students and professors and even the university treasurer were arrested and held in prison for days or weeks. Other university officials were kidnapped by rightist groups and the rector of the University of San Carlos received threats on his life from the group Eye for an Eye.
18:44
In addition to these acts directed against professors and students, the university itself has been threatened. On November 27th, 1971, in a clear violation of the university's traditional autonomy, the University of San Carlos campus was occupied by the army using 800 soldiers, several tanks, helicopters, armored cars, and other military equipment. The objective of this raid was to search for subversive literature on arms, but a room by room search revealed nothing.
19:13
Then following a January 1971 statement by the university governing council protesting the state of siege and the violence, the government continued its attack on the university by proposing that it submit its budget to the executive branch of the government for approval rather than to the university's own governing council. If carried out, this measure would have completely ended university autonomy.
19:36
When the 12,000 students at the University of San Carlos went on General Strike in October 1971 to protest the violence against students and professors and to demand an end to the state of siege, the government responded with a warning that it would forbid any public demonstrations at the university and a hint of military intervention and termination of the university's autonomy.
19:56
This situation is of special concern to North Americans because of the role of the United States. Although US involvement in Guatemala dates back to the mid 19th century, it assumed major proportions at the turn of the century coinciding with the generally expansionist US foreign policy under President's McKinley and Theodore Roosevelt. More recently, US involvement in Guatemala became more direct and increased dramatically in 1954 after the US engineered overthrow of the Arbenz government. It has remained on a high level to the present.
20:28
US involvement in the semi-official and official rightist terror of 1971 took several forms. Most important was US military and police assistance. The full extent of US expenditures on training and equipping the Guatemalan military and police is impossible to determine without access to classified information. Even according to conservative official figures, the US spent $4.2 million dollars in public safety assistance from the late 1950s through 1971 and an average of $1.5 million dollars, but up to $3 million dollars a year in military assistance, not counting arm sales. The fact that these figures hide the full amount of US assistance came out in a House Foreign Affairs Committee hearing in response to a question about military assistance to Guatemala.
21:13
In the past, Guatemala has received $17 million since 1950 in grant aid from the United States. In supporting assistance Guatemala has received 34 million since 1950 and is scheduled for 59,000 for fiscal year 1971. In fiscal year 1970, Guatemala received $1,129,000 in public safety funds, the highest of any Latin American country. In fiscal year 1971, Guatemala received the third-highest amount and in fiscal year 1972, the second highest. A new police academy was constructed in 1970-72 with AID funds.
21:52
An additional $378,000 a year approximately has gone for police vehicles and equipment. US advisors train Guatemalan soldiers and police and provide them with arms, communications equipment and so on. The ratio of US military advisors to local army forces has been higher for Guatemala than for any other Latin American country. US officials have consistently denied any direct role in pacifying Guatemala. Nevertheless, according to one 1971 Washington Post report,
22:19
25 US military men and seven former US policemen carrying sidearms and accompanied by Guatemala and bodyguards are known to live and work in Guatemala. Most of these men are Vietnam veterans. The number of other Americans who may be involved in covert work with the local military is not known. Military mission members assist the Guatemalan Air Force in flying and maintaining its 45 airplanes and advise the army on administration, intelligence, logistics, operations, and its civic action program.
22:53
A senate foreign relations committee staff study of 1971 reported that US public safety advisors were accompanying Guatemalan police on anti-hippie patrols. These reports follow those of several years ago regarding the active role of US Green Berets in the Izabal and Zacapa counter insurgency campaign. Although US officials insist that their programs are designed to modernize and professionalize the police and military, nevertheless, the US has not withheld its assistance from Guatemalan security forces, which are known to serve as a base of operations for the right-wing terrorist groups.
23:28
Some allege and claim to have documentation that the US military advisory team in Guatemala urged the formation of these rightist groups. In evaluating US aid programs to Guatemala, the Senate Foreign Relations Committee study concluded,
23:42
The argument in favor of the public safety program in Guatemala is that if we don't teach the cops to be good, who will? The argument against is that after 14 years on all evidence, the teaching hasn't been absorbed. Furthermore, the US is politically identified with police terrorism. Related to all this is the fact that the Guatemala police operate without any effective political or judicial restraints, and how they use the equipment and techniques which are given them through the public safety program, is quite beyond US control.
24:10
On balance it seems that AID public safety has cost the United States more in political terms than it has gained in improved Guatemalan police efficiency. As is the case with AID public safety, the Military assistance program carries a political price. It may be questioned whether we're getting our money's worth.
24:28
In summing up the 1972 situation, one of the members of the Latin American Studies Association who visited the country three times in 1972 wrote, "I'm convinced that the situation in Guatemala, despite the placid exterior, is a dark one. The Arani government has employed a variety of tactics to get rid of its opposition. The year 1971 was by all accounts, the bloodiest in Guatemala's recent history.
24:54
The year 1972 was in comparison, a much more peaceful year. Yet, the government effort to get rid of opponents continued with much of the effort in the hands of rightist terrorists, and much of it kept out of public consumption by a government that is increasingly skittish about press coverage and public opinion."
25:11
The continuation of rightist political violence was confirmed by other sources. According to documents sent to the prestigious London-based organization, Amnesty International, which defends political prisoners throughout the world, including those in communist countries, there were at least 70 reported disappearances in 1972. Amnesty deplored the continued and uncontrolled violation of the most fundamental human rights in Guatemala. The most notable examples of the continuing violence include the following:
25:39
On June 26th, 1972, Jose Mendoza, leader of a large union of bus drivers in Guatemala City disappeared. At the time, Merida was leading a union protest against the bus company. Merida was only one of the many labor and peasant leaders who have been harassed, arrested, disappeared, or killed outright.
25:58
Most dramatic was the disappearance in September 1972 of eight top leaders and associates of the Guatemalan Communist Party. The families of the eight claim that they were arrested by police. Witnesses noted the license numbers of the official police vehicles involved in the arrest. The government claimed to have no knowledge of what happened to the eight. This denial was called into question two months later when an official police detective, kidnapped, acknowledged his role in that of other police in the arrest and imprisonment of the men.
26:27
Subsequently, the same detective said that the victims had been arrested, tortured, and thrown into the Pacific Ocean. Since the eight have not been found or heard from since September, it is generally assumed that they were killed. Nearly all observers within Guatemala and internationally, including Amnesty International, hold the government responsible.
26:46
To put this situation in perspective. We conclude with a few words about the general political situation in Guatemala, specifically the institutionalization of the repression. One measure of the degree to which political violence and repression has become a system or way of life is that during the nine years from 1963 through 1971, Guatemala spent 48 months or nearly half under state of siege. A state of siege has always meant the abrogation of constitutional guarantees and political rights, the prohibition of regular political activity, even by legal parties, and strict censorship of the press and radio.
27:20
In early 1972, shortly after the state of siege was lifted, the government proposed another means of institutionalizing the repression, the so-called "Ley de Peligrosidad Social" or law of social dangerousness. The law would've given the government total license in preventive detention of the unemployed, lazy, or rebellious. Of homosexuals, prostitutes, the mentally ill, or anyone "acting disrespectfully."
27:45
These socially dangerous persons would be imprisoned in rehabilitation camps or confined in other ways. The law, which represented a legalization of defacto government practices, which finally defeated in Congress because it had aroused almost universal opposition throughout the country. Nevertheless, the government was subsequently designing a substitute measure which would accomplish the same objectives.
28:07
In short, it should be clear that the situation in Guatemala in 1971 was not a temporary aberration or excess in a generally democratic system. Rather, it was part of a system of official terror and repression, which has existed in Guatemala since 1954 and which has been intensified in recent years. A system which in the words of one analyst's, "Aims to liquidate the political party structure that has developed since 1944.
28:34
For tactical reasons, the government may attempt to reduce the level of official violence in 1973. If this happens, and it is not yet clear whether or not it will, this temporary and tactical reduction should not be mistaken for an end to the violence. That violence will end only when its root causes are faced and Guatemala's huge social and economic problems are resolved."
LAPR1973_05_31
00:22
We begin with a number of reports from Argentina where on May 25th, elected President Hector Campora assumed the office of president after what has been a suspenseful transfer of power from a military dictatorship.
00:34
The Miami Herald reports from Buenos Aires that Hector J. Campora, fulfilling a campaign pledge, began freeing political prisoners Friday within hours after assuming the presidency of Argentina, and ending seven years of military rule.
00:49
The new president himself had been a political prisoner when he was briefly jailed in 1955 after a military coup overthrew the labor-based government. Campora now 64, read a three-hour acceptance speech denouncing foreign imperialists and the outgoing military government.
01:05
Representatives of 82 governments attended the ceremonies, unique in the annals of protocol. Campora had President Salvador Allende of Chile and Osvaldo Dorticós of Cuba sign the pact of transmission of power. Campora in his speech argued that his predecessors sold out to foreign banks and multinational corporations, and quoting repeatedly from Peron, Campora outlined goals of redistribution of wealth, worker participation in industries, free health service and state built housing. "Argentina will seek close relations with all nations," he said, "but the closest will be with the countries of the third-world and particularly those of Latin America." That report from the Miami Herald.
01:49
La Nación from Buenos Aires reported that among Campora's first acts upon becoming president and taking control away from the right wing military, was the releasing of political prisoners, the decriminalization of the Communist party, and the reestablishment of diplomatic relations with Cuba, relations, which have been broken since 1964 when the US government insisted upon a policy of isolating Cuba.
02:10
The French press service Agence France reports from Havana that, "It is considered here that Argentina's recognition of Cuba will probably considerably strengthen the pro Cuban movement in Latin America. Cuban officials hope this diplomatic gesture will deliver the coup de grâce to the anti-Cuban blockade decreed in 1964 when the US insisted that a sugar cane curtain be constructed around Cuba, similar to the bamboo curtain constructed around China and the iron curtain around the Soviet Union." This from Agence France.
02:47
Excélsior from Mexico, reported that Campora is proposing new rules for foreign investment in Argentina. Meanwhile, Excélsior says, "Political pressures are mounting. The Army is angry at the new turn of events, resenting the initiative of ex-president General Lanusse in turning power over to civilians. The left wing has also been putting pressure on the new government, continuing its guerrilla activities up until the last minute."
03:09
Recently, however, the strongest guerrilla group in Argentina, the People's Revolutionary Army, has released a very strong statement. According to the release, the group will not threaten Campora or his constitutional government, but will continue in armed struggle against the multinational enterprises and counter-revolutionary armed forces. "We will not attack the government", they say, "unless it attacks the guerrillas or the people." But it criticized the Peronist movement as conciliatory and compromising over the past 18 years, saying "If President Campora wants real liberation, he would take the hands of the people instead of consorting with the generals." This report from Excélsior, Mexico City's daily.
03:51
In line with the just mentioned policy statement, guerrilla activity has continued. The Miami Herald reports from Buenos Aires that the Ford Motor Company began meeting leftist guerrilla demands with $400,000 in cash donated to children's hospitals, and 3000 food packages delivered to a shanty town. Some Peronist youths were reported opposed to accepting the food, because it came as a result of terrorist activities.
04:15
However, the Reverend Carlos Mugica, a leader of the Liberal Religious Movement, told them, "Now is not the time to quarrel about ideologies. Let's get this food to the people. At least the children will have tasted milk in cocoa once in their lives." About 100 persons, many wrapped in tattered ponchos against the chill autumn wind watched the food being stacked in the church.
04:35
In a news conference at the huge children's hospital in downtown Buenos Aires, hospital director Don Juan Carlos O'Donnell said a check for 2 million pesos that is $200,000 was delivered. A similar amount was paid to the Children's Hospital in Catamarca. The People's revolutionary Army told Argentina's Ford subsidiary last Tuesday that if $1 million were not paid, executives of the firm would be kidnapped or killed. That from the Miami Herald.
05:05
Shifting from Argentina to Mexico, the assassination of several students in Puebla, Mexico has brought about consequences to that state and the nation of Mexico as a whole. Latin American newsletter reports that the governor of Puebla was forced to resign in the wake of the uproar over the death of several students killed by police on Mayday. The departure of the government had been the aim of the Puebla university students and of the rector, for some time. A number of students, and last year, two well-known faculty members, had been murdered by extreme right wing groups and many beaten up, but the Mayday incident was the last straw, and the governor was forced to resign.
05:42
However, his resignation brought reaction from conservative groups urging a hard line against students and dissidents. The chamber of commerce called a 24-hour strike and local banks and businesses closed their doors, with business leaders describing the departure of the governor as, "Yet another step in the communist escalation."
06:03
At the national level, President Echeverría has been having problems too in that his handling of the kidnapping of US consul in Guadalajara, Terence Leonhardy, was attacked by Mexican conservatives as weak, since Echeverría accepted the guerrilla's demands. That from Latin American Newsletter.
06:19
There've been several strong reactions to US Secretary of State Rogers recent visit to Latin America that were ignored in the US press, but received ample coverage in Latin America. This report from Chile Hoy the Santiago weekly, is typical.
06:35
The old rhetoric of the good neighbor no longer serves to suppress Latin American insubordination to aggressive US policies, leaving a trail of popular protest in Caracas and Bogota, prearranged tribute in Managua, and cold official receptions in Mexico City and Lima, Secretary of State, William Rogers arrived May 19th at his first breathing spot, Rio de Janeiro in Brazil, in his impossible goodwill mission to Latin America.
06:59
Rogers seeks to soften the growing Latin American reaction to the imperialist policies of his country, expressed clearly in recent international events and to make the road that President Nixon will soon follow, less rocky. Since the Secretary of State can obviously offer no real solutions to the antagonism between his country and Latin America, he has embellished his tour, characterized as a diplomatic diversion by an American news agency, with gross rhetoric. That from Chile Hoy.
07:25
Focusing next on one country where Secretary of State Rogers was welcome, namely Brazil, Opinião from Rio de Janeiro, and Marcha, the Uruguayan paper comment on the international implications of President Medici's recent visit to Portugal.
07:42
Opinião reports that on his recent trip to Portugal, Brazil's President Medici was asked by Portuguese authorities for support of Portugal's colonial policy in Africa. Portugal, which is increasingly isolated within the United Nations because of this policy, is seeking diplomatic support and perhaps military aid, for its policy of maintaining colonies in Africa, despite world opinion and strong movements for national liberation in these colonies.
08:07
The Portuguese press, pointed up a dilemma in Brazilian foreign policy. For over a decade, Brazil has been interested in extending its economic and diplomatic influence in Africa. Brazil's official position is that it will try to penetrate Africa on all fronts. However, as Marcha points out, there are only two doors to Africa, through the Portuguese colonies or by way of the independent nations of Black Africa.
08:31
If the Brazilians support the Portuguese, they will have access to the markets of Angola and Mozambique and will win favor with the white supremacist government of South Africa. Yet if Brazil chooses to support Portugal, it will be siding with the colonial powers and will anger and alienate black independent African nations. As Senegal's representative to the United Nations expressed it, "Brazil must choose between justice and injustice, between supporting an Africa free of colonialism and supporting Portugal."
08:58
Marcha concludes that the Brazilians will most probably support Portugal, because it wants to become a great power and sees more immediate advantage for itself in close ties with South Africa. Opinião is not so sure of this and sees Brazil's position as still neutral. However, Opinião concludes that Brazil will have to make a decision soon. This from Opinião of Rio de Janeiro and Marcha of Montevideo.
09:23
Another country faced with a choice, is Costa Rica. The Miami Herald reports from San Jose that the Costa Rican legislators may decide what to do with Robert Vesco, who is wanted in the United States, after two conflicting reports on the financier are debated at June 4th, in the Costa Rican legislative assembly. Vesco and 40 others are defendants in a US Security and Exchange Commission suit, charging them with both being shareholders of $224 million in investors overseas service limited funds.
09:52
Among those involved with Vesco is James Roosevelt, son of the former president Franklin Roosevelt. Vesco has also been indicted with former US Attorney General John Mitchell and former Commerce Secretary Maurice Stan in connection with Nixon's 1972 campaign. Vesco failed to appear in New York recently to answer the indictment.
10:09
US authorities are reported to be studying a 1922 extradition treaty with Costa Rica to see if Vesco could be forced to return home. The financier has renounced US citizenship and is now curing a Costa Rican passport. Vesco's interests have been closely linked with the financial business of President Jose Figueres of Costa Rica. The US financier has been in seclusion here. A majority report by a special committee formed to investigate Vesco's mutual funds in this Central American nation, defended his activities on the grounds that the funds were beneficial to the nation's economy.
10:46
Vesco's Costa Rican interests have been estimated at about $25 million, but the committee president Rafael Valladares, filed a dissenting opinion attacking the financier. Assembly sources say they expected a lengthy debate on the issue in the legislative assembly, June 14th. This AP copy from the Miami Herald.
11:07
Plotting and infighting among right wing groups reached a new high in Bolivia. Latin America newsletter reports that it had been a good week for President Hugo Banzer. Not only has he eliminated his arch right wing rival Colonel Selich, but his police had another success against one of the left wing guerrilla organizations, killing two members in a La Paz suburb.
11:27
The Selich business was undoubtedly a far greater significance. The ex-colonel and one-time ally of Banzer who was exiled in January 1972 after being sacked as interior minister, was caught plotting with a group of army officers and civilians in a middle class suburb of La Paz. A few escaped, but Selich and others were captured and taken to the interior ministry which he had once controlled.
11:52
Later, according to an official communique, he was moved in handcuffs to another building where he suffered "crisis nerviosa" trying to escape, but fell down some steps and died of his injuries. To some Bolivians, this "unfortunate accident", as the government statement described it, may appear to have a measure of rough justice since Selich was largely responsible for devising a way of executing political prisoners by throwing them out of helicopters.
12:20
Latin American newsletter continues that a fanatical anti-communist, Selich played a key role both in the capture of Che Guevara in 1967 and the coup which brought Banzer to power. Rewarded with the interior ministry, he soon began to accuse Banzer of being soft on left wing's subversion and tried to run the government himself. He found himself as a result exiled to be ambassador in Paraguay, where he continued plotting, mostly with dissident fascist groups, and so was dismissed from the embassy, moving on to Argentina. His fellow plotters this time appear to have been second rank officers, three colonels and a lieutenant, and no very important civilians.
12:20
Although the plot may not have been very serious, the removal of Selich, will lift a source of rightwing pressure from the Banzer regime, and no doubt ease his mind. More important perhaps, the president will be able to point to the attacks on him from the extremes of both left and right, and so emphasize his own position in the center, and play up the extent of his support. This would be helpful at any time, but a moment when many Bolivians are incensed that the United States planned to sell off a great part of its strategic stockpile of tin and other medals, Banzer could find himself with an unprecedented measure of support, at least until the next plot. This from Latin America.
13:30
However, the report that Selich had fallen down some stairs was later updated in a way that may remove any advantages President Banzer may have hoped for. Chile Hoy reports that the surprising confession of the Bolivian Interior Minister that agents of the Banzer government had actually assassinated Colonel Selich let lose a political crisis in the country that could cost Hugo Banzer the presidency. There are too many Selich's or similar right-wing army officers in the Bolivian armed forces to allow this type of proceeding to pass unnoticed.
13:58
The three security agents who tortured Selich until he died, declared that, "We had never intended to kill him," and asked for God's pardon. The Interior Minister said that the three would be judged severely, but this did not calm the storm. The armed forces commander said that the action compromised the bands of government and emphasized that the Army would demand the maximum punishment for those responsible for the killing, regardless of what position they had held.
14:19
In a brief report, La Nación of Argentina noted that Colombian author, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, who just was awarded a $10,000 prize from the University of Oklahoma and the Magazine Books Abroad, has announced that he will donate his prize money back to the United States for the defense of political prisoners. That from La Nación.
15:02
This week's feature is a published interview with a member of an Argentinian guerrilla organization called The People's Revolutionary Army. Unlike last week's feature, it provides a rather critical examination of Peronism and of Argentina's new Peronist government.
15:20
Much attention has been paid recently in the World press to the March 11th election and May 25th inauguration of Dr. Hector Campora, a Peronist, as Argentina's new president. In the first election permitted by the Argentine military since their 1966 coup, the Peronist Coalition, which claims to be based upon strong, popular support of the labor movement, won the popular support of the Argentine people. Since Campora's inauguration, his government has released more than 600 political prisoners, most of whom had been jailed for terrorist activity against the military dictatorship, and has lifted the bans on communist activity. Also, he established diplomatic relations with both Cuba and Chile, expressed some verbal solidarity with the guerrilla movement, and requested a truce between the government and then guerrillas.
16:05
The world press has paid special note however, to activities and proclamations of a guerrilla organization, which calls itself the People's Revolutionary Army, which has stated that it will not join in the Peronist Coalition and will continue armed guerrilla warfare within Argentina. Tagged by the World press as Trotskyists, the People's Revolutionary Army claims that the tag is insufficient. They are the "Armed Organization of the Revolutionary Workers Party of Argentina", and their organization encompasses Argentine patriots and nationalists of many different political ideologies. In a rare interview with staff members of Chile Hoy prior to Campora's inauguration, the People's Revolutionary Army describe the reasons for their non-support of the new Peronist government.
16:47
We think that this unusual interview illuminates some of the political and economic dynamics, the manifestations of which seem to be keeping Argentina on the front pages of the world newspapers. In as much as the spokesman for the guerrilla organization uses Marxist economic terminology, his usage of the following terms should be noticed. "Capitalist" is the class name given to those people who own or who control for-profit the means of production. That is the factories, the banks, the transportation facilities, often the land, et cetera. In poor and underdeveloped countries, many of the capitalists are foreigners, North Americans, and increasingly Western Europeans or Japanese, hence the term "Imperialist".
17:32
On the other end of the economic and power scale are the working people, or as the Marxists refer to them, "the masses" or "the people", who own only their own labor power and sell this to the capitalists. These constitute, of course, the majority of a population. The "Bourgeoisie" are the capitalist, and as the term is used in this article, also those people who, while not themselves the super rich nevertheless, do have their interests sufficiently aligned with the capitalists so that they support capitalist institutions and capitalist societies. Here then is the interview:
18:10
A question? How do you characterize the Peronist Coalition and the Campora government in particular?
18:17
We are not unaware that in the heart of Peronism there are important progressive and revolutionary popular sectors that make it explosive, but we don't feel this should fool anyone, because what predominates in Peronism and even more in the coalition is its bourgeois character. For in its leadership as in its program and its methods, the next parliamentary government of Campora will represent above all the interests of the bourgeoisie and of the capitalists.
18:45
A question, how is this massive popular vote for the Peronist coalition to be explained then?
18:50
For us, it reflects at the same time the repudiation of the military dictatorship, which was very unpopular and the persistence of the ideological influence of the bourgeoisie. It is necessary to remember that the masses were only able to choose from among the different bourgeois variants in the electoral arrangement that the dictatorship structured. And among the bourgeois candidates the majority of the working class opted for the Peronist coalition, which had based its campaign on a furious and productive confrontation with the military government, and on pro-guerrilla arguments.
19:26
What then are the true purposes of the Peronists in the current government?
19:30
Their leaders and spokesmen have explained them quite clearly. They say that they are to reconstruct the country, to pacify it by means of some social reform. This along with the maintenance of "Christian style of life", a parliamentary system, private enterprise, and a continuation of the competition of foreign capital. All of the elementary measures for a true social revolution, namely agrarian reform, the expropriation and nationalization of big capital, urban reform, a socialist revolutionary government, all of these are completely absent in the plans and projects of the coalition. The bourgeois sectors of Peronism dominate the government.
20:14
Another question. Apparently the Peronist coalition cannot be considered a homogeneous whole, as there are different tendencies within it, some of them revolutionary and progressive, which produces contradictions within the whole. How does the People's Revolutionary Army respond to this?
20:28
Truly, as we indicated earlier, in the heart of the Peronist front government and in the parties which compose it, they will have to be developed an intense internal struggle, led fundamentally by the revolutionary and progressive sectors within Peronism, that even as a minority must struggle consciously for a program and for truly anti-imperialist and revolutionary measures.
20:50
The People's Revolutionary Army will actively support these sectors of Peronism in their struggle, and will insist upon a coalition of the progressive and revolutionary Peronist organizations and sectors with the non-Peronist organizations, both in their work to mobilize the masses for their demands, and in the preparation for the next and inevitable stage of more and new serious confrontations between the people in the bourgeoisie.
21:16
Another question. We imagine that the Campora government will not be the ideal government envisioned by the military. Can we then disregard the possibility of a coup d'état?
21:25
It is certain that this parliamentary government will not enjoy the complete confidence of the military, which has accepted the Campora government as the lesser evil, and as a transition to try and detain the advance of revolutionary forces. But we think that the military coup will remain latent, with coup intentions however, growing in direct proportion to the success in broadening mass mobilizations.
21:49
In the case of a military coup, where will the People's Revolutionary Army be?
21:53
Of course, we'll be shoulder to shoulder with progressive and revolutionary Peronism, in order to confront any attempt to reestablish the military dictatorship.
22:02
In recent declarations, the president-elect Hector Campora, has asked the Argentine guerrilla organizations for a truce in their activities beginning May 25th in order to, "Prove whether or not we are on the path of liberation and if we are going to achieve our objectives." You have given a partial acceptance of this request. What is the basis for that decision of yours?
22:22
The request of Dr. Campora arose as a consequence of various guerrilla actions. We understood that the request of the president-elect implied the total suspension of guerrilla activities. We believe that the Campora government represents the popular will, and respectful of that will, our organization will not attack the new government while it does not attack the people or the guerrillas. Our organization will continue, however, combating militarily, the great exploiting companies, principally the imperialist ones and the counter-revolutionary armed forces, but it will not attack directly the governmental institutions nor any member of President Campora's government.
23:03
With respect to the police that supposedly depend on executive power, although in recent years, they have acted as an axillary arm of the present army, the People's Revolutionary Army will suspend its attacks as long as the police do not collaborate with the army in the persecution of guerrillas, and in the repression of popular demonstrations.
23:23
What are the factors determining your less than total acceptance of the truce?
23:27
We have stated them too in our reply to Campora. In 1955, the leadership of the political movement that Dr. Campora represents, advise the country to, "Not let blood be spilled, avoid civil war and wait." The military took advantage of this disorganization and disorientation of the working class and of people in general to carry out their coup and were able to overwhelm progressive organizations. The only blood that wasn't spilled was that of the oligarchs and the capitalists. The people on the other hand, witnessed the death through massacre and firing squad of dozens and dozens of the finest of their young.
24:04
In 1968, the same leadership advised the nation to vote for Frondizi and this advice when followed prepared the way for the military takeover. In 1966 the same leadership then counseled the nation to, "Reign back until things become clear." And this action when followed, allowed freedom of action to the new military government.
24:26
So when I reply to Dr. Campora, we specifically stated, our own Argentinian experience has shown that it is impossible to have a truce with the enemies of the nation, with its exploiters, with an oppressive army, or with exploitative capitalist enterprises. To hold back or to diminish the struggle is to permit its enemies, to reorganize and to pass over to the offensive.
24:48
What sort of relations does the People's Revolutionary Army maintain with other armed Argentinian groups?
24:55
Since our creation, we have made and continue to make an appeal for a unified effort of all the armed revolutionary organizations with the idea of eventually forming a solid, strong, and unified People's Army. In such an organization, they would undoubtedly be both Peronists and non-Peronists, but all would be unified by a common methodology, namely prolonged revolutionary war and a common ideal, the building of socialism in our country. We have many points of agreement on fundamental issues, so we maintain fraternal relations with all of our fellow armed groups.
25:29
A final question. You have explained the policy to be followed after May 25th, as laid out in your reply to Campora. What will be the policy of the Revolutionary Workers Party and the People's Revolutionary Army in relation to labor union policy, legally permitted activities, the united front and so on? And how do you contemplate combining legally and non-legally permitted activities?
25:52
Our legally permitted activities will be oriented towards the consolidation and the development of an anti-imperialist front, in common with progressive and revolutionary sectors. We will concentrate all our immediate activity in mobilizing popular opinion towards the release of all political prisoners, repeal of all repressive laws, legalization of all political organizations of the left and the press, and an increase in the real wages of the working class. In relationship to the army, we propose the development of an active educational campaign among draftees, calling upon them not to fire upon the people, nor to participate in repression, encouraging desertion of soldiers and calling upon them to join the People's Revolutionary Army.
26:40
In relationship to the popular front, the Peronist front, we call upon all of the left, all labor, popular progressive and revolutionary organizations to close ranks, to give each other mutual support, and to present an organized common front to the political, ideological, and military offensive of the bourgeoisie, not only in its repressive form, but also in its current populous diversionary one.
27:06
As concerns the relationship between legally and non-legally permitted operations, we wish to carefully maintain the clandestine cell structure of the People's Revolutionary Army and of the Revolutionary Workers Party, so as to assure the strict carrying out of security measures and ensure their safety. But we wish to amplify to the maximum, the legally permitted activities of the organization and that of those groups on its periphery. And through this combination of legally permitted activities and illegal ones, we will attempt to procure the greatest advantage from the potential, which the vigor of the popular support gives to our organization.
27:48
To sum up as far as your organization is concerned, what is the watch word for the present situation?
27:55
We'll make no truce with the oppressive army and no truth with exploitative enterprises. We will seek immediate freedom for those imprisoned while fighting for freedom. Also an end to oppressive legislation and total freedom of expression in organization. We will try to build unity among the armed revolutionary organizations who we will struggle or die for the Argentine.
28:18
Thank you. Our feature today has been a published interview with a member of an Argentinian guerrilla organization called The People's Revolutionary Army. The interview was published in the Chilean newspaper, Chile Hoy. The People's Revolutionary Army is known as the strongest and most effective guerrilla group operating in Argentina and was able, for instance, on the mere threat of a kidnapping, to force Ford Motor Company to give $1 million to various children's hospitals in Argentina.
LAPR1973_06_01
00:21
Miami Herald reports from Guatemala City. Tensions remained high in Eastern Guatemala on Monday, after a gun battle between squatters and troops. At least 17 persons were reported killed. Police and troops surrounded the hamlet of Palo Verde, 72 miles east of the capital, in an attempt to head off further violence, but hundreds of peasants were reported holding onto the land they had seized during the weekend. On Saturday, a group of 1000 landless peasants seized privately-owned agricultural plots outside Palo Verde. Military policemen were sent into the area and started arresting the peasants. The police in the army said the peasants opened fire and authorities said military policemen and 11 peasants were killed.
01:02
Area residents said the peasants claim the landowners took their grazing lands many years ago. The army spokesman said, "Many of the peasants received military training in 1954, when the government recruited them to fight rebel army forces". This from the Miami Herald.
01:20
Miami Herald also reports from The Hague the new socialist prime minister of the Netherlands says he hoped soon to initiate conversations aimed at granting full independence to Suriname and the Netherland Antilles, Dutch possessions in the western hemisphere. Suriname, formerly Dutch Guiana, is on the northeast coast of South America. The Netherlands Antilles consist of six Caribbean islands, with Curaçao as their administrative center. The prime minister, who heads a new center-left coalition, told the lower house of the Dutch parliament that the independence talks would begin as soon as a special commission on the subject could be formed. This from the Miami Herald.
01:56
The growing feeling of nationalism in every country he visited is the most significant impression reported after a 17-day trip to Latin America by Secretary of State William P. Rogers. "We do not see why we can't cooperate fully with this sense of nationalism," he said. Rogers, who recently returned from an eight-country tour, said that, "Contrary to some news reports, the nationalistic feelings apparent in the countries he visited carry no anti-American overtones." The secretary said that there was not one hostile act directed at him during his trip. Rogers said the United States will participate actively in efforts to modernize the organization of American states and emphasized United States willingness to encourage hemispheric regional development efforts. This from the Miami Herald.
02:45
There were several comments in the Latin American press concerning Secretary of State Rogers' visit to the continent. Secretary Rogers' trip was ostensibly aimed at ending paternalism in the hemisphere. However, Brazil's weekly Opinião found little change in the fundamental nature of United States policy. While Rogers' words were different from those of other US officials, his basic attitudes on things that really matter seemed the same.
03:11
Opinião points to two specific cases, what it considers an intransient and unreasonable United States position on the international coffee agreement, something of vital importance to Brazil. Second, Rogers promised favorable tariffs on Latin American goods, but failed to mention that the US would reserve its right to unilaterally revoke these concessions without consultation. Opinião in short found Rogers' promise of a new partnership in the hemisphere to be the same old wine in new bottles.
03:40
La Nación of Santiago, Chile was even more caustic. It accused the Nixon administration of talking about ideological pluralism and accepting diversity in the world while at the same time intensifying the Cold War in Latin America by maintaining the blockade of Cuba and reinforcing the anti-communist role of the Organization of American states. La Nación concludes that the United States is the apostle of conciliation in Europe and Asia, but in Latin America it is the angel of collision, the guardian of ideological barriers.
04:13
La Opinión of Bueno Aires was less critical of Rogers' trip. It felt that the US Secretary of State was in Latin America to repair some of the damage done to Latin American US relations by Washington's excessive admiration for the Brazilian model of development, and also to prepare the way for President Nixon's possible visit, now set tentatively for early next year.
04:36
Rogers showed some enthusiasm for the wrong things, according to La Opinión, such as the Colombian development, which is very uneven and foreign investment in Argentina, which is not especially welcome. Rogers also ignored many important things such as the Peruvian revolution, but La Opinión concludes, "Even if Rogers' trip was not a spectacular success, something significant may come of it in the future." This report from Opinião of Rio de Janeiro, La Nación of Santiago, Chile, and La Opinión of Bueno Aires.
05:06
The London News weekly, Latin America reports on Brazil. A new and perhaps decisive phase in the conflict between the military government and the church has been initiated by three archbishops and 10 bishops from the northeast, the poorest and most backward part of Brazil. In a lengthy declaration, the 13 Prelates, who included archbishops Hélder Câmara of Recife and Avelar Brandão of Salvador, issued a blistering attack on the government and all its works.
05:36
The statement which because of the government's strict censorship did not become generally known to the public for 10 days after it had been issued on the 6th of May is notable for its strongly political tone. This and its highly political criticisms have convinced most observers that the open conflict, which already exists between the government and the church has moved into a new and altogether more dangerous stage. Such a development could hardly have occurred in the view of many observers without the green light from the Vatican, something which may give Brazil's military rulers even more cause for concern.
06:13
Latin America continues the May 6th declaration not only attacked the government for repression and the use of torture, it also held it responsible for poverty, starvation wages, unemployment, infant mortality, and illiteracy. In broader terms, it openly denounced the country's much-vaunted economic miracle, which it said benefited a mere 20% of the population while the gap between rich and poor continued to grow. There were also derogatory references to the intervention of foreign capitalists in Brazil. Indeed, the whole system of capitalism was attacked and the government accused of developing its policy of repression merely to bolster it up.
06:51
Latin America continues in the view of most observers, the church has now got the bit well and truly between its teeth and is effectively demanding a return to some kind of democratic government with an emphasis on social justice. Up to now, the censorship has been able to prevent proposals of such a revolutionary kind from being publicized in anything but a clandestine way. But with the prospect of every pulpit and parish magazine in the country becoming vehicles for such revolutionary propaganda, it would appear that the censorship is powerless.
07:25
Whether by design or from pure force of circumstances, the church is on the verge of becoming the focal point of all opposition, whether social, economic, or political, to Brazil's present regime. Furthermore, the declaration of May 6th appears to show that in contrast with its previous policy, the church is no longer afraid of stepping into the political arena. This from Latin America.
07:50
Latin America also reports on the ideological and economic developments in the Peruvian Revolution. Peru's military rulers have come under pressure recently, which they, at any rate, seem to feel threatens their image as the independent inventors of a new development strategy that is neither communist nor capitalist. There has been a spade of declarations by senior officers emphasizing the Peruvian Revolution's peculiar characteristic and last week the Prime Minister declared, "It is very easy to copy, to imitate, but very hard to create."
08:22
The government's revolutionary credentials have come under doubt, not least because of recent labor troubles. Suspicions on the left were also aroused by some interpretations of last week's visit to Lima by the United States Secretary of State Rogers. This has been seen in some quarters as the first sign of warmer relations between the two countries, particularly as it coincided with confirmation that the Inter-American Development Bank was ending its long boycott of Peru with a $23.3 million loan for agricultural development.
08:53
Further doubts have been aroused by the government's decision to postpone its proposed petroleum comunidades which would have brought into the petroleum industry the kind of workers' participation it is trying to develop for mining and industry. The well-informed Peruvian Times suggested that this was due to the dismay among the petroleum companies working here as contractors. This would clearly be particularly unwelcome to the government when it is on the verge of signing new contracts with foreign oil companies.
09:23
Latin America continues the foreign business fraternity however, is currently deeply suspicious of the government's intentions as a result of the nationalization of the fishing industry earlier this month. Uncertainty is being expressed about the part reserved by the government for foreign investors and the private sector as a whole in the country's development. In fact, public investment in the economy rose by 22.4% overall in 1972 while private investments were down by 8.9%, according to official figures.
09:54
Government spokesman continued to express their faith in the compatibility of predominant state and social property sectors with a reformed private sector in a new kind of mixed economic model. However, the figures seemed to indicate that the private sector is no more keen on being reformed by way of comunidad laboral than the unions are by being supplanted by participation devices dreamed up by the government.
10:18
An economy in which the private sector competes freely with the state and social sectors is quite contrary to the advice given by foreign experts on workers' control who do not believe in the viability of such a mixed formula or in the predominance of wage labor, which is at the very root of the present government's economic reforms. To make their scheme work, the Peruvian military authorities and their civilian theoreticians will either have to produce prodigious feats of persuasion or else modify one or more of its components. Some observers believe this modification may now have come about with the state takeover of the anchovies fishing industry.
10:54
That the takeover has taken the form of state rather than workers control signifies a political triumph for the Minister of Fisheries, General Vanini, a brilliant shirt-sleeves populist and one of the recent Peruvian pilgrims to Cuba. The state company is clearly seen as preferable to self-managing units, which would certainly have resisted the forthcoming rationalization program. This hardly makes the government look like left wing extremists. This from Latin America.
11:24
Excélsior of Mexico City reports on the political situation in Uruguay. President Juan Bordaberry established a new civic military regime last week, decreeing several measures to combat subversion and economic crimes. He also intervened in several state organizations with the help of the armed forces. The radical, though not surprising measures arose largely because of the weakening of political and parliamentary support for the President.
11:49
After the rebellion of the armed forces in February, several generals confronted parliament with the support of Bordaberry. It seems that the President has chosen to follow the strong leadership of the army rather than be responsive to the legislative bodies. The Uruguayan regime seems to be teetering on the narrow edge between formal democracy and defacto dictatorship. The new government decrees simplify the apprehension of suspected political enemies by virtually dropping all limitations on police in such cases. They also prohibited any news concerning sedition or political protest unless it was an official release. This report came from Mexico City's Excélsior.
12:31
From Venezuela, Latin America reports on a recent political development. While the guerrillas are a dying force, the student movement, or more accurately, the secondary school pupils movement, is becoming a serious headache for the government. Hardly a week now passes without one high school or another going on strike. The reason behind the strikes are generally not complex.
12:51
Overcrowding in the schools, a rigid old-fashioned syllabus, harassed teachers, and a lack of funds have caused the strikes rather than any political motives. In fact, difficulties in getting into higher education particularly universities have been the major irritant in the last few months, but neither the university authorities nor the government have seen fit to tackle the problem. This week, however, the riots were provoked by the visit of William Rogers, and particularly by the fact that his main purpose was to discuss the Orinoco heavy oil belt. This from Latin America.
13:24
Chile Hoy also commented this week on the political situation in Venezuela. Although the Christian Democratic government has kept a low political profile, several recent reports indicate that there is a significant amount of repression taking place. There are 250 political prisoners, there have been several assassinations of leftist leaders as well as anti-guerrilla campaigns. A Venezuelan press agency has also pointed out that a daily newspaper, Punto, has been censored and its editor detained. This report taken from Chile Hoy of Santiago.
LAPR1973_06_14
00:20
The series of revelations about illegal actions on the part of political and governmental officials in the United States, known as the Watergate affair, has received wide coverage in the Latin American press. Rio de Janeiro's Jornal do Brasil, for example, devotes a full page to it daily. The editorial comment has also been extensive. Today, we will review some of this commentary on Watergate, and also describe how the scandal is having political consequences in one Latin American country, namely Costa Rica.
00:52
President Nixon has never been a popular figure in Latin America and the Latin press has shown little sympathy for his plight because of Watergate. Most papers clearly doubt that Nixon knew nothing of the break-in plans or the coverup. Rio de Janeiro's Opinião, for example, asks if Nixon can honestly maintain himself as President. The Weekly sees Nixon retreating from one strategic position to another in his statements as new facts emerge. Opinião concludes by wondering if Nixon's defenses will be strong enough to resist whatever facts are revealed next.
01:24
La Prensa of Lima also sees Watergate as Nixon's Waterloo. If Nixon is getting a bad press in Latin America, the same cannot be said for American institutions. The Congress, courts, and especially the American press, has received wide praise in Latin America for pursuing the investigation. As La Prensa of Lima notes, "This may be Nixon's Waterloo, but nobody is talking about a Waterloo of democracy. It is precisely thanks to democracy," La Prensa continues, "That the secret sins have been unveiled." The Lima daily then concludes that only through a free press and enlightened public opinion can a democracy remain healthy and this is the most positive sign of Watergate.
02:08
Siempre! Of Mexico City says one of the characteristics of a representative democracy is that the authorities are not immune to punishment for crimes which they commit in the performance of their duties. Siempre! sees Watergate as proof that American institutions function well. Opinião of Rio de Janeiro also sees the scandal as a sign of the strength of American institutions. However, some of the revelations which have come from the Senate investigations have infuriated Latin Americans. This is especially true in Mexico since the congressional hearings have revealed that the Central Intelligence Agency has been operating there.
02:44
Excélsior of Mexico City notes that the White House asked the FBI not to investigate certain aspects of the transfer of campaign contributions from Mexico because it would lead to disclosures of clandestine operations of the CIA. Excélsior thinks that fact deserves Mexico's protest and immediate change in United States policy, which flagrantly violates the principle of nonintervention. Excélsior continues the participation of the CIA in the internal affairs of Chile, the sending of Green Berets to Bolivia to combat Che Guevara, the aggression against the Dominican Republic, the case of the Bay of Pigs invasion, the invasion of Guatemala in 1954 to overthrow the Arbenz regime, are only some of the precedents of the intervention of Watergate in the affairs of Latin America.
03:36
Excélsior continues by noting that the CIA, a White House spokesman, and President Nixon himself have denied any connection of the CIA with Watergate in Mexico, but all have implicitly admitted that the CIA previously carried out operations there. Excélsior concludes that the Mexican government may not make a formal protest because of the friendship which unites the United States to Mexico. However, it will be necessary to employ firmness to demand that Mexico's political sovereignty is no longer violated by the CIA. While secret CIA activities are highlighted in the Mexican press, a different sort of problem faces the government of Costa Rica, which has been splashed with some of the mud of the Watergate scandal.
04:21
Latin America reports that several days ago serious charges were leveled at the President of Costa Rica, Jose Figueres, claiming that $325,000 had been deposited in his New York Bank account through a Vesco-linked company. Vesco, a wealthy Wall Street financier, has recently been indicted of embezzlement and has been linked to the Watergate scandal. The Costa Rican President vigorously denied the allegations and defended Vesco's conduct saying that in Costa Rica, if nowhere else, it had been honest. As in so many other areas of the Watergate scandal, a great deal of questions concerning the high level involvement remained to be answered, this from the British News Weekly Latin America.
05:07
Several significant events in the continuing political struggles in Chile have been reported by Excélsior. In Santiago, the government of President Salvador Allende has rejected any kind of mediation in the two-month-old strike at the huge copper mine known as El Teniente. The statement reaffirmed the position of the government to hold down large wage increases which would heighten the serious inflation the country now faces. A previous announcement had indicated the government's opposition to the strikers' suggestion of mediation by the National Confederation of Copper Workers. This is consistent with a Allende's announced intention of ending special privileges enjoyed by certain sectors of the Chilean labor force, which have enjoyed higher pay than other sectors.
05:54
Meanwhile, eight opposition radio stations advised the government that they would not comply with the new law designed to integrate the stations into a national network and that they would refuse to pay any fines imposed. This declaration follows the government's order that all stations must broadcast a daily program of official government announcements. It is thought that the order was given largely in response to the failure of many stations to broadcast an important speech by the Minister of Housing, that from Excélsior.
06:24
On another matter, Excélsior reports that the mafia illegally passes to the United States 50,000 Mexicans a month. The illicit importation of Mexican workers to the United States in Tijuana alone produces for the mafia between 250 and 300 million pesos a month. An agent of the Public Federal Ministry in Tijuana told the Excélsior that, "The brains of the organization which traffics in migrant workers live in the United States, as do those who obtain the major economic benefits." Asked what authority or political person in the United States he was accusing directly, the lawyer answered that he could not reveal directly who in the United States intervenes as an individual or as an authority, but that the United States government should investigate it.
07:16
Excélsior continues, reporting that in many cases the illegal migrants were provided with counterfeit green cards, as the legal papers for immigration are called. It has been proved that these cards are authentic and that the materials used, paper, ink, printing plate, and the stamps of US machines were genuine. This implies either the direct involvement of immigration authorities who have access to such materials or total penetration of the Treasury Department printing offices by organized crime. This from Excélsior, Mexico City.
07:52
Another report from Excélsior concerning Paraguay reports that the major opposition party of Paraguay, the Radical Liberal Party, issued a statement opposing the Treaty of Itaipu with Brazil in which it denounced the secrecy of the terms and the condescending attitude of Brazil. The treaty, signed in Brasilia, calls for the construction of a jointly owned hydroelectric plant. In condemning the Paraguayan government for accepting terms which the opposition party says are highly favorable to Brazil, the Radical Liberals said the treaty, "Opens the dangerous doors of Brazilian domination."
08:32
Latin America has interpreted the signing of this treaty as a significant turning point in the struggle between the two relative superpowers, Brazil and Argentina, over the "buffer" state of Paraguay. The issue of the hydroelectric project and dam may appear minor, but on close examination has a great deal of significance. There are strong indications that the environmental effects of the dam will adversely affect the Argentinian port of Rosario, which is not far downstream.
09:02
Latin American Newsletter reports from Argentina that the most important political facts of President Cámpora's first week in office were the unease with which the trade unions greeted new plans for social reforms. The enthusiasm of the working class itself, however, is very strong, and when former popular leader Juan Peron returns to Buenos Aires accompanied by the new President, he will be greeted by at least a million happy Argentinians. Their delight at the complete surrender of the former military rulers will not have worn off and the real difficulties involved in the transition will not yet have been faced.
09:40
The real question is the price that powerful middle class industrialists may have to pay for the new liberal government. As Latin America puts it, "Nothing less than a real transfer of income to the poorest 40% of the community will really eliminate the possibility of a revolution." Current economic plans involve holding down both prices and wages, but are also aimed at reversing the decline in the working class's share of national income, which has dropped from 55% in 1955 to less than 43% today. This from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
10:17
The continuing threat of Argentinian guerillas poses yet another problem for the new government. The Miami Herald reports that an action similar to a one last month, where Ford Motor Company was forced to donate enormous sums to charity. Four armed men abducted British-born financier, Charles Lockwood. At the same time a spokesman for General Motors said the company had received a telephone kidnap threat unless it rehired 1000 laid off workers, but said, "We are not complying." Witnesses said Lockwood, 63, was seized shortly after leaving his home and that his chauffeur was wounded in the abduction.
11:01
Unconfirmed reports said kidnappers were demanding $1 million for his safe return. A spokesman for the guerilla organization said the caller who demanded that the company rehire all the people laid off in the past two years said that the company's principle executives would be kidnapped unless they complied. "We are not complying," the spokesman said.
11:21
Meanwhile, there appeared to be little substance to a report that 21 prominent Communist party officials have been kidnapped by supporters of the new Peronist government, according to United Press International. United Press, which had reported the kidnapping on Tuesday, said Wednesday the report had been based on an unconfirmed press release release from members of a Supreme Security command that backs new Peronist President, Hector J. Cámpora.
11:48
The Miami Herald reports on Puerto Rican opposition to a refinery there. Two Puerto Rican Independence leaders have asked a UN group to help prevent American oil interests from building a giant refining port in Puerto Rico. Senator Ruben Berrios of the Puerto Rico Independence Party and Juan Mari Bras, Secretary General of the Socialist Party, asked the UN Colonialism Committee to demand that the United States government block the plans. Berrios and Mari Bras said that the port would upset the ecology, harm the agriculture and fishing, and turn Puerto Rico into, "An appendage of international oil cartels." That from the Miami Herald.
12:34
Latin America reports on Brazil. The forthcoming goodwill visits by the Brazilian foreign minister to Venezuela this month, and later to Colombia, have served to remind Brazil's neighbors of Brazilian wariness and strategic caution. There are fears that the liberalization of certain regimes will be a threat to the Brazilian military dictatorship and upcoming elections in Venezuela may bring a liberal Christian Democrat into power. However paranoiac and unrealistic some of these fears may seem, the fact remains that the military nervousness is reflected in an extraordinary arms buildup.
13:11
At the end of last month, it was announced that Brazil was buying 58 fighter bombers at a cost of $100 million from the United States to join the 16 Mirage Jets and four other planes bought last year, in addition to Brazil's own production of fighter bombers made under an Italian patent. This re-equipment of the air force is coupled with similar re-equipment of the Army, which recently bought a large number of self-propelled guns from the United States and increased production of small arms. Last year, Brazil's military expenditure formed 18.7% of the national budget.
13:47
A short from the Miami Herald reports on yet another step in the continuing breakdown of the blockade against Cuba. From Caracas, Venezuela, according to official government announcement, Cuban and Venezuelan officials have begun exchanging impressions on educational matters. A delegation from the Ministry of Education in Cuba met with a Venezuelan group headed by the Venezuelan Minister of Education who said, "The meeting will serve to strengthen the mutual cooperation between both countries in cultural, educational, and sports matters." It should be noted that the meeting had special significance since it was Venezuela, which, under US pressure, introduced the motion to the Organization of American States to blockade Cuba in the first place.
14:56
Our feature this week is a report by German anthropologist Mark Munzel on the Indian situation in Paraguay. In South America, unlike most other areas of the world, indigenous tribes subsist in some primitive areas. However, they are fast-disappearing because of the advance of urban civilization and the repressive policies of certain governments. The purpose of this report is to demonstrate how the basic human rights, described in the United Nations Charter of Human Rights, are denied to the Aché Indians of Paraguay. Not through indifference or neglect, but by deliberate government policy of genocide disguised as benevolence.
15:34
There has never been any particular respect for Indian lives. An early account describes the situation, "In 1903, Paraguayans shot several Aché and even cut one of the bodies into pieces and put him in a cage trap as jaguar bait." Munsusin saw a settler pull out of his hunting bag the finger of an Aché and boast about it. Then again in 1907, "They had followed the traces of the Aché, and when they reAchéd the Indians the very first evening of the journey, they slaughtered seven women and children and caught seven small children." This report by the Brazilian Ethnologist, Baldus, is neither the first nor the most cruel one concerning the inhumane treatment of the Aché over the centuries.
16:20
Unlike the sedentary Guarani Indians, their neighbors and linguistic relatives, the majority of the nomadic Aché never surrendered to the white man. Without being exactly aggressive, they attempted to defend their territory against incursions and withdrew deeper into the forest when they could not resist. On the other hand, captive Achés, once separated from their people, proved to be of extreme tameness and have a lack of aggression against their captors and the white Paraguayans soon learned to appreciate their aptitude for any kind of agricultural labor.
16:55
The Ethnologist Clastres notes the sharp contrast between the two kinds of relations the Aché know. For an Aché tribe, there is no kind of relation to strangers other than hostility. This is in astonishing contrast to the perceptible constant effort to eliminate all violence from relations between comrades. The most extreme courtesy always prevails, the common will to understand each other, to speak with each other, to dissolve in the exchange of words all the aggression and grudges which inevitably arise during the daily life of the group.
17:28
So it seems that the captive Aché, once they realized that they have to stay among the whites forever, decided it is wiser to use their non-aggressive approach, hence the softness for which they are liked. The author says, "I have only known captive Aché, no free forest Indians, and all I can say is that I have never met any other people who are so tame and obedient. I also happen to meet at Aché's who have been captured just three days previously. They were desperately unhappy but ready to do anything they were commanded to do."
18:01
Thus, war against the Acha since colonial days has served not only to conquer new territories, but also to obtain captives as a cheap and appreciated labor force. The hunting and selling of Achés became, and still is, an important branch of the economy in areas close to the lands of the wild Aché.
18:21
The extermination of these Indians is very much related to the economic development of the country. If the remotest parts of the country were to be open to foreign investment and to international roads, as is the government's intention, the anachronism of slavery may have to be eliminated in order to make the country exhibitable to foreign eyes. But at the same time, commercial penetration is bound to render the situation of the Indians more difficult. Since 1958, and especially since 1968, their situation has indeed become worse.
18:53
This coincides with the foundation of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense, which meant that Indian affairs were put under military control as a part of the general transfer of power from civilians to the military and with the subsequent retirement of an official in 1961. But there are also deeper reasons. Paraguay has in recent years experienced a slight economic boom. The international road through Eastern Paraguay, from Asuncion to Puerto Presidente Stroessner, was completed in 1965. An additional road, which cuts the forests of the northern Aché into two parts, was completed in 1968.
19:30
Land prices are rising in the areas which have become more accessible through the improved system of communications, as well as the price of forest products; timber, palmito, and [inaudible 00:19:41]. And most especially that of cattle, which means that less land is reserved for the Indians. Commercial penetration means, from the Aché point of view, that the forest, the indispensable basis for their hunting life, is cut down. Or at least crossed by roads that frighten away the game. There have been slight Indian efforts at resisting, especially attacks on woodcutters who were destroying trees that bore beehives. Honey is a very important element in the Aché diet.
20:10
But more frequently, the Achés try to adapt to the new situation. If they neither wish to die from hunger on their reduced hunting grounds, nor enter the of working for Paraguayan masters, their only way out is to steal food from the Paraguayans. This is the reason for the frequent, but normally non-violent raids on white men's cattle and fields. The Achés also steal iron implements in order to compensate for their loss of territory by the intensification of subsistence technology. Those who live on the Indian frontier are thus confirmed in their hatred of Aché and so the new invaders of the forest, wood cutters, palmito collectors, and landowners, want to have the forest cleaned of Achés for they are bothered by the presence of the ancient owners of the forest.
21:00
Most sources agree that manhunts for the Aché have increased in volume and in violence during recent years. In 1968, a member of the armed forces and of the ruling political party, then vice director of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense, wrote that the Acha were close to extinction due to repressive actions that follow any of their efforts to resist the occupation of their lands. In December, 1971, the reporter Jay Mesa of ABC Color, an important newspaper in Asuncion Paraguay, wrote of murders of fathers and mothers as the only way of seizing Aché children who are then sold and brought up as servants.
21:40
They even tell of prizes for those who managed to kill the Indians. The Paraguayan anthropologist, Chase Sardi, confirmed this in an interview in the same newspaper in 1972. "They're hunted. They're pursued like animals. The parents are killed and the children sold and there is no family of which a child has not been murdered. I was told by Paraguayan country people that the price of Aché children is falling due to great supply. It is said to be presently at about the equivalent of $5 for an Aché girl of around five years of age."
22:12
The following recently documented cases are rather typical. In 1970, [inaudible 00:22:20] learned in Itakyry of a raid that had been organized there. The killers kidnapped three children, all of whom died thereafter. On another incident, in about June of 1970, on the river Itambay, approximately 52 kilometers up river from Puerto Santa Teresa, several Indians were killed in a raid according to the claims of a palmito collector, an Indian hunter, who says he killed several Indians before he was wounded. Two kidnapped girls were given to the organizer of the raid. In February, 1972, close to San Joaquin, Munzel himself reports being told by several people of an Aché hunt in the area southeast of Itakyry.
23:05
"We were not able to gather any concrete or detailed evidence," he says, "but I believe that an inquiry commission sent to the area could easily gain this information." The massacre seems to have taken place about the middle of 1971. Various children of slain Aché parents were then deported. The kidnappers were said to have declared that the only reason why they did not take more children was that they were not able to carry off more at one time and that they were forced to leave several children with their dead parents, but that they would return to the forest later on to seize them.
23:37
Despite documentation and reports to government authorities, very little is being done about the problem. Recently, the director of the Native Affairs Department declared that there were no concrete indications of massacres of Indians in Paraguay. General Bejarano, president of the Indigenous Association of Paraguay, described massacres as problems that were normal in any part of the world. The officially recommended solution of this problem does not include the limitation of the massacres by means of legal pressure, but the installation of a reservation to which the Aché, who were a problem elsewhere, may be deported.
24:15
A well-known hunter and seller of Achés in 1950s was Manuel Jesus Pereda, a junior partner of the biggest manhunter in the area. In 1959, a band of Aché whose hunting possibilities had been reduced too much to permit the continuation of their free existence, and who were suffering strong pressure from the manhunters surrounding them, surrendered to Pereda at Torin. This was at the time when the authorities had taken some measures against the slave hunters. Afraid of legal prosecution, Jesus Pereda did not dare sell his new Indians, but used them instead as a cheap labor force on his farm at Torin.
24:55
The story he told the authorities was that the Indians had sought his protection because they loved him. Pereda was shortly thereafter nominated as a functionary of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense. And his farm transformed into a reservation called the Indian Assistance and Nationalization Post Number One.
25:17
Extensive documentation at the Aché reservation shows this to have been the scene of criminality of the grosses sort. Jesus Pereda's first administrative act was to plunder the goods of his wards in order to sell them as tourist souvenirs. There's also extensive documentation of sexual abuse of women and of very young girls by the reservation administration. And very numerous acts of gratuitous violence, including murders of Aché. Food allocated for the Indians is often sold instead to local farmers for profit.
25:48
Also, the resources, land, and water of the reservation itself are very far from generous. Furthermore, virtual manhunts through the forest are still used to round up Indians and forcibly bring them to the reservation. Captured, domesticated Indians are encouraged to participate in this activity.
26:07
In June of 1962, the reservation of Aché numbered about 110, at least 60 of whom had been brought there by direct violence. In July of 1968, only 68 Indians were left. This demographic reduction becomes more spectacular if we take into account that the Aché are a very fertile people. Anthropologist, Chase Sardi in 1965, pointed out the absolute lack of any type of preventative medicine on the Aché reservation. Officially in 1968, the absence of medical and sanitary assistance was admitted as one of the reasons for the deaths. Other evidence shows that the oft cited biological shock of the first contact with the microbes of the white man cannot be the main reason for the disappearance of so many Indians.
26:54
Many of them had been in contact with whites before, having been captured by the Paraguayans and having escaped again before finally coming to the reservation. Besides, the greatest reduction of population took place, not when the reservation was first established, but later on. The main reasons for the reduction of the Aché population seem to be hunger and hunger related diseases, as well as the selling or giving away of reservation Indians to outsiders.
27:20
An element of psychological importance is the brutal destruction of the cultural inheritance of these Indians. This is not the place to discuss whether primitive cultures should be preserved or modernized. What has taken place in the case of the Aché is not modernization, but the destruction of the identity and even the self-respect of the Achés as human beings. Munzel recorded on tape many songs lamenting the end of the Aché, in which the singer regards himself as no longer an Aché, not even as a human being, but as half dead.
27:52
A French ethnologist, Clastres, describes a song he recorded on the reservation. "[inaudible 00:28:00] on a sound of deep sadness and nausea," he said, "ended in a lamentation that was then prolonged by the delicate melancholy of the flute. They sang that day of the end of the Aché and of his despair in realizing that it was all over. The Aché, when they were real Aché, they hunted the animals with bow and arrow, and now the Aché are no more. Woe is us."
28:23
Especially since 1972, the Aché situation turned into a public scandal yet still no action has been taken against those who, outside the reservation, continue to hunt the Aché like animals. Still there are Aché slaves all over Eastern Paraguay. Still, countless Aché families remain separated through slavery or through the deportation of some of them to the reservation. Still, the reservation is located on such ungenerous soil that one can foresee its bitter end.
28:52
This has been a report by Mark Munzel of the International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs. The International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs is a non-political, non-religious organization concerned with the oppression of ethnic groups in various countries.
LAPR1973_06_21
00:20
For many years, one of the major complaints of underdeveloped countries has been that they did not receive a fair price for their raw materials. Another complaint was that the prices for raw materials fluctuated so much, it was impossible to plan investments in their economies.
00:36
Over the past decade, the answer to these complaints has been international agreements which stabilized prices on raw materials. The International Coffee Agreement was one such accord. It was first signed in 1963 between the United States and other coffee consumers and 41 coffee producers, including Brazil and Colombia. The agreement fixed prices and assured a steady supply to consumer nations.
01:03
As Opinião of Rio de Janeiro notes, the agreement has now collapsed. The basic reason is that the supplier nations wanted a higher price to compensate for the losses suffered when the United States devalued the dollar last year. The United States refused to agree to this price hike and the agreement lapsed last October.
01:21
The coffee-producing countries are now trying to take matters into their own hands. Brazil, Colombia, the Ivory Coast, and the Portuguese colonies will soon establish a multinational corporation which will control prices and supplies on the world market. The corporation statutes were written in Brazil. As Opinião notes, the purpose of the new multinational company will be to keep the price of coffee up, ensure a supply to consumers, and prevent manipulation of prices by the huge importing firms in the United States, such as General Foods.
01:51
Opinião concludes that the new corporation could result in an important modification in the international coffee market which will favor the underdeveloped world. This report from Opinião in Rio de Janeiro.
02:05
In its continuing coverage of the Watergate affair and the ensuing investigations, the Mexican daily Excélsior has shown special interest in linking Watergate conspirators to clandestine activities in Latin America. Excélsior reported last week that John Dean, Counsel to the President until April 30th of this year, and a prime witness in the ongoing Senate Watergate investigation, revealed to news sources a plot to assassinate the Panamanian chief of state Omar Torrijos. According to Dean, Howard Hunt, convicted Watergate conspirator, was in charge of organizing an action group in Mexico for the purpose of assassinating the Panamanian general. The plot was apparently in response to Torrijos' lack of cooperation in revising the Panama Canal Treaty with the US and to his alleged involvement in drug traffic.
02:51
Dean said that the certain operation was discussed at government levels beneath the presidency. He did not reveal exactly when the assassination plot had been under discussion, but he made it clear that it had not been approved, although Hunt and his group were apparently ready and waiting in Mexico.
03:10
In the course of the investigations of the Watergate scandal, several witnesses, among them former CIA members, declared that on at least one other occasion Hunt was involved in clandestine CIA operations in Mexico, presumably around the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba in 1961. This from Excélsior in Mexico City.
03:33
The work of the opposition parties in Chile continues full strength this week as the Christian Democratic sectors among the miners and white-collar workers of the nationalized El Teniente copper mine remain on the strike that began in late April. In May, the Christian Democratic workers burned cars, fought with police, and seized a Socialist Party radio station in the city of Rancagua. The strike is costing Chile a million dollars a day. Though the strike demands are economic, its political character is seen in the rejection of any government solution, as well as the firm support given by the newspapers, radios, and political organizations of Chile's extreme right, which has been built up over a period of years only by being able to repress the labor movement.
04:15
The London Weekly Latin America comments that early in June, the state-owned Chilean Copper Corporation declared a freeze on all June deliveries from the El Teniente mine where some of the miners have been on strike for the past two months. For July, 50% of deliveries from El Teniente and all deliveries from Chuquicamata mine, where white-collar workers have struck in sympathy with the El Teniente strikers, are similarly affected. Between them, the two mines produce two-thirds of Chilean copper production.
04:45
The strike has political overtones, claims Latin America. Only the most highly paid workers are involved in the strike, which concerns a dispute over production bonuses. Young Christian Democrats have organized marches of support for the strikers. Outbreaks of violence between strikers and the security forces have increased sharply since an employee of the mine was shot dead last week when he started to drive his vehicle over a patrol guarding miners who were still working. Several people on both sides have been injured and 33 arrested. The halt in copper exports will further aggravate the country's economic difficulties.
05:24
The Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, gives an analysis of the crippling copper miner strike which lays the blame on the opposition Christian Democratic Party. The miner strike at El Teniente mine has just completed its second month. Until now, its result has been a loss of $40 million in expected copper revenue, the suspension of copper shipments to Britain and Germany with the accompanying deterioration of the image of Codelco, the state-run copper enterprise in terms of its ability to complete its contracts, a congressional censure of two government ministers, and a climate of explosive tension in the northern city of Rancagua. For much less reason than this, ex-president Eduardo Frei ordered the Army in 1966 to violently repress the striking miners at El Salvador Mine, killing six miners.
06:12
The most painful aspect of the situation for the Chilean working class is a fragmentation caused by the strike within the copper workers who manage one of the most vital industries in Chile. For years, the Christian Democrats worked to divide Chilean workers and its Catholic unions were the worst enemy of the Central Workers Federation. As in all sectors which the Christian Democrats are not able to actually control, they promote fractionalism and division inside the Federation. This is the purpose of the El Teniente strike. It is strictly an economist struggle.
06:47
Chile Hoy goes on to say the progressive sectors of the miner's union resolved this time to sacrifice their immediate needs for a higher living standard, viewing the strike issue as a question of political conscience. The strike vote at Chuquicamata mine demonstrated this new "conciencia", 1,750 against the strike in 1,450 in favor. This increasingly class-conscious attitude was expressed last week in Rancagua during a demonstration of solidarity with the two censured cabinet ministers.
07:16
A union leader advised the miners that the strike was characterized by the eagerness of the right-wing Christian Democrats to impose the minority's wishes upon the majorities and thus destroy the base of union democracy. He said that this method was an old tactic of the Christian Democrats and that the El Teniente strike was one more move designed to destroy the popular unity government. This report on the copper miner strike in Chile is from the weekly, Chile Hoy.
07:46
Excélsior, the Mexico City daily, gives a more recent account of the increasing unrest and tension caused by the strike in Chile. Excélsior reports from Santiago that last week, public forces used armored cars and tear gas to disperse striking miners concentrated in front of the Christian Democratic Party barricades in Santiago.
08:05
Carlos Latorre, one of the youth leaders of the Christian Democratic Party, called out to the militants to unite rapidly and repel the police aggression but the police forces were able to dismantle further concentration. Speakers for the state-owned copper corporation, Codelco, announced that Allende had made the same offer to the striking copper miners, which weeks ago was refused. Namely, a subsidy of $240 monthly to compensate for the rise in the cost of living, which has been 238% in the past 12 months. The strikers asked for a 41% raise in salary.
08:39
Sub-Secretary of the Interior, Daniel Vergara, announced that he had drafted orders to arrest the director of La Segunda, the afternoon edition of the newspaper El Mercurio, and to arrest the director of Radio Agricultura. Vergara said these medias broadcasted false news. After the disturbances, Allende emphasized that the doors of the palace are open to the workers, whoever they may be. This from Excélsior of Mexico City.
09:09
Right-wing provocation seems to be on the rise in Chile. Besides the Right's involvement in the current miner strike, Chile Hoy reported last week evidence of a plot against the popular unity government. Roberto Thieme, a Chilean Fascist, declared to the Paraguayan press last week that to bring down the government of Salvador Allende is the only way to destroy the Marxism that pervades Chilean society. Thieme is presently on a tour of Paraguay, Bolivia, and Brazil, openly plotting against the government of Chile. He abandoned his political asylum in Argentina to seek support for his conspiracy. Brazil and Bolivia are the primary training grounds for the leadership of "Patria y Libertad", the Chilean Fascist organization of which Thieme is a leader.
09:53
Thieme is seeking economic and military aid from Paraguay, Bolivia, and Brazil, three countries which speak loudly in the international arena of the principle of non-intervention and which are good examples of the undemocratic dictatorship that the burning patriot Thieme proposes for Chile. This report from Chile Hoy.
10:14
On June 21st, 1955, Juan Perón was deposed by the military in Argentina and sent into exile. For this reason, he chose June 21st, 1973 as the date of his triumphant return to Argentina. Opinião of Rio de Janeiro comments on what Perón's role will be in the new Peronist administration. On the domestic front, Perón will play the father figure trying to keep peace in the movement and balancing the demands of the older technocrats in the established labor bureaucracy against those of the younger radicals who want to mobilize the population for deep social change immediately. Opinião quotes Perón as saying, "I have to reconcile the two groups. I cannot favor one or the other, even if one of them is correct." Perón will be the final arbitrator of domestic issues when conflicts arise between factions.
11:03
Opinião continues by noting that in foreign affairs, Perón will also have a crucial role as a super diplomat. In a few weeks, he will visit China to sign a trade agreement. He also intends to travel throughout Latin America to capture the leadership position for Argentina in the new wave of nationalism sweeping the continent. Finally, it is expected that he will appear at the coming UN General Assembly. Opinião concludes that the new administration in Argentina is making Perón the indispensable man in the government. This is dangerous, however, since Perón is 78 years old. This from Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
11:43
Despite the careful formulations of the new Peronist government's economic team in Argentina, the continuing effective agitation by leftist organizations suggest serious confrontations for Perón to deal with after his return to Buenos Aires this month. Latin America Newsletter comments on the strategies of some of the Argentine guerrilla groups. In open press conferences last week, leaders of the Ejército Revolucionario del Pueblo, ERP, the Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias, FAR, and the Montoneros described to reporters their policies with regard to the new government.
12:18
Despite their differences, the Marxist ERP, which now rejects the label Trotskyist, and the various Peronist organizations, seem likely to follow similar tactics. The ERP will need to fund itself by further kidnappings of foreign businessmen, but both groups are likely to concentrate on building support at a base level in factories and the working class districts of the large cities.
12:40
According to Latin America, both the ERP and the Peronist guerrilla leaders described foreign monopolists, local oligarchs, and the armed forces as the principal enemies of the change in Argentina. The ERP, which split shortly before the March elections over the attitude the movement should adopt towards Héctor Cámpora's electoral campaign seems to have modified its position. The movement's best-known leader told reporters that the ERP would not attack the government directly, and last week it released its two political prisoners, both of whom were military officers.
13:16
Pressure on the government is being brought in a number of ways, according to Latin America. Government buildings and hospitals are occupied by militants demanding better working conditions and pay for nurses and cleaners. Butchers' shops are invaded by housewives determined to enforce official price controls. Student mobilization led to the appointment of new university authorities. The release of 400 guerrillas has led to a widespread movement for an improvement in prison conditions.
13:44
At some point, there will be a military reaction to the present popular triumph, but when that moment comes, the army will face far more determined, popular opposition than has been possible during the past six years, even though the present atmosphere of revolutionary carnival will not persist.
14:02
Of course, very much depends on Perón, says Latin America, who returned last week and doubtless feels his well-proven political skills will enable him to handle turbulence from any quarter, left or right.
14:13
But Argentina is not the same as it was when he left involuntarily 18 years ago. And although he may be counting on the popular mobilization by young revolutionaries to avoid any recurrence of the disaster that occurred in 1955, it remains to be seen whether he can hold them in check today. This analysis is from the London Weekly Latin America.
15:02
This week's feature concerns the military dictatorship in Brazil. The following interview with Brazilian exile, Jean Marc von der Weid was made while he was on a national speaking tour sponsored by the Washington-based Committee Against Repression in Brazil. Von der Weid was a student leader in Rio when he was imprisoned and tortured in 1969. He was subsequently released from prison in 1971 along with 69 fellow prisoners in exchange for the kidnapped Swiss ambassador to Brazil. We asked Jean Marc von der Weid about his involvement in the student movement in Brazil.
15:32
Well, I was president of the National Union of the Brazilian Students, and I was elected in 1968 in an underground congress. The student movement was strongly opposed to the Brazilian dictatorship that came to power in 1964 by the overthrow of the constitutional government of João Goulart. The National Union was banned, was out-ruled in 1965, and it went underground, but it had a normal support the support of the overwhelming majority of the university students in Brazil, and I was elected with the participation of 200,000 students.
16:11
The university students in Brazil were fighting for some specific goals, at the beginning against the repression on university, and again, the banishment—the decree that closed the National Union of Brazilian Students and fighting for the right of a free association. And also, they began to fight against the whole system of dictatorship and oppression, not only on students, but also on all the Brazilian society. So, we criticized the repression on the working class and the trade unions and on the peasant leagues and all the imprisonments and everything.
16:53
And also, we had a specific problem in terms of the university that was the military government proposed university reform based on a US aid program that should transform the public university in Brazil in a private foundation. And already, two American foundations were proposing to invest on that. Those foundations were the Rockefeller and the Ford Foundation. And so we strongly opposed to that and for two reasons. One is that in general, the middle class student has not the money to pay for the university so lots of us would have to quit.
17:41
And another point that we didn't want the American foundations, that means foreign foreign enterprises, to control the universities in Brazil. We thought this would be against the national interest of the Brazilian people. And so we fought against this reform in a very successful way. In a way, until today, they could not, let's say, completely impose it.
18:09
And finally, in general, in a very general analysis, we knew that our specific problem in terms of university reform or freedom of association at university was closely linked with the problems of the Brazilian society in general. So, we were fighting for the liberation of the Brazilian people from foreign domination. So, we saw that, for example, that if it was necessary for the American money to dominate the Brazilian university, that exist because they dominated already the Brazilian industry so they needed to adapt the university to their needs on the industry.
18:54
So, we began a very strong anti-imperialistic campaign in Brazil. And this campaign, one of the big points of it was the 1969 demonstrations against the visit of Governor Rockefeller to Brazil. And this was one of the charges on my trial in 1970.
19:20
Could you describe your imprisonment and torture and then later release?
19:23
Well, in 1969, the end of '68 and during 1969, well, I was already—how do you say this in English?—being searched by the Brazilian political police because of my role as student leader. And they took 24 hours to identify me as a student leader, as the person they were searching. And when they did so, they transported me to the Island of Flowers. That was the Marine battalion headquarters where the Navy information service worked.
20:02
And then I was submitted to a continuous torture during four days and four nights. And this torture consisted on electric shocks, beatings on the kidneys, well, almost—on the whole body, on the head, very strongly on the head in the kind of torture they call telephone. And also, I was all the time suspended by hands and feet from a rope and then spanked and received electric shocks in that position. There were also some other things like drowning or a false firing squad.
20:42
Well, then I spent almost one year and a half in prison in the Island of Flowers and then in the air force base of Rio, and in very bad conditions. We were threatened several times to be shot, those they considered irrecuperable? Yeah.
21:03
And I was released in January '71 in exchange of the release of the kidnapped Swiss ambassador who was kidnapped by a revolutionary organization in Rio. And then I was sent to Santiago with 69 other political prisoners.
21:27
And what's been your activity since then?
21:31
Well, I have been traveling around in North America, mainly in Canada, and Europe and also Santiago, Chile, to denounce the violations of human rights and the crimes of the Brazilian dictatorship and to develop a consciousness, an awareness on the international public opinion to that and to develop pressure on the Brazilian dictatorship, at least to limit the level of violence they're using today.
22:04
Who supports the military?
22:05
Well, the support of the Brazilian dictatorship is a very narrow one. They just have the military forces, and even the military forces are divided in different factious groups. And they have the support of a very small strata of the Brazilian upper class, perhaps 5% of the Brazilian population. And these people are those who are profiting from the exploitation of the 95 million Brazilians who are suffering this economic miracle. And these are, let's say, the Brazilian supporters of the military dictatorship.
22:53
But the main supporters of the military dictatorship or the foreign powers, like the United States and other investors in Brazil, like Germany, Japan, Switzerland, France, Italy, Belgium, Holland, Sweden, England. All them—Canada, are big investors in Brazil. And the US are the most important investors. The American money controls, let's say it's 55% of the whole foreign investment. And they control 75% of the capital goods production and the durable goods production and 52% of the non-durable goods. So, our economy is completely controlled by foreign investment and mainly US investment.
23:49
To guarantee these investments, the American policy in Brazil is to support the military dictatorship with the Military Assistance Act and with the public safety program of the US aid. And that even a direct, let's say, diplomatic support for the General Médici, who is the current dictator. So, it's very clear that the American strategy for Brazil is to make Brazil the privileged satellite of the United States in economic, political, and military terms.
24:37
And the Brazilian army is being prepared, as the Brazilian generals say themselves, to face the internal and external war at the same time, if necessary. That means to oppress the Brazilian people and people from other nations in the continent. So, there's a kind of Vietnamization of Latin America, if we can say so. The Brazilian armed forces are being prepared to fight for the American interest in the whole Latin America. And this can provoke in this next 10 years, let's say, a general conflict and a general struggle in Latin America.
25:18
Can you give some incidents of how Brazil has played this gendarme role in Latin America?
25:24
Yeah, there are two good examples. One is Bolivia. Brazil has prepared the Colonel Banzer's coup d'état of 1971 since the '70s, since the General Torres came to power in 1970. And in the first attempt of the coup d'état that failed, the one that failed at the beginning of '71, a Brazilian brigade invaded the border of Bolivia and had to come back when the coup failed. Then, they prepared it better and giving weaponry and money and a kind of base, let's say, a Rio guard base to the reactionary rebels of Colonel Banzer. And so Banzer's government is a satellite from Brazil right now, and the Brazilian troops has received order to invade and occupy Santa Cruz if the coup d'état not work in La Paz.
26:29
That was an interview with Brazilian exile Jean Marc von der Weid. You have been listening to Latin American Press Review, a weekly selection and analysis of important events and issues in Latin America, as seen by leading world newspapers, with special emphasis on the Latin American press.
LAPR1973_06_28
00:19
Excélsior reports from Argentina, "On June 17th, Juan Perón returned to Argentina after 17 years of exile, but an armed conflict prevented a planned welcoming ceremony at the airport in Buenos Aires. A bloody skirmish occurred and 12 people were killed, 200 wounded. The confrontation broke out when gunmen, hiding in a nearby forest, began firing at members of the Peronist Youth Movement who were maintaining order near the speaker's platform. The Perónist Youth Movement returned fire, responding to the original shower of bullets."
00:51
"Gunfire from pistols and machine guns lasted some 30 minutes. Thousands of people fled or threw themselves on the ground to avoid the crossfire. The attackers cut electrical cables that fed microphones and loudspeakers on the stage and in surrounding areas. After communications were restored, a shrieking siren drowned out the shooting. Later that evening, Perón spoke over the radio to thank supporters for going to the airport to greet him, and declared to the country that he was safe. At this point, it is unclear who was responsible for the gun battle." This report from Excélsior.
01:25
Word from Rio de Janeiro indicates that the problem of the presidential succession in Brazil has been solved. Since the 1964 revolution, civilians have had little say in major political decisions in Brazil, especially about who would be president. In 1964, '67, and '69, the new president came from the ranks of generals on active duty, and it was the army itself which decided which general would hold office. The same will be true this year. On June 18th, President Medici announced that Brazil's new president will be General Ernesto Geisel, presently head of the state's petroleum monopoly.
02:03
Geisel, 65 years old, has had a very successful military career, including service at Brazil's prestigious Superior War College and at the Army Command and General Staff College in the United States. Interestingly enough, he's a Lutheran, in a country which is over 90% Roman Catholic. This is just one indication of the fact that what counted in his selection for the presidency was his support in the army and not other political considerations.
02:30
Press opinion on the significance of Geisel's selection is divided. The weekly newsletter Latin America sees Geisel as a liberal who will open the political system to civilians on the left. It also feels that Geisel will take a more nationalistic stance in foreign policy and economic affairs. This will mean more state investment and a less favorable policy towards foreign capital, according to Latin America.
02:54
The Manchester Guardian agrees that liberalization and nationalism are distinct possibilities when Geisel becomes president. However, it raises the question of how much change the Army will accept. Geisel's main problem will be to avoid a split in the Army. As the Manchester Guardian concludes, "Each president of Brazil since 1964 has promised a return to democracy, but none has actually brought it about."
03:18
Opinião of Rio de Janeiro does not expect any great changes with Geisel as president. It notes that in his career, the general has never opted for radical breaks with past policies. In every one of his posts, he has followed the policies of the government and instituted changes very slowly. Opinião concludes that Geisel's selection is far from representing a radical shift in the government's direction. This report was from Latin America, the Manchester Guardian, and Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
03:47
The principal inter-American organization is now undergoing close scrutiny by its members. At the last general meeting of the Organization of American States, or OAS, held earlier this year, all observers agreed that the organization was in trouble. It no longer commanded respect in the hemisphere and was deeply divided on ideological issues. The major criticism was directed at the United States for wielding too much power in the OAS and for trying to impose a Cold War mentality on the organization.
04:16
In late June, a special committee to reform the OAS convened in Lima, Peru. The Mexican Daily Excélsior reports that the Argentinian delegation to the conference has taken the lead in demanding radical reforms in the OAS. The Assistant Secretary of State of Argentina urged delegates to form one single block against the United States in Latin America. This block would fight against foreign domination of the southern hemisphere.
04:42
According to Excélsior, the Argentine then told the meeting that any idea of solidarity between the United States and Latin nations was a naive dream. He suggested that the delegates create a new organization which does not include the United States. "Any institution which included both Latins and Yankees," he said, "would lead only to more frustration and bitterness." Finally, the Argentine diplomat asked the committee to seek Cuban delegates, who are formally excluded from the OAS at this time.
05:11
Excélsior continues. Argentina's delegation has denied reports that it will walk out of the OAS if its demands are not met. They have made it clear, however, that they are very unhappy with the US dominated nature of the organization.
05:25
Chile's delegation is taking a different position during the meetings in Lima. "We have never thought about excluding the United States from the OAS," explained Chilean representative. "We believe a dialogue is necessary." He added, however, that the OAS must be restructured to give the organization equilibrium, something which does not exist now.
05:45
The committee to reform the OAS has until November to formulate suggestions for change. At this point, it is impossible to say how far-reaching the changes will be. If the OAS is to survive at all however, the United States will have to play a much less dominant role in the future. This report from Excélsior of Mexico City.
06:04
The Peruvian government of General Velasco Alvarado, according to the Manchester Guardian, is presently facing its most serious internal challenge since its seized power in 1968. Both the Guardian and the British Weekly Latin America report that there have been several confrontations over the past months between the government and organized labor. There is general dissatisfaction among the working classes with regard to the newly instituted pensions law, which substitutes retirement at age 60 for the previous arrangement of retiring after 25 years of work. Another reason for general labor unrest is the government's attempt to dissolve the various political trade unions into a single union controlled by the regime.
06:47
Both British weeklies view the current crisis as a consequence and a test of the particular brand of nationalism implemented by this military regime in their attempt to institute a revolution from above and to steer a course between capitalism and communism. Chile Hoy offers a discussion of the current director of the Peruvian CAEM agency, which provides historical and interpretive background to the current Peruvian military regime in an attempt to explain why its policies sometimes baffled the left and the right alike.
07:17
A government which has nationalized the US controlled international petroleum company, a government which has instituted the most comprehensive agrarian reform on the continent since the Cuban Revolution, and which is the first country in Latin America to reestablish diplomatic relations with Cuba, is also a government which continues to offer attractive concessions to foreign business investors and encourages foreign control of many sectors of the economy. The contradictions of such policies are apparent.
07:46
What kind of transformation did the Peruvian armed forces undergo to make possible the particular approach of the present nationalist government? The Peruvian official quoted in Chile Hoy traces the preparation for change back to a realization after World War II that the capacity of a nation to guarantee its own security depends on the degree of its development. A country whose economic interests are subordinate to another country is not truly sovereign. But any attempt to reach a solution to the problem of Peru's underdevelopment inevitably involved the adoption of far-reaching institutional changes.
08:23
There was an awareness that the armed forces as an institution must divest itself of the traditional myths of its apolitical nature, its conservative character, and the strict definition of its professional sphere of action. The formation in the 1950s of CAEM, the Center for Advanced Military Studies, was to have a profound impact on every subsequent generation of Peruvian military men. Over half of the members of the present ruling Junta share the common experience of attending special courses at the center.
08:55
Chile Hoy's Peruvian analyst views the social origins of the Army's officer corps as a secondary factor in explaining the break with traditional alignments between the military and the Peruvian oligarchy. Because of their ethnic mixture of Indian and Spanish blood, and their provincial origins, Peruvian officers were far removed from the traditional centers of economic and political power. The policy of rotation exposed the officers to several different parts of the country during their career, giving them a direct acquaintance with the particular problems of each region. Finally, the political impact of the guerrilla movements brought the true nature of Peru's structural problems to light and demonstrated the need to alleviate the situation before the existing tensions were unleashed in violent revolution.
09:43
In 1962, the Army took control of the government for 10 months to ensure elections. Then, in 1968, convinced that no other group was qualified to accomplish the task at hand, they instituted themselves as Peru's existing government. A balance sheet of the first five years indicates increased concessions to the interest of foreign investors, a slowing down of the agrarian reform, a waning of initial popular support, and an increase in repressive measures against dissenting sectors of the population.
10:18
Current political tensions in the country are explained by some commentators as the result of Velasco Alvarado's recent absence from government due to a leg amputation. Other observers, however, see the current tensions as an expression of the contradictions which this type of nationalist capitalist experiment must inevitably incur. They see the Peruvian government's inability to find an adequate solution as a warning to other Latin American countries who are set on a similar course. This report from the Manchester Guardian, Latin America, and Chile Hoy.
10:53
Chile Hoy reports from Uruguay. "Few of the diplomatic appointments of the Nixon administration will be as significant as that of Ernest Siracusa, a veteran ambassador who will be taking over the US Embassy in Montevideo. Siracusa has served in various Latin American countries; Mexico, Honduras, Guatemala, Argentina, Peru, and Bolivia. In Bolivia, he arrived just as a military coup had opened up possibilities of a nationalistic takeover. In this latter case, he seems to have performed well. Bolivian workers organizations attribute a very influential role to him in the defeat of progressive forces and the setting up of a military dictatorship. It has been suggested that he is linked less to the Department of State than to the CIA."
11:40
Whatever the exact nature of his ties, his next assignment will be Uruguay. Chile Hoy predicts that his mission in Uruguay will be largely to convince certain military leaders that nationalist politics are not appropriate to Uruguay, and encourage the rightist generals that the Brazilian model of military control and close alliance with the United States is desirable.
12:03
Meanwhile, Chile Hoy continues, "In Santiago, a committee formed of certain leftist Uruguayan groups gave a conference last month in which they documented repression in their country. Since 1968, when the constitutional government was transformed into a type of military civilian dictatorship, the Army has had a free hand in dealing with dissenters."
12:26
"The statistics are impressive. In less than a year, the joint armed forces killed 43 men and four women. The form of death was typically sinister. Four died from excessive torture. One was thrown off a four-story roof. There were two suicides of people anticipating more torture, 21 were merely riddled with bullets, and the rest were finished off in various armed confrontations. The estimated number of political prisoners is more than 4,000. In a country of less than 3 million inhabitants, this comes down to one political prisoner per 750 citizens." This report from Chile Hoy, a Santiago weekly.
13:06
Latin America reports on the growing crisis in Chile. The Gulf between the government of President Salvador Allende and the opposition grew wider this week, after a series of confrontations which worsened the already tense and deteriorating situation. The government's refusal to allow striking miners from El Teniente mine to hold a meeting in Santiago provoked 48 hours of rioting in the capitol, in which a Brazilian student was killed.
13:32
Allende's attempts to defuse the situation, by meeting with leaders of the strikers, met with rebuffs and rebukes. Not however from the opposition, but from the communist and socialists, who told Allende, "This is no time for vacillation and weakness." For their part, the opposition remains critical and some sectors of it claim to have discovered a new and devastating constitutional means of deposing Allende and calling fresh elections.
13:58
That the present situation cannot continue is blatantly obvious. The disruption to the country's economic life has reached alarming proportions. The copper strike alone has resulted in a loss of almost 1/10th of last year's export earnings from copper. But in the past week, attitudes have hardened still further, and the prospects for reconciliation are, if anything, more remote. As both government and opposition forces prepared this week for mass rallies in their support, they made it clear that they were not going to negotiate any longer. This report from Latin America.
15:01
Our feature this week concerns Latin immigrants in the United States. Their status, their role in the US economy, and recent actions by the immigration service, which appear aimed to shift the blame for the nation's economic and social problems to the immigrant.
15:18
A recent article in The Guardian reported that there are mounting signs that a new anti-alien drive is underway to turn neighbors into scapegoats for unsolved social problems. Without fanfare, since mid-1972, immigration authorities have conducted dragnet raids, victimizing thousands on the street, outside a movie theater, at bus stops, at a dance hall, anywhere if they were dark skinned and looked Latin American. More than 2000 persons, most of them Chicanos, demonstrated in Los Angeles, June 16th to protest massive deportations of people of Mexican ancestry by the United States Immigration and Naturalization service.
15:57
The immigration service, a branch of the Justice Department, began rounding up persons who were supposedly here illegally, arresting more than 1000 people last May 23rd in drag net raids throughout Los Angeles and Orange County. Since then, more than 6,700 people, most of them of Mexican descent, have been arrested and forced to sign papers agreeing to voluntary repatriation.
16:21
As the Guardian points out, the raids have resembled more a Gestapo roundup than a deportation campaign, with the immigration service setting up roadblocks in the Chicano community of East Los Angeles and checking drivers and passengers for proof of citizenship. In addition, immigration service agents have also been arresting people at bus stations, restaurants, on their jobs, and have been breaking into private homes.
16:47
In one instance, the immigration service bursted into a Catholic church service, dragging out more than 200 people. In another case, agents tore down a window screen and climbed into a house, taking away an 11-year-old boy who was there all alone. Later, the parents returned to find the doors wide open and the house empty, only to be informed by neighbors that the boy had been deported to Tijuana, Baja, California, some 130 miles away.
17:15
The deportees have been taken to the Long Beach Naval Station, where they are kept handcuffed overnight before they are shipped across the border. Reporters have stated that immigration officials have removed handcuffs when news reporters have come to inspect the camp. Furthermore, news sources have reported that mothers were unable to attend to their children because their hands are manacled.
17:36
"The deportation", says the Guardian, "have increased to astronomical proportions over the last two years and have begun to resemble the campaign of 1954, when more than one and a half million people were deported, many of whom were United States citizens of Mexican ancestry. In 1971, the immigration service booted out more than 250,000 people, and last year more than 450,000 people were deported, most of them Latins or Mexicans."
18:05
The Institute for Social Research at the National Autonomous University of Mexico has documented many of these deportations and has discovered that most of the deportees were poor agricultural laborers, who were kicked out after harvest time and without a cent. The author of this study also said that these Mexicans live in the United States in a situation of complete slavery, with terrible working conditions imposed by the owners and without any regard for the precepts of law or humanity. This story appeared in The Guardian.
18:38
Despite allegations to the contrary, immigrant labor contributes more to the US economy than it receives in return. A recent study entitled "Workers Without Visas", a permanent part of the workforce and economy of the United States, makes some startling revelations about the true status of these workers. Published in the latest issue of the magazine of the World Federation of Trade Unions, the article was written jointly by Umberto Corona, Secretary of the Center for Autonomous Social Action, a Los Angeles based organization dedicated to defending the rights of immigrant workers, and Lorenzo Torres.
19:13
Mexican workers without visas in this country do in fact pay taxes. Actually, they pay more taxes than all other residents or workers on the same amount of wages earned. The Internal Revenue Service denies these workers the right to deduct for dependents, even though their dependents may be US citizens or permanent residents. Mexican workers without documents also pay for Social Security benefits through their regular weekly payroll deductions. They cannot, however, collect these benefits when they need them most, when old or sick.
19:47
According to Corona and Torres, these workers cannot take advantage of labor law enforcement rights and facilities when employers refuse to pay wages, overtime pay, vacation, pay, pensions, or even the minimum wage. If they complain, the employer calls the immigration agents and out they go across the border. When these workers cannot produce papers proving citizenship or permanent residency, they are denied welfare benefits, even though they have been workers in this country for years. When jobless, many times they're not able to collect unemployment insurance benefits, despite years of steady work
20:22
In many areas, their children are refused public schooling and are not eligible for scholarships. They have no recourse in civil court for fear of deportation. During the arrest and detention process, prior to deportation, they're denied due process, the right to counsel, to bail, to appeal, on grounds that they're not criminals. They're merely being detained under administrative procedure, the immigration service argues. Finally, but most importantly, they cannot vote and so have absolutely no political recourse.
20:56
Corona and Torres consider that special mention must be made of the terrible injustices being committed daily against hundreds of thousands of deported families, particularly children, but also spouses who are United States citizens. They are unable to return to the land of their birth simply because the breadwinner in their family has no visa.
21:14
The United States economy benefits from the presence of immigrants without visas in yet other ways. The US economizes on the expenses for health, education, and whatever vocational training the immigrant worker receives prior to joining the labor force. The US bears neither the expenses of youth nor of old age, for when one worker without visa is too old, no longer profitable enough, he is deported to the country of origin or simply denied Social Security benefits.
21:43
Immigrant workers, particularly the ones without documents, represent not only a great saving for the US capitalist society at large, but also for the individual capitalists who employs them. In the Southwest, agribusineses has been based in great part on the supply of workers without visas as a source of cheap labor. In more recent years, industry and business in the urban areas have also been taking advantage of the worker without papers, by paying them substandard wages. It is the lowest of the lowest paid jobs, the most arduous, the dirtiest, and the most undesirable to which the immigrant, particularly the one without papers, is assigned.
22:25
Corona and Torres said that in many industries where machines have displaced highly paid workers, these companies have also introduced the use of immigrant Mexican and other Latin American workers without visas at the lowest of wages to perform the rationalized operations that then feed the automated ones. They contend that companies are not interested in automating the very dangerous, unhealthy, or backbreaking jobs when they can pay meager wages for them.
22:52
Many employers hire these workers knowing full well their legal status. When they don't bend to his particular whims, the employer calls the immigration agents. If demand slackens and he must cut his workforce, the employer might withhold wages for a while. When the workers become restive. However, he'll call the immigration service and thus avoid further payment. The bosses can hire these workers for a 10 to 14 hour day for as little as a $1.00 to a $1.30 an hour.
23:21
Corona and Torres say that corporations and government place the blame for the ills of the nation on the immigrant, particularly the illegal one. Some trade unions, adopting this line of reasoning as their own, further argue that these workers block the organizing of unions in industries where they predominate. This is true. These workers are a source of cheap labor for the employer. So long as they remain unorganized, they do exert pressures on the wages of all other workers.
23:49
Some unions have sought an easy way out. They've ignored shops with large concentrations of workers without visas. In some cases, they report them to immigration agents. These unions reject these workers on the pretext that their vulnerability makes them good prey for employers who want to break a strike.
24:07
The approach of the United Farm Workers and other progressive unions has been to include the immigrant without papers in union membership and strike activity. In Hawaii, the International Longshoremen's and Warehouse Men's Union defended foreign workers, Filipinos, Okinawans, Japanese, and other Asians from deportation and the threat of it by plantation owners. The union also used natives of these countries as organizers who would travel with the migrant stream during the on and the off season. It was the only way the union could shield itself against the employer's encroachment and promote unity within this labor pool all year long.
24:49
As recently as last year, the United Farm Workers successfully applied the same tactic during the Yuma organizing strike drive along the Arizona, Baja California border. Here, the union convinced Mexican workers not to scab, and from among them, recruited some of the best organizers for the duration of the strike.
25:07
Coupled with welcoming these workers into the ranks of labor, these unions and community groups argue that a national drive, such as being spearheaded by the Center for Autonomous Social Action, must be given full support by labor and other sections of the population for rejection of laws that restrict the rights of immigrants. They contend that anti-scab legislation is the key to guaranteeing the rights of those and all other workers. Otherwise, the employer will inevitably use workers without documents, who may already be disenchanted with a union that doesn't care for their wellbeing, against the rest of the workforce.
25:43
Immigrants traditionally feel that they have the right to fight for their existence anywhere on the globe. "Mexicans," continues Corona, "don't view their presence here in any way as an intrusion. Mexican families in the United States are descendants of those who colonized, peopled, and developed what is known as the American Southwest long before 1776."
26:09
They ended their article with a warning. "We see the revival of an anti-alien hysteria and jingoism that seeks to place the blame upon Mexican and other Latin American workers for the loss of jobs that have been brought about by automation, termination of certain war contracts, defense spending shifts, space contract cutbacks, and runaway shops, the importation of goods from low wage countries, the closing down of not so profitable operations, and the accompanying lack of planning for the future fate of the workers that are displaced. The allegations against immigrant workers," Corona and Torres charge, "are a phony escape valve to further divide workers, to confuse them, and to divert them from taking joint action against the real culprits, the businesses for which they work."
26:54
The immigration service's recent crackdown on illegal aliens is further described in an article from the New York, Daily World. The article describes the experiences of farm worker and United States citizen Armando Muñoz, who was deported from Florida and sent to Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula. After two months of frequent cold and sleepless nights, and a 1,200 mile journey, Muñoz reached Matamoros just across the border from Texas, where he called relatives. They hurried across the border with Muñoz's birth certificate, proving his US citizenship and took him back to Texas.
27:32
Muñoz is now suing the immigration service for $25,000 in damages. Munoz's experience is typical of what happens yearly to thousands of US citizens, permanent residents, and workers without visas of Mexican origin, who are whisked across the border without a hearing when they cannot produce documents on the spot.
27:52
Some observers see the recent flurry of activity on the part of the immigration service as being prompted by disclosures of corruption. Top immigration officials and Attorney General Kleindienst are among those who have been implicated in cases of corruption, first disclosed by the New York Times. 11 persons, including seven immigration officers, have so far been indicted by the Department of Justice.
28:15
The federal investigation found that at least one high official is engaged in illegal activity at every major point of entry along the 2,000 mile United States Mexican border. The investigation reveals that immigration officials smuggle drugs and immigrants and sell false documents. Some have raped Mexican women or have traded entry documents for the women's sexual favors. When in their custody, workers without visas who refuse to do their bidding or answer questions have been beaten with lead weighted gloves. In collusion with employers, immigration officials have robbed workers of their wages by conducting a raid just before pay time, in return, receiving cash, or other kinds of payoff.
28:56
The information for this report was drawn from The Guardian, the Daily World, the New York Times, and the World Trade Union Magazine.
LAPR1973_07_05
00:21
While wiretaps, break-ins, and other acts of political espionage are being revealed in connection with the Watergate case, certain events evolving, Chilean officials raised the possibility of an entirely new dimension to the allegations against the US government. According to the New York City Police, the Manhattan home of the Chilean Ambassador to the United Nations was illegally entered in April of 1971. While a few valuables were reported missing, the ransacking of important papers and documents leads observers to believe the break-in was not an ordinary burglary.
00:50
Also, at approximately the same time as the break-in at the Democratic National Headquarters in the Watergate Hotel, the Chilean embassy was illegally entered. It has been suggested that the intruders may have been looking for documents related to the Chilean expropriation of IT&T or evidence of ties between Cuba and Chile. When viewed alongside recent Watergate revelations of US government wiretaps of foreign embassies, these mysterious break-ins raised serious questions about the diplomatic techniques of the United States government. This from the Santiago Weekly, Chile Hoy.
01:26
Latin America reports from Uruguay. In late June, president Juan Bordaberry finally succumbed to military pressure and decreed the formal death of the ailing body of Uruguay and constitutional democracy. His surrender to the military has been on the cards ever since the armed forces pressed political demands on the civilian government and forced it virtually into a junior partnership.
01:46
Since then, Bordaberry and parliament, though often in conflict themselves, managed to stage something of a comeback by taking advantage of divisions within the armed forces, but the real power remained with the army. The last straw came when Congress refused a military request transmitted through Bordaberry for the parliamentary immunity of the left-wing Senator Erro to be lifted, so that he could be charged with being allegedly the civil leader of the Tupamaros, Uruguay's Urban Guerrilla Group.
02:12
Senator Erro, a tireless critic of the Uruguay government, has strongly denounced the tortures and other abuses practiced by the Bordaberry regime and had become an obvious thorn in the government's side. Erro was interviewed by the Chilean Weekly Chile Hoy shortly before the official military takeover. He was asked:
02:31
"How would you characterize the present Uruguayan government?"
02:35
"Power is firmly in the hands of the military regardless of the appearances they maintain. Because President Bordaberry and his cabinet can draw up a decree, but they must take it to the National Security and Police Council, and if the military doesn't like it, they'll throw it in the trash."
02:50
"To what political tendency do most of the military leaders belong?"
02:54
"To the right wing? Some of them tried to disguise themselves as Peruanistas. Followers of the nationalistic Peruvian military, but they can't fool anyone.
03:04
Which are the most important milestones, which mark the military's rise to power in Uruguay. "
03:09
"Ex President Areco called the Army to intervene against the alleged sedition by revolutionary groups in September 1971. In April 1972, one day after the Tupamaros executed several members of the para police force called the Death Squad, parliament voted a state of internal siege under the pretense that there would be a coup if this measure were not taken. With this step, we say that a button was pressed to put the military on the streets, and we ask, where is the second button, which will return them to their barracks? They never returned. And so it is an irreversible act, which we must now deal with.
03:48
But the arrests of thousands of persons has produced what is called the dialectic of the barracks. Can you explain this?"
03:55
The Uruguayan army has become a torturer. It commits savage tortures and assassinations, but the moment arrives when the torturer begins to realize that the prisoner is showing him an image of the country which he did not recognize before. A country full of misery, exploited dependent where a few become rich, both inside and outside of the law. Young officials began to discover that the citizens which had been persecuted were teaching them many truths, and these young officers began to investigate financial scandals, which should have jailed very in influential persons.
04:29
Then the army intervened to stomp these investigations. And he proceeded to imprison a money changer here, an accountant there, a customs house broker. In short, the little fishes, while the big ones remained free, the high military officers betrayed the young officials and consolidated their power.
04:49
"What solution do you see for the crisis in Uruguay?"
04:53
"Popular mobilization. There is no army which can contain an organized and mobilized population, and our people are losing their fear. Remember that when President Bordaberry called on the people to defend the state institutions, which were crumbling, of course, he mobilized only 40 or 50 persons. On the other hand, and excuse me for referring to myself here, when the problem of my expulsion from Parliament arose, we organized a caravan through the entire capital city. We filled a municipal plaza with 20,000 persons, and the people stood overnight. Outside the legislature, it is clear popular mobilization puts a break on personal ambitions."
05:32
Ero's predictions and comments turned out to have a large element of truth. His description of the armed forces has obviously been born out by recent events. However, popular mobilization in response to this has not been successful. The Miami Herald reports that the half million member National Workers Convention called a general strike to protest Bordaberry's actions and shutting down most factories and closing the port. Telephone operators refuse to accept international calls except in cases of emergency.
06:00
A strike caused fuel shortages, which threatened to halt transportation. The strike stopped publication of all newspapers. The afternoon daily, Axion, was ordered to halt publication after an editorial term, the Bordaberry action a coup. The military, however, apparently had things in hand using troops to man crucial production areas such as oil. It was declared that no elections would take place until 1976.
06:24
James Nelson Goodsell of the Christian Science Monitor gives a more historical analysis of these events. "The recent military actions have ended representative rule." He writes. "In a country that was once a model democracy. Uruguay traditionally has been the bulwark of parliamentary rule in Latin America. However, rampant inflation continuing strikes and lagging foreign sales have plagued the economy for several years. In political life the urban base Tupamaros upset society during the late 1960s and military intervention originally intended merely to squelch guerrilla, has unfortunately expanded." This review of events in Uruguay from Latin America, the Miami Herald, Chile Hoy and the Christian Science Monitor.
07:10
Chile Hoy carries a report by a North American correspondent who recently visited Nicaragua to see firsthand the aftermath of December's earthquake. His account of the corruption and misuse of the millions of dollars worth of goods donated from all over the hemisphere is harrowing. He was witness to the fact that the disaster relief destined for the victims of the earthquake never reached them. It was redirected instead to fill the bellies and line the pockets of Nicaragua's strong men, Tachito Samoza and his National Guard.
07:37
The accounts tell of exclusive beaches and elegant residential neighborhoods lined with canvas tents from the United States, Canada, and Germany, while victims of the earthquake still homeless, huddle under trees are improvised cardboard lintos. It tells us stores operating out of private homes where the merchandise comes from cartons labeled, "Care. US Aid", "From the people of the Dominican Republic to the Nicaraguan People" and so on.
08:03
Canned goods, clothing, electric lanterns, water purifiers, tools, even blood transfusion units in Samsonite cases are for sale in such shops. The article notes that the transfusion units are generally valued only for the case which they come in. Other stores operate out of the residences of many members of the National Guard. These cell items sacked from the most elegant monogan doors after the guard had cordoned off a 400 block area. Anastasio Somoza III, son of the present dictator and grandson of Anastasio I, who was given control of the country by the US Marines in 1933, was in charge of this cleanup operation.
08:44
The article portrays US Ambassador Shelton as Samoza's personal counselor and most unwavering ally. As a close friend and former employee of Howard Hughes and the staunch Nixon man, Shelton has a lot to offer Samoza. For instance, the $2 million check he brought to Nicaragua from Washington after the quake has now made its way through a shady land deal to Tachito Samoza's personal bank account. This from the Santiago Weekly, Chile Hoy
09:10
La Paz, Mexico. President Luis Echeverría says Mexico will expand its 12-mile offshore limit to 200 miles keeping rich fishing waters out of the reach of Americans and other foreigners. An expansion by Mexico would be opposed by American tuna fishermen and other, since it would put most of Mexico's rich shrimp beds off southeast coast off limits to foreign boats.
09:34
However, Mexico's move represents an increasing tendency among underdeveloped nations to claim a 200 mile rather than 12-mile sovereignty over resource-rich ocean space along their borders. Even nations such as Iceland and Australia traditionally allied with the United States and Europe have broken with the big powers on this issue. This from the Miami Herald.
09:55
The Miami Herald reports from Buenos Aires. Foreign businessmen and their families are quietly leaving Argentina in substantial numbers in the face of a wave of kidnapping and extortion that has frightened the entire business community of this country. Sources within the American business community here estimate that 50 American families have left already and others are preparing to go.
10:17
Numerous guerrilla organizations have made it quite clear that foreign capital is not wanted in the country. They have been very successful at bloodless kidnappings and have won some popular support by forcing US companies to pay ransom in the form of donations to slum projects, poor areas and hospitals.
10:33
Contrary to original reports of the bloody shootout last week at Ezeiza Airport in Buenos Aires, it now appears that the violence was initiated by right wing Peronists. The shooting which killed 20 and injured 200 of a massive crowd awaiting the arrival of Juan Perón was originally blamed on the youth wing of the Peronist movement. According to the London publication Latin America, however, evidence is mounting, which shows that the shooting was begun by members of the rightist general labor confederation and was directed at Peronist youth columns in the crowd.
11:09
At a recent meeting, the Organization of American States survived some vehement criticisms and emerged relatively unscathed. Argentinian diplomats reflecting the new leftist Argentinian regime objected strongly to the exclusion of Cuba from the discussions. It was also suggested that the Organization of American states be replaced by a new and specifically Latin American body. Such sentiments have also been voiced by Peru.
11:34
However, the United States still has several strong supporters on the continent. Brazil and Bolivia proved their allegiance by warning against destruction of the organization of American states. Nevertheless, even they could not agree with the US ambassador's speech, which claimed that the Organization of American States successfully served to avoid domination by any one member. This from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
12:01
Latin America reports on recent political and economic developments between Brazil and Africa. Brazil's booming economy is leading it to seek markets while supplies, and commodity agreements with certain African nations. While Brazilian diplomats are experiencing some success here, there are delicate political problems concerning Brazilian Portuguese ties. Portugal, the only remaining European power to hold outright colonies has been battling growing liberation movements in recent years.
12:29
Brazil, a former colony itself, won its independence peacefully in the 19th century, largely because of Napoleonic Wars racking the European continent. Now, Brazil seems to have eclipsed its mother country economically, but politically the two remain on the same level. Both countries are ruled by extremely repressive dictatorships.
12:47
Some members of the African Independence Movement fear actual military involvement by Brazil and Guinea-Bissau, the colony in which Portugal seems closest to military defeat. They report that Brazilian officers in Portuguese uniforms were detected in Guinea and Cabo Verde last November. Further evidence was provided by opposition groups in Portugal who reported on conversations between Brazilian officers and the Portuguese authorities in Lisbon. One concrete suggestion is believed to have been that Brazil and Portugal should establish a joint naval base in the Cabo Verde Islands. This from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
13:25
There is still very little detailed information concerning a recent coup attempt in Chile. According to a brief Miami Herald report, however, several low ranking members of the military were responsible for the coup attempt. They were arrested by pro constitution officers. The commander of the Santiago Province said the plot had been totally aborted. He declined to say whether civilians were involved in the plot. This from the Miami Herald.
13:50
Dictatorship in Bolivia may possibly be diminishing, reports Latin America. So-called President Hugo Banzer caught observers by surprise last weekend by announcing that the process of returning Bolivia to constitutional rule would begin next year. He said the concrete measures required to implement this proposal would be announced during the coming months, and that in the meantime, he would appoint a commission to study modifications to the country's electoral law. Such modifications would ensure that the law would be appropriate to the present time and to the interests of the nation.
14:23
Politicians were cheered by the announcement and seemed to have taken Banzer's somewhat vague timetable for elections to mean that they would be held next year. In fact, sources close to Banzer believe he has area intention of staying where he is for the next three years or so in order to consolidate what he regards as his particular achievements.
15:04
This week's feature deals with recent events in Chile. A recent Associated Press article summed up the Chilean situation, reporting on the resignation of several ministers as part of a political shift taking place. President Salvador Allende is moving towards less military participation in his government after revolt and attempt attempted coup by several low ranking rightist officers. About 100 members of the second armed regiment assaulted the defense ministry and presidential palace with tanks and automatic weapons. The gunfire killed 22 and wounded 34 other people, mostly civilians.
15:42
Although the revolt was easily squelched with the aid of the higher ranking military who feel a commitment to defend the Constitution, Allende decided to form a new cabinet without the participation of the armed forces. Much of the political tension leading up to this crisis arose from the controversial strike of the copper miners at Chile's biggest mine.
16:03
The strike lasted 76 days and cost Chile an estimated $60 million in lost production. Strike related violence also cost two lives and resulted in injuries to more than 100 persons. There was a great deal of controversy over the way the Allende regime professing a socialist ideology should handle disputes with their constituency, the workers. Related to this was debate over the validity of the miner's claims. While critics such as Hugo Blanco, well known South American revolutionary writing for Intercontinental Press Service, supported the minor's claims, others have been severely critical of what they term "elitist demands".
16:43
In a recent interview, David Barkin of the City College of New York questioned fellow economist Andrew Zimbalist. Zimbalist recently returned from Chile where he had been working with a government planning agency, effectively points out some of the difficulties and sides with the government. Subsequent to this interview, the minors did in fact accept a government settlement and have returned to work. However, the Chilean economy has been severely damaged. In the following interview, Zimbalist and Barkan examined the reasons for the strike as well as its political implications. This interview comes to us from Chilean newsletter produced by the What's Happening in Chile Group in New York City.
17:23
We've been reading a lot in the New York Times about the Chilean labor problems and especially the strike at El Teniente copper mine, one of the largest copper mines in the world. Most especially, we've read about a lot of violence and the fact that copper exports from Chile have been stopped because of these events. Could you comment on the coverage of those events by the New York Times and tell us a little more about what's happening?
17:51
Sure. True to form, the New York Times has succeed in completely distorting the events at this of the copper Strike. The two articles that I read this past week on the strike failed to mention what seems to me to be the most fundamental aspects. One, that it is a strike instigated by the right. Two, that the demands that the right are raising are completely illegitimate, which is to say that they're asking for that the workers of El Teniente receive a 150% readjustment for the rate of inflation when all the other workers in the country are receiving 100%.
18:26
And this would be to make the most privileged sector of workers in Chile, even more privileged. The government has, and is one of the first governments to do this in Chile, guaranteed a 100% to everybody, so nobody is hurt by inflation. The right has taken advantage of this and is trying to claim that the workers at El Teniente should get 150%, an outrageous demand not justifiable on any terms. The New York Times article did not mention this.
18:51
The other thing, and perhaps even more egregious, that the New York Times article did not mention is that today only 20% of the workers at El Teniente are on strike. 80% are working. And the workers that are on strike are workers that are in the opposition to the government, they're administrative workers, they're white collar workers, and they're not the blue collar workers. Even though the New York Times article says that this is creating a conflict between the government and the blue collar workers of the country.
19:17
The fact that it's the white collar workers that are on strike, that makes the current episode very strikingly similar to the episode last October when the truck drivers were on strike and the New York Press or the United States Press in general made it seem like it was a workers strike, when in fact it was owners of the trucks which initiated the strike, which was taking place in Chile. Is the parallel correct in looking at the current event in light of what happened last October, and can you tell us a little about why the right has chosen the copper mines as the object of their strike?
20:02
The parallel is the following that the right in October for 30 days orchestrated a general strike. The strike was a failure because it didn't have worker support. 99% of the white and blue collar workers in the country were working. The right this time around, more determined than ever, has decided that the only way they're going to get a general strike to work is to divide the working class, and they're trying to do that by using those sectors of the white collar workers where they have some support to support a political strike, and this is what they're doing.
20:33
They've tried to do that at El Teniente and they succeeded to some extent. They tried to do it at Chuquicamata, which is the other large copper mine in the north and other copper mines. In fact, labor leaders of El Teniente traveled several hundred miles to these other mines to try to instigate these strikes. They failed. They're also trying, of course, to do it in other industrial sectors, but to date have also failed. Now the second part of your question was related to—
21:01
Why they've chosen the mines themselves as the object?
21:05
Yeah, the other part of their strategy having a general strike is to affect the sector of the economy that is most vital to the economy. Copper accounts for 80% of the export earnings of Chile, or 80% of the dollars that Chile earns comes from copper. And El Teniente incidentally produces something of 50% of the copper in the country, a little bit less perhaps.
21:25
Now, Chile doesn't have the dollars to import the raw materials and the imports they need for production, and they need a lot of them because their industry has to date or up until the end, they've been based upon foreign capital and foreign technology and to service that technology, they need inputs that aren't producing the country. So if they don't have the dollars to buy those input and if they don't have the dollars to buy the food that's necessary to feed the population and other items, then the economy approaches chaos, and this is what the right is trying to do.
21:53
They're trying to create the situation of chaos to justify a military intervention which would supersede Allende. Now, there's no indication at the present that the military is disposed to do this, but the right goes ahead with the strategy of creating more and more chaos. This general strike has cost Chile some 30 million in dollars, in foreign exchange earnings. If the strike continues, it will cost them more if they generate sympathy strikes in other parts of the country amongst the white collar workers who are already in the opposition, and I should point out that somewhat around 20% of the workers in Chile are in the opposition to the government, and these workers almost universally turn out to be white collar workers, and the blue collar workers in almost a %100 of them are supporting the government.
22:40
So if the right does succeed in dividing the workers, some of the white collars from the mass of the workers, and continues to generate the sabotage, then they are hoping that the situation will call for a military intervention saying that the situation is unsalvageable in any other way. And this would of course usurp Allende's powers.
23:00
These sorts of economic problems which are being generated by a small segment of the labor force must be having repercussions throughout the rest of the country. Could you comment on that a little?
23:14
Well, as I say, they've tried, they've gone to the other mines, they've gone to other industries. They're generating other sorts of economic chaos from the black market, controlling distribution mechanisms. In fact, at El Teniente, as a means of sabotage, they've blockaded the road to the mines for the workers. The 80% that want to work have been blockaded. They've been terrorized. They've in fact blown up several factories—a factory in Concepcion that was completely destroyed.
23:42
They've intercepted distribution of industrial inputs. They intercepted, for example, during the strike of October, which was the planting season in Chile. They intercepted the distribution of seed and fertilizers, which lowered the agricultural production this year, and of course, food is a basic item, and there's no better way to make people revolt against the government than to starve them. Now, they haven't succeeded fortunately in doing that, but the strategy is to raise the level of the sabotage and raise the level of the disturbance so that there would be no other alternative but to have a military intervention.
24:17
When you talk about this industrial sabotage and problems of the white collar workers, you're talking about a very special echelon of the labor force. What about the other groups, the large members of blue collar workers, the rest of the labor force, which is in fact trying to fight this? We read about conflicts between the workers and we read even about workers being killed. Could you comment about that in the light of this?
24:48
Well, the only thing to say is that the great majority, the great great majority, and it has to be over 95% of the blue collar workers are supporting the government. Several months ago, there was a march in favor of the government and from the headquarters of the Christian Democratic Party, which is an opposition party, came some shots and killed a blue collar worker. Methods of terrorism. They'll resort to anything to try to divide workers, to scare workers. And I would say that it's going to be very hard for them to divide the blue collar workers, very hard for them to take them away from supporting the government.
25:24
This must be causing substantial sacrifices then, for the blue collar workers. I mean it's substantial problem for them, specifically if they're being prevented from going to their work at the mines, for example.
25:37
At El Teniente there are serious problems. On the whole, everybody's experiencing more problems than Chile, but we can say without hesitation that the blue collar workers today in Chile are eating much, much better. They're consuming 20% more. They have better housing, they have better facilities, better plumbing, electricity where they haven't had it before. In the factories they have medical centers, in the factories they have dental centers, in the factories they have libraries, they have cultural groups. In short, they have everything. They have a lot of things that they never had before and are very satisfied.
26:13
Nevertheless, the present crisis does add up to a great many political problems for the Allende government. To what extent is there any external participation in this current political crisis, this Chilean play of power, and is the United States involved in any way in this internal power play?
26:41
Yeah, it's very hard to see the CIA. There is indirect evidence that they're doing something. For instance, during the general strike of October, curiously, a very large amount of dollars entered the country that wasn't accounted for either by increasing exports or by loans or whatever. And one noticed this because the exchange rate for the dollar or the dollar in relationship to the escudo became much less valuable, and that only happens through the situation of supply and demand when you have more dollars.
27:13
And it was very clear then that the United States or somebody, some conduit was funneling dollars to support the strike, to support the truckers in October, the same thing is happening now. There are sorts then of this indirect evidence, but we know more directly that in Bolivia there are Brazilian and Bolivian troops mounting on the Chilean border, at which point or if they'll ever intervene. If they'll ever invade Chile, we don't know, but they're preparing to do that. We don't know if they would initiate a conflict or jump in once a conflict had been started.
27:46
One last short question, and that is these international and in internal political events which are occurring in Chile leave most of us in America in a quandary. How do we get the sort of information or how can we reinterpret the sort of information that is available in such a way that would permit us to understand better what's happening in Chile? Are there any sources of news outside the United States which might be available here? For example, the European Press. Is the European press reporting it differently and better?
28:21
Well, I'm living in Chile. I'm not all that familiar with the European Press. There are papers like Le Monde, which are in French, that report better, of course. But I can say that in New York City, there's The Guardian. And there's very good coverage in The Guardian. There's good coverage in The Nation. I understand, of course, that's not a daily paper. I would say for weekly reports on Chile, The Guardian is fine.
28:44
Thank you very much. We've been speaking with Andrew Zimbalist, who is in from Chile, where he's been working on problems of economic development in the present government of Salvador Allende.
LAPR1973_07_12
00:18
The Third Council of Latin American Public Employees recently met in Brazil. 40 union leaders at the conference, representing eight Latin nations, produced a document strongly attacking the concept and activities of multinational corporations in the third world. Opinião of Rio de Janeiro reprinted the union leader's statement. What follows are excerpts from that statement.
00:41
"Transnational and multinational corporations are, through their economic, financial, and political power, virtual states within states. More than that, many multinational corporations have more power than a majority of the nations in which they operate. Supported by the technological revolution and economies of scale, the multinationals alter or block programs of the nations and impose those that are in their interest. Such considerations as cheaper labor, a larger market, or a more favorable political atmosphere lead the multinationals to distribute their facilities in different countries, with the sole purpose of obtaining the greatest profits. This leads to uneven development in most nations where the multinationals operate."
01:24
The labor leaders then went on to list the ways multinational corporations penetrate Latin America. These include ownership of raw materials and natural resources, attraction of Latin capital to their enterprises, buying of Latin American talent, policies imposed from without, especially by the international banks, and even bribery of political labor and other leaders. The labor leaders concluded that they must join forces to battle the multinational corporations. In the first place, they must protect the members of their unions, since many multinational corporations are not covered under labor laws in Latin American countries. This means that conditions of work, pay, job security and so forth are determined solely by large companies.
02:07
But the labor leaders took a broader view of the problem. They concluded their analysis of the multinationals with the following statement: "It is necessary that the labor movement demand more and more that the easy terms under which the multinational firms operate do not continue serving only the enrichment of small groups of financiers, and the technology, scientific progress, the internationalization of production, cooperation among states, and worldwide commerce fundamentally serve our nations and those who produce this wealth." This statement from the Third Council of Latin American Public Employees was reprinted in Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
02:47
Tri-Continental News Service in New York reported this week on the expanding market in human blood, which Tri-Continental calls the ultimate commodity. The shortage of blood plasma in this country has provided some enterprising US businesses with a profitable new commodity and has created a new source of misery for the poorest people in America. Donations of blood in the United States cover only about 60% of the annual need. The deficit, about two and a half million pints, comes from people who sell their blood in order to survive. The going rate in urban slums and poor southern states of the United States is from five to $15 a pint, which the companies then sell to hospitals for up to $35.
03:30
Now, United States companies have found an even cheaper source of this strategic raw material. They have set up blood banks in half a dozen Latin American capitals, where unemployment rates of up to 50% assure a virtually unlimited supply of people willing to open up their veins for these merchants. The plentiful supply of blood has driven the price down, and prices are from $2 to $3 a pint are common.
03:54
The blood exporting countries include Haiti, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Honduras, Mexico, El Salvador, Nicaragua, Columbia, and Brazil. A recent survey carried out by the Department of Experimental Surgery at the Autonomous University of Mexico estimated that the export of blood from Mexico alone was a $10 million annual business. Latin American blood is sent to West Germany and Israel in addition to the United States.
04:21
Tri-Continental claims that many of the people who sell their blood are undernourished and anemic, and yet they will come in week after week to make their sale. The companies, which are not licensed or controlled by medical authorities, are not concerned with the loss of iron, which often results in the slow death of the chronic blood donor.
04:40
Tri-Continental suggests that the reason why such practices persist is government corruption. When defense minister Luckner Cambronne was dismissed from his post in Haiti in November 1972, it was learned that he had been a partner in Hemo Caribbean, a US controlled blood company that also has branches in the Dominican Republic. Similar financial connections have been revealed between Carlos Arana Osorio, president of Guatemala, and the Sedesa company, which exports blood from that country, and in the case of the Samosas family's holdings in blood exporting companies in Nicaragua. This report from New York's Tri-Continental News Service.
05:17
At a recent meeting of an Organization of American States Committee, the Chilean delegate denounced those who oppose modifications on the inter-American system as being tied to the United States. The Mexican daily Excélsior reported this week that the special committee for the reorganization of the inter-American system meeting in Lima, Peru re-examined the entire structure of inter-American relations.
05:42
Mexico stated that the United States must be prepared to accept certain economic changes, such as liberalization of markets, stabilization of Latin American export prices, and certain adjustments in the granting of financial and technical aid. In an intense emotional speech, which lasted almost two hours, the Chilean delegate termed ridiculous the idea that the people of Latin America and the United States have a convergence of interests.
06:11
The Chilean delegate said, "It is a lie. We are not the same. We are not of the same family. We do not have the same interests nor the same ideas, nor the same intentions. We do not want a system which will continue to contribute to the prosperity of the most powerful nation." Excélsior commented that at one point, the Chilean delegate raised his fist and pounded the table hard, sending microphones bouncing to the floor and upsetting a water pitcher.
06:36
He continued, "This should not be taken as a personal or political attack. The United States is in a powerful position both politically and economically. What then is its goal? Above all, it is the protection of that position. What are the goals of the people of Latin America? What are the goals of underdeveloped nations? To enhance our prosperity and to allow our people to build their own road to development."
07:01
The Chilean spokesman then began reading figures from an economic study. He said that, "While in the 1950s, United States invested almost $3 billion in Latin America, it extracted almost $13 billion in profits and dividends. In the period from 1960 to 1967, the imbalance was even worse. Investments totaling 985 million yielded over 6 billion in profits and dividends. Furthermore," he said, "this incredible deficit was not compensated for by financial help from the Inter-American Development Bank, the World Bank, the United States Treasury, or the International Monetary Fund." This from the Mexican daily Excélsior.
07:44
The Miami Herald reports that 30 years of democracy in Uruguay have ended in a military-backed coup by the current president Juan Bordaberry. The demise of the Switzerland of the Americas, reputed for years to be Latin America's most progressive country, has been a slow and lengthy process. Gradual Errosion of the country's economic position, runaway inflation, which reached nearly 100% last year, widespread popular opposition to governmental policies, increasing thirst for power on the part of the military, and a gradual eradication of all civil rights, these were the prelude to the events of late June.
08:22
The Manchester Guardian claimed that the response to the deterioration of government in Uruguay was to be found in increased workers' militancy, the longstanding successes and popular support won by the Tupamaros guerrilla group, the high percentage of the vote pulled by the leftist Broad Front coalition in the 1971 elections, the constant exposure and public outcry at scandals in the government, and the increased use of torture and United States developed military and police technology, which failed to either eradicate the revolutionary opposition or to satisfy demands for more effective government.
08:59
Bordaberry was driven to take a drastic step. On June 27th, he dissolved Congress. Public response came in the form of a general strike, which continues to virtually paralyze the country. Industrial production has ceased, banks have shut down, public and private transportation has come to a standstill.
09:18
To counter this popular resistance, says the Manchester Guardian, Bordaberry, in a move without precedent in Uruguayan history, declared that the country's largest and most powerful labor union shall be henceforth illegal. The leadership of the National Workers Convention went immediately underground. It is known that the government has issued a list of 52 union leaders who are to be arrested on site.
09:42
Still, the general strike continues. Despite efforts by the military and some technicians to reopen the most vital plants, striking workers have been threatened with being fired and being inducted into the army. Many have been rounded up and are being held in a large football stadium.
09:58
La Nación of Bueno Aires comments that the battle between Bordaberry and the Congress has been a long one. Congress has been fighting off its own demise since February of this year. At that time, the army intervened in the government process to force Bordaberry to set up a council of national security to be controlled by three top military officers. In March, when Congress reopened, Bordaberry proposed anti-union legislation and the institution of new security measures. He also demanded the lifting of parliamentary immunity from two opposition senators.
10:34
Congressional hearings on one of these congressmen, Enrique Erro, continued throughout April and May. Erro contended that the attack against him was motivated by his documented charges that the military had carried out illegal arrests, tortures, and murders against members of the opposition. He also uncovered evidence of US involvement in these activities. The senators refused to revoke Erros' immunity, and in the face of their opposition, the alliance between Bordaberry and the military became stronger. In April, Bordaberry appointed three military commanders in chief as official advisors to the president, and the Council for National Security began investigating and firing school teachers and principals whom they considered too liberal.
11:17
By early June, the crisis was coming to a head. Members of the opposition parties boycotted the meetings of the legislature to prevent passage of Bordaberry's repressive legislation. And on June 27th, he ordered the military to surround the congressional palace and then dissolved Congress.
11:35
Excélsior of Mexico City comments, "Those who hope for nationalist progressive solutions, somewhat along the lines of the current Peruvian government, were disappointed. The younger and more progressive officers were outmaneuvered by the Army's nationalist conservative wing, who have consistently called for a more authoritarian regime and who are reputed to have been preparing Parliament's demise for the past six months, through the Army Intelligence Unit."
12:03
"Since the decree, the country has been in turmoil. Daily activity has been brought to a halt by the general strike. A large woman's march through Montevideo to Constitution Square, in protest of the suspension of Congress, was disbanded by police and tanks. Bands of youths hurled stones at public buses, defying the strike, at least one of the youths was killed by the police." This report compiled from the Miami Herald, the Manchester Guardian, La Nación of Buenos Aires, and Mexico City's Excélsior.
12:36
Uruguay's president, Juan Bordaberry, now vested with dictatorial powers, discussed the causes which motivated him to dissolve the Uruguayan Parliament in an exclusive interview with a correspondent of the Argentine daily La Nación. In the interview, Bordaberry stressed his conviction that despite certain similarities with the Brazilian military regime, his government's newly assumed stance is "strictly Uruguayan."
13:02
Bordaberry denied any imitation of Brazilian political practices on the part of his government, but he admitted to a certain sympathy for the Brazilian regime and stated that both governments share a common desire for democracy against communism. Referring to his recent visit to Argentina for the inauguration of the new Peronist president, Hector Campora, Bordaberry denied that angry crowds had shouted "murderer", "torturer" to him as he passed by.
13:28
The proposed constitutional reform, according to Bordaberry, will have as its primary goal the limitation of parliamentary power in order to prevent its encroachment on the power of the executive. "Such a procedure, he added, is in line with all modern constitutions." In light of the current political events in the country, Bordaberry indicated that the population is not up to an electoral campaign. Consequently, the constitutional plebiscite will be postponed until the national elections in 1976. This interview is translated from La Nación of Buenos Aires.
14:02
Mexico City's Excélsior reports on recent events in Chile. President Salvador Allende confirmed in early July, at the swearing in of the new Chilean cabinet, that his government will remain faithful to norms already established of pluralism, liberty, and democracy to lead the way to socialism. Eight ministers retained their posts in the new cabinet, which was reorganized after the frustrated military coup of last month. The new members include four socialists, three communists, three radicals, and five representatives of four lesser parties. This report from the Mexican daily, Excélsior.
15:07
Our feature this week is a commentary on Latin American art, taken from a recent book by Jean Franco called "The Modern Culture of Latin America".
15:17
An intense social concern has been the characteristic of Latin American art for the last 150 years. Literature and even painting and music have played a social role, with the artists acting as teacher, guide, and conscience of his country. The Latin American has generally viewed art as an expression of the artist's whole self, a self which is living in a society and which therefore has a collective as well as an individual concern. On the other hand, the idea of the moral neutrality or the purity of art has had relatively little impact.
15:49
In countries like those of Latin America, where national identity is still in the process of definition and where social and political problems are both huge and inescapable, the artist's sense of responsibility towards society needs no justification. Generally, movements in the arts have not grown out of a previous movement, but have arisen in response to factors external to art. A new social situation defines the position of the artist, who then improvises or borrows a technique to suit his purpose.
16:19
Ms. Franco's book is a careful study of these changes in the artist's attitude to society and the way that this is expressed in literature and, to some extent, the other arts. She begins her analysis with the year 1888, the year of the publication of an influential volume of poetry by Ruben Dario, the leader of Latin America's first native artistic movement, known as modernism.
16:40
Modernist is a term used to characterize many diverse writers, such as Nicaraguan Ruben Dario, the Cuban Jose Marti, and the Colombian, Jose Silva. All of these writers had a great deal in common. The type of society the modernist hated above all was contemporary bourgeois society. This may seem strange, since Spanish America was only at the margin of industrial and capital expansion.
17:06
Yet the poets did not have to see dark satanic mills on their doorsteps to realize that a new and disturbing force was looming over them. The cash nexus, destructive of all other human relations, was what the artist most feared. Indeed, many of the prose pieces written by the modernists are in the nature of allegories about the relation of the artist to a materialist society. The poet's hatred of the materialism of his age was often to remain exclusively verbal.
17:33
But there were very many different shades of social involvement. From Dario's aloofness to the militant commitment of Jose Marti, a dedicated fighter for Cuban independence, nothing could be further from an elite attitude than these words of Marti. "Poetry is the work both of the bard and of the people who inspire him. Poetry is durable when it is the work of all. Those who understand it are as much its authors as those who make it. To thrill all hearts by the vibrations of your own, you must have the germs and inspirations of humanity. Above all, you must live among a suffering people."
18:10
After this early period, characterized by a real or symbolic rebellion, came an intense concern with culture rather than politics. A new influential movement known as Arielism took its name from an essay by Uruguayan Rodo, in which he emphasized the spirituality of Latin American culture, especially when contrasted with the vulgar neighbors to the north, the United States. There was an emphasis on original native culture and efforts to revive the memories of heros of the past.
18:41
After the first World War, the Latin American intellectuals began to seek some roots in the cultures of the Indian and the Negro, and in the land itself, alternative values to those of a European culture, which seemed on the verge of disintegration. Literature about Indians and Latin America was to have two distinct functions. One was to fulfill a direct social purpose by arousing a general awareness of the plight of submerged sections of the population. The other was to set up the values of Indian culture and civilization as an alternative to European values.
19:15
This tenancy found its best expression in Mexico, where the world famous muralists Diego Rivera, Orozco, Siqueiros, and O'Gorman revived mythological Indian figures with very beautiful and innovative techniques. The Negro tradition expressed itself in the 1920s within Cuba and fostered a great deal of literature, as well as music. This trend towards more native emphasis in Latin America was a very important stage of development. At its most superficial, it was a gesture of defiance towards Europe and the United States. At its best, it did justice to hitherto ignored, if not disparaged segments of the population.
19:56
In the 1920s, the world gradually began to divide into the hostile political camps of communism and fascism. Political concern was almost unavoidable. Whether such concern would be reconciled with the pursuit of art was another matter. Some intellectuals became militants and abandoned their painting or poetry. Some put their art to the service of a message. A few attempted to find a form of art which would universalize their political concern.
20:21
In Latin America, many communists and socialist parties were founded and run by the artists and intellectuals. The most outstanding example was the Mexican Communist Party, which had, at one time, no less than three painters, Rivera, Siqueiros, and Guerrero on its executive committee. In Peru, the socialist party was founded by an intellectual, Mariategui. In 1936, the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War drew many more writers and artists into the left-wing ranks, and prompted middle-class intellectuals to join with workers and peasants.
20:54
Of all the poets and authors involved in this political reawakening, Pablo Neruda, the Chilean poet, succeeded most in bringing political elements into poetry without sacrificing originality or creative depth. While arguing that poetry should not be separated from everyday life, but rather should be impure, as he put it, "corroded as if by an acid, by the toil of the hand, impregnated with sweat and smoke, smelling of urine and lilies". He still managed, as is obvious from the quote, to use very striking and beautiful imagery.
21:29
The novelists of the early 20th century also show political concern, but are preoccupied with such philosophical and ethical issues as authenticity. Carlos Fuentes and Juan Rufo in Mexico both struggled with the problems of the Mexican consciousness. Ms. Franco writes, "In the modern novel, revolution is no longer seen as a total solution. At best, it is only an essential first step. The real battle, it has suggested, is now within the human mind and particularly within the minds of the upper and middle classes, whose failure to construct a reasonable society is one of the tragedies of Latin America."
22:04
For a century and a half, the republics of Latin America have been following different paths. Mexico has undergone a social revolution. Paraguay has lived under a series of dictators. Argentina's population has been transformed by immigration from Europe. Obviously, such factors have their repercussions in the continent's literature, which besides common Latin American features, has also specifically Argentinian, Mexican, or Paraguayan characteristics.
22:32
These local variants are not necessarily political. The incidents of illiteracy, the presence of a large rural population also affect the artistic environment. This does not mean that socially underdeveloped countries do not produce good literature, but simply that in such places the artist's task is lonelier and more difficult.
22:51
Most countries in Latin America have experienced political oppression during the present century, and in many, the condition has been constant. Contemporary literature abounds with the personal testimonies of men who have been imprisoned and persecuted by dictators. In many countries, the problem of oppression is much wider than the immediate physical consequences. The writer suffers from the much slower torments of frustration, lack of freedom to write as he wishes, and a crushing intellectual environment. To be born and grow up in a Latin American dictatorship is, to use the words of Asturias, "to be born into a tomb".
23:27
Two outstanding writers, Augusto Roa Bastos and Miguel Angel Asturias, the first from Paraguay and the second from Guatemala, have succeeded in gaining an international reputation, despite the inhibitions of their background. Asturias' book, Men of Corn, traces the dispossession of the Indians and the commercialization of agriculture. Roa Bastos' short story, "The Excavation", presents a nightmare of frustration in which those who rebel against the status quo are shamelessly murdered. The works of such writers as Asturias and Roa Bastos only serve to emphasize the tragic waste of human potential inherent in a dictatorship. These problems are particularly relevant to the Brazilian situation today, where a censorship of all printed and electronic media is unlimited.
24:15
Latin American intellectuals have always been intrigued with the subject of revolution. The Mexican experience of 1910 is very prominent in the literature and art of the last decades. The Cuban Revolution has also had a great effect on national cultural life. Although the changes in the political and social life of Cuba are still too recent for a solid judgment to be formed, the revolution of 1959 changed the social structure of Cuba. Most of the upper class and many of the middle and professional classes left the island.
24:45
A vigorous campaign against illiteracy has brought into being a new amass readership, encouraged to write and help to publish by the official Union of Artists and Writers, and by the prizes offered by the Casa de las Americas, which acts as a cultural clearinghouse. Book production has enormously increased, and there are now available cheap editions of many Cuban and Latin American classics.
25:09
In a 1961 speech to intellectuals, Castro guaranteed freedom of literary expression, declaring, "Within the revolution, everything, outside the revolution, nothing," a guarantee that was repeated by other leading intellectuals and which has allowed a remarkable variety of styles. Unlike Soviet writing, realism has not been the only permitted style. Science fiction, fantasy, and black humor are all common. Within the first 10 years, the struggle in Cuba has not meant the sacrifice of spontaneity and variety. It'll be interesting to see whether, in time, totally new art forms will emerge.
25:46
To declare one's self an artist in Latin America has frequently involved conflict with society. In the 19th century, the artist was divided from most of his fellow countrymen because of his culture and upbringing. As we have seen, the majority of 19th century reformers were also political fighters dedicated to reforming their society. It was only towards the end of the century, with modernism, that it was even suggested that art might be more important than the political struggle.
26:13
This did not mean that they had given up on social programs. On the contrary, the modernist ideal of society was the exact contrary of the vulgar materialism, which they regarded as the symptom of the age, and their way of life was a protest against those who were uncritical of bourgeois values. Without abandoning ideals of culture and refinement, the Arielist generation saw itself as moral leader. The artist put his faith in education and in the written word as a means of changing society.
26:42
However, ultimately, neither the written word or education was effective. The Arielist generation was overtaken by a rising tide of unrest, by the shattering impact of world events such as the Russian and Mexican revolutions and the First World War. The post-war generation was no longer in a position to feel superior. The masses had become a power to be reckoned with. The intellectual was therefore obliged either to regard himself as an ally of the masses, a helper in their cause, or if he could not do this, he tended to stand aside, proclaiming that politics and social reform belonged to a world of appearances.
27:20
At any rate, there are many signs that Latin American literature has come of age. Two Nobel Prizes in the last five years have gone to Latin Americans, Miguel Angel Asturias of Guatemala, and Pablo Neruda of Chile. The work of these two men effectively summarizes many of Ms. Franco's points about Latin America and the artist's social concerns. Asturias' most famous series of novels deals with the role of foreign banana companies in his native country, and Neruda's verse is an enthusiastic witness to the success of the new Chilean regime.
LAPR1973_07_19
00:20
The first of several reports from Argentina comes from the Mexican daily, Excélsior. In a move which surprised most observers, Argentinian President Hector Cámpora, recently resigned his post in order to allow former president Juan Perón to return to power. Two hours after a provisional president was sworn in, Perón announced that he would accept the candidacy for the presidency. With a voice hoarse from a recent cold, the 77-year-old ex-president said it would be a tremendous sacrifice for himself.
00:47
Although Cámpora was elected earlier this year on a slogan of "Cámpora in office, Perón in power," few expected to see Perón take the reins of power directly. This year's elections were the first in which Peronist candidates were allowed to compete in since Perón was ousted in 1955. The Mexican daily, Excélsior, asked some military officials, Peronists, radicals and unionists if Campora's forced resignation was not virtually a coup. Most all replied that, in any case, it was a gradual coup supported by the armed forces and political leaders of the country. Perón will likely be opposed by extremists of all parties as well as many guerrillas who earlier fought for him.
01:25
In a recent editorial, Excélsior points out that conditions in Argentina are very different from the post-war era, when Perón had built a huge popular following. Instead of an economic boom due to high world prices of Argentine exports, as was the case before, there is now a serious economic crisis as well as political and social upheaval. While Perón returns from his long exile to capitalize on nationalist, socialist and populist sentiments in Argentina, Excélsior hints that Argentinians may soon grow disenchanted with a Perón who can no longer give all of them what they expect from him.
02:03
The Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, made an in-depth attempt to analyze the political content of Peron's ideology known as "Justicialismo". Perón and his followers described their ideal as quote, "national socialism." However, there seems to be a great deal of disagreement over exactly what this means. Even as late as 1970, Perón himself, unfortunately, identified national socialism with "fascism", Hitler's term for a country unified under the leadership of big business and authoritarian government. Campora, the recently-removed president who has just handed over the reins of power to Perón, had expressed interest, in quote, "humanistic capitalism".
02:43
Vice President Lima has always made references to a pluralistic democracy concept of the French philosopher Maritain. The Peronist Youth, on the other hand, see Peronism as the first age of a progressive scientific socialism. In an interview which appeared in the magazine, Nouveau Confirmado, with Vice President Lima, the following dialogue developed.
03:04
What does national socialism mean? It seems to be a mysterious expression of Peronist propaganda. Is it really socialism?
03:12
National socialism is what Jacques Maritain calls "pluralists democracy", which he explained by saying that property should not be concentrated, also, within the definition of national socialism, is the definition of what it is not. It is not Marxist socialism.
03:25
How would you, for example, socialize property? How would you give it a social contact?
03:31
Social income, socialized incomes, that is what we will do.
03:36
A shoe factory, should it continue being owned privately or should it become state property, or should it belong to those who work it?
03:43
I think the factory must belong to the workers and owners both. I believe in co-ownership and co-operation. That is what the world is moving towards.
03:52
Chile Hoy concludes by pointing out that Peronism is determined more by its actions than by its words, and that its actions will be determined by the direction that political and class struggles take in Argentina in the future.
04:05
The British weekly, Latin America, reports from Argentina that Córdoba is once again the focal point of popular discontent in the country. The situation there is a microcosm of the conflict developing around the Peronist position. Life in Córdoba, the capital of Argentina's hinterland and the center of the automobile industry, has not been radically changed since the 25th of May when the Peronists came to power. Kidnappings and bombings against the corporations continue, and militant left-wingers within the union movement see the metropolitan government in Buenos Aires as the enemy no matter who is in the Casa Rosada.
04:39
The leader of the light and power workers in Córdoba and the only non-Peronist union leader of any importance in Argentina has been openly defying the Peronist leadership of the General Federation of Workers. He did so this week by independently organizing a trade union meeting of delegates, including some Peronists from all the northern provinces.
04:56
The governor of the province of Córdoba and his deputy both represent the most combative wing of the Peronist movement. They cooperated with labor leaders in 1969 in orchestrating the Córdobazo, a militant protest which lasted for several days and which may be said to have begun the progressive collapse of the military government culminating in the accession to power of President Hector Cámpora and consequently, we suppose, of Peron. Perón and Cámpora are well-aware of the difficulty of the situation in Córdoba. Last week, they resisted demands that the federal government intervene in the provincial government. The problem of Córdoba is akin to that post by the Peronist Youth Movement and has been expressed as the choice between order and popular mobilization.
05:46
Latin American Weekly continues that one faction is strongly urging a reorganization of the Peronist movement in a way that would strengthen the authoritarian and vertical command structure and reduce the influence of the popular revolutionary tendencies. Although the expected reorganization has not yet been announced, some attribute this delay to the reported illness of Perón.
06:06
La Mayoria, a newspaper which has been perhaps the best mirror of Peronist opinion came out on the other side of the debate. It published an impassioned editorial which called for a continuous dialogue with the youth movement. It warned that, without the youth, the justicialista movement would limit itself.
06:26
The weekly Latin America carries on with the report of the situation between the Argentinian guerrillas and the new Peronist government. General Juan Perón and the former president Hector Cámpora looked as if they have won an important victory over the People's Revolutionary Army as a result of Campora's recent nationwide broadcast. In his speech, he made it clear that the Peronist government would not tolerate, quote, anarchy or violence, quote, a strong law and order statement which clearly put the guerrillas on the spot.
06:54
Their reply the following day on television indicated their acute awareness that their worst fears could be realized, that is, their isolation from popular sympathy because of a major government propaganda campaign. Certainly, this appears to have been Peron's main tactic in dealing with the guerrillas.
07:11
It is rumored that Perón does not intend to have even the Peronist guerrilla groups represented on the hierarchy of his new movement to which he's presently applying his thoughts. Moreover, it seems that the guerrilla's best friend in the cabinet, the minister of the interior, is about to lose his job to an officer who has never been a member of the Peronist movement.
07:33
Another rumored casualty is the head of the tourism department, the right-wing Peronist widely held responsible for the Ezeiza Airport massacre. This would neatly balance the departure of the other minister, allowing the government to claim the victory of maintaining a geometric center between left and right extremes. It would seem that the People's Revolutionary Army may have a difficult choice to make, either to pit its strength against the Peronists and faced almost certain isolation or else to revise some of its more militant postures.
08:10
The Latin America Weekly concludes that Peron's strategy undoubtedly demands order and it is likely that he personally can count on keeping the movement united under his banner despite the stresses and strains which will undoubtedly continue to show through, but the economic cost is likely to be high. The finance minister has upped his estimate of the likely budget deficit to 12% of the gross domestic product.
08:33
A transfer of resources on this scale from the private to public sector will in itself have a revolutionary impact. Efforts are being made to cut back the deficit, and there is every reason to suppose that, once again, it will be the interior of the country which is asked to bear the burden. Noises from Córdoba suggest that it may not be borne willingly or for long. This report from Latin America.
08:53
The Peruvian Daily, La Prensa, reports that the University of Buenos Aires, Argentina's main university, has canceled an agreement with the Ford Foundation. The same decree announced that employees of multinational corporations may not be employed as teachers at the university. The reason for the break with the Ford Foundation was expressed in a press conference. University spokesman said that all organizations which impose a criteria that is not part of the popular national revolution will not be allowed to influence university decisions regarding the type of teaching or the designation of teachers.
09:30
La Prensa continues that the agreement signed in 1966 was established for the formation of specialists in the agricultural economy, and we note that the Ford Foundation, under the guise of objective technical assistance, had been propagandizing for the US-sponsored Green Revolution which actually was a boondoggle for multinational agri businesses and, therefore, Ford Foundation was asked to leave.
09:52
Focusing next on Chile, Excélsior reports that the president of the Central Labor Union, also minister of labor, announced that 80 factories have been taken over, this occurred June 29th, by workers who supported the government against the attempted right-wing coup. The minister added that some of these factories will be incorporated into the publicly-owned sector and will form part of what is called Chile's social area. Industries will also be incorporated if they are monopolies or if they are small, but of strategic importance.
10:26
These industries are expected to follow certain conditions set up by the Central Confederation of Trade Unions, among which are respect for the quotas of production assigned by the government and autonomous control of operations. The secretary general of the Socialist Party, in a speech before workers, stated that the takeovers are part of a legitimate defense of Chile in the face of the recent coup attempt.
10:52
The minister of the interior in Chile recently affirmed that there will not be a dictatorship of any sort. During a special session in the Chamber of Deputies, he stated that it is true that the Chilean are living in a climate of tension and this has caused critical situations for the government as have constitutional reform, economic problems, the control of arms and the occupation of factories and industries. The interior minister added that democratic procedures and civil rights will continue in Chile and that changes will continue to be made within the law and the constitution. That from Excélsior.
11:22
For a more harmonious note, we next report on popular music in Latin America. There has long been a rich tradition of communicating concerns and struggles, victories and defeats of working people through popular music. There has been a resurgence of interest and enthusiasm about this musical tradition in Chile in recent years, and many Chilean musicians have been active in the profound cultural and social changes occurring in their country.
11:48
One of these musicians is Isabel Parra, daughter of Violeta Parra, the well-known folk singer and partisan of Chilean peasants and workers. The Santiago magazine, Chile Hoy, published an interview with Isabel Parra shortly after her return from a concert tour in Ecuador. After discussing her tour, she commented on some of the present concerns of art workers in Chile.
12:11
Ms. Parra recalled that the Chilean group always performed to full houses. She remembered one performance in particular. At a concert near Quito, a group of priests, along with wealthy Chileans now living in Ecuador, passed out circulars calling for a boycott of what they called the Communist Concert. They said that the songs were not messages of love and peace but were carriers of Marxist-Leninist ideology. These same boycotters, however, attended the concert, and their participation was to attack the performers with shouts and insults. In response to this, the performers responded and described the Chilean situation, noting that words about love and peace are not enough to overcome economic bondage.
12:50
Isabel Parra continued the interview by discussing the problems of making progressive music and culture easily available to all the people. "I think that it's an injustice that the communication media prohibit the broadcast of our music," she said. "There is a power struggle in Chilean music since the right wing, the richer class, still controls most of the broadcasting facilities, but the leftist media also suffer from weaknesses.
13:15
There is still no sensitive criteria which provides an honest musical selection. We must present all types of new, original music in different places," she continued, "putting this music to good use. Of course, we must mobilize ourselves. We must sing in the universities, in labor unions, in factories, in state farms, in the neighborhoods, but we lack the organization to manage this. However, we are determined to create this organization." This report from Chile Hoy.
13:43
Following the disillusion of democracy in Uruguay by the US-backed right wing, resistance continues. Latest reports from Uruguay from the Mexico City paper, Excélsior, indicate an escalation of unrest there. The government has intensified its manhunt for labor leaders utilizing a joint effort of the military and the domestic police force. The search is particularly aimed at leaders of the National Convention of Workers which have been forced to operate clandestinely since Bordaberry, the president, officially dissolved the major labor unions of the country.
14:13
In addition to the top 52 labor leaders whose pictures have appeared in all Montevideo dailies, the government is also seeking the arrest of local leaders who have managed to maintain a resistance movement throughout the month-long general strike. The strike, of course, was called in response to the military-backed coup in the latter part of June. Union sources have indicated that 450 labor and political leaders are being held in El Cilindro, the municipal building in the capital city of Montevideo.
15:05
This week's feature will be a reenactment of an interview between representatives of the Santiago paper, Chile Hoy, and the Cuban President Dorticos.
15:16
Mr. President, in the past few years in Latin America, there have been several types of revolutionary change, the military nationalism of Peru, the Chilean elections, the semi-peaceful taking of power in Argentina. My question is why do you think the guerrilla tactics which characterized the '60s, as for instance, Che's campaign in Bolivia, have been replaced by other revolutionary tactics?
15:40
I think the guerrilla campaign of the '60s had a direct effect on what is happening now despite the fact that the guerrilla campaign did not result in any military victories. The moral and political strengths of these campaigns is affecting not only those struggling with arms, but all revolutionaries with its example of revolutionary dedication, and this influence is tremendous. The presence of Che, which I saw in my recent trip to Argentina among the people, Che's original homeland, his figure, his thoughts, his humanism, his example is greater now than during his guerrilla campaign.
16:10
To discount the influence of Che's actions on Latin America today is to discount a driving force in the hearts of Latin American people. Of course, this does not mean that all the revolutionary struggles have to follow the tactics of guerrilla's struggle which Che promoted. His greatest influence was his example, his conduct, his revolutionary will, and today, for example, it was with great personal satisfaction and profound emotion that I heard the Argentinian people improvising a slogan which, despite the habituation coming from years of revolutionary struggle, brought tears to my eyes. The slogan which I heard every day in Argentina was, "He is near. He is near. Che is here." This slogan is a perfect example of what I was saying.
16:50
The triumph of the Cuban revolution is definitely a great turning point in the revolutionary process in Latin America. People have said that Cuba can be a showcase or trigger for socialism in Latin America. What is Cuba's role given the current realities in Latin America's revolutionary process?
17:08
Its main contribution is to provide an example, an example of unbending and resolute spirit.
17:15
Mr. President, certain groups have suggested that the friendly relations between the USSR and Cuba are actually a form of dependency. It's true that, in the past, there were differences in the Cuban and Soviet perspectives, differences which today seem to have largely disappeared. We'd be interested in hearing why these differences have disappeared and what is the current state of relations between the Soviet Union and Cuba.
17:40
There has been a detente, and the relations between Cuba and the Soviet Union are better now than they ever have been. To speak of Cuban dependency with respect to the Soviet Union, however, is to make the grave errors of confusing imperialism with cooperation between a developed socialist country and an underdeveloped socialist one. One must look at the economic trade patterns and contrast the way Russia has related to us and the way the United States had related to us.
18:04
If we look at the economic aspects of the relations, we can see that the Soviet Union's aid has been one of the main basis for Cuban development and survival. Looking back to the first few months of the revolution, when we lost the American sugar market, there was the Soviet market to take its place. When the blockade started by the United States cut off the flow of oil from countries aligned with the United States, there was Soviet oil. During these years, regardless of how relations between the two countries were going on, even when there were disagreements, as you mentioned, Soviet economic aid kept coming without interruption.
18:38
Today, this economic aid has qualitatively improved. Entire sectors of our economy have been developed with the economic and technical cooperation of the Soviet Union and, thanks to this aid, new industrial plants will be built, and transportation and energy production will be expanded. These new plants will be Cuban plants, not Soviet ones, not plants indebted to foreign countries.
18:58
In addition, the Russians have made it possible for the development of the nickel and textile industries, the modernization and expansion of our sugar industry and countless other projects, and all this has been done in the context of mutual respect and absolute equality in the political relations between two sovereign governments.
19:16
With reference to the United States, which you've mentioned, what are the changes which Cuba would require before some form of dialogue or negotiations could take place concerning relations between the two countries?
19:27
Before even dialogue can take place, there is one condition, that the imperialist United States government unilaterally end its blockade of Cuba, a blockade which it started and it must end. Until that happens, there won't be even any dialogue. If that occurs at some time in the future, we would then begin discussions of problems common to all of Latin America and the United States. We would not merely discuss bilateral affairs concerning only Cuba and the United States, but we would have to discuss it in the context of US relations to Latin America, generally.
19:57
Looking at things from a purely pragmatic point of view, once the blockade has been unilaterally ended by the United States, we might be interested in a broad range of economic relations, including entrance into the American market and economic and technical cooperation. This in no way would involve Cuba's revolutionary government surrendering its revolutionary principles or giving in on any conditions which it might wish to establish, but we would not limit ourselves to this. For the discussions to be fruitful, we would have to discuss not only Cuba, but Latin America and the end of the United States' jerendent role in Latin America generally.
20:33
One way of uniting Latin America so it could negotiate with the United States might be an organization such as the one which Chile has proposed. In the last OAS meeting, a wholly new Latin American organization excluding the United States was proposed. What is Cuba's position with respect to such an organization?
20:52
First of all, we believe, as we've stated before, that the extant Organization of American States is undergoing a grave and insoluble crisis. Cuba will not return to the Organization of American States. We respect and even feel that some countries' suggestions for reforming the Organization of American States are a positive step, but we feel that the OAS as an institution, with the presence of the United States government in its very heart, is not the ideal means for Latin America to shape its future.
21:23
We do not belong to this organization, and we feel that a Latin American organization must be created with the participation also of the English-speaking Caribbean nations, which could then collectively form a united front to negotiate with the United States and defend Latin American interests with respect to American imperialism.
21:41
Does it seem to you that Nixon, if he survives Watergate, will be able to initiate such discussions at some time in the future, or do you feel that it will be necessary to continue to exercise revolutionary patience?
21:54
We should not speak of speed or hurrying. Revolutionary theory teaches us to be patient and also impatient, and knowing how to reconcile the one with the other is what constitutes a tactical wisdom of a revolutionary.
22:07
The diplomatic blockade of Cuba is falling apart. It has even been suggested that other governments such as Venezuela's, for example, might establish relations with Cuba in the near future. This could present an apparent contradiction with the internal policies of these countries. What is the Cuban position with respect to this problem, that is, with respect to reestablishing relations with governments which defy imperialism, but which do not have progressive policies at home and which may even repress their own people?
22:37
We have made it clear before that we are not interested in having relations with the countries of Latin America for the mere sake of having relations. However, we feel that reestablishing relations with Latin American countries can be useful since we agree on the principle of demonstrating our sovereignty with respect to imperialism.
22:55
You mentioned the hypothetical possibility of a government assuming a dignified international position with respect to imperialism while at the same time, in its internal affairs, oppressing or even repressing its people violently. To begin with, it is very hard for me to see how a country could have a correct anti-imperialist position, a dignified international position and at the same time oppress or violently repress its people whether or not revolutionary struggle was occurring.
23:20
That is because an anti-imperialist position cannot be maintained by a government without some changes in internal policies. Thus, internal policies are inevitably linked to international policies, as I have said, regardless of whether or not the country is in the midst of some kind of major change.
23:38
We understand that Prime Minister Castro in his last Mayday speech reaffirmed Cuba's solidarity with revolutionary movements.
23:46
If we didn't reform our solidarity with revolutionary movements, we will be violating our own principles.
23:50
Based on an analysis of the results of the 1970 sugar harvest, the Cuban economy has made great progress. What are the changes which have produced such progress?
24:00
It would take an awfully long time to list all of the changes in our economy, and we should not exaggerate. Our economic growth is of necessity limited due to the underdevelopment of our economy which we inherited, the lack of energy sources, and the difficulties an underdeveloped country has dealing with developed countries, problems such as unequal exchange, which have been mentioned in the economic literature, but obstacles in the way of rapid economic growth.
24:23
What have been the achievements since the 1970 harvest? Some figures can quantitatively measure these achievements. For example, in 1972, the economy grew by 10%. This is an extremely high rate of growth for the 1970s, and this growth rate was achieved despite a poor sugar harvest which resulted from two years of drought and organizational problems galore.
24:44
Despite this and despite the important role sugar plays in our economy, we reached the 10% growth figure. Of course, that means that some sectors of our economy grew even more rapidly. Construction, for instance, was up 40%. Industry, not including sugar refining, was up 15%. For 1973, we have set a goal, which we may or may not achieve, of 17% growth. Looking at the third of this year, we find that the growth rate was 16%. Production of consumer goods has increased, and this has been one of the major factors leading to the financial health of the nation.
25:18
Well, how has it been possible to achieve such growth?
25:22
Basically, it has been possible with the better organization, better planning and, above all, with the help of lots of people. This is not an abstract statement. It is a concrete reality which can be observed in every sector of the economy even where there have been administrative problems or a lack of the proper technology. The workers' efforts have always been present and production quotas have been met and, in some cases, surpassed under conditions which are not at all optimum due to a lack of technicians or materials. These shortages resulted from our distance from the European markets we are forced to trade with.
25:55
Despite our support from socialist countries, they cannot physically supply us with all the capital goods, raw materials and intermediate goods that we need. Thus, we have to make large purchases from capitalist countries, with the resulting heavy loss of foreign exchange. Of course, our foreign exchange depends on our exports, which are limited, sugar, nickel, tobacco, fish and a few other lesser items. We are basically dependent on agriculture which is affected by climate changes.
26:21
Thus, in response to your question, it is the incorporation of the workforce into the economic struggle at a higher level and the awareness of the need for such an effort and then the carrying out of these tasks, often through extraordinary efforts, which have led to this economic growth since Castro's call in his May 1st, 1970 speech..
26:37
Calls have gone up many times before for higher production. Why did the people respond more energetically this time than before?
26:45
In the first place, it was due to the fact that it was crystal clear to many people that efforts had to be made in every sector of the economy and not just in sugar production. In the second place, it was due to the greater participation of mass organizations in economic decisions, in economic process. Finally, it was due to a growth in revolutionary consciousness which now has gone beyond the mere limits of revolutionary emotion and has matured into an awareness of the necessity of building socialism in our country if we want to get what we want.
27:14
According to some analysis, this new economic growth is due to the abandonment of certain principles which the revolution was previously based upon.
27:22
I don't think that's true. What principles are you referring to?
27:25
Well, for instance, the replacement of the principle that consciousness should motivate workers instead of economic incentive in order to increase efficiency.
27:34
It should be made clear that the importance we attribute to revolutionary consciousness has in no way been diminished, but we have noted that certain related factors such as, for example, tying salary to productivity cannot only serve as a material stimulus, but also serves to create and help people understand what is happening. Why does this occur? Because in a socialist society, which is not one of abundance, from the point of view of revolutionary justice, one must conclude that it is immoral and, thus, it does not help create consciousness if one who works less earns the same as one who works more.
28:07
When you pay a worker according to what he has produced, that is, in relation to his productivity, this is both just and consciousness-raising. This is because, through his salary, the worker is being evaluated morally and he is being told that he was socially responsible, will have more than he was not socially responsible. It would be demoralizing and would prevent the raising of consciousness if a worker who worked less, a loafer, earned as much as a good worker. Thus, we are not cutting down the role which revolutionary consciousness should play, but we're aiding and adding new ways of raising revolutionary consciousness.
28:40
Given the larger amounts of goods being offered, do some individuals have more access to these goods than others?
28:48
Yes. They have greater access to un-rationed goods, but everyone gets the same amount of ration to basic goods.
28:53
Why is it that some individuals get more on rationed goods?
28:56
This is related to the remarks I just made linking productivity, the quality and quantity of work to salary, and this is tied to the salary scale.
29:03
You have been listening to a reenactment of an interview between representatives of the Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Cuban President, Osvaldo Dorticos.
LAPR1973_07_26
00:18
There is growing opposition by Puerto Ricans to announce plans for the construction of a petrochemical super port on their island. Juan Mari Brás, secretary General of the Puerto Rican Socialist Party, was interviewed this month by The Guardian in New York City. The Guardian asked, "Mr. Mari Brás, I believe you are in the US to discuss several questions with the United Nations. One of the main ones being on the construction of a new super port in Western Puerto Rico. Could you discuss the political and economic significance of this project?"
00:50
"There's a project presented by the government development company to install in the western part of Puerto Rico, a super port and refinery complex, with an initial investment of about $1 billion and to eventually reach about $16 billion. That super port would be a station for embarkment and disembark for crude oil coming to the US from the Persian Gulf and other areas of the Middle East.
01:12
There is talk in the US of an energy crisis and the US oil companies want to install a refineries in the loading facilities in North American territory so as to avoid balance of payment problems. They want to have their oil refined and stored somewhere within the US economic framework, but at the same time export the pollution outside the US.
01:31
This super port is conceived and planned to receive supertankers of 200,000 to 1 million tons. The port would threaten human and marine life. That's why the governments of several East Coast states have decided not to allow the installation of such a port in the states. And that's why they're thinking of the Caribbean islands For the establishment of those ports. They seek to take advantage of the fact that there are natural super port facilities in several places in the northwestern part of Puerto Rico, near Aguadilla and the island of Mona, an island 42 miles west of Puerto Rico."
02:03
The Guardian then asked Mari Brás, "What will be the environmental effects of the proposed super port in Puerto Rico?"
02:10
"The establishment of such a super port would be disastrous to the agricultural production and life in the western part of Puerto Rico. It would take something like 20,000 to 50,000 acres in the first stage of the project. Eventually, it would absorb the whole water production of Puerto Rico. It would signify also the replacement of communities that live in all the places where the super port would be installed. It would destroy completely the fishing industry in the western part of the island, and it would prevent the development of light industry in that part of the island. Thus, opposition to this project has been developing in the last few weeks in Puerto Rico."
02:44
"Why are you appealing to the UN on this issue?"
02:48
"We have come to the UN to denounce the project as an attempt to destroy completely the self-determination of the Puerto Rican people. Once the international oil companies established their complexes on Puerto Rico, it is obvious that they will have much greater interest in maintaining the colonial status quo of the island, in view of the large investments of that project.
03:06
We believe this project violates several international principles which are contained in resolutions of the United Nations General Assembly. Such resolutions prohibit administering powers of colonial territories from taking any steps that could undermine the territorial integrity of the colonial territory. That is why we have asked the UN Decolonization Committee to intervene in this question. And specifically to ask the US that while the case of Puerto Rico is being discussed by the Decolonization Committee, it should abstain from establishing that super port and oil complex." This interview by The Guardian from New York.
03:39
Thousands of workers from Puerto Rico marched in mid-July to La Fortaleza, headquarters of Puerto Rico's colonial government, to demand the withdrawal of 3,100 National Guard troops occupying fire stations, power plants, and waterworks throughout the island. As the demonstration reached its destination, colonial Governor, Hernández Colón, was lifted out of La Fortaleza by helicopter and military reinforcements were sent into the area.
04:09
The Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina, reported from Puerto Rico that Governor, Hernández Colón, declared a state of emergency in the face of strikes by sanitary workers, firemen, electric power and water service employees. And had ordered the National Guard to break through the picket lines and maintain the service.
04:25
In a later dispatch, the Puerto Rican weekly Claridad stated that the colonial government has begun to withdraw the nearly 5,000 National Guardsmen called in to break strikes by 9,000 public service workers here. Striking firemen and electrical power and water workers returned to the job last week. Their nine-day strike coincided with dozens of other labor conflicts that nearly paralyzed the island's economy and required the government to call in the National Guard for the first time since 1950.
04:57
Claridad claims that scores of guard officers, noncoms and soldiers will be tried for failure to take their post during the recent mobilization. The guard command also announced that about 1500 soldiers will remain on active duty for several more days in different tasks. The firemen returned to work with a number of their demands having been met. All criminal charges and court orders against the firemen and their militant leadership have been dropped.
05:21
The government also agreed to commit $230,000 for personal safety equipment and to replace firetruck more than 10 years old. A special commission to study the workers' demands was set up and must report within three months. A spokesman for the union said, "If the commission comes back with a report adverse to the demands of the workers, then we'll go out on strike again." This report from the Puerto Rican Weekly Claridad.
05:44
Political analysts were surprised when Bolivia's President Banzer announced that his country would return a constitutional rule in 1974 and hold free elections. Panorama of Buenos Aires, Argentina interpreted the announcement from two sides. According to the government, the call for elections was spontaneous and did not arise from political pressures. However, the opposition seized the action as a mere opportunist attempt to prevent a coup by younger members of the bureaucracy.
06:15
If this last hypothesis is accepted, Banzer's announcement reflects the growing weakness of his government. Everything indicates that the government, which took over after the feat of the Nationalist General Torres, has not been able to stabilize itself. This was a result of the resistance created by the repressive policies, which bonds are instituted as soon as he announced himself President.
06:39
Panorama says, "The regime was threatened in October of last year when the government approved a monetary devaluation of 66% causing a severe fall in wages and salaries." Because of this devaluation, the opposition struggle was joined by some middle class sectors, those which during the previous regime had been pushed to the right. Ever since the beginning of the year, the younger members of the bureaucracy have objected to the repressive methods of the generals and colonels that were running the country. When an army official caught in what was apparently an upper echelon power struggle was killed by agents, in the course of interrogation, the government's position became even more vulnerable.
07:16
The elections concludes Panorama will be difficult to monitor, and enormous frauds will be possible because of the large distances and the lack of communication between election districts. Nevertheless, one concrete gain has been made. The opposition has forced Banzer to free a great many political prisoners and allow many exiles to return. This from Panorama, in Buenos Aires.
07:41
A view even more critical of the Banzer regime was published this week in an interview by the weekly Chile Hoy. Ruben Sanchez was the only high Bolivian official that remained faithful until the end of the leftist nationalist government of general J.J. Torres. Sanchez fought on the front lines with the Colorado regiment against the 1971 military coup launched with the support of Brazil and the United States that brought Hugo Banzer to power. Even in exile after August of 1971, he contributed to the formation of the anti-imperialist front, the present government's exiled military opponents. In Buenos Aires, he was interviewed by Chile Hoy, the Santiago Weekly, "What do you think of the announced elections of Banzer?"
08:23
"It seems to be a desperate maneuver. It's a cover to hide their contradictions and to distract from the popular discontent generated by the poor economic situation and the unending military repression. It is characteristic of the irresponsible mishandling of domestic and foreign policies."
08:41
"Do you believe there are minimum conditions for realization of normal elections in Bolivia?"
08:46
"Absolutely not. You can't talk of elections with the jails full of patriots. You can't talk of elections when all of the popular organizations are exiled by the regime. The general amnesty and the removal of restrictions upon the trade unions and political parties are the basic conditions for solving the crisis that grips the country. For many people, their only dream is to have the right to participate in the national debate."
09:12
"In your opinion, what is the actual situation of the Banzer regime?"
09:16
"The regime has no real popular base. The two parties that actually wield the power fight against each other. The internal divisions within the ruling parties are more obvious every day. The regime is set up by, maintained by and financed by the CIA and the Brazilian military." This interview with a leader of the Bolivian opposition from Chile Hoy.
09:39
A complex series of electronic devices similar in nature to the ill-fated McNamara Line in Vietnam is being implanted along the 2000-mile border between the United States and Mexico, according to sources in the border patrol and immigration and naturalization service. The Mexican government has asked the United States for an official explanation of the new border security program, which the US apparently plans to begin soon. The Mexican chancellor said in an interview with the Mexican daily Excélsior that his government voiced certain points of disagreement with the plan and that he expects a prompt reply from the US.
10:13
Employed sophisticated military technology, the detection units contain noise sensors which are to be buried underground. The only thing showing will be a small antenna, which can detect footsteps at a range of 38 feet. There will also be infrared sensors to detect human body heat as well as metal detectors to register the appearance of money, keys or other items which might be in the pockets of illegal entrance. Although the sensors will not cover the entire border, they will be installed at commonly used entry points and will be moved frequently.
10:47
The new detection system comes in the wake of statements by immigration service officials that the border situation has gotten out of hand. The director of the Chula Vista office of the Immigration Service said recently that, "The situation grows worse every year because there is no law to prevent American companies from hiring illegal Mexican immigrants." In testimony before a special grand jury in San Diego, federal officials said that they had evidence which showed direct ties between groups dealing in illegal immigrant labor and certain industrial enterprises in southern California which employ day laborers. The proceeding story from Excélsior of Mexico City.
11:24
Reaction to the electronic fences has not been universally favorable. Representative Henry B. Gonzalez, Democrat from Texas, was quoted as saying, "The concept of a barrier is repugnant to me because I felt there would be some inherent international psychological repercussions that should be evaluated before any commitment is made. I believe techniques now available such as helicopter surveillance and other normal procedures would be more than adequate if the Border Patrol is staffed at a sufficient level, which it hasn't been."
11:58
The unsuccessful attempt at a military coup against the Chilean government June 29th has provoked a series of responses in this country that still totters on the brink of generalized violence. The Santiago Weekly Chile Hoy reports that as a court-martial continues investigating the rebellion, hundreds of factories are presently being occupied by the one-million-strong Chilean Workers Federation. Rumors of more unrest in the military abound and the opposition Christian Democrats and National Party members are claiming that the workers have been armed by the government and organized into a Marxian people's army.
12:34
"On the morning of June 29th," says Chile Hoy, "as rebel tank units were firing on the presidential palace, President Allende called upon the workers to occupy all the country's industrial enterprises. This call was immediately carried out as worker committees organized a seizure and administration of factories throughout the country. The occupation order is still in effect, and as this is being written, it is fair to say that every major industry in Chile is now in the hands of the workers with only a few exceptions. Before the attempt attempted coup, some 285 companies were in state hands. Today, approximately 600 are being occupied and nationalized."
13:15
When Allende was asked in a July 6th press conference what the government was planning to do with hundreds of illegally occupied factories, he replied that, "Each case would be studied by the workers and the Ministry of Labor and an individual decision would be reached in each case." "Without exaggerating the situation," says Chile Hoy, "it is fair to say that the Chilean ruling class was dealt their heaviest economic blow, yet as this leaves them very little industry."
13:42
Needless to say, the right wing opposition has not sat still and calmly watched these events. They have been very active and quite vocal in their attempts to incite the armed forces to engage in a coup.
13:54
However, in many ways, the Chilean armed forces are different than those of other Latin American countries. They have a long tradition of respect for the Constitution and for established government and are hesitant to intervene. It would be illusory though to deny that there are sectors of the military who would collaborate with the right in another coup or to crush the workers' movement.
14:13
In the days following the coup attempt, it was known that certain officers groups were meeting and indirectly trying to make demands on the government to force it to give in to an invisible coup. The two basic demands of these groups were to return the factories and to include Christian Democrats in the new cabinet. This from Chile Hoy.
15:00
On July 26th of this year, Cuba celebrates the 20th anniversary of the attack on the Moncada army barracks. This insurrection led by a young lawyer named Fidel Castro was by any military standards a failure. More than half of the 167 attackers were killed during the attack or as a result of the tortures to which they were later submitted. Almost all the survivors, including the leaders, went into prison and when released into exile.
15:24
It was from their exile in Mexico that some of them returned three years later to begin the guerrilla actions in the mountains of Cuba's easternmost province. A guerrilla campaign in which small victories alternated with severe setbacks until popular support increased. The fronts multiplied and the tide of victory mounted. On New Year's Day 1959, Batista's hated regime was replaced by revolutionary government.
15:50
During its brief 14 years of power, that revolutionary government has transformed the face of Cuba and has transformed the Cuban people as well. One of the major goals of the Cuban Revolution has been to incorporate all its citizens into active participation in national life. Development of rural areas has been encouraged in preference to urban centers as a means of eliminating the marginalization of the peasant sector of the population.
16:13
Another front in the battle to break down the distinction between city and countryside has been the policy of bringing the cultural advantages of the city to the rural peasantry. The first campaign of this nature continues to be the most famous. The literacy campaign of 1961 reduced illiteracy from 27% to 2% in the space of one year. In Cuba, universal literacy was seen as a prerequisite for revolutionary change because it set the stage for the spread of revolutionary culture throughout the entire country.
16:43
Any appraisal of revolutionary culture in Cuba should look at three areas of artistic production. First, the performing arts, music, dance, theater, and especially film. Second, the plastic arts, poster, design, painting, sculpture, and architecture. The third category that of literary production is too vast to be included in this brief survey.
17:07
It should be noted however that there has been a virtual explosion in Cuban letters since the revolution, in the novel and short story, poetry, essay and creative nonfiction, as well as in the publication of many influential periodicals. In fact, the literary coming of age apparent throughout Latin America is attributed by many literary critics to the inspiration and example of the Cuban Revolution.
17:28
Even during colonial times, the island of Cuba was famous for its music, for its seductive blend of African and European rhythms. For the style and verb of its tropical dancers, alongside this showy strain, which to some extent came to be associated with the vice and exploitation that flourished when Cuba was the brothel of the Caribbean.
17:49
There also existed a more intimate folk song tradition derived from the Spanish than the African. It was these popular folk musicians, for example, who set Jose Martí verses to a traditional melody, thus creating the well-known "Guantanamera". Both the Afro-Cuban rhythms and the simpler folk melodies still coexist in revolutionary Cuba, but it's primarily the latter that has been recruited into the service of the revolution.
18:17
Carlos Puebla, Cuba's best known songwriter, composes songs celebrating the lack of discrimination in the revolutionary society, satirizing the organization of American states, which expelled Cuba from its membership, urging the Cubans to cut that cane and eulogizing Che Guevara. Cuba has organized festivals of popular and protest music enabling musicians and singers from all over Latin America to share their music and learn from one another.
18:42
The island famous for the Rumba and the Mamba also boasts one of the world's leading ballerinas, Alicia Alonso. Now almost completely blind, she continues her dancing and continues to direct Cuba's ballet troop as they perform in Cuba and countries around the world.
18:59
Cuban theatrical companies are semi-autonomous collectives of varying styles and aims all operating out of the National Cultural Council. Like the other art forms in Cuba, the theater remains very open to influences from abroad in content as well as technique, but they managed to impart a particularly Cuban flavor to everything they produce. Cuba has produced several excellent playwrights since the revolution, but the playbills boast names of plays all over the modern world, including the US.
19:27
Some companies have their home base in rural areas on the theory that the troops should interact with the segments of the population least contaminated or deformed by capitalist culture. All theatrical performers spend two years performing in the countryside in lieu of military service, and most companies make annual tours to the rural areas.
19:47
It is, however, the Cuban film industry, which is generally credited with having developed the greatest revolutionary art form. The Cubans believe that of all the 20th century art forms, cinema is the most significant with the greatest revolutionary potential. Within that medium, the revolution is striving to develop its own forms and cultural values to free itself from the techniques and values which commercial interests have placed on film.
20:10
Film in Cuba, before the revolution, has a long and not so exciting history. In the early part of the century, when the film industry was in the infancy, Cuban entrepreneurs imported films from France and Italy, but with the advent of the talkies, US influence began. The attempts of early Cuban filmmakers to develop a national cinema drawing from Cuban history and folklore were overpowered by the efforts of those interested in films for quick exploitation and profit.
20:38
From 1930 until the Triumph of the Revolution in 1959, the Cuban film industry mimicked US models incorporating Cuban music and dance into the thin and melodramatic plots of musicals and detective stories. Because of the setup of international film production and distribution chains, Cuba had no access to an international audience except through co-production with Mexico or some other country.
21:01
Domestic audiences preferred films from the US or Mexico, anyway. So on the eve of the revolution, the Cuban film industry was primarily dedicated to the production of commercial advertising shorts, technical and scientific films, and newsreels for domestic consumption.
21:18
In the course of the guerrilla struggle against the dictatorship, a few newsreels and documentaries were made by revolutionaries in the Sierra and the Urban Underground. Though of rudimentary film quality, these films were a concrete step in the process of converting a traditional tool of the dominating classes into a tool for the defeat of those classes. One of those bearded filmmakers in fatigues was Alfredo Guevara. Fidel called on him shortly after the triumph of the revolution to draft a law founding the Cuban Film Institute.
21:46
In March of 1959, only two months after the revolutionaries came to power, the first law in the field of culture was proclaimed. It founded the ICAIC, Cuban Institute of Film, Art and Industry. In effect, the Institute is sort of a ministry of film with Alfredo Guevara as its head. It oversees all aspects of the Cuban film industry, the training of film students, the production of newsreels, documentaries, and features, the supervision of Cuban theaters, the import and export of films.
22:17
Cuba has some 500 movie theaters, but 25% of them are concentrated in Havana. In deciding upon its economic priorities, the Cuban Film Institute has invariably sacrificed sophisticated equipment which would improve the technical quality of their films in favor of what they see as more necessary expenditures.
22:35
The first priority was consistently been securing the necessary equipment and operators to expose the widest possible audience to the experience of film. Cuban now has over 100 mobile theaters, redesigned trucks equipped with 16 millimeter projectors, and driven by a single projectionist who wanders through the remote Cuban countryside, giving free film showings on the spot.
22:58
These shows invariably consist of a newsreel, a feature, and one or more documentaries. One of the most engaging Cuban documentaries called "Por Primera Vez", For the First Time, simply records the joyful response of a peasant audience as they view a moving picture for the first time.
23:14
Despite several technical and financial limitations, Cuban documentaries span a wide geographical and cultural range. The most famous of the Cuban documentary filmmakers, Santiago Alvarez, uses montages of still photographs, pen and ink drawings and cartoons to compose brilliant film essays on the Indochina War, events in the US, and the Third World, as well as Cuban topics.
23:38
It was not until 1968 that Cuban feature film production really began to flourish. That year saw the release of two of the finest Cuban feature films to date. "Memories of Underdevelopment" views the revolution through the eyes of an intellectual of upper middle class background whose family and friends have fled to Miami.
23:55
The film and the novel on which it is based both confront the problems of creating a revolutionary consciousness in a culture long convinced of its own inferiority and imitative of the dominating culture imported from the US. "Lucia", another award-winning Cuban feature looks at three revolutionary periods in Cuban's history through the lives of three Cuban women.
24:16
The current rate of feature film production in Cuba indicates a new period of growth. The success of one particular film, "The Adventures of Juan Quin Quin", may spark a trend towards more humorous films, which explore revolutionary themes in a lighthearted vein. Others forecast a greater use of third world solidarity themes and a new look at contemporary revolutionary conflicts.
24:35
Painting sculpture as traditional plastic arts have undergone relatively little change in Cuba since the revolution. Architecture and poster design, on the other hand, have changed significantly for economic as well as ideological and social reasons. In architecture, as in the other arts in Cuba, there has been a continuing dialogue as to the responsibility of the architect in answering and shaping the needs of the new revolutionary society. The fact of socialism in the country, de-emphasizes large private houses in favor of community centers, apartment complexes, group recreational facilities, schools, and the like.
25:13
Entire community complexes called micro cities, which include necessary public services and recreational facilities are springing up in the countryside further, helping to break down the distinction between urban and rural areas. Like other less substantial art forms, revolutionary Cuban architecture too is compelled to innovate because of the shortage of building materials produced by the US sponsored blockade. The blockade doesn't succeed however, in keeping out inspiration from various sources around the world.
25:40
In the field of the plastic arts, it is the work of the graphic artists that has received the greatest acclaim. Before the revolution, poster art like the film, was virtually non-existent in Cuba. It has now come to be along with the film, one of the two primary revolutionary art forms. With a demise of the profit system in Cuba, advertising as it has been known, becomes instantly obsolete. But instead of disappearing, billboards and wall posters began to multiply. Instead of exhorting consumers and sparking private appetites, Cuban poster art concentrates on building shared ideals, sympathies and responsibilities.
26:17
The posters testified to Cuba's current struggle to claim her place in history among the self-determining nations of the world. They commemorate Che's death in Bolivia, urge solidarity with the struggle of the peoples of Indochina, encourage Cubans to get polio vaccinations and join volunteer work brigades, announce films and other cultural events, and spark public debate on such issues as whether or not to raise the price of rum and cigarettes.
26:40
The Cuban artists are not purists. They borrow images from everywhere, never hesitating to expropriate, the most recent produce of Bourgeois culture, if it can be turned to meet their needs. For a government attempting to revolutionize the consciousness of its people to fundamentally alter human nature and create a new man, all of society is transformed into a school, and posters are an important method of public education.
27:04
As even this brief summary indicates Cuba possesses a rich national culture, diverse, and developing. The economic and ideological blockade against Cuba has had no visible success in stunting Cuba's cultural growth. In fact, in cultural terms, the principle result of the US blockage has been the cultural impoverishment of the American public. US citizens who are interested in contemporary Cuban literature find that Cuban books are only available here after the lengthy process of being reprinted in Spain or another Latin American country. Cuba's world renowned ballet troop will never dance before North American audiences as long as the blockade continues to stand.
27:46
Film goers find it impossible to see Cuban films of international acclaim and the few films which managed to enter this country are subject to mysterious disappearance or illegal confiscation. More important still, as long as the blockade continues, there can never be any sustained and open exchange between culture workers from Cuba and the United States; painters, graphic artists, architects, poets and novelists, teachers, critics, songwriters, and popular musicians, all those people whose work and existence helps build national and international culture.
LAPR1973_08_08
00:20
The London weekly, Latin America, reports from Chile that for the first time in two years, the right-wing Christian Democrats have been talking to the government instead of engaging in a mutual slinging match. The right-wing leadership of the Christian Democratic party agreed to talks only after an urgent warning from the church that civil war could be imminent. This followed last week's assassination of President Salvador Allende Naval aide-de-camp, Captain Arturo Araya, and widespread sabotage upon the declaration of another transportation owner strike similar to last October's, although bus and taxi drivers did not immediately join in the stoppage, except in a few areas.
00:54
By the end of last week, the situation looked exceptionally grave. Although the Christian Democrats remained deaf to Allende's desperate appeals for talks, both left and right pinned the guilt for Araya's assassination on opposing extremists. Though the right seemed to have a much more clear-cut motive to provoke a military coup.
01:15
On Monday, however, the political temperature dropped several degrees when talks between the government and opposition got underway as a result of the church appeal. But although the imminent threat of civil war has receded, many observers feel the country may have passed the point at which compromise is possible. On both sides, there are powerful groups and individuals strongly opposed even to seeking one.
01:35
Most socialists and the revolutionary left feel that the working class is becoming imbued with a really revolutionary spirit. They cite the occupation of factories, the development of local workers councils, and they are not willing to lose it.
01:51
The opposition, on the other hand, seems to be preparing a last ditch stand to defend Chile's traditional institutions. Allende, believing that everyone would lose in the event of a confrontation and that the first to be lost would be such revolutionary reforms as he has been able to achieve looks increasingly isolated in the middle. This report on Chile from Latin America.
02:15
Accusations that the Brazilian government has been using torture as a part of its official policy of repression have been common from as long ago as 1968. These allegations have, in the course of time, become more detailed, and the lists of tortured ever longer. In 1970, Brazilian president Emílio Médici admitted that there had been cases of torture, but he denied that this was an official policy and promised that the torturers would be brought to justice. However, in the intervening years, the government and its agencies overseas have taken up an increasingly rigid stand and have denied that there have been any cases at all.
02:49
With the imposition of rigid press censorship, it became increasingly difficult to substantiate allegations of torture that were made. The one body within Brazil that has from time to time taken issue with the government has been the church, but until recently, its complaints were mainly directed against torture perpetrated on members of the clergy. Earlier this year, however, the church began to take up a much more militant attitude, particularly since the death of a student at the hands of the police.
03:22
Latin America says that in the second week of July, Brazil's National Council of Bishops, referring to a decision by a military tribunal, listed a number of other cases of torture, including an incident in which four priests were forcibly removed from the house of a bishop by the military police, who then proceeded to torture them. The accusations by the Council of Bishops happened to coincide with the publication by the New York Council on Religion and International Affairs of allegations by a former advisor to Senator George McGovern that there had been more than 1000 political prisoners in Brazil and that probably between 40 and 120 have been tortured to death.
03:56
In the light of these accusations, it may be significant that three police officers are now to be tried in Rio de Janeiro for torturing two prisoners. One of the officers is already well-known as the man who, after conducting a television campaign against delinquency and drug addiction, was reputed to have allowed the escape of a drug peddler for a bribe of $30,000. The indictment of the three policemen states that the two prisoners were submitted to all kinds of torture in an attempt to force them to admit their complicity in a murder that took place in June 1972.
04:34
In the view of most observers, the mere fact of this trial is an admission by the government that torture is being used in Brazil, and this in itself is a step forward. It is being seen as an indication of new and less repressive policies to be introduced when General Ernesto Geisel takes over the presidency next year. But other observers are less optimistic. They point out that both these cases relate only to common criminals and that this cannot be taken as an indication of any easing of repressive measures against political prisoners. This analysis is from the London Weekly Latin America.
05:04
Reaction to current nuclear testings by France was published this week by Mexico's Daily Excélsior. Peru broke diplomatic relations with France in protest of its atomic explosions. It expressed a desire for similar actions by other American countries. The French government protested, announcing that the tests could not be halted.
05:28
Three persons representing 20 French political groups and trade unions delivered a note to President Georges Pompidou asking that an end be put immediately to the series of tests. The daily Le Monde in an editorial maintained that the government cannot ignore that psychologically, its nuclear politics are a failure, provoking indignation from other countries without attaining enthusiasm from the French people.
05:49
In New York, Secretary General of the United Nations, Kurt Waldheim deplored the French explosion at Mururoa and asked all those interested to abide by the UN rules prohibiting nuclear testing in the atmosphere.
06:01
But the rightest French press, Le Figaro, wrote, "It is doubtful that the New Zealanders and Australians can legitimately express an opinion concerning French defense needs because European security is none of their business."
06:15
In Lima, Peruvian officials announced the rupture of diplomatic relations with France. They're confident, however, that relations with France will resume when France ceases the nuclear testing.
06:28
The Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, further states, "France insists on controlling the zones near Mururoa, which they claim to be an extension of their sea territory, but the action of expelling ships within a radius of 72 miles is beyond the limits of their sovereignty."
06:42
Before the wave of protesting was begun, it was enough for a nuclear country to announce their testing plans so the danger zone could be avoided by ships. Now different foreign ships have decided to stay within this danger zone as a means of protest.
06:54
The fact of undeclared war in Guatemala is being openly admitted. Despite the grand public relations campaign being waged on his behalf, General Laugerud, the official presidential candidate, was recently forced to admit that everyone in Guatemala knows that the country is in an undeclared state of war, which began 13 years ago. The violence is increasing and the government and its handpicked candidate for the 1974 election had been trying to use that violence as a political issue by claiming that it is a part of a plot to discredit the government in the pre-electoral period.
07:34
The fact that violence is increasing was demonstrated dramatically one week in June when one landowner, two farm administrators and a rightist congressman were murdered all by people with no clear ties to organized political groups. A wealthy landowner, businessman and former president of the US sponsored Penny Foundation was killed by several peasants whose land he was trying to take over. Congressman Hector Soles Juarez, a renowned right-winger was killed after two unsuccessful assassination attempts, but no group on the left has claimed responsibility for the act.
08:06
Guatemala Report continues saying, "During the past year the government's main overt efforts to control the situation aside from direct armed confrontations have been aimed at maintaining a continuous high level of fear in the population and a constant awareness of the strength of the repressive forces."
08:25
This tactic has been most apparent in the so-called Cleanup Operations carried out without obvious provocation in different parts of the country, but primarily in Guatemala City. These cleanup maneuvers are ostensibly designed to rid the country of common criminals, and as the elections approach, are increasingly focused on combating marijuana, an issue which the government is trying to use to distract attention from these serious problems facing the country.
08:48
In recent months, there are indications that the government, unable to totally pacify the country, may now be trying to use political violence and organized subversion as an issue in the election. According to Laugerud, the government cannot control the situation because it is fighting organized violence, manifested in the repetition of similar acts all over the country in which landowners, farm administrators, military commissioners, and policemen have been killed.
09:18
Several army officers have recently acknowledged that despite massive pacification efforts, the problem of political violence and concretely of the guerrilla, has not been liquidated. Despite the general level of censorship, the press has also reported the existence of armed groups in the northern part of the country.
09:38
These developments make it clear that the government no longer feels obliged to maintain a liberal political image and that the election will bring no moratorium on official and semi-official violence. Thus, any lull in the government's undeclared war must be seen as tactical and temporary rather than as the beginning of peace, tranquility, and stability. This critical view of the undeclared war in Guatemala is presented by the Guatemala Report.
10:03
The Miami Herald reports that the Brazilian government has been telling its consumers recently that they are the ones who must take action to stop the inflation which has plagued this country for many years. In government-sponsored newspaper ads, housewives are told to shop around and think before they buy.
10:23
Inflation in Brazil was approaching 100% a year when the armed forces threw out a civilian administration in 1964. The military regime opened the country's doors to foreign investment, held down workers' salaries, outlawed strikes, and forced people to pay taxes. As a result, inflation last year was only 14%. This year, the government says it will be 12%, the lowest in two decades.
10:44
Also, Brazil's gross national product has increased by more than 9% annually for the past six years, to around $50 billion. Exports for this year are forecast at a record $5.3 billion with 40% coming from manufactured goods. However, critics of the regime point out that most Brazilians have not benefited from the economic growth. Per-person income in Brazil is around $500 a year. In the United States, it is about $4,000. Millions of farmers in the country's vast interior still live mainly on what they grow and barter. They do not participate directly in the money economy.
11:26
While top Brazilian executives are reported to be bringing in annual salaries of $200,000 or more, sugar cane cutters in the Northeastern states get a dollar for every ton of cane that they can chop, stack and bundle. It takes a strong worker nearly an entire day to cut a ton.
11:41
A group of Roman Catholic bishops charged recently that Brazil's present economic system does not help Brazilian society, but only the profit interests of foreign companies and their associates in our country. The clergyman said the only only solution is social ownership of the means of production.
11:55
The government acknowledges that workers pay has not increased as fast as the economy as a whole, but they argue this is the price of controlling inflation. About the lopsided distribution of income, Brazil's finance minister said, "Nobody is satisfied with the way income is distributed in Brazil, but if some country had discovered a better way to distribute income, it would've been put in action."
12:15
In striking contrast to original estimates of Perón, an almost magical change of heart has led the United States to view Perón as Argentina's best hope. The New York Times comments that, "In a reversal of attitudes, the United States government has come to view Juan Domingo Perón not as a menace, but as Argentina's best hope for political stability and economic progress."
12:40
This reappraisal was advanced in interviews by top officials of the State Department involved with South American affairs, and was confirmed by the Argentinian Embassy as its understanding of current United States policy.
12:54
The new position of the United States comes as no surprise to leftist elements in Argentina and throughout Latin America who have bemoaned Perón's moves toward the right for many weeks. In reorganizing his political movement at home, Perón seems to have embraced conservative elements within his party by his appointments of two right-wing labor leaders to important positions within the party.
13:14
Meanwhile, members of the Peronist Youth Movement who are responsible for mass mobilizing in support of Perón are angry because they were not consulted in the recent restructuring of the party. According to Latin America, Perón himself doubtless realizes that he is placing a tremendous strain on his political basis. They have long comforted themselves with the belief that he was quite different from men like José Rucci, leader of the General Labor Confederation. And last November, Perón played up to this belief, murmuring to the youth leaders that he knew who the traitors were.
13:49
Now the revolutionaries are having to fall back on a new formulation, which is that Perón is surrounded by reactionaries who keep him a virtual prisoner. The preceding article by Latin America.
14:24
Dr. Barkin, could you please describe the current situation in Chile?
14:29
That's hard, but in a word I guess we could say it's confused. The present situation is one of a great deal of upset of strikes throughout the country, of great deal of scarcity of food, and of a great deal of political maneuvering. But to understand what's going on, we cannot simply stay in the events of the month of July or June, but we have to go back to the month of October when we had the large strike, which lasted almost a month and in which the truck drivers began—who tried to force the Allende the government to go easy on some of its policies of changing the economic structure so that the people who were working in the factories and in the fields could improve their living standards.
15:22
Back in October, the strikes by the truck drivers, who also are the truck owners, forced a confrontation in which Allende came out winning. By Allende I mean the Popular Unity government, which was legally elected as the government of Chile back in 1970 and has a six-year term of office.
15:45
Now, that situation, which happened in October, created a large economic upset for the country. $200 million is the estimated cost of that situation because of lost exports and economic upset in the country.
16:06
During that period of time, as I said, Allende came out winning because what happened was the government came out with more support among the working classes who realized that the truck owners and other small business people and large business people, of course, were very much up in arms against the interests of the working classes, against the interests of the peasants, because these groups of people represented interests which were not directed towards satisfying basic housing, medical care, educational and food needs for the mass of the Chilean people. As a result, you had a situation in which Allende won, basically. He won, he was able to reestablish a balance of power with Salvador Allende the president at the political helm.
17:06
Now in June, you had another series of events which culminated in a strike by one group of people within the copper mines, the administrative workers. The administrative workers within the copper mines were arguing that they should get an escudo and one half increase in pay for every escudo, that all the other workers in Chile got as a result of inflation.
17:36
Now, this was an inadmissible situation for the Chilean government because the copper workers were already the best paid workers in Chile. As a result, there was a huge and lengthy and very costly copper strike, which took place in Chile. That was resolved, but it was resolved, again, at the cost of great deal of political turmoil, which involved Allende taking very strong measures.
18:08
Now, during the past six or seven weeks, the situation has gotten worse in the sense that the right has correctly seen itself as being threatened by the growing strength that Allende has shown among the working classes, and has therefore had to take much more severe measures to try to control or to get back some of the power which led to the assassination of Allende's military aide-de-camp, the Navy man who was shot in a very, very brutal fashion, machine-gunned in his home one evening several weeks ago.
18:46
Now, what that has forced Allende to do is again, to take stronger measures, and has forced, again, a heightening of tension. But has at the same time made it quite obvious to large segments of the Chilean population that there are conflicts, very severe conflicts of interest between what the right is trying to do and what the Popular Unity government is trying to do. But the Popular Unity government in turn finds pressures from the left, which is asking that Allende go even further in taking over enterprises which are owned by the people who are creating the civil war.
19:26
And about the role of the United States, in December, Salvador Allende denounced past aggressions of the United States economic interests against the Chilean people. Do you think intervention in Chile's affairs continues?
19:43
That question's very hard to answer, because obviously—the answer Chileans give is clearly yes. Although the people who are involved in this are not carrying cards which say, "I'm a member of the CIA" or "I work for ITT."
20:04
What happens is that there's a great deal of intervention in a number of different fronts. The most obvious of them being that the right wing still finds economic support, the right groups. Not only Patria y Libertad or Father Land and Freedom Group, which is the group that's responsible for the assassination of Allende's aide-de-camp, but also for the centrist groups or the so-called centrist groups, the Christian Democratic groups, which are now the opposition party in Chile.
20:37
These groups find, through their normal economic ties with America's largest multinational corporations, that it is easy to find economic and political support, and as is quite clear from an analysis of the American press, the American press is still trying to mobilize American opinion against attempts to give the Chilean working classes a decorative standard of living by claiming that this is going against American interests.
21:10
What it seems to me is that we have to try to understand that it's different groups of Americans who have interests in the welfare of different parts of the Chilean population, and that our support must be for the working people, the people and the peasants who are trying to improve their standard of living. But it seems clear that at least economic support is coming from the United States to help in these counter-governmental efforts.
21:44
On the international front, Chile is finding a great deal of support in most international organizations from groups that are not controlled by the United States government.
21:55
Have recent events hurt Allende's popularity among the working class?
22:00
That is a very important question to answer because in it lies the possibility of understanding three more years of Popular Unity government. I think that contrary to hurting Popular Unity and Allende's popularity, recent events have strengthened it. We have the March 4th elections as testimony to that, where there was a very, very substantial increase in voting and in voting for the Popular Unity government throughout broad sectors of the economy, including the famous conservative women. And I say famous because women are supposed to be, in Latin America, traditionally conservative and traditional.
22:48
As a result, the women's vote is taken as a particularly strong vote of confidence in Allende. What happens is I think that the women realize more than ever how it is that prices and supplies are being manipulated in the grocery stores for the benefit of certain people, and are going through a process of trying to understand the economic situation, and realize that they have to support certain actions.
23:17
Interesting thing, since March, I think his popularity has grown even more with the recent events in the assassination, the copper strike and things like that, so that the right and the Democratic Christian groups have been forced to accelerate their own activities because they feel menaced by the growing solidarity within the working classes.
23:42
If anything, the interesting thing about the working classes and the polarization and Allende's popularity has been their growing radicalization and their demands for more stringent and stronger moves by the government than the government feels it can politically go through right now. But in electoral terms and in terms of the future, I think that yes, his popularity has grown.
24:10
Will the Allende regime survive the current difficulties, and what do you foresee for the future?
24:16
I think I just tried to indicate that yes, the Allende government will survive. The Allende government will survive because Salvador Allende has demonstrated himself to be a magnificent politician, an extraordinarily agile person in terms of manipulating and in terms of playing a very delicate political game, which is heightening, which is becoming more serious, and the stakes are getting higher. Both the threats and the stakes are higher also.
24:51
Right now, Allende has successfully resolved the conflicts between the extreme right and the extreme left by playing a centrist ground. As a result, he's getting attacks from all sides. He's trying a dialogue with the Christian Democrats, which I think is going to have very problematic results. None of these attempts in the past have worked, and I don't think they'll work now, but we'll see.
25:20
But let me just close by saying in the future, I think that there's a great deal of reason to be optimistic because what's happened is the working classes, the majority of the people are beginning to take their own dynamic in trying to control their own lives and in demanding voices, which during past years have been spoken for by the leaders of the country.
25:41
As a result, you have a situation in which the industrial and the agricultural sectors of the economy are beginning to demand participation in decision-making in an autonomous way. And if nothing else, that's perhaps the most exciting thing that's in the future for Chile.
26:00
In view of your optimism for the future, what do you think about the rumors that Chile is on the brink of civil war?
26:06
I think those rumors are very convenient fabrications and misunderstandings by different groups, both within Chile and especially in the American press. The notion of civil war itself is a very difficult notion in a country with a president who's trying to lead the country on a transition through a peaceful way and through the political process.
26:37
The political game in Chile is a very, very complicated one. And the stakes are high, and Allende's success is the reason why the right has been forced to take some of the violent actions that it's taking, and why the economic sabotage, which is going on throughout the economy is taking place.
26:58
The threats from the left are very clear, and I think that there's an attempt by the left, by some elements within the extreme left to also suggest that the country is on the brink of civil war.
27:18
But civil war would require a different sort of display of forces and a different sort of availability of arms and distribution of those arms, than is currently available in Chile. The armed forces are very powerful, and the United States has equipped them very well during the past three years. And they have up to now been very effective in controlling the distribution of arms and have recently been collecting a great number of loose arms, which they find among different groups in both the right and the left.
27:55
The armed forces, if it came to a showdown, would probably support the Christian Democratic groups, but I don't think that that kind of showdown is in the offering, and I don't think that civil war is the way in which the political problems of Chile are going to be resolved.
LAPR1973_08_16
00:24
The Puerto Rican Weekly, Claridad, reports from Santiago, Chile that only a few weeks after the frustrated attempt by the Chilean army to overthrow the government of President Salvador Allende, the popular government appears strengthened by it. Within hours of the attack, the civilian accomplices of the mutiny, flushed out by their failure, began to run for cover. Five top leaders of the right-wing Fatherland and Freedom Organization released a statement from Ecuador where they'd received political asylum admitting their participation in the coup attempt and calling on all their members to go underground. The document was published in the Daily, Ultima Hora, and is signed by Pablo Rodriguez and other Fatherland and Freedom leaders.
01:04
Ultima Hora on June 30th said the coup was part of a vast plot, which apparently included the entry into Chile of fascists trained abroad. On the same day as statement made by the government declared that the hands of foreign governments, fascism and all Chilean rightists are involved in this. Vigilance committees of the workers have been formed in work centers all over the country to defend the nation from further right-wing actions. A deputy of the coalition that brought Allende to power, Unidad Popular, was quoted as saying that, "There are hundreds of parliaments in the factories and they're more genuine and democratic than the traditional one."
01:42
These parliaments, the workers' councils, have full political freedom of expression for Christian Democratic workers as well, many of whom took part in the anti-coup preparations. President Allende and the government have called for a dialogue with the opposition, except for the Fatherland and Freedom and the National Party, which was also responsible for the coup attempt. This has put the conservative leadership of the Christian Democratic Party in a tough spot. To refuse the negotiations would alienate much of the party's working-class membership.
02:10
One important economic development is the ending of the two-month-long strike at El Teniente Copper Mine, which had cost Chile some $80 million. The strikers, made up of one fourth of the miners and three-fourths of the white collar workers at the mining complex, accepted the new terms proposed by President Allende. The right wing had used the strike as a rallying point for demonstrations, marches, sabotage, propaganda, and attacks on government leaders and officers. Meanwhile, serious strikes plaguing the trucking and transportation industries remain unsettled.
02:46
The Puerto Rican weekly, Claridad, also reports from Guatemala City that the death toll of peasants shot down by the army troops here now totals 67. A May dispatch published in the New York Times reported 17 dead, adding that the death toll could go higher because all the bodies of those slain might not have been discovered. More than 3000 peasants participated in the land occupations that led to the massacre in the region near the town of Sanarate.
03:11
Landowners called on the army to oust the invaders from the land, which in most cases is owned by absentee landlords and often not cultivated. This region was also the scene of agrarian reform measures taken by the government of Jacobo Árbenz, overthrown by the CIA in 1954. Much of the land distributed to small farmers was returned to the landlords after the oust of Árbenz. The massacre, in which three students and a union leader were also killed, emphasized the determination of the government to continue the terrorist campaign that was first launched against the Guerrilla movement and which has claimed 1000 lives a year since 1966.
03:52
Meanwhile, the government has begun to campaign for the March, 1974 presidential elections. Official candidates tour the country under heavily armed military escort. The main theme of the campaign was founded recently by the military man chosen to succeed current President Carlos Arana. "My historic mission," intoned the official candidate, "Is to carry out the second phase of the pacification of the country by wiping out the left." This from the Puerto Rican weekly, Claridad.
04:18
Marcha, of Montevideo Uruguay, reports the future president of the Republic of Brazil has been selected. The official party selected General Earnest Geisel, whose nomination will be officially ratified by an electoral college in which the official party has a rather large majority. The Brazilian people, denied for nine years the right to elect their own rulers, has only one liberty left - that of speculating about the future president. Of course, this luxury must be kept to themselves since it is dangerous to actually talk about such things. At the same time, a thoroughly domesticated Brazilian press is trying to popularize the general, who is an illustrious nobody in the eyes of 99% of the population who can't even pronounce his German surname.
05:04
Geisel, the designated successor to Médici, is still an unknown to several political observers. Some call him a liberal, some a conservative. It is said that he's a nationalist and anti-American, but no one denies that he is a staunch army man. There are several reasons to believe that he is a conservative. When he was head of the military cabinet of Branco, he was sent to Brazil's northeast to investigate claims of government torture. He concluded that there was absolutely no torture despite common knowledge that The Fourth Army was conducting a reign of terror in the Northeast.
05:34
His sponsors within the country are also proof of his conservatism. Both ex-President Branco and General Golbery are well-known reactionaries. Golbery is the author of a work proclaiming that Brazil's domination of the South American continent is manifest destiny. But, Marcha writes, "He doesn't spend all his time formulating Brazilian imperialist strategy, but works at something far more lucrative. He is president of the Brazilian branch of Dow Chemical, which has a great deal of political influence in Brazil today since the country has been transformed into a virtual colony of large multinational corporations."
06:06
As president of the Brazilian state oil industry, Petrobras, General Geisel took no steps to recover control of the petrochemical industry, the filet mignon of the petroleum business. Under his leadership, Petrobras, once a symbol of Brazilian nationalism, has provided lucrative investments for Phillips Corporation and Dow Chemical. It has also made some very suspicious moves overseas, investing in many other countries, including the Middle East. Marcha concludes that the nationalism of Geisel, if it does exist, is merely an imperialist nationalism that is aimed at transforming Brazil into a superpower. In short, the repressive situation in Brazil will most likely continue. The power of the Army remains supreme and not even a pretense of democracy or civilian control seems necessary anymore. This from the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha.
06:59
In further news of Brazil, the Cuban Press Agency, Prensa Latina, reports that Uruguayan National Party Senator Wilson Ferreira, exiled in Buenos Aires, has claimed that Brazilian troops have violated Uruguayan territory on several occasions. This follows a series of reports of ominous preparations by the Brazilian dictatorship. Troops and armored units of the Brazilian Army's Third Core, its biggest and best equipped military outfit, are reported to have penetrated Uruguay by one of the four major highways which Brazil has built on the border between the two countries. The construction of the highways and the rapid buildup of troops along the border came under fire from the Montevideo press in 1971 when the existence of this operation was revealed on the eve of Uruguayan presidential elections.
07:41
According to some sources, the Brazilian regime had prepared an invasion plan which was to culminate with the total occupation of Uruguay within 30 hours if the left-wing broad front coalition won the elections. Although the operation was seen at the time as little more than an intimidation measure at a time when the Uruguayan working class was able to offer much stronger resistance than it can under the present dictatorship conditions, the resilience have established a history of strong arm methods.
08:07
Meanwhile, in Uruguay, the Guardian reports the Uruguay working class is back on the job this month, but discontent against the new dictatorship boils beneath the surface. The National Workers' Confederation called off its two-week general strike, July 11th, vowing to continue the struggle through different routes and methods. The strike ended four days after a militant demonstration of some 50,000 workers, students and housewives against the Bordaberry government.
08:35
Dozens were wounded by police. The strike lasted 15 days, despite heavy armed repression and government efforts to divide workers. Military units forced refinery workers to return to their jobs. Some 1500 union leaders were jailed. Thousands of workers were arrested and herded into sports stadiums for lack of prison space. Two deaths were reported in demonstrations by students and women.
09:00
Repression against the workers is likely to increase. The dictatorship has declared that it will regulate strikes and control union elections in order to promote a free, strong and Uruguayan syndicalism. Brazil's heavy-handed intervention in the right wing coup included a $30 million loan to the Bordaberry government plus military equipment. In accord with the Brazilian formula, President Bordaberry may be replaced by a military junta. Armed forces occupied the presidential mansion July 28th, claiming that Marxist subversion threatened to smash the government. This from the Guardian.
09:33
Excélsior of Mexico City adds that Uruguayan police opened fire on a thousand demonstrators at the National University in Montevideo last week while armed troops patrolled the nation's capitol. Dozens were injured by police gunfire and many were arrested. Police reportedly searched the homes of university students and professors, but authorities declined to say if any arrests were made. Last month, university demonstrations were accompanied by showers of homemade bombs thrown at the police from rooftops in the city.
10:06
These demonstrations are only a part of the political upheaval which has raged in Uruguay since President Juan Bordaberry dissolved the National Congress on June 18th and set up a military dictatorship. Soon after the coup, the National Workers Union called a general strike which paralyzed the country, but this was brutally repressed by the government.
10:23
Many observers feel that the way was cleared for the June military takeover in April of last year when the government waged an all-out war on the Tupamaros, an urban guerrilla group. While many of the more moderate figures in the previous Uruguayan government found the Tupamaros leftist politics too extreme, it has felt that the strength of the Tupamaros guerrillas kept the right wing military from taking over the government completely.
10:45
Now that the Tupamaros have been defeated and the military has indeed taken over, many moderates perhaps now regret that they did not object to the military's brutal campaign against the Tupamaros last year. But while the Tupamaros were defeated, they were not exterminated. They issued a statement recently calling for a reorganization of the popular forces for a war against the fascist dictatorship. While admitting that they were defeated last year because they underestimated the Uruguayan military and overestimated their own strength, the Tupamaros said they would increase their organizing of the working classes and pledged to continue the revolutionary struggle. This from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
11:29
Barry Rubin, the New York Guardian staff correspondent, writes that the July 13th resignations of Argentine President Héctor Cámpora and Vice President Vicente Lima were seen by many leftist Argentinians as a move to the right by the Peronist government. In choosing a new president, the left wanted Argentine leader, Juan Perón, to agree to run with Campora as vice president, but an August 4th national meeting of the Peronist movement put forward the candidacy of Isabel Martinez, Perón's wife.
11:58
The 200 Peronist party delegates at the meeting are generally believed to have acted at Perón's request. Perón will run for the president in the September 23rd election and will almost certainly win. His main opponent will be Ricardo Balbin, leader of the Radical Party. Balbin, the candidate favored by the United States, will have the support of a rightist anti-Perón front. This report from The Guardian.
12:20
The Mexico City Daily, Excélsior, reports from the United Nations, Mexico, Switzerland, and Brazil vehemently attacked the United States and the Soviet Union, who continue to conduct underground nuclear testing despite the fact that they signed a treaty 10 years ago to bring such nuclear testing to an end. There is particular concern over a new type of nuclear weapon known as the mini nuke, which is a small-tonnage nuclear weapon. It can be aimed with absolute precision and has a small concentrated effect. Critics feel that its production could easily lead to a new and dangerous arms race.
12:56
A United Nations representative pointed out that the nuclear potential of the superpowers is already equivalent to 15 tons of TNT for every single inhabitant of the planet. Mrs. Alva Myrdal, the Swedish representative, said that the majority of nations who do not possess nuclear arms consider continued testing a breach of promise and an insult to the will of the majority of nations at the United Nations Assembly. Meanwhile, in Lima, Peruvian doctor, Louis Patetta declared that French nuclear testing in the Pacific had raised the incidences of respiratory, eye and skin diseases. He also claimed that radioactivity in Lima had reached alarming proportions. This from Excélsior.
14:35
Professor Barkin was recently interviewed in a series of articles in Mexico's most important daily newspaper, Excélsior. Professor Barkin, I've noticed that Mexico City's Excélsior has published a number of articles about your work on the problems of Mexican agriculture. Could you tell us something about this?
14:54
Yeah. Right now, there's a very serious problem in Mexico because agricultural production has not been going up in line with demand, and during the past few years, Mexico has been forced to import substantial quantities of wheat and corn, Mexico's basic food stuffs. Unfortunately, Mexico's had to do this at the same time as world prices for these commodities have been going up, and therefore, this has meant a substantial drain on the balance of payments.
15:29
What happened was the Mexicans have right now just discovered the agrarian crisis, which has been in the making for 30 or 40 years. During the past few decades, Mexico has postponed its crisis by having substantial increases in agricultural production from the extension of irrigation, especially in the northwestern part of the country that is bordering on the United States areas which has been the grainery of Mexico. At the same time, they've had substantial increases on exports of important agricultural crops, most notably cotton, but also sugar.
16:10
This agricultural production has all been concentrated in the hands of 3% of Mexican farmers. There are two and a half million different farm units in Mexico, and only 3% of those have produced more than four fifths, more than 80% of all of the increase in agricultural production during the past two decades. As a result, the majority of Mexican farmers and farm families, which is perhaps as much as one half of Mexico's population - that is 25 million people - have been isolated from Mexico's agricultural progress. As a result of this isolation, living standards have actually declined in the countryside.
16:59
Now, the reason for this is very easy to identify with government statistics, Mexican government statistics. The reason for it is a very successful program of irrigation which has been given to a very small proportion of Mexican farmers. This 3% of the Mexican farmers that I mentioned control 70% of all irrigated land in Mexico. This 3% of Mexican farmers control 75% of all machinery in Mexico, and as a result, the rest of the people have been completely left out of progress.
17:49
This is creating lots of social problems throughout Mexico, and in the first six months of 1973, the Mexican army has been reported to have taken military action in 70 different instances against land takeovers by peasants trying to get some improvement in their living standards as a result of the impoverishment which has come about through years of neglect.
18:17
I understand that the Mexican economy has been an extremely dynamic one, especially when compared to some other Latin American economies. Do we really have some genuine evidence that the majority of the population, and especially the rural population, hasn't really been benefiting from this economic growth?
18:34
We certainly do. Mexico's dynamic growth has a history of 35 years of 6% a year real growth. That is after taking away for effects of price changes, inflation, which we know a lot about now. But the real problem is that this growth has come about exactly following the models which we, that is our government, is asking the underdeveloped countries to follow - heavy investment in new industries and in agriculture. You had the heavy investment in agriculture which got Mexico into very important export crops but did not affect over 2 million farm families, which is 15 million people.
19:21
Now, in addition to that, in industry, you've had exactly the same thing happen. Mexico has been very successful in getting increases in production, but the policy, which the Mexicans call stabilizing development -- the treasury secretary who invented this policy called his policy stabilizing development -- might be better called growth for growth's sake. Growth for growth's sake means let's just raise the product. It's reminiscent of what happened in the United States when we were just trying to raise our national product without worrying whether we were producing pollution or terrible cities or mass transportation, or any of the other things which have caused the social and economic ills which we're now suffering in our own country. Well, the Mexicans have it much worse.
20:15
The Mexicans have it much worse because 1% of all the industrial firms in Mexico, that's 938 companies out of 35,000, control two thirds of everything that are produced in the manufacturing sector of the Mexican economy. Two banks, which own many of those 938 firms which are Mexican owned, control a large proportion -- I'm sorry, I don't know the exact figure -- of all the banking. Two banks, and they have offices in New York also. During the past years, American foreign investment has virtually poured into Mexico to such an extent that it now controls 90% of the modern food industry of Mexico.
21:04
Now, these sorts of figures are creating large problems all over the Mexican economy. During the past year, for example, the Mexican government, for the first time in its history, admitted an unemployment problem, but when they admit an unemployment problem, they do it in grand style because they are estimating the unemployment rate at 25% now. I conservatively estimate that they're wrong. I think that the real rate is between 30 and 40% unemployment, in real terms.
21:40
Do you think that this trend towards industrial and agricultural concentration, which seems to be taking place, is going to be reversed at any time in the near future? Or are the policies of the Mexican government not concerned with this issue, not directing any efforts towards trying to correct it?
21:59
The Mexican government's very concerned about concentration, but the problem is that the Mexican government is incapable of doing anything about it because the very dynamic of the Mexican economy depends upon that concentration. In the same way that concentration in the United States economy is creating a problem in the United States when the transnational corporations are making their influence felt in the United States. As we heard about, we regularly hear about the ITT affair, but in Mexico, such concentration creates a very peculiar problem.
22:36
The dynamics of 6% plus growth every year depends upon the fact that they continue to produce automobiles, electric dishwashers, electric dryers, and all the other sorts of appliances which we consider part of middle-class living. But in Mexico, only 30% of the population can even aspire to get a non-electric washing machine, and a very small proportion of the population can consider the possibility of getting electrical appliances and consumer durables like automobiles. The automobile is having a banner year in Mexico, but only because during the past 20 years, almost half of every dollar increase in Mexico's income has gone to the upper 10% of the population.
23:30
Professor Barkin, you mentioned the issue of transnational corporations, which has been one of a great deal of concern to very many scholars and policymakers. Are there any other aspects of United States economic policy that affect Mexico very strongly?
23:47
Almost every one. Every American policy affects Mexico. Mexico depends upon the United States for its markets and Mexico imports from the United States almost all of its capital equipment. Inflation is a tremendous problem in Mexico now. The Mexican government at the end of July admitted that inflation in the first six months of this year had been at 11% a year. That's only because the people who estimated the inflation only go to government stores. The housewives think that inflation must be in the order of 25% this year, which means that inflation is a huge problem in Mexico and is creating lots and lots of repercussions throughout the whole society.
24:36
The problem is faced from the United States' point of view because Mexico tries to export more to the United States. For example, tomatoes, which the Mexicans have now, quote, voluntarily, unquote, agreed to an export quota so that the Florida tomato growers using their chemical processes and their artificial mechanisms can have the American market and keep prices of tomatoes high in the American market and keep out the Mexican tomatoes, which would permit farm prices to come down in the United States. The same is true for other agricultural products. Textiles are also affected by import quotas imposed by the United States.
25:19
Other sorts of problems are created in the border areas because Mexico is trying to create border industries, but the American Trade Union movement is trying to prevent that because they claim that jobs are lost. These sorts of conflicts are a daily occurrence between Mexican and American governments, and every policy decision from phase one to phase five, which I guess will be coming soon, will affect the way in which the Mexican economy continues to have growth for growth's sake.
25:54
It seems very interesting to me that the same sort of economic problems that the United States is having are also causing Mexico a great deal of problems, particularly this inflation. It seems as though all these economic problems occur almost on a hemispheric level rather than on a national level, which is how we're accustomed to thinking of them. Do you think that these problems with inflation in Mexico will affect the tourist—the United States tourist who's trying to get away from it all in Mexico?
26:23
Well, for the tourist who's trying to get away from it all and going to the lost village in the mountains, it will affect it relatively little, but for the tourist who's interested in the attractions of touristic Mexico, as the guidebooks would have it, that is Mexico City in the central part of Mexico and Acapulco, prices have been going up but it's still a lot cheaper to take a vacation in Mexico than it is to take a similar one in the United States, and airfares are not going up to Mexico City.
26:56
And the Mexican governments doing something else, which is very interesting. They're developing tourism very quickly because it's an important export earning in the face of restrictions on exports of other goods to the United States, so that there are two new tourist areas - one in the Caribbean called Cancun, and one in the Pacific called Zihuatanejo, which are being developed for large scale jumbo jet type tourism. And I guess in that sense, the Mexican government is trying to stimulate tourism and going to try to control prices in doing so, because it depends upon that to keep up the consumption standards of the upper classes.
27:36
Thanks very much. We've been discussing the recent economic situation in Mexico with Dr. David Barkin of Lehman College of City University of New York.
LAPR1973_08_23
00:20
The British News Weekly, Latin America, reports from Chile that one of the issues at the heart of the Christian Democrat's decision to break off talks with President Salvador Allende last week was Allende's resistance to the demand for the armed forces to be represented in the cabinet. This, paradoxically, was the reverse of his attitude last October, when truck and bus and taxi owners staged a paralyzing strike, similar to that declared at the end of last month. In October, the armed forces joined the cabinet in a stabilizing move, which prevented the country drifting into civil war.
00:49
The situation is very different now. Not only has the country itself been so sharply polarized that compromise is almost impossible, as the difficulties in the talks between Allende and the Christian Democrats have demonstrated, but the armed forces themselves have become deeply embroiled in the current political strife. The resultant strain is evident not only in the armed forces relations with the left and with the right, but also among the military themselves. Senior officers are being classed by left-wing politicians, not always entirely fairly, as "golpistas" or "no-golpistas".
01:24
That is, as to whether or not they would support military intervention in the form of a coup. One left-wing commentator was reported as stating, "The armed forces must be either for or against the people." This would appear to leave little room for the military's own hopes, backed by Allende himself, namely that the military should remain outside politics and retain popular respect.
01:51
The British News Weekly continues that many on the left and in the trade unions were already unhappy about the armed forces' program of searching for arms, particularly in the factories and offices taken over after the attempted military coup at the end of June. This resentment boiled over last week, when a worker was shot dead by troops searching for arms in a factory in a southern city. The local socialist deputy denounced the regional army commander as a megalomaniac and a madman, which brought about outraged protests from other generals.
02:19
This week, however, it was the opposition's turn to be unhappy with the military, as they began to carry out Allende's strict instructions to requisition trucks belonging to striking owners, and to protect convoys of those not on strike. The army and police have firm orders to shoot anyone attacking these convoys, and already four people have died.
02:37
The resumption of Allende's talks with the Christian Democrats still looks very uncertain, despite some measure of agreement over legislative matters. He certainly will not agree to de-nationalize any industries already taken over. Also, it would be disastrous for him to ask the military to dislodge the very militant workers who have occupied a number of factories since the attempted coup in June.
03:01
Even if he agrees to include the military in his cabinet, this is likely to create as many problems as it solves, particularly among his own supporters, many of whom fear this may spell the end of the government's revolutionary policies. For the first time, the armed forces are a divisive rather than a unifying factor. This report on Chile was taken from the British paper, Latin America.
03:24
Excélsior, of Mexico City, reports from Argentina that General Juan Perón, ratified as presidential candidate in the upcoming elections, has proclaimed that his health is excellent. The ex-leader, 77 years old, announced his decision to run at a national convention, while millions of people demonstrated in support. He delineated as his primary goal unifying all Argentinians. He said, quote, "We will go slowly, but we will proceed."
03:48
He appeared with his wife Isabel, who has been nominated as the vice presidential candidate. Perónsaid that his government would not present any spectacular plans for development, but rather, carefully studied projects, and he criticized economists and politicians who called for rapid development as the top priority for Argentina, saying that the super developed countries regret what they have done, because their technology has caused the destruction of their natural resources. That from Excélsior.
04:12
Latin America, in a more detailed analysis of the Argentinian political maneuvers, points out that the nomination of Isabel Martinez de Perón by the Justicialista party congress as her husband's running mate in the September presidential election seems to be a holding formula which might be altered should the radical party leader, Ricardo Balbin, become available for the vice presidential nomination. Both Perón and Balbin have continued to explore the possibility of a joint, radical Peronist ticket, but the political obstacles in Balbin's acceptance of the vice presidential spot seem formidable.
04:51
While the radicals continue to debate the unpalatable choice with which they're faced, Isabel Perón fits neatly with the new image of Peronism. If Albin fails, Perón has another alternative scheme of his sleeve, the creation of a council of state with members drawn from all political sectors to assist the president. Like the proposed electoral pact with the radical party, such a broadening of the Peronist government's institutional base would help eliminate any threat of a new intervention by the armed forces.
05:22
The British Newsweek continues that the ex-president Hector Campora is about to be sent as ambassador to Mexico, thus ending the attempt of the Peronist youth to build him up as the champion of the left. Perón is denouncing guerrilla activities in terms which seem extraordinary when compared to his defense of the guerrillas only last year. Then he said they were the natural response to an oppressive dictatorship. Today, however, he says that they are agents of international communism.
05:46
For the time being, there is little the left can do. So much face was placed in Perón that even the most amazing inconsistencies have to be accepted or explained away. This from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
05:58
Another news brief taken from Latin America, reports that tensions have been rising again in Mexico. Latin America reports that at the National University in Mexico City, a student was shot dead in a confused incident last weekend. This follows an alleged attempt to kidnap the rector purportedly to be exchanged for 150 students accused of hijacking buses and about 100 protesting peasants they were supporting a student was also shot dead in Guadalajara, Western Mexico. Meanwhile, 17 members of a group that calls themselves the student revolutionary front have been arrested on suspicion of involvement in the kidnapping of the US consul, Terrence Leonhardy, in Guadalajara last May. This from Latin America.
06:46
Tri Continental News Service reports from Mexico City that the current wave of land seizures is an expression of Mexico's rural problems, according to peasant leader Ramon Danzos, now in jail there. The agrarian reform and the government's proposal for deep going solutions will not solve the president's difficulty. Danzos said, "They don't eat speeches, they don't eat promises."
07:07
In recent months, peasants have seized land in the states of Oaxaca, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Guerrero, Veracruz, Jalisco, Guanajuato, Mexico, and San Luis de Potosi. Recently it was revealed that North American owners hold huge estates in the Ciudad Valle zone in San Luis De Potosi state where the peasants have been negotiating for land for more than 30 years.
07:31
The Guardian reports from Uruguay that the Uruguayan dictatorship of President Juan Bordaberry is desperately attempting to destroy its left opposition before it can fight back effectively.
07:43
The Guardian article says that attacks have been launched against leftist political parties, trade unions, and universities. University autonomy was ended August the 1st. Four days earlier, the government passed new union regulations aimed against the Communist Party led National Workers Confederation, which led a two-week-long general strike immediately following the military coup that dissolved the Parliament. The National Workers Confederation itself was declared illegal June the 30th, three days after the coup.
08:15
The union has 500,000 members out of the country's total population of nearly three million. A union leader who escaped government repression and reached Cuba, told the press conference there last week about developments during the strike. The union leader, who asked to remain anonymous, said that within an hour of Bordaberry's dissolution of Congress, the National Workers Confederation was able to paralyze 80% of the country's economy. The strike was supported by students, teachers, and after the first week, by the Catholic Church.
08:41
"Because the general strike began just before payday," the Guardian article says, "Workers did not have much money, but block committees were organized for food distribution". The National Workers Confederation leader said that some elements in the Navy and Air Force supported the strike and refused to participate in the repression against it. At one point, sailors saluted striking dock workers in Montevideo. About 200 officers were arrested for disobeying orders, some of them after trying to hold a protest meeting.
09:13
At Uruguay's only oil refinery, though, soldiers did aim rifles at workers and held them as hostages to ensure the arrival of the second shift, forcing them to work. Sabotage forced the closing of the refinery 48 hours after workers damaged a chimney. At a power plant, workers through a chain against the generator, destroying it. Technicians from the power plant hid to avoid being forced to repair it, but were captured by the military after two days.
09:37
Several workers were killed and many were injured during the demonstration in Montevideo. By June 11th, however, the National Workers Confederation said that the workers were exhausted and out of funds. The Confederation directed them back to work, without, however, gaining any concessions and with 52 of their leaders still in prison.
09:54
A number of opposition leaders still remain in jail, including retired General Liber Seregni, the leader of the leftist Broad Front, and Omar Murda, national director of the liberal National Party. The Broad Front and the National Party, along with the communist and socialist parties, have formed a united front against the dictatorship. Those groups, together with the National Workers Confederation, called a one-day general strike for August the 2nd.
10:21
In another important development, the Tupamaros, a guerrilla group, released a statement at the end of July calling for a people's war against the dictatorship. This was the first public statement issued by the Tupamaros since large scale repression began against them in April of 1972. The Tupamaros said the general strike had shown that revolution is a possibility in their country.
10:40
The organization also made a self-criticism that it had underestimated the enemy, which had much more power than they had earlier realized. And on the other hand, they said they did not give proper evaluation to the tremendous capacity for struggle of the people, and they confined themselves too much to their own forces. "Without the participation and the leadership of the working classes," they said, "No revolution is possible."
11:02
Uruguay is currently being run by the National Security Council created by the military last February. The organization consists of the chiefs of three military services, president Bordaberry, and the ministers of interior, foreign relations, defense, and economy. The council is being aided by the military intelligence service. The military intelligence service has the main responsibility of counterinsurgency against the Tupamaros and repression of political opposition, including torture of political prisoners. The Guardian article concludes that although the workers are well organized and fought hard, they see ranged against them not only the power of the Uruguayan military, but also that of Brazil and US supporters.
11:49
Chile Hoy reports from Brazil that the left could take power in most any country in Latin America, but if this happens, what measures would the Brazilian military adopt? they ask. This question, phrased in 1969 by high level officers of the Advanced War School in Brazil, was answered by the highest echelons of the armed forces in a recently released classified document entitled Plan Alpha, in the following manner. If the left took power in Latin America, Uruguay and Chile being the most likely places, the Brazilian armed forces would adopt the following measures. First, they would strengthen and perfect the internal security of Brazil, and secondly, they would transform into strategic areas for Brazil through possible military interventions, various countries and regions, including all of the Uruguayan territory, parts of Brazilian territory, the Guyanas and Paraguay.
12:36
The Brazilian military Plan Alpha is not a mere project on paper, as many believed when it was revealed after being smuggled out of secret army files. Ever since the leftist Popular Unity government took power in Chile, the plan appears to be implemented in accelerated form. First, there were expanded arms purchases. Brazil spent $270 million on defense in 1971 and projected spending 800 million in '73, having recently concluded with the Nixon administration in the US, the largest arms deal in Latin American history.
13:13
In addition, they have rigorously followed part two of the plan. The aggressive presence of the Brazilian military in Uruguay and Bolivia coincides with the political and economic changes in those countries. Also in Paraguay, the Brazilian regime owns enormous quantities of land along the borders.
13:30
Chile Hoy continues that after the Bolivian coup overthrew the moderate liberal Juan Torres, Brazil immediately sent $54 million of credit to the new military regime as well as selling arms to the Bolivian army. A new highway is being constructed through Bolivia to northern Chile and will provide easy access for arms and troops. Before, Bolivia was a landlocked buffer state between the two countries, now it is practically an appendage to Brazil. In another instance, the Brazilian military has a well-known contingency plan known as "Operation 30 hours" to move into Uruguay if opposition to the recent military takeover there becomes too strong. This from the Santiago Weekly, Chile Hoy.
14:32
Our feature this week is a background analysis of recent events in Chile provided by a group of North Americans called "The Source for North American information", which provides English language news and analysis from Chile.
14:45
This open letter begins, "Chile is entering a decisive stage in its history. Tensions and conflicts which have been held in check for many years are finally surfacing. This process is complex and extremely serious, and as such warrants the understanding of the United States peoples. As US citizens, we have been living in Chile since 1970 and who like everyone else, have been caught up in this increasingly conflictive process, we feel that the people in the United States probably do not fully understand the importance of recent events.
15:17
In this brief document, we can neither present a complete summary of recent events in Chile, nor untangle all the misinterpretations and half-truths which appear in US news reports. All we can hope to do is to expose some of these systematic distortions and give you a general framework through which you can begin to understand the real significance of events here."
15:39
The recent attempt by sectors of the Chilean army and the fascist organization, Fatherland and Liberty to topple the Unidad popular government coalition by means of a military coup made it apparent to both Chileans and foreigners alike that this nation's peaceful road to socialism is fast exhausting itself. The June 29th uprising, though quickly crushed by loyal troops, has ushered in a new stage in Chile's stormy process.
16:04
In the weeks following the attempted coup hostilities have mounted dangerously. The opposition parties, the Christian Democrats and the National Party have issued threats and ultimatums to the government. The gist of these is that either the Unidad Popular renounce its basic program of transition to socialism or accept the responsibility for any violence that might occur.
16:27
In the past, Unidad Popular's enemies have not balked at restricted and strategically timed use of violence. This violence has included the murder of an army chief just before Allende took office, shooting peasants in the South, burning Unidad Poplar party headquarters, bombing a government TV broadcast tower and many other instances, but now for the first time, significant segments of the opposition advocate nothing short of a military takeover.
16:56
Confronted by such threats, workers throughout the country have occupied their places of work and have vowed to defend them to the end. In short, dialogue has all but ceased. The nation's institutional framework is tottering and it now seems, little to save Chile from open and widespread conflict.
17:12
What has brought Chile to this point? A view prevalent in the US press is that the economic chaos and political instability was created by the Unidad Popular, and only drastic action can restore the peace and wellbeing which supposedly characterized pre Unidad Popular Chile. The main problem with this view is what it leaves unsaid about Chile's past.
17:35
Economic disorder, extreme social and political instability have indeed made Chile a difficult place for anyone to live at this point, but the current turmoil is hardly an example of life under socialism. Rather, it should be clearly understood to be the chaotic and explosive state of affairs caused by the all-out efforts of a powerful minority to preserve the inherently chaotic and violent system through which it has long prospered.
18:00
Under that system, a nation blessed with vast reserves of national wealth has been unable to provide a majority of its people with even the basic necessities of life. When Unidad Popular took office, 40% of Chilean's suffered from malnutrition. 68% of the nation's workers were earning less than what was officially defined as a subsistence wage and another large number of people were living only slightly above what we would call the poverty level.
18:25
While allowing millions of Chileans to live under such conditions, this system permitted foreigners to drain off vast quantities of the nation's natural wealth. In the past 60 years alone, the US copper companies operating in Chile have taken home profits equivalent to half of the value of all the nation's assets accumulated over a period of 400 years. What little remains of the country's wealth has traditionally been concentrated in the hands of a privileged few.
18:51
This irrational system has been marked throughout Chili's history by a long, bitter and often bloody class struggle. On the one hand, the nation's peasants, miners, factory workers, manual laborers of all kinds, the many sub and unemployed, the vast majority of the population commonly referred to as the working class has demanded a larger share of the nation's social wealth. On the other hand, the nation's upper class, the large landowners, industrialist bankers, those who own and control all the major means of production and sources of wealth in the country, frequently as partners or representatives of foreign interests, have fought to retain its political and economic control of the society.
19:33
The middle class, small and medium landowners, small and medium entrepreneurs, clerks, professionals, white collar workers and public employees have shifted their allegiance between these two antagonistic groups in accord with how they perceive their short range interests.
19:50
Over the years, the Chilean working class struggle has grown in strength and size. It has evolved from sporadic spontaneous uprisings to more organized and strikes, and from there it has entered the arena of parliamentary politics. As it has advanced, the national upper class and the foreign interests whose profit depend upon the continued economic and political power of this local upper class have defended their threatened control. To do so, they have used a variety of means. Violent repression was one.
20:17
On a number of occasions, it took the form of out and out massacres, one example of which was the slaying of some 2,000 striking nitrate miners, port workers and their families, all unarmed, in the town of Iquique in 1907. But as the working class organized in the socialist and communist parties and others made its way into the realm of electoral politics, the elites were forced to change its tactics. If the vote of the organized working class now was strong enough to elect congressmen, then the upper class had to appeal to them in order to win these votes. With practice, the upper class mastered the art of promising enough to win elections while leaving the basic structures of the capitalist society intact once they were in office.
20:57
The party which proved best at the strategy was Eduardo Frei's Christian Democrats. In the 1964 presidential campaign, heavily financed by the US and by Chilean conservatives, the Christian Democratic Party promised the electorate a, "Revolution in liberty."
21:14
This revolution contained many measures traditionally promised by socialism; redistribution of the national income, massive social welfare programs, agrarian reform, banking and tax reform, an end to unemployment and inflation, an attack on monopolies, and increased economic independence. All was brought about in, "Liberty." That is, without class struggle.
21:38
The Christian Democrats easily won the election. They were supported by the conservative elites, who saw the Christian Democrats as a way to keep out the socialists and communists while including the peasants who were attracted to the notion of land reform, large sectors of the middle class, and some workers who had lost faith in capitalism but were taught to fear socialism and were convinced the Christian Democrats offered, "A third way."
21:59
In practice, however, the Christian Democrats simply didn't deliver. Frei promised a lot, but his primary allegiance was to the Chilean upper class. Thus he did not redistribute income because it would've meant taxing the monopolists. He did not curb inflation because the industrialists would not voluntarily freeze prices. Instead of nationalizing copper, Frei, quote, "Chilean-ized it," buying up shares of stock at rates highly favorable to the US copper companies.
22:28
The piecemeal reforms which actually were carried out mainly benefited the middle classes, increasing the gap between them and the working class. The reform, like Frei's elections, were mainly funded through the US Alliance for Progress, which attempted to prove that capitalism was indeed flexible enough to provide a substantially better life for the oppressed. Its main accomplishment for Chile was a huge foreign debt, some $4 billion by 1970.
22:58
Shortly before his party's term was up, one Christian Democratic Congressman summarized its failures in the following words, "We have a historical responsibility and we have done very little for that 85% of the population which voted for a revolution while we are making continual concessions to an oligarchy and a bureaucratic minority of 15%."
23:18
By the 1970 elections Frei's Revolution in Liberty and the US Alliance for Progress had been such a flop that Christian Democratic spokesman edged closer to socialism to hold onto their worker and peasant basis. They spoke carefully of a non-capitalist way to development and even of communitarian socialism. The only party openly opposed to a sharp break with the past was the conservative national party whose sole con turn was to defend its members' monopoly interests. Together, the Christian Democrats' near socialist and the Unidad Popular's frankly socialist programs received 64% of the vote.
23:55
Since then, as the Unidad Popular has tried to implement its program of peaceful advance towards socialism, the Christian Democratic Party has changed its position drastically. From its socialist- sounding 1970 campaign platform, it shifted to support the conservative National Party candidates in various local elections to full alliance with the National Party in the March, 1973 congressional elections to its current position of threatening the government with a military takeover.
24:25
As the Christian Democrats have shifted to the right, they have lost many of their party members who sincerely wanted change. The first splinter group formed the MAPU party. The second formed the Christian Left. Both parties joined the Unidad Popular Coalition. The US press still calls the residual Christian Democrats a, "Left center party". But if that was ever true, it is old history now. The intensification of the class struggle which has split the Christian Democrats has over the course of the past few years divided the entire country into two camps.
24:58
Given Chile's history of domination of the great majority by the local upper classes and foreigners, what is the situation now? Why is there such confusion and instability? On an institutional level, the current conflict is primarily the product of the 1970 elections, which gave control of the executive branch of the government to the representatives of the working classes, the peasantry, the poor, while the legislative and judicial branches remained in the hands of the old ruling classes.
25:23
Unidad Popular's, "Peaceful transition to socialism," called for a legal process which would gradually turn over control of the nation's basic sources of wealth and power held by foreign interests and the Chilean upper class to the workers and to the poor. With the unanimous consent of Congress, Allende began to nationalize the country's natural resources using laws already on the books.
25:48
He brought industrial monopolies and banks into the publicly controlled or social area of the economy and broke up the large land holdings which were characteristic of the agrarian sector. If at first the elite were too shocked by its electoral defeat to prevent this, it soon reorganized and fought back with all the arms at its command. One of the strongest is the Congress where opposition parties hold a majority of both houses.
26:12
The other tactic of the upper class has been to disrupt the economy, hoping that the disruption will demoralize Allende supporters. By calling the economic disruptions strike, the upper class has tried to imply that workers disagree with Allende, implying that few people actually support the government's position.
26:28
In addition to the local upper class, foreign interests have tried to stop peaceful progress. The Senate hearings on ITT's activities in Chile showed that US corporations and government officials worked to defeat Unidad Popular in 1970 and tried to prevent a Allende from taking office after he won the presidency. Since then, US banks, corporations, the press and government agencies such as the CIA has sided with the Chilean upper class. They have acted in many ways to paralyze and discredit the Unidad Popular.
26:58
The US copper companies, especially Kennecott, have attempted to block Chilean shipments of copper to Europe. The US Export Import Bank, the US dominated World Bank, and the Inner American Development Bank and US private banks have cut loans to Chile and private US corporations have curtailed credit for shipment of replacements parts to Chile, thus effectively denying these nations these items.
27:20
Various CIA agents acting in Chile are implicated in the activities of openly seditious groups. US dollars also have supported opposition strikes such as the October owners strike, when truck owners were paid to stop transporting goods and offers were also made to pay workers if they stopped producing. US funds were also used in the 1964 and 1970 election campaigns, both times against Allende.
27:46
This open letter concludes that the left parties in Chile explored a new road to social justice, the Via Chilena, which was intended to provide a peaceful transition to socialism. This road was blocked by the upper classes using its congress, its courts, its economic power, and most recently, cooperative sectors of the armed forces. In President Allende's words, "It is not the fate of the revolutionary process, which hangs in the balance. Rather, Chile will inevitably continue its march towards socialism. What the fascist opposition threatens is the completion of this process by peaceful means in accordance with our historical tradition. The local upper classes and foreign corporations are trying to make peaceful progress impossible".
28:26
This has been report from the Fuente de Información Norteamericana, a group of North Americans who have been providing English language news to North America.
LAPR1973_08_30
00:18
For today's broadcast, we have compiled a summary and background of important events of the past six months in two Latin American countries, Chile and Uruguay. These analyses are compiled from reports from several newspapers and periodicals, including the London weekly, Latin America, The Mexican daily, Excélsior, the Chilean weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha. By far the most troubled country on the continent this year has been Chile, whose Marxist president, Salvador Allende was elected in 1970 on a platform of carrying out a program of peaceful socialist revolution. Soon after his election, Allende legally carried out several popular measures, including the nationalization of major US copper companies holdings and extensive agrarian reform measures.
01:02
While these steps won widespread approval among Chilean workers and peasants, they incurred the wrath of the United States and powerful opposition groups within Chile. Thus, the first two years of Allende's administration have been marked with political and economic battles between Allende's Popular Unity government and powerful Chilean interest groups and political parties backed by the United States, as well as by confrontations with the United States government itself and US corporations over issues such as compensation for nationalized industries.
01:29
In October of last year, a truck owner's strike, in opposition to the popular Unity government, paralyzed the country. The Allende government received a big boost in the Chilean congressional elections last March though, when the Popular Unity Coalition increased its representation in both the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. While the vote left the Popular Unity Coalition still short of a majority in the Congress, the results were considered evidence of the growing popularity of the government among Chileans.
01:54
In the weeks following the congressional elections, the Christian Democrats, the major opposition party seemed to soften its defiant stand against the Allende government. Party leaders announced that the Christian Democrats would end their alliance with several smaller right-wing parties, and that the party would pursue an independent, more flexible line. The storm clouds broke though, in late April, when miners at El Teniente, a nationalized copper mine, went on strike.
02:19
The strikers, many of whom were white-collar workers, and all of whom were among the highest paid workers in Chile, walked out demanding higher production bonuses. The Allende government, which had vowed to end privileged sectors of the Chilean labor force, firmly refused the striker's demands. Seeing an opportunity to mobilize opposition against the government, opposition groups seized the strike as an issue and began organizing support for the strikers. The Christian Democrats fell into line and began attacking the government vehemently.
02:47
In May, clashes between the government and opposition became increasingly bitter, as economic problems and the El Teniente strike encouraged the opposition forces to use bolder tactics. Early that month, groups of 15 to 18-year-old students swarmed into Santiago, chanting anti-government slogans and openly seeking clashes with police and supporters of the popular Unity government. The demonstration, which was organized by the Christian Democrats, culminated in the throwing of Molotov cocktails.
03:13
In another demonstration, shots apparently fired from the Christian Democrat party headquarters killed one student. The crisis continued through April, as clandestine operations by rightist groups occurred with growing frequency. A socialist party radio station in Rancagua was seized, and a number of communist and socialist party premises, homes, and newspapers across the country were sacked in an apparently coordinated effort.
03:36
Such confrontations continued through May and June as economic problems worsened and the El Teniente strike remained unsettled. Talk of armed confrontation was widespread and Allende warned that rightest groups were planning a coup d'etat attempt. While these struggles raged in the streets of Chile in the months of May and June, the battles between Allende and the opposition filled the halls of the Chilean Congress as well.
03:58
At a convention of the Christian Democratic Party in early May, the hardliners favoring a position of militant opposition to the Allende government, gained the upper hand. As a result, the Christian Democrats once again joined hands with other opposition parties in Congress, and clashes with the government over legislation became increasingly bitter. Debates raged over Allende's educational reform bill, agrarian reform measures, and legislation dealing with nationalization of foreign holdings.
04:23
At one point, certain members of Congress tried to have Allende removed from office by using a clause in the Chilean constitution, which was intended for cases in which the president was seriously ill. Allende in response is said to have considered exercising his constitutional right to temporarily disband Congress and immediately call new parliamentary elections. Matters came to a head on June 29th when certain sectors of the army attempted a military overthrow of the popular government. Most of the armed forces rose to defend the government and the revolt was crushed.
04:54
Actually, the attempted coup and its defeats were a big boost for the Allende government. The determination of the military to defend the Constitution served as a warning to right-wing extremists who might've been thinking of armed confrontation, and it crushed the hopes of those who were hoping the military would intervene against the government. Soon after the attempted coup, a compromised settlement was reached at the El Teniente strike.
05:15
The Allende government was thus given a breathing spell. The respite was short-lived, however, as the Christian Democrats soon renewed their attacks in Congress and even more serious transportation owners went on strike in early August complaining that they have been unable to get spare parts for their vehicles.
05:31
Opposition parties, including the Christian Democrats have once again taken the side of the strikers against the government and truck owners who have refused to observe the strike have been subjected to increasing violence. The past months have been marked by bombings, sabotage, and assassination, and many observers feel that the nation is careening towards civil war. At the time this story was written, the strike was unsettled and the situation looked grave, but civil war had not yet erupted.
05:57
Before leaving Chile, two important points should be made about the six months of strife. Just mentioned first as a North American correspondent recently said, "the United States is directly responsible for much of the current turmoil in Chile". When Chile nationalized US copper companies holdings two years ago, the US demanded compensation for the property. Allende politely responded that since the excess profits removed from the Chile by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings, there would be no compensation.
06:26
Since then, the United States government has used its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies such as the Import Export bank, the World Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank.
06:40
Many of these loans, especially those from the Import Export bank, are not really loans as such, but simply credits which allow small nations to make purchases from companies in larger nations on the basis of payment within 30 to 90 days. When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance in order to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile has been faced with shortages of many essential imported goods.
07:06
Thus, for example, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which has led to two transportation owner strikes and serious domestic turmoil can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
07:20
The same mechanisms have also led to shortages of food and other essentials which has heightened Chile's inflation. It is perhaps for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations last November that the US is waging economic war on Chile. The second point, which should be made about the recent turmoil in Chile, is that reports of such strife often make it appear as if Allende's nation has turned against him. In fact, though most indicators show that Allende and his Popular Unity Government are now more popular than ever.
07:49
Allende was elected three years ago with a bare plurality of the votes, but since then, local and congressional elections have consistently shown dramatic rises in his popularity. Also during the aborted coup attempt last June, workers in hundreds of factories throughout the country armed themselves and seized their factories. This serves as an indication that there are many Chileans who definitely feel that the Popular Unity Program of change is their revolution, and that if it is threatened, they are prepared to defend it.
08:18
Another country which deserves special attention at this point is Uruguay, a small nation wedged between Argentina and Brazil on Latin America's South Atlantic coast. The past six months have seen the collapse of civilian rule in Uruguay and the institution of a military dictatorship. Actually, the constitutional fabric of Uruguay has been disintegrating for quite some time. Former president Jorge Pacheco ruled the better part of his term in office by decree and through emergency security measures.
08:49
And, like the Uruguayan Congress, it was constantly riddled by scandals exposing the corruption of the regime. The current president of Uruguay, Juan Bordaberry, can hardly pose as a champion of democracy and civil power either. He was a long serving member of the Pacheco government and his own term has been marked by brutally repressive measures at times. The growing involvement of the armed forces in Uruguayan political life began in April of last year when President Bordaberry declared a state of internal war and called in the armed forces to confront the Tupamaros, an urban guerrilla group.
09:24
The Tupamaros, and armed group dedicated to the establishment of a new social order, have gained great support among Uruguayan urban masses in recent years simply because in cities such as Montevideo, there are serious social problems which previous Uruguayan regimes, both military and civilian, have failed to deal with. The Tupamaros, in fact, seem to have had some effect even on the military. In the battles waged last spring, many of the captured guerrillas began to tell their captors that the real enemies, cattle smugglers, corrupt politicians, tax dodgers, and currency speculators, were still at large, often in high places in the government.
10:04
As a result, many Uruguayan soldiers and even some senior officers emerged from the campaign saying that the Tupamaros would not finally be defeated unless the root causes of the country's social and economic problems were tackled. Yet despite the reservations of some officers, the military accomplished its task of defeating the Tupamaros with brutal effectiveness.
10:25
This military campaign against the Tupamaros had two important consequences. First, the most powerful force on the left had been eliminated, and thus, leftist leaders in both the military and in Congress were in a weakened position. When the military began going after more moderate political figures later on, it no longer had to worry about reprisals from the Tupamaros. Secondly, the material buildup of the military gave them much more political clout. This clout was demonstrated in February, when a clash between Bordaberry and the armed forces resulted in a state of near-civil war.
10:59
Bordaberry, however, realizing that the military held the cards in any such confrontation, was forced to accept a junior partnership with them. A National Security Council was set up, which placed Bordaberry virtually under the military's control. The Congress, relegated to a somewhat lower position, was furious, and many of its members made strong anti-military statements. The weeks following the military's intervention in February saw the increasing hostility between the Congress and the military, with Bordaberry somewhere in-between.
11:31
By April though, an alliance was clearly emerging between Bordaberry and the conservative sectors of the military. First, Bordaberry created a special junta of commanders in chief to advise him. Also, the National Confederation of Workers, Uruguay's largest trade union syndicate, demanded a 30% wage increase to make up for cost of living increases since the beginning of the year. The military supported Bordaberry and his flat rejection of this demand.
11:57
In fact, Bordaberry allowed the military to step up its program of political arrests and systematic torture, and even supplied it with some of the most repressive legislation in the world. An issue of increasing importance to the military was that of the parliamentary immunity from arrest. One Senator, Enrique Erro, was a constant thorn in the military's side, and in April, the National Security Council accused Erro of collaborating with the Tupamaros and asked that his parliamentary immunity be lifted.
12:25
When the Senate refused to lift Erro's immunity in May, the military moved troops into the capitol. A crisis was averted when the question was sent to a house committee for reconsideration. In late June, a final vote was taken and the request was again refused. This time, Bordaberry responded by dissolving the Congress altogether, making the military takeover complete. The National Confederation of Workers did what it always threatened it would do in the event of a military coup and immediately called for a nationwide general strike. The government responded quickly and brutally.
12:58
It officially dissolved the National Confederation of Workers and arrested most of its leadership as well as other prominent trade unionists. But this decapitation failed to do the job, the unions were well-organized on a grassroots level and had support from students as well. Many workers occupied their factories, and student demonstrations and other agitation kept the army and police constantly on the run.
13:20
As the strike went on, continuous arrests overflowed the jails, and police began herding prisoners into the Montevideo football stadium. Finally, the strike collapsed and Bordaberry was able to bring things somewhat under control, but opposition continues. Anti-government demonstrations have recurred and another general strike has been threatened. Bordaberry certainly did not eliminate all of his opposition by dissolving the Congress and crushing the general strike. The Tupamaros, for example, have been slowly rebuilding their strength and avowed to continue their struggle.
13:51
This has been a summary and background of important events in the past six months in two Latin American countries, Chile and Uruguay. These analyses are compiled from reports from several newspapers and periodicals, including the London weekly, Latin America, the Mexican daily, Excélsior, the Chilean weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha.
14:58
The winds of change have been blowing in Argentina for the past six months. They have brought the return to power of Juan Domingo Perón, the 77-year-old man who, even in his 17-year absence, has controlled the largest political movement in Argentina.
15:14
Perón first came to power in 1943, as a part of a military coup. Gaining a firmer grip on power in the immediate post-war years, Perón favored significant state intervention in the economy and high import barriers to keep foreign industrial competition out and allow Argentine industry to develop. Such nationalistic policies aroused the ire of the United States, but with the help of huge export earnings due to the high world price of Argentine beef, they spurred tremendous growth in the Argentine economy.
15:44
In order to consolidate his power base, Perón mobilized Argentine masses, both by creating a huge peronist party apparatus and building the trade union movement. In the early fifties though, Argentina's post-war boom began to slacken off and Perón was weakened politically as a result. In 1955, the military stepped in and took over the government, condemning Perón to exile. In the years since Perón's downfall, the peronist Party has been prohibited from participating in Argentine elections, but the party has remained active and has cast blank votes in the elections.
16:18
These boycotts of the elections have shown that, even while in exile, Perón was and is Argentina's most popular political leader. The current series of events began last fall when the military government of Alejandro Lanusse announced it was considering allowing Perón to return to Argentina. In November, the government kept its promise and Perón flew to Buenos Aires, the nation's capital, and began negotiating with the ruling military leaders on what role his party would play in the upcoming March elections. The Argentina Perón returned to though was quite different from the Argentina Perón left 17 years ago.
16:53
Deep divisions exist in Argentina and in the peronist movement itself. Clearly the most conservative element of the peronist movement is the General Workers Confederation, the huge union apparatus set up during Perón's previous regime. Over the years, though, the General Workers Confederation has championed the cause of Perón's return, but has been noticeably timid in fighting for workers' benefits. Thus, the union leadership has gotten along well with the military governments and has virtually lost contact with the masses it ostensibly represents.
17:23
The peronist element which is responsible for much mass mobilization is the leftist Juventud peronista or a peronist Youth Group, whose socialist- sounding slogans frighten many of the old-line peronists, especially when they see the peronist Youth's ability to turn out crowds. In addition, there are peronist guerrilla groups who have added clandestine operations to their socialist platforms. Still farther to the left are the non-peronist guerrilla groups, such as the ERP, the People's Revolutionary Army, who have made it clear that they consider foreign monopolists, local oligarchs, and the armed forces, the enemies of the Argentine people.
17:59
The ERPs now famous kidnappings of foreign business executives and other operations make them a force to be dealt with in Argentine politics. It was into this political arena which Perón stepped when he began bargaining with the military in November and December.
18:15
Perón wanted to be able to run in the March presidential elections himself rather than simply a representative of his party. At this point, Perón was considered a revolutionary of sorts and was feared by the United States government and foreign businessmen. When the military refused to let Perón himself run in the elections, the disappointed leader returned to Spain and Hector Cámpora was chosen to run instead. This was considered a victory for the left wing of the peronist movement.
18:42
Since Cámpora was felt to be an ardent nationalist and an anti-imperialist when the elections were held in March, Cámpora was an easy winner and speculation began as to what kind of government could be expected when he took power on May 25th. Revolutionary guerrilla groups anticipating a friendly regime stepped up their activities in April and May. The ERP got $1 million worth of medical equipment for the poor from Ford Motor Company for the release of a kidnapped Ford executive.
19:10
Such activities caused many foreign businessmen to leave Argentina. When Cámpora and the peronist actually took power on May 25th, though it became clear that they had no intention of radically transforming Argentine society immediately. Although some boldly independent foreign policy moves were made, such as the recognition of Cuba and other socialist regimes, no sweeping domestic changes were announced. Meanwhile, popular pressures within Argentina continued to build through June.
19:38
In addition to continued guerrilla activity, government buildings and hospitals were occupied by workers demanding better wages and working conditions. Such developments did not go unanswered by the right wing forces in Argentina at a welcoming demonstration for Perón's return at a Buenos Aires airport, thugs hired by the conservative leadership of the General Workers Confederation opened fire on a peronist Youth column in the crowd. In the resulting shootout, 20 were killed and more than 200 injured. Also, the General Worker Confederation has undertaken a campaign of brutal repression against a rival union in the important industrial state of Cordoba.
20:15
The Cordoba Union has rejected a leadership of the general workers confederation and has instead defined its movement in terms of class struggle. In July, most observers were stunned when President Hector Cámpora announced that he was resigning in order to allow Perón to take the reins of power directly. Thus, new presidential elections will be held in September, and Perón is a shoo-in to win, but Perón seems to have moved significantly to the right in recent weeks in both cabinet appointments and in restructuring his party, Perón seems to have embraced conservative elements and left the more radical sectors of the peronist movement out in the cold.
20:51
Reflecting the shift, the United States has suddenly taken an about face and has endorsed Perón. It appears to many now that Peron's revolutionary statements earlier this year were simply a part of his strategy of constructing a broad populist front to isolate the military and allow him to return. However, deep divisions exist within the Argentine society and the popular forces unleashed in recent months may prove somewhat difficult to contain.
21:16
The last country we will look at today is Brazil. While Brazil has not experienced the political turmoil of other countries in this broadcast, developments in Brazil are important, simply by virtue of the importance of Brazil on the continent. The single most important event in Brazil this year was the announcement in June that the current military president, Emilio Médici, will be succeeded next March by another general, Orlando Geisel.
21:40
In this analysis, we will look at developments in three main areas dealing with Brazil and attempt to foresee what changes, if any, can be expected when Geisel assumes power. First, we will examine Brazil's economic development and its effects. Next, we'll look at Brazil's foreign policy and its role in Latin America, and finally, we will deal with recent reports of torture by the Brazilian government.
22:02
The military has been in power in Brazil since 1964, when a military coup toppled left liberal president João Goulart. Since then, Brazil has opened its doors to foreign capital, attempting to promote economic development. In some ways, results have been impressive. Brazil's gross national product has grown dramatically in recent years, and it now exports manufactured goods throughout the continent, but this kind of growth has not been without its costs. The Brazilian finance minister received heavy criticisms from his countrymen this March for two aspects of Brazilian economic development.
22:35
The first was the degree of foreign penetration in the Brazilian economy. For example, 80% of all manufactured exports from Brazil come from foreign owned subsidiaries. The second problem brought up was the incredible mal distribution of income in Brazil. The essence of the critic's argument is that the top 5% of the population enjoys 40% of the national income while the top 20% account for 80% of the total, and moreover, this heavily skewed distribution is becoming worse as Brazil's economy develops.
23:04
Many of these same criticisms were raised again in May when Agricultural Minister Fernando Cirne Lima resigned in disgust. He said it would be preferable to cut down Brazil's growth rate to some 7% or 8% in the interest of a more equitable distribution of income. He also said, "The quest for efficiency and productivity has crushed the interests of Brazilian producers of the small and medium businessman to the benefit of the transnational companies."
23:32
Whether any of these policies will change when Geisel comes to power next March or not is uncertain. Some feel that he is an ardent nationalist who will be cold to business interests. Others point out though that the interests which have maintained the current military regime are not likely to stand for any radical changes. Brazil has sometime been called the "United States Trojan Horse" in Latin America.
23:55
The idea is that Brazil will provide a safe base for US corporations and then proceed to extend its influence throughout the continent, either by outright conquest or simply economic domination. Brazil has, to be sure, pretty closely toed the line of US foreign policy. It has taken the role of the scourge of communism on the continent and has been openly hostile to governments such as Cuba and Chile, and there's no doubt that American corporations do feel at home in Brazil.
24:20
Brazil, of course, discounts the Trojan Horse theory and instead expresses fears of being surrounded by unfriendly governments. But whether for conquest or defense, Brazil has built up its armed forces tremendously in recent years. In May of this year, Brazil signed a treaty with neighboring Paraguay for a joint hydroelectric power plant opposition groups within Paraguay called the treaty a sellout to Brazil, and it is generally agreed that the treaty brings Paraguay securely within Brazil's sphere of influence. In fact, the Paraguayan Foreign Minister said recently Paraguay will not involve itself in any project with any other country without prior agreement of Brazil.
24:59
The treaty was viewed with dismay by Argentina, which has feared the spread of Brazilian influence from the continent for many years, especially in Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay. A Brazilian military buildup along its Uruguayan border caused some alarm last year and this spring and Uruguayan senator said he had discovered secret Brazilian military plans for the conquest of Uruguay. According to the plan, Uruguay was to be invaded in 1971 if the left wing Broad Front Coalition won the Uruguayan elections.
25:29
While these developments seem to point to an aggressive program of Brazilian expansion, some observers feel that Brazil may be changing its policy in favor of more cooperation with its Latin American neighbors. They point to the Brazilian foreign minister's recent diplomatic tour in which he spoke with representatives of Peru and Chile as evidence, but if Brazil's attitude towards its neighbors is beginning to thaw, it will be sometime before many countries can warm up to Brazil's ominous military regime.
25:56
Since the military regime came to power in Brazil, there have been increasing reports of torture of political prisoners. In recent months, the Catholic Church has risen to protest such occurrences with surprising boldness. In April, 24 priests and 3000 students held a memorial mass for a young man who died mysteriously while in police custody. The songs in the service, which was conducted in a cathedral surrounded by government troops, were not religious hymns but anti-government protest songs. The real blockbuster came though a month later when three Archbishops and 10 Bishops and from Brazil's northeast issued a long statement, a blistering attack on the government.
26:34
The statement which because of the government's extreme censorship, did not become known to the public for 10 days after it had been released, is notable for its strongly political tone. The declaration not only attacked the government for repression and the use of torture, it also upheld it responsible for poverty, starvation, wages, unemployment, infant mortality, and illiteracy. In broader terms, it openly denounced the country's much vaunted economic miracle, which its said benefited a mere 20% of the population. While the gap between rich and poor continued to grow, there were also derogatory references to the intervention of foreign capital in Brazil. Indeed, the whole system of capitalism was attacked and the government accused of developing its policy of repression merely to bolster it up.
27:17
Such a statement could hardly have occurred in the view of many observers without the green light from the Vatican, something which gives Brazil's military rulers cause for concern. The government up to now has been able to stifle dissent through press censorship, but with the prospect of statements such as these being read from every pulpit and parish in the country, it would appear that the censorship is powerless. Whether by design or pure force of circumstances, the church is on the verge of becoming the focal point of all opposition, whether social, economic or political to Brazil's present regime, perhaps because of pressure from the church. The government recently admitted that torture had occurred in two cases and the offending officers are awaiting trials.
28:00
In the view of some observers the mere fact of these two trials is an admission by the government that torture is being used in Brazil and this in itself is a step forward. It is being seen as an indication of new and less repressive policies to be introduced when General Ernesto Geisel takes over their presidency next year, but others are less optimistic. They point out that these cases relate only to common criminals and that this cannot be taken as an indication of any easing of repressive measures against political prisoners.
28:28
This week's feature has been a summary and background of important events in the past six months in two Latin American countries; Argentina and Brazil. These analyses are compiled from reports from several newspapers and periodicals, including the London weekly, Latin America, the Mexican daily, Excélsior, the Chilean weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha.
LAPR1973_09_06
00:23
The British news weekly, Latin America, reports that the Brazilian Army has been battling with peasant guerrillas near the Araguaia River in Northern Brazil, and recent events have shown the impotence of the Army in dealing with these jungle fighters. Two landowners have been killed by the guerrillas for collaborating with the armed forces during anti-guerrilla operations, which ended in April, and other important landowners who assisted the Army have been forced to leave their haciendas to take up residence in the comparative security of larger cities.
00:54
The leader of the guerrillas, the now legendary Osvaldão, nailed the guerrillas' manifesto to the door of a church in a village near the Araguaia. The statement reaffirmed the 27 points of the guerrillas' program. In this document, the guerrillas, who began to settle the region in 1967 as a part of the long range strategy of the pro-Chinese faction of the Brazilian Communist Party, supported the principal demands of the local population.
01:19
They used simple and direct language in making their points. One of the chief demands involved the posseiros, small farmers who have lived in the Araguaian River for generations without legal title to the land. Large landowners have been taking over in recent years, and the guerrillas demanded that the posseiros be given security of tenure.
01:41
A second point of the guerrillas' manifesto involved an ancient scandal in which gatherers of Brazil nuts are forced to sell their harvest to local merchants at the officially-controlled price, which is approximately 1/13th of the price which merchants sell them for. These widespread grievances, combined with the violence and corruption of the military police, provide the guerrillas with an ideal environment, and this explains the fantastic popularity of Osvaldão and his followers among the local people. In the region, tales of the guerrillas' exploits paths from mouth-to-mouth, and apart from Osvaldão, one hears mention of others, especially the women of the group.
02:19
The decision of the Army to end active operations against the guerrillas angered local oligarchs, who recently met with the military commander and suggested a final solution to the problem. The suggestion was that they should form a death squad of hunters who knew the forest, men accustomed to kill Indians, entrusted by the landowners. This band of killers would be employed to hunt the guerrillas for a bounty of 10,000 cruzados each. The offer was refused by the Army on the grounds that it did not accord with the philosophy of the government, but local opinion was that the risks outweigh the possibility of success. The guerrillas already have local recruits with them and the hunters might well change sides, and furthermore, the conflict would inevitably run out of the control of the Army.
03:08
The Army also claims the guerrillas forces to be now reduced to a half a dozen fugitives, but Air Force officers based in the area told a recent inquirer that of the 35 original combatants, 20 still remained active. Local civilian sources assured the same inquirer that Osvaldão commanded at least 60 men divided between two vans, which were themselves divided into yet smaller patrols. Their influence is felt along 100 kilometers of the River Araguaia. Popular support from the local population ranges from several cases of incorporation into the guerrillas, to discrete provision of information, supplies, and often, shelter.
03:46
The present situation is complicated for the government by the fact the peasant leagues springing from the spontaneous need of country people to defend themselves and their scant livelihoods are again important for the first time since their suppression during the first years of the military government. Their demands are backed by the church, which has been taking an increasingly hard line with the government in recent months, and it is this wider movement which gives the Araguaia conflict its particular significance. This from Latin America.
04:19
After 17 years of military rule in Argentina, the Peronist party has returned to power, and presidential elections are being held next month in which Juan Peron himself will run. Peron, who earlier this year was considered to be a revolutionary of sorts, now appears to be arranging a right centrist regime, and has thus received the blessings even of the United States State Department.
04:43
One result of Peron's new-found conservatism is that the leftist Peronista, or Peronist Youth Group, whose work among Argentine masses has given the Peronist movement much of its strength, has been virtually excluded from the new government. This has been a bitter pill for the militant Peronist youths to swallow, for during the 17 years of Peron's exile, it was they who bore the brunt of confrontations with the military dictatorship.
05:09
Recently, however, a strategy for dealing with Peron's upcoming administration is beginning to emerge. A Peronist guerrilla group, the Peronist Armed Forces, has published its own evaluation of the situation. According to them, a policy for the new phase must necessarily begin with the actual political state of the masses. The working classes entered the broad front of the classes, and is aware of the limits which this implies. The statement is speaking here of the broad populist anti-military coalition, which Peron assembled to allow him to return to power.
05:46
The statement continues, the masses now hope for a breathing space after 18 years of exploitation, a phase of peace and prosperity, sufficient to allow them to recover from the blows they have received. They seek to restore and surpass the conditions they enjoyed between 1945 and 1955, when they won paid holidays, collective bargaining, full employment, job security, freedom to organize and participation in power. Today, with wages down, 1.5 million unemployed, collective agreements which are not honored, and with union organizations in the hands of a bureaucracy which is ready to sell out the workers, the masses are in a state of weakness which prevents advance.
06:31
The group statement continues, "The masses are not looking for an ideal socialism at the present time, but the prosperity and social justice which they do seek is more than the national bourgeoisie is either willing or able to concede at the present time. For this reason, the leadership of the bourgeoisie and the anti-imperialist front is challenged by the masses, and this challenge should be the concrete point of departure for any revolutionary strategy." This position is important because it provides the Peronist youths with a way out of their political isolation, and should ensure the future unity of the movement.
07:05
Youth for Peron and their guerrilla allies are clearly confident that the inherent contradictions of the present process, in which Peron is trying to mediate between the claims of the working class, national capitalists and foreign investors, will lead to a new radicalization of the Peronist Movement as a whole. Until that time comes, the Youth for Peron is content to remain on the sidelines, with its militants busy consolidating their work of organizing the basis. According to Latin America, well-informed sources credit them with having 100,000 active militants, whose confidence of the present is buoyed up by their belief that they can mobilize the people. This previous article is from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
07:52
In a report of historical and contemporary interest concerning US relations with Latin America, the aviation writer for the Miami Herald writes that Southern Air Transport, a charter airline with extensive service in the Caribbean and Latin America, is controlled and subsidized by the Central Intelligence Agency. Rumors of CIA involvement, which have abounded for years, have been formalized for the first time in official hearings before the Civil Aeronautics Board. Competitors have charged that Southern Air Transport has been controlled and subsidized by the CIA, and that the Civil Aeronautics Board should abolish Southern Air's operating certificate and reject a proposed sale of the firm.
08:31
The competitors claim that the past ownership changes have not been reported accurately to conceal involvement by the CIA, and they question whether Southern Air's operating certificate should be continued, since its financial base may be the result of an input of federal funds, thus making the Civil Aeronautics Board's approval of its operations a sanction for illegal acts, namely the control of a certified supplemental airline by an agency of the Federal Government, the CIA.
08:57
Commenting on the activities of Southern Air, former CIA official, Victor Marchetti, said that the sole existence of Southern Air is that the CIA is ready for the contingency that someday it will have to ferry men and material to some Latin American country to wage a clandestine war. The competitors charge that Southern Air has been controlled by the CIA at least as early as the US invasion of Cuba at the Bay of Pigs.
09:25
In 1960, under the Eisenhower Administration, when Nixon was the White House coordinator for the planning of the Bay of Pigs, Southern Air was purchased by Percival Brundage, who was director of the bureau of the budget under Eisenhower, and Perkins McGuire, who was assistant secretary of defense, and by Stanley Williams, current president of Southern Air, who is trying to buy out the other owners.
09:51
Also, Southern Air has had connections with Air America, an airline operating mainly in Southeast Asia, admittedly controlled by the CIA. For example, the airport space at the Miami International Airport is leased in the name of Agnes Technology Incorporated, whose assets are largely loans to Southern Air, and whose liabilities are largely loans from Air America. Also, in 1966, Southern Air won a hotly-contested case in which it was granted authority to operate in the Pacific over a host of competitors.
10:23
The ruling so astounded the Independent Airlines Association that it protested the ruling, but according to a former association president, they were told not to expect any help since the airline was controlled by the CIA. The competitors have said that even if the federal examiner hearing the case rules in favor of Southern Air, they may appeal their case to the Civil Aeronautics Board and even to President Nixon. That report from the Miami Herald.
10:48
In the wake of the military takeover of the Uruguayan government last June, thousands of political arrests have been made. As a result, Uruguay's prison population of politicians, workers, and urban guerrillas has overflowed into the Cilindro Sports Stadium, the prison ship, Tacoma, and numerous military garrisons. In reply to protests regarding conditions in the overcrowded jails and emergency areas of confinement, the Interior Uruguayan Ministry held a lottery on Independence Day, 25th of August, to gather funds for the improvement of the jails.
11:24
One of the most well-known prisoners is Liber Seregni, who, until his arrest in July, was a member of the Uruguayan Senate and a member of the opposition party, Frente Amplio. Seregni's wife commented recently that the aim of the government's Let's Dignify our Prisons campaign appears to be to turn Uruguay into one big jail. The campaign for the freeing of Liber Seregni has brought international response, including a letter from Angela Davis, who promises to fight for the liberty of Liber Seregni and all political prisoners.
11:56
Ironically, Liber Seregni is more dangerous to the government in jail than he was at large, because the issue goes far beyond the Frente Amplio leader. It has attracted attention to some 4,000 political prisoners, ranging from members of Congress to Tupamaros and their sympathizers, many of whom have been held for months without ever being brought to court. The unnerving part of living in Uruguay today is that numerous people who have never taken part in revolutionary activity have been arrested merely on suspicion of presumed links with sedition.
12:28
Chile Hoy of Santiago reports that former Colombian dictator, Rojas Pinilla, has surprised everyone by announcing that his daughter, Maria Eugenia Rojas Pinilla, will be the candidate of his party in the presidential elections in 1974. Pinilla's party, the National Popular Alliance, more widely known as ANAPO, lost the 1970 presidential elections by a mere 45,000 votes, and there is considerable cause for believing ANAPO's claim that the vote count was rigged against them.
13:03
Maria Pinilla will no doubt benefit from the fact that the two major parties of Colombia, the Liberals and the Conservatives, are ideologically quite similar. ANAPO's platform of redistribution of the country's wealth has brought it massive support among Colombian prisons and workers in larger cities, and Maria Pinilla's challenge to the Liberal-Conservative coalition could make this one of the most interesting elections on the continent next year. This from the Santiago Weekly, Chile Hoy.
13:31
The Mexico City Daily Excélsior reports that the Chilean government last week outlawed the Chilean Truck Owners Association, and called upon all patriotic Chileans to act to break the six-week-old lockout, which has thrown much of Chilean society into disarray. The Popular Unity government called on workers, peasants, students, and all Chileans, to put every vehicle that can move on the roads to help transport badly needed medical supplies and food. The Chilean interior minister announced that the Popular Unity government decided to nullify the existence of the Truck Owners Association because it is proved that its strike had the aim of provoking a coup d'etat, or civil war. This from the Mexican Daily, Excélsior.
14:50
Our feature today is an article on the world food situation from the August 73 issue of Science Magazine, the American Association for Advancement of Science Publication. Last July, for almost the first time in living memory, the crop report prepared by the United States Department of Agriculture rated a spot on the CBS evening news. To consumers perplexed by rising food prices, the prediction of record crops was doubtless welcome, if maybe deceptive news. To economists concerned about the world food situation, the relief was of a different order. A poor harvest in the United States could mean disaster for some countries that depend on American food exports.
15:36
The world food situation is more serious now than at any time since 1965 to '67, when an armada of American grain shipments saved perhaps 60 million Indians from possible starvation. The immediate cause is a bout a freakish weather that has visited droughts on some parts of the world, floods on others, and given the 1972 harvest much worse results than was expected. All countries except India have now bought enough grain, though often at ruinous prices, to cover their immediate needs, but the world's grain stocks are down to their lowest level in 20 years, and whether or not there will be enough food to go around next year depends on the success of crops now in the ground.
16:16
The omens so far are that crops will be good around the world as long as the weather stays favorable and epidemics hold off. But the touch and go nature of events has rekindled anxieties about the world food situation. Beyond the immediate question of whether this year's crop will produce enough food to avoid major price disturbances, political instabilities and famines, there is concern that the present alarms and scarcities may reflect not just last year's bad weather, but a fundamental deterioration in the world food situation. Already, there are those who foresee a period of food scarcity in which those with food to sell will have a useful political weapon in their hands.
17:00
Governments of developing countries will find this year that the soaring prices of food grains and freight rates have driven their imported food bills up by 60%, or roughly $2 billion, and a drain on foreign reserves of this could, if it should continue, threaten to retard economic development and make the gap between rich nations and poor nations grow faster still.
17:21
Much besides the threat of famine therefore hinges upon the ability of developing countries to make crop yields grow faster than people. The salient fact about the world food situation is that for the past 20 years, food production has increased at a rate just slightly faster than population. A fact that, were it not for major inequities in resource and income distribution, could translate into a very slight improvement in per capita diet.
17:46
Yet even disregarding the uneven rates of consumption, this average diet is precariously close to subsistence, and those even slightly below it are undernourished. The present extent of malnutrition in the world is a matter of debate because of arguments about how it should be measured, but according to the Food and Agricultural Organization, the FAO of the United Nations, perhaps 20% of the population of developing countries, or 300 to 500 million people, are undernourished, in that they receive less than the recommended intake of calories, not to mention protein. Alan Berg, World Bank deputy director for nutrition, estimates that of the children born today in developing countries, roughly 75 million will die before their fifth birthdays for malnourishment or associated illnesses.
18:39
The article continues, "Regarded from a gross overview, the world's situation over the last two decades appears tolerable, if not precisely ideal. Countries with a food deficit have been able to buy cereals at reasonable and stable prices from the grain exporting countries." In short, the remarkable feature of the world food situation in retrospect has been its general stability. Perceptions of it, however, have followed a strangely erratic course over the last decade, lurching from pessimism to optimism and now back towards gloom again.
19:11
In the mid 1960s, doom saying was the fashion. The USDA forecast that the concessional food needed by developing countries would eventually exceed what the United States had available to give away. Strikingly enough, the date calculated for this dire event turned out to be 1984. The USDA projections formed the basis for Famine 1975, a well-written and widely-read track by brothers William and Paul Paddock. The Paddocks took the USDA's figures, but assumed a slightly faster rate of population increase, and concluded that the famine era would arrive nine years ahead of time in 1975.
19:55
The famine talk of the mid-1960s suddenly lost credence in the face of a new phenomenon, part-agricultural and part-public relations. The Green Revolution, with its wonder wheat and miracle rice, swept the headlines like wildfire, but they swept the wheat and paddy fields of Asia at a rather slower rate.
20:14
Developed at an agricultural research center in the Philippines and Mexico, the new strains of rice and wheat did indeed produce yields many times greater than native varieties under certain conditions. The promising performance of the new strains in India and Southeast Asia suggested that the rate of food production could be increased from 2% to 4% or 5% within a few years.
20:38
Aided by favorable weather conditions, the new Mexican wheats produced bumper crops. India announced she would become independent of all foreign grain imports by 1973, and the Philippines pinned to become a major exporter of rice. And in the general euphoria, even the United Nations Food and Agricultural Organization began to talk as if the real food problem would be one of surpluses, not scarcities. But from this high point, enthusiasm about the Green Revolution has slowly subsided, dipping occasionally into positive vilification.
21:16
The basis of the criticisms lies essentially in the fact that modern agricultural technology is no quicker or less painful to apply in the developing world than it has been in the advanced nations. High-technology farming in the underdeveloped world generates massive rural unemployment, as it did in the United States. The new strains of wheat and rice, which are the spear point of Western agriculture, require fertilizer, irrigation and the learning of new skills, all of which rich farmers can acquire more easily than the poor. The scarcity of land capable of this highly-specialized farming also greatly restricts its general applicability.
21:52
The high-yield strains are also extremely sensitive to disease, a problem that the advanced countries themselves have yet to successfully cope with. After the optimism about the Green Revolution began to appear overblown, it required only a few bad harvests to set the pendulum swinging back toward despair.
22:11
The strange events of 1972 have done just that, although bad weather and an unlikely combination of circumstances were the principal cause, the resulting havoc was quite disproportionate, demonstrating the system's possible fragility. First, the Soviet Union had another bad harvest. The Russians bought 30 million tons of grain on the world market. The amount was enough to set grain prices soaring to historic heights, and to double world freight rates.
22:40
Other countries too were in the market, Indonesia and the Philippines for rice, India for grains. Drought in the countries bordering the southern edge of the Sahara caused a bonafide famine, which has affected between one and 10 million people. The Peruvian anchovy industry failed almost completely last year, and may be permanently damaged because of overfishing. And since the anchovies were the source of much of the world's supply of fishmeal, livestock owners turned heavily to grains and soybeans to feed their animals.
23:10
The outcome of these various demands was dramatic rises in international market prices. In the short-term, it looks as if the scarcities that followed in the wake of the 1972 harvest will ease off, stocks will be rebuilt, and prices will subside to near their normal levels. The longer term prospects for the world's food situation depend on the viewer's perspective. If the optimists have the better record in the debate so far, they also have the harder case to make now. The optimist position is essentially the economic thesis that agricultural production can expand to match demand.
23:49
But their critics respond, "Demand represents only what people can afford to buy, not what they need." On this view, the income of people in developing countries is likely to be the primary constraint on food intake for the foreseeable future, and the production will match up to whatever the market can afford. One analyst, Anthony S. Royko, says, "The United States could double or triple food production if the price was right. However, a review of the dynamics of underdevelopment in a capitalist system does not leave one massively optimistic when considering the cost to underdeveloped nations in increasing their immediate purchasing power."
24:24
Moreover, the article continues, "US food surpluses, whether sold or given away, may help to avert shortages in particular countries, but can cover only a fraction of the expected increase in food needs of the developing countries. These nations must meet the major part of the food requirements themselves." Unfortunately, it is in predictions of likely agricultural productivity increases in the developing world that the professionals become more pessimistic. Among the reasons most commonly argued are the following.
24:58
First, the Indicative World Plan, drawn up by the Food and Agricultural Organization, postulated that there could be slight improvement in the world's diets by 1980 if the agricultural production of developing countries met certain specified goals. So far, the progress made in meeting even the very modest goals of the FAO's plan offers little cause for enthusiasm. Between 1962, the base year of the plan, and 1975, agricultural production in developing countries was supposed to increase at a rate of 3.4% per year. In fact, the average growth rate between 1962 and 1970 has been only 2.8% per year, dropping to 2% in 1971 and to 1% last year.
25:43
One of the few goals successfully met is that for farm machinery, which has been considerably exceeded, this since it adds to rural unemployment is a mixed blessing. Modern agricultural techniques used in the context of a developing capitalist economy not only increase the gap between rich and poor farmers, but are more likely to reduce jobs than to create them. Yet, rural areas in which the bulk of the population increase is to occur are where jobs are most needed.
26:13
The high-yield strains of rice and wheat could cause a disaster for the populations they support because they are genetically more uniform than the native strains they replace and hence more susceptible to an epidemic. The plant breeders who devise the new strains are well aware of the problem, but are nowhere near a solution.
26:32
Prevention and control of such epidemics is a hard enough task for the United States, and requires skilled manpower that developing countries using the new seeds may not possess. Although the trend of agricultural production in developing countries has been steadily upward, there is no guarantee that it will continue to rise. Future gains may be harder than those already made, the best land has already been put under plow, the most convenient water sources already tapped. Production of protein especially seems to be bumping up against certain constraints.
27:08
The article continues, "This year's projections by the USDA Economic Research Service forecast that the world's capacity for production of cereals at least will increase faster than consumption, but projections explicitly assume normal weather conditions. The weather may not be so obliging."
27:25
Whatever the real extent of malnutrition in the world and maldistribution of existing resources, there seems to be no certain prospect of substantial improvement, and the fair chance of degradation in the immediate future. Protein has become a seller's market. In recent months, there has been a clear trend of richer countries pulling protein away from the poor.
27:48
A similar dynamic exists inside the underdeveloped countries themselves, where economic elites' demands for meat may well price grain out of the poor man's mouth, given that it takes about seven pounds of grain to produce one pound of beef. The article concludes cautiously, stating that, "For the moment, the general world food situation seems stable, if a little precariously so." Most experts are agreed that 1972 was probably just a bad year, not a turning point.
28:21
In the longer term, the world's agricultural capacity is clearly not yet stretched to its limit, and any deterioration in diet on this account is likely to be gradual. However, any real immediate improvement or deterioration in the average diet is more likely to be linked to social and economic structure than to natural phenomena.
LAPR1973_09_13
00:19
The right-wing forces which have been operating against Chile's President Salvador Allende finally succeeded last week when the armed forces staged a violent coup d'état and seized control of the Chilean government. The following report on events in Chile are compiled from reports from the Associated Press, the London weekly Latin America, the Mexico City daily Excélsior, and the Chilean weekly Chile Hoy.
00:41
The coup began when the military surrounded the presidential palace last Tuesday and demanded the resignation of Allende and his Popular Unity government. Allende refused and the military attacked using tanks, troops, and air force bombers. Allende himself is dead. Chilean military and police say he killed himself, although others believe he was murdered. The Chilean ambassador to Great Britain said that he personally challenged the military's story. Allende was buried in a small family funeral on Wednesday.
01:07
The military leaders closed all government radio and television stations and imposed press censorship. Martial law has been declared and there are reports that any civilians found with arms are being executed on the spot. Obviously intent on crushing all opposition, the military has also burned the Socialist Party headquarters.
01:26
It was originally announced that a four man junta would rule the country. Since then, the head of the junta has proclaimed himself president and congress is to remain in recess until further notice.
01:37
The military says that things have returned to normal in Chile, but at the time this program was recorded, there were still reports of considerable resistance. One battle was reported on the outskirts of Santiago in a factory, and snipers have been firing from buildings throughout the city. Reports of casualties run as high as 4,000 dead. The military has been arresting hundreds of socialists and communist leaders, supposedly for questioning only, and they have been threatening to blow up any building containing snipers or resistors.
02:06
Talk of a military coup in this troubled country has been abundant ever since General Carlos Prats resigned as minister of the defense and head of the military in late August. Prats was a strict constitutionalist and a well-known opponent of military intervention against the elected government.
02:22
Meanwhile, early this month, the crippling truck owner strike remained unsettled and was accompanied by increasing violence. The fanaticism of Allende's right-wing opponents was revealed two weeks ago when Roberto Thieme, the leader of the revolutionary Fatherland and Freedom Organization was arrested. Thieme who was wanted for a collaboration in the attempted coup last June admitted that the truck owner strike was planned and launched solely to overthrow the government.
02:48
Thieme also said that the Fatherland and Freedom Organization planned sabotage attacks in connection with the strike and that they had taken part in the assassinations in July of Allende's naval aide-de-camp. He further said that they had made great efforts to strengthen rightist forces in the military.
03:04
The crisis deepened last week when the Christian Democrats, Chile's major opposition party, reversed its position and joined with right-wing parties, including Fatherland and Liberty in the Chilean Congress and offered a resolution calling for Allende's resignation. Eduardo Frei, a Christian Democrat and former president of Chile, issued a statement in which he blamed Allende for all of Chile's problems and he seemed willing to support a military coup.
03:29
The military seems to have been preparing for the coup for the past three months, in that it has been systematically removing arms from civilians, especially in factories in which Allende's support has been the strongest. These arms seizures, the sudden rightward swing of the Christian Democrats, and Thieme's detailed description of the Fatherland and Freedom's activities, almost make it seem as if the coup were a well-orchestrated plan, of which many were aware.
03:54
Allende of course observed these developments too, and last week he canceled his trip to the Non-Aligned Countries Conference in Algiers and had several emergency meetings with military leaders, his cabinet and members of the Popular Unity Coalition. With leaders of the armed forces, Allende discussed reform of laws regulating the military's activities.
04:13
According to the Mexico City daily Excélsior, Allende told other government leaders that only two things could solve the crisis: A dialogue with the Christian Democrats or a national plebiscite. The dialogue with the Christian Democrats was out of the question since they had thrown their forces behind the right.
04:30
A plebiscite would have helped since Allende's Popular Unity Coalition had done increasingly well at the polls since it captured the presidency three years ago. Anti-government strikes including the recent truck owner strike and brief sympathy strikes by lawyers, engineers, and technicians have been among relatively small well-paid sectors of the Chilean workforce and these groups would not likely have countered Allende's working class strength in a national election. However, not all sectors of the Popular Unity Coalition could agree on a plebiscite and measures were not adopted in time.
05:00
Reports from unidentified sources within the United States government say that the US was in informed of the coup a full two days before it happened and that the Nixon administration supported the actions of the military. Government spokesmen have denied the report saying that no US government agencies had any prior knowledge or complicity in the coup.
05:18
Juan Peron, who will almost certainly be elected president of Argentina next month, said that while he does not have the evidence to prove it, he believes the United States government engineered the coup. Others believe that while the United States may not have been directly involved in the coup itself, the United States and its US corporations have at least indirectly contributed to the downfall of the Popular Unity government. For one thing, when the Popular Unity government came to power, the United States cut off all economic aid to the country, but doubled the amount of money given to the Chilean military.
05:50
When Chile nationalized the United States copper companies two years ago, the US demanded compensation for the property. Allende politely responded that since the excess profits removed from Chile at a rate of 52% above investment a year by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings, there would be no compensation. Since then, Kennecott, a huge American copper company, has filed suits in French, German, and Italian courts trying to stop companies in those countries from buying Chilean copper, thus denying Chile valuable export earnings.
06:22
Even more importantly, the United States government has used its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies such as the Import-Export Bank, the World Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank. Many of these loans, especially those from the Import-Export Bank, are not really loans as such, but simple credits which allow the nation to make purchases from companies in larger nations on the basis of repayment within 30 to 90 days.
06:46
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance in order to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile has been faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, for example, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to the transportation owner strike, which eventually precipitated the coup, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
07:12
The same mechanisms have also led to shortages of food and other essentials which has heightened Chile's inflation. It is perhaps for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations last December that the US is waging economic war on Chile.
07:26
Also in March of 1972, documents were revealed which showed that IT&T had contributed heavily to the campaign funds of Allende's opponents, and Allende has been bitterly resentful of what he calls IT&T's attempts to foment a civil war in his country. For instance, IT&T was said to have put $500,000 into Chile's opponent's campaign chest in 1968.
07:48
Some groups around the country who have been critical of US policy have staged protest rallies in the United States, in Paris and in other countries in Latin America, and have frequently quoted the statement issued by Allende as the military was attacking the presidential palace only hours before his death. Allende said, "I will not resign. I will not do it. I am ready to resist with whatever means, even at the cost of my life, in that this serves as a lesson in the ignominious history of those who have strength but not reason."
08:17
This report on the coup in Chile was compiled from reports from the Mexico City daily Excélsior, the London weekly Latin America, the Associated Press, and the Chile weekly Chile Hoy.
08:27
Excélsior also reports that Algeria was converted into the capital of the Third World last week when it became the seat of the fourth conference of the Organization of Non-Aligned Countries. Statement from the Latin American countries of Cuba, Peru, Jamaica, Guyana, Trinidad-Tobago, Brazil, Chile, and Argentina joined heads of state from more than 70 other Third World countries. Mexico, Panama and Ecuador and Venezuela participated only as active observers.
08:56
The organization represents a major front of underdeveloped nations against today's superpowers. Since 1970, when the Non-Aligned Movement began relating its position to the realities of the global economic system, its conferences have become increasingly relevant and outspoken. It is the first such event at which Latin Americans will have a dominant impact. Latin America's reluctance to identify itself with the movement in the past in part had to do with its ignorance of African and Asian struggles and its willingness to identify its future development with that of Europe and the United States. Another powerful force was the fact that Latin America could scarcely be defined as non-aligned since the Monroe Doctrine.
09:36
The Non-Aligned Countries' fundamental objective of unifying the struggle against colonialism and racism was sounded in these generally approved recommendations. The right to sovereignty over their own national resources, the regulation of developmental investments, common rules of treatment for foreign capitalists, regulations over exporting of foreign profits, and concrete means to control the operations of multinational corporations.
10:00
The struggle for the economic nationalism was a dynamic theme enunciated by the Latin Americans. Chile exhorted the Third World to form a common front to restrain the excesses of multinationals and affirm their rights to nationalize foreign corporations when necessary for the public interest.
10:18
Peru advocated the adoption of a worldwide plan to give coastal countries a 200-mile jurisdiction over their ocean shores as a means of affirming maritime rights. Panama reiterating its stand against imperialism harshly attacked the United States for its possessions in the canal zone. The idea proposed by the Peruvian Prime Minister Jarrin that the US-Russian detente signifies a solidarity of terror, threatening the Third World with economic aggression was generally approved.
10:45
Also met with hardy acceptance was Castro's announcement that he has broken diplomatic relations with Israel. He condemned Israel for its continued occupation of Arab lands. At the same time as they unified their struggle against new forms of dominance and exploitation, the Third World countries agreed to the necessity of assuming their own responsibilities, analyzing their weaknesses and strengthening their countries in order to defend themselves against the imperialist and economic aggression. That from Excélsior.
11:13
Excélsior of Mexico also reports that Argentina has decided to support the Peruvian project to reform the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Support. The Peruvian resolution calls for a deletion of what it calls a list of justifications for economic aggression. The project was submitted by Peru at the Special Reform Commission of the Inter-American System of the Organization of American States meeting in Washington DC.
11:38
Argentina's ambassador stated that his country supports with special interest the idea of collective action in cases of economic aggression. He pointed out that the Peruvian project would amplify the area of action available to the members in time to reduce the concrete cases of armed aggression.
11:57
Peru's delegation insisted that all political and ideological clauses be eliminated from the treaty and suggested that a permanent council for progress be implemented to ensure economic security.
12:07
Meanwhile, in Caracas at the 10th Annual Conference of the Inter-American Army, Peru accused the United States of accusing Latin American armed forces to serve its own purposes. At the same conference, the Brazilian representation represented the opposite thesis regarding the position to modify the Reciprocal Support Treaty. They stated that, "Our enemy continues to be the international communist movement." This proclamation by the Brazilian generals was interpreted by observers to be a denunciation of the Peruvian project.
12:39
Also, meeting in Caracas was the Confederation of Latin American Workers who claimed militarism is in the service of exploitation. They cited the military governments of Brazil, Bolivia, Uruguay, Nicaragua as examples. The workers stated that militarism in Latin America has institutionalized dependence and alienation. That report from Excélsior.
13:01
The British news weekly, Latin America, reports from Argentina that the Juventud Peronista, the youth wing of the Peronist movement, seems to be on the way to consolidating its position in the movement and that Jose Lopez Rega, the most intransigent foe of the young militants, has lost ground decisively.
13:18
As background information, it should be remembered that the Peronist Party received a massive electoral vote in the first free elections after years of harsh right-wing military rule. It was the activity of numerous guerrilla organizations, usually composed of younger militants, which deserved considerable credit for the forcing of the military to allow elections. However, the Peronist movement as a whole is an amalgam of great diversity, including many who hold onto the name of Peron, many who supported the Peronists in expectation of social justice, but also some very conservative nationalists who border on being fascists.
13:47
Consequently, after the Peronist electoral victory, there was considerable turmoil in the movement and Peron soon began to chastise and caution the more militant left elements to the point of almost excluding them from party councils. However, the Peronist youth recently moved to generally accept the Peronists' broad front strategy and Peron began a rapprochement with the Peronist youth.
14:34
This week's feature is on the recent history of US press coverage of Chile. We will be drawing on an article printed in the magazine, The Nation, in January of 1973 by John Pollock of the Department of Sociology and Political Science, Rutgers University. Dr. Pollock is also a member of the Chile Research Group in Livingston, has done research in Chile, and has been specializing in the US press coverage of Chile.
14:57
Mr. Pollock's analysis opens with the US press coverage of Dr. Allende's speech at the United Nations in December of 1972.
15:05
Typical press coverage of Allende's visit is best examined by referring to the major US newspapers which report regularly on Latin American affairs: The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Christian Science Monitor, The Wall Street Journal, the Miami Herald, and the Los Angeles Times. These papers generally included the following information in reports on Allende's speech.
15:26
One, he called Chile the victim of serious economic aggression by US corporations, banks, and governmental agencies, accomplished through denial of previously available loans, interference by IT&T in Chile's internal affairs, and a boycott of Chile's copper in foreign markets.
15:42
Also, he called the economic blockade of his country an infringement of Chile's sovereignty condemned by United Nations resolutions and a problem for all Third World countries, and that IT&T and Kennecott denied any efforts at interference in Chile's internal affairs or any other wrongdoing.
16:00
Mr. Pollock continues noting that divergent opinions were presented, but the appearance of balance was specious. Although President Allende's views and those of US ambassador to the United Nations, George Bush, as well as those of IT&T and Kennecott copper companies were all mentioned, none of the opinions was investigated or tested in any serious way.
16:20
These leading newspapers did not simply fail to weigh evidence regarding the charges made, they never raised any serious questions about the charges at all. The overall impression was given that Allende was pandering to an automatic anti-American sentiment, easily aroused in an audience comprised largely of Third World countries.
16:38
The New York Times had the gall to run an editorial titled, "What Allende left out." For those unfamiliar with recent developments in Chile or with the press coverage of them, the Times editorial might have appeared reasonable, but close examination of political events there and the reporting of them yields a quite different impression. It is not Allende but the United States press which has left out a great deal.
17:02
None of the newspapers had prepared readers for Allende's visit with substantial background information on Chile and its concerns. None of them mentioned that in stops en route in Peru and Mexico, Allende had been accorded tumultuous welcomes.
17:15
Referring to IT&T activities in Chile, three of the newspapers, including The New York Times, failed to mention IT&T correspondence revealed by Jack Anderson and never denied by IT&T, which implicated that company in efforts to topple the Allende government, and only the Miami Herald linked IT&T to reports of specific subversive terrorist activities culminating in the assassination of Chile's General René Schneider, the army commander-in-chief.
17:41
Only one newspaper, The Wall Street Journal noted that Allende nationalizations actions were legal, having been authorized by a constitutional amendment passed unanimously by the Chilean Congress in January of 1971, which set forth procedures for expropriating mines owned by Anaconda and Kennecott. The most important provision as reported by the Journal was that any profits since 1955 in excess of 12% of the concerns' investments in Chile should be deducted from the payment of the expropriated properties.
18:11
The Journal was alone again in devoting substantial attention to Allende's claim that Kennecott had arranged a boycott of Chile's copper exports to European ports. In fact, it was the only paper which considered the issue of corporation induced embargoes against small countries sufficiently important to explore in any detail.
18:28
Nor did any paper attempt to determine, and only The New York Times mentioned at all, whether Kennecott Copper had indeed made astronomical profits in Chile. According to the Times, Allende charged that from 1955 to 1970, Kennecott had made an annual average profit of 52.8% on its investment. That higher return would doubtless have had provoked substantial comment if reported in any context other than that of Allende's critical speech.
18:54
The omission of important questions was not the only striking tendency in press reporting on Allende's UN presentation. Also evident were characterizations of the Chilean president as essentially insincere and duplicitous. Suggestions that he was more concerned with maintaining an act, charade or a popular posture than with accomplishing what he has often claimed to care about, the achievement of socialism within a democratic framework.
19:17
Noteworthy in this connection was The New York Times editorial with reference to Allende's "cleverness" at the UN. A Washington Post editorial tried to dismiss Allende's presentation as full of "inflammatory tinsel" insinuating "that the beleaguered Chile's beleaguered president did unfortunately, the easy popular thing. Mr. Allende indulged in dubious and gaudy rhetoric." Such characterizations hint that the Chilean president is ineffectual and ridiculous, not to be taken seriously by serious people.
19:47
Mr. Pollock continues, "The crucial questions left unasked and the belittling of the report of Allende presented in press reports, especially in the editorials of two of the nation's foremost opinion shapers, The Washington Post and The New York Times, are not simply troublesome elements in the press coverage of a single event. Rather, they are part of a consistent set of themes and omissions periodically evident in reporting on Chile ever since Allende's election in September 1970. Careful analysis of that reporting reveal several disturbing tendencies."
20:19
One, our newspapers have usually omitted information on the vast minority of Chileans. Most reporting on citizens' reaction to the Allende regime is based upon interviews with privileged national business leaders, large landowners or owners of medium-sized firms. The results of such interviews, anti-Allende in tone, are presented as typical of popular reaction to the new president. Seldom are opinions solicited from those most likely to support Allende: organized labor, unorganized labor, the unemployed, farmers on small and medium-sized plots of land, and the poor generally.
20:53
A second noticeable omission in the US reporting on Chile is the failure to cover right-wing activities. Left-wing activities by contrast receive substantial since sensationalist attention. For example, many articles have been written about the threat to Chile's political system from the Left Revolutionary Movement. Genuine concern about threats to the stability of the Chilean political system would, one might suppose, stimulate press coverage of political activity on both the left and the right. Yet even a cursory review of press reports will disabuse any one of that assumption.
21:24
Activities of the right extremist organizations such as Patria y Libertad, which trains children in the use of arms and forms secret paramilitary organizations in middle-class areas are never mentioned. Indeed, those groups are hardly even reported to exist. It is customary in addition for disruptions to be reported in a way that fails to identify the ideological persuasion of the protestors. They're presented as upset citizens while protestors presumed to be left-wing are characterized in sensationalist terms.
21:53
Consider the report of an assassination clearly by rightist forces of the army chief of staff in an effort to block Allende's ratification by the Chilean Congress, and a subsequent retaliatory assassination assumed to have been performed by the left. The New York Times correspondent wrote that, "Extremists have already produced two major crises since Allende was elected. The assassination of General Schneider, and nine months later, the assassination by left-wing terrorists of Edmundo Zujovic." The right-wing assassinations are simply assassinations. Those from the left are left-wing terrorists.
22:28
Furthermore, in reporting on the victims, there was scarcely any mention of the fact that General Schneider, the one killed by rightists, had been a major force in maintaining peaceful constitutional democratic rule, while the person killed in retaliation by the leftists had been as a previous minister of the interior directly responsible for the torture of political prisoners.
22:48
Mr. Pollock continues that suppressing information on right-wing activity extends to a near blackout on news about disruptive or distasteful activities by Allende's opponents. The most glaring example of such emissions is found in the coverage of a street demonstration by 5,000 women who in early December of 1971 protested food rationing in Santiago. The March of the Empty Pots, so-called because the participants banged empty saucepans as they marched, was reported by several papers. Only one however mentioned any clear estimate of the general social or economic origin of the women, information any reader would consider essential to assess the political implications of the march. The Christian Science Monitor noted that the sound of the marching pots was loudest in the wealthiest sections of Santiago.
23:34
In contrast to the North American papers, highly respected foreign sources did as a matter of course identify the socioeconomic origins of the women. Le Monde, the French paper, the British weekly Latin America, and Excélsior, the Mexican equivalent of The New York Times all reported that the marching women were upper middle and upper class.
23:53
In addition, the US press reported that the women's march was led by groups of men wearing safety helmets and carrying sticks and was broken up by brigades of leftist youths wearing hard hats and carrying stones and clubs, and by an overreacting Allende who asked police to disperse the women. The foreign press, on the other hand, reported that women were led by goon squads of club wielding men, called the march a right-wing riot, and reported it broken up by police after the president and his palace had been stoned by the women.
24:23
A fourth omission, perhaps more flagrant than the others, is the virtual absence of evidence suggesting that Allende has made any social or economic progress whatsoever. News reports and editorials have abounded with dark hints that the Chilean economy and Chilean politics are on the brink of upheaval and Cassandra-like accounts bewail reports of food shortages, unemployment, inflation, and the scarcity of foreign exchange, as though economic ruin were just around the corner.
24:49
What go unreported in the United States are social and economic statistics available to any reporter who cares to examine them. There is some evidence that Chile's first year under Allende, 1971, far from inducing despair, gave reason for hope. Agricultural production doubled. The consumer price index rose at only one half the rate registered during the last year of President Frei's administration, and the construction industry grew by 9%. Unemployment, again contrary to US press reports, declined from 8.3% in December of 1970 to 4.7% a year later.
25:23
Food shortages do exist, but they're a product not of government food austerity policy, but of the increased purchasing power of Chile's working classes. Food production has actually increased in Chile, but the working classes and the poor are buying much more.
25:37
Allende raised wages and froze prices in profits ensuring that the salary and wage segment of national income increased from 51% in 1970 to 59% in 1971. Finally, during Allende's first year, Chile's increase of gross national product was the second highest in Latin America at 8.5%. Our reporters have failed to record such indicators of progress and have fairly consistently labeled Chile's future as dismal and clouded.
26:05
The US press in reporting the economic difficulties and the food lines managed to leave the impression that the socialist leadership was at fault for the grave economic situation, whereas actually the Chilean economy had long been in crisis and Dr. Allende was elected in large part in response to the disastrous economic policy of earlier pro-US governments, and indeed the situation was quite measurably improving for broad sectors of the population after Allende's election. Up until concerted efforts by the threatened local and foreign economic interests began to disrupt the economy in hopes of fomenting unrest sufficient to cover a coup.
26:40
In particular, the reported food shortages were not as such shortages but reflected the fact that for the first time, major sectors of the population could buy more food so that although more food was being produced, demand outpaced supply requiring rationing that upset the wealthier classes who resented the partial equalization of access to food.
26:59
We add that Dr. Allende's popularity and support was consistently growing as proven in the congressional elections. Consequently, the right-wing attempts to reimpose its control could no longer happen peacefully and concerted rightist disruption of the economy began so as to set the stage for a military coup on the pretext of restoring stability. The US press managed to leave the impression desired by foreign and national business leaders.
27:25
A fifth major omission in coverage of Chilean politics is perhaps the most obvious of all. It is difficult to talk about the State of Delaware without mentioning the Du Ponts, and it would be bizarre to talk about Montana without speculating on the role of Anaconda Copper. Yet our reporters somehow managed to write about Chile without examining the political influence of Anaconda, Kennecott Copper, and IT&T.
27:47
Mr. Pollock concludes that the omissions of information on the opinions of less affluent Chileans and the absence of reports on right-wing activity or the disruption activity by Allende's opponents, the failure to report economic and social progress where it's occurred, and the paucity of investigations of multinational corporate activity give a distorted portrait of Chilean political system.
28:11
The foregoing feature is based upon work by Dr. John Pollock of the Department of Sociology and Political Science, Rutgers University and is available in the magazine, The Nation of January 1973.
LAPR1973_09_19
00:20
The military Junta seems firmly in control in Chile after staging a successful overthrow of the government of President Salvador Allende on September 11th. The following report on recent events in Chile and world reaction to the coup is compiled from the New York Times, the Associated Press, the Miami Herald, the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, NACLA, Prensa Latina, and The Guardian.
00:44
The Junta headed by General Augusto Pinochet issued a communique recently in which he said that the armed forces were searching the country to put down extremist forces. The military said they would expel from the country all of the Latin American leftists who had taken refuge there during Allende's rule. At the same time, relations were broken with Cuba and the entire Cuban diplomatic mission was put in a plane to Havana.
01:10
The Junta's interior minister, General Óscar Bonilla said the military took over the government because more than 10,000 foreign extremists living in Chile, including exiled guerrillas from Uruguay and Brazil, posed a threat to the country. The armed forces had to intervene in order to safeguard the destiny of the country, seriously threatened by extremist elements, Bonilla said.
01:34
Organizations in the United States, which have been expressing concern about the fate of the foreign exiles in Chile, also estimated their number at 10,000. Other sources have indicated that an equal number of Chileans were left dead in the wake of the coup. The military said that many Chileans and foreigners were being detained at the Ministry of Defense, the Military Academy, various military posts, and the dressing rooms of the national soccer stadium. A television station broadcast films of 60 prisoners in the dressing rooms, their hands clasped behind their heads.
02:06
There were widespread reports that could not be confirmed that many former officials and supporters of Allende's popular Unity Coalition had been executed by the military. The North American Congress in Latin America, NACLA, a research group on Latin American affairs in the United States, monitored reports from Cuba and Inter Press News Service. They said that these sources and ham radio reports from Santiago all reported widespread fighting and the execution of many of Allende's associates and supporters. NACLA quoted Inter Press Service as saying that at least 300 foreign exiles were killed during and after the military takeover.
02:47
NACLA also said the coup was an attack not only on the popular government of Chile, but the entire anti-imperialist movement in Latin America. Censorship was imposed on the Chilean media and foreign journalist dispatches. The Junta announced that 26 newspapers and magazines were told to suspend publication indefinitely because they were opposed to the Junta's goal of depoliticizing Chile.
03:10
While the extent of resistance in Chile is uncertain due to conflicting reports, much of the rest of the world has raged in protest. An estimated 30,000 protestors filed past the Chilean embassy in Paris, brandishing red flags and banners and shouting "Coup makers, fascists, murderers!" and "Down with the murderers in the CIA!" Thousands of demonstrators marched in Rome, where a group calling itself the International Militant Fellowship claimed responsibility for a pre-dawn fire bombing of the Milan office of Pan-American World Airways. The group said the attack was in retaliation for participation in the coup by US imperialists.
03:52
The West German government withheld recognition of the new Chilean regime for the time being, and in protest of the coup, canceled credits of 35 million marks, which it had agreed to extend to Chile. The World Council of Churches asked the Junta to respect the rights of political exiles in Chile, and the secretary general of that organization expressed the council's concern over the brutal rupture of Chilean democratic traditions.
04:16
In Latin America, reactions were much stronger. The Argentine government declared three days of national mourning for the death of President Allende, and 15,000 marched in a demonstration in that nation's capital protesting the coup. Telecommunications workers in Buenos Aires staged a one-hour strike in solidarity with the Chilean workers who were killed by the troops of the military Junta.
04:41
Also in Buenos Ares, the movement of third-world churches condemned the coup and exhorted all Christians to fight the military dictatorship. Juan Perón, who will soon be elected president of Argentina, said that while he does not have the evidence to prove it, he believes that the United States engineered the coup. Venezuelan president Raphael Caldera called the military takeover a backward step for the entire continent.
05:08
In Costa Rica, thousands of students marched in protest of the coup and in solidarity with Chilean resistance fighters. While the Costa Rican government offered political asylum to Chilean political refugees. One of the loudest protests came from Mexico City where 40,000 joined in a protest march shouting anti-US slogans and burning American flags.
05:30
An indictment of the type of economic colonialism, which had Chile in its yoke was voiced by Osvaldo Sunkel, a noted Chilean economist when he appeared last week before a United Nations panel investigating the impact of multinational corporations. The panel was created largely because of Chile's charges that the International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation had tried to block the election of Dr. Allende in 1970. United Nations officials maintained that there was a strong sentiment for such an inquiry apart from the ITT case.
06:04
In his remarks, professor Sunkel charged that foreign corporations were bent on siphoning off resources of the developing countries. He heatedly disputed testimony by five corporate officers that their concerns had contributed to the health and welfare of the countries where they operated. He said, "I get scared, really scared when I hear such individuals speak of social responsibility. Who has appointed a small group of individuals to decide the fate of so many?"
06:31
Sunkel said, "The government of President Allende made an attempt at changing the structure of underdevelopment and dependence in Chile. It may have had many failings and committed many errors, but nobody can deny that it attempted to redress the unjust economic and social structure by fundamentally democratic means."
06:49
While much of the anger and protest around the world seems directed at the United States, State Department and White House officials have consistently denied that the US was involved in the coup in any way. Nevertheless, critics of the Nixon Administration's policy in South America blamed the United States for helping create the conditions in which military intervention became an ever stronger likelihood. Joseph Collins of the Institute for Policy Studies said the tactics were economic chaos.
07:20
Collins said that Chile had become the first victim of the Nixon-Kissinger low profile strategy in which credits are withheld while military assistance continues to pro-American armed forces. Military assistance to the Chilean regime continued throughout the three-year presidency of Allende, however development loans were halted. Collins said US companies had put pressure on their subsidiaries and on foreign associates not to sell vitally needed equipment and spare parts to Chile.
07:50
The following commentary on the role of the United States in the Chilean coup comes from The Guardian. "US involvement could be seen on several levels. US Ambassador Nathaniel Davis went home to Washington per instructions September 6th, returning to Santiago September 9th, only two days before the coup. Davis was a high-ranking advisor in the National Security Council from 1966 to '68 and later served as US Ambassador to Guatemala during the height of the pass pacification program against leftist forces there.
08:22
When Davis came from Guatemala to Chile in 1971, he brought a number of aides with him who had helped run the repression there. The State Department trains people for special jobs, and Davis seems to have specialized in these kinds of operations," says The Guardian.
08:37
According to The Guardian, Davis's philosophy of international relations was expressed in a speech in Guatemala in 1971. "Money isn't everything," he said, "love is the other 2%. I think this characterizes the US' policy in Latin America." The New York Times reported that the US was not at all surprised by the coup and that US diplomats and intelligence analysts had predicted a coup would come three weeks earlier.
09:06
"In another interesting possible prediction," claims The Guardian, "the State Department called back four US Navy vessels, which had been heading into Chilean waters for annual naval maneuvers scheduled to begin September 13th. The State Department claims that this was done when news of the revolt came, but some sources say that the order came before the beginning of the coup indicating prior knowledge."
09:29
The Guardian claims that US corporations were clearly pleased by Allende's overthrow. When news of the coup came, copper futures rose 3 cents on the New York Commodity Exchange, but the US government is cautioning against too optimistic a view on the part of expropriated companies since a too rapid return of nationalized properties would only heighten antagonisms and further reveal the coup's motivation. The preceding report on recent events in Chile was compiled from the New York Times, the Associated Press, the Miami Herald, the Mexico City Daily Excélsior, NACLA, Prensa Latina, and The Guardian.
10:07
Cuba has made headlines in the Latin American press recently due to Fidel Castro's participation in the Non-Aligned Nations Conference in Algiers last month, and to Cuba's loud protest to the Chilean coup in the United Nations. The Mexico City Daily Excélsior reports that Henry Kissinger has announced that the US will begin consultations with other member countries of the Organization of American States to determine the possibility of reestablishing relations with Cuba.
10:36
Kissinger stated that the US will not act, as he put it, "unilaterally", but in accordance with the other member countries. He has not, however, stated when and in what form the first steps will be taken. Seven members of the OAS have already broken with the US supported attempt to isolate Cuba. They're Mexico, which never accepted the decision of rupture, Chile until the overthrow of the government there, Peru, Barbados, Jamaica, Trinidad and Tobago, and Argentina. A number of these countries maintain that the OAS should allow its members the liberty to decide in diplomatic relations with Cuba.
11:16
Fidel Castro's Summit meeting two weeks ago with four leaders of the independent Commonwealth Caribbean is part of Cuba's continuing effort to eliminate any possible threat from its immediate neighbors. The British News Weekly Latin America reports that although it lasted barely three hours and was a stopover en route to the non-aligned nations conference in Algiers, Fidel Castro's meeting with four prime ministers of the English-speaking Caribbean was highly significant for an area still divided and ruled as efficiently as ever by the great powers. The four meeting Castro at Port of Spain's airport were Eric Williams of Trinidad and Tobago, Forbes Burnham of Guyana, Michael Manley of Jamaica, and Errol Barrow of Barbados.
12:00
It is too early says Latin America to say what park Cuba would be willing to play in the region's economic and other groupings, but since the four independent Anglo-Caribbean states opened diplomatic relations with Havana 10 months ago, the Cubans have worked steadily to build up contacts. Cuban sugar technicians have visited the islands to offer advice and aid about the commodity which dominates the economies of all of them. Cuban fisheries experts will soon go to Guyana under an agreement signed two weeks ago. Ministerial delegations from all four states have been to Cuba and Castro's journey from Havana to Trinidad via Guyana inaugurated a regular air service between Cuba and the islands.
12:43
Apart from the basic wisdom of making friends with one's smaller neighbors when under threat from the US only 90 miles away, the four states could be a source of economic relief to Havana. The recent major oil strikes off Trinidad and the prospect of others off the coast of Guyana would be a useful way to lessen dependence on Eastern Europe, which currently supplies all Cuba's oil needs. As for regional solidarity, Cuba might be instrumental in encouraging more effective use of bauxite as a weapon against the rich nations.
13:14
Latin American newspaper concludes that even in Central America, traditionally the hardcore of the right wing, pro-Washington resistance to Cuba, Honduras became the first country of the group formally to renew trade relations with Havana by signing a $2 million agreement to buy Cuban sugar. But all these advances have been overshadowed by Argentina's billion dollar credit to Cuba to buy machinery and other equipment. This is the most important step so far towards reducing Cuba's dependence on the Soviet block. This from the weekly Latin America.
14:13
The Chilean coup has captured headlines for the past three weeks. For today's feature, we'll be talking with someone who's just returned from two years spent traveling and doing research in Chile. Alan Marks worked for a year in a research capacity for the Institute of Training and Research of the Chilean Agricultural Reform Agency. Alan, it must be hard for many North Americans to imagine what it's like to live in Chile under the Allende government. What were your initial impressions of the Chilean society and culture?
14:42
The first two things that I noticed was the incredible freedom of the press and the political sophistication of the people. The press ran articles all the way from the extreme right to the extreme left. It seemed as though any kind of newspaper at all was permitted there. There was no press censorship whatsoever. As far as the political sophistication, anyone from a store owner to a factory worker would have their own political ideas, very well formulated as to Chile, the United States, and the whole world.
15:16
Could you describe your work in the Agrarian Reform Agency?
15:19
Yes. The agrarian reform was initiated under the government of Fray in 1968. Its intention was to expropriate from the very large landowners, big ranches and farms, latifundios, which were not producing and which were needed very much to produce in Chile. The land was first of all not well cultivated, and secondly, the workers who were working for these large landowners were not receiving a wage that was livable.
15:49
They lived in extreme poverty and many times were starving. Therefore, the intent was to expropriate these large latifundios and turn them over to the campesinos, to these poor families, to work themselves. I went out to work in a collective farm unit called "asentamiento" in the south of Chile. From this point of view, I was able to observe some of the reforms in the very important areas that Allende had promised. These were in the areas of medicine, of housing, of education, and of work.
16:28
First of all, Allende promised that each infant and school-aged child would receive a half a pint of milk a day. The National Health Service undertook to get milk to each child, to each cooperative, to each farm in all of Chile. Furthermore, it saw to it that each child had all of his inoculations against the dread diseases, thereby wiping out dread diseases in Chile. The second point was housing.
17:01
On this collective farm unit, each family got to have their own house, whereas before there had been five or six families in one house. Now each had their own house. Some of the people would work, they would form one committee of the working committee, which would go and construct houses for everyone. The rest of the people would carry on the work in the fields.
17:26
Here in the US, for the past six months, we've been hearing of strikes, food shortages and antigovernment demonstrations, and yet we also have heard that the Unidad Popular, Allende's party, strength was increasing at the polls. How can this be?
17:40
Well, this worried me also. I was in the United States in December and I was reading the articles in the press, which indicated that they were anticipating the opposition to get 67% of the congressional seats and thereby impeach Allende, and furthermore they intimated that there were food shortages, that people were starving and so forth. Quite concerned for the friends I'd made down there, I returned in January with some anxiety.
18:16
Upon arriving, I realized that this was largely myth. In the first place, there was as much food as you could possibly want. All of the fruits and vegetables were in abundance and were being sold everywhere. There was a shortage of meat. This was due to two causes. The first and fundamental cause was that the poorer people, the lower class of people in Chile, had never been able to afford meat before. Since Allende's government, everyone in Chile has been eating meat and therefore it wasn't in as great of quantities.
18:54
A second point was that at different times in Chile, some of the rightest landowners who had chicken farms or in some cases cattle would either drown all their chickens or would send their cattle away secretly to Argentina trying to create an artificial shortage. Another important point was that when Allende first took over and the right decided that they wanted to begin some sort of a panic, the very rich people, all of whom had big storehouses and refrigerators went to the stores and bought in abundance all of the essential items.
19:46
Well, even in this country, I think that would create a panic and would deplete the basic inventories. Well, this was especially so in Chile, and consequently there have been times when things were not available immediately and people had to form lines to wait for them to be distributed.
20:05
Another very important point is that Allende always moved very slowly as he was an enabled to by the Constitution, and he made no attempt to expropriate the basic industries of distribution of foods. Now, this created a very real problem. The government owned only 28% of this distribution, and this 28% quite naturally went to the areas of the most need of the poorer people in the poblaciones all around the city of Santiago and the major cities.
20:44
The 72% that was controlled by the right somehow didn't very often make it into the markets. It seemed to go directly into people's backyards and into storehouses. There were scandals where hundreds and thousands of gallons of cooking oil were discovered in vats and warehouses where people had been storing them trying to create an artificial problem.
21:10
Furthermore, what would happen is there was a black market whereby since there was a shortage, the people who did have the things hoarded could then go and sell them at 10 to 50 times their normal value, thus producing an inflation as well as maintaining the shortage for all practical purposes so that in fact, it was largely a losery, this shortage in this discontent, the strikes sometimes were three or four people and were in very small groups of opposition, people that would go on strike.
21:46
Whereas the Popular Unity party and the majority of the people continued working and continued living well, in fact living better perhaps than they ever had before in their lives. This was reflected, I think, very well in the March elections.
22:03
In spite of all of the sabotage by the right, in spite of all of the economic problems in Chile due to the credit blockade of the United States, which deprived them of many basic raw materials, the people were going without certain things, the major portion of the Chilean people did understand who was responsible, what were the causes of the shortages of the problems, and voted accordingly. In 1970, Allende got 36% of the vote. In 1973, in these very difficult times, he got support of 44%.
22:42
We know there was a truck owner strike in October of '72, which was very similar to the strikes which precipitated the coup. Can you tell us something about the events of last October?
22:52
Yes. Last October was a very important time for Chile. The truck owners decided to strike thereby paralyzing the 3000 mile long country. Distribution of the agricultural products, raw materials and minerals is carried on chiefly by trucking and Chile, and whereas one product may be grown in the South, it may have to be distributed to the north and so forth.
23:20
Furthermore, in a very well orchestrated campaign to force Allende into submission, the right called on all shop owners, called on all owners of any kind of stores to close their shops, called on all the people not to go to work. This was an attempt to force the government forces into returning all of the factories to the owners and returning some of the large latifundios to the original owners.
23:58
It met with very, very significant failure, this policy of the right, because the left, the Popular Unity party continued to work, refused to shut down, worked even though they didn't have all the necessary food, got to work even though a lot of the buses were not running because they had been sabotaged with tacks or one thing or another. Above all, they kept the basic industries and the basic factories open and functioning so that Chile was not paralyzed.
24:41
The most important industries were in fact carrying on. The other very important thing that developed out of this was that there was a belt formed around Santiago. The factories in Santiago are all in the outskirts of the town along the major thoroughfares, along the major highways in and out of Santiago. They went to their factories.
25:08
They remained on vigil at the factories, protected them, and furthermore, effectively controlled any of the transportation in and out of Santiago, a force very important to them for the future, and certainly we know that these factories have been kept open and the only way that these people could be vanquished would actually be by killing them all because these people were prepared to fight to the death for the factories that now had a very real meaning to them, had a very real power for them.
25:48
Alan, some have said that Allende moved too quickly and boldly with nationalizations and other measures. Do you feel that Allende could have avoided a clash with the US by moving more slowly or being more diplomatic?
26:00
I think that Allende was very diplomatic. In fact, phrase proposals when on his campaign in 1964 were almost as far-reaching as anything that Allende ever got to do. Nationalizing basic industries had been promised to the Chilean people for years, and it's something that everyone was in agreement with. I don't think any Chilean would ever say that they shouldn't nationalize the copper industry, but Fray didn't fulfill his promises in a large number of areas.
26:36
It was very important for Allende's credibility for him to move directly in affecting these reforms that he had promised. Now, as far as moving quickly, there are certain limitations to how quickly you can move when you are a candidate or are a president like Allende, who has promised very strictly to remain within the constitutional framework.
27:02
He was so much more of a constitutionalist than any other figure I've ever seen, and given the conservative constitution of Chile, all of his actions, all of his proposals, always had to go for review before the Congress, so that really Allende moved very slowly. There were very few factories that were touched.
27:22
The important latifundios were expropriated and were given over to the farm workers, but the owners still maintained their own little farm off of this, and I would say that that Allende did anything but move quickly. This was the main criticism of him by the left and Chile was that he moved too slowly.
27:45
We've been talking today with Alan Marks who worked for a year in research capacity for the Institute of Training and Research at the Chilean Agrarian Reform Agency.
LAPR1973_09_27
00:30
Two weeks after the beginning of the military coup in Chile, events there dominate the news. Although members of the Junta have made repeated claims of normalcy, and US newspapers such as The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal have characterized the military as mild and also claimed a return to normalcy, at the time this program is being produced, the Asia Information News Service monitoring wire services from Latin America reports that the Junta has just announced a state of internal war.
00:57
In reverberations elsewhere in South America, Excélsior reports that in Uruguay the military government has shut down opposition papers, including the Christian Democrat-oriented La Hora. La Nación of Peru reports that the head of the Uruguayan government as saying that the articles on Chile would foment unrest. Also, the Brazilian military government has prohibited its newspapers from publishing or disseminating information about activities in Chile. According to The Wall Street Journal, the Bolivian military government has announced a move to arrest at least 70 leading labor leaders who were fomenting difficulties.
01:32
Information other than official or censored reports from inside Chile are still difficult to obtain. Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Chilean Christian Democrats are still divided. Former President Eduardo Frei, implicated as early as 1970 in the ITT strategy memoranda as participating in efforts to induce economic collapse and a military intervention in Chile is reported to be supporting the Junta. While the previous Christian Democratic presidential candidate, Radomiro Tomic, is reported under house arrest.
02:10
The English paper The Manchester Guardian noted continuing divisions in the military. The three highest ranking officers in Santiago as well as the head of the National Police did not support the coup.
02:24
The Excélsior of Mexico reported an interview with Hugo Vigorena, the Chilean ambassador to Mexico, who resigned when his government was overthrown. The former ambassador said his government had documents and information on a CIA State plan senator, but had received the information too late to neutralize the plan. The New York Times reported that Mr. Kubisch, Assistant Secretary of State for Latin America, claimed the documents were spurious and being peddled by a known felon. He refused further public comments offering to appear in a secret session.
02:56
The degree of difficulties inside Chile is still unknown with any precision. The official announcements of the Junta vary, beginning with a claim of 61 dead moving most recently to an admission of perhaps 250 persons killed. However, various international news agencies reported such items as that within the first 40 hours of the beginning of the coup, a Santiago hospital log indicated 500 bodies stacked in the hospital because the morgue was full and refused to accept further bodies.
03:31
Inter Press, the Chilean news agency, which was forced to move its transmission facilities to Argentina following the beginning of the coup, reported requests from Chilean hospitals for medical supplies. Santiago hospitals were reported to be out of most medical supplies.
03:49
The Asian News Service carried an interview from Argentina with the director of the Brazilian soccer team, which left Chile after the beginning of the coup. He reported upwards of 10,000 dead within the first three days. The Dutch newspaper Allgemeine Tagblatt reported on a telephone interview with a Dutch diplomat in Chile who reported in the initial days that the Junta was treating resisters with unimaginable violence and estimated casualties in Santiago alone at 6,000.
04:16
Le Monde from Paris reported an interview with two Chileans held in the national soccer stadium, but released because they were the son and nephew of high-ranking military officers. They reported tortures, clubbing and executions of major proportions. British papers carried reports by two British subjects who said much of the same.
04:38
In interviews with the US press, two American citizens, Adam and Patricia Schesch, released from the stadium after a considerable telephone and telegram campaign by citizens of their home state of Wisconsin, also noted that in the first days of the coup they saw numerous prisoners beaten to death and estimated that they directly saw 400 to 500 persons executed. Asia News Service estimated 20,000 to 30,000 dead within the first week.
05:14
In Caracas, Venezuela, the daily paper Últimas Noticias reported an interview with a Venezuelan journalist who had been held in the national stadium for three days before being allowed to leave. He reported that he had been arrested because there were some magazines in his home published by Quimantú, the government publishing house. The Venezuelan journalist said that he could hear the cries of people being executed in the eastern grandstand of the stadium, that the blood was hosed down each morning, that survivors could see piles of shoes belonging to the previous night's victims and that the bodies were removed and blue canvas bags loaded into armed military trucks.
05:47
A number of embassies in Chile are reported surrounded and in effect under siege to prevent persons from seeking asylum. The Guardian reports that the governments of Sweden, Finland, and Holland have announced that all aid destined for the Allende government would be frozen and not given to the Junta. Also, in a number of countries, including Mexico, Venezuela, Switzerland and Sweden, the Chilean ambassadors and diplomatic personnel have resigned rather than serve the Junta.
06:17
Excélsior reports that the Chilean ambassador to the US is in Chile and is alive but under arrest. He has been replaced in the US by a naval officer. In London, the naval attaché has taken over the embassy there and locked out the ambassador.
06:34
Diplomatic recognition of the Junta was initially accorded by Brazil and the two regime of South Vietnam, and the Junta claimed recognition by 17 countries as of the 22nd of September. However, according to Excélsior, that list includes Austria, Denmark, and Mexico, whereas Austria and Denmark have issued denials and Mexico announced that it would apply the Estrada Doctrine of maintaining officials at the embassy in Chile, but not extending actual recognition.
06:59
Another reaction. La Opinión of Buenos Aires, Argentina, reported that the commander-in-chief of the Argentinian army has asked the government to immediately put an end to the US military missions in Argentina. He said that the recent events in Chile strengthened the conviction that, "the presence of North American missions in Argentina is not convenient for us."
07:22
Excélsior reported that the Chilean Junta, after outlawing the five political parties that had formed the Popular Unity Coalition and after informing the remaining parties to enter a recess, disbanding the Chilean legislature, has announced the writing of a new constitution. General Lei of the Air Force indicated that the new constitution would prevent the re-establishment of Marxism and would allow major participation by the armed forces in the political life of Chile, including in the future parliament.
07:48
Excélsior continued that the new constitution would be actually edited by a yet-to-be-constituted jury commission and would be a corporate-type constitution in the style of the system instituted by Mussolini in Italy. That from the Mexican daily Excélsior.
08:03
In commenting on developments in Chile, the English paper The Manchester Guardian reviewed the ITT memoranda that spoke of the need to induce sufficient economic chaos and violence into Chile to create the conditions for a military coup. The Manchester Guardian also quoted Henry Kissinger as having said, "I don't think we should delude ourselves that an Allende takeover in Chile would not present massive problems for us."
08:31
The Manchester Guardian also referred to a meeting in October of 1971 between William Rogers, the Secretary of State, and representatives of corporations with investments in Chile, in which Rodgers made it perfectly clear that the Nixon Administration was a business administration and its mission was to protect business.
08:48
Also, Murray Rossant, president of the 20th Century Fund, wrote in The New York Times of October 10th, 1971, that the government policy towards Chile was being formulated and that the Secretary of Treasury, John Connally, and other hard liners insist that Chile must be punished to keep other countries in check and favor a Bolivian-type solution of providing overt or covert support for anti Allende military men. That from The New York Times.
09:13
In the most recent economic news from Chile, the black market, which was the primary cause of food shortages during the Allende period and which had been a major method of creating economic difficulties for the Allende government, has finally been outlawed. Although congressional opponents to Allende had prevented any legal moves against the black market during Allende's government, Excélsior reports that the military Junta has declared an end to black market activities.
09:43
According to Excélsior, the Junta has also announced that gains made under Allende will not be rolled back, although all illegal worker takeovers of means of production will be cancelled and the illegally-taken-over factories, machines, and land will be returned to private entrepreneurs. Also, foreign corporations will be asked first for assistance and soon will be asked to invest and resume involvement in previously nationalized sectors.
10:14
Excélsior also reports that the Junta has announced the formation of a Man of Public Relations composed of leading businessmen to travel internationally to explain the coup, discuss the reentry of foreign capital, and to improve Chile's new image. Already, according to the recent Junta announcements carried by the major wire services, the reported book burnings and cleaning of bookstores was carried out by overzealous persons and that at any rate the military was not against ideas and did not think that the burning of books would kill ideas. The Junta's only intention was to rid the country of alien ideas.
10:55
The most recent information available is that despite disclaimers by the Junta, the cleaning of bookstores and the burning of books continues. The French Press Agency reports that the house of poet Pablo Neruda was vandalized by soldiers who conducted an exhaustive search, tored open beds, and burned posters, magazines, and books.
11:13
The US government confirmed that it had granted diplomatic recognition to the Junta and the Junta declared what it called internal war, firing the mayors of all large villages and cities, the governors of all the provinces, and the presidents of the universities, replacing them with military personnel, and announced a review of all university faculty appointments. That from the Asian Information Service's compilation of wire service reports from Latin America.
11:37
The following summary of Perón's triumph in Argentina is compiled from Excélsior. Juan Perón regained the presidency of Argentina on Sunday after an absence of 18 years. The 77-year-old Perón received almost 62% of the vote in a landslide victory. His wife Isabel was elected vice president. Perón's victory statement, according to the Associated Press, read, "I cannot say anything because the people have done it all. Now is the time for me to speak, but the time for me to act." Perón stated that he might soon make realistic changes in Argentina's economy, but the first order of business is political. After the political situation is settled, the economy will arrange itself.
12:26
The closest runner-up in the election, Ricardo Balbín of the Radical Civic Union, received 24% of the vote. The member of the Popular Federalist Alliance, a center-right coalition, got 12% of the vote, while the Socialist Worker Party received less than 2%.
12:42
When Perón is inaugurated October 12, he will regain the office that he lost to a military Junta in 1955. Perón came to power as part of the military coup in 1943 and was elected president of Argentina in 1946. Under his administration, workers and trade unions prospered. Workers received substantial wage increases and gained more benefits, such as paid vacations.
13:10
The present Peronist movement is an amorphous coalition of conservatives, including the old-line trade unionists and bureaucrats, and leftists, particularly the leftist Peronist youth. This is an uneasy coalition at best, so it is no surprise that signs of a split between the two groups is already apparent. A violent confrontation occurred between the two factions in June, when Perón returned to Argentina from Spain. Shooting broke out between the Peronist youth and right-wing trade unionists, killing 20 people and causing the huge airport reception for Perón to be cancelled.
13:49
The choice of Perón's third wife, Isabel, as the vice presidential candidate was designed to avoid factional strife, sure to result if one of the other two factions was represented in the choice of the vice presidential candidate.
13:59
This from Excélsior of Mexico City.
14:23
This week's feature is on Puerto Rico.
14:27
Hundreds of Puerto Ricans, organized by the Puerto Rican independence movement, demonstrated in front of the United Nations last week, demanding freedom from what they called colonial domination by the United States. While Puerto Rico is officially an American protectorate, many feel that the United States' political and economic control over the Caribbean island gives an effective colonial status. In fact, the United Nations Committee on Decolonialization recently condemned the United States for possessing a colony.
15:01
Our feature this week is an analysis taken from Ramparts magazine, in which Michael Meyerson deals with the colonial status of Puerto Rico and political movements striving to attain independence.
15:14
For Puerto Ricans, colonial status is nothing new. They have spent the last five centuries under the rule of one western country or another. Puerto Rico came close to achieving independence in the late 1800s, winning an autonomous constitution from Spain, only to lose it a year later when the island was ceded to the United States as part of the spoils of victory in the Spanish-American War.
15:36
Ruled first by the US military, then by presidential appointees, and only recently by an elected governor, Puerto Ricans have had little power over the fate of their island. They were even made US citizens over the objection of their one elected body. Today, the island's legislature's powers are limited to traffic regulations and the like. Real political power resides in the US House Committee on Insular Affairs and the Senate Committee on Territorial and Insular Affairs, both of which meet in Washington, DC, some 1,500 miles from San Juan.
16:07
Appeals from Puerto Rican courts are decided in Boston and final jurisdiction rests with the US Supreme Court. US federal agencies control the country's foreign relations, customs, immigration, post office system, communications, radio, television, commerce, transportation, maritime laws, military service, social security, banks, currency, and defense. All of this without the people of Puerto Rico having a vote in US elections.
16:31
The extent of US military control of the country is particularly striking. One cannot drive five miles in any direction without running into an army base, nuclear site, or tracking station. Green berets were recently discovered in the famed El Yunque National Rainforest, presumably using the island as a training ground. The Pentagon controls 13% of Puerto Rico's land and has five atomic bases, including Ramey Air Base. A major base for strategic air command, Ramey includes in its confines everything from guided missiles to radio jamming stations, which prevent Radio Havana from reaching Puerto Rico and Santo Domingo.
17:13
In addition to the major bases, there are about 100 medium and small military installations, training camps, and radar and radio stations. In the late 1940s, Puerto Rico became the target of Operation Bootstrap. Hailed as an economic new deal for the island, Bootstrap bore the kind of name that encourages Americans to believe unquestioningly in their country's selfless generosity to other peoples. In truth, the new program was a textbook, perfect example of imperialism, guaranteeing tax-free investment to US firms, developing the island as a market for US goods.
17:52
As The Wall Street Journal put it, "Two million potential customers live on Puerto Rico, but the hopeful industrial planners use it as a shopping center for the entire Caribbean population of 13 million."
18:06
Ramparts states that while it fed American sense of self-righteousness and brought profits to US investors, Operation Bootstrap left untouched the misery of the majority of Puerto Rico's 2.5 million inhabitants. In fact, by limiting the development of the island's economy and forcing continual dependence on the US, Operation Bootstrap deepened the cycle of poverty in Puerto Rico. Four out of every five Puerto Rican families earn less than $3,000 per year. One-half receive less than $1,000 annually.
18:36
Oscar Lewis puts unemployment at 14%. Knowledgeable Puerto Ricans insist that a figure as high as 30% is more realistic. That is a permanent condition twice as bad as the depths of the Great Depression in this country. Per capita income in Mississippi, our poorest state, was 81% higher than in Puerto Rico in 1960. Whereas wages are a fraction of those on the mainland, the cost of living on the island is higher. Most statistics place island costs at 25% higher than those in New York City, Chicago, or Boston.
19:07
If it does little to improve the luck of the poor, Bootstrap has by any standards been a bargain for investors, offering US firms cheap labor and tax holidays of 10 to 17 years. Bootstrap was hailed by Hubert Humphrey as the miracle of the Caribbean. As the colonial government reports, manufacturers averaged 30% on their investment, thanks to the productivity of Puerto Rico's three-quarter million willing, able workers.
19:36
Profits in electronics run 10.8 times those of the mainland industry's average. Every dollar invested has brought a profit of ¢30 during the first year. US investments in Puerto Rico are the highest after Venezuela in all of Latin America. For every dollar produced in the island's industrial system, only ¢17 is left in Puerto Rico. Only Britain, Canada, Japan, and West Germany import more US goods. This solid of less than 3 million people buys more from us than do Spain, Portugal, Austria, Ireland, and the four Scandinavian nations combined.
20:16
Sugar and petroleum account for most of the country's industry. The sugar industry is controlled by three US companies and accounts for half of the island's agricultural income, a fact determined not by the agricultural needs of the island, but by the US sugar quota. Impoverished Puerto Rican plantation workers drop the cane for tax for US companies, ship the raw product to the United States where is refined, packaged, and taxed, and then buy back the finished product at its opening prices.
20:43
Only the petrochemical industry has seen a bigger growth in Puerto Rico, with heavy investments from every major US petroleum corporations, including Phillips, Union Carbide, Texaco and Standard. Virtually bringing the Caribbean coast of the island in search of oil, they have caused severe pollution in some of the best fishing waters in the world.
21:03
This together with the fact that the Federal Government prohibits Puerto Ricans from maintaining its own fishing crates, has resulted in the island being forced to import 95% of the fish it consumes.
21:14
Since Meyerson's article, in Ramparts was published, it has been announced that large international oil companies intend to construct in the country a deep seaport, or super port, for the receiving, storing, transferring and refining of great quantities of petroleum. The proposed super port, with a capacity of over 300 million tons annually, would initially be accompanied by two to four refineries, each with a capacity of sent 250,000 barrels daily. These would begin operating in late year of 1977.
21:52
Plans also call for linking to the super port a refining capacity of sent 6 million barrels daily of crude oil for the decade of 1980. The new refineries would then be accompanied by new and expanded petrochemical plants. The super port refinery petrochemical plant complex would come to occupy some 33,750 acres of the western coast of the country before the year 2000. Estimates indicate that the industrial complex would triple US investment in Puerto Rico, which already totals $6.8 billion.
22:30
Many Puerto Rican nationalists fear that this would only tighten the grip of the US business interests over the island, and would constitute a formidable obstacle to the application of the United Nations resolutions on colonialism to Puerto Rico.
22:46
In addition to these fears of political and economic control, opponents of the super port project have serious concerns about the effect of the project on the ecology of Puerto Rico. First, according to a study made by the US Army Corp of Engineers, the super port and accompanying developments will require about one billion gallons of fresh water per day by the year 2000. This would exhaust all the water sources and damage them permanently by the introduction of sailing compounds from underground reserves.
23:14
Environmentalists also point out that waters used to cool the complex would reach a total of 30 million gallons of sea water per minute, roughly 12 times the total water discharge by the island's rivers. These salt waters, after going through the machines of the industrial complex, would be returned to the coastline some 10 to 20 degrees Fahrenheit about normal, seriously affecting the marine life in the area.
23:37
Finally, it is pointed out that the US Army Corp of Engineers study concluded that the discharge of sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides and particularized matter would be 1,323,000 tons by the year 2000.
23:51
Large as the result of the super port controversy, certain Puerto Rican political groups and newspapers have been denouncing what they call environmental colonialism. These political-economic phenomena, they say, consists of using the land, air, and water of the colonized as receptacles for the poisons and other pollutants that the large industries of the colonized have produced.
24:16
In this manner, the colonizer exports pollution and the cost of combating it outside of his territory, thereby ensuring that a large port of the residue of those industries have no adverse effect on their own economy, public health, and landing environments. While the Meyerson article is published too early to comment on the super port plans, it does deal with the operations of large copper companies.
24:42
Earlier in the 1950s, huge copper deposits were discovered in the interior. American Metal Climax and Kennecott Copper, operating through its auxiliaries, moved in, taking exclusive rights to the deposits. Comparable in size to the largest deposits in this country, the ore value was higher than any in the United States. The deposits are worth at least 1.5 billion. American Metal Climax paid Puerto Rico just $10 for an exploration permit.
25:08
News of the deposits and of the negotiations between the two companies and the government was kept secret, until a pro-independence movement people got hold of word of the talks and began a public campaign.
25:20
Through picketing, diplomatic protests, and local organizing, the Independistas have for four years successfully prevented the companies from starting production. Although the contract has not been signed yet, speculation is that with the 64-year-old millionaire industrious Luis Ferré as the new governor, the signing is imminent.
25:39
Fairly more, Ramparts continues, that Washington propaganda has always held that Puerto Rico has no riches, that it needs the United States; hence, independence is unreasonable. Now Japan has offered the country a better deal on its copper than have a US companies. But its colonial position prohibits Puerto Rico from engaging foreign trade. Undoubtedly, its oil, sugar, tobacco, and coffee could also trade to better prices if offered competitively.
26:08
"There seems no way to check or reverse the depletion of Puerto Rico's riches," says Meyerson, "other than independence." The major argument against independence, aside from lack of natural wealth, has been the size of the country, but Puerto Rico has more people than eight Latin American countries.
26:27
In recent years, several groups have appeared which see foreign investors as their principal enemies and have taken extreme actions to combat them. Since New Year's Eve of 1967, at least 75 fires, aimed at North American properties, have caused damages ranging in estimates from $25 to $75 million. No one has been caught, no evidence has been found, and no witnesses have come forth, but a group calling itself the Armed Comandos for Liberation, the CAL, has taken credit for the action.
26:57
To the chagrin of the proper deed, no one can prove who belongs to the CAL. Although the press has attempted to tie the group with the Movement for Puerto Rican Independence. Police have even arrested local members of the Movement for Political Independence in connection with the bombings, but they were forced to release them for lack of anything resembling evidence.
27:16
The island, already blanketed by CIA and FBI agents, has practically suffocated with the massive invasions of reinforcements from those two agencies. "The goal", says the Liberation Movement, "is to make it so costly to stay in Puerto Rico that the corporations will leave. We are in the first stage of operations, our leader said, and in this phase we intend to cause $100 million worth of damage to US concerns. Our idea is to inflict such heavy losses on these enterprises that the insurance companies will have to pay more money in indemnity than they have received in payment, thus upsetting the economy."
27:50
Leading the drive for independence from US domination, the Pro Independence Movement, or MPI, insists that social gestures and independence will not be achieved through the established electoral process, for whatever laws are passed in San Juan are subject to approval by Washington.
28:09
This week's feature was based on the article published in Ramparts magazine, by Michael Meyerson, and augmented by research material provided by the Puerto Rican newspaper, Claridad.
LAPR1973_10_04
00:23
The New York Times reports that the Chilean military junta has notified foreign embassies that Chilean citizens will no longer be given safe conduct passes abroad. The junta has admitted now that 7,000 persons are being held in the national stadium in Santiago. Meanwhile, there is a growing concern for some 14,000 foreigners, mostly Latin American leftists, who were in Chile as political exiles during the government of the late President Salvador Allende.
00:49
The United Nations Commission for Refugees has sent a mission to Chile to try to obtain guarantees for the safety of these exiles. The commission has proposed that a camp or other refuge be set up for foreign political refugees under the supervision of the United Nations and the International Red Cross. The junta was said to be studying the proposal, but foreign embassies, according to the Times, doubted that it would be approved.
01:14
A senior embassy official was quoted as saying, "There's been a definite hardening of the junta on the question of political asylum."
01:21
The Times also reports that the Authors League of American Writers and Grove Press, the publishing house, sent separate cablegrams to Chile, decrying what were described as acts by the ruling junta against writers in Chile and their works. The Authors League statement said that it, quote, "Deplores the book burning and suppression of writers by the Chilean government."
01:41
Also, The New York Times reports that middle-ranking officers of all three military services began plotting the coup against President Salvador Allende as far back as November of 1972. The officers planning the coup, which resulted in the death of President Allende on September 11th, held discussions with one another and with middle-class union and business leaders.
02:04
By August of this year, the military leaders had rejected any thought of a civilian political solution and had encouraged middle-class unions to continue their prolonged strikes against Dr. Allende's government to set the stage for a military takeover. "We would have acted even if Allende had called a plebiscite or reached a compromise with the political opposition," said an officer deeply involved in the plotting of the coup.
02:26
Although the actual order for the coup was given on the afternoon of September 10th, military garrisons throughout the country had been put on the alert about 10 days earlier.
02:35
To make certain that there were no breakdowns in the armed forces, officers considered loyal to the Allende government were placed under arrest when the takeover began. In some cases, junior officers arrested their commanders. The details of the military coup were given and cross-checked in separate conversations with the officers of all three military branches and with civilians who had kept themselves closely informed of developments as the coup was being hatched.
03:01
The informants asked that their names not be revealed or their service branches cited.
03:07
The vast majority of the officers of the Chilean armed forces were staunch anti-Marxists even before Dr. Allende assumed the presidency in November of 1970. But these officers asserted that the first attempts to coordinate action in the Army, Navy, and Air Force against the Allende government grew out of a 26-day general strike of business and transportation owners in October of 1972.
03:28
The strike ended when Dr. Allende invited General Carlos Prats, the Army's commander-in-chief, and two other officers, into the cabinet. "Just about everybody in the armed forces welcomed this," an officer said, "Because at this time we considered Prats, a traditional military man who would put a brake on Allende."
03:45
But almost immediately, General Prats came to be viewed as favorable to the Allende government. By late November, Army and Air Force colonels and Navy commanders began to map out the possibilities of a coup. They also contacted leaders of the truck owners, shopkeepers, and professional associations, as well as key businessmen who had backed the October truckers' strike. "We left the generals and admirals out of the plotting," the officer said, "Because we felt that some of them, like Prats, would refuse to go along."
04:15
The greatest obstacle, according to these officers, was the armed forces' long tradition of political neutrality. For more than 40 years, they had not interfered in the political process. "I could have pulled my hair out for teaching my students for all those years that the armed forces must never rebel against the constitutional government," said an officer who formerly taught history at a military academy. "It took a long time to convince officers that there was no other way out," he said.
04:39
The plodding subsided somewhat in the weeks of political campaigning leading to the March legislative election. The civilian opposition to Dr. Allende thought it could emerge with two-thirds of the legislative seats and thus impeach the president. "It was supposed to be a last chance for a political solution," one officer admitted. "But frankly, many of us gave a sigh of relief when the Marxists received such a high vote because we felt that no politician could run the country and that eventually, Marxists might even be stronger." The Marxist vote was 43%.
05:12
By the middle of March, the plotting resumed and colonels invited a number of generals and admirals to join. "In April, the government somehow found out that we were plotting," said an officer, "And they started to consider ways of stopping us." All the officers interviewed asserted that the Allende government began secretly to stockpile weapons and train paramilitary forces in factories and rural areas, with the intention of assassinating key military leaders and carrying out a counter-coup.
05:38
Highly publicized was the abortive coup of June 29th, in which about 100 members of an armored regiment in Santiago, led by Lieutenant Colonel Roberto Souper, took part. On August 28th, President Allende and allegedly General Prats forced the resignation of General Cesar Ruiz, the Air Force commander in chief. Jets streaked out of Santiago to the southern city of Concepción to prepare for an immediate coup, but leaders of all three branches urged their officers to wait until General Prats could be removed.
06:11
General Ruiz himself pleaded with his men to abandon the idea of immediate action.
06:16
The leaders of the three branches then confronted General Prats and demanded his immediate resignation. As soon as General Prats resigned on August 23rd, along with two other generals considered to be pro-Allende, the high command of all three services began mapping out the details of the takeover. That is from The New York Times.
06:33
Andy Trosgear of the Asia Information Service reports that a spokesman for the Chilean military junta has acknowledged that armed resistance is continuing in Chile's southern provinces. Prensa Latina quotes National Police General Cesar Mendoza as saying that the military and police commands have taken all steps to neutralize these guerrillas.
06:56
Prensa Latina adds that according to other sources in Santiago, armed guerrillas are operating out of the southern provinces, as well as in the industrial center of Concepción.
07:06
In Santiago itself, only isolated shots are heard at night, Prensa Latina reports. It is believed that the resistance in the capital is regrouping its forces. According to last week's report, many of the leaders of the popular Unity parties and the MIR, the left revolutionary movement, are now underground. Last week's Prensa Latina reported that a national revolutionary council had been formed and was operating underground. That report from the Asia Information Service.
07:32
Excélsior of Mexico City, reports that Senator Luis Corvalán, secretary general of the Chilean Communist Party, has been apprehended and turned over to a military court for trial and sentencing. The 63-year-old Corvalán was second only to Senator Carlos Altamirano on a list of 17 leftist leaders being sought by the new military regime.
07:55
That government is offering a half million Chilean escudos to any person submitting clues to the whereabouts of the others. Altamirano, it is believed, has taken refuge in the Venezuelan embassy in Santiago.
08:08
Also, the newly appointed chancellor of the junta has announced that the new regime is willing to resume talks with the United States over compensations to US-owned copper firms whose mines were nationalized by the Chilean Congress under Allende. He denied, however, any intention on the part of the junta to turn the five copper mines back over to those North American firms.
08:30
He noted that the nationalization of the mines was, "The result of a unanimous vote by Congress". Nonetheless, he emphasized that the junta's policy was to accept foreign investments in all sectors of the economy, including mining. The military government also made known Saturday the planned execution of an important leader of the left revolutionary movement. That from Excélsior.
08:51
From Chile itself comes the word of the death of Nobel Prize-winning poet Pablo Neruda on September 23rd. Neruda's death came just 12 days after the coup, which resulted in the death of Neruda's close friend, Salvador Allende. Neruda had been suffering from cancer.
09:08
At Neruda's funeral on Tuesday in Santiago, a crowd of almost 2000 cheered the Chilean Communist Party, sang "The Internationale", and chanted, "With Neruda, we bury Salvador Allende". The daring left-wing demonstration was in direct defiance of the military junta. Yet even the risk of arrest could not stop the crowd from chanting, despite the heavy contingent of soldiers stationed around the mausoleum.
09:30
Meanwhile, the New York publishing house of Farrar, Straus, and Giroux announced Thursday that the manuscripts of the poet's memoirs, as well as a number of unpublished poems written before Neruda's death, are missing. Neruda's home in Santiago has been ransacked and all his books seized. The military junta has denied responsibility and called the incident regrettable. Yet it is popularly believed that military police sacked the house in search of leftist literature and arms.
09:57
Pablo Neruda's activism was as stronger as his lifelong commitment to poetry. Neruda's career as a poet officially began in 1924, when he published "Twenty Love Poems and a Song of Despair" at the age of 20. Following a tradition of long-standing, the Chilean government sent the young poet on a series of consular missions. In 1934, he was appointed counsel to Madrid. There he published the first and second series of his enormously successful work, "Residents on Earth".
10:23
When civil war broke out in Spain in 1936, Neruda made no secret of his antifascist convictions. He used his post as counsel in Madrid to aid the Spanish loyalists. Finally, the Chilean government recalled him when his partisan behavior became simply too embarrassing.
10:39
From then on, Neruda became progressively involved in politics. His poetry reflected the direction in which his entire life was moving, and he became a very controversial figure. Neruda later wrote of this time in his life, "Since then, I have been convinced that it is the poet's duty to take his stand along with the people in their struggle to transform society, the trading to chaos by its rulers into an orderly existence based upon political, social and economic democracy."
11:07
After serving as counsel on Mexico for several years Neruda returned to Chile in 1943, he joined the Communist Party and decided to run for a seat in the National Senate. He was elected to the Senate in 1944 and served for five years until the conflict between the Chilean government and the Communist Party reached its peak. The party was declared illegal by an act of Congress, and Neruda was expelled from his seat.
11:30
He made his way secretly through the country and managed to slip across the border. He lived in exile for several years traveling through Mexico, Europe, the Soviet Union, and China. In 1950, he published his "General Song".
11:42
Neruda returned to Chile in 1953 and in that same year was awarded the Stalin Prize. He became the leading spokesman of Chile's left while continuing to write poetry prolifically. He also wrote exposes of Chilean political figures, and articles condemning US foreign policy in Latin America. In 1954, he published "The Grapes and the Wind", which contained a great deal of political verse.
12:06
In 1971, he was awarded the Nobel Prize for poetry. Neruda strongly condemned US economic policies in Latin America. He felt that the United States used its dominance over the Latin American countries to finance US national security ventures and to supply US industrial needs, all at great cost to the Latin American countries themselves.
12:27
A series of what might be construed as political assassinations have followed in the wake of Juan Perón's ascension to the presidency of Argentina. According to reports in Mexico City's daily Excélsior, José Rucci, the leader of the General Worker's Confederation, was gunned down on September 25, in front of his home. Scarcely 24 hours later, the leader of the Perón's Youth Movement, Enrique Grinberg was the victim of four armed assassins.
12:52
Excélsior quotes a communication from Grinberg's organization as saying that the death was the work of a right-wing group, trying to impede the events of the people on the road to liberation. The communication underlying the fact that Grinberg's only crime was being connected with Peronism.
13:09
Excélsior also reports that Argentina's Revolutionary People's Army, the ERP, in response to accusations, has denied having assassinated José Rucci. They maintain his death was the work of killers in the pay of the syndicalist bureaucracy stood up by Rucci himself.
13:27
The Marxist Leninist ERP was declared illegal by the government only hours after the confirmation of Juan Perón as president. By means of a decree, they were prohibited from engaging in any political activities, according to Excélsior.
14:24
Our feature this week is the text of a lecture given by Tim Harding at a conference in Madison, Wisconsin in April of last year. Mr. Harding has traveled and done research extensively in Chile, and his subject is the plight of the Mapuche Indians in southern Chile, focusing particularly on the interaction of the Mapuches with the Allende government.
14:43
It should be remembered that Professor Harding's words were written at a time last year when the Allende government was still in power, and the agrarian reform was an ongoing process. While the new military junta has not said specifically how it will deal with the question of agrarian reform, many observers feel that the previous reforms will be ended if not reversed.
15:03
The Mapuche Indians constitute 4% of the population of Chile today. The story of the Mapuche is particularly important to the subject of agrarian reform in Chile, because in the province of Chile with the greatest rural population, that is the province of Cautín in southern Chile, 69% of the population is Mapuche. They are located on 2,000 reducciones. The settlements are not unlike Indian reservations within the United States.
15:33
Besides living on the reservations, the Mapuche Indians form part of the rural proletariat, that is they go out and work in the surrounding properties for extremely low wages. The Mapuches have traditionally been subjected to discrimination, they have gotten the least of the benefits of what society has had to offer in Chile.
15:52
Many people wonder about the reasons for the low position of the Mapuches in Chilean society. There are very good historical reasons which are so parallel to the oppression of Indians within US society that images of what happened to American Indians at the Wounded Knee Massacre and other places can be called to mind to give some idea of what has happened to the Mapuche population.
16:14
Unlike the conquest of the Inca and Maya civilizations, the Mapuche had a frontier situation of combat with both the Spaniards and the Chileans. The final conquest of the Mapuches might be put as late as the 1880s after centuries of colonial contact. Pedro de Valdivia, the first Conquistador of Chile, wrote back to the king of Spain that he had never fought so valiant an enemy as the Mapuches.
16:39
The conquest of the Mapuches was begun by the Jesuit priests. They tried to keep it peaceful, but as in the United States, every treaty with the Mapuches was broken and warfare kept recurring. They were finally reduced to the reducciones or reservations. As the years wore on the amount of land left to the Mapuches shrunk constantly due to the encroachments of powerful surrounding landlords.
17:02
The beginning of the resistance to this came in 1961 when under the influence of the Communist Party and the National Labor Confederation, a federation of peasants and Indians was organized. This organization began to engage in land seizures. Mapuche groups joined the Federation and recede the land which had been taken away in the previous century.
17:23
When a Mapuche leader was asked by the magazine Ercilla, "Are you people communists?" He said, "It's true, most of us belong to the Communist Party, but what do you expect us to do? They're the only ones that help us even if at times they use us as instruments in their own interests. Look at the owners, the latifundios, they are liberals, conservatives, and radicals. To whom do you expect us to turn?"
17:46
There were only about 14 land seizures between 1961 and 1966. They didn't significantly change the situation of the Mapuches in the south. The Frei government's response to the Mapuche problem was to propose a comprehensive bill, which was to make it easier for the Mapuche communities to be broken open and their land was taken away.
18:06
In response to this, partly under the same Christian Democratic influence, the Mapuches organized into a National Confederation. They went to Congress and oppose the Christian Democratic bill by mobilizing and demonstrating they kept Congress from passing that bill.
18:22
Then the Mapuche Confederation wrote their own bill. At this point, the Allende regime and the Unidad Popular was elected. The Unidad Popular people acted as lawyers advising the Mapuches on how to draw up their legislation. The bill would provide credit education and training for the Mapuches so they could join the mainstream of Chilean society.
18:42
The Unidad Popular members in Congress, though, then took the bill and revised it, limiting the amount of Indian control. The bill was going to set up a corporation for Indian affairs, which would define legally the position of the Mapuches reducciones and establish mechanisms for running them.
18:58
The Mapuches wanted to control this corporation which was to be funded by the government, but the Unidad Popular also wanted control. Thus, there was disagreement about this and extended negotiations took place. Finally, the Unidad Popular people agreed to a compromise with the Indians, in which they both more or less shared control of the corporation. That bill has been introduced to the Chilean Congress, and so far has been effectively blockaded by the opposition members.
19:26
In the meantime, the action was taking place in Cautín province, which was not involved in the previous land seizures. The Revolutionary Left Movement, commonly known as the MIR, through their rural organizations, became active in organizing among the Mapuches. Most commonly they simply hooked up with existing organizations. Thus, this should not be seen as controlled by outside groups, but as outside groups acting as links to the political process.
19:51
The MIR working with Mapuche leadership began a series of land seizures in Cautín province that coincided with agendas taking power. These seizures were not only Indian, they were also by non-Indian peasants. As the Allende government came into power, it responded favorably to these land seizures, since it gave them an excuse to get the land reform program off to a very rapid and dramatic start in Cautín, which was not only the largest but also the poorest rural population. Cautín had experienced the least agrarian reform under the previous Frei regime.
20:26
Thus there were many reasons for Allende to go with the impetus that the MIR was giving him and to respond to these land seizures by accelerating the expropriation of properties in Cautín. Most of the land seizures in Cautín involved landless workers who seized properties that were large enough or underutilized enough to be subject to legal expropriation.
20:46
A government official readily admitted that it was this pressure, combined with the needs of the Cautín poor, which compelled the government to put first priority on land distribution in Cautín. Clearly, the government welcomed the land seizures because it gave them the opportunity to rapidly expropriate a large number of properties and to show dramatic progress precisely where social pressure was the greatest.
21:07
Land seizures in the South continued, however, on fundos which had not been marked for expropriation. Landowners and opposition leaders attacked the government for being responsible for lawlessness and violence. Actually, there was little violence against the landowners, but each incident was blown out of proportion by the opposition press.
21:26
But the problem with respect to the Mapuches was that many of the properties that they seized were less than 80 hectares in size. According to the agrarian reform law which the government had inherited, properties of this size were not to be seized. The government was thus put in the position of being asked to legalize seizures of land which were too small according to existing law. But why were the lands too small? It seems that the largest landowners in these areas had never felt the need to dispute with the Mapuches over land. But the smaller marginal landowners were told by the larger landowners, "If you want land, don't come to us, go to the Mapuches."
22:03
The poorer landowners in the more desperate positions, using force and violence, then seized the land from the Mapuches and held it. Thus they were the ones the Mapuches were directly responding to when they seized the land back again. At this point then, the small landowners were the ones who were the most sympathetic to an extreme right-wing reaction to agrarian reform, just as the small-property middle class tends to react more strongly to socialist reform measures.
22:29
The large landowners have thus organized the small landowners into armed vigilante groups in order to oppose the land seizures. They defend not only their own small properties but their large holdings as well. Thus a situation exists which some even describe as an ongoing civil war between land-seizing groups and counter-reform vigilante groups in southern Chile.
22:49
In addition to these vigilante actions, some landowners use tactics such as refusing to plant, dismantling equipment, slaughtering breeding stock, or sabotaging production. Professor Harding visited an expropriated fundo in central Cautín. The former absentee owner had allowed dairy production to decline purposely and had fired all but nine of a workforce of 81. The workers who had joined the Ránquil Farm Workers Union, which was affiliated with the Unidad Popular, requested expropriation from the government.
23:20
A government agency intervened in the property and appointed a temporary administrator to set up the asentamiento. The workers who had been fired returned to work on the property and now formed part of the community. A five-man production council was elected from among the workers to administer the property.
23:39
The council, in cooperation with government officials and other technicians from the Ministry of Agriculture and the State Bank, then made a careful inventory of the property and drew up a production plan for farming the property as a collective unit. An 18-year-old youth with a primary school education was sent for a three-week training course in accounting so that the council could keep its own books for the property.
24:01
The council negotiated with the State Bank for credit, borrowing to stock the farm with dairy cattle, breeding animals, and two tractors. Natural pastures were replaced with improved grasses, new sections were plowed for cultivated crops, and forests were planted on steep hillsides. A section of the property was set aside for garden plots and the construction of houses. The workers realized that since they were literally working for each other, anyone who shirked while drawing his wage was freeloading on the others.
24:30
Group pressure was applied to anyone who was underproducing during working hours. But all this happened on one of the larger land holdings, which was legally expropriated. There still remained the problem for the government of what to do about the Mapuche seizures, which were still too small.
24:45
Rather than calling in troops to forcibly drive the Mapuches out, the government responded by negotiating. First, government negotiators told the Mapuches that they shouldn't take their problems out on the small landowners, since they too were poor people. The enemies, they said, were the big property holders. The Mapuches answered, "That may be true, but the property is taken away from us, and the ones we can walk to are the small properties."
25:10
The Unidad Popular representatives proposed three solutions, which still have not been completely enacted.
25:15
One solution was that the Mapuches were to receive concentrated credit, which they had not received before, and technical help to increase the productivity of the land they already had. Secondly, some of the smaller properties would be bought up by the government by cash payment, as opposed to expropriation. Thirdly, the government would place the Mapuches on the less populated asentamientos, the expropriated farms, where there was employment.
25:39
This last possibility was basically a way of keeping people quiet for a time, while they explored other solutions, and it hasn't necessarily worked very well.
25:47
Another problem faced by the Mapuches regards employment status. While they were agricultural proletariat on the asentamientos, they then became hired hands of the cooperative and faced the problem of relating to the new cooperative as employees, rather than actual members.
26:03
The projected solution to that problem was the idea of a center of agrarian reform, in which all people in an area of an expropriated fundo are put on equal footing in terms of the use and resources of that land so that no difference or distinction would be made between employees and cooperative members.
26:22
The government has responded to the Mapuches with some bewilderment, Professor Harding says, because just as the Unidad Popular has a considerable problem dealing with the women's question, they also have a considerable problem dealing with the Indian question, based on prejudices which have been unconsciously accepted even by some members of the Unidad Popular, an attitude of trying to sweep the problem under the rug, of ignoring the Mapuches.
26:46
Yet there has been an enormous willingness on the part of this government, more than any other, to have at least a dialogue, to treat the Mapuches as people who have a right to a certain amount of self-determination. At least the government has become gradually more aware of the problem from the Mapuche point of view.
27:01
Although the Communist Party had had a tradition in the early 1960s of leading land seizures, they have not cooperated or led Mapuche movements since that time. Now it is the MIR that has worked with the Mapuches most effectively and has won the most direct confidence of the Mapuche toward the outside political system. The attitude of the Mapuche is one of let's wait and see. There is more hope now that they can solve their problems.
27:27
But unfortunately, at the end of last year, in one land seizure, a group of armed landowner vigilantes killed a Mapuche chief. At the funeral, the speaker was the head of the MIR organization. He said that the MIR, of course, didn't create the problem with the Mapuche and that it still is for the government to deal with the problem in a more serious way.
27:47
You've been listening to a text of a lecture given by Professor Tim Harding at a conference in Madison, Wisconsin, in April of last year. Mr. Harding has traveled and done extensive research in Chile.
LAPR1973_10_11
00:23
More than a month has now passed since the Military coup in Chile, which overthrew the government of President Salvador Allende. Yet events in Chile still dominate the news. The British Newsweek Weekly Latin America reports on some of the economic policies of the new military junta.
00:41
With the cancellation last week of the 200% wage adjustment, which had been decreed by the Allende administration for the 1st of October, the full impact of inflation will now be felt by that sector of the population that can least bear it, the poorest. The late President Allende had always publicly maintained that wages must keep pace with inflation, so that it was not the poorest that had to take the strain as it always had been in Chile and the rest of Latin America.
01:05
This policy has now been reversed in the middle classes, which were bearing the brunt before, will doubtless breathe a sigh of relief. What will particularly please them, and by the same token, be of concern to the working classes is that the military government has also decreed a return to normal methods of distribution. In other words, state distribution networks of food and consumer goods through which adequate supplies of rationed, low-priced goods were maintained to working class areas are to be abolished and free trading competition is to be restored.
01:36
With inflation estimated to have been approaching 300% in the past 12 months, says Latin America, it is difficult to see how wage earners will manage during the first stage of the government's economic strategy. It is true that the government has said the wage freeze will be only temporary while it studies the situation and that it plans fair and realistic prices when production gets underway again.
02:01
At present, however, the freeze on basic rates looks very much like a tough economic measure aimed mainly at forcing industrial workers to return to work and produce as much as they can in an effort to boost their earnings by overtime and production bonuses. The economy minister has said that the government will eventually produce a coherent program for public finances, taxation, wages, and prices, but this will only be after detailed studies.
02:31
But if the outlook is bleak on the economic front for that part of the population, which supported the Allende regime says Latin America, they can derive no more satisfaction from the new military rulers' political actions. Practically nothing positive has yet emerged from the government politically. It is still dismantling the Unidad Popular apparatus and suppressing opposition. Two weeks ago, nine more people were summarily executed for armed opposition to the military junta. While even the United States magazine, Newsweek, published a report from its special correspondent in Santiago, who said he had seen hundreds of bodies in a morgue of people who had been shot at close range.
03:08
According to Latin America, perhaps the toughest right-wing general in the junta has said, "The government junta's clear aim is to purge the country, especially morally." To this end, not only have Congress and municipal councils been abolished, but rectors of state and some other universities have been dismissed and are to be replaced by military men so as to exclude Marxist influence.
03:34
Latin American concludes that perhaps the most unpleasant aspect of life under the new regime is its encouragement of a witch hunt of former Allende supporters and officials. Special telephone numbers have been published for everyone to use in denouncing such people secretly to the authorities and successful discoverers of former officials will be given not only a government reward, but also all the money in the victim's bank account. The government recently captured Luis Gavilan, secretary general of the outlawed communist party, and the most important prisoner on the junta's list of most wanted men.
04:07
This from the London Weekly, Latin America. Indeed, one of the most consistent themes in press reporting of recent events in Chile is the sternness and brutality of the measures being adopted by the junta. A Mexican journalist, Patricia Vestides, has provided new accounts of the treatment of prisoners inside Santiago's National Stadium, where she was held for three days by the Chilean authorities. According to a report this week from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina, Ms. Vestides talked about her detention to reporters in Lima, Peru after she was allowed to leave Chile.
04:48
The journalist said that she was arrested with a group of teachers, employees, and students at the technical university. She told reporters that troops had stormed the campus after an artillery attack, indiscriminately beat young and old men and women. She was taken to the defense ministry and later to the National Stadium where she said she was held with a large group of women. She said she saw soldiers beat an old man to death, and when other prisoners protested, an officer ordered them to lie down and fired over their heads. She said, "When we were told we could stand up, the old man was gone."
05:21
Prensa Latina continues with Ms. Vestides saying that on another crucial occasion, one prisoner in a nervous crisis started walking around the grandstand among the soldiers muttering incoherently. He got into a squabble with one of the guards who shot him in the head. One woman, an Argentine filmmaker, was treated with particular brutality. Ms. Vestides said, "They beat her all over with clubs and rifle bets. She passed out several times and came back with bruises over her whole body."
05:56
The journalist said, "One man couldn't take anymore and threw himself from the highest point of the stadium, shouting, 'Long live the people's struggle.' He fell on a wall and appeared to be dead. After a quarter of an hour, two soldiers moved him and a scream was heard. They lifted him up by the hands and feet. I think his spine was broken." This report from Prensa Latina.
06:16
A somewhat similar story was published last week in Excélsior about a student who was kept in the National Stadium and later released by the junta. Pedro Quiroz Lauradne, the student, said, "I don't know why they didn't kill me like they did so many others. I have returned from hell. No one can really understand what it was like." He said, "No words can really describe it. The fear, the passage of time, the cold, the heat, the hardness of the concrete, the nights, the anguish. It all truly belongs to another dimension."
06:54
The Mexico City Daily Excélsior also reports that for the first time since the coup, the military has announced full-scale military operations against resistance fighters in rural areas in both the southern and northern parts of the country. In Valdivia, in southern Chile, government planes and helicopters combined with 1000 troops in actions against organized groups of workers in sawmills of the Andes Mountains. There are unconfirmed reports that two military patrols were defeated there by groups of resistance fighters.
07:23
35 armed civilians were reportedly arrested outside of Santiago. According to Excélsior, 32 civilians were executed recently in various parts of Santiago, and more than half of them were peasants and workers captured in the military operations in Valdivia. A group of newsmen recently visited the island of Quiriquina, where 545 civilians have been held since the coup. The island is one of four concentration camps, which according to Excélsior, have held a total of 1,700 prisoners. No information has been released on three fourths of these prisoners.
08:01
The Washington Post has revealed that dozens of Brazilian secret police have flown to Chile to interrogate political exiles from Brazil and to bring them back to Brazil. There are an estimated 3 to 4,000 Brazilian political exiles in Chile. That report on Chile from the London Weekly Latin America, The Washington Post, the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior, and Prensa Latina.
08:23
Uruguay has been admired by many as one of the most democratic countries in Latin America. Since the coup which occurred there last June however, the government of Juan Bordaberry has proved to be one of the most repressive on the continent. Latin America now reports that-—
08:40
A further meeting between Juan Bordaberry and the country's military authorities could well lead to the actual outlawing of Uruguay's communist party. The move was urged last week by the director of the Army's Institute for Higher Education, and the interior minister admitted that government was considering the possibility. As if preparing the ground, the government has been emphasizing the threat to Uruguay posed by international communism.
09:04
Fidel Castro has been cited as instructing the Tupamaros to collaborate closely with the communist party. And the Soviet ambassador was called to the foreign ministry to receive a strong protest against the condemnation of the Chilean coup published in the Boletín Informativo Sovietico de Prensa, which is distributed by the embassy in Montevideo.
09:24
"Domestically too", says Latin America, "anti-communism of the crudest kind has come to the fore". Last week, the opposition press was virtually silenced. Even the Christian Democrats, Ahora, was also shut down for a week, and the opposition radio station CX30 was closed down for its coverage of Chile.
09:47
This was the first closure of a radio station since 1955, when various radio stations were temporarily silenced for their involvement in the anti-Perónist coup. Of course, the actual prescription of the communist party would only take the existing situation one step further. Party political activities of all kinds have been virtually brought to a standstill. That report on Uruguay from Latin America.
10:15
Last week, we reported from Excélsior of Mexico City that Jose Rucci, who was head of the Conservative General Confederation of Workers in Argentina, had been assassinated. It was believed by many that Rucci, whose thugs were generally held responsible for many violent acts against leftist political elements and rival unions was killed by a leftist guerrilla group, the People's Revolutionary Army or ERP. Although the ERP immediately denied killing Rucci, they were soon outlawed by the government, in line with its recent crackdown on nationalist and leftist political groups. But the London Weekly Latin America now reports that—
10:52
Quite apart from the energetic denials of the various factions of the ERP, evidence is beginning to accumulate around the thesis that the killing of Jose Rucci was a right wing and not a left wing crime. It was always difficult to see how the ERP saw any profit from Rucci's death. It would inevitably have increased the repression, which is building up against the guerrilla organization. And now, the search for other culprits is well underway.
11:20
An intimate friend of Rucci and a member of the Chamber of Deputies said in Congress last week that, "Agents of imperialism and not ultra leftists were responsible for the trade Union leader's death." President Raul Lastiri, no leftist, reinforced the impression that the government did not now accept the theory that the ERP was responsible. Lastiri was the bearer of a special message from Perón who recalled the events of the 22nd of August, 1972, when Perónist and Marxist gorillas together planned a daring break from jail and the government rescinded the ban placed on the leftist paper El Mundo, which published the ERP's disclaimers.
11:58
Latin America continues. El Cronista Comercial, which generally reflects radical thinking, also saw the killing as the work of the extreme right. Diehard anti-Perónists might be expected to benefit from the internal struggles which were likely consequence of Rucci's death. But whatever the truth about Rucci's death, there is to be no relaxation of Perón's drive against the more radical elements in his political movement. On the contrary, the president-elect, last Sunday issued the strictest instructions to the leaders of the Perónist party to combat Marxism with the utmost vigor at all levels. This took place at a meeting of the movement's leaders from all over the country.
12:43
Latin America comments that indeed the whole tenor of the message published last week in La Opinion was combative and aggressive. Marxism and Marxists it said were to be completely eradicated, not only from the Perónist movement, but also from provincial governments controlled by the Perónists. Furthermore, anyone who refused to take an active part in this war situation against Marxist groups would be expelled from the movement and any organization claiming to be part of the Perónist movement must declare itself against Marxism.
13:12
This certainly puts Juventud Perónista, where Marxism is deeply entrenched, on the spot. But it seems that Perón is determined not to suffer the same fate as Salvador Allende who he feels was pushed so far by his more left wing supporters that the middle classes and perhaps their foreign allies felt obliged to strike back through the armed forces. To avoid the fatal irritation of the Argentine middle classes and of the armed forces as well, Perón is emphasizing his aim of a class alliance and publicly demonstrating his hostility to Marxism. Whether his political movement can stand the strain remains to be seen.
13:50
This from the London Newsweek Weekly, Latin America. A more recent issue of Excélsior confirms that Perón's anti-Marxist campaign is going strong. At the inauguration of Rucci's successor as head of the General Workers' Confederation, Perón devoted most of his speech emphasizing the necessity of defending Perónism from "Marxist infiltration." That report on Argentina from the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior and the London Weekly, Latin America.
15:00
Because of the continuing public interest in the current situation in Chile. For today's feature, we've asked Father Charlie McPadden, a Maryknoll missionary born in Ireland, who recently returned from spending three years in missionary work in Chile, to talk with us about the work of the church under the Allende government and church policies toward the current military regime. Father McPadden, what did your work in Chile consist of actually?
15:23
Ken, I work in a parish in Southern Chile. Most of our people live in a city of 130,000 people. It's called Chillán. We also have a lot of area in the callampa. But my work in the parish consisted of—Really, I was very involved with the social program of our parish, because we had a large number of people who lived in callampa areas. We had seven different poblaciones in our parish, which I began working with. And later on, I was asked to work with 30 and all. So, I spent quite a bit of my time with these people, the people in the callampas.
16:03
Mm-hmm. What were you actually doing with them?
16:05
Well, we tried to do many things to uplift their standard of living, to cooperate with the programs of the government, and to be a Christian presence in that ambiente.
16:21
Mm-hmm. What was the political orientation of the community where you worked? And were people very politically active there?
16:29
Yes, of necessity they had to be, because the government, President Allende had made promises to build houses for the poor. And about one person in five in Chile is involved with this problem of lack of housing. One person in five lives in a callampa area, a shantytown area. So, in order to qualify to get houses, they had to belong to the UP, Unidad Popular. So, of necessity, the people had to be political. The Chileans are very sophisticated politically. And the poor especially who were the basis of power of the Allende government were continually being taught, being trained, being indoctrinated, if you will, in the programs of the government, and how to carry them through, how to bring about the necessary social changes.
17:22
What was the position of the church toward Allende, toward the advent of socialism in Chile?
17:27
Well, to explain that Ken, I think where it would be well to compare the church in Cuba when Castro took over from the oppressive regime of Batista in '59, I believe it was. And what happened when Allende came to power in 1970. In 1959, when Castro declared himself a Marxist, the church immediately published a pastoral letter condemning communism.
17:59
And at that time, the church and the leftist of the Castro's couldn't see any possibility of coexisting or cooperating. The church viewed these people as being prosecutors of the church, being atheistic, of being violenistic. And of course as well, the communists—the church has been against communism, has been reactionary, has been preaching pie in the sky, not putting themselves really on the side of progress or trying to make the brakes necessary in order to help the poor.
18:37
But, that's how it was at that time. But in the short interval of 14 years or so, 14 or 15 years, between Cuba and Allende, between Castro and Allende, traumatic changes have taken place in Latin America and in the church in general. A great maturing process has taken place apparently, both on the part of the church, and on the part of the leftist groups in Latin America.
19:09
Because, in the meantime, we've had Pope John who has asked the church in general, especially the church in Latin America, to put itself very firmly and positively, and make every effort to bring about social change, to correct the injustices which exist in Latin America. Vatican too followed, and it gave a mandate to the church to help Latin America, to help the poor in Latin America. They changed the miserable conditions which exist there for many millions of people.
19:45
So, also in the meantime, the church in Latin America has been called by the poor, the church of the rich. And this, in part is true. Many of the hierarchy and the church have come from the wealthy who haven't been too inclined to be on the side of the poor, let's say. But, the leftist people have also been working there, and in a very dedicated manner, they began by bringing many facts on the forces which are affecting very much the economies and the conditions of life of the people of Latin America.
20:21
So the progressive people in the church saw that really what the leftists were trying to do, that their goals were very Christian goals, and that, they showed this other possibility, the advisability of cooperating in these same programs. So communication began, understanding began, they ceased to criticize one another so much. And, in that way, many things have been happening. Many things have been done in a cooperative fashion to help the poor.
20:54
So when we came to Chile, when Allende took over, you didn't have any immediate repression of the church. Castro had expelled many of the foreign priests from Cuba when he took over. He had closed the parochial schools, because he said they were promoting the status quo in the country. But when Allende took over, the church responded in a very mature manner, by having an ecumenical service in the cathedral in Santiago, and the prayer for the success of Allende's government. Allende himself said that he was given complete freedom to all the different faiths in Chile. And, he hasn't tried in any way to repress them. He looks upon the church as an ally.
21:44
I think, from the beginning, I should say that, within the Chilean church that there has been somewhat of a division from those who back almost completely the programs of the Allende government, to those who are somewhat scared still of the generalizations, socialism, and communism. So, I think, the church in general, its attitude has been one of understanding and cooperation, bringing about needed social change and bringing about changes in the social structure. In the meantime—Or meanwhile, I think, maintaining an attitude of constructive criticism.
22:30
The church has spoken out various times against threats to human rights when this has appeared necessary to do, because it was evident that with the growing economic chaos in the country, where food stops became very scarce, where there seemed to be a growing polarization among the different groups, the church has had to speak out on the danger of violence, the danger of mixing politics with Christianity. But in general, I would say the church has enjoyed complete freedom under the regime of President Allende.
23:20
It hasn't been hampered in any way. It has been looked upon by most church people as a great challenge, because Allende's people and his parties have worked in a very dedicated fashion, with much opposition always to the programs. But I think that I would say that the church has given this government every chance and every cooperation to make its programs work, as far as the poor are concerned.
23:50
Were there sections of the parts of the church that worked actively for socialism, worked actively on behalf of the UP government?
23:58
Yes. There was, in the beginning, a group of 80 priests who were called the "80 for Socialism". And they almost completely sanctioned the programs of Allende's government. They didn't get the backing of the hierarchy, because I think the hierarchy's position was that socialism under Allende, the radical groups, at least in his government, were believed indiscriminate revolution, which the church could not back.
24:32
Father McPadden, was the church subject to any of the repression initiated by the military after the coup last month?
24:38
I think the position of the church at the moment would be this that, Cardinal Silva, the Cardinal in Chile, before the coup, had been very active in trying to get the different groups, the Christian Democrats and the socialists together to work out some compromise, rather than to permit the country to end up in civil war. And he made every effort on their behalf, on behalf of the country to do that, up until the very end.
25:11
The Christian Democrats didn't want to compromise in any way with the government of President Allende. They were in favor, I believe, of what they call, a "white coup". That is a bloodless takeover by the military, because they believe that the country at the moment was in complete chaos politically and economically, that there was a growing polarization, growing threat of violence, and that the only solution was for a military takeover.
25:40
But now that that did occur, a very bloody takeover, the Cardinal, his position at the moment, I believe, is that he offered cooperation to the military leaders to cooperate in the reconstruction of the country. But as time goes along, it's become more evident that these military leaders are acting in a very heavy-handed manner, and using a lot of repression, going against the constitution of Chile. It has expelled many foreign priests from the country. At least two priests have been killed, I believe.
26:22
It has arrested all of the native Chilean priests and warned them, detained them for some time, and warned them not to engage in politics. It has been especially repressive to the foreign priest in the country. And the church in general is very disillusioned with, again, the repression of political parties, and the repression of freedoms, and the violence, the bloodshed, the atrocities taking place in Chile under the military regime.
26:50
Were there very many church people among the estimated 10 to 15,000 political exiles from other countries present in Chile at the time of the coup? And if so, what's been their fate?
27:02
I don't really know much more than what I read in the papers. I read the newspapers every day, because it's very difficult to get much information out of Chile. It's perhaps filtered. And I know there's a great effort being made by the church from all areas to intercede for these prisoners.
27:23
Thank you, Father McPadden. Today we've been talking with Father Charlie McPadden about the church in Chile. Father McPadden is a Maryknoll missionary who recently returned from spending three years in missionary work in Chile.
LAPR1973_10_18
00:21
We begin today's program with a roundup of events and developments in Chile. The political repression of the military junta is still one of the most consistent themes of press coverage on Chile. The New York Times quotes the new Chilean interior minister as saying, "What this country needs now is political silence."
00:39
The guardian reports that sniper activity and battles between workers in the military are subsiding in Santiago, Chile, but reports of deaths and brutality are still prevalent. In La Granja, a working class community, an eyewitness that a woman who argued with soldiers attempting to enter her home was killed on the spot. On the same morning, a 14-year-old boy standing in a bread line talked back to a soldier and was shot down in cold blood as soldiers shouted, "We're the ones in power now."
01:08
An entire section of the middle class San Borja apartment buildings and homes was roped off on September 23rd in Santiago as some 3,000 troops carried out Operation Roundup. The apartment by apartment raid, which took 14 hours, may be the model for a neighborhood by neighborhood search of the entire capital. The Black Berets, the Army's special forces backed up by tanks, armored vehicles, and bazookas carried out the raids. Several apartments where leftist literature was discovered were destroyed and dozens of prisoners were taken. All foreigners caught in the apartments without legal documents were arrested.
01:44
Prisoners' documents are taken away in police stations, making it virtually impossible for reporters and relatives to locate missing persons. Hundreds of foreigners are among those arrested. A list of the 10 most wanted men in Chile was published last week along with pictures of the criminals. They include the leaders of the Socialist Party and other leftist groups.
02:05
Eyewitness reports reveal that truckloads of corpses leave the stadium every night and that bodies are dumped in trash heaps around the city and in the Mapocho River. After arresting or killing many key labor leaders, the junta proceeded to outlaw the Workers' Central, the Trade Union Federation, because it was "under the influence of foreign tendencies". All direct or indirect reference to workers' control has been strictly forbidden. To replace the CUT, the junta has imposed a craft union style of organization on workers in many firms. That from The Guardian.
02:39
Excélsior of Mexico City announced last week that representatives of three international organizations sent by the United Nations to investigate the situation in Chile have accused the Chilean military junta of systematic violation of human rights by submitting political prisoners to treatment so humiliating and degrading that they had never seen such treatment in any country.
03:02
This group, which included representatives of the International Movement of Catholic Jurists, the International Federation of Human Rights, and the International Association of Democratic Jurists issued a statement in Santiago before leaving for New York to make its official report. And it said that it had irrefutable cases proving mass executions in workers' communities, tortures of men and women, and outright military attacks on streets filled with people.
03:27
At the same time in Rome, the secretary of the International Bertrand Russell Tribunal denounced the arrest by the junta of a Brazilian mathematician whose tongue he said was cut out by the military. Also, the secretary general of the Organization of American States said in Columbia that the committee and human rights of that organization will investigate the violation of human rights in Chile.
03:50
In response to this international outcry, the military junta has imposed strict censorship on the diffusion of information on executions, death tolls and political prisoners. Newspapers and radio and TV stations were ordered not to release anything except officially authorized bulletins on these matters. Excélsior also reports that the junta has been feeling other types of international pressure as well. At the same time that it announced the executions of nine more civilians, the junta expressed its profound concern and disagreement with the statement issued by Pope Paul VI when he criticized the violent repression being conducted by the junta.
04:28
The head of the junta, Augusto Pinochet, expressed concern about the possibility that the United States Congress might pass a bill sponsored by Senator Edward Kennedy, which calls for suspension of all aid to Chile until the junta ceases its campaign of political repression. General Pinochet insinuated that Senator Kennedy was under the influence of communists. Senator Kennedy's measure has passed the Senate and is currently under consideration by a House-Senate conference committee.
04:57
And further coverage of Chile last week, Excélsior reports that the junta has announced a series of austerity measures for the Chilean economy, which according to the junta will affect all Chileans, but the burden will fall most heavily in the poor of Chile. The goal of the new measures, say the generals, is to be sure that Chile produces more than it consumes.
05:18
A late bulletin by the Asia News Service, which has been monitoring events in Chile, reports that in Chile, a wave of price increases was announced over the weekend by the ruling military junta. According to Prensa Latina, price hikes effective October 15th varied between 200 and 1,800%, and it affects products like rice, sugar, oil, feeds, shoes, clothes, and 70 other items. Sugar was brought up by more than 500%, while bread and milk are up more than 300%.
05:48
The junta has eliminated the popular program initiated by Allende of providing a half liter of milk free to all children. The largest price increase was for tea, a popular item, which was brought up nearly 2,000%. Excélsior reports that one of the first steps taken by the junta was the cancellation of wage and salary increases, which had been granted by the Popular Unity government to keep up with price increases.
06:11
Another subject which Chile watchers are concerned about is resistance to the junta. The London Weekly, Latin America, notes that the calling up of Air Force reserves last week and the announcement that the Army was considering a similar measure combined with the linked-in curfew suggests that resistance to the junta was persisting. Excélsior talked with Luis Figueroa, one of the highest leaders of the now outlawed Central Workers' Union, the communist led Chilean trade union syndicate.
06:38
"We communists," said Figueroa, "Have always enjoyed peaceful means of struggle in Chile, and we would like to continue in that way, but the military junta through its brutality and repression have forced us to use other methods, and we must now continue our struggle clandestinely." This report on Chile was compiled from reports from The New York Times, The Guardian, the London Weekly, Latin America, and the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior.
07:05
Both Latin America and Mexico City's Excélsior report on the Peruvian government's decision to nationalize Cerro Corporation, a North American mining enterprise. In a recent statement, the government reiterated its intention to expropriate Cerro, but stated that it will wait for an opportune moment. This decision is a likely reflection of the Peruvian president Juan Velasco Alvarado's accusation that Cerro is trying to provoke the Peruvian government into actions which could then be used against it.
07:34
Velasco said counter-revolutionary elements had previously described the military government as communist, but their current term of abuse was Marxist. He repeated his familiar assertion that the Peruvian revolution was neither Marxist nor capitalist.
07:50
Latin American continues that quite apart from the international considerations, which are very real and weigh particularly heavy with Peru's finance minister, Velasco faces internal problems if he goes ahead with the nationalization of Cerro. The deportations at the beginning of this month of three conservative politicians had been linked by some observers to their criticisms of the projected social property law, but Velasco made it clear that they were involved in Cerro's political offensive.
08:17
Cerro's political importance in Peru stems in part from its large shareholdings in many national mining enterprises. Following the expropriation of all important latifundios under agrarian reform and the collapse of the national banking sector with the downfall of the Prado family, mining is the one sector of the economy in which private domestic capital still remains powerful in alliance with Cerro. If Cerro falls, these interests will feel directly and immediately threatened.
08:48
If Cerro, now feeling that it has little to lose, escalates its campaign still further, it is hard to see how the government is to avoid joining battle. Velasco said that Peru was ready for any confrontation which might be forced upon it. But at present, the battle remains centered on public opinion, and mining sources in Peru were discounting the possibility of any early expropriation of Cerro.
09:11
The enormous discrepancy between the government's valuation of Cerro's worth, $12 million, and the company's own estimate, 175 million, derives in large part from the fact that the company expects compensation for reserves of ore still in the ground, even when there has been no investment in developing the ore body. Under the Peruvian constitution and law, ever since the country's independence from Spain, such minerals remain the property of the state until they are mined.
09:39
Previous negotiations with Cerro, which is the major mining complex in Latin America, were interrupted in mid-September when the company accused the government of acting in bad faith. That report from the London Weekly, Latin America.
09:52
For an outsider's view on the Agnew resignation, we turn to Mexico City's Excélsior. Their editorial of October 11th voices this opinion.
10:01
"The climate of corruption and lack of confidence that impregnated the executive power in the last year have conducted Spiro Agnew to his resignation. It is not surprising that this has occurred. It is only surprising that it didn't happen sooner." The editorial goes on to note that the existence of a vigorous free press, which embodies the right to examine and obtain information on the conduct of public officials, produces a public opinion that is manifest not only in the polls, but expressed daily.
10:29
Excélsior states that it was this public pressure which finally led Agnew to accept the charges brought against him and resign his post. The editorial concludes by saying that Agnew now should confront the other charges against him, which perhaps will make him deserving of penal sanctions. That editorial opinion from the Mexico City Daily Excélsior.
10:49
Mexico's Excélsior also reports that on October 15th, the band of urban guerrillas known as The 23rd of September League had freed Anthony Duncan Williams, honorary British consul, after holding him captive for five days. The group announced that they freed Williams after a guerrilla tribunal determined that he did not belong to the exploiting class and that he was poor. No mention was made of Luis Fernando Aranguren, the industrialist who was kidnapped along with Williams on Wednesday, October 10th.
11:19
Shortly after the kidnappings, the guerrilla left a statement in a mailbox in Mexico City saying that Williams and Aranguren had been condemned to death by a guerrilla tribunal for being representatives of the bourgeoisie. The group listed several conditions to be met in order to prevent the carrying out of the sentence, including the release of 51 political prisoners, an airplane to transport the released prisoners to North Korea, $200,000 ransom, and distribution of the guerrillas' message by all the major news media. The Cuban ambassador was designated as intermediary by the kidnappers.
11:54
The government apparently refused to release any political prisoners, but agreed to provide safe conduct out of Mexico for the kidnappers along with the $200,000. After his release, Williams told the story of his kidnapping to the press. Shortly after 8:00 AM on Wednesday, he was taken from his home by five armed men who blindfolded him and forced him to lie in the rear seat of his own car. After driving for a while, the group abandoned Williams' car and transferred him to a light truck. Williams was then taken to a home, presumably in the country, where he was kept in the small room while wallpapered with newspaper to keep him from identifying his surroundings later.
12:30
The kidnappers provided him with good food and his favorite kind of brandy. They told him that they were familiar with his habits because they had kept him under surveillance for the last six months. His captors told him that a guerrilla tribunal had sentenced him to death for being rich and belonging to the class that oppresses and exploits people. Their plan was to use Williams and Aranguren to secure the release of political prisoners held by the Mexican government. They said that Williams' status as a diplomat would ensure the government's cooperation.
12:58
Williams explained to them that his position as consul was merely an honorary one and paid nothing. He promised to relinquish his position if released, insisting that he had to work for a living. After several days of interrogation, the guerrilla informed him that he would be released. Immediately after being freed, Williams resigned his position as consul. According to the police, the 23rd of September League is a band of urban guerrillas formed by the remaining members of several other leftist groups, including the Armed Revolutionary Movement and Zapatista Urban Front. That from Excélsior.
13:32
The Miami Herald reports that Mexican president, Luis Echeverría, in addressing the 14th annual United Nations conference of editors and publishers called on US newspaper executives to give greater coverage to third world efforts to achieve some economic balance with the rich industrialized nations. President Echeverría, arguing that three fourths of the world is presently prevented from even taking care of its basic needs, suggested, "You should promote a system of world cooperation that would correct the imbalance and lack of proportion between those few nations and the rest of humanity." That from the Miami Herald.
14:51
Our feature today is an interview with Ms. Elizabeth Burgos, who spent most of last year in Chile working on a book with her husband, Régis Debray. Ms. Burgos, originally from Venezuela, has spent many years studying Latin American politics and has visited Chile several times. Our subject today is the coup in Chile and its effects. Tell us, Ms. Burgos, we've heard a great deal about what's happening in Chile. We've heard many conflicting stories.
15:18
There have been a lot of reports of a lot of brutality, repression, mass arrests and executions, while the military junta in Chile has been telling us that things are relatively stable and that there's really not a great deal to worry about. Based on your experiences in Latin America and your experiences in Chile and your knowledge of contacts and informational sources, what do you think the situation is in Chile?
15:40
The situation in Chile is that the repression is going on. Maybe they don't kill people like in the first day of the coup, but they do still kill people, and it's very—Witness say that in the morning, it's very usual to find bodies of people killed in the street very early in the morning. They use the coup to do this work, the junta. And the repression is going on. In the stadium, for instance, there are 8,000 prisoners in very bad conditions. And there are two islands where they have concentration camps.
16:26
So the repression is going on in Chile. It's not finished. The life in Chile is completely changed after the coup. Chile was the most liberal country in Latin America, and now you have a country where the schools and the universities are leading by military, directors and people who direct the schools and university have been fine.
16:54
There is no possibility to have library. People who were known that having good library, those books have been burned. The bookshops, books from bookshops have been burned too. So it is not only a repression against people, but it's a repression against culture and minds. The junta ask people to—They give money to people, they pay them in order to inform about people who had sympathy with Allende's government. And by this way, they arrest every day more and more people without any proof, only because if a neighbor wants to denounce to say that you were involved with Allende's government, only having sympathy is enough for them to arrest people.
17:55
One thing we've heard particularly a lot about is the question of foreign political exiles in Chile. We were told that there were a lot of people who had escaped repression from military governments, particularly those in Uruguay and in Bolivia and Brazil who were living in Chile at the time of the coup. And there's been a lot of concern expressed about that. Could you tell us, do you feel that's a serious problem? And do you know of any steps that are being taken either by the United Nations or the US government or any other groups to intervene on behalf of these political exiles? What's the situation with them?
18:26
Yes. We have to say that Chile has always been the country where exiles used to go because it was a very liberal country, even before Allende's government. Even when the Christian Democrat were in power, Chile had always this politic of receiving exile from other countries. So it is true that they were about, maybe 5,000 to 10,000 people from several countries from Latin America, especially from Bolivia, Brazil, and Uruguay.
19:02
And the junta start a campaign against them from the beginning, saying that they were Jews, because they couldn't say that only because they weren't from those countries and they knew that they weren't fascists. So it was to prepare the Chilean and the world public opinion to the fact that they were going to send them to their countries. It happened in the very few first day of the coup that several Bolivians have been sent to back to Bolivia.
19:40
To be prosecuted there by the Bolivian government for their political—
19:44
Yes, they are persecuted from the Bolivian government, which is a fascist government too. And those people have been sent from there to Bolivia, and when the United Nations knew this situation, they have made interventions. And now, it seems that the United Nations, we can see that maybe they could avoid this. They have several centers in Santiago now where those people are, but we still don't have new about all those people. We know that some of them are there safe. But I hope the United Nations is going to take really this responsibility to send those people to other countries where their life could be safe.
20:33
Another thing that's been particularly talked about a lot here in the United States is the question of resistance to the military junta. Before the coup in Chile, a lot of people predicted that there would be a lot of armed resistance. And indeed, when the coup broke out, we did hear some reports of scattered resistance, and since then there's been a lot of conflicting reports about that.
20:55
The junta, of course, claims that now that things are quiet and they have things in control. What are your opinions about, first of all, the degree of any resistance now or the possibilities that the left might be laying back now and organizing themselves for a more concerted effort at armed resistance later on? What's the status there?
21:18
During the coup, after the coup, there was a lot of resistance, especially in the factories where workers fought very hard. They had been bombed, especially the two factories, Yarur and [inaudible 00:21:34], and then lot of workers have been killed. There was also resistance in the south of Chile.
21:41
And in Valparaiso were reported 2,000 people killed only in one day. But now, I don't think there is what we can say resistance. Now, it is resistant to save the life of people because the repression is so hard, that the army is searching house to house during the night, during the coup—it's why this coup is still going on.
22:08
Because they need every day, some few hours to search for guns and for people, especially for people that they know that they are not in prison and that they are not dead. Especially leader of the Socialist Party, of the Communist Party, of the MIR and of the MAPU and Workers' leader. Because what the junta had decide, and it's very clear, is to kill all people who could make resistance against this, the fascist men, Bolivia. I don't believe that there is still resistance in the way that we could think. Maybe there are—I guess they're organizing themselves for a future resistance.
22:53
One thing that was said, particularly that the junta was well-prepared for the coup and that they anticipated particularly that there might have been resistance among workers in factories. And that in the month or so preceding the coup, that they went about disarming workers in factory. Was this the case?
23:11
Yes, yes. Since last year, because the coup was going to happen last year. Last year, we had the same strike, lorry strike, shop striked. All was prepared. But it seemed that the ruling class in Chile wasn't prepared for the coup, so it took a year to prepare more and more this coup. And during this year they used this law of controlling of arms that the Congress had vote, but they used this law only against the unions and against the left. So the searching for guns start six months before. And so they control it. They knew all the houses or people who were involved in the Unidad Popular.
24:02
What do you think the effects will be of the coup, both on the continent of Latin America and internationally? One thing we've heard, there seems to be some rumblings of the increase of repression in Uruguay, Argentina, Brazil perhaps, Bolivia. And another question in line with that is the question, generally, internationally, among communist socialists and leftist people of the question of electoral strategy, what about those international repercussions?
24:33
The significance of the coup in Chile is very wide internationally, and especially for Latin America. I think imperialism is using Brazil in Latin America as their sort of agents because they don't want to make the same mistake that they have done in Vietnam. I mean, direct intervention. So they can't agreed with the fact that there could be a sort of block, a block of country like Peru, Chile, Argentina, and Bolivia.
25:13
The first country, which four who felt is Bolivia. So fascism was imposed in Bolivia by the Brazilian government. Then the country in which the situation was the most explosive after Bolivia was Chile. So now Chile felt too. So we have now Peru and Argentina, which are in danger of coup.
25:41
And at the same time in other countries in Latin America where there are sort of Democrat representative governments or even military, this could reinforce the right fraction of the armies of those countries. So it seemed that Latin America is now facing a new period of dictatorship, military dictatorship, like before '68—before the Cuban Revolution.
26:10
And in the other hand, in the question of taking power by election, I mean a socialist movement, Chile was a sort of process, very important for those people who say that it's possible. Chile showed that it's possible, but it seemed that it's not possible to keep the power, taking power by elections with and—keeping the same army and the same security service—I mean police and so, of the former regions.
26:48
Fairly briefly, what do you think will be the policy of the United States towards the no Chilean junta, either on the question of a political exiles or just generally the question of foreign aid and foreign aid and assistance in general? Do you think it'll be significantly different from their policy toward the Allende regime?
27:06
Yes. At first, the United States cut off the aid to the Allende's government when Allende took power. And I believe that now they are going to give them to the junta, millions and millions of dollars, to improve immediately the economical situation in which the United States put the Allende's government. That is clear.
27:31
But I knew that the Senate last week vote against the resolution to cut all aids to Chile until the civil rights are restored. This resolution are very important because the junta, they are aware that they couldn't do all what they're doing without international campaign against this. So it was very important what the American Senate has done.
28:07
You have been listening to an interview with Ms. Elizabeth Burgos, a woman who has spent the last year in Chile and who has spent many years studying politics in Latin America.
LAPR1973_10_25
00:21
The major Mexican newspaper, Excélsior, reports that the head of the Chilean military Junta, Augusto Pinochet, announced that the vast majority of Chilean industries nationalized under the Popular Unity government would be returned to their former owners. About 500 large and medium industries had been nationalized or partially nationalized during the Allende administration and placed into the social sector of the economy, in which structures were being set up to allow for workers control.
00:50
Excélsior says that the new minister of the economy for the Junta, who announced that the industries would be returned to the private hands, also admitted that prices, which skyrocketed since September 11th coup, have risen even higher. Gasoline prices have risen more than 1,000% and are expected to rise more next month. Milk and other dairy products have risen between 300 and 900%. The prices of all basic food stocks in Chile has risen. The price rise in different products varying between 300 and 1,900%.
01:23
The military government has also announced the formation of the New Labor Union, which is to replace the recently outlawed United Workers' Confederation. Meanwhile in Paris, an international delegation of journalists returned from Chile and condemned the military Junta for the burning of libraries, the destruction of laboratories, the censorship of the press and the widespread terrorism. This from the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior.
01:52
Daily World newspaper reports of an indication of the reaction of U.S. labor organizations to the Chilean situation occurred last week in Detroit, when Leonard Woodcock, president of the United Auto Workers, protested the outlawing of Chile's Central Trade Union Federation by the Junta. "The United States," said Woodcock, "Has a moral duty to render all possible assistance to the peoples of Chile in their struggle to restore traditional liberties."
02:17
"The Allende coalition," he added, "Was a lawfully elected government, respectful of the longstanding Chilean traditions of democracy. Those who killed Chilean democracy are, for the most part, self-declared friends of the Pentagon and certain U.S. multinational corporations. We assert, as we did in 1971, our strong solidarity with all Chilean workers and more specifically with Chilean metal workers, most of whom are brothers through the joint membership in the International Metal Workers Federation."
02:50
This was by Leonard Woodcock, president of the United Auto Workers, as reported by the Daily World.
02:58
The Guardian of New York City reports that, the U.S. support for the Chilean military Junta is coming out more clearly. The latest economic move to bolster the dictatorship was the announcement by the Department of Agriculture that Washington is giving a $24 million credit for the Junta to purchase wheat. This is eight times the amount of commodity credit offered to President Salvador Allende's government in its three years of governing Chile.
03:22
It has been revealed that just before the September 11 coup, a delegation representing Chile came to Washington seeking credit for the purchase of 300,000 tons of wheat and returned empty-handed. Even for its client regimes, the U.S. government is not overly generous. The Junta will have to pay back the credit in three years with a 10.5% interest.
03:45
The Guardian continues saying that the wheat deal is designed to help the Junta keep the middle class happy by putting more goods on the market. Observers in Chile have said that even though large amounts of black market goods were released into the open market after the coup, there were still bread shortages. In another move in support of the Junta, the United States seized a Cuban ship in the Panama Canal, October 10th, at the Junta's request.
04:11
The ship had been unloading a cargo of sugar at Valparaíso at the time of the coup and was attacked by Chilean air and naval units supporting the coup. The Junta claims that the sugar belongs to Chile. This article on Chile from The Guardian.
04:27
The British newsweekly, Latin America, comments further on the current political repression in Chile, with a fascist measure formally dissolving all Marxist and pro-Marxist political parties and banning all Marxist propaganda, written or spoken, the government vigorously pursued its policy of extirpating Marxism from Chile. The parties belonging to or sympathizing with the Unidad Popular coalition had their assets declared forfeit to the state and severe penalties were announced for anyone trying to keep those parties in being or spreading Marxist propaganda.
05:00
In fact, dozens of people are reported to have been arrested in Santiago for criticizing the Junta and those who denounced them to the authorities had their patriotism praised. At the same time, four foreign journalists were expelled, others arrested, interrogated or had their residences searched. The government-controlled press has been conducting a campaign of sharp criticism of the foreign press in general and of such non-communist publications as the New York Times, Time, Newsweek and the United States Congress.
05:37
The newsweekly Latin America went on to comment that, such sharp criticism by the Junta has piled up more hatred for itself abroad, despite its complaints of unfair treatment and a deliberate communist-inspired campaign to give it a bad image, nor was its international standing improved by the report of three international lawyers who went to Chile to report for the United Nations on human rights under the military Junta.
06:01
The three were Leopoldo Torres, Spanish Secretary General of the International Movement of Catholic Lawyers, Michael Bloom, the French Secretary General of the International Federation of Human Rights, and Joë Nordmann, the French International Secretary of the Association of Democratic Lawyers. Their conclusion was that, quote, "Human rights are systematically violated."
06:24
They cited cases of summary executions and torture. Torres told reporters that this came very near to the United Nations definition of genocide. This from the Britain's newsweekly Latin America.
06:36
The following letter distributed by Tri-Continental News Service in New York was written by Beatriz Allende, daughter of the slain Chilean president, on October 5th, 1973 in Havana, Cuba, "To the progressive people of the United States, I address myself to you in these dramatic moments for my country, the Republic of Chile, which since September 11th has not only been suffering but fighting resolutely against the fascist military Junta that overthrew the constitutional president, Salvador Allende."
07:12
"The coup of September 11th can only be comprehended in its full magnitude when one understands that even before the Popular Unity took up the reins of government, U.S. imperialist monopolies and Chilean reaction were conspiring against the U.P. They tried to prevent first the U.P.'s ascension to the presidency and later the completion of its program of social and economic transformation, which the country demanded and the government was carrying out."
07:43
Ms. Beatriz Allende's letter continues that, "For the moment, the fascists have achieved their goal of blocking the revolutionary process by assassinating the president and overthrowing the democratically elected government. They countered on military men, traitors to their country, trained in U.S. military academies, and on the financial backing of U.S. monopolies and on the political and diplomatic support of the United States government."
08:07
"Today, Chile fuels its institutions swept away, its culture destroyed, its progressive ideas persecuted, its finest sons tortured and murdered, its working-class districts and universities bombed, repressing the workers throughout the length of the nation."
08:23
"The fascists are mistaken. They have not won. Alongside the fascist brutality arises popular resistance, which taking its inspiration from the example of President Allende is ready to fight and to win. The Chilean people today fighting in the streets, factories, hills and mines call on the solidarity of all progressive people throughout the world and especially the people of the United States."
08:50
The letter continues that, "We know that the U.S. government does not necessarily represent the real people the United States and that in our fight we can count on them as did the Vietnamese. We can count on the solidarity of the workers, the national minorities, students, professionals and other popular groupings which condemn the imperialist policy of the United States government and which at the same time support the revolutionary processes of those countries fighting for full sovereignty and social progress."
09:18
"With revolutionary greetings, signed Beatriz Allende", who is daughter of the late President Salvador Allende.
09:24
From Buenos Aires, Argentina, Excélsior reports that, the governor of Mendoza, Argentina, has branded the recent purge of suspected Marxists in the government as a witch hunt. A former presidential candidate stated that if the Peronist government is not capable of breaking the repressive ruling structure of Argentina, disaster will immediately follow. These ominous declarations, quoted in Mexico City's Excélsior, followed in the wake of Argentine President Juan Perón's unequivocal instructions that the Peronist movement be purged of Marxists.
10:04
The Mendoza governor has been confronted with the injunction of removing leftists from his administration or leaving his post.
10:12
The newsweekly Latin America notes that, this decision stands from Perón's conviction that he needs a majority of the middle class behind him to govern successfully without the threat of a military intervention. The military turned the government over to civilian hands only seven months ago, after 18 years of maintaining control.
10:32
Perón seized the necessity for the Peronist movement to remain vertically structured, this control thereby preventing the various faction from destroying each other. The dialectical nature of Marxism, therefore, and its identification of the class struggle as the mainstream of history are enemical to his ideas of national reconciliation.
10:52
Excélsior reports that one episode involving a victim of the purge of Marxists, which has drawn international attention is that of Rodolfo Puiggrós. Puiggrós, who was trustee, had sweeping powers over the University of Buenos Aires was replaced recently by a conservative. Puiggrós, a communist until 1945, was one of the few Marxist intellectuals who joined the Peronist movement at that time. His removal was immediately challenged by students and faculty members, reports Excélsior.
11:27
In their words, "The most important university of Argentina has gone for a month without authority. The teachers, students and workers loyal to Puiggrós control it, and a document with more than 5,000 signatures demands the restitution of Puiggrós". According to the general opinion of the Argentine press, the situation at the university is explosive. Conservative fear was mounted against Puiggrós when he initiated such popular reforms as dropping admission exams, thus opening the university to all the people, breaking a contract with the Ford Foundation and firing professors who preached theories of Argentine dependence on foreigners.
12:12
In the face of this crusade against Marxism, the Peronist left is responding with the best possible grace. They, as much as Peron, need peace at home. Bomb blasts in all major cities, the assassination of a senior police officer in Buenos Aires and more kidnappings have been the order of the day in recent weeks. These serve both the far right and the antiperonist left.
12:35
The antiperonist left today means the revolutionary people's army, which is now committed to branding the government as antipopular in the hope of splitting its supporters. The Peronist left argues that an internal confrontation now will inevitably open the way to a right-wing coup on Chilean lines. More immediately, it would lead to further attacks on them from within the movement.
12:59
The current wave of violence has already led to the replacement of the progressive chief of the federal police by a right-wing general. This report on Argentina from Excélsior of Mexico City.
13:09
Excélsior reports that, in Mexico City, on Tuesday 16th of October, José López Portillo, a top economic advisor to Mexico, announced that his government, as well as the people of Mexico, would have to adopt a rigid austerity program for the fiscal year of 1974. His statement on the antiinflationary measures coincided with the report released by Mexican industrialist Juan Sánchez Navarro, on the skyrocketing of prices in petroleum-related industry.
13:44
The economic advisor Portillo stated that the increasing inflation unofficially estimated at 40% cannot be headed off, but rather its impact could only be lessened. Having just returned from a one-month trip, which included the World Monetary Convention in Nairobi and meetings in Europe and Japan, Portillo projected that Mexico's domestic economic policies will greatly resemble those employed by several European nations also facing inflation.
14:13
This from Excélsior of Mexico City.
15:01
Our feature this week is a reenactment of an interview conducted by a reporter from the French newspaper Rouse with a leader of the revolutionary left movement in Chile, more commonly known as MIR. The MIR supported the Popular Unity government of former president Salvador Allende, but they always maintained that a peaceful road to socialism would not be allowed by the right-wing leaders of the economic status quo, and that armed struggle was inevitable.
15:29
Thus, at several points in the following interview, the MIR criticizes what they call the reformist path of electoral politics and conciliation. While many of the terms and political strategies discussed in the interview differ from those frequently heard in the political discussions in the United States, the interview is important because it is the first statement by any group resisting the Junta to emerge since the coup on September 11th.
15:54
The interview took place on October 1st in secret in Chile, since those answering the questions are currently been sought by the military. The newspaper Rouse began the interview by asking MIR, "Had you already foreseen this coup? What are the first lessons that you've drawn from it?"
16:11
"The coup d'etat that took place on September 11th was politically written in events that had already happened. We were prepared from a political as well as an organizational point of view, and we have prepared the sectors of the working-class and those of the presentry which we directly influence. We have not stopped denouncing the allusions of reformist strategy, allusions that cannot but disarm, in the full sense of the word, the Chilean people."
16:38
"In that sense, the September 11th coup confirms in the most tragic way our predictions and analysis. It was written in the events of the short terms since June 29th. It was clearly apparent at that moment that a section of the army was ready to do anything in order to confront a popular mobilization, which was becoming larger and larger."
17:00
"From then on, the principal concern of the military heads and of those who had been appointed to government posts could be reduced to one thing, to maintain discipline and cohesion in the military within that last rampart of bourgeois order and of imperialist order. The majority of the officers were in favor of the golpe or coup."
17:21
"At the same time, one witness during those last months a mobilization and heightening of consciousness among the Chilean workers, which was totally new, having no common measure with anything that had transpired before. It is a phenomenon that was disseminated by the revolutionary press throughout the world. I won't get into that now, although that is the fundamental element of the last period."
17:47
"In practice, to their concerns, by their enthusiasm, entire sectors of the Chilean working-class had begun to break away from the orientation of reformist directions. If the bourgeoisie and imperialism can to a certain extent tolerate Reformism, such a phenomenon cannot last very long. The means of production come more and more into the hands of the workers, and the previous capitalist owners of the means of production get more and more upset. This mobilization did only make the coup unavoidable, but also made the confrontation inevitable. It is crucial to underline the massive, global confrontation."
18:29
"What did you do to help the emergence of that proletarian power and its consolidation?"
18:35
"All of our militants participate fully in the birth process of popular power and in many cases played a decisive role in its consolidation, but they were far from being the only ones. The militants from the Socialist Party also played an important role in many cases, but since it was a question of an extremely wide phenomenon, especially in the Cordones industrial belts, one cannot speak only in terms of a consolidation of organized forces."
19:07
"In fact, it was a question of a totally exemplary phenomenon of a massive ripening of workers' consciousness. In this framework, whenever possible our activities and propaganda, agitation and organization, always aim towards accelerating and consolidating that process. I would also like to add that we've considered of prime importance our work with respect to the army. This work is now the main accusation against us."
19:38
"About this work you did with respect to the army, and without going into details which have no place in a public interview, were there important divisions or evidence of resistance within the army at the moment of the coup?"
19:48
"Rumors to that effect have not ceased since September 11th. In fact, although there have been no decisive divisions in the armed forces as a whole, one would to be blind in order not to see the differences between the various sectors. Within the Junta in power, it is undoubtedly members of the Navy and Air Force that represent the ultra elements, but one should not overestimate them. They will not fail to reflect the very real divisions which exist in the bourgeoisie."
20:19
"It is certain that sectors of the dominant class will have disagreements with the politics of the Junta, but right now there is just an almost unanimous sigh of relief, but at what a price. Let us not forget that many sectors which are joined to Christian democracy, in particular, have an old tradition which joins them to bourgeois democracy. A certain bourgeoisie legality and all that has been swept away by the coup. Not to speak of the excesses which seem to bother some of those gentlemen."
20:53
"A more significant element in the armed forces is the fact that certain regiments did not really participate in the daily operations of house searches and repression. I am not saying that they are dissident. Rather, it's a question of tactical precaution on the part of the Junta to avoid the sharpening of potential splits."
21:14
"In order to answer your question precisely, I can say that the fragmentary information that we have on the situation of the army indicates that in the beginning there were quite a few refusals to obey on the part of certain soldiers and sub-officers. They were all shot immediately. At least 10 of these cases were reported directly or indirectly, and therefore there must have been many more. That makes work within the army extremely difficult, almost impossible in certain cases."
21:46
"On the other hand, if there were a political and military revolutionary offensive which appeared as a real alternative, there is no doubt that a good number of sub-officers and soldiers would be on our side. Several times during the house searches, soldiers, sub-officers and even officers closed their eyes, let us say, when they found weapons. They said, 'All we ask is that you don't use them against us.' "
22:14
"Considering this, therefore, we will avoid in the near future irresponsible acts which might help to cement the armed forces into a homogeneous block, and we will work towards furthering the slight but significant manifestations of resistance within the army."
22:30
"You talk of work plans of a political and military revolutionary offensive, but the thing that strikes us the most is the absence of visible signs of such an offensive."
22:40
"That's true. At least at the level of visible signs, as you say, but on this point we must be very lucid because of the weight of the reformist illusions, mainly because of the blind politics of reformist directions, which have caused the Chilean workers to lose the battle. For this lost battle they have paid a great, great price. In editing the information which comes to us from all the suburbs of Santiago and from the rest of the country, we estimate at 25,000 dead, the number of victims from this battle."
23:14
"According to our information, this number circulates also in the military high command and every day the number increases. The day of the coup the workers regrouped massively in work sites which they had already been occupying for several weeks. In many factories, the workers defended themselves heroically, in hand-to-hand combat against the military who were bent on retaking the factories, but the proportion of power was to unequal."
23:43
"The military was armed to the teeth with modern weapons, using also tanks and at times air power. In contrast, the workers were very poorly armed, almost not armed at all in certain cases. The military were a well-coordinated centralized force carrying out a plan which had been extremely carefully prepared in advance. The workers from the different factories, from the different areas were not centralized, were not even coordinated among themselves."
24:13
"Nevertheless, it took about five days, sometimes longer, for the military to defeat the industrial areas around Santiago. In the provinces, things happened generally in the same manner. This explains the great number of dead during the first few days. In certain places it was a veritable massacre. In one of the most important factories in Santiago 200 dead bodies were taken out of the basement. Under such circumstances, retreat was inevitable."
24:45
"You characterize the actual situation as a retreat and not as a crushing defeat."
24:49
"Without any doubt, because in spite of the extraordinary number of victims, the repression in most cases has not been selective at all. A fact that one must know and make known to the outside world is that a great number of militants, syndicates and political cadres perished at their posts, but the revolutionary organizations, ours in particular, have not been dismantled. In spite of two heavy losses, the essential core of our structure and our apparatus are absolutely intact."
25:21
"In this sense, we have been consistent in our analysis and the measures we have taken have borne fruit. The military know this and it bothers them terribly. Their victory communiques are tainted by an undercurrent of fear. Without conviction, they exhibit material and weapons that have been seized and try to demoralize us by pretending to have made massive arrests in our cadres, but they know that they're lying and this is a decisive factor in the phase that is now beginning. A factor which allows us to talk of inevitable revolutionary offensive."
25:56
"What about the other leftist organizations? In particular the parties in the Popular Unity Coalition".
26:02
"Although I have had contacts with militants of the Communist Party, Socialist Party and the MAPU, United Popular Action Movement, I will talk with prudence and on an individual basis. About the MAPU, although it is a small group, I think I can say that it has not suffered much damage, either in its organization or in its structure. About the Communist Party, it seems that many intermediate cadres disappeared or were arrested."
26:32
"One thing is certain, the core of the party in Santiago, notably, is completely disoriented. In one blow, the illusions about the peaceful road to socialism have fallen. In addition, the structure of the Communist Party seems to be deeply disorganized, although the leadership of the Communist Party has participated in the battles in the Cordones. Today, a great number of militants have no precise guidelines and are left completely on their own."
27:02
"As for the Socialist Party, the situation is relatively complicated, given the complexity of the cross-currents which existed in the party when it was in power. The structure itself of the Socialist Party did not prepare it for the situation, but many militants, many revolutionary currents with the Socialist Party, which had their own struggles and organized cadres, fought the repression and are preparing for future struggles. There again, our responsibility is very great."
27:34
"How does the MIR plans to carry out this responsibility?"
27:37
We advocate the formation of a revolutionary front, which according to us, should regroup the parties of the Popular Unity and ourselves. The task of this front would be to prepare, as soon as possible, a counter-offensive against the actual regime, a political and particularly a military counter-offensive."
27:59
"What is the current climate that the Junta is creating for you to work in?"
28:04
"The climate of xenophobia that the Junta is trying to foment surpasses the imagination. Here also it is necessary to mobilize people outside of the country. Our militant comrades, political refugees, even simple residents, Bolivians and especially Brazilians risk their lives every instant. They are the Jews for the Junta. Simply because they speak with an accent, they are turned in by their neighbors."
28:31
This concludes the reenactment of an interview between MIR and the French newspaper Rouge.
LAPR1973_11_01
00:21
Secret testimony by William Colby, Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, has confirmed a number of charges made by Chileans who support the overthrown government of President Salvador Allende. Colby had discussed the US relationship to the military coup in Chile in October 11th testimony before the House of Representatives Subcommittee on Inter-American Affairs. Washington Post correspondent, Tad Szulc, was given a transcript of the testimony by sources in the intelligence community.
00:51
"This extensive testimony," says the Post, "touches principally on the CIA's own very extensive covert role in Chilean politics, but it also helps in understanding and reconstructing the administration's basic policy of bringing about Allende's fall one way or another. We are appraised not only that the CIA's estimate of the number of victims of the military government's repression is four times the official Santiago figures, but that the United States in effect condones mass executions and imprisonments in Chile because a civil war there remains a real possibility." Yet even Colby warned that the Junta may "overdo repression."
01:28
Colby's testimony, according to The Washington Post, in parts unclear and contradictory, offered a picture of the CIA's activities in Chile between Allende's election in 1970 and the September 11th coup. The activities then described a range from the penetration of all the major Chilean political parties, support for anti-regime demonstrations, and financing of the opposition press and other groups to heretofore unsuspected Agency involvement in financial negotiations between Washington and Santiago in late 1972 and early 1973, when Chileans were desperately seeking an accommodation.
02:07
There are indications that the CIA, acting on the basis of its own reports on the deterioration of the Chilean economic situation, was among the agencies counseling the White House to rebuff Allende's attempts to work out a settlement on the compensations to be paid for nationalized American companies in Chile.
02:26
"Although denying CIA involvement in the coup and the preceding truck owner's lockout", says The Washington Post, "Colby conceded the CIA had assisted various anti-Allende demonstrations. He refused to answer questions about CIA involvement in the rightist offensive in October 1972 and an abortive coup attempt in March 1973 because, 'I don't want to be in a position of giving you a false answer.' Colby told the closed session, 'We have had various relationships over the years in Chile with various groups. In some cases this was approved by the National Security Council, resulting in assistance to rightists.'"
03:03
Colby's predecessor, Richard Helms, had earlier disclosed in testimony that the CIA had sent about $400,000 to Chile to support anti-Allende newspapers and radio stations before the 1970 elections. This had been authorized by a high-level meeting of the Committee of Forty, a special crisis management team headed by Henry Kissinger. Colby refused to say if these subsidies were continued to the present. Several Congress members at the hearings said some US money had been sent into Chile via Latin American subsidiaries of US corporations, particularly from Brazil.
03:37
Colby said, "Armed opposition now appears to be confined to sporadic, isolated attacks on security forces, but the regime believes that the left is regrouping for coordinated sabotage and guerrilla activity. The government probably is right in believing that its opponents have not been fully neutralized. Our reports indicate that the extremist movement of the revolutionary left, the MIR, believes its assets have not been damaged beyond repair. It wants to launch anti-government activity as soon as practical and is working to form a united front of leftist opposition parties. Other leftist groups, including the Communist and Socialist parties, are in disarray, but they have not been destroyed."
04:19
Colby also noted, "Armed resistors continue to be executed where they are found, and a number of prisoners have been shot, supposedly while trying to escape." This report from The Washington Post.
04:33
An article in the Bulletin of the Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization describes the most recent developments in the growing controversy over the construction of a superport. The Committee comments that, "Responding to pressure from the United States, government Rafael Hernández Colón announced in San Juan in mid-September that the colonial government is going ahead with the construction of the controversial superport complex. However, tremendous opposition to the project has forced him to withdraw his original proposal for building the port in Aguadilla, in northwest Puerto Rico."
05:06
Instead, the plan calls for the construction to begin on Mona Island, a small island 40 miles from Puerto Rican shores. Many experts agree that the project on the island of Mona could be only a first step to be followed by refineries, petrochemical industries, and a metallurgical center on the island of Puerto Rico itself.
05:24
"In his announcement," says the Bulletin, "Governor Colon insisted that the new superport is being constructed solely for Puerto Rican needs. But studies publicized by opposition to the superport indicate that the project will benefit mainly the large US oil companies while doing fatal damage to the Puerto Rican economy and environment."
05:44
The Committee claims that superports accommodating supertankers carrying loads of 200,000 to 1,000,000 tons of crude petroleum from Arab oil fields to the US are essential if the large oil corporations are to maintain the huge profits from the importation of oil from the Middle East. The rate of profit of US oil investments in the Middle East reached 80% in 1971, and US returns on investments in Middle East petroleum have reached 20% of the total return on all US foreign investment.
06:13
As a colony of the US occupying a key geographic position in the Caribbean, Puerto Rico has been singled out for intensive study as a center for the reception and refining of massive quantities of crude petroleum from the Middle East.
06:26
Investigation of these investment plans by independence forces in Puerto Rico has revealed the disastrous effect the superport and refining complex would have on the island, spreading over and contaminating a large land area, totally absorbing for cooling purposes Puerto Rican water resources, and contaminating surrounding seawaters. Independence forces maintain that not only the livelihood, fishing, farming of a large section of the population, but also the very existence of the Puerto Rican nation would be seriously endangered.
07:00
The Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization concludes by pointing out that massive demonstrations and hundreds of local protests against the superport have taken place on the island, forming an opposition which shows no sign of letting up, despite the Mona decision.
07:14
The issue has also been taken to the United Nations by leaders of the Puerto Rican Socialist Party and the Puerto Rican Independence Party, which resulted in a resolution passed by the Committee on Decolonization requesting that the US government, or any corporate body under its jurisdiction, refrain from any measures which might obstruct the Puerto Rican people's right to independence. It is expected that the resolution will be taken up by the U.N. General Assembly in early November. This report from the Bulletin of the Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization.
07:44
Excélsior of Mexico City reports the military Junta in Chile has taken measures to depoliticize the university, placing it under absolute bureaucratic control. Captain of the Navy, Guillermo González, who has taken over the positions of rector and counsel of the university, announced that 8,000 of the 19,000 students at the University of Concepción have been expelled for participation in leftist politics. These students will not be able to enroll in any other Chilean university.
08:15
More than half of the faculty will also be expelled from the University of Concepción. Many faculty members have been imprisoned, including the director of the Department of Music, Joaquín Jaime, an internationally recognized musicologist, who is being held in the island of Quiriquina. This from Excélsior.
08:35
The New York Times reports from Santiago that the Chilean military Junta has ordered the expulsion of three more foreign priests. According to the Catholic Church Bulletin, that brings to 50 the number of priests expelled by the Junta. Also, according to the Church Bulletin, a number of priests have been arrested and a large number of churches have been raided by the military looking for arms. The church stressed, however, that nothing compromising had been found in those raids.
09:00
Two foreign executives have been kidnapped recently in Argentina in apparently separate incidents. The newspaper Excélsior of October 24th reports that Kurt Schmid, Latin American director of the Swiss airline Swiss Air, was kidnapped on October 22nd by the ERP, People's Revolutionary Army. The leftist guerrilla group is asking 125 million pesos ransom, about $10 million, a record-breaking amount.
09:28
Five executives from Swiss Air have flown from Geneva to Buenos Aires to conduct negotiations with the urban guerrilla organization. The ERP was declared illegal by the Argentine government in September. Up until now, the highest ransom paid for any foreign executive in Argentina is 40 million pesos or $3 million for the release of John Thompson, director of Firestone, in July of this year.
09:54
Excélsior also reports that David Wilkie, general director of the North American Petroleum Enterprise, Amoco Argentina Oil Company, a subsidiary of Standard Oil, was kidnapped on October 23rd. His ransom has been set at $1 million. Company officials denied that Wilkie had been kidnapped, claiming that he was in Chicago. Nevertheless, police sources affirmed that negotiations were being held to obtain Wilkie's release. It was not known whether the ERP was responsible for Wilkie's abduction. This report on kidnappings in Argentina from Mexico City's daily, Excélsior.
10:27
There has been much controversy since the September coup in Chile about the role of US military assistance and training in the support of military dictatorships in South America. An article in The New York Times last week described perhaps the most important US military training institute for the Latin American military. Scattered across South America and the Caribbean are more than 170 graduates of the United States Army School of the Americas, who are heads of government cabinet ministers, commanding generals, chiefs of staff, and directors of intelligence.
11:01
The school has graduated 29,000 officers and enlisted men since its establishment here in Panama City in 1949. The Inter-American Air Forces Academy, the Navy's small craft instruction and technical team, the Army School, and Army and Air Force programs for nation building, relief, and welfare are key elements in the United States Army Southern Commands program to maintain good relations and influence in Latin America. The Chilean military, which took over control of that country last month, had six graduates of the Army School of the Americas in higher ranks.
11:33
The New York Times points out that General Omar Torrijos Herrera, the chief of Panama's government, the deputy commander of the National Guard, the chief of staff, and four deputy chiefs of staff are all graduates. Four members of Argentina's command were graduated from the Canal Zone School, and 19 other senior officers have attended military schools in the United States. The commandant, Colonel William W. Nairn, said, "We keep in touch with our graduates, and they keep in touch with us."
12:03
"The school offers 38 separate courses," says the Times, "all of them conducted in Spanish. Last year, about 1,750 officers, cadets, and enlisted men from 17 countries attended courses. The school's four instructional departments deal with command, combat operations, technical operations, and support operations."
12:22
According to The New York Times, this year the school is offering new courses in urban counterinsurgency and counterinsurgency tactics, but there is a wide variety of other course rangings from industrial management to break relining. The school is located at Fort Gulick on the Atlantic side of the Canal Zone.
12:40
According to the Army Digest magazine, the school teaches various measures required to defeat an insurgent on the battlefield as well as military civic action functions in an insurgent environment. Military cadets undertake a week-long maneuver known as the Balboa Crossing, in which they trek across the Isthmus from Pacific to Atlantic shores on a simulated search-and-destroy mission, putting into practice what they have learned about guerrilla warfare and jungle living.
13:06
The United States apparently profits from this military training arrangement as well. According to Army Digest, "Training Latin Americans in US military skills, leadership techniques, and doctrine also paves the way for cooperation and support of US Army missions, attachés, military assistance advisory groups, and commissions operating in Latin America." This description of the US Army School of the Americas from the magazine Army Digest.
13:34
The military-backed regime in Uruguay last week extended its control in that country by attacking the universities. The Christian Science Monitor reported from Montevideo that Uruguay's army was in occupation at the University of Montevideo. Authorities said discovery of arsenals of homemade weapons allegedly produced by left-wing students justified the occupation. But student sources denounced the occupation as a long-expected plan to seize control of Uruguay's centers of higher education, the last major organization still independent since President Bordaberry staged his military-backed coup in June.
14:51
This week's feature concerns the three-year experience of the Popular Unity government in Chile. Since the military coup in Chile on September 11, press reports from Latin America have been saturated with news from that country. They have dealt largely with repression, brutality, press censorship, the plight of political refugees, severe economic austerity measures, and reports of armed resistance. In the den of the conflict which has raged in Chile, though, little has been said about the government which now lies in the ashes.
15:25
November 4th was the anniversary of the inauguration of Salvador Allende and the Popular Unity Party at the head of the executive branch of the Chilean government. It is appropriate, then, to take a critical look at the Popular Unity Party, its origins, its historical uniqueness, what it hoped to accomplish, and why it ultimately failed. The following analysis is written by Catherine Winkler, a History student, and Dave Davies, an Economics student, both with a special interest in Latin America at the University of Texas at Austin.
15:56
The Popular Unity government was not actually a party as such, but a coalition of parties, the largest of which were the Socialist Party and the Communist Party. While the coalition included some other smaller parties as well, all shared the common goal of achieving some form of socialism in Chile. Much of classical Marxist-Leninist theory says that there is no such thing as an electoral path to socialism, that in a capitalist society it is the capitalist class which has far greater resources and can thus manipulate the political process.
16:25
Critics of the Popular Unity strategy often said that in a capitalist society they could win national elections, but that if they did, the capitalist class would use illegal means to bring them down. Members of the Popular Unity coalition answered that Chile was not an ordinary country. They pointed out that Chile had strong democratic traditions and that virtually all parties had been tolerated, from the extreme right to the extreme left.
16:49
They also pointed out that in Chile there was much less threat of a military coup than in many other Latin American countries. Military intervention in Chilean politics had indeed been a rarity. The thing which distinguishes the Chilean Popular Unity coalition from Marxist electoral coalitions in other countries is that in the Chilean presidential election of 1970, it won. Salvador Allende won the three-day presidential race on a platform which promised to free the country from what he said was the domination by foreign corporations, to carry out an extensive agrarian reform program in order to give land to the peasants of Chile, to promote a higher living standard for the Chilean working class, and to maintain Chile's democratic institutions intact. In short, the Popular Unity coalition promised a peaceful road to socialism.
17:40
In its first year, the government began to implement this program, and the results were impressive. US-owned copper mines were nationalized, a move which was unanimously approved by the Chilean Congress. Large-scale agrarian reform was carried out under existing legal structures. Economic indicators also showed signs of health. The rate of inflation declined. Unemployment fell from 6% to 3.8%, and industrial production increased by 11%. These steps by the Popular Unity government seemed to be well-received by most Chileans.
18:12
Municipal elections held in April 1971 showed dramatic rises in the popularity of the government. However, the measures taken by the UP government aroused the wrath of the United States and powerful opposition groups within Chile. Thus, much of Allende's administration was marked with political and economic battles between the Popular Unity government and powerful Chilean interest groups and political parties backed by the United States, as well as by confrontations with the United States government and US corporations over issues such as compensation for nationalized industries.
18:45
In October of last year, a truck owner's strike in opposition to the Popular Unity government paralyzed the country. This year, organized opposition to the Popular Unity government reached an unprecedented pitch and operated on basically three fronts. First, there were battles in the Chilean Congress, where Allende did not have a majority. The major opposition party was the Christian Democrats, whose candidate for president was barely defeated by Allende in 1970.
19:14
The second front in which the Allende government faced its opponents was that of labor struggles. This took the form of a strike by copper miners and a second more serious strike by transportation owners. Finally, some of Allende's opponents resorted to illegal and often violent tactics, including bombings, assassinations, and sabotage.
19:35
The Allende government received a big boost in the Chilean congressional elections last March when the Popular Unity coalition increased its representation in both the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. While the vote left the Popular Unity coalition still short of a majority in the Congress, the results were considered evidence of the growing popularity of the government among Chileans.
19:55
In the weeks following the congressional elections, the Christian Democrats, the major opposition party, seemed to soften its defiant stand against the Allende government. Party leaders announced that the Christian Democrats would end their alliance with several smaller right-wing parties and that the party would pursue an independent, flexible line.
20:13
The storm clouds broke though in late April when miners at El Teniente, a nationalized copper mine, went on strike. The strikers, many of whom were white-collar workers and all of whom were among the highest-paid workers in Chile, walked out demanding higher production bonuses. The Allende government, which had vowed to end privileged sectors of the Chilean labor force, firmly refused the strikers' demands.
20:37
Seeing an opportunity to mobilize opposition against the government, opposition groups seized the strike as an issue and began organizing support for the strikers. The Christian Democrats fell into line and began attacking the government vehemently.
20:52
In May, clashes between the government and opposition became increasingly bitter as economic problems and the El Teniente strike encouraged opposition forces to use bolder tactics. Early that month, groups of 15 to 18-year-old students swarmed into Santiago, chanting anti-government slogans and openly seeking clashes with police and supporters of the Popular Unity government. The demonstration, which was organized by the Christian Democrats, culminated in the throwing of Molotov cocktails. In another demonstration, shots apparently fired from the Christian Democrat Party headquarters killed one student.
21:26
The crisis continued through April as clandestine operations by rightist groups occurred with growing frequency. A Socialist Party radio station in Rancagua was seized and a number of Communist and Socialist Party premises, homes, and newspapers across the country were sacked in an apparently coordinated effort.
21:44
Such confrontations continued through May and June as economic problems worsened and the El Teniente strike remained unsettled. Talk of armed confrontation was widespread and Allende warned that rightist groups were planning a coup d'etat attempt. While these struggles raged in the streets of Chile in the months of May and June, the battles between Allende and the opposition filled the halls of the Chilean Congress as well.
22:09
At a convention of the Christian Democratic Party in early May, the hardliners favoring a position of militant opposition to the Allende government gained the upper hand. As a result, the Christian Democrats once again joined hands with other opposition parties in Congress and clashes with the government over legislation became increasingly bitter. Debates raged over Allende's educational reform bill, agrarian reform measures, and legislation dealing with nationalization of foreign holdings.
22:40
At one point, certain members of Congress tried to have Allende removed from office by using a clause in the Chilean Constitution, which was intended for cases in which the president was seriously ill. Allende, in response, is said to have considered exercising his constitutional right to temporarily disband Congress and immediately call new parliamentary elections.
23:00
Matters came to a head on June 29th when certain sectors of the army attempted a military overthrow of the Popular Unity government. Most of the armed forces, though, rose to defend the government and the revolt was crushed.
23:13
Soon after the attempted coup, a compromise settlement was reached in the El Teniente strike. The Allende government was thus given a breathing spell. The respite was short-lived, however, as the Christian Democrats soon renewed their attacks in Congress, and even more serious, transportation owners went out on strike in early August, complaining that they had been unable to get spare parts for their vehicles.
23:36
Opposition parties, including the Christian Democrats, once again took the side of the strikers against the government, and truck owners who refused to observe the strike were subjected to increasing violence. The month before the coup was marked by bombing, sabotage, and assassinations.
23:53
Roberto Thieme, head of the ultra right-wing Fatherland and Freedom Organization, said later that the transport owner's strike was planned and engineered solely for the purpose of overthrowing the government. Thieme also admitted that his organization was responsible for much of the violence which occurred during the course of the strike. On September 11th, the military stepped in with a firm hand and have been in control ever since. In looking at the strife which ultimately led to the downfall of the Popular Unity government, certain points must be kept in mind. One such factor is the role of the United States.
24:25
When Chile nationalized US copper companies two years ago, the US demanded compensation for the property. Allende politely responded that since the excess profits removed from Chile by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings, there would be no compensation. Subsequently, Kennecott, a huge American copper company, filed suits in French and Italian courts, trying to stop companies in those countries from buying Chilean copper, thus denying Chile valuable export earnings.
24:57
Even more importantly, the United States government used its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies such as the Import-Export Bank, the World Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank. Many of these loans, especially those from the Import-Export Bank, are not really loans as such, but simply credits which allow small nations to make purchases from companies in larger nations on basis of payment within 30 to 90 days.
25:27
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile was faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, for example, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to two transportation owners' strikes and serious domestic turmoil, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
25:55
The same mechanisms also led to shortages of food and other essentials, which heightened Chile's inflation. It is perhaps for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations last November that the US is waging economic war on Chile.
26:09
In concluding, it is fitting to take a brief look at the most important figure behind the Popular Unity program to peacefully revolutionize Chile. Salvador Allende was one of those most influential in advocating and attempting to realize this peaceful revolution. From the time he began his political career as a young deputy from Valparaiso in the early 1930s, he strove to see the establishment of socialism in Chile through peaceful, democratic methods.
26:38
In the highly politicized atmosphere of 1933, while still a medical student, Allende co-founded the Socialist Party. He nurtured, gave strength to the party, and persistently struggled to implement its views, running for the presidency in 1952, 1958, and 1964, before his hard-earned election in 1970.
26:59
Prior to his first candidacy, Allende served as minister in the Popular Front government of Aguirre Cerda. He then was elected senator and eventually rose to be president of that body. Allende was firmly convinced that Chile's uniqueness provided the foundation for the achievement of revolutionary socialism through non-revolutionary means; that is, within the legal framework of Chile's constitution.
27:23
It is a tragic irony that on this third anniversary of Allende's inauguration, his Popular Unity government has been replaced by a repressive military Junta, and Allende himself is dead. This analysis was written by two University of Texas students with particular interest in Latin America, Dave Davies and Catherine Winkler.
LAPR1973_11_08
00:22
The Mexico City Daily Excélsior reports that the Mexican government has announced that some businesses formerly under state control are now on sale to private investors. Purchasers may either make direct offers or they may buy stock in various concerns. More than 300 enterprises will be affected, including the iron, steel, chemical, petroleum, mining, textile, and automobile industries. Banks, hotels, restaurants, and theaters will also be transformed from the public to the private ownership. Medical services and other social services will also be included.
00:56
At the same time, the Director of the National Finance Ministry announced that the government wished to promote the Mexicanization of foreign enterprises by giving technical and financial aid to private industry, as it did recently in the case of Heinz International. President Echeverria was asked if the government's moves indicated that Mexico was no longer on the road to socialism. "No", he has said, "There are simply some businesses which the state should not administer." He referred to the Mexican economy as a mixed economy.
01:31
Excélsior continued that there is much controversy in Mexico over these recent governmental decisions. Leading industrialists have voiced the opinion that businesses and government can work hand in hand for the good of Mexico. Pedro Ocampo Ramirez, on the other hand, editorializing in the Excélsior, states that the private industry will not want to invest in those businesses which are doing poorly. He says, "And if the industries are prosperous, it is absurd to put them in the hands of a privileged few instead of conserving them as an instrument for the common good".
02:07
Excélsior also reports that the universities in Uruguay remained occupied by the armed forces while hundreds of teachers and students, including the rector, remained in jail while four investigations were carried out, judicial, police, financial and administrative investigations of the national university, which was seized by the military government last week.
02:31
The military intervention in the university was approved by Uruguayan President Bordaberry on October 28th after the death of an engineering student who supposedly made an explosive device which burst accidentally. The interior minister of Uruguay said that this explosion and the presence of other bombs constituted a plan to overthrow the government.
02:51
The situation of higher education is one of the most burning problems of the Bordaberry government, cites Excélsior. For example, the International Commission of Jurists in Geneva announced that they deplore the closure of the University of Uruguay and pointed out that the imprisonment of the rector and professors is an attack on intellectual freedom and a violation of university autonomy.
03:17
According to Excélsior, the director of the social science faculty of the University of Uruguay said, "The university was the only institution in Uruguay which was unharmed during the military escalation which demolished the legislature, the courts and the labor unions". Because he was in Argentina at the time, the director was the only university authority not arrested by the military last week in Uruguay.
03:40
The director said, "In the political and social landscape of Uruguay, the university was a democratic center of clear opposition to the dictatorship imposed last June. The results of the September university elections indicated clearly the anti-military and anti-dictator sentiment of the whole institution."
04:01
Excélsior continued that the social science director said that the military version of the death of a university student while preparing a bomb was absolutely false. He said, according to Excélsior, "This is a story fabricated by the military. It was outside forces which planted the bomb. There is evidence that the bomb was of industrial construction, a type which only the armed forces possess. The two individuals who set the trap belonged to a paramilitary police force and were seen leaving the room where the explosion occurred when the victim was approaching. There are eyewitnesses to all of this". That a report from Mexico's Excélsior.
04:38
The Montevideo weekly, Marcha, points out that for three days the daily press wrote of the subversive materials found by the military in university buildings and invited the public to examine an exhibit of these materials. Among the subversive materials were copies of "The Naked Society" by Vance Packard, "Tupac Amaru" by Boleslaw Lewin, and all Marxist literature. An investigation will determine if these books belong to university libraries or are being sold. In the same way, they will determine if other subversive material, such as naphtha-enclosed bottles, was actually for the purpose of building maintenance and cleaning. That article appeared in Marcha from Montevideo, Uruguay.
05:25
The British weekly, Latin America, and the Cuban publication, Grama, report on the irritation provoked in Panama by the detention of Cuban and Soviet ships by canal zone authorities. Acting under a U.S. federal court order, the U.S. officials detained the two merchant ships on their way through the canal. The court ruling was made after an application from the Chilean military government, which complained that the ships in question had failed to deliver the cargos contracted and paid for by the previous Allende administration, according to Grama.
05:59
Latin America noted that the ensuing explosion of wrath in Panama was virtually unanimous. Condemning the detentions as ambushes, the Foreign Ministry pointed out that even the hated 1903 treaty firmly stipulated that the canal must be neutral, unaffected by political disputes and capable of providing a free, open and indiscriminate service to all international shipping. The canal was equivalent to the high seas, the Ministry said, and its authorities had only limited jurisdictional rights, specifically linked to the operation of the canal. Furthermore, United States federal courts had no jurisdiction over such matters in the canal zone, which was formerly Panamanian territory.
06:47
The British weekly, Latin America, continued that the incidents threw a shadow over the rising tide of optimism over the renewal of negotiations on a new canal treaty. Panamanian hopes have in fact been rising ever since Ellsworth Bunker was appointed Chief United States Negotiator three months ago, and expectations were further stimulated by sympathetic words from Henry Kissinger on his appointment as Secretary of State last month. Unless quick action is now forthcoming from Washington, the atmosphere for the forthcoming negotiations will have been badly polluted, according to Latin America.
07:20
From the internal point of view, however, the issue is not altogether inconvenient to General Omar Torrijos, the country's strongman. Following government moves to open a second sugar cooperative and for the public sector to enter the cement manufacturing business, private enterprise has been bitterly attacking the administration.
07:42
The pressure of inflation, though not likely to reach more than 10% this year, according to government sources, has caused some discontent which could be exploited by the government's opponents, and conservatives have attacked agrarian reform schemes which they say have caused a drop in food production. There was also criticism of the government's low-cost housing program, which would benefit small rather than large contractors, and there were even attacks on the National Assembly voted into office in August last year as undemocratic.
08:17
Latin America's coverage of Panama continues to note that a planned 24-hour strike by business and professional people for the beginning of last week, timed to coincide with a new assembly session, was called off at the last moment, and the situation is now somewhat calmer. But it was noted in Panama that the Miami Herald published an article entitled, "Will Panama Fall Next?", speculating that after the Chilean coup, Panama might be the next objective of local forces that seek return to a previous form of government.
08:52
If any such emergency were likely to arise, a renewed dispute with the United States over the canal would be a good rallying cry. That report on Panama from the London Weekly Latin America, and from Grama of Cuba.
09:06
International protest to the repressive tactics of the Chilean military junta is rising, according to reports from Excélsior. West Germany has threatened to withdraw from the Inter-American Development Bank if that organization continues to give financial support to the junta. The bank, along with other major international monetary organizations dominated by the United States, withdrew all credit and other financial support from Chile during the Allende regime, helping to precipitate the crisis which brought about his overthrow.
09:43
Excélsior reports also that a French journalist, Edouard Belby of L'Express, was jailed by Chilean authorities after photographing bodies in Santiago, and was subsequently expelled from the country.
09:56
In Chile itself, resistance to the military government apparently continues. The Excélsior of October 29th reports that the war tribunals will continue to function for many more years to apply the death penalty to enemies of the regime. The same issue reports that army and navy troops occupied several cities in the south of Chile, conducting house-by-house searches for arms and leftist leaders as part of a stepped-up offensive against the opponents at the junta.
10:26
According to the Excélsior of November 2nd, about 3,500 prisoners of war are held in various prisons in Chile as a result of this campaign. Two of the Chilean cabinet members, General Oscar Bonilla, Minister of the Interior, and Fernando Leniz Cerda, the new Secretary of Economy, were confronted by hundreds of angry housewives during a visit to the poor communities of Lo Hermida and La Granja on the outskirts of Santiago.
10:59
Excélsior says that the women protested the high prices of necessities, to which the ministers replied that consumption should be decreased until the prices were lowered. The junta's reconstruction policies have hit the poor especially hard. In sharp contrast to the shortages reported during Allende's administration, stores in Chile now have surpluses of many items because prices are so high that no one can afford to buy them. Prices of milk are four and one-half times higher than under the Allende regime. The price of kerosene has risen six times, meat and gasoline eight times each.
11:34
The Excélsior of October 29th charges that inflation will be fought with a progressive decrease in the purchasing power and with unemployment, and that the poor are paying for the reconstruction of the Chilean economy.
11:47
The junta is continuing with its efforts to stamp politics out of the Chilean consciousness until the country is back on its feet again. El Mercurio, one of the few newspapers still allowed to publish in Chile, carried on the front page of a recent issue, a decree by the junta outlying all Marxist political parties and declaring all others in recess. The Marxist parties now illegal include the Socialist, Communist, Radical, Christian left, Movement of the United Popular Action and Independent Popular Action Party.
12:25
El Mercurio of Chile continues that the major non-Marxist parties now in recess include the Christian Democrats, the National Party, the Radical Left, the Radical Democratic Party, the Democratic National Party. The junta is also depoliticizing the universities, according to El Mercurio. 8,000 of the 19,000 students at the University of Concepción were expelled for leftist activities, including every student enrolled in the School of Journalism and the Institute of Sociology. Those expelled cannot enroll in any other college in Chile, according to El Mercurio of Chile.
13:02
The Chilean ex-ambassador to Mexico, Hugo Vigorena, claims that 60 people have taken refuge in the Mexican Embassy in Santiago, and are awaiting safe passage out of the country. Vigorena says that their situation is desperate, but that negotiations for their safe conduct do not look hopeful. Troops remain stationed around the embassy to prevent Chileans from seeking asylum there.
13:29
Excélsior notes that meanwhile the Junta is working to establish beneficial foreign relations, Brazil has announced the extension of a $12 million worth of credit to Chile. A delegate from the International Monetary Fund is scheduled to arrive in Chile to discuss the resumption of important loans and credit denied Chile under Allende's regime. General Pinochet, the head of the Junta, has announced plans to meet with the Bolivian president, Hugo Banzer. That report on Chile from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, and from the Chilean daily, El Mercurio.
14:44
This week's feature is an article by Ana Ramos, who works with the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina. It is a feminist view on recent developments there concerning women. In her traditionally Latin and religious machismo society, men have had the dominant role in Cuba for at least a century. However, in working for their goal of a society of equality, the Cubans are making major efforts to change the formally second class situation of women in Cuba. The following is a report on the revolution of Cuban women.
15:19
In Cuba, prior to the revolution, foreign ownership of enterprises, a stagnant economy, unemployment and hunger, combined to produce great hardships for many women. With the triumph of the revolution, a new spectrum of possibilities in education and productive work opened up to women changing their position in Cuban society. Purchases nevertheless still persist. In an underdeveloped country, one must struggle on every front to overcome backwardness, not only economic, but also cultural.
15:53
In March of 1962, during a conference on educational and social-economic development in Santiago, Chile, the Cuban Minister of Education compared Cuba with other countries in Latin America. He noted that the promoters of the Alliance for Progress had offered a loan of $150 million a year to 19 countries with a total population of 200 million people. In contrast, one country, Cuba, with 7 million people, has been able to raise its educational and cultural budgets to $200 million annually without having to reimburse anyone or pay interest on loans. That represented a quadrupling, approximately, of the financial support of education and culture in our country.
16:38
The greatest beneficiaries have been women. Since the burden of the budget falls on less than a third of the population, the workforce, women workers are essential to the economy. In 1958, an estimated 194,000 women in Cuba were doing productive work, in 1970, 600,000.
17:00
Many women want to see how a socialist revolution changed the situation of Cuban women. Years of frustrating struggle around such issues as birth control for those who want it, and daycare for working mothers, makes one wonder if any society anywhere has begun to confront the special oppression of women. Before the success of the revolution in Cuba in 1959, the Cuban women looked forward to a lifetime of hard labor by cooking in kitchens that did not have enough food, washing clothes that could not be replaced when worn out, and raising children who would probably never see a teacher, a doctor, or hold a decent job in Cuba's underdeveloped economy of the time.
17:40
Now, women's lives have been changing. Women have begun to organize themselves to help each other by developing cooperative, mutual support to solve their problems and overcome the difficulties created by underdevelopment.
17:54
For this express purpose, the Federation of Cuban Women was formed in 1960 for women between the ages of 15 through 65. Over and over, women described their excitement about being independent contributors to society. One woman from Oriente explained, "Before the revolution I had 13 kids and had to remain at home. Now, I work in a cafeteria in the afternoon and study at night." The mass freeing of women from the home for socially necessary labor began the transition from a capitalist domestic economy in which each woman individually carried out the chores of childcare, washing and cooking, to a socialist one where society as a whole will take on these responsibilities.
18:44
Centers for free daily or weekly childcare, Círculos Infantiles, have been established all over the country.
18:52
In these centers, children as young as two months can be fed, clothed, educated and entertained. Schools, factories and experimental communities offer free meals. Moreover, in a few communities and in all voluntary complements, free laundry services are now available. Even though there are not yet enough of these facilities, nearly every girl and woman is confident that these centers will be available in the future.
19:21
From the first years of the revolution in Cuba, many projects brought new mobility and independence to the women. Night courses for self-improvement were organized for domestics. In a few months, the students had acquired a trade. In 1961, a well-known literacy campaign was begun, 56% of those who became literate were women. Of the women volunteers in the campaign, 600 were selected to enter the Conrado Benitez School of Revolutionary Instructors.
19:57
The school, the first created for scholarships students, trained teachers and directors of children's nurseries. It furnished the guiding concept for the system of self-improvement on the island. It has been stated that women ought to study and learn from those women who know more, and in turn teach those who know less.
20:18
In the same year, the revolution began the Ana Betancourt program for peasant women. The president of the Cuban Federation of Women in an article in the magazine Cuba, in January of 1969, recalled that there were 14,000 of these women. They came from very distant places all over the island, where people were acquainted neither with the revolution nor with civilization. "It was very interesting," she said, "They took courses for no longer than four months and returned to their homes, we can say, almost as political cadres."
20:50
Presently, 10,000 women enroll annually in the program, where they take courses not only in ensuing, hygiene and nutrition as in the beginning, but also in elementary and secondary education. Many are enrolled in university programs.
21:04
Why these special programs for women? In underdeveloped areas it is characteristic for the cultural level of women to be lower than that of men. After the initial inequality has been eliminated, these programs will disappear in the same manner in which the night schools for domestics are no longer necessary. More than a decade after the seizing of power in Cuba, the ratios of females to males in elementary school, 49% are girls, and secondary school, 55% are young women, indicate an advance.
21:40
Even more significant is the percentage of women in higher education. 40.6% of all university students are women, and their distribution among the scientific and technical disciplines, which traditionally have had little female enrollment in all Latin American countries. Now, there are in all sciences, 50% women, biochemistry and biology, 60%, and in medicine, 50%.
22:06
The scholarship program, or over, benefits over 70,000 girls and women at all levels of learning and provides housing, food, clothing, study supplies, and a monthly allowance for personal expenditures. "The society has the duty to help women," Fidel Castro said in 1966, "But at the same time, in helping women, society helps itself because more and more hands are able to help with production of goods and services for all the people." The Cuban system seeks to bring women into the labor force through the extension of opportunities. In contrast, other Latin American countries feel that the more social benefits are increased, that will reduce the participation of women in the labor force.
22:48
Cuban legislation prohibits women from certain activities that are excessively rough, unhealthy, and dangerous, but at the same time reserves occupations for them. "These fixed positions include jobs of varied responsibilities in services such as administration, poultry raising, agriculture, light industry, basic industry, and so on," says Ms. Ramos.
23:16
Both laws should be interpreted in the light of the need for collective effort and the distribution of workers throughout the economic system. Still, there are times when administrators reject female labor for male labor, since men don't face problems of child-rearing, and so on, which often translate themselves into absenteeism. What is needed, has been argued, is to employ five women where there were four men, and have women available as substitutes and permit those men to go out and occupy a position where they are needed more.
23:47
In September of the same year, the Board of Labor Justice dictated instructions that regulated licenses as leaves of absence without wages for women workers who find themselves temporarily unable to continue work due to child care needs. If the worker returns to work within three months, she has the right to her same job at the same salary. If she returns within six months, she will have some job reserved for her, but at her former salary level. Finally, if she returns within one year, she will be assigned some position, but at the salary corresponding to that position.
24:25
Only when more than a year has passed without her having returned to work will work ties be considered dissolved. The aforementioned measures are only some of the measures that the government has proposed. It is to increase the entrance of women into productive tasks and diminish absenteeism and interruption as much as possible.
24:45
Between 1964 and 1968, the female labor force increased by 34%. More than 60,000 women were working, and they were represented 23% of the labor force. Nevertheless, many Cuban women are still not fulfilling a positive productive role. During 1969 the Federation of Cuban Women visited approximately 400,000 women who had still not joined the workforce. The results were significant, for out of every four visits came a new worker who stepped forward as Cuban women called the decision to work.
25:20
In Cuban society there are prejudices against women working outside the home. During 1969 the Secretary of Production of the Federation of Cuban Women commented, "We spoke directly with women house by house. We spoke to the men in the assemblies and the factories. Among the women, we always encountered openness and enthusiasm. The men have a certain resistance, but when they understand that the revolution needs women's work, the majority change their mind."
25:51
Cuban leaders have said that agricultural programs should never have been conceived without the participation of women, which began on a large scale in 1964. Women's role in the sugar harvest has little by little increased in importance, both in agricultural processes and in the industrialization of sugar.
26:09
In Pinar del Río, the entire tobacco crop is under the responsibility of a woman. In Oriente, women represent half the labor force working in coffee.
26:20
As for industry, 20% of the industrial labor force is female. They are 49% of the workers in the Ministry of Light Industry, 52% in tobacco work, and 33% in the plastic and rubber factories, 77% in the textile industry, 90% in the Cuban artisan enterprises, and 34% in the Cuban Institute of Cinematographic Art. Women technicians outnumber men almost six to one in the plastic and rubber factories.
26:47
Women are still scarce in certain physically demanding jobs in construction, fishing, agriculture, and industry.
26:54
Women in Cuba have the freedom to use birth control and to obtain abortions. In one of the hospitals in a rural area of Oriente, it was explained that birth control by diaphragms and IUDs, as well as all other forms of medical and dental care, are not only available, but free on demand. However, no campaign urging women to use birth control is waged, since the question of birth control is considered to be a private family decision.
27:21
North American women will also be interested to know that natural childbirth is the norm in Cuba. Although proud of their new role in production, Cuban women feel it important not to lose their femininity. Beauty is not the money-making industry at once was, since everyone can afford such previously considered luxuries. Cuba's revolution, despite its problems, was a great freeing force setting the basis for the ongoing liberation of women, showing it was possible even in a traditionally machismo society for women to make strides in defining their own lives.
27:54
You have been listening to an article by Ana Ramos, who is with the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina.
LAPR1973_11_20
00:21
One of the international effects of the military coup in Chile is the subject of a recent article in the Christian Science Monitor. Chile's military leaders have dealt a serious blow to efforts at bringing Cuba back into the hemisphere fold. In fact, it now becomes apparent that the movement toward renewing diplomatic and commercial ties with Cuba, that was gaining momentum during the first part of the year, has been sidetracked and has lost considerable steam.
00:51
Based on surveys of Latin American attitudes, there is a broad consensus that Cuba's return to good graces in the hemisphere will be delayed because the Chilean coup eliminated one of Cuba's strongest supporters in the hemisphere.
01:06
In seizing power, says the Christian Science Monitor, the Chilean military quickly broke off diplomatic and commercial relations with the government of Prime Minister Fidel Castro, relations that had been established by the late President Allende in 1970.
01:20
In breaking ties with Cuba, the Chilean military leaders claimed that Cuba had involved itself in internal Chilean affairs and had been supplying the Allende government with large quantities of arms and ammunition, which were being distributed to a vast illegal paramilitary apparatus aimed at undermining traditional authority in Chile.
01:40
According to the Christian Science Monitor, under Dr. Allende, Chile had been a leader in the movement toward reincorporating Cuba into the hemisphere system. Chile had become the driving wedge in the movement is how one Latin American diplomat put it. Now, the drive has been blunted and the pro-Cuba forces are temporarily stalled and re-gearing.
02:03
Christian Science Monitor continues, saying that most Latin American observers are convinced that Cuba will, within time, return to the hemisphere fold and that the island nation will be accorded diplomatic recognition by the more than 20 other nations in the hemisphere, but there is still a strong feeling of antagonism toward Cuba on the part of quite a few nations, including Brazil, the largest of all.
02:26
Before the Chilean coup, however, there was a clear indication that enough nations supported a Venezuelan initiative to end the mandatory embargo on relations with Cuba, in effect since 1964, to bring about a change in official hemisphere policy.
02:41
At least 11 nations supported the move, just one short of a majority in the 23-nation Organization of American States, or OAS. It had generally been felt in OAS circles that Venezuela, which had been largely responsible for getting the embargo in the first place, would be able to find one more vote to support its proposal.
03:01
Now, says the Christian Science Monitor, with Chile clearly in opposition, Venezuela's task is more difficult, and the general feeling is that Venezuela will not bring the issue before the OAS General Assembly when it meets in Atlanta next April, unless circumstances change. This from the Christian Science Monitor.
03:22
Puerto Rico's 13 university campuses are shut tight in a strike involving 40,000 students and 5,000 clerical and office workers. The San Juan Weekly, Claridad, reports that since October 15th no students, professors or workers have crossed picket lines set up on the campuses of the University of Puerto Rico.
03:42
The students say their goal is to end the divorce between the university and the community. They oppose the low educational standards, the repression, the lack of democratic rights and the exploitation of university workers.
03:54
According to Claridad, students have set up a new university across the street from the major campus of the University of Puerto Rico in Rio Piedras, while the strike continues. Huge open tents are the classrooms and subjects range from medicine to social science and the history of the people's struggles.
04:15
Claridad states that dozens of demonstrations were held throughout the island November 4th, with over 8,000 people taking part in a rally in front of the university in Rio Piedras on the outskirts of San Juan. The Commonwealth's Board of Higher Education and the president of the University of Puerto Rico at first refused to enter into negotiations with the strike leadership, but mounting pressure from the strike has already forced them into two meetings with the president of the student strike organization and other strike leaders.
04:44
The students are proposing, says Claridad, that equal numbers of students, professors and administration personnel be set up as a committee to bring in recommendations for a new procedure for establishing rules and regulations for the universities and the students.
05:02
Among the other demands of the students are, the students shall elect the campus rectors and faculty deans and take part in the election of the university president, a new law regarding the manner of choosing the administrators of the university and a new structure for the university should be approved by the students rather than imposed by the board of higher education.
05:26
The students also demand new procedures to guarantee all political and organizational rights of the students, security guards to be replaced by students, the outlawing of all weapons of any kind in the hands of guards, no Commonwealth police to be permitted on university grounds under any circumstances, a student council elected by the students to make the rules and regulations which will govern the lives of students, and the right of students to engage in all discussions governing the kind of education they will receive.
05:56
This report from the San Juan Weekly, Claridad.
06:00
Latin America Press, from Lima, has this to say about the December 9th presidential elections in Venezuela. There are candidates aplenty in Venezuela's forthcoming presidential election, in fact, some 14 of them, but the race is really between only two of them. Lorenzo Fernández of the incumbent COPEI party and Carlos Andrés Pérez of Acción Democrática.
06:27
A late-blooming issue is the future of the country's oil fields. In many ways, the two candidates are very much alike, indeed some observers are very little distinguishing the two men and their respective platforms.
06:41
Moreover, says Latin American Press, with a short time to go before the voting, December 9th, the race is widely viewed as a toss-up between the pair, both of whom are former ministers of the interior, the post in Venezuela's government charged with internal security.
06:56
In a nation where guerrilla activity had recently flourished, both Mr Fernández and Mr Andrés Pérez have been in the national spotlight as Venezuela's "top cops", as one newspaper recently called them.
07:09
But as election day nears, according to Latin American Press, their roles in ending urban and rural terrorism seem long forgotten. Venezuela today is enjoying a remarkable era of relative calm. Indeed, the election itself, while hard-fought, is coming off peacefully. This is in marked contrast to Venezuela's long history of dictatorship.
07:32
If there is an issue in this election, it is oil. Here, too, the two candidates, and most of the others in the race, are more or less agreed on the policy.
07:43
Yet, as the election nears its climax, claims Latin America Press, there is a growing awareness that whichever party wins the election is going to reap a windfall in the national treasury as world oil prices continue to rise. This year alone, Venezuela is going to have $400 million more in oil earnings, yet just four months ago there was little indication such a windfall would be flowing in.
08:05
As voting day nears, there is a sudden flurry of interest in how this bonanza should be spent. This report from Latin America Press in Lima.
08:14
La Prensa of Lima, Perú, gives another view of the upcoming Venezuelan elections. José Vicente Rangel, the third leading contender in the election, is fighting to bring socialism to Venezuela, nationalizing the multi-million dollar petroleum industry and the top 20 commercial enterprises. He also rejects any type of foreign dependency.
08:40
Avoiding the old communists who abandoned their political nucleus for divergent ideologies, Rangel had two years ago in the electoral polls less than 1%, and now he can count on a figure varying between 13% and 16%.
08:56
Rangel says, "We are going to capably exercise the rule of our country, and with this in mind, the fundamental principle of our policy is that the centers of direction of Venezuela policy be here and not abroad. Foreign policy will serve the economic development of the country, and it will be profoundly Venezuelan and genuinely national."
09:17
Speaking on the overthrow of Allende, former socialist chief of state in Chile, Rangel states, "I am convinced that what failed in Chile was not socialism, since there was never a socialist government. Other means of transformation beside representative democracy were simply being implemented."
09:37
La Prensa comments that Rangel plans solutions to the Venezuelan problems which, by his socialist philosophy, are similar in various aspects to those attempted in Chile. "We hope to create an economy of participation to replace the economy of segregation which exists today in Venezuela," he says. "What we are looking for is the elimination of great capital holdings and of the persons who serve the capitalist system."
10:01
The nationalization of petroleum, which is a banner all 14 presidential candidates are waving, was originally one of the programs which he popularized most in his campaigning. "We propose that all of the petroleum industry should pass into Venezuelan hands," says Rangel. This is from La Prensa of Lima, Peru.
10:24
Mexico City's Excélsior reports that this year's Continental Conference of American Foreign Ministers was held last week in Bogotá, Colombia. In anticipation of the meeting on intercontinental cooperation and foreign policy, Bolivian chancellor Alfredo Vázquez Carrizosa stated, "Latin America needs to deliberate alone in order to plan its points of view so that it might not be said that the final plan for Inter-American cooperation came from the US State Department."
10:53
This comment accompanied his announcement that US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger would not attend.
10:59
Excélsior continues. In view of that possibility, Carrizosa continued, "We have complained for many years that Latin America is not able to deliberate alone. It must always be with the presence, the guardianship, the sanction, and in the shadow of the US Department of State." In stating that such a conference should be a dialogue and not a monologue, Carrizosa went on to say that the session was planned so as to develop within an essentially Latin American atmosphere.
11:33
In closing, Carrizosa reaffirmed his hope that Latin America this time might define its own needs and priorities and then present them to the United States for consideration. That is from Excélsior of Mexico City.
11:48
Latin America newsletter from London reports on recent developments in Chile. According to official sources, states Latin America, some 10,000 persons are now waiting to leave Chile for exile. The price rises and the sackings are being referred to as the "White Massacre". The rector of Concepcion University, Guillermo González Bastias, a retired naval captain, announced last week that when the university reopened in March, only 12,000 out of the 18,600 students would be readmitted.
12:25
Some 1,000 miners have been sacked from the El Teniente mine. 500 workers lost their jobs in the state electricity company, 500 from the Agrarian Reform Administration, 400 from the central bank, and the list can be extended almost indefinitely.
12:43
For two reasons, says Latin America, it is almost certain that people who lose their jobs in this way will remain unemployed. In the first place, it will be difficult to conceal the fact that they were sacked for political reasons, and secondly, there is likely to be a severe recession as a result of the junta's handling of the economy.
13:07
Even El Mercurio, which is well represented in the innermost counsels of the government, has been sounding a warning that many small to medium-sized firms will find it difficult to cope with the sudden diminution of popular buying power. Shortly after this, the government announced there would be no more price increases until January, when there might also be a wage increase.
13:31
This is from Latin America, the British News Weekly.
14:18
Our feature this week is a historical account of the development of the oil industry in Venezuela compiled from Peter Odell's recently published study, "Oil and World Power", as well as some other news sources. Most US attention has been focused on the Middle East as a source of petroleum. However, Venezuela has been and continues to be an important supplier of oil. In 1971, 566 million barrels were exported to the United States.
14:52
Recently, such exports have been dropping, but energy shortages in this country may eventually bring about changes, such as increased exploration for oil in Venezuela and surrounding areas. If so, it should be interesting to observe how various South American governments respond to this.
15:11
The history of Venezuela parallels that of the Middle East in that national governments have taken a more active role in recent years. This trend, of course, reached its climax in the Arab oil reductions during the recent war in the Middle East. The question of sovereignty over natural resources will probably become more and more important, since minerals crucial to industrial growth are finite and seem to be concentrated in underdeveloped countries.
15:36
This is one reason why it is interesting to review the evolution of relationships between the Venezuelan government, the oil companies, and the US government.
15:45
Venezuela was the first nation to undergo a meteoric rise to significance as a major producer and exporter of oil. After 20 years of halfhearted exploration there, the big oil companies were finally galvanized into an urgent flurry of activity by their expropriation and expulsion from Mexico, where the oil industry was brought under national ownership in 1938.
16:12
For 28 years, a succession of governments in Mexico had always seen such action as the ultimate outcome of the conflict between the state and companies, but since it had been avoided for so long, the companies had come to believe it would never happen.
16:30
The promising prospects for oil exploitation in the Maracaibo Basin and in other parts of Venezuela now benefited from the company's need to find or quickly to replace the 15 million tons or so per year they had been lifting from their Mexican fields, mainly for sale overseas. This important stimulus to Venezuelan oil development was soon supplemented by a second, even more important one, the petroleum needs of a rapidly expanding wartime US economy.
16:58
These wartime demands proved too great a strain on the US domestic oil industry and gave companies still greater incentives to seek new resources in Venezuela.
17:08
As a result, oil production there rose rapidly from only 20 million tons in 1937 to some 30 million tons in 1941 and to over 90 million tons by 1946, by which time the country was the world's most important petroleum-producing nation outside the United States. Since almost all the oil was exported in contrast with the mainly domestic use of American oil, Venezuela became the world's most important oil exporter, a position which it has just held on to in 1970, but which it lost to Iran and Saudi Arabia in 1971.
17:50
In the post-war world, which had an energy shortage as a result of dislocations in many of the most important coal-producing areas, the demand for energy from other sources grew rapidly. The political economic environment was also highly favorable to foreign investment in Venezuelan oil because the dictatorial regime there welcomed such investment as a means of amassing private fortunes for those individuals close to the regime.
18:15
These two factors ensured the continuation of the growth of Venezuelan oil production throughout the rest of the 1940s and up to 1957.
18:24
This 20-year period of growth was marked by only one short interlude of restraint. The few months in 1948 when a government came to power under the leadership of a political party, Acción Democrática, whose electoral manifesto called for the nationalization of the country's oil resources and whose leaders in exile had lived mainly in Mexico, where oil was already nationalized. The reaction of the oil companies to this new government was immediate and very blatant.
18:56
Investment virtually ceased, development came to a halt and production was stabilized, while the managers of the companies concerned attempted to decide how far they would be able to work within the framework of the policies likely to be adopted by the new regime. As it turned out, their fears were short-lived. For after a short period of democratic rule, the country reverted to a military dictatorship, a reversion which was almost certainly only made possible with the active help of at least some of the oil companies concerned.
19:32
In 1958, the conflict between the government and the oil companies seemed inevitable, as Acción Democrática still had proposals for the nationalization of the industry in its manifesto and took early action increasing taxes on the industry and giving its support to the oil unions pressure for greatly increased wages and fringe benefits, which seemed to indicate that a head-on clash was but a matter of time, but after 1958, Acción Democrática did not treat its nationalization commitments seriously, and certainly made no move in this direction.
20:05
In fact, by this later date, Venezuela was so completely dependent economically on the oil industry that no government, and certainly not one as anxious as Acción Democrática to achieve its country's economic progress, could afford to think of action which would essentially close down the oil sector of the economy.
20:23
No other sector could avoid repercussions from such action, and the consequent unemployment and distress would certainly undermine the government's political strength. The government's freedom of action in economic terms was thus heavily constrained, and even in political terms, there was little to be said for action which, no matter how immediately popular, seemed likely to create such stresses and strains in the system that the instigators of it were unlikely to survive.
20:50
But if by 1958, the government's ability to act out its basic philosophical beliefs was constrained, then so was that of the oil companies. By now, they were under pressure from the US State Department to achieve an agreement with the Venezuelan government, which was believed by the United States to be the government which provided the key to the stability of the whole Caribbean area, but stability in Venezuela, particularly in the period following Fidel Castro's success in Cuba, demanded an expanding economy.
21:23
This in turn depended upon the continuing development of the country's oil industry, which accounted for something like 25% of the country's gross national product, provided the government will over 60% of all its revenues and accounted for over 90% of the nation's total exports.
21:45
The companies, therefore, though powerful in the Venezuelan context, had to reorientate their attitudes and policies to the even more powerful force of the foreign policy of the United States, which required that the oil industry make it possible for Venezuela to achieve its objectives of continued economic advance.
22:02
This demanded their willing cooperation with a government which they certainly disliked and probably distrusted, but for which there was no acceptable alternative and which, therefore, they could certainly not think of overthrowing, as they had in 1948.
22:15
Economic and political necessity, therefore, as interpreted by the United States, produced a situation in which the international oil companies, dedicated to the idea of as little government intervention in industry as possible and a government devoted in theory at least to socialist planning, had to work together.
22:34
This development, concludes, Odell, unusual, for its time has since been paralleled in both oil-producing and oil consuming nations, as the companies have been obliged to recognize the validity and permanence of governmental concern over oil and oil policies.
22:50
The expansion in Venezuelan oil production since 1958, states Odell, has by no means been as rapid as in the earlier post-war period, but advances have taken place and some investment has continued. Government revenues from oil have been increased, all in spite of the fact that over the period since 1958, Venezuelan oil has become increasingly uncompetitive in many markets of the world as a result of rapidly expanding lower-cost oil output from countries in the Middle East and, more recently, in North and West Africa.
23:28
Moreover, falling costs of transporting oil across the oceans, as larger and larger tankers were brought into use, helped to eliminate 10 as well as competitive edge in markets in close geographical proximity to it than to other main producing areas. This was particularly important with respect to the US market, which had hitherto been considered the particular preserve of Venezuelan oil, but to which Middle Eastern and other oil was now attracted.
24:00
From the interplay of all these economic and political forces, says Odell, Venezuela has since 1958 achieved an average annual growth rate in oil production of less than 3%, compared with 10% per year achieved over the previous 15 years, in spite of the fact that the closure of the Suez Canal since mid-1967 has given Venezuela oil a temporary boost in markets west of Suez, particularly in the United States.
24:27
Though the Cuban crisis and resultant pressures by the United States Department can be seen as the main factors which have saved the Venezuelan oil industry from a serious decline in the last 10 years or so, one must also note the impact of the growing professionalism of the Venezuelan government in dealing with the companies. In earlier days, the expertise was all on the side of the oil companies, which had to respond only to the political pressure of the government.
24:57
Since 1958, the Ministry of Mines and Hydrocarbons in Venezuela has built up a team able to urge, in technical and economic terms, with advice as to exactly how much pressure should be put on the companies to make concessions, particularly as regards taxation arrangements.
25:17
Thus, the government has been able to increase its share of total profits on several occasions and to collect taxes in arrears the liability for which the company's challenged. This has had the effect of increasing the revenues which the country collects on every barrel of oil that is exported. This is now more than $7 per barrel, compared with less than one-tenth this amount when Acción Democrática came to power.
25:41
By virtue of these actions, government revenues from oil have continued to grow at a rate high enough to finance requirements of the economic and social development program, the main short-term aim of the government in its oil policy.
25:53
The government does not accept the idea of the concession system as a means of producing the nation's natural resources, except as a short-term expedient for ensuring the continued flow of oil, and in the light of external pressures, to allow the existing concessions to work their agreed areas. Since 1958, therefore, there have been no new concessions and, as a result, Venezuela's proved oil reserves will be used up in about 13 years at the current rate of production.
26:26
If this situation continues, Venezuelan oil output must soon start to decline, and by the time the concessions are legally relinquished in 1983, it seems likely that Venezuela would be little more than a minor producer.
26:42
In line with its philosophy, Acción Democrática has sought to resolve this issue through the establishment of a state oil company which has been given responsibilities for working any concession areas which might be relinquished by private companies and for negotiating joint arrangements to work as yet unexplored areas of Venezuela with oil potential.
27:01
It now has producing capacity amounting to about 9 million tons per year, and in 1969 accepted offers from a dozen or so petroleum companies for joint operations in the southern part of Lake Maracaibo.
27:14
Whether it will enable Venezuela to exercise more influence in the development of the world oil market is doubtful unless consuming countries also decide to put the oil industry under national control and then conduct their negotiations for supplies directly with other state entities in producing countries. This account of the development of the oil industry in Venezuela was compiled from Peter Odell's recently published study, "Oil and World Power", as well as some new sources.
LAPR1973_11_29
00:21
La Prensa of Lima, Peru reports that Peru is undergoing a period of serious unrest with violence in both Cusco and Arequipa, and statements from President Juan Velasco that, "If they want war, they will have war." The most serious trouble began November 16th with a general strike in Arequipa in support of several teachers who were arrested in connection with a labor dispute with the government. The teachers, members of the teachers' union called SUTEP, were accused of being subversives by the government. Other teachers were fired after having refused to return to their jobs.
00:56
When the government, refusing a demand for a salary increase, set a time period when the teachers must conclude their strike and return to work. Leaders of several unions in Arequipa, including the transport workers, the electrical workers, clerical workers, and store clerks, then called a general strike. Violence in Arequipa has so far left two dead and 17 wounded, and the army has imposed a strict curfew on the city.
01:21
Excelsior of Mexico City further reports that trouble broke out in Cusco on November 23rd when some 300 students rioted in the streets, fighting with police, stoning vehicles, and setting fire to a government building, the SINAMOS building. SINAMOS, which stands for the National System of Support for Social Mobilization, is the Peruvian government agency, which sets official labor policy. The students stoned the firemen trying to extinguish the fire. The building was completely was destroyed. One youth was killed and dozens injured. The police finally dispelled the rioters with tear gas.
01:56
Meanwhile, on November 21st, according to Excelsior, President Juan Velasco proclaimed a state of siege in Arequipa and in Puno, another city in Southern Peru. Velasco issued a harsh statement vowing that, "What has happened in other parts of South America is not going to happen here." Velasco said that the teacher's strike had not been legal since SUTEP had not been recognized as a legal union by the government. He charged that the union was directed by the worst extremes of the left and the right.
02:28
According to the British Newsweekly Latin America, the Peruvian government has foreseen a confrontation shaping up for some time now and is taking steps to win popular support for its measures. Earlier this month, a new peasants union was inaugurated in Cusco. The new union has the support of SINAMOS. The SINAMOS head addressed the group and told them that ultra-left groups were working "on behalf of imperialism and would have to be eliminated". In fact, the government recently deported to influential leftist critics, Aníbal Quijano and Julio Cotler, publishers of the magazine, Society and Politics.
03:03
This apparently signals the end of the political permissiveness of Velasco's government, which supposedly has been one of the least repressive of any government on the continent, except Chile under Allende. The proceeding report on the situation in Peru was compiled from reports from Excelsior of Mexico City, La Prensa of Lima, Peru, and the British Newsweekly, Latin America.
03:25
Concerning the situation in Chile, and especially the relation between the church and state in Chile, the British Newsweekly Latin America reports that Cardinal Silva Henríquez's cautious handling of church state relations since the coup reflects the extremely difficult situation in which he and his clergy find themselves. The church is now almost the only permitted political organization. Latin America continues that in the current atmosphere of terror and repression, the Chilean cardinal has pursued an agile policy of riding several horses at once. Nevertheless, the sunny relationship that the church enjoyed with the state during the Allende government has ended.
04:02
Always a clever and sophisticated politician, and by no means reactionary, Cardinal Silva has become an increasingly important figure in the final year of the popular unity government. He obviously took pleasure in his role as promoter of the concept of dialogue between the government and its Christian Democrat opposition. Quite apart from his own fairly progressive personal views, the Cardinal was obliged to take a friendly attitude towards the Popular Unity movement.
04:28
As a result of the general radicalization of the Chilean church, which has long since cut its links with the most conservative strata of Chilean society. The Cardinal had to take into account the fact that his younger priests, working in the slums and shanty towns, were becoming increasingly revolutionary.
04:45
According to Latin America, two days after the coup, the Cardinal drafted a strong statement in the name of the standing committee of Chilean bishops deploring the bloodshed. He also demanded respect for those who fell in the struggle and expressed the hope that the gains of the workers and peasants under previous governments would be respected and consolidated, and that Chile would return to institutional normalcy very soon. The newsweekly Latin America continues that the statement appalled the junta.
05:12
It appeared at a time when the official line was that less than 100 people had been killed, so why was the Cardinal emphasizing the bloodshed? Respect for Allende was the last thing the junta was prepared to offer at a time when it was launching a major campaign to publicize details of the ex-president's sex life and sumptuous lifestyles. And although the junta itself had promised a reasonable deal for workers and peasants, in practice it was soon swiftly reversing what had been thought irreversible changes.
05:40
If the cardinal were to have any influence with the junta, he would clearly have to change his language, which he has subsequently done. No more strong statements have emanated from the Archbishop's palace. A test case of the Cardinal's policy of maintaining silence to secure a certain freedom of action will be the fate of the Chilean official church newspaper, Mensaje. Its October issue revealed it to be the first and only magazine of opposition in Chile. A sizeable chunk of its two-page editorial was printed blank, the censor having been at work.
06:12
A second editorial entitled "A Cry of Warning" survived intact. Dedicated entirely to the question of torture in Brazil, the immediacy of the topic may have escaped the censor, but would not have been lost on the reader. The editors are planning a double number of the magazine to be published early in December and have promised to go into liquidation rather than indulge in self-censorship, that from the newsweekly, Latin America.
06:36
Also concerning Chile, according to the Latin American reporter for The Guardian, the military junta in Chile has placed under house arrest the Chilean Air Force General, Alberto Bachelet, pending charges of incitement to rebellion. That announcement by the military in Chile is the first official admission that members of the military high command had refused to participate in the coup that overthrew the constitutional government in Chile. In a further report on Chile, the Chilean Press Association has asked the military junta about the death of a newsman, Carlos Berger, who was shot while supposedly attempting to escape.
07:13
Also, the body of another journalist, Duit Bascunan, was found in the desert. Military spokesmen said that he had probably died of starvation. In other news relevant to Chile from Britain, The Guardian reports that the British Labor Party, the labor union organizations at the Tyneside Shipyards in Britain, have called for refusal to work on two destroyers, which are scheduled when refitted to be turned over to the Chilean junta. The Chilean cruise for the vessels have not been allowed to communicate with the press or with the local townspeople.
07:45
Also, from Britain, The Guardian reports that the dock workers at Merseyside have agreed not to handle any cargoes bound for the junta, including Hawker Hunter fighter aircraft awaiting shipment. The Liverpool City Council had voted overwhelmingly to ban all purchases by the city of Chilean goods until "the complete return of civil and political rights in Chile". And in Italy, The Guardian reports that a coalition of groups has raised over $120,000 for the movement of the revolutionary left, known as the MIR, in Chile, and contributions are continuing at the rate of over $1,000 a day for the support of resistance to the military junta in Chile. That report from the international reporters of The Guardian.
08:28
The newsweekly Latin America reports from Mexico that President Echeverría has again warned foreign investors not to buy up profitable Mexican firms, but the government is to persist in its controversial decision to sell off some state companies to the private sector. Latin America reports that President Luis Echeverría showed last weekend that he was still worried about the longstanding practice of some foreign investors of buying up going concerns in Mexico as the cheapest way into the local market.
08:59
This, of course, is not the kind of investment that Mexico wants, as the President made clear to a group of West German economic correspondence. "That," he told them, "was why the government had introduced a new investment law to protect the country from foreign investors who attempted to buy up everything productive and efficient there, big or small."
09:18
The president said that while some more reflective directors of foreign companies had adopted a "more positive attitude," there were still certain "multinational monopolies which have failed to understand the aims of the new law." He also made clear that his warning was directed as much at Mexican businessmen who made a big profit by allowing their companies to be taken over by foreigners. "The government was prepared to help firms which sought the capital and technology they needed abroad," he said, "but they must be associated with foreign interests when necessary and not sold out to them."
09:51
More pleasing to the private sector, continues Latin America, has been Echeverría's decision to sell off certain state companies to private interests, despite strong criticism from the left. The private sector has been pressing for this for some time, and the more extreme enthusiasts for private enterprises would even like to see such public services as electric power and the railways restored to them. They will certainly be disappointed. Not only would it be politically unacceptable, but it is doubtful whether the private sector could raise the necessary finance to develop and modernize either industry.
10:24
Latin America continues to note that the government does urgently need capital to develop them. Electricity prices have just gone up and railway fairs and tariffs are likely to do so soon, as well as other infrastructure projects and vital industries such as petrochemicals. Echeverría has made it clear that when the state investment corporation will be selling the companies, it took over from private hands who would be selling them when they are in danger of growing bankrupt. The purpose of this was to prevent sources of employment from being lost. Where these companies had been put back on their feet and the state had no strategic interest in holding onto them, they would be sold, thereby releasing public investment funds for more essential purposes.
11:05
Latin American continues that a case in point is that of the international food firm, Heinz, which withdrew from Mexico last year because it said its Mexican operation had lost $32 million. The firm has now been renamed and the National Finance Administration, which has taken it over, sold shares to private interests, among them peasants in the northwestern states of Mexico. All the same, the nationalist left has objected to Echeverría's decision on the general principle that the private sector is quite strong enough already and the government should not go out of its way to tip the balance further against itself. "Why otherwise" one commentator asked, "had business circles greeted the decision with such delight?" That from the newsweekly, Latin America.
11:49
Excelsior of Mexico City also reports that the head of an Argentine subsidiary of Ford Motor Company was assassinated recently, along with three bodyguards in Argentina. John Swint, a chief executive of Transax, an Argentine Ford subsidiary, was killed when the auto in which he and his bodyguards were traveling was suddenly surrounded by three other cars, from which an estimated 15 assailants emerged firing with machine guns. Unconfirmed sources said that Swint was traveling with bodyguards because he had received several anonymous threats recently.
12:22
Things really haven't been safe in Argentina for foreign business executives for quite some time now. Leftist guerrilla groups calling such people "the agents of imperialism" have kidnapped several executives and demanded high ransoms, though murders such as this one are rare. In fact, it has been speculated by some sources that the killing was not the work of leftists at all, but of right-wing extremists attempting to discredit the left. It would not be the first time such tactics have been used in Argentina.
12:48
In any case, the Journal of Commerce, published in Washington, labeled Buenos Aires, Argentina the "kidnap capital of the world," citing the fact that there have been more than 150 kidnappings so far this year with ransom payments bringing an enormous sum. That from the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior.
13:06
La Prensa of Lima, Peru reports on the Latin American Foreign Minister's Conference in Bogota, Colombia. Although some observers, including the Cubans, characterized the meeting as premature, a degree of consensus was developed among the foreign ministers, and the meeting concluded with a declaration of mutual agreements in the form of an eight-point agenda for a further meeting next February in Mexico City.
13:30
The most important points are the unanimous support of all Latin American and Caribbean countries for Panama's efforts to win full sovereignty over the canal zone, the need for the United States cooperation in controlling interference by multinational corporations in domestic politics of countries in which they have investments, and the need to eliminate economic sanctions as a weapon of foreign policy against countries in the region, and the need to reorganize the entire inter-American system, especially the need to change the structure of the United States' relation with Latin America.
14:03
The Peruvians were particularly emphatic in their calls for Latin American solidarity with countries that expropriate the assets of multinational corporations. The Peruvian position is consistent with their concerns earlier expressed at the Latin American organization of energy. That from Le Prensa of Lima, Peru.
15:04
This week's feature focuses on culture, a Cuban view of Cuban culture, exploring especially the history of efforts in Cuba to support and extend the arts in a country that historically was impoverished. The material and viewpoint of the feature on Cuban culture comes from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina.
15:24
Art in Cuba is not just the Rumba, one of the few forms Yankees visiting pre-revolutionary Cuba got exposed to out of the island's enormous contribution to jazz. Nor is it only films and posters, which are perhaps the best present-day forms of art in Cuba. To appreciate the significance and role of the arts and the artists in Cuba today, it's necessary to briefly review the history of the arts there. Of the many contributors to Cuban culture, the most important were the Spanish colonists and the African peoples brought to the island as slaves.
15:59
These two peoples eventually fused their arts, music, folklore, mythologies and literature and ways of thinking into an authentic Cuban national culture. Under colonial rule from the 15th through the 19th centuries, Spanish art and architecture prevailed. Stained-glass windows and integrate wrought iron railings on balconies and gates were familiar decorative elements in upper-class homes in what is now Old Havana. The upper classes furnished their manners with imports from Madrid.
16:28
After the Spanish American War, the United States remained in Cuba, directly or indirectly, until 1959. Frustration with American intervention was reflected in the works of early republic literature. By 1910, a younger group founded the magazine, Contemporary Cuba, where possible solutions to problems of the new nation had ample forum. After the revolution, as Cuba began the development of a new society, the role people played as individuals and participants in society began to change.
16:59
Responsibilities, priorities, values, and motivations were radically altered. None of these changes were automatically defined, nor did they appear in practice and in people's consciousness all at once. For intellectuals, for writers, painters, artists of all media, this transitional process of redefinition was and can continues to be complex and difficult.
17:19
In 1961, continues Prensa Latina, the first official encounter of artists, writers, and representatives of the revolutionary government took place. Various intellectuals expressed their concern over freedom of expression in the arts and asked what the parameters were in a time of change and polarization. "Was the form to be dictated by a government policy?" they asked.
17:41
Fidel Castro made a now famous speech in which he said, "With the revolution, everything. Against the revolution, nothing." And expanded and interpreted that to mean that no one was going to impose forms, nor was anyone going to dictate subject matter. But counter-revolution would not be tolerated in the arts or in any other activity.
18:00
Intellectuals who found themselves in the midst of the revolution faced adjustment of a lifetime of habits and ways of thinking to new realities and needs. For example, a painter in the 1950s sought some way of making a living rarely through art. He catered to rich patrons, if lucky enough to be recognized at all, and sold his works to individuals, invariably to friends or upper-class collectors. Most artists, as artists, were self-oriented. The very forms of artistic expression were narrowly individualistic.
18:31
Artists created canvases which hung in galleries and homes that only a fraction of the population could or would see. How could one put society first in an each man for himself world? There were diverse attempts to make art a vital part of the new society. One of the earliest projects the revolution initiated was the National School of Cuban Art, a gigantic complex of very modern one-level buildings in a luxurious residential area of Havana, for students of dance, sculpture, music, and theater. Young people from all over the country can apply for scholarships to this largest of the arts schools.
19:06
Prensa Latina continues that young art students in the search for new media, more accessible to the whole population, went to the factories, the farms, and the schools, and exchanged ideas with workers. Art students and established artists asked themselves and were asked, "What are the obligations of a socially-committed artist, a revolutionary artist? Are there specific forms, say, murals, that best reflect and contribute to the revolution?" Fortunately, says Prensa Latina, Cuban artists and government agencies did not fall into the trap of imposing a simplistic formula, the happy triumphant worker theme à la Norman Rockwell.
19:44
Throughout the 1960s, Cuban painters were exposed to the art of many countries. In 1968, the International Salon de Mayo exhibition was held in Havana, and artists from Western Europe, the socialist countries, Latin America, Africa, and Asia, participated. Young Cuban painters and old experimented with pop art, pop up, abstraction, and new expressionism. There were no limitations.
20:08
Out of all this experimentation and dialogue came the means of visual expression best known outside Cuba, poster art. Because of massive distribution possibilities and the functional character of poster art, it has become second in importance, only to film, as the visual vehicle of the message of the revolution.
20:26
Art is also architecture. Before the revolution, architects designed residences for the rich, factories, and luxury hotels. Since 1959, construction priorities have shifted to the creation of housing complexes and thousands of schools and living facilities. With a tremendous growth in population, a demographic shift to newly inhabited zones of the island and a drive to get people out of urban slums, housing demands are massive and are met as fast as building materials and labor allow.
20:55
Volunteers have been recruited from every industry to put in extra hours on housing construction brigades. In housing and other construction, new functions have required new architecture. Extremely new designs and styles can be seen in the remotest corners of the countryside, as well as in the city.
21:11
Another art form much cultivated in Cuba is dance. The National Ballet of Cuba is world-famous, and Alicia Alonso is recognized as one of the greatest contemporary ballet artists.
21:22
Music cannot be left out while reviewing the revolution's cultural activities. Traditional Cuban popular music flourishes. By wave of radio and films, western rock has also become known to Cuban youth. The task is seen to create a consciousness and a demand for genuine Cuban and Latin American music so that Cuban youth won't simply imitate foreign pop music. And at present, there is a big push to encourage amateur musicians in the ranks of workers and students and everyone, so as to maximize music and not leave music only in the hands of a few professionals.
21:57
To speak of Cuban cinema, says Prensa Latina, is to speak of revolutionary Cuban cinema. In the course of the armed struggle against the dictatorship, a few protest documentaries and news reels were made by revolutionaries in the Sierra and the urban underground. Again, these were of the barest cinematic qualities.
22:15
Following the winning of the revolution in 1959, Cuban cinema was aided by the creation of an institute of artistic and industrial cinematography. The institute supports the training of film students, the production of films, and the importing and exporting of films. One of the institute's highest priorities is to extend the availability of cinema to those who, before the revolution, had no access to films. So efforts have been concentrated in the areas where the cinema was once unknown, and there are now some 13 million moviegoers a year and over 500 theaters that dot the island. And other methods have been developed for reaching the more remote areas of the countryside and mountains.
22:56
For instance, redesigned trucks, equipped with 16-millimeter projectors and driven by the projectionists, spread out across the country to show films in those areas where there are not yet theaters. These movable movies are now numbered at more than 100. One of the institute's most engaging short documentaries called "For the First Time" is actually about this part of the institute's operation. The episode photographed shows one evening when a projection crew went to an area in the Sierra Mountains to show a film to people there for the first time. The movie was Charlie Chaplin's "Modern Times".
23:30
The attempt to demystify the cinema for an audience of novices is more than a little difficult to understand for a North American, whose sensibilities are bombarded by the electronic media. The institute has set itself the task of bringing young people interested in the cinema into discussion circles at student centers, union halls, and workplaces, and to explain its work.
23:52
More important, it seeks to explain the methods of the film to the entire population to work in a way against its own power, according to Guevara, the institute head, to reveal all the tricks, all the recourses of language, to dismantle all the mechanisms of cinematography hypnosis. To this end, the institute has a weekly television program, which explains all the gimmicks used to attract the viewer's attention.
24:15
When it began, the institute used the most elementary techniques. Most of the film workers were uneducated in the media, although a handful had studied in European film schools. Today, with a number of fully-developed trained persons, the acquisition of skills is now a secondary concern at best. The head of the institute explains that the priority is to break down the language structure of the film and find new ways to use film, being very careful in the process not to divorce the filmmaker from the audience for the filmmaker's own self gratification.
24:47
He put it this way, "We must not separate ourselves from the rest of the people, from all the tasks of the revolution, especially those that fall into the ideological field. Every time a school is built, every time 100 workers reach the sixth grade, each time someone discovers something by participating in it. As in the field of culture, it becomes easier for us to do our work. Our work is not simply making or showing movies. Everything we do is part of a global process towards developing the possibilities of participation. Not passive, but active. Not as the recipients, but as the protagonists of the public. This is the Cuban definition of socialist democracy in the field of culture."
25:26
In addition to production of films, as many as possible are imported. US films shown in Cuba are, of course, from the pre-revolutionary period: "Gigi", "Singing in the Rain", and "Bad Day at Black Rock". Late night television repeats, from time to time, a Dana Andrews or Ronald Colman melodrama. The economic blockade against Cuba has denied the island access to US movies of the 60s and 70s, though from time to time, a bootleg print gets through. A recent favorite there was "The Chase", with Marlon Brando and Jane Fonda, from the early 60s. Imports are in large part from the European socialist countries: France, Italy, Japan, and, to a degree, Latin America.
26:06
Prensa Latina continues that obviously the shortage of currency is a great burden. To this day, the institute does not own even one eight-millimeter movie camera. There are no color facilities in Cuba, although a lab is now under construction. In this country where there were millions of peasants who never saw movies, the problem arose that many preferred to buy trucks and equipment to help with the work, rather than new camera equipment.
26:30
From the beginning, the institute has faced a bit of a dialectic contradiction. It wants to capture, for posterity and for the moment, the complex reality of these years, but the reality is always changing. Alfredo Guevara, head of the Cuban Film Institute says, "These are surely the most difficult, complicated years, years in which the experiences we have are sometimes not recorded. To reflect them in the cinema means, in some way, we must crystallize them, which is the last thing we want. But every time we film, it is there. Whether or not we want to do so, we are always a testimony."
27:05
Prensa Latina continues that the poster commemorating the 10th anniversary of the founding of the Cinemagraphic Institute shows a camera with gun smoke exuding from the lens. The imagery of filmmaker as cultural guerilla corresponds to the value system throughout revolutionary Cuba. Guevara says, "In the success of the revolution, we have placed, in our hands, a thing, the means of production, whose power we knew very well because it had been in the power of the enemy up to that point."
27:34
"When this force fell into our hands, it was clear to all of us that the revolution had given us a very serious job. I'm talking of everyone who has participated in the work of giving birth to the Cuban cinema or, what is really the same thing, the job of giving our people and our revolution a new weapon, a new instrument of work, one that is useful above all in understanding ourselves."
27:57
That concludes this week's feature, which has been a Cuban view of Cuban culture taken from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina.
LAPR1973_12_06
00:22
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that opinion in Latin America is divided on the effects of the reduction of Arab oil production. For 48 hours after the announced reduction of oil production in international economic circles, it was considered very unlikely that Latin America would suffer effects of the energy crisis. It was noted that the countries developed industrially in the region, such as Mexico and Argentina, are almost self-sufficient in petroleum. The only exception would be Brazil, the principal importer of hydrocarbons in the Latin American region.
00:58
However, according to Excélsior, the director of the Mexican oil concern affirmed that Mexico cannot withstand a world energy crisis, although it would not be affected in the same manner as other countries. In Venezuela, with less optimism than the international economic circles of Buenos Aires, authorities of the Ministry of Mines and Hydrocarbons are studying the shortages in countries such as Brazil and Colombia. It was indicated that there are cases in Central America in which electric plants and hospitals could be closed for lack of fuel.
01:30
According to Excélsior, in Argentina, the State petroleum monopoly assured that the country can be self-sufficient in fuel for 15 more years, although the volume of reserves necessitates the search for substitutes already. Venezuela, the principal producer and exporter of petroleum in the region, is being pressured by its regular customers, the United States and Europe, to not reduce its normal deliveries, which reach the neighborhood of 3 million barrels daily. The United States is the principal purchaser of Venezuelan petroleum.
02:06
The Venezuelan minister of Mines and Hydrocarbons noted that his country is actually almost at the limit of its extractive capacity. That is, there is no possibility that Venezuela can increase its production. The reserves of the country decrease at the rate of 1,200 million barrels annually.
02:27
According to Expreso of Lima, Peru, in Peru the possibility is now under study of reducing the consumption of petroleum used in the industrialization of sugarcane production. Also, the price of gasoline will be increased. The Lima paper Expreso, which is the voice of the Peruvian government, recently accused monopoly producers in the capitalist system for the actual crisis in petroleum.
02:51
Expreso emphasized that the United States has calculated reserves for 60 years and can at this moment satisfy its internal demands, but the monopolies live at the expense of resources from other countries and prefer to unleash a crisis now in order to later obtain more profits, according to Expresso. The world petroleum crisis should be thus more a political emergency than an economic one. According to Expreso of Lima, Peru, and Excélsior of Mexico City.
03:20
International political difficulties were also raised by the domestic turmoil in Chile. Excélsior reports that an incident last week involving the Swedish and French ambassadors had caused international problems.
03:35
The incident, according to Excélsior, occurred when an Uruguayan woman in Chile had just been operated on in a Santiago hospital. She had been granted asylum by the Swedish ambassador and safe conduct for the medical operation by Chilean authorities. Trouble arose when the Chilean military officials came to arrest the woman.
03:55
Both the Swedish ambassador and the French ambassador, who was also present, protested and were dealt with harshly by the Chilean military. The Swedish ambassador was beaten with fists and kicked, while the French ambassador was held at machine gunpoint, while the woman was dragged from her hospital bed and arrested.
04:12
Also, a group in France has protested the unexplained disappearance of 20 doctors in Chile. Excélsior also reports that a black colonel in the United States Army who had been appointed as the military attaché to the American Embassy in Santiago was suddenly replaced by The Pentagon when it was learned that the Chilean Junta would object to the appointment of a Black to the post.
04:37
Excélsior also reports from Chile on the death of Daniel Vergara, a former minister in the Unidad Popular government of the late president Salvador Allende. Vergara's death, which was reported by the Unidad Popular government in exile from Rome, was due to gangrene in the arm. He reportedly died in a prison camp in Chile. Vergara was remembered as one who had been in the presidential Moneda Palace with President Allende when the president died.
05:04
Finally, from Chile, two short economic briefs. Excélsior of Mexico City reports that the Junta has agreed to pay the Kennecott Copper Company $300 million for property which was nationalized by the Unidad Popular government. The British Newsweekly, Latin America reports that representatives of Pepsi Cola have visited Chile to discuss the possibility of setting up bottling plants for the export of Chilean wine to the United States.
05:36
Claridad, a weekly Puerto Rican newspaper, reports the settlement of the 25-day strike against the 13 campuses of the University of Puerto Rico. The 45,000 students and workers evidently won an impressive victory relative to the Administration, which had been controlled by the Puerto Rican Council of Higher Education. The strike succeeded in establishing a special committee to make recommendations subject to student, faculty, and worker approval regarding worker and student and faculty participation in the selection of the university president, chancellors, deans and other administrators, and the duties of the security forces and the working conditions of the staff.
06:17
The strike thereby reestablishes the importance that having a people who work and learn at university determine university policy rather than having some appointed administration determine education. According to Claridad, the committee developing the recommendation for the future structure of the University will consist of six student representatives, 12 professors, and representatives from the brotherhood of nonteaching staff and the union of university workers.
06:51
According to Claridad, formerly all rules and regulations were made by the appointed Administration without any student, teacher or worker participation. According to the strikers, the general rules and regulations were designed to perpetuate the educational mediocrity that results from banning anything of controversial nature and in keeping wages low. Some local newspapers had warned and tried to picture the whole situation as simply a problem of wildeyed revolutionaries out to destroy the university.
07:21
According to the independent newspaper Claridad, the victory of the faculty, students and workers over the appointed Administration was due to the high degree of unity achieved between the professors, students, and workers in the face of the necessity of developing an affirmative educational program. That from Claridad of Puerto Rico.
07:40
Excélsior reports that in Honduras 20,000 teachers have added their support to the growing protest against the two-week old Gag Law. This law makes it a crime to distribute news either within or outside the country that is falsely exaggerated or that puts in danger or deteriorates the national economy or public credit. Violators of the law are subject to a prison term of one to three years and a fine of $250 to $1,000.
08:13
The 20,000 members of the Honduran Teaching Association sent a document of support to the threatened reporters represented by the Honduran Press Association. The Press Association has appealed to the United Nations Human Rights Commission. This report is from Excélsior of Mexico City.
08:34
The Miami Herald reports an special from Montevideo, Uruguay, that following the recent military government's seizure of the university there, the government appears to have removed almost all opposition. In mid September, the generals permitted student selections at the university. The result was a victory for the Frente Amplio, a leftist coalition of parties whose leader in the presidential elections of 1970 is now under house arrest in rural Uruguay.
09:04
Informed sources here in Montevideo note that there had been more or less a tacit accord between the new student leadership and the government that barring violent demonstrations, the 120-year-old autonomy of the campus would be respected. In sending troops into the campus and in rounding up leftist student leaders and faculty, Uruguay's military leaders seem to have broken their side of the bargain.
09:31
The Miami Herald special continues that, furthermore, this year inflation in Uruguay will reach about 80%, and owing to the economic stagnation of the past decade, Uruguay now has a foreign debt hovering near the $1 billion mark. Production on the nation's fertile pasture lands of cattle and sheep is still stagnant, though recent sharp increases in prices paid for beef overseas have added dramatically to Uruguay's earnings. Still many of the nation's most highly-skilled workers are migrating to the cities of southern Brazil and to Buenos Aires across the river in search of opportunity. That from The Miami Herald.
10:10
Updating the previous article and indicating that the military seizure of the university failed to summon opposition, Excélsior on December 2nd reports from Montevideo, Uruguay, that the government outlawed all political parties, except the Christian Democrats, and outlawed labor unions and student federations, proscribed their newspapers and seized their offices.
10:36
According to Excélsior, hundreds of soldiers and police, other combined forces, were deployed on the highways and were searching all vehicles to prevent the escape from the country of the leaders of the outlawed organizations, but officially only one arrest was reported, that of the editor of the newspaper El Popular, which is the organ of the Communist Party. The editor was detained when security forces occupied the newspaper's offices.
11:01
Uruguay remained without media outlets for the left. Of the four papers still being published in the country, only El Día could be considered an opposition periodical, although very moderate. The ban was signed by president Bordaberry. The official statement accused leftist organizations of following a policy contrary to the representative, republican, democratic system.
11:26
The communist and socialist parties were accused of being for a number of years inspiration and instruments of subversion, and sustained that Marxist ideologies created an artificial class struggle to destroy national unity and the economy. The Communist Party, founded in 1920 and declared legal three years later, was one of the most important in Latin America and had 70,000 members. Its organ, El Popular, began publication in 1958.
11:59
After the military takeover of the government last June, the paper was suspended on various occasions for up to 60 days. The Communist Party began recently to publish under another name, Crónica. Both papers have been suspended.
12:16
According to Excélsior, now only Última Hora and Ahora of the Christian democrats are appearing. The government has declared illegal the National Confederation of Workers and arrested the president of the opposition party Frente Amplio. That from Excélsior.
12:32
Excélsior reports that the Ford Motor Company in Argentina has evacuated its 22 remaining American executives with their families after receiving death threats from guerrillas. Ford officials were convinced that the threats were meant seriously after the ambushing and killing of Ford executive, John Swint, recently. The leftist guerrilla group, Peronist Armed Forces, threatened to kill the remaining Ford executives one after another instead of kidnapping them and asking ransom.
13:05
The outbreak of organized guerrilla kidnapping and killings in recent months, according to Excélsior, has both Argentine and foreign businessmen worried. The heads of all the automobile manufacturing plants in Argentina, both native and foreign, appealed to the minister of interior for more security measures to protect their plants and employees. The minister promised to double the security forces around the factories and to take special measures against terrorist activities.
13:32
Excélsior also reports that Kurt Schmid, the Swissair executive who had been kidnapped on October 22nd, was released again after an undisclosed amount of ransom was paid. Schmid, the general director for Latin American of Swissair, left the country immediately. Meanwhile, the political warfare between left and right factions in Argentina continues. This report from Mexico City's daily, Excélsior.
14:45
This week's feature on popular armies in Argentina provides a background scenario for the present political situation in Argentina. There, despite Perón's return seven months ago, class struggle and guerrilla warfare are on the increase. The feature is extracted from a research article by professor James Petras.
15:07
Dr. Petras, professor of Sociology at the State University of New York, has specialized on Latin America and has published numerous works on Latin America, including "Reform and Revolution".
15:18
In June 1966, general Juan Carlos Onganía seized supreme power in Argentina. In the subsequent months, general Organía proceeded to send the troops into the universities, purging all leftist, progressive, and reformist professors. Though Onganía came to power with the tacit support of a substantial sector of the National Peronist Trade Union bureaucracy, he proceeded violently to repress strikes, intervene unions, and jail or fire thousands of Trade Union militants. Strikes by petroleum, railroad and port workers were smashed.
15:58
Government-subsided functionaries took over the unions. US corporations and especially banks moved into Argentina in mass. Scores of banks and large industries were denationalized while unprofitable enterprises like the sugar mills of Tucumán were abruptly closed down without compensation or consideration for the thousands of sugar workers thrown out of work. Even their meager subsistence earnings were lost by the Tucumanos.
16:28
Doctor Petras continues that these workers of Tucumán were the first to crack the social peace imposed by the Onganía dictatorship. Throughout 1967 and 1968, mass marches of hungry unemployed sugar workers because daily occurrences. Municipal offices were attacked, the sugar mills were seized, and the old Peronist bureaucrats were replaced by more revolutionary, socialist, and Peronist leaders from their rank and file.
16:56
The dictatorship sent in the Army, but social violence became as routine as its repression. All of Argentina became aware that Tucumán was burning. The confrontation between workers and the dictatorship was prolonged, but without the support of the trade unions in the great industrial centers, the struggle was doomed to failure. The sugar centers stayed closed.
17:19
Many unemployed sugar workers migrated to Córdoba or Buenos Aires. However, out of this confrontation between the workers and the military, many militants concluded that the masses needed a revolutionary armed force, that under conditions of dictatorship there was only one road; the immediate organization of an underground people's army linked to the workers trade union and revolutionary struggles.
17:44
Some of the key military cadres of the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP, which emerged in 1969 and 1970, were former militant leaders of the sugar workers.
17:55
Early in 1969, on the surface it appeared that Onganía had once again regained complete control of the situation. Strikes were few and trade union officials were eating out of his hand. Onganía's law and order was praised by United States' investors as a model for Latin America, but in one year this scenario was completely destroyed.
18:20
In May 1969, one of the most massive industrial uprisings in the hemisphere took place in Córdoba. Subsequently, two union officials who collaborated with the government were shot and five major guerrilla organizations and innumerable commando groups multiplied the armed actions, disturbing law and order on a daily basis.
18:42
The "Cordobazo", as the Córdoba workers uprising of May 1969 is commonly referred to, was a spontaneous explosion of hatred toward the Onganía dictatorship for the decline in wages, the police state repression, and the 1,001 indignities that the regime had imposed on the wage in salaried classes, according to James Petras.
19:05
With Onganía's image of law, order, power, and stability severely shaken, the military chiefs met and decided that it was necessary to sacrifice the man to save the system. A new general was called in. In June of 1970, Marcelo Levingston replaced Juan Carlos Onganía as the military's choice as president of the republic, but changing generals and making minor concessions to labor demands did not lessen the tensions.
19:32
Three nationwide general strikes in October and November were totally effective. Nine general strikes in Córdoba during the first five months of 1971 in which everyone from auto workers to shoeshine kids down their tools were unnerving to the government.
19:48
In March of 1971, general Levingston appointed a Reagan-type governor in Córdoba called Uriburu, the 18th governor appointed in five years. In his first major declaration, Uriburu declared that the forces of law and order must cut off the head of the subversive serpent. Within a week the workers took to the barricades, and for 48 hours the streets were in the hands of the people. Córdoba police disappeared. When law and order reappeared, it was in the form of the federal police, flown in from Buenos Aires.
20:20
At the funeral procession of one of the two young workers killed by police, the flag of the underground guerrillas, the ERP, flew from a motorcycle manned by two militants. After days of massive student fighting with 30,000 angry workers marching, no public official dared to move to arrest these ERP militants. The banner of the flag draped the casket of the 18-year-old worker. The Uruburu fell with great grace, and Levingston was replaced by General Lanusse.
20:52
The new president was aware that most Argentinians had had enough of generals in power. He legalized all the political parties, proposed free elections in three years, and promised ex-President Perón a safe return to Argentina. In exchange for these concessions, he trusted Perón would help pacify the country.
21:12
According to Dr. Petras, today there are at least five major guerrilla groups. The Revolutionary Armed Forces, the FAR, the Montoneros, the Peronist Armed Forces, the FAP, the Argentine Liberation Forces, the FAL, and the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP. In 1970 alone, these and other commando groups engaged in at least 175 actions, which ranged from train assaults in the style of Jesse James with two variations.
21:42
They distributed sweets to calm the children, and they did not rob the passengers but only the government and corporate funds to expropriating milk and meat trucks and distributing these goods in the slum settlements that surround the big cities.
21:55
According to James Petras, the FAR was the Argentinian guerrilla formed to link up Che Guevara's Bolivian guerrillas and was organized about the time of Onganías' coup in 1966. With the assassination of Guevara and the defeat of the Bolivian guerrillas, the FAR went into a period of internal discussion, surging forth once again with the Cordobazo of 1969. In the past year it has moved from Fidelista to Peronist politics.
22:27
The Montoneros are made up of ex-right wingers and Social Christians who have embraced the national populist movement of Perón. Politically, they are the most ambiguous and moderate of the guerrilla groups, although they have tactically resorted to political assassination, including former President Aramburu, who was responsible for the execution of 27 Peronists in the 1950s.
22:53
The FAP is the armed wing of revolutionary Peronism and is probably the largest of the armed Peronist groups. The three, the FAR, the FAP, and the Montoneros, are presently discussing their fusion into one Peronist guerrilla organization. The FAL and the ERP are the two non-Peronist, more Marxist guerrilla groups, neither having any identification with either Peking or Moscow.
23:19
The FAL was founded in 1962, but its real growth and activity occurred after the May 1969 Cordobazo. The ERP, the last of the major guerrilla groups to be organized in 1970, is probably the fastest growing, most active and popular. The ERP has the clearest notion of how to link the guerrilla struggle with the growing working-class movement, according to Dr. Petras.
23:42
As the military has lost all shreds of prestige among the middle class and even sectors of the upper class, it never had much popular support. The guerrillas have increased their attacks. In January and February of 1970, eight actions were carried out. In the same months in 1971, 108 actions were carried out. Between January and August of 1970, 85 armed actions were recorded. Between September and December, 175 actions took place, and between January and April 1971, 201 actions occurred.
24:22
Few people sympathize with the government. Hardly anyone reports any suspicious activity, even in wealthy barrios. The military officials wear their civilian clothes to and from the office. The killing of policemen or military officials does not arouse middle class indignation. Many middle class professionals have commented, "If the military want to rule by violence, then they are getting their answer." Of course, the guerrillas have paid a price. Over 200 are in jail. All have suffered hideous tortures and over two dozen have been killed, but the organizational structures are intact and the armed movement is growing.
25:04
Dr. Petras continues that reflecting its growing political and military capacity during the months of March and April 1971, the ERP engaged in 36 identifiable actions while the other guerrilla groups carried off 19. The ERP has organized a variety of actions designed to strengthen the organizations economically and militarily, to win political support among workers and lower classes, to demoralize the opposition and to strengthen the struggle of the workers' organizations. The ERP is a self-financing organization. It does not depend on funds from outside or foreign sources, but relies on the expropriation of banks and other financial institutions.
25:44
On the 12th February 1971, two commando groups of the ERP carried off the biggest robbery in Argentine history, taking $30,000 from a US-made supposedly bulletproof armored car, penetrating it with a bazooka. Twelve days later, the same two commando groups distributed in various lower-class barrios of Cordoba a water pump, a water tank, overalls, schoolbooks, blankets, medicines, and milk.
26:09
The expropriated funds not only sustained the ERP activists, but resulted in a redistribution of the income from the upper to the lower class. More frequently, the ERP hijacks milk or meat trucks and redistributes the goods directly among the poor, many times with the tacit support of the truck drivers. Often the guerrillas, after identifying themselves, do not have to pull out their gun. The drivers only ask, "Which neighborhood today?"
26:38
Within the slum settlements, distribution committees have emerged to direct the distribution of goods. The two most common means of obtaining arms are by disarming policemen or assaulting police commissaries.
26:51
According to Petras, entering a police station today is like entering a rat maze. Inside a series of barriers and outside checkpoints with barbed wire manned by nervous machine gun carrying police. Naturally, after scores of incidents, the police are jittery, and therefore it is not recommended to slow down or park in front of a police guard.
27:12
During contract negotiations between the Fiat Corporation and the trade unions, the ERP applied pressure on the company negotiators by firebombing their offices, and have taken similar actions with other recalcitrant employers who, as a result, are more amenable to negotiate settlements and rely less on the dictatorship to break strikes.
27:33
This week's feature was provided by Dr. James Petras, widely published specialist of Latin America, and professor of sociology at the State University of New York.
LAPR1973_12_10
00:21
According to the Christian Science Monitor, Venezuela is about to begin a major review of its oil policies amid calls for production cutbacks. A number of voices favoring the idea of slowing production and thus preserving reserves have been raised in recent weeks, including those of key people in the nation's oil industry. While such curtailment is only being discussed at the moment, the fact that it has come up at all suggests something of the direction of Venezuelan thinking on oil.
00:53
The issue is getting close attention in Washington because the South American nation is the second-largest supplier of oil and petroleum products to the United States. With the cutoff of Middle East Oil, Washington is increasingly concerned about Venezuela's current study of its oil production. With the Venezuelan presidential elections out of the way, the issue of oil production and the drafting of new legislation will become uppermost in Venezuelan politics.
01:23
Although it has been something of a campaign issue, most of the 14 presidential candidates have hedged on specifics, resorting merely to general statements that new programs are needed. The two major candidates, Lorenzo Fernandez of the ruling Social Christian Party, and Carlos Andres Perez of Acción Democrática favor an early Venezuelan nationalization of the oil industry. Present oil concessions to foreign firms run out beginning in 1983, and Mr. Fernandez, for example, has called for an end to these concessions long before that date.
02:02
One aspect of Venezuela's current oil policy debate centers on the sort of government agency that will be set up in the near future to take effectively control of the foreign operated concessions, either before 1983 or at least by 1983. The changeover will be more one of name, however, rather than actual substance since Venezuela already maintains a fairly firm control on what foreign owned oil firms do with their concession. Production, for example, is quite strictly controlled. Thus, any change in oil production levels could be decreed by Venezuelan authorities and the oil companies would have to comply.
02:45
The call for a cutback in production is being spearheaded by Dr. Juan Pablo Perez Alfonzo, a former minister of mines and hydrocarbons, and the man widely known as the grandfather of Venezuela's oil industry. He argues that current reserve levels not only are insufficient to warrant an increase in production, but also require a production curtailment by as much as half. He would wait until the current world emergency situation as a result of the Middle East oil cutoff is resolved, but would then impose the cutback. Dr. Perez, Alfonzo, and others who seek the cutback. Point out that current production is running at 3.4 million barrels daily, almost half of which goes to the United States. That means about 1.2 billion barrels yearly. Total reserves are thought to be about 13.9 billion barrels.
03:41
Although additional reserves may well be located, and there is also an extensive tar belt in the Orinoco River basin, which could be tapped. Dr. Perez Alfonso maintains the present production levels even though drawing significantly higher prices than was the case a few years back, will deplete the reserves too rapidly. One of his associates argued recently that present reserves ought to be made to last at least until the end of the century. The issue is far from resolved, but world oil users, including the United States, may well be faced with declining Venezuelan oil exports.
04:19
The Mexico City Daily Excelsior reports that a gorilla band of the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP, surrounded a commercial sector in San Salvador, capital of El Salvador, on November 25th and attacked an armory. The 15 guerillas, some dressed in army uniforms, escaped with 50 automatic rifles and 50 revolvers. A guard trying to stop the raid fired on the attackers and a gun battle ensued in which three people were killed, including a guard, an armory employee, and a woman passing by on the street outside.
05:02
When the police arrived, the guerrillas had fled but had distributed copies of a message to the people, which said this expropriation of arms has as its aim, the arming of the people so that they can carry forward their task to make a socialist revolution. The message continued that, "In every factory, in every farm, in every store, it is the poor that works so that the rich may live in luxury and idleness." It then says that if someone protests and tries to exercise his rights, the police or another repressive force appears in defense of the rich." This was the second ERP strike so far this year in El Salvador. Three months ago, four gorillas attacked the Bank of London and Montreal taking more than $9,000. This from Excelsior.
06:02
The News Loop Weekly Latin America states that the release of two ships, one Cuban and one Soviet, from detention by the Canal Zone authorities earlier this month was an excellent augury for the arrival of Ellsworth Bunker in Panama this week and the start of the first serious Canal Treaty negotiations since the 1968 military coup the. Ship's detention at the behest of the Chilean Junta for turning back after the September coup in Santiago, and so failing to deliver goods bought by the Allende government enraged the Panamanians as a typical example of how, in their view, a Latin American political dispute in which Washington has an interest can impinge on the supposedly free traffic through the Panama Canal controlled by the USA. In the Panamanian view, such things could not happen if it controlled the canal itself.
06:55
The Christian Science Monitor reports that Ellsworth Bunker will confer for a week with Panama's foreign minister Juan Antonio Tack. They will discuss Panama's insistence on a new Panama Canal Treaty to replace the 1903 treaty hastily negotiated by the US with the then two-week-old Republic of Panama. Egged on by President Theodore Roosevelt, Panama had just torn away from its mother country, Colombia. As Secretary of State John Hay wrote a friend at the time, the United States had won a treaty "very satisfactory to the United States, and we must confess, not so advantageous to Panama."
07:42
Repeatedly down the years efforts to draft a new treaty that while protecting the vital interest of the United States, would give the proud small Republic of Panama less cause for complaint and more financial rewards have failed. Sometimes the stumbling block has been the influence in Congress of the 40,000 American Zonians who want no change in their comfortable colonial style of life. Sometimes it has been the posturing for home audiences by Panama's politicians. However, by 1964, the stalemate erupted in anti-American riots that killed four Americans and 22 Panamanians. In 1967, president Lyndon Johnson offered new treaty concessions, but they were unacceptable to Panama. Now in January comes the 10th anniversary of the rioting.
08:39
Mr. Tack and his chief, General Torrijos Herrera, Panama's strongman, both want a new treaty. The Latin American foreign minister's meeting at Bogotá recently unanimously voted to back Panama's request for a new treaty. And last March's United Nations Security Council session in Panama clearly favored the idea. Although the United States vetoed a resolution that called on the parties to work out a new accord. Since then, the US and Panama have steadily narrowed their differences. Actually, appointment of Mr. Bunker is seen widely as an indication that Washington is now prepared to compromise and work out a new treaty.
09:24
Panama is willing to allow the US to operate and defend the existing canal, which cost $387 million to build and which opened to world traffic in 1914. It has no objection to the United States improving the present canal with a new set of locks that might cost $1.5 billion or even building a new sea level canal that might cost $3 billion, take 15 years to build and 60 years to amortize, but it wants a definite treaty to end in 1994. The United States, for its part, has been holding out for guaranteed use for at least 85 more years, 50 years for the present canal, plus 35 years if a new canal is ever built.
10:13
Panama also wants an end to US sovereignty in the Canal Zone, that 53-mile channel with about 500 square miles on either side that cuts the small country in half. Panamanians traveling between one part of their country and the other must submit themselves to United States red tape, United States Police, United States jurisdiction. This rankles, and virtually all of Latin America now backs Panama.
10:42
Panama is reported willing to grant the United States two major military bases to defend the canal, one at the Atlantic end, one at the Pacific, but it wants to eliminate the nine other US bases and place all 11,000 US military personnel in the country on a status of forces agreement such as the United States has with Spain and many other allied countries. United States negotiators stress that Panama derives an annual $160 million merely from the presence of 40,000 Americans on its soil. But a recent World Bank study has pointed out that this now represents only 12% of Panama's gross national product and that this 12% is the only part of the gross national product that is not growing. This report is from the Christian Science Monitor.
11:36
According to the Mexico City Daily Excelsior, Mexico's delegate to the OAS foreign minister's meeting proposed expanding the concept of attack, which appears in the Rio Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance to give the word an economic connotation. The Mexican representative denied the charge made by the Peruvian delegate that Mexico did not support the treaty. Peru proposed changing the concept of attack to that of aggression, including economic aggression. Peru also proposed establishing differences between intercontinental and extra continental aggression.
12:14
Pointing out that making this distinction was the only way for Latin America to avoid becoming an instrument of the military politics of the United States. Argentina partially supported the Peruvian proposal and Mexico, Brazil, and the United States opposed it. Excelsior goes on to say that a subcommittee on reform of the OAS approved a declaration of principles on the right and sovereignty of the states to control over their riches, natural resources, and maritime resources. A motion of the US stating that the sovereignty of a country over its resources should not affect the sovereignty of other nations was flatly rejected by almost all the delegates.
12:56
Excelsior reports that the US State Department revealed today that at next year's Inter-American Conference of Foreign Ministers to be held in Mexico, it is likely to present a program for the development of energy resources in Latin America. Excelsior also states that in Paris, European analysts warned that the oil scarcity could provoke an economic catastrophe in Latin America if the neighboring nations respond by exploiting the continent's oil resources irrationally.
13:30
The Guyana Weekly, New Nation reports that the first meeting of the Caribbean Common Market, CARICOM, which met in Kingston, Jamaica in October, adopted a resolution opposing the US's recent reduction of the region's sugar quota from 220,000 tons to 23,000 tons. The resolution requested the US authorities not to implement the announced quota reductions. The United States had apparently cut back imports from the area due to the independent action of the Caribbean countries. The New Nation stated, "The real reason for the US decision is our independent approach to domestic and foreign affairs. The US decision serves as a beacon to the forces of the Third World to close their ranks to counter the economic, social and political pressure of the superpowers."
15:07
Today's feature will be an interview with Dr. Richard Schaedel, professor of anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin concerning his recent trip to Chile. Professor Schaedel has traveled extensively in Latin America, was a visiting professor at the University of Chile in Santiago and organized the Department of Anthropology there in 1955 and has served Chilean universities in a consultant capacity frequently, most recently, three years ago.
15:34
Dr. Schaedel, what was the purpose of your recent trip to Chile?
15:38
Well, there were actually two purposes, one being personal. I had my son down there and was concerned that he leave the country as soon as possible. Second was essentially to inform myself as to the real nature of the takeover and its consequences for the social science community in Santiago, not just the Chileans and the social science community, but also social scientists from other Latin American countries, a number of whom had been jailed or harassed in various ways and several of whom had actually been killed.
16:26
So that since reports were, to say the least, confusing emanating from the press, I wanted to take firsthand stock of the situation and also form an estimate of the likely number of graduate students and professionals in the social sciences who would probably be looking for positions in other Latin American countries or in Europe or the United States as a result of their inability to get along with the junta or because of persecution by the junta directly.
17:03
We've heard that in most Chilean universities, certain entire departments and particularly social science courses have been abolished. Is that true from your findings?
17:15
Yes, that's very definitely true. Particularly this affects sociology. It's very unlikely that the career of sociology, at least to the doctoral level, will be continued in Chile, and it's possible that Catholic University may allow a kind of degree but not the full doctorate, whereas the University of Chile will simply give general introductory courses and there will be no advanced training.
17:50
There was an important Center of Socioeconomic Studies, CESO is the acronym, and that was totally abolished. This institute had been carrying out very important original social science research on contemporary Latin America over the past decade, and it established a ratifying reputation and that's been completely abolished. Essentially, it was a institute functioning within the total University of Chile system.
18:22
Another institute which was somewhat autonomous and concerned itself with rural affairs, ESERA is the acronym. This was directed by a North American with the funding from FAO, Food and Agricultural Organization in the United Nations, and this was heavily intervened. That particular institute wasn't abolished, but all of the research that had been carried out, the papers, the records of that research were appropriated by the junta and were given over to a paper factory. These are just a few examples of the kind of measures that are being taken to suspend the training of social scientists, particularly at the higher level.
19:11
Dr. Schaedel, from your recent visit to Chile, do you think the press reports of thousands of summary executions, unauthorized search and seizure of residences and torture of suspected leftists, do you think these reports have been accurate?
19:25
Yes, I think there's no question that all these things occurred. I think the only issue is to determine quantitatively how accurate they were. One of the basic problems is simply the overall body count, a result of how many people are actually killed as a result of the takeover, both in the immediate fighting on September 11th and succeeding days, and also in the executions that were conducted out of the Stadium of Chile and the National Stadium. A lot of controversy is waged in the press on this subject, and I would say that the estimates, the minimal estimates that, below which, it would very hard to go, would be somewhere in the range of 3,000 to 5,000, and it's quite probably a larger number than that.
20:22
The junta has consistently refused to allow any of the international agencies the opportunity to establish these figures for themselves, and it certainly is not interested in carrying out or reporting on the number of people killed. Incidents of torture in the stadium are abundantly verified by a number of, certainly I had the opportunity to speak to about 10 people in Santiago who were eyewitnesses to this. Unauthorized search and seizure, everyone that I talked to in Chile could give me evidence on that. Houses have been searched up to three times, including the house of the resident representative of the United Nations in Santiago.
21:10
So generally speaking, I would say that with very few exceptions, most of the reports are essentially accurate with this reservation that I don't think we'll ever be able to get a good quantitative estimate of the number of people who have been tortured, the total number of illegal search and seizures, or even the total number of deaths. All this will have to be reconstructed and extrapolated from the eyewitness accounts.
21:39
I'd just like to mention in passing that I got a document from a Colombian faculty member at the School of Social Sciences in Chile who had spent 30 days being moved from the stadium of Chile to the National Stadium, and prior to that he had been in several other places of detention and it's a rather gruesome account of the kinds of things that happened to him. He was a Colombian citizen who was seized at his house on the very day of the takeover, and his account of what took place, I'm just getting translated now and intend to turn it over to the Kennedy Committee, but this kind of document is hard to come by, especially from people who are still in Chile.
22:28
Those that have left are somewhat reluctant to compromise themselves because of friends and relatives that they might have there, but I can certainly say that, generally, the image projected by the press is correct.
22:44
From your experience, what is the political and economic direction being taken by the junta now?
22:49
Well, I would say that it's following, and this has been pointed out by a number of reporters, that it's following the model of Spain. They are drafting a totally new constitution, and there are every indication that the constitution will be based on the so-called gremio or guild organizations, by professions rather than on any system of what we would consider electoral parliament.
23:16
And this new constitution is being drafted by three lawyers. It's on a corporatist model, and elections will definitely not take the form they have in the past. So it will be an elimination of a representative democracy, which is the former government Chile has had.
23:36
And such other measures as have been taken with regard, for example, to education, we can judge a little of the tendencies. Obviously, the most obvious one is the suppression or elimination of all Marxist literature. And then decrees have been passed, revising the curriculum of high school education, eliminating anything having to do with political doctrine, discussion of social reactions to the Industrial Revolution and things like that. So I guess, very simply, yes. If you want to call the government of Spain fascist, then the government is following very deliberately that model.
24:21
What else can you say about the situation in Chilean educational institutions now in terms of curriculum reform, overall educational reform?
24:32
Well, essentially, the situation in the universities of Chile is that they are all being intervened. The exact format that the revised university is going to take is somewhat clouded because there hasn't been a new statute governing university education, but it's fairly clear that they will definitely suppress social science training at the upper levels that would have to do with any independent investigation of political ideologies in their relationship to class structure or class organization. These matters will certainly not be permitted.
25:25
And by and large, I think you could say that the reaction to the junta is fairly clear in its persecution of the international schools that have been based in Santiago. The School of Social Sciences is going to have to move, and the other organizations such as the Center for Demography, which is a UN organization, and even the Economic Commission for Latin America are beginning to wonder whether they should or even will be allowed to continue. The very fact that they've been able to intimidate, that the junta has been able to intimidate these international social science organizations, I think gives you a pretty good reading as to the kind of suppression of what we would consider to be normal social science training and research. Prospects are fairly grim.
26:24
What kinds of efforts are being made in other countries, in particular in the United States, to help university professors and students who've been dismissed by the junta?
26:36
Well, in the United States, there's a nationwide group organized which counts with the participation of practically every stateside university, which is setting up a network of offers for people who possibly need jobs or graduate fellowships. This is operating out of New York as a small funding grant from the Ford Foundation and operates in connection with a Latin American social science center based in Buenos Aires, which has been very active in trying to rehabilitate the already sizable number of Chilean and other Latin American academic refugees, you might say, in other countries of Latin America, so that the United States effort is integrated with the Latin American effort and is aimed primarily at avoiding, if possible, a brain drain, locating Chilean social science in South America, if possible, or Latin America in general, prior to opting for providing them jobs up here.
27:49
However, I think the effort is very worthwhile, and I'm sure, despite the efforts to accommodate social sciences in Latin America, social scientists in Latin America, a number of them will be coming to the States and also to European centers. Europe has also indicated an interest in rescuing Chilean social science.
28:18
Thank you, Dr. Schaedel. We've been talking today with Dr. Richard Schaedel of the Anthropology Department at the University of Texas at Austin, who recently returned from a fact-finding mission in Chile to investigate the situation of the social sciences after the September coup.
LAPR1973_12_13
00:43
One of the most dramatic and unexpected changes that rocked Latin America in 1973 took place in Argentina. The event around which all subsequent events now seem to turn was the return to power of Juan Domingo Perón, the 77-year-old popular leader, who despite his 17-year absence, has maintained control over the largest political movement in Argentina. Perón first came to power in 1943, as a result of a military coup.
01:10
He gained a firm grip on the government in the immediate post-war years and began to implement his policies of state intervention in the economy and high import barriers to keep foreign industrial competition out and allow Argentine industry to develop. These nationalistic policies aroused the ire of the United States, but with the help of huge export earnings due to the high world price of Argentine beef, they spurred tremendous growth in the Argentine economy.
01:37
In order to consolidate his power base, Perón mobilized Argentine masses both by creating an extensive Peronist party apparatus and building the trade union movement. By the early 50s, Argentina's post-war boom had begun to slacken off and Perón lost political support as a result. In 1955, the military stepped in and took over the government, condemning Perón to exile.
02:01
In the years since Perón's downfall, the Peronist party has been prohibited from participating in Argentina elections, but the party has remained active and has cast blank votes in these elections. These boycotts of the elections have shown that, even while in exile, Perón was and is Argentina's most popular political leader.
02:21
The current series of events began last fall when the military government of Alejandro Lanusse announced it was considering allowing Perón to return to Argentina. In November, the government kept its promise and Perón flew to Buenos Aires, the nation's capital, and began negotiating with the ruling military leaders on what role his party would play in the upcoming March elections. The Argentina Perón returned to though was quite different from the Argentina Perón left 17 years before.
02:54
Deep division exists in Argentina and the Peronist movement itself. Clearly the most conservative element of the Peronist movement is the General Workers' Confederation, the huge union apparatus set up during Perón's previous regime. Over the years, though, the General Workers Confederation has championed the cause of Perón's return, but has been noticeably timid in fighting for workers' benefits. Thus, the union leadership has gotten along well with the military governments and has virtually lost contact with the masses it is supposed to represent.
03:32
The Peronist element which is responsible for much mass mobilization is the leftist Juventud Peronista, a Peronist youth group, whose socialist sounding slogans frighten many of the outline Peronists, especially when they see the Peronist youth's ability to turn out crowds. Still, further to the left, are the non-Peronist guerilla groups, such as the People's Revolutionary Army, who have made it clear that they consider foreign monopolist, local oligarchs, and the armed forces the enemies of the Argentine people. The ERP as the group is known, is famous for its kidnappings of foreign business executives and other operations which make it a force to be dealt with in Argentine politics.
04:19
It was into this political arena that Perón stepped when he began bargaining with the military in November and December. Perón wanted to be able to run in the March presidential elections himself as opposed to seeing his party represented by someone else. At this point, it is worth noting Perón was considered a revolutionary of sorts and was feared by the US government and foreign businessmen. When the military refused to let Perón himself run in the elections, the disappointed leader returned to Spain and Héctor Cámpora, another Peronist, was chosen to run instead.
04:51
This was considered a victory for the left wing of the Peronist movement since Cámpora was felt to be an ardent nationalist and an anti-imperialist. When the elections were held in March, Cámpora was an easy winner and speculation began as to what kind of government could be expected when he took power on May 25th. Revolutionary guerrilla groups, anticipating a friendly regime, stepped up their activities in April and May.
05:15
The ERP got $1 million worth of medical equipment for the poor from Ford Motor Company for the release of a kidnapped Ford executive. Such activities caused many foreign businessmen to leave Argentina. When Cámpora and the Peronistas actually took power on May 25th though, it became clear that they had no intention of radically transforming Argentine society immediately. Although some boldly independent foreign policy moves were made, such as the recognition of Cuba and other socialist regimes, no sweeping domestic changes were announced.
05:47
Meanwhile, popular pressures within Argentina continued to build. In June, in addition to continued guerrilla activity, government buildings and hospitals were occupied by workers demanding better wages and working conditions. Such developments did not go unanswered by right-wing forces. At a welcoming demonstration for Perón's return, thugs hired by the conservative leadership of the General Workers Confederation opened fire on a Peronist youth column in the crowd.
06:15
In the resulting shootout, 20 people were killed and more than 200 injured. Also, the General Workers Confederation undertook a campaign of brutal repression against rival unions in the important industrial state of Cordoba. The Cordoba Unions have rejected the leadership of the General Workers Confederation and have instead defined their movement in terms of class struggle.
06:36
In July, most observers were stunned when President Cámpora announced that he was resigning in order to allow Perón to take the reins of power directly. But it appeared that the return Perón would be a different leader. In both cabinet appointments and restructuring his party, Perón embraced conservative elements and left the more radical sectors out of the movement. Reflecting this shift, the US took an about-face and endorsed Perón.
07:06
On September 22nd of this year, three decades after he first came to power, and after a 17-year military imposed exile, Perón won a decisive victory at the polls, reaping 62% of the votes. Even with Perón in the presidency, however, there is neither the hoped for stability in Argentina nor a unified civilian front. Building such a coalition to oppose the military front, which ruled Argentina for the past 18 years is Perón's first priority. His return, however, has ignited rather than appeased the smoldering social forces.
07:46
Two days after his presidential victory, a chain of political assassinations was set off beginning with that of Jose Rucci, a moderate trade union leader. Although the ERP, which Perón outlawed upon taking power, was immediately handed the blame, the prevailing speculation is that it was actually the work of right wing provocateurs anxious to disturb the stability of Perón's government from the outset. Soon after the Rucci assassination, the right murdered the young leader of a Peronist youth group and bombed the offices of their weekly paper.
08:25
These murders were followed by continued sectarian violence with paramilitary and para-political groups flourishing. The General Workers' Confederation, surprisingly, is maintaining a conciliatory line within the Peronist movement. The Argentine justification of the violence is that the current wave of bombings and assassinations is nothing compared to what would've happened if Perón had not imposed his heavy hand of authority.
08:53
Foreign observers interpret the warfare between the Peronist youth and the trade union bureaucracy as evidence that Peronism is, was, and will be, a fascist movement, and that the flirtation with the left was no more than a tactical maneuver to win votes. Perón has given strong evidence that he is now interested in appeasing the right. His most recent step was to give unequivocal instructions that Marxism must be rooted out of the Peronist movement.
09:23
Although this announcement set off massive demonstration in Argentina's largest university and provoked response at the gubernatorial level, the Peronist left has accepted with as much grace as possible this crusade against Marxism. The ERP on the other hand, continues to pursue its guerrilla tactics hoping to split the government's supporters.
09:47
One of the most reassuring developments since Perón's ascension to the presidency has been the passivity of the military. They have shown themselves willing to accept such events as the shooting of a colonel by a member of the ERP because no other course is open to them with politics under Perón's control. The economy has not been so passive. Inflation is running at an annual rate of 60% and prices are being held down by decree. To ensure effective rationing and control the black market, Perón has instituted a system of state distribution.
10:18
Perhaps the most important single development in Argentina in 1973 may turn out to be Perón's decision to reach an accommodation with Brazil. Only the first steps have been taken, but the reversal is dramatic. Perón does not seem to have taken a major step towards providing a new framework for inter-American relations. In the end, however, Argentine unity at home and influence abroad depend primarily on one man, and by virtue of this, on an old man's heartbeat. For Perón is now an ailing 78 years old, and the reports that he has suffered another heart attack in late November only emphasize the fragility of the national recover that depends on such a delicate base.
10:58
In Bolivia, the regime of general Hugo Banzer has been beset by economic chaos, social unrest, and threats of an ultra-right coup during the past year. Many analysts interpreted Banzer's decision of last July to hold free elections in 1974 as a sign of the weakness of his government. The instability of the situation in Bolivia is further underscored by Banzer's recent unexpected announcement that he will not be a candidate for office in next year's promised elections.
11:31
General Banzer, an impeccable conservative and anti-communist, who was trained at the School of the Americas in the Panama Canal Zone and in the United States, came to power in 1971 by means of an unusually bloody coup against the left-wing government of Jose Torres. At that time, he received an outright grant of $2 million from the United States and has done little to disturb US officials during his term of office.
11:58
At the beginning of 1973, Bolivia was still reeling from the effects of a 66% currency devaluation enacted a year ago. At that time, the government froze wages while the cost of living rose 50%. To make matters worse, President Nixon announced in March of this year that the General Services Administration would start selling its large stockpile of metals, bringing down the price of 10, upon which the Bolivian economy depends, by 13 cents a pound. In an attempt to ward off a new crisis, Banzer lifted the wage freeze and left open the possibility of upward adjustments.
12:37
At the same time, however, the price of wheat, meat, coffee, and potatoes went up. The economic situation has given rise to protests by consumers and small merchants, the Underground Trade Federation and the 5,000 small and medium tin mine owners have also staged protests. In October, 89 labor leaders were arrested for plotting to overthrow the government leading to strikes involving 40,000 trade union workers.
13:06
Banzer has also failed to keep the support of the two main political parties upon which he has depended in the past. The moderate National Revolutionary Movement, the MNR, and the ultra-right perhaps misnamed, Bolivian Socialist Falange, FSB. In May, Banzer reshuffled his cabinet to give the moderates a slight political advantage. His recent decision of late November to reshuffle his cabinet again, this time in favor of the conservatives, led to the complete withdrawal of the support by the more moderate MNR.
13:37
It has been suggested that the MNR will seek to form some alliances with leftist groups. Banzer's recent announcement that he will not be a candidate for office in 1974 suggests that the situation is out of his hands and that Bolivia may look forward to a period of rule by the ultra-right.
15:23
In Peru, the current junta of generals, which has governed the country since seizing power in a coup in 1968, has been called nationalist progressive anti-imperialist, even revolutionary by some. It aroused the anger of the United States in 1970 when it nationalized the International Petroleum Company, a Rockefeller subsidiary. It was quick to assure both the US government and foreign corporations that not all foreign investments in Peru would receive the same treatment.
15:57
In fact, the government has often consulted US corporations before announcing major economic guidelines and has given them a hand in planning Peruvian development strategy. Thus, foreign investments have not stopped coming to Peru since the military took power, and it is this presence of foreign firms which have made many doubt the sincerity of the Peruvian revolution.
16:19
Peru began this year by clashing with foreign fishing concerns over the limits of territorial waters off Peru. Peru insisted that foreign ships could not fish within 200 miles of the Peruvian shore unless they bought a special fishing license from the Peruvian government. Other countries, most notably the United States argued that Peru could claim only a 12-mile limit to its territorial waters. In any case, foreign boats continued to fish within the 200-mile limit and the Peruvian government arrested 25 of them, mostly American, in January.
16:57
Soon, fishermen from several countries came in and began buying licenses from the Peruvian government to fish legally. The Soviet Union agreed to respect the limits set by the Peruvian government, the US though remained intransigent.
17:12
Another problem which has plagued Peru this year is labor unrest. In May, labor troubles in several parts of Peru led to considerable speculation about the government's whole labor policy. Among developments that month were the suspension of constitutional guarantees and the arrival of strong police reinforcements to prevent a general strike in the crucial southern mining town of Moquegua. Together with the announcement by the labor minister that outdated legislation would have to be overhauled to prevent workers from abusing the right to strike.
17:42
Unabated strike activity in important sectors of the economy appeared to be causing serious concern about the likely effect on the regime's whole development strategy. The government may have been attempting to attract foreign financiers with a tougher line on labor militancy. In June, the death of a worker who had been injured in a clash with police and strike activity led the General Workers' Confederation of Peru, a communist led union, to call a one-hour general strike on June 15th.
18:10
The protest hardly affected production figures, but the communist led union seemed so passive lately that it was a measure of the pressure building up from below that a strike could be called at all. The government remained in dispute with the country's teachers, and in the northern town of Piura, more than 1000 secondary school students stoned the local headquarters of the SINAMOS, a government agency, in protest against that organization's attempt to control every aspect of popular expression.
18:38
In November, a new peasant union was formed in Peru. It had the backing of the government and is the most ambitious attempt yet made at mobilizing the rural population in support of the government's policies. It was openly suggested by journalists who normally reflect official thinking that the government is preparing the ground for a number of drastic measures, which will require political support at all levels. Alongside the signs that the government is genuinely interested, almost for the first time in mobilizing support, there are indications of an impending purge of both right wing and left wing critics.
19:13
Two of the most influential intellectual critics of the regime from the left, Aníbal Quijano and Julio Cotler, had their magazine, Society and Politics, closed down and were themselves deported to Argentina earlier this year. All of the government's political leverage was used to break the one-day teacher strike in November, and even a non-communist workers meeting last week received a clear warning from the labor ministry that their activities were under close scrutiny.
19:40
The labor minister, in an effort to win the support of the peasants of Cusco, told them that ultra-left groups were working on behalf of imperialism and would have to be eliminated. Although a number of inconveniently active leftists have been sent to exile during the past five years, Peru has generally been freer from repression than any country on the continent except for Chile under President Salvador Allende. It's beginning to look now as if this period of toleration is nearing an end.
20:07
The single most important event in Brazil this year was the announcement in June that current military president, Emilio Médici, will be succeeded next March by another general, Ernesto Geisel. In this analysis, we will look at developments in three main areas and attempt to foresee what changes, if any, can be expected when Geisel assumes power. We will examine Brazil's economic development, its role role in Latin America, and recent reports of dissidents in Brazil. The military has been in power in Brazil since 1964, when a military coup toppled left liberal president Goulart.
20:48
Since then, Brazil has opened its doors to foreign capital, attempting to promote economic development. In some ways, results have been impressive. Brazil's gross national product has grown dramatically in recent years and it now exports manufactured goods throughout the continent, but this kind of growth has not been without its costs. The Brazilian finance minister received heavy criticisms this march for two aspects of Brazilian economic development.
21:18
The first was the degree of foreign penetration in the Brazilian economy. For example, 80% of all manufactured exports from Brazil come from foreign-owned subsidiaries. The second problem brought up was the incredible maldistribution of income in Brazil. The rub of the critic's argument is the top 5% of the population enjoys 40% of the national income, while the top 20% of the population account for 80% of the total. Moreover, this heavily skewed distribution is being accentuated as Brazil's economy develops. Whether any of these policies will change when Geisel comes to power next March or not as uncertain. Some feel that he is an ardent nationalist who will be called to business interests.
22:06
Others recall that it was Geisel who provided lucrative investments to foreign companies, including Phillips Petroleum and Dow Chemical, when he was president of Petrobras, the state oil industry, which was once a symbol of Brazilian nationalism. They also say that he has consistently supported the concentration of wealth into fewer hands.
22:27
Brazil has sometimes been called the United States Trojan Horse in Latin America. The idea is that Brazil will provide a safe base for US corporations and then proceed to extend its influence throughout the continent, either by outright conquest or simply economic domination. Brazil has, to be sure, pretty closely towed the line of US foreign policy. It has taken the role of the scourge of communism and has been openly hostile to governments such as those of Cuba and Chile under Allende, and it is clear, as has been stated before, that American corporations do feel at home in Brazil.
23:02
Brazil, of course, discounts the Trojan horse theory and instead expresses almost paranoia fears of being surrounded by unfriendly governments, whether for conquest or defense though, Brazil has built up its armed forces tremendously in recent years. In May of this year, Brazil signed a treaty with neighboring Paraguay for a joint hydroelectric power plant. Opposition groups within Paraguay called the treaty, a sellout to Brazil, and it is generally agreed that the treaty brings Paraguay securely within Brazil's sphere of influence.
23:33
The treaty was viewed with dismay by Argentina, which has feared the spread of Brazilian influence on the continent for years, especially in Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay. A Brazilian military buildup along its border with Uruguay caused some alarm last year. And this spring, an Uruguayan senator said he had discovered a secret Brazilian military plan for the conquest of Uruguay. According to the plan, Uruguay was to be invaded in 1971 should the left wing Broad Front coalition win the Uruguayan elections.
24:03
While these developments seem to point to an aggressive program of Brazilian expansion, some observers feel that Brazil may be changing its policy in favor of more cooperation with its Latin American neighbors. They point to the Brazilian foreign minister's recent diplomatic tour in which he spoke with representatives of Peru and Chile as evidence. Others expect Brazil to continue its expansionist policies. It is interesting to note that General Geisel has the full support of the conservative General Golbery, the author of a book proclaiming that Brazil's domination of Latin America is manifest destiny.
24:38
During the past year, there have been increasing reports of dissidents against Brazil's military regime. In recent months, the Catholic Church has risen to protest occurrences of torture of political prisoners with surprising boldness. In April, 24 priests and 3000 students held a memorial mass for a young man who died mysteriously while in police custody. The songs in the service which was conducted in a cathedral surrounded by government troops were not religious hymns but anti-government protest songs.
25:12
The real blockbuster came a month later when three Archbishops and 10 bishops from Brazil's Northeast issued a long statement, a blistering attack on the government. The statement, which because of government censorship did not become known to the public for 10 days after it had been released on May the 6th, is notable for its strongly political tone.
25:34
The declaration not only attacked the government for repression and the use of torture, it also held it responsible for poverty, starvation wages, unemployment, infant mortality, and illiteracy. In broader terms, it openly denounced the country's much boned economic miracle, which it said benefited a mere 20% of the population, while the gap between rich and poor continued to grow. There were also derogatory references to the intervention of foreign capital in Brazil. Indeed, the whole system of capitalism was attacked and the government accused of developing its policy of repression merely to bolster it up.
26:15
The military regime is also threatened by a major conflict with trade unions. Because of government efforts to cut dock workers wages, dock workers threatened to strike against reorganization of wage payments, which union officials said would've cut wages 35 to 60%, but since strikers could have been tried for sedition, they opted for a go-slow, which began on July 25th in Santos, Brazil's main port. After six weeks, the government announced restoration of wages, froze them for two to three years.
26:51
The freeze will have the effect of diminishing wages as much as the government wanted to in the first place. At this time, the unions are appealing the case through the courts. The military rulers are also under pressure from the Xavante indians, who warned President Medici in November that unless a start is made within a month to mark out the Sao Marcos Reservation, they will have to fight for their lands.
27:17
The latest reports indicate that a number of Indians have captured arms and are massing in the jungle. At the same time, the government continues to be plagued by guerrilla operations on the Araguaia River. Various incidents during the past months have signaled the impotence of the armed forces in the face of these guerrilla activities. In São Domingos das Latas, a little town about 30 kilometers to the east of Marabá, along the Trans-Amazonian Highway, two landowners have been killed by the guerrillas for collaborating with the armed forces.
27:52
The guerrillas have distributed a manifesto written in simple direct language dealing with the principle demands of the local population. The Army claims that the guerrilla forces have been reduced to half a dozen fugitives, but civilians in the area estimate that there are from 30 to 60 members of the guerrillas, who seem to enjoy a fantastic popularity among local people.
LAPR1973_12_19
00:40
In Uruguay, previously known as the Switzerland of Latin America, the major news of the year is the so-called military coup by installment plan. Beginning over a year ago, the military gradually increased its control over the government, culminating last June in a de facto coup, which left the president as titular head of state. Although the parliament, opposition parties, and trade unions were effectively outlawed, and the military exercised executive power. The union staged an almost total general strike, but could not hold out past the second week.
01:13
Subsequent developments have included the military attack on the university, violating university autonomy, arresting students, faculty, and nine of the 10 deans, and so shutting down the last domain of opposition. The situation in Uruguay was popularized in the highly-documented movie, "State of Siege".
01:32
As background to those developments, it can be noted that Uruguay, a small nation between Argentina and Brazil, on the South Atlantic coast, is a highly Europeanized country, largely populated by immigrants from Europe. Although Uruguay was richer and more developed economically than most ex-colonies, the economy began to stagnate in the mid-1960s.
01:56
Accompanying the economic stagnation was a high rate of inflation, reaching 100% last year. Since 1967, workers' real buying power had been cut almost in half. The economic stagnation and inflation was accompanied in the previous administration of President Pacheco, with considerable corruption. In the context of such problems and such corruption, social discontent increased.
02:24
Some of the most noticeable manifestations of that social discontent were the actions of the Tupamaros. The Tupamaros styled themselves as a Robin Hood-like urban guerrilla band with a revolutionary program. They expropriated food and medicine and distributed it to poorer neighbors. Their actions were often spectacular, and their demonstration of the possibility of opposition to the country's power structure served as an inspiration and received considerable sympathy.
02:51
However, as the Tupamaros have themselves stated in communiques, their actions were not well-connected with community and workplace organizing efforts, and so served only as occasional spectacular actions. Since the Tupamaros also engaged in considerable economic research and investigations of corruption, they were able to expose both the corruption and the structural economic difficulties plaguing most Uruguayans.
03:15
On one occasion, the Tupamaros delivered a document file on extensive corruption to the justice officials. Shortly thereafter, the file mysteriously disappeared and the officials complained that they could no longer proceed with the investigation, whereupon the Tupamaros obligingly resupplied the officials and the news media with copies of the then highly publicized corruption.
03:36
Aside from their attacks on corruption, the Tupamaros were intent on exposing the structural difficulties in the economy, which allowed a small percentage of the population to be very wealthy, and exercised nearly total economic control, while most Uruguayans suffered with the economic stagnation and inflation.
03:56
The Tupamaros were criticized by the official representatives of the power structure for being subversive and criminal. Political moderates criticized the Tupamaros for giving the military an excuse for further repression. The Tupamaros replied that it is silly to blame those who are oppressed for the oppression, but agreed that mere exposition of economic difficulties and occasional spectacular actions were no substitute for widespread popular organizing efforts.
04:29
The rising social discontent with the economic and political power structures of Uruguay came to a head in April of last year, when President Bordaberry, himself implicated in the corruptions of the previous administration, decided to declare a state of internal war against the Tupamaros, rather than work to rectify the structural defects of the economy.
04:50
Bordaberry, in declaring a state of internal war, opened the door for active involvement by the military in the internal affairs of the country. The initial effect of the internal war against what was called, "Leftist subversion and criminality", was twofold. First, the state of siege reduced the operational effectiveness of the Tupamaros so that when the military began going after more moderate political figures later on, it no longer had to worry about reprisals from the Tupamaros.
05:18
Secondly, in the various raids against Tupamaros hideouts, the military found great quantities of research material documenting economic problems and corruption. A number of cabinet ministers, and even President Bordaberry's personal secretary, eventually had to resign. The discoveries heightened a split in the armed forces, with more progressive members arguing that corruption and economic crimes were as bad as the subversion to which the Tupamaros were accused, and that there was little point in attacking manifestations of social discontent without trying to resolve the underlying structural, social problems.
06:00
However, the more conservative elements in the armed forces managed to outmaneuver the progressive officers, ending the possibility that a progressive military might solve problems.
06:12
One other effect of the internal state of siege declared by Bordaberry, was the exposure of the extent of liaison work between the Uruguayan military and police and United States advisors on counterinsurgency and interrogation methods.
06:27
By November of last year, the military's active involvement in internal affairs in the name of maintaining order and national security had expanded considerably, especially because of the amount of corruption discovered by the military.
06:41
In November of that year, the military was investigating a prominent politician and businessman using leads supplied by the Tupamaros' files. The politician bitterly complained that the military was overstepping its bounds, and the military arrested him on charges of slandering the military and being suspected of corruption. The politician was eventually released, but there was a serious confrontation between the political government and the military.
07:07
By the beginning of 1973, the tension between the civilian government and the military over the issue of corruption and how to deal with social unrest, was running very high. The British Weekly Latin America speculated that the economic forecast and plan presented in January was so bleak that no one wanted responsibility, least of all the military. And that consequently, the military did not move as far as it might have.
07:36
However, by the end of January, reports and investigations of corruption by the military had become so frequent and strong that President Bordaberry threatened to limit the power of the chiefs of the armed forces to make public statements. This angered the military, especially as further scandals broke out in February concerning highly placed politicians.
08:01
A state of near civil war existed with different branches of the military on different sides. The cabinet resigned, and consequently lines of authorities were no longer clear. The Army and the Air Force Commanders presented a 16-point program for the economy and public order, including the creation of a National Security Council under control of the military, and with President Bordaberry remaining as Constitutional Chief Executive, but in effect, subservient to the National Security Council.
08:30
President Bordaberry's position deteriorated further in March when the mystery of how Uruguay had managed to pay foreign debts due last year was revealed. It was revealed that the Central Bank had secretly sold one-fifth of the country's gold stock through a Dutch bank. The gold reserves had been sold in complete secrecy, as a deceptive solution to the country's balance of payments problems.
08:53
By April, however, Bordaberry managed to form an alliance with the conservative sectors of the military, who were less concerned about corruption or progressive solutions to the economic problems. A major factor in the formation of the alliance was the demand by the Central Confederation of Workers, the main union, for a 30% wage increase to offset the deterioration of buying power due to inflation. The conservative sector of the military agreed with Bordaberry to completely reject any wage increases. In return for the military's backing of the denial of wage increases, President Bordaberry allowed the military to increase its scope of operations against manifestations of social discontent.
09:41
The military requested that the parliamentary immunity of a senator be lifted. Senator Enrique Erro had been a constant critic of the military's increased power and of a military solution to social problems. The military accused him of collaboration with the Tupamaros and demanded that his parliamentary immunity be lifted. When the Senate refused to lift immunity in May, the military moved troops into the capital. The crisis was averted when the question of parliamentary immunity was sent to a house committee for reconsideration.
10:12
However, in late June, a final vote was taken in Congress, and the military's request was denied. The Congress refused to waive parliamentary immunity for Senator Erro, who the military wanted to try for collaboration with the Tupamaros. As a result, President Bordaberry, acting with the National Security Council, then responded by dissolving Congress. Thus, through the National Security Council and with President Bordaberry still the titular head of state, a de facto military coup had been taking place. The National Confederation of Workers did what it had said it would do in the face of a military coup: it called a nationwide general strike. The strike was nearly total.
11:01
The government responded by declaring the union illegal and arresting most of its leadership. However, the union was well-organized with rank-and-file solidarity and indigenous leadership, so the strike held. Many workers occupied their factories. Nonetheless, after two weeks, the military was still in armed control, and the workers running out of supplies could not continue the strike, and so called off the strike in mid-July.
11:26
Repression and a general state of siege continued. The union organizations went underground. The Tupamaros announced they were reorganizing, and the government was forced to take a variety of actions, such as closing down even the Christian Democratic paper, Ahora, briefly, following the coup in Chile, to prevent public discussion. In October, the military sees the University of Uruguay following the student elections in which progressive anti-dictatorship groups received overwhelming support. Nine out of the 10 deans were arrested, along with many students and some faculty.
12:01
The installment plan coup in Uruguay was thus complete. The coup took the form of emerging of presidential and military power in an alliance between the president and the conservative sectors of the more powerful military. Although Uruguay had been known as the Switzerland of Latin America, because of its long tradition of democratic governments and its relatively industrialized economy, Uruguay is now under the control of right-wing military leaders. The effective failure in the 1960s of the Alliance for Progress Efforts at Economic Development showed that the Uruguayan economy was not developing, but was stagnating.
12:43
The stagnation was accompanied by a general inflation that resulted in a reduction of the real buying power of most Uruguayans. The Uruguayan power structure, while not seriously threatened during previous periods of economic development, was threatened as the economy stagnated. Rather than help in rectifying the structural economic problems, however, the president had the military move actively into domestic affairs to suppress manifestations of social discontent.
13:14
The military, its power, and sphere of operations greatly expanded, was in the control of more conservative, higher officers who then joined with the president in setting up a National Security Council to effectively run the country. The alliance between the president and the military then abolished Congress, outlawed the main labor union, and seized the university.
13:39
This summary of events in Uruguay for 1973 was compiled from the newspapers: Marcha of Uruguay; Latin America, a British News weekly; and Excélsior of Mexico City.
14:37
Our feature this week is a roundup of news events in Chile for 1973, compiled from reports in the Chilean newspapers, El Mercurio and Chile Hoy; the Mexico City daily, Excélsior; and the British weekly, Latin America.
14:52
By far the most troubled country on the continent this year has been Chile, which was the site of a bloody military coup overthrowing the socialist president, Salvador Allende, on September 11th. The heads of the armed forces are now firmly in control of the country, although the Junta has had to institute extremely repressive measures in order to quell the resistance from Allende's numerous supporters.
15:19
The Chilean coup was the first military intervention in that country in 38 years. Chile has traditionally enjoyed democratic and constitutional governments, and her military forces have a long tradition of staying out of civilian politics.
15:36
When he was elected in 1970, Allende, a Marxist, promised to stay within the bounds of the constitution while carrying out a policy of peaceful, socialist revolution. Soon after his election, Allende legally carried out several popular measures, including the nationalization of major U.S. copper companies holdings, and extensive agrarian reform measures.
15:58
While these steps won widespread approval among Chilean workers and peasants, they incurred the wrath of the United States and of powerful opposition groups within Chile. Thus, the first two years of Allende's administration were marked with political and economic battles between Allende's popular unity government, powerful Chilean interest groups and political parties backed by the United States, as well as by confrontations with the United States government and U.S. corporations over issues such as compensation for nationalized industries.
16:28
Excélsior reported that the Allende government received a big boost in the Chilean congressional elections last March, when the Popular Unity coalition increased its representation in both the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. While the vote left the Popular Unity coalition still short of a majority in the Congress, the results were considered evidence of the growing popularity of the government among Chileans.
16:55
The storm clouds broke though, in late April, when miners at El Teniente, a nationalized copper mine, went on strike. The strikers, many of whom are white collar workers and all of whom were among the highest paid workers in Chile, walked out demanding higher production bonuses. The Allende government, which had vowed to end privileged sectors of the Chilean labor force, firmly refused the striker's demands. Seeing an opportunity to mobilize opposition against the government, right-wing opposition group seized the strike as an issue and began organizing support for the strikers.
17:35
The crisis continued through April as clandestine operations by rightist groups occurred with growing frequency. A socialist party radio station in Rancagua was seized, and a number of communist and socialist party premises, homes, and newspapers across the country, were sacked in an apparently coordinated effort, according to Chile Hoy.
17:55
Such confrontations continued through May and June as economic problems worsened and the El Teniente strike remained unsettled. Talk of armed confrontation was widespread, and Allende warned that rightist groups were planning a coup d'état attempt. While these struggles raged in the streets of Chile in the months of May and June, the battles between Allende and the opposition filled the halls of the Chilean Congress as well.
18:19
At one point, reported El Mercurio, certain members of Congress tried to have Allende removed from office by using a clause in the Chilean constitution, which was intended for cases in which the president was seriously ill. Allende, in response, is said to have considered exercising his constitutional right to temporarily disband Congress and immediately call new parliamentary elections.
18:46
Matters came to a head on June 29th, when certain sectors of the army attempted a military overthrow of the Popular Unity government. Most of the armed forces rose to defend the government and the revolt was crushed. Transportation owners went out on strike in early August, complaining that they were unable to get spare parts for their vehicles.
19:08
Opposition parties, including the Christian Democrats, once again took the side of the strikers against the government, and truck owners who refused to observe the strike were subjected to increasing violence. As the strike continued, the nation became more and more polarized.
19:23
Meanwhile, the military leaders were planning their coup. The military had been systematically searching factories which were known to employ Allende supporters and confiscating weapons. This was an apparent attempt to reduce the possibility of organized resistance from the workers after the coup.
19:42
The takeover was finally accomplished on September 11th when the military surrounded the presidential palace in Santiago and demanded the resignation of Allende and his Popular Unity government. When Allende refused, the palace was attacked with tanks, troops, and Air Force jets. Allende was killed, although whether or not he took his own life, as the military claims, is still debatable.
20:05
Once in power, the new military government took immediate steps to crush resistance. Excélsior reported that a strict curfew was established throughout the country and violators were shot. Troops conducted house-to-house searches, looking for arms and leftist literature.
20:23
Anyone caught carrying arms on the street was summarily executed. Military tribunals were set up to try the suspected enemies of the new regime. Thousands were taken prisoner and housed in the National Soccer Stadium. Some of those, who were later released from the stadium, told of beatings, killings, and torture.
20:44
The Junta also published a most-wanted list, including many of the members of Allende's administration. Rewards of 50,000 escudos were offered to anyone who could provide clues as to the whereabouts of those on the list. As a result of this campaign, there are now thousands of political prisoners in Chile.
21:02
Although the Junta continues to insist that the numbers of civilians shot in the streets is very low, numerous reports from journalists suggest otherwise. The Newsweek correspondent in Santiago reported seeing a morgue overflowing with bodies, all shot at close range.
21:19
The Junta's also announced its intentions to depoliticize Chilean society in order to normalize the country. To this end, all Marxist literature was banned, and any found in the house-to-house searches was burned. The political parties making up the Popular Unity coalition were outlawed, and all others were declared in recess. Most of the newspapers were shut down, and the few still allowed to publish were censored. The National Federation of Labor Unions was disbanded. The rectors of the universities were dismissed, and military overseers were appointed to run the universities. At the University of Concepción, 6,000 students were expelled for their leftist leanings, as well as 400 faculty members.
22:10
The Junta is not only banning most forms of political expression, but is reversing many of the reforms enacted under Allende. A wage hike scheduled for October was canceled, and price controls designed to keep scarce necessities from costing more than the poor could afford, have been removed. Chile's poor are suffering as a result.
22:31
The country's runaway inflation has caused prices to soar to record amounts, giving rise to an ironic situation. Instead of the scarcity of items reported during Allende's administration, there is a surplus of many items on store shelves, since few can now afford to buy them. The prices of meat and gasoline, for instance, have risen 800% since the coup.
22:53
According to the weekly, Latin America, the military government has announced that 300 companies nationalized under Allende would be returned to their former owners, and has agreed to pay $300 million in compensation to the Kennecott Corporation, former owners of the nationalized El Teniente copper mine. The Junta has also began to dismantle the agrarian reform program, which was set up under the government of Christian Democrat, Eduardo Frei, who held the presidency before Allende.
23:28
In early November, officials expelled 300 peasant families from the land they had legally received two years ago. Although the Junta claims that the agrarian reform program is still in effect, they have appointed the head of the right-wing National Party to run the program. The National Party opposed the passage of the agrarian reform law in 1967.
23:51
The United States government obviously favors the new Junta, despite the repressive measures. The U.S. recognized the new government only a few weeks after the coup, and recently Nixon spoke of his admiration for, "The determination of the new government to conform to the tradition and will of the Chilean people."
24:10
The striking difference between U.S. attitudes toward Chile under Allende and under the Junta has led to speculation that the U.S. engineered the coup. The only evidence of U.S. involvement so far has been Senate testimony by William Colby, Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, that his agency supplied money and assistance to anti-Allende demonstrations.
24:32
The British news weekly, Latin America, says, however, that the U.S. government, supported by large corporations such as ITT, wished to see Allende overthrown. The U.S. saw the Allende government as dangerous to American business interests ever since Chile nationalized American copper companies two years ago.
24:50
When the United States demanded compensation for the mines, Allende replied that the excess profits extracted by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings. The United States retaliated by using its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies. Many of these loans are not really loans as such, but simply credits which allow small nations to make purchases from companies in larger nations on the basis of payment within 30 to 90 days.
25:27
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile was faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, according to Chile Hoy, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to two transportation owners strikes and serious domestic turmoil, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
25:56
The same mechanisms also led to shortages of food and other essentials, which heightened Chile's inflation. It is for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations in November, 1972, that the U.S. was, "Waging economic war on Chile".
26:12
However, there was one crucial area in which United States' aid to Chile was not denied: military aid, which was continued throughout Allende's three years in office. According to Joseph Columns of the Institute of Policy Studies, this was part of a deliberate strategy, which he calls, "The Nixon-Kissinger low profile strategy, in which economic credits are withheld, While assistance to pro-American Armed Forces continues." Washington's action since the coup seemed to confirm this theory.
26:45
The Junta was recently successful in negotiating a $24 million loan from the United States Department of Agriculture for the purchase of wheat. In addition, the international lending agencies have resumed negotiations with Chile for the extension of credits.
27:00
At this point, one of the greatest dangers to the Junta's continued rule seems to be dissension within its own ranks. Recently, an Air Force General was arrested and charged with incitement to rebellion, an indication that the armed forces are perhaps not as unified as first suspected.
27:17
Provided that this threat can be avoided, the Junta plans to remain in power for quite some time. The generals have stated that Chile will not be ready for an elected government for several years.
27:28
This concludes this week's feature: a roundup of news events in Chile for 1973, compiled from reports in the Chilean newspapers, El Mercurio and Chile Hoy; the Mexico City daily, Excélsior; and the British news weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_01_04
00:38
One of the most prominent stories from Mexico in the world press in 1973 was the May kidnapping of the US consul, Terence Leon Hardy, in Guadalajara. Tension was already high early in May as a result of the police shooting of four students in the May Day demonstrations in Puebla, east of Mexico City. The pueblo university rector and student bodies were calling for the resignation of the state's right-wing governor and ultimately won their demand.
01:08
The US consul, Leonhardy, was seized by a group known as the revolutionary armed forces of the people and the government immediately conceded all the guerrillas demands, although apparently only after President Echeverría himself had overruled the strong objections of the army.
01:28
These demands included the release of 30 imprisoned guerrillas and political prisoners and their safe conduct to Cuba. The unprecedented broadcast of a long political manifesto on the ills of Mexico and the need for social revolution. And into police investigations before Leon Hardy was released and a ransom of about $80,000. Leon Hardy was released unharmed after the demands were met. It was the first time a foreign diplomat had been involved in Mexico, although a number of wealthy Mexicans have previously been held for ransom and the release of political prisoners.
02:09
President Echeverría's handling of the kidnapping was strongly criticized by Mexican conservatives as weak. Indications of the expected pressure on Echeverria to be much tougher with the left and with students came a week after the kidnapping, when police banned a demonstration in protest against the Pueblo killings and lined the streets with 10,000 heavily armed men to enforce the ban. The demonstration was called off at the last minute to avoid serious trouble, but the angry reaction of the student suggests that what is really in danger is Echeverría's policy of a so-called Democratic opening to the moderate left.
02:49
In August, student unrest flared again in Mexico City, where the invasion of the campus of the National University by armed police recalled memories of the 1968 student massacres in Tlatelolco Square. The August incident marked another chapter in the struggle between left and right for control of the universities. In late 1972, the refusal of the former rector to call in the police to evict armed students from university buildings have led to the right supporting a strike of university employees, which led to the rector's resignation.
03:30
The rector explained the August 1973 university occupation by police who arrested 50 students by claiming that he himself had been the victim of a kidnapped attempt some two weeks earlier. The Comités de Lucha, into which the most militant students grouped themselves ridiculed the rector's story, describing it as a mere pretext for the intervention at the university. Certainly the decision to send in the police was accompanied by a well-planned press campaign condemning the anarchy and criminality of today's students.
04:04
It seems that events in 1973 have led President Echeverría so-called reform programs to an empasse due to the quick reaction of the conservative elements. Assailed by rich businessmen, President Echeverría is going to the masses for support of his policies as Mexico goes through a period of uncertainty. This follows an upsurge of terrorism, inflation, labor unrest, and bitter criticism of the government accused by private industrialists of encouraging urban guerrillas with its left wing policies.
04:44
As foreign diplomats take special precautions against being kidnapped, they receive anonymous pamphlets in the mail attacking President Echeverría, accusing him of leading Mexico towards socialism. One such leaflet accused the president of having associated with communists and said, "Either we are for the line of Echeverría or we are for Mexico and freedom".
05:10
The clash between the reform-minded government and conservative private industry had long been building up, but was brought to a head by an upsurge in urban guerrilla activity. The crunch came when Don Eugenio Garza Sada, a key founder of the Monterrey Group, which virtually controls Mexican industry, was assassinated in September in the northern city of Monterrey.
05:37
President Echeverría flew to Monterrey for the funeral only to hear a seething attack on his policies by a representative of the Monterrey Group, Ricardo Margain. Margain accused the government of indirectly encouraging terrorism by supporting left-wing ideas. He also charged the public order in respect for authority had broken down in Mexico. Since the assassination of Garza Sada, one of Latin America's richest men, there were other kidnappings involving the honorary British Council in Guadalajara, Anthony Duncan Williams, and a millionaire industrialist.
06:14
Apparently reacting to criticism, the government rejected a demand from the kidnappers to fly 51 political prisoners to North Korea and stated, "The government and the people will not negotiate with criminals." The council was free after he convinced the kidnappers he had no money. The industrialist was found dead in a car and an anonymous caller told a paper, "We killed him because he is bourgeois."
06:44
In his clash with powerful private industry, President Echeverría has been stressing that he has the support of the 71,000 strong armed forces, the decisive factor in any confrontation or upheaval in Mexico. Mexican army generals have stayed out of politics since 1946 and there is no sign that they're seeking a comeback, but President Echeverría is aware of their importance and gave the armed forces a 15% pay raise in October.
07:16
Government officials say the current unrest is an inevitable result of President Echeverría's efforts toward a more open society, greater democracy, and the redistribution of wealth in Mexico. At a recent rally in Toluca near Mexico City, he blamed the climate of uncertainty on emissaries of the past. His usual term for powerful conservative business interests who oppose his social reforms. President Echeverría's recent controversial decision to sell many of Mexico's public concerns to the private sector may be a move to appease businessmen.
07:58
Anti-government criticism from private industry welled up in September after businessmen were forced to give in to pay rise demands of up to 20% under threat of nationwide strikes. Used to high profits under the official policy of protectionism for local industry during the 1960s, they saw their gains being eaten away by higher taxes and wages.
08:24
It has been said that to some extent the stage four Colombia's recent problem of plagued in 1973 was set during the closing moments of the 1972 session of congress. A Molotov cocktail hurled into the congressional chamber brought to an abrupt end what had proven to be an extremely slow and unproductive year of lawmaking.
08:52
Among the endless list of legislation left pending were vital bills dealing with agrarian reform as well as long awaited reform in urban, university, labor, and electoral sectors.
09:05
This continued non-committal position towards significant social reform on the part of Congress as well as that of President Misael Pastrana Borrero, coupled with an unprecedented rate of inflation dealt Colombia a year of frequent and often quite violent domestic unrest. The three active communist guerrilla organizations all intensified their operations in February by carrying out a rash of sporadic attacks on large landowners and kidnapping several wealthy industrialists. Laboring the guerilla activity a national security threat, the Colombian government launched a two-pronged attack on the three groups, which included introducing the death penalty and beginning a sweeping search-and-destroy effort.
10:01
By the end of October, a Colombian army spokesman announced that they had nearly eliminated the most powerful of the insurgent groups and that it would be turning its attention to a second guerrilla outfit.
10:13
The Pastrana Borrero administration was also forced to deal with major strikes and demonstrations by truck and bus operators, teachers, students, and landless peasants. The two major factors said to have spurred the protests have been the rising cost of living and public outrage over alleged tortures and unnecessary killings of students and workers as well as guerrilla leaders.
10:43
Although by early November of 1973 there was a move toward positive negotiations, the yearlong Colombia-Venezuela dispute over the demarcation of their territorial waters continues without solution. The extremely heated debate stems from their common belief that the disputed area in the Gulf of Venezuela contains rich oil deposits. Colombia's interest in the outcome is compounded by its realization that at the end of the coming fiscal year, it will no longer be an oil exporter, but rather an oil importer.
11:18
As with most of its neighbors, a spiraling inflation has upset Colombia's economy during 1973. The rate of inflation, which reached 30%, has seen the greatest increases in the price of food and petroleum products. The irony of the situation is that, for Colombia, 1973 has been an exceptionally profitable year. There was a rise in total exports of nearly 40% over the previous year. At the close of the year, however, it appears that the government's measures of scattered price fixing have failed to provide a deterrent to the inflationary trend.
12:01
Perhaps of greatest significance is that against the background of widespread political unrest, Colombia's three major political parties have managed to successfully appoint their presidential candidates and carry out vigorous campaigns for the upcoming election in April. This year's elections are doubly significant in that they indicate the decline of the 16-year-old national front agreement between Colombia's conservative and liberal parties.
12:29
Under this agreement, the two leading parties have willingly alternated in power from one term to the next, thus severely limiting the hopes for the third party, ANAPO, National Popular Alliance.
12:42
The pact was to have extended through the 1974 election. However, major splits within the two leading parties during their 1973 conventions have resulted in the premature cancellation of the National Front Pact. The conservatives and liberals have nonetheless settled on a somewhat modified version of the same agreement by which the losing party will automatically fill certain vital cabinet positions. The ANAPO candidate whose strength as astounded, many observers would, it has been said, be overthrown by the Colombian army immediately were she elected.
13:21
The greatly reformed minded Maria Eugenia, who has wide popular backing may be weakened regardless of the vote of the still farther left communist and Christian democratic candidates because of the pre-planned nature of the Colombian elections. They have customarily been marked by extreme apathy. This April's election is proving to be no exception.
14:43
African liberation struggles and the oil crisis will soon be felt in Latin America. And from Latin America, a British weekly journal, comes a report by an African diplomat who said that in deciding to mount a common front against Zionist expansions and colonial racism in Africa, the organization of Arab Unity has planted the basis for a nationalist movement for the colonial peoples, which will transcend the frontiers of Africa and the Middle East.
15:15
The same diplomat said that the Arab states, which were not members of the OAU, had requested that Nigeria deal on its own account with the question of oil supplies to Brazil, since Brazil was outside the limits of the African continent. In the view of some African diplomats, Nigeria's position as a leader of the OAU and at the same time, the world's eighth-largest exporter of oil must inevitably lead it into conflict with the Brazilian government.
15:44
Brazil is one of the largest importers of Nigerian oil and one of the biggest investors in the development of the Portuguese colonial territories in Angola and Mozambique. Last year, not only did Brazil negotiate still closer economic ties with Portugal, but the Bank of Brazil also opened branches in Portugal's African possessions. Some observers believe that Nigeria is now on the verge of giving an ultimatum to Brazil. Either Brazil openly proclaimed support for the national liberation movements in Africa, including the recognition of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau proclaimed on 24th of December.
16:25
Or Brazil will be included in the oil embargo against Portugal and the other colonialist countries. The Brazilian foreign ministry has already indicated its concern at the decisions taken at the OAU meeting and their implications for Brazil. Last week, government sources in Brasilia warned of increases in the price of petroleum derivatives and Petrobras included increased the price of petrol by 10%.
16:52
The result of an oil embargo for Brazil in the view of most observers could be to bring current development plans to a complete stop. Although a large part of Brazil's energy demands are met by hydroelectric power, it has no other effective energy sources. Its coal reserves are comparatively small and of poor quality. While the development of a nuclear energy is still in its infancy. With the switch away from prospecting for local oil reserves to dependence on foreign supplies, Brazil appears to have placed itself in a highly vulnerable position.
17:29
The whole of the current development program is to a greater or lesser extent dependent upon petroleum, and the loss of Nigerian oil could not be easily made up from other sources. If Nigeria does give Brazil an ultimatum, the Brazilians might find themselves having to consider reversing their well-established policy of support for Portugal. In view of the blood ties that exist between the two countries, the implications of such a decision could be profound and cause even more dissatisfaction within Brazil.
18:04
Military thinking on guerrillas in Colombia is taking a new twist. As La Marcha reports from Bogota that on the 15th and 16th of December, the armed forces of Colombia engaged in stiff fighting with guerrilla groups who operate in various regions of the country. In the Department of Antioquia, the army faced a unit of the National Liberation Army commanded by Fabio Vasquez Castanio and killed three guerrillas. After the battle, the army announced that three industrialists held by the liberation forces had been freed.
18:40
The battle unfolded in the mountains, which surround the Sierra Nevadas of Tolima and Huila at more than 12,000 feet altitude. Criticism was raised that the operation put in grave danger the lives of those kidnapped, but Marcha goes on to report, "Of even more interest than the fighting at Antioquia is the new military attitude towards the causes, program, and social origins of the guerrillas."
19:07
All this encompassing a situation, which will yield to the armed forces a decisive role in Colombian society, will change now, from the regime of the national front and alliance of the conservative and liberal parties in command for the last 15 years, to a regime in which only one party will exercise power. In a book which he edited, Jorge Mario Eastman revealed his conversations with an important military leader, a colonel by the name of Rodriguez, for whom, "The objectives of the guerrillas are foremost social objectives, and to fight them, it is necessary to go to the sources. That is to say, to undertake profound reforms in an unjust society."
19:51
Eastman reproduces a document written by the army for the National Commission, which studied the country's unemployment problem. In the report, the army sustains that repressive action is indecisive in combating the guerrillas. In the same document, the army criticizes the government's negligence in maintaining its borders, especially that with Brazil, and it asserts that, "National security is also based on the economic and social security of the people."
20:23
These concepts seem clearly inspired by the positions taken by the Peruvian and Argentine military in the last meeting of Latin American military heads in Caracas. Certainly, the reconsideration of the true origin of the guerrillas does not mean that the army, for a moment, has reconsidered its decision to exterminate them. Far to the contrary, the change of attitude of the army towards the guerrillas, the offensive the army has mounted against their last readouts, seems to confirm that the changes are deep and can transform the army in the coming years into a decisive factor in Colombian social and political life.
21:03
To most experts, it is clear that should the guerrilla resistance cease, the army will be able to confront whatever civilian government there is. With this argument, we have fulfilled our part of the anti guerrilla action in maintaining order, but the causes which give birth to them still exist. That is to say, here seems to be repeating itself the experience of the Peruvian military dictatorship who after defeating the guerrillas of the left militarily raised the banners of the guerrillas in legitimizing their own takeover. This report from La Marcha, a newsweekly of Colombia.
21:42
Excelsior, one of Mexico City's leading dailies, reports that the United Nations General Assembly, by a huge majority December 14th, approved a committee report declaring Puerto Rico was in fact a colony of the United States, not an independent country. The vote was 104 to five, with 19 abstentions. The opposing votes were cast by the United States, Britain, France, Portugal, and South Africa. The vote showed that the great majority of the world's countries were not persuaded by US propaganda that Puerto Rico is a free-associated state, an independent country whose people voluntarily choose to live under US hegemony.
22:30
Ricardo Alarcón, Cuban ambassador to the United Nations, played a leading role in support of the resolution during the more than three months of diplomatic struggle within the world body prior to the final vote. Juan Marie Bras, head of the Puerto Rican Socialist Party, and Rubén Berrios of the Puerto Rican Independence Party spoke to the United Nations Committee on decolonization in late August. The US and its few allies on this question bitterly opposed the campaign at every step. At the last minute, the US succeeded in delaying the general assemblies vote by a few days. But the defeat, when it came, was overwhelming. The vote marks an epic in the struggle by Puerto Rican independence forces for international recognition.
23:17
It signifies that in the view of the world body, Puerto Rico is similar to Angola, Mozambique, and other territories directly ruled and occupied by a foreign power. This according to United Nation principles means the people of the island nation have the same legitimate right to rise up against their foreign rulers, as do the people in Portuguese-occupied Africa and other colonial territories. During the debate, speakers exposed to the whole range of United States domination and exploitation of the island, including manipulation and financing of political parties and governments, military occupation of huge bases, repression of patriots, brutal treatment of prisoners, and wholesale economic pillage by United States Corporation. This story from Excelsior of Mexico City.
24:10
From Latin America, a British Weekly, we have a report on the energy crisis and the specter of inflation in Mexico. Although Mexico, which produces the greater part of its own oil, is better placed than many countries to cope with the world energy crisis, it is not immune from its effects. Indeed, the government had been forced to eat the words of the director of the state oil concerned PEMEX, Antonio Dovalí Jaime, who last month declared that the world oil shortage would not affect Mexico or bring an increase in its domestic price. At the end of last week, not only was just such a price increase decreed, the first since 1958, with rises right across the board of 60 to 80% for all oil products, but President Luis Echeverría Alvarez convened an unprecedented public conference to discuss the crisis as it affects Mexico.
25:08
This conference, chaired by the president himself, brought together the members of the cabinet, directors of state companies, the diplomatic corps and the press, and was televised live throughout Mexico. Undoubtedly, this was meant to impress Mexicans with the gravity of their country's economic situation. It has been confidently predicted that the 1974 budget will be characterized by its austerity, and life for the man in the street has not been made any easier by the oil price rise or the increase in electricity rates, which preceded it.
25:44
The low prices which have prevailed for these sources of energy for years have been dictated by political and social pressures and have helped to keep the cost of living down for the mass of the poor. But the consequence has been a shortage of investment funds as well as two inefficient and loss-making industries. A vast amount of capital is now to be poured into the search for new oil deposits and their exploitation. And the private sector is undoubtedly pleased that the government has at last been brave enough to impose what it sees as realistic rates for oil and electricity. Relations between the government and the private sector have in fact improved enormously over the past few weeks.
26:29
The retiring United States ambassador Robert McBride declared at the end of November that investors from his country continued to have great confidence in Mexico and the rate of United States investment was likely to be maintained at 130 to $150 million a year. For the average Mexican however, 1974 is unlikely to be a good year. Wage increases, high though they have been, are not keeping pace with inflation. While for the unemployed life will be even harder. This report from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
27:06
A final brief report from the Washington Post of December 16th, president Juan Perón of Argentina suggested yesterday that the United States military hatched the Watergate scandal to discredit politicians. He is quoted as saying, "We have to defend politicians all over the world and especially in Latin America, where politicians have been slandered." Perón, who recently had his rank of general restored, is also quoted as saying, "The actions slandering politicians has its roots in military organizations. It's born in the Pentagon and this policy comes from there. The whole Watergate process comes from there." Juan Perón, as quoted in the Washington Post of December 16th.
LAPR1974_01_10
00:22
At the outset of the new year, the Latin American press remains preoccupied with the affairs of Chile. That country is still shuddering from the reverberations of the bloody coup, which ended the world's first legally elected Marxist government last September. The following report of events in Chile is compiled from the British news weekly Latin America, the Mexico City daily Excélsior, La Prensa of Lima, Peru, and the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha.
00:52
Latin America reports that the Chilean junta has been making some effort in the past weeks to speed up the work of the military courts that are sentencing the thousands of prisoners detained since September. Since new detentions are being made all the time, there is a serious need to deal with the backlog. 19 people were detained recently in one day, including seven in Curico for receiving guerilla instruction, and four in Concepción for planning sabotage. The military intendente of the province of Ñuble said at the beginning of December that he had more than 900 people waiting for their case to go before the war councils for sentence. 450 were under house arrest. The rest were in prison camps.
01:40
There is no official estimate of the total number of political prisoners, says Latin America, but more exact figures are available about the situation of those who sought refuge in embassies. According to the foreign ministry, 2,600 safe-conduct passes have been issued to those who sought asylum in Latin American embassies, 230 applications were rejected, 730 are being looked at, and 961 are awaiting investigation. Those in the European embassies, which have no agreement about asylum, have so far been granted 1,800 exit visas, and 535 foreigners have been expelled from the country since the coup.
02:23
This week, one refugee was arrested as he stepped outside the Honduran embassy to put out rubbish. In fact, it has become impossible to seek asylum in the Santiago embassies. As reported last week, the junta has told European embassies that they will no longer grant safe-conduct passes to new arrivals, while Latin American embassies are now all under strict military guard. The long arm of the junta is now reaching beyond the embassies to affect those who have already left Chile or who were absent at the time of the coup. A decree published on December 10th listed more than 30 people who were to be deprived of their nationality. Among those accused of carrying out acts inimical to the essential interests of the state were Allende's widow and his daughters. Also, Laura Allende, the sister of the late president, was arrested when she tried to take a package of clothes to her son, who is accused of being a leader of the Revolutionary Left Movement, or MIR, a resistance group.
03:27
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that there are apparently about 1500 political refugees in United Nations refugee camps in Chile, still hoping to be granted political asylum from a friendly government. The camps are run by a special committee of the United Nations for aid to refugees in Chile, which is scheduled to dissolve on February 3rd. The committee issued a plea to nations on December 20 to open their doors to Chilean political refugees. Some nations have responded, but many refugees could be in serious trouble if nothing more is done before the UN camps close on February 3rd.
04:04
Excélsior also reports that the behavior of the Chilean junta appears to be causing diplomatic problems. For example, a crisis arose recently when a Chilean citizen was shot and killed by military police while he was in the yard of the Argentine embassy. The Argentine government called the incident an armed aggression against Argentine representatives in Chile. The diplomatic crisis deepened when the Argentine embassy was again fired upon by the Chilean police within 24 hours. Similar problems have also caused the junta to announce that it is considering breaking diplomatic relations with Sweden.
04:45
Meanwhile, the repression by the junta continues to draw international criticism. The US Conference of the Catholic Church called upon the Chilean clergy to openly manifest their opposition to the systematic repression of human rights by the Chilean junta. The North American spokesman said that certain representatives of the Chilean church had committed errors in allowing the junta to use their clerical positions. Also, the Bertrand Russell Tribunal, an international body originally convened to investigate torture and political repression in Brazil, announced recently that it would expand its focus to investigate repression in Chile as well.
05:24
The Mexican daily Excélsior, in a Christmas editorial, severely criticized the Chilean junta and particularly blasted the Christmas message of General Pinochet, the head of the Chilean military government. In that message, Pinochet asked the Chilean people to show patience and understanding for the severe measures the government had to undertake for the good of the country.
05:47
Another subject which is talked about in low tones in Chile is resistance to the junta. The government claims to have captured 80% of the Revolutionary Left Movement, or MIR, the main resistance group. Yet there is reason to doubt that claim. For one thing, the junta recently offered lenient treatment to all members of MIR who surrendered voluntarily. Also, according to Excélsior, there have been several successful acts of sabotage against the Chilean military, including one explosion in a large armaments factory, which the government admitted would disrupt production for months. The junta's claim to have the country under control was delivered another blow when the most wanted man in Chile, Carlos Altamirano, suddenly appeared on January 1st in Havana, Cuba. The former head of the Chilean Socialist Party said that thousands of his compatriots from many different political parties are still fighting the junta.
06:42
Another form of resistance emerged in early January when the millers went out on strike in protest of canceled wage raises. It was the second major strike since the military took power. The first strike, a railway workers' strike in November, was crushed when the army fired on a crowd of pickets, killing 80 to 100 workers. Excélsior also reports a 60% work slowdown in several major cities in opposition to the junta.
07:12
Finally, an ironic note from the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha, which said that the military government recently banned Chilean newspapers from using the phrase "political prisoners." The government said that such people should be called "prisoners of a military court" or "common criminals." The next day, when asked at a press conference if the junta was going to grant Christmas amnesty to political prisoners, an official spokesman denied that the junta was planning such a move, but he said that the junta was considering partial amnesty for common criminals.
07:43
This report on Chile compiled from the British news weekly Latin America, the Mexico City daily Excélsior, La Prensa of Lima, Peru, and the Uruguayan weekly Marcha.
07:55
According to the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior, the holdings of two major North American firms were nationalized in Latin America last week. First, the newly elected government of Venezuela announced that it would nationalize, without compensation, two large holdings of Standard Oil. The move comes at a crucial moment when petroleum-importing nations are being hit hard by the energy crisis, and it should give Venezuela a stronger voice at the conference of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries in Geneva.
08:30
Also, La Prensa of Lima, Peru announced that the Peruvian government would begin the new year with the expropriation of Cerro de Pasco, a North American mining firm. Cerro de Pasco has had conflicts with the Peruvian government for several years, and the news of the nationalization was greeted with joy by the people of Oroya, a city in the center of Peru, which was the home of many of Cerro de Pasco's operations. The morning after the government's announcement, Oroya was covered with banners reading, "No more exploiters," and "The Cerro is ours."
09:05
According to an Associated Press story, which appeared in the Mexico City daily Excélsior, the United States State Department expressed its hope that Cerro de Pasco would be amply compensated by Peru for the holdings. A State Department official, George West, said that the nationalization of US property must be accompanied by prompt and effective compensation. Since the Peruvian government has been careful to avoid angering the US in the past, it is likely that it will pay adequate compensation. Leaders of Cerro de Pasco are now bargaining with government officials on the price. Cerro claims that its holdings were valued at $175 million, while Peru seems inclined not to pay more than $12 million.
09:54
The news weekly Latin America reports that the Peronist regime in Argentina continues to be challenged by leftist groups, particularly the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP. Despite Perón's massive crackdown on Marxist organizations, this non-Peronist guerilla group has become increasingly active, even to the point of attracting converts from leftists who formerly supported Perón. The legitimacy of the ERP is underscored by the declarations of Colonel Florencio Crespo, who was kidnapped in early November by the guerilla organization.
10:28
In two letters, one to his wife and one to the press, both published by the Argentine daily El Mundo, Colonel Crespo said he was being well-treated and he accepted the terms on which he was being tried by the ERP.
10:44
In the letter to the press he wrote, "I have agreed to take part in the trial to which my captors propose to submit me. I adopted this attitude because I consider ERP to be an armed organization which operates publicly in our country, guided by political principles which seek the building of a socialist regime, and that it therefore falls within the protection afforded by the Geneva Convention of 1949, which recognized that guerillas or partisans should be treated according to the laws and usages of war. The political motives of the ERP have been officially accepted in the law of amnesty passed by Congress last May 25th. The ERP has put in train the steps needed to secure my release, which now depends on the attitude of the government."
11:34
Although the letters may have been written under duress, they make explosive reading. It was widely believed, both by the government and by outside observers, that the ERP was an ineffective force last June, and that their efforts to constitute a vanguard of armed resistance to the recently elected popular government was doomed to failure. But the ERP has obstinately refused to die, and with Perón looking more conservative with every week that passes, some of the Peronist guerillas seem to be losing patience with the passive role ordered by their leaders.
12:08
It was in fact a commando group of the Peronist Armed Forces, which shot and killed John Swint, managing director of the Ford subsidiary, Transax, at the end of November. This action led Ford to whisk more than 20 of its top executives out of the country, and threatened to close its entire Argentine operation. Interior Minister Benito Llambi then met a delegation representing all the foreign car manufacturing companies, and Perón himself talked to a group of Ford executives who flew down from Detroit. Both the president and his minister promised to give better protection to all foreign executives in future, and the Gendarmería, frontier guards who have been incorporated into the internal security apparatus, was charged with guarding factories, offices, and foreign executives' houses.
12:58
This seemed to satisfy Ford and other multinational investors, but the ERP promptly cast considerable doubt on the efficacy of the new measures by snatching the local head of Exxon's operations, Victor Samuelson, who had five bodyguards of his own in addition to the army. The ERP has demanded that Exxon distribute $5 million worth of food and clothing to poor people living in slums in return for the release of Samuelson. He will not be tried by the ERP as first reports indicated.
13:32
The latest issue of El Combatiente, clandestine journal of the Revolutionary Workers Party, of which ERP is the military arm, carried an editorial signed by Roberto Santucho, calling for outright struggle against the regime with resistance at all levels. The editorial is interesting both on account of this virtual declaration of war, and because it signifies that the ERP and the PRT have resolved the political differences which threatened to pull them apart last year. This from the British news weekly Latin America, the Argentine daily El Mundo, and the ERP newspaper El Combatiente.
14:55
Our feature this week is the first half of an article on the controversial Brazilian model of economic development written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily El Dia.
15:07
Most Americans don't know it, but the land of Carmen Miranda and the bossa nova has become the industrial giant of the Southern Hemisphere. Derided only a few short years ago as the perpetual land of the future, Brazilians now proclaim loudly that the future has arrived. "Underdeveloped hell", read the slogan at one of Sao Paulo's recent auto shows. The talk now is of an economic miracle to rival the recovery of West Germany after World War II.
15:39
One wonders what this economic boom means for the majority of the Brazilian population. Brazil's resources may be extensive, but the majority of its people have always been poor, and their suffering great. Brazil's Indian population was nearly wiped out by the Portuguese colonists in the 16th and 17th centuries. Black slavery was introduced early into Brazil and was practiced widely until 1888. Historically, most Brazilians, slave or free, have been dependent and poor. Even those who own land, supervise plantations, and led expeditions were poor by today's standards. Very few had much in the way of comforts and goods. For most of its history, Brazil was a colony. It was governed by Portugal and existed to make money for the Portuguese. No matter that Indians were exterminated and African slaves went to early graves.
16:40
One must not forget that most of Brazil's population is racially mixed, according to El Dia, that much of it is Black, and that its history of subjugation and misery continues to this day.
16:52
There exists in Brazil one of the deepest cleavages between rich and poor, economically, culturally, and racially, to be found anywhere in the world. A few facts may help sketch the current scene. Here are Brazil's income distribution figures for 1968. The richest 1% of the population received an annual per capita income of $6,500. The middle 40% income group received $350 in 1968, and the poorest 50% of the population earned an average income of $120 in that year. What this says is that one half of Brazil's population in the middle of the 1960s had an average cash income of 35 cents a day. Most people, in other words, live outside the money economy. A cultural and economic middle class does exist in Brazil. It is the small, relatively privileged top 10% of the population. A tiny part of this group is wealthy, but most of it is composed of business and professional people, army officers and government officials, and corresponds to the salaried urban middle class in the United States.
18:02
"But what do you do about poverty?", asks El Dia. A decade ago, Brazilian leaders and their North American allies embarked on an alliance for progress, a program which had its roots in Kubitschek's Operation Pan America. Kubitschek was president of Brazil from 1956 to 1961. His idea was to improve the lives of all Latin Americans by laying out an elaborate and massive program of economic development. He would stimulate this development with huge inputs of foreign capital, principally from the United States and Western Europe. Factories would be built in Latin America to produce the things people needed, provide them with jobs and wages, and yield tax revenues for their schools and cities. Foreign investors would become catalysts in the process of developing the natural and human resources of Latin America and partners in the creation of new and greater wealth for everyone.
19:03
The key to the process of industrialization in Brazil was to be a program of import substitution. The idea was for Brazil to limit the importation of manufactured goods and build domestic industry behind high tariffs. Thus, Brazil would exploit her own internal market. Brazilian industries would be created to supply a domestic market, formerly undeveloped or in the hands of foreign companies. Once these companies were on their feet, the tariff walls would be lowered, forcing Brazilian industry to become more efficient and competitive. Finally, these industries would operate without protection and in competition on the world market. Brazil would then begin to export manufactured goods, improve her balance of trade and be on her way.
19:49
A glance at Brazil's economic history is instructive. El Dia explains that traditionally, the Brazilian economy was based on agriculture and the export of agricultural commodities and minerals, coffee, cocoa, sugar, cotton, iron ore and gems. Rubber and gold were of great importance at one time. But countries whose economies are based on the export of primary products play a losing game. They are subject to the fluctuations of the world market and the increasing competition of other primary producers. Brazil's economic history is characterized by a succession of cycles of its major export commodities. From the early 16th century on, this was in turn the story of dye, wood, sugar, gold and coffee. The latter, of course, is still Brazil's major export commodity, although its strength has fluctuated substantially with changes in world demand.
20:52
Against this discouraging history, the process of industrialization began, but it was a late beginning. Until 1822, Brazil was a Portuguese colony administered along strict mercantilist lines. That is, no industry was allowed to develop. It was not until the First World War that the beginnings of industrialization were much felt. The impetus towards industrialization came from the impact of the two World Wars, largely because of the interruption of supplies from overseas and the elimination of foreign competition. It was during this period that Brazil's import substitution policies began.
21:29
Kubitschek was undoubtedly one of Brazil's most enthusiastic developmentalists. When he was inaugurated in 1956, he immediately set up a national development council, formulated a program of targets, and called for 50 years of development in five. His most spectacular project was the building of Brasilia, the country's modernistic capital, 600 miles into the interior. Brazil's automobile industry began under Kubitschek. Steel and cement production doubled and power generation tripled.
22:06
After Kubitschek, however, the country experienced a period of political instability. Jânio Quadros resigned shortly after taking office, and the administration of was marked by a period of runaway inflation. By 1963, prices were going up by 71% a year. In 1963, the gross national product increased only 1.6%, while population growth exceeded 3%, thus producing a negative growth in per capita income.
22:41
Brazil's relations with foreign investors and the United States government suffered during this time. Popular movements were gaining force and demanding redress of the country's longstanding inequities. Social unrest was widespread and growing. United States economic aid and corporate investments dropped sharply. Then in March 1964, the Brazilian army staged a coup d'etat and the United States recognized the provisional military government within 24 hours. United States economic aid was then restored at higher levels than ever before, and US technicians and advisors began to enter the country in unprecedented numbers.
23:20
The Brazilian military, under Castelo Branco, crushed the protest movements, jailed their leaders and deprived civilian political leaders of political rights for 10 years. Under the leadership of Brazil's new Harvard-trained Minister of Planning, Roberto Campos, stringent measures were taken to stem inflation, and tax concessions and investment guarantees were set up to lure back foreign capital.
23:44
The economic picture began to change. In 1965, the Brazilian economy, principally the industrial sector, grew at a rate of 3.9%. In 1966, the rate was 4.3%. In 1967, it was 5%, and in 1968, it was 6.3%. Since 1968, the GNP has increased by no less than 9% a year to a record high of 11% in 1972. This is what Brazilians call their economic miracle, and it is indeed a formidable achievement. The evidence is everywhere. One may raise questions about the way Brazil is growing and about who is benefiting from this growth and who is not, but the growth is very real.
24:28
According to El Dia, in 1968 the US Information Agency in Rio released a somewhat whimsical TV spot announcement, extolling the success of Brazil's industrial development. It showed a scantily clad and shapely model operating a massive drill press to the sensuous beat of the samba and asked, "Is this development or isn't it?"
24:53
For many Brazilians, the answer was, "Maybe not." They had basic questions to ask about what was happening to their country, and they were not matters about which to be whimsical. The first question has to do with the theory of import substitution. On the surface, it looks like a good idea for Brazil to cut foreign imports and encourage the growth of domestic industry in a protected market. Why shouldn't Brazil supply its own consumer needs, reinvest its profits, and spread the wealth? Perhaps it should. The problem is the theory doesn't work that way.
25:32
It is not Brazilians, by and large who are manufacturing the import substitutes, but foreign companies incorporated under Brazilian law. No group of private investors in Brazil, for example, could possibly compete with Volkswagen, Ford, and General Motors in establishing an automotive industry. There are, of course, many successful Brazilian industrialists, but they compete at a great disadvantage against the corporate giants of the United States, Western Europe, and Japan.
26:06
An American professor in Brazil put it this way. "What was supposed to be a solution for Brazil has turned out to be a solution for us. It was supposed to be a gain for Brazil to have foreign companies come in and set up shop. What we are now discovering," the professor said, "is that these companies make far more money through direct investments in manufacturing and sales operations in Brazil than they were able to make previously by exporting these same products from home. Volkswagen and Ford no longer ship cars to Brazil from Bremerhaven and New York. They manufacture them in Sao Paulo. Why is this more profitable? Certain costs, of course, are lower, but the more compelling answer is that the Brazilian market can be more effectively penetrated when a company's entire manufacturing, sales and servicing operation is managed within the host country."
26:55
John Powers, president of Charles Pfizer & Company Pharmaceuticals, put it this way, in a speech to the American Management Association. "It is simply not possible in this decade of the 20th century to establish a business effectively in most world markets, in most products, by exporting. Successful market penetration usually requires building warehouses, creating and training an organization. It requires local sales promotion and building plants or assembly lines to back up the marketing effort. In short, it requires direct investment."
27:32
It should not be surprising that some Brazilians are wondering who's helping whom. It is argued, of course, that even though foreign corporations take sizable profits out of Brazil, both in the form of repatriated profits and from cheaper production costs, Brazil benefits more than it loses. Certainly, some Brazilians gain from the salaries and wages paid to Brazilian managers and factory workers, from taxes paid to the state and from the availability of added goods and services. Whether the country gains more than it loses is another matter, and the answer depends on more than conventional economic considerations.
28:08
You have been listening to the first part of a two-part feature on the Brazilian economic development model, written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily, El Dia.
LAPR1974_01_17
00:22
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that the United States and Panama have agreed on eight points of a new treaty concerning the Panama Canal. General Omar Torrijos of Panama, who has been negotiating with US Ambassador-at-large Ellsworth Bunker, has described the agreement as non-colonialist.
00:40
While Prensa of Lima, Peru provided background noting that Panama has long considered the canal a natural resource that is exploited by a colonial power. Panamanian Foreign Minister Juan Antonio Tack has stated, "The main aspiration of the Panamanian nation is to have a Panamanian canal." Panama has been at the negotiating table with strong international backing. It had the support of the non-Aligned Nation Summit Conference, the recent Latin American foreign ministers meeting in Bogota, and the UN Security Council, whose vote last March in favor of Panama was vetoed by the United States.
01:18
President Nixon recently asked Congress to approve legislation that would first allow Panama Street vendors to sell lottery tickets inside the canal zone, and second, turn over two US military airfields in the zone to the government of Panama. Foreign Minister Tack welcomed the proposed surrender of the military installations, but he was quick to add that the gesture was strictly a unilateral US initiative and not a product of negotiations between the two countries. Panama considers the massive US military presence in the canal zone illegal and has called for the elimination of all US bases.
01:52
The Pentagon finds this unacceptable. The 500-mile-square canal zone is a virtual US garrison complete with 11,000 troops and 14 military bases and training centers, including the Pentagon Southern Command Headquarters. Southcom is the communications and logistics center, which directs and supplies all US military activities in Central and South America. The Canal Zone military schools, including the US Army School of the Americas, and a Green Beret Center, have trained over 50,000 Latin American military men in the last 20 years, most notably in counterinsurgency and internal security programs.
02:34
The announcement that an agreement had been reached does not settle all these questions, but it does seem to be a breakthrough. Henry Kissinger announced in Washington that he would go to Panama at the end of January to sign the treaty. There are some indications however, that the treaty will meet opposition in the US Congress. Senator James McClure has sent a telegram to President Nixon asking him to reconsider what he calls "this incredible proposal."
02:58
One of the controversial points in the return by stages of full Panamanian sovereignty in the canal zone. Panama will gradually gain control of postal, police and tribunal services. Water and land that aren't indispensable to the functioning of the canal will also be returned to Panama. Whether or not Panama will ever have total control of the canal, however, remains to be seen. That report on the United States Panamanian Treaty is taken from Excelsior of Mexico City and La Prensa of Lima, Peru.
03:32
The British News Weekly, Latin America reports that the expropriation of Cerro de Pasco Corporation and its assets in Peru on New Year's Day was a logical step forward in that government's efforts to bring the Peruvian economy under national control, but it had long been avoided for three reasons. In the first place, there was a very real fear that of another confrontation with Washington and of scaring off potential investors in the mining projects which the government was desperately anxious to open up. Secondly, Cerro's operations in the Central Andes are extremely antiquated having been run down over the past few years and would require substantial investment. And thirdly, Cerro de Pasco was deeply involved in the medium-sized Peruvian mining operations, which will now effectively fall into the control of the state sector of the Peruvian economy.
04:20
Sources in Washington have been hinting recently that the Nixon administration was prepared to allow the Peruvian government to nationalize Cerro without making too much fuss and that there will shortly be a package deal covering all the matters still outstanding between the two governments. The vex question of the International Petroleum Company, a Rockefeller concern nationalized by Peru in 1968 will not be mentioned, but the Peruvians are believed to have given some ground in the question of compensation for WR Grace's Sugar Estates.
04:55
Apparently, President Nixon's special representative James Green of Manufacturers Hanover Bank was kept informed of all developments leading up to the expropriation. The packages reported to include a number of United States loans, some of which will be used to pay compensation to the Cerro Corporation, Cerro de Pasco's parent company.
05:17
The Cerro management is very well aware that it's 20% stake in the Southern Peru Copper Company is worth more than all of the assets of Cerro de Pasco combined. Certainly Cerro was unhappy to be losing Cerro de Pasco says Latin America, but the best two thirds of a cake is much better than no cake at all. It may yet be that there will be disputes over the whole issue as to who owes what to whom, but no one apparently expects the repeat of the international hullabaloo, which followed the expropriation of the International Petroleum Company in 1968.
05:49
Cerro de Pasco for many years virtually ruled Central Peru. Not only were its own mines scattered through the mountains, but it purchased ores from independent miners and had large stakes in most important mining operations. It ran a large metallurgical complex, a railway, several hydroelectric generating centers and vast haciendas, which have all been expropriated under agrarian reform legislation. These holdings had been built up during the course of the past half century and formed the basis for a corporate empire with metal fabricating plants in the United States and investments in the Philippines and Chile.
06:30
The Rio Blanco Mine in Chile was nationalized by the popular Unity government in 1971. Cerro has feared nationalization in Peru ever since the military took over the International Petroleum Company in 1968. The management was acutely aware of the company's exposure there, and this was reflected in the persistently low value of the company's shares on The New York Stock Exchange. In these circumstances, the company was reluctant to invest in its Peruvian operations.
07:01
In the preamble to its decree of expropriation, the government accused the company of neglecting essential maintenance of polluting rivers despite government orders to clean up its operations and of exploiting only the richer ores on their mining concessions. This latter point of rapidly mining only the richest deposits just before an expropriation is important since normal mining practice is to maintain steady productivity throughout the maximum economic life of a mine. Asset strippers try to maximize profits for a few years leaving quantities of low quality ores, which by themselves would be uneconomic to mine.
07:37
The problems which the new Peruvian company set up specifically to take over the Cerro de Pasco mines is likely to face, go far to explain why the government was always reluctant to go ahead with the expropriation, that from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
07:52
According to Marcha of Montevideo, Uruguay, many Latin American officials are dismayed at the Nixon administration's choices for ambassadors to Mexico and Argentina. Two of the most critical posts in Latin America, both men, Joseph Jova appointed ambassador to Mexico and Robert Hill appointed to Argentina have been criticized for their close connections with the CIA, the Pentagon and the United Fruit Company.
08:20
Hill, a close friend of President Nixon recently chose to resign from his post as Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs rather than comply with a Senate order to sell his extensive defense industry stock holdings
08:34
According to Marcha, Hill's political career began in the State Department in 1945 when he was assigned to US Army headquarters in New Delhi, India. His job actually served as a cover for an intelligence assignment for the Office of Strategic Services, the precursor of the CIA. Throughout the rest of his career, he continued to work closely with the US intelligence community, including the CIA. Marcha describes his biography as a satirical left-wing caricature of a Yankee imperialist. A former vice president of WR Grace and a former director of the United Fruit Company, Hill personally helped organize the overthrow of the Nationalist Arbenz's Government, which threatened United Fruit's investments in Guatemala.
09:22
As Marcha details, "Ambassador Hill is particularly criticized for his participation in the CIA instigated overthrow of President Arbenz in 1954." The history of that coup centers to a large extent on the United Fruit Company. Arbenz and his predecessor worked hard to change the inequalities in Guatemala's social structure. Free speech and free press were established. Unions were reorganized and legalized. Educational reforms were enacted.
09:52
One of the most wide-sweeping and inflammatory changes was the Agrarian Land Reform Program, which struck directly at the interest of the United Fruit Company. The program called for the expropriation and redistribution of uncultivated lands above a basic acreage, while exempting intensively-cultivated lands. Compensation was made in accord with the declared tax value of the land. The appropriated lands were then distributed to propertyless peasants.
10:22
Immediately afterwards, the McCarthyite storm burst over Guatemala. Arbenz was accused of being a communist agent and as such was thought to be a danger to the power of America and the security of the Panama Canal. The plan to overthrow Arbenz was concocted by the CIA. A Guatemalan colonel, Castillo Armas, was found to head up a rebel force in Honduras, in Nicaragua, and was supplied with United States arms. Marcha says that at the time of the coup, Hill was ambassador in Costa Rica and formed a part of the team that coordinated the coup. In 1960, he was rewarded by being elected to the board of directors of United Fruit.
11:01
Hill has long enjoyed close relations with President Nixon, and in 1972 he returned from Madrid, Spain where he was serving as ambassador to work on the campaign for Nixon's reelection. Joseph Jova, the appointee as ambassador to Mexico, also shares with Hill a spurious background. The Mexican paper El Dia accused Jova of deep involvement in a successful 1964 CIA campaign to prevent the election of Salvador Allende as president of Chile. Jova was deputy chief of the United States Embassy in Santiago, Chile at the time. This report on the new United States ambassadors to Mexico and Argentina has been compiled from Marcha of Montevideo Uruguay and Mexico City's Excelsior.
11:50
According to the British News weekly, Latin America, Brazil's growing interest in black Africa was clearly revealed by the visits earlier this year to that continent by the Brazilian foreign minister. In the view of most observers, this sudden interest had been forced upon Brazil by the urgent need for more markets for Brazil's manufactured products and a reasonably reliable and cheap source of raw materials for its industries.
12:16
On the face of it, the more advanced countries of black Africa, such as Nigeria, offered ideal prospects, but these are marred by Brazil's extremely close ties with Portugal and its African territories of Angola, Mozambique and Guinea, and by a rapidly growing commercial relationship between Brazil and South Africa.
12:37
In all its negotiations with Africa, Brazil has maintained an equally distant position between the interests of black Africa and of the colonial powers of Portugal and South Africa. The reason is not far to seek. Brazil's relationship with Portugal is long and very close, and the large Portuguese element in the Brazilian population is an ever present pressure group. More important, Portugal provides a gateway to Europe for Brazilian products by the back door and through its African colonies, a gateway to Africa.
13:07
Although Brazil's relations with South Africa are a very recent origin, they have been strengthened fast. Trade between the two countries has passed the $90 million mark, which is more than Brazil's trade with all of the countries of black Africa combined. Direct air services between the two countries have recently been initiated and a firm invitation for South Africa to invest in Brazil was extended by Brazil's foreign minister at this year's session of the United Nations General Assembly. That report on British interests and black Africa from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
14:23
Our feature this week is the second half of an article on the controversial Brazilian model of economic development written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily El Dia. Last week's portion described Brazil's economic history, economic development by import substitution in the 1950s and '60s, and the effect of US direct investment on Brazilian economic growth. This week's portion includes the social consequences of the type of industry being built in Brazil, the cultural penetration Brazil, and the political and economic consequences suffered by the poor.
14:57
The second question to be asked about current economic development in Brazil has to do with the kind of industry that is growing up and the social consequences of its operations. Let us remember that Brazil is a country of mass poverty and of social customs and history very different from those of the United States and Western Europe where the industrial revolution was born. United States industries basically geared to the production of so-called consumer durables, automobiles, television sets, air conditioners and the like.
15:30
It presupposes a mass consumer market, adequate capital resources, and a highly skilled and expensive labor force, it has developed accordingly. US industry is capital intensive, meaning that it invests heavily in automated machinery and is able to turn out prodigious quantities of goods with a minimum of human labor. This works fairly well for the United States since it is a relatively affluent country and the national income is spread around enough for everyone to afford to buy all the stuff that the factories produce.
16:04
Even in the United States, however, we are finding that the system produces a sizable underclass which may total as much as 10% of the population. Think what it means to establish this kind of a system in a country like Brazil, where the whole social system is in one sense the reverse of our own.
16:24
In the United States, eight out of 10 people are middle class consumers. In Brazil, nine out of 10 people are poor and five of the nine are among the poorest in the world. Brazil's mass market is sharply limited. Perhaps there are as many as 15 million middle class consumers concentrated in the urban centers, but there are 85 million who fall below any reasonable poverty line. Think what it means for a Brazilian to live in a flimsy shack on a hillside in Rio with scarcely enough food to feed his children and yet to be persuaded every day to buy a Chevrolet Impala, apply for credit and to put a tiger in his tank and to see each day the goods of the new society behind the plate glass windows.
17:05
Brazil's urban poor are subjected to a relentless torrent of mass market advertising, radio and TV commercials, window displays, color ads in picture magazines, outdoor billboards. It is not unusual to see squalid slums behind billboards showing girls modeling expensive swimsuits. The fact is that Brazilians are indeed being flooded with US pop culture and the whole middle class consumer mentality that goes with it. Some Brazilians have called this cultural penetration, "the smooth invasion", and remind us that invasion is also ideological and political.
17:38
What about the Brazilian political structure? The United Presbyterian Church says that Brazil is governed today by a military technocratic elite. Ultimate power is in the hands of a small circle of high ranking military officers committed to saving Brazil from chaos and guiding it to world power status. For the generals, the path to greatness is through resolute and rapid economic growth to be achieved in a military industrial partnership with the United States. The generals have gone far in achieving that goal already, but Brazil has paid a price. In the first place, Brazil has surrendered much of its economic sovereignty to the global corporations. Brazil is not a second Japan, as is sometimes claimed. Japan developed its own technology, built its own industries and controls its own economic life. The Japanese have built their own worldwide economic empire.
18:36
Brazil has done some of this under the tutelage of the generals, it has become a colony in the economic empires of Japanese, European, and United States industries. In so doing, it surrenders enormous profits and allows its workers to be exploited for the gain of these companies. More serious still, the generals and their technical administrators have organized the entire country to serve the needs of foreign interest rather than the needs of their people.
19:05
Economics, after all is the matter of how the household is organized. One way to organize the house is to be sure that everyone in it is included, that all may enjoy its comforts, eat at its table, and play at its games. In most families, special consideration is given to those whose needs are the greatest. The generals and their advisors says the church have chosen to organize the Brazilian household for those already the most privileged and for the benefit of foreign companies. As a consequence, Brazil is becoming rapidly Americanized as the entire American industrial system is imposed on Brazilian society.
19:40
What the great majority of Brazilians need is decent and adequate food, healthcare and housing or to put it another way, what they need is a chance to participate in the building of decent healthcare programs, food production and distribution systems, livable housing and opportunities for recreation and learning. The paper points out that Fortune Magazine said, "There is little question that the policies of the technocrats have been kinder to the capitalists than to the workers." Real wages have yet to recover from their compression under President Campos and in some areas of the country, the real minimum wage remains as much as 50% below the peak of the early 1960s. Incentive capitalism, while serving to rechannel resources to the high-priority uses, has also the effect of transferring income from the wage earners to entrepreneurs.
20:26
Why has this happened? It is a matter of the interests, beliefs, and commitments of those who control and make decisions. The generals, first of all, saw themselves as men compelled to save Brazil from chaos and political corruption. The military had played this role before in Brazilian history. It had stepped into the political arena, straightened things out, and then stepped outside. In 1964, the generals were playing the role again, but the missionary role soon gave way to a tutorial role.
20:59
They would stay in command and guide Brazil to economic sufficiency and world power. Once real economic strength was achieved, it was said democracy would be restored. The academic economist and technocrats upon whom the generals have relied to produce Brazil's economic growth are classical economists. They were trained in US graduate schools and are oriented to the North American economic system.
21:25
They're shrewd technicians, wholly committed to rapid economic growth, and are succeeding well in their professional goals, but they are simply indifferent to the social cost of their policies. Delfim Netto, Brazil's Minister of Finance is amply on record expressing his own relative indifference to the question of income distribution for a country at Brazil's stage of development. "Rapid economic development," he has said, "is always accompanied by increasing inequality of income."
21:56
More important in the long run, however, are the interests of the middle class, the urban elites who participate in Brazil's economic fireworks. For them, there has never been anything like this miracle. They're the ones after all who benefit from the transfer of income from the wage generators. The whole economic system may ultimately be for the benefit of the multinational corporations says the church, but the multinationals exist to serve the needs of the consuming middle class everywhere, including Brazil, and the Brazilian middle class is well-served and loving it.
22:27
An economist recently commented that passenger car sales in Brazil have increased 18% per year since 1968, and the market is beginning to enter the second car in the family bracket.
22:39
There is no question but that Brazil's progress has come at the expense of the poor. It is no small matter that during this period of phenomenal economic growth, the poorest half of the nation receives 4% less of the national income now than it did 10 years ago, nor that the minimum wage for many Brazilians is half what it was when the generals took power. Why don't the poor protest? Why does this vast majority allow one fifth of the population to ride on its back? The answer is they are powerless.
23:11
The poor have always been without effective political and civil rights in Brazil and are almost totally vulnerable to economic and physical abuse. Today, with rapid migration to the cities and the social dislocations occurring in Brazil, they're more repressed than ever. Not only are the poor themselves repressed, but their civil and political advocates are subjected to some of the most Byzantine acts of civil barbarity to be found in the annals of modern statecraft says the United Presbyterian Church. The church paper mentions three levels of repression suffered by the poor and their advocates.
23:47
One level is the fact that there is no popular representation in government. The poor were never allowed to vote in Brazil. Today, no one votes in anything that could be called a meaningful election. There are two political parties, both creations of the military government. Laws are made by presidential decree. The National Congress may either approve these laws or choose to take no action. In either case, the decrees become law. Similarly, in the courts, all cases involving national security are in the hands of the military. Politics is thus from the top down. No one seems to represent the poor.
24:22
A second level of oppression comes from the fact that there are no restraints in the arbitrary use of state power. Since 1967, there have been no effective civil liberties for Brazilians accused of crimes against the national security. Government opposition is prohibited and is interpreted to include criticism of the government by the press, student demonstrations and strikes. Under the so-called Institutional Act Number Five of December, 1968 Habeas Corpus was suspended for all persons accused of political crimes and in 1971, President Medici signed a decree giving him the power to issue secret decrees relating to any subject concerned with the national security.
25:07
A third level of repression results from the fact that there are no effective checks against illegal and vigilante attacks on the poor and their advocates here says the United Presbyterian Church is where the record becomes most shameful. It speaks of three areas of tacitly and or overtly sanctioned crimes against the poor and the politically dissident. In Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, there are vigilante groups known as the Death Squads.
25:32
They're a kind of Brazilian Ku Klux Klan whose self-appointed and tacitly approved missions is to keep the poor under control. The Brazilian publication Realidade, says that, "Generally the squads are not satisfied simply to kill the individuals they believe to be irremediable." In order to publicize their activities, their spokesman did not hesitate to telephone the newspapers and announce in great detail how many will be assassinated by the squad the following day.
25:59
They then give the exact location of the corpses. The victims are often found handcuffed with obvious marks of torture and macabre inscriptions. The Journal of Brazil of April, 1970 reports that in one state the number of deaths attributed to the Death Squad is more than 1000, that is almost 400 a year.
26:17
The Death Squads are not the only vigilante groups in Brazil, less known and more political in their aims are the Commandos to hunt Communists. Amnesty International reports that this group kills political adversaries, whether they are communists or not. It is sufficient to cite the attack on this student, Kandido Pinto and a student representative for Pernambuco who was paralyzed as a result of being shot by a machine gun as he was going home one day, or the murder after terrible torture of Father Enrique Nato, guilty of having participated in meetings between parents and students in the aim of bringing the two generations closer together.
26:57
Neither were communists, but they appeared on a list of people condemned to death by the Commandos.
27:03
"Whatever one says about the vigilante groups and the ability or inability of the military government to control them," says the church, "there can be no question that the systematic and widespread use of torture in Brazil is a conscious and deliberate policy of the Brazilian government." Officially, the government does not admit that torture is used. Privately, it is justified as a way of preempting acts of violence against the state.
27:26
We will not describe these tortures here. They are shocking and degrading both for those who are tortured and those who torture and they are adequately documented elsewhere. "The point is," says the United Presbyterian Church, "That they are part of the entire mechanism of repression, which the Brazilian government uses to control its people and create its economic miracle."
27:48
You have been listening to the second half of a two-part feature on the Brazilian Economic Development Model written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily, El Dia.
LAPR1974_01_24
00:22
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Brazil's military dictator, Médici, will soon step down and be replaced by another military man, Ernesto Geisel. Geisel was elected by Brazil's so-called Electoral College, a group of politicians chosen for their loyalty to the military. The London News weekly, Latin America, noted that the legal opposition party in Brazil, the Brazilian Democratic Movement, said that this election was more democratic because the electoral college had been enlarged. There is a feeling that Geisel in power may signal a period of relaxed government control on political and renewed activity, but says Latin America, the British News weekly, "There is unlikely to be any change in the present political situation until the immediate economic problems facing Brazil have been solved or at least brought under control."
01:19
Despite present government efforts to hold down inflation to 13% last year, private statistical analysts say that Brazil's inflation in 1973 was more like 20% or even 30%, and there seems to be little doubt that due to the world trade situation, the problem will be even worse this year. Heavy, across-the-board price increases have already been announced in the first week of 1974. Cigarettes have gone up by 20%, telephones by 15%, and of course, petroleum has gone up by over 16%.
01:56
In an attempt to contain the rapid increase in the price of basic foodstuffs, the government has taken drastic measures. The official price of beef for internal consumption was cut by an average of 40% in the middle of December, and the export quota reduced by 30% for the next three years. The purpose of the quota reduction was to divert beef, which has been getting record prices on the world market to Brazilian consumers. The end result of the price cut, however, has been the almost complete disappearance of quality beef from the shops and markets.
02:33
"An even greater problem for Brazil," says Latin America, "is the oil crisis." About 45% of Brazil's energy consumption comes from oil, as the government has progressively tried to eliminate the dependence on wood as a fuel since it has resulted in the large-scale destruction of the country's timber reserves. Brazil has to import about 720,000 barrels of oil daily, and the new international oil prices, Brazil's 1974 petroleum bill, could come to about $3 billion or nearly half the value of Brazil's total exports for last year.
03:14
With Brazil having to import so much of its oil, many have wondered why. Instead of exploring its own potential oil fields, Petrobras founded a subsidiary, Bras Petro, which joined with Chevron Oil to explore for petroleum in Madagascar. Later, Brazil joined the Tennessee Columbia Corporation to seek oil in Colombia. So far, Brazil and its joint US ventures have invested some 20 million in exploration efforts in Colombia, Iraq, Iran, Egypt, Madagascar, Venezuela, Bolivia, and Tanzania. The contracts negotiated run from 10 to 20 years.
03:57
There are indications that Brazil may itself now be penetrated by US oil corporations. Something Petrobras was originally formed to prevent. The Brazilian weekly, Opinião, reported that former Secretary of State William Rogers during his visit to Brazil last May, expressed special interest in reaching an agreement between US oil firms and the Petrobras for the exploration of Brazil's Continental Shelf.
04:26
In Brazil, where Petrobras autonomy is synonymous with Brazilian nationalism, such joint ventures are bound to raise questions about Brazil's independence. Though United States participation in other aspects of Brazil's political and economic life causes little official concern.
04:44
The issue of United States corporations' domination of other Latin American countries through Brazilian expansion has been a sensitive one and fears of Brazilian military invasion have also been raised.
04:59
Two weeks ago, the Venezuela newspaper El Mundo reported that Bolivia will be the first country invaded by Brazil. The plan developed on February of 1973 was exposed in a photographed document belonging to the Brazilian army. The pretext for the invasion of Bolivia would be to combat the threat of communism, which the plan detailed would extend to other Latin American countries, if not extinguished.
05:29
Only last week, the daily Jornal do Brasil reported operations by the Brazilian armed forces, which were supposedly aimed at increasing reconnaissance of their borders with Bolivia, Peru, Colombia, Venezuela, and Guyana. The Brazilian daily said that one of the maneuvers could well have been a practice for an invasion of Bolivia.
05:52
It is not the first time such revelations have occurred. A senator of Uruguay, another country bordering on Brazil, reported last summer in Marcha that Brazilian troops have violated his country's border on several occasions. Also, last summer, troops and armored units of the Brazilian Army's third core, its biggest and best military outfit were reported to have penetrated Uruguay by one of the four major highways which Brazil built on the border between the two countries. In April of 1972, a Brazilian plan for the invasion of Uruguay was revealed only days before presidential elections in that country. The plan and Brazilian military maneuvers were considered a threat in case the left centrist Broad Front coalition won the elections.
06:42
This report compiled from the British Weekly, Latin America, the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior, the Brazilian daily, Jornal do Brasil, the Venezuelan daily, El Mundo.
06:54
Excélsior of Mexico City reports on a recent conference in Mexico, Atlaya 74, at which economists from Latin America and the United States met to discuss alternative modes of growth. The Mexican economist, Muñoz Ledo, was most clear about the type of economic and political structure needed to cope with present problems of both underdeveloped and developed countries.
07:22
He adamantly states that the model of economic growth postulated during the last three decades is not adequate to solve his nation's problems. Developers, intellectuals, and unions he stressed are not in agreement with the model of global development proposed by developed countries which have not yet solved their problems. The society of opulence is neither a model of quality nor morality. Any model for growth that is shared with a developed nation will do nothing but prolong the external domination of the underdeveloped countries.
07:57
The Mexican economist furthermore stated that even if population growth was controlled, food supplies multiplied and energy problems resolved, the essential problem would still remain, that of redistributing poverty among the world community. From the Mexican point of view, humanity's problems should be resolved through a renovation of a social pact between the world's countries based on a consensus between the great, medium and small countries to distribute equally the resources which they possess. Any thesis which proposed a simple modification of the current model of economic growth or any scheme from one country which attempts to solve the problems of others would only be possible, according to the Mexican economist, in a political situation that presupposes the existence of global fascism.
08:50
Muñoz Ledo was quoted as saying that the problems of economic growth cannot be solved in mechanical terms. What has to be limited is not growth, but the model of growth that has been adopted to satisfy the opulent societies. As a foreboding of the type of feudal society in which a small group of countries and social classes would use the major portion of the world's resources it was pointed out that a child in the United States will consume 50 times more natural resources and technological products than a child born in Africa.
09:27
The Mexican delegate to Atlaya 74 concluded by cautioning against the optimism that characterizes those who pretend to control all the variables of development because they fail to consider the growing aspirations of the majority of humanity. And referring to the conference of economic experts, Muñoz Ledo also hoped that it would result in awakening the conscience of the ruling classes.
09:54
Another outspoken delegate at the conference was the Argentine economist Raúl Prebisch. He warned that if the current socioeconomic inequality continues, other Che Guevaras are destined to emerge in Latin America. In contrast, the American economist Walt Rostow traced a dramatic scheme of the world to prove that the gravest danger confronting humanity is the return of a brutal mercantilism.
10:21
Prebisch pointed to the rapid rate of politicalization in the Latin American countryside, as well as in the city, to prove his thesis. This process accelerating faster than the process of economic growth gives rise to the phenomena of a Che Guevara and is thus not a mere historical accident. He forecasts that Guevaristas will have better luck today than Guevara had in attempting to mobilize Bolivian peasants in the 1960s.
10:49
For his part, Walt Rostow, who was an advisor to presidents Kennedy and Johnson, focused on the grave problems confronting the world because of the monetary and commercial disputes, the scarcity of energy, and the deficit in the balance of payments. According to Excélsior, after a long exposition, Rostow categorically affirmed that, "More dangerous than the population explosion, pollution, inflation, and the energy crisis, would be a world return to mercantilism." By this, he meant that system characterizing the last century, which sought only to find profits.
11:27
According to the chief of police in Culiacán, a Mexican city in the state of Sinaloa, a guerrilla-type offensive was carried out in the area this week.
11:38
Excélsior reports that citizens in the area seemed to be accustomed to such tacts. Similar disturbances have occurred every two or three months. Most recently, in October and November of 1973. Two state senators, Leyva and Calderón, have accused Governor Valdez Montoya of causing the outbreaks. The senators charge that his alliance with the economically powerful groups has prevented him from responding to the needs of poor people. The senators also charged the governor with failing to resolve the problems of the university.
12:13
Arturo Campos Romàn, the rector of the University of Sinaloa, has declared that the uprising was not strictly a university affair. The rebellion, according to Campos, has to do with economic problems which have not been solved by the country as a whole. The solution will require solidarity in working for the goals of giving more and better opportunities to all for well-paid work, producing more in the fields and in industry, and more equitably distributing the wealth. This from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
12:49
Two weeks ago, the chief of the Panama government Omar Torrijos made an official visit to Argentina and Peru, Excélsior of Mexico reports. During a two-hour conference in Buenos Aires with President Perón, Argentinian support was expressed for the claims of Panama regarding the canal. Perón declared that the US must leave the canal zone to Panama unconditionally, colonization must be done away with. All Latin American countries must unite as a continent to face this problem. Perón ironically added that American and British positions were rather weakened by the oil crisis and that the American Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger's new policy must apply to South America as well as to the States. This article from Excélsior, Mexico City's leading daily.
14:24
Today's feature is the energy crisis as seen from Latin America.
14:30
Amid varied opinions as to the causes and effects of the oil crisis certain facts stand out. Importing countries cannot absorb increased prices and inflation is inevitable.
14:43
According to Latin America, a British weekly of political and economic affairs, Peru, which imports 35% of its oil and has sold it on the internal market without a price rise for more than a decade is faced with a problem. How can the inevitable price rise, now scheduled for January, avoid hitting the poorest sections of the community? This is a particularly delicate problem for the government since it is suffering from the most serious crisis of confidence it has known in the past years.
15:14
Peru's long-term problem is not so serious. The Amazon field should be producing significantly by 1975 when Peru aims to be self-sufficient and exploration is going ahead offshore.
15:28
Colombia has the opposite problem, currently self-sufficient it is likely to be importing oil by 1975. Here too the internal price is subsidized heavily and a price rise in spite of government denial seems imminent.
15:44
Some increase in inflation is inevitable in Mexico where the domestic price of petrol has been put up 70% and gas has gone up by more than 100%.
15:55
Opinion in some quarters of Mexico is particularly bitter and Miguel Zwionsek in a December 31st editorial in Excélsior, one of Mexico City's leading dailies, lays the blame for the crisis at the feet of the transnational oil companies as he declares:
16:13
"Before the Arab Rebellion, and for the last 50 years through the control of petroleum reserves in the Mideast by the seven Sisters Oil consortium, crude oil prices were unilaterally fixed by the international oil oligopoly without any regard to so-called market forces. The World Oil oligopoly manages petroleum prices at its pleasure. If these phenomena do not fit well in the idyllic tail of a free world of free enterprise, so much the worse for those who take the story seriously."
16:47
Mr. Zwionsek to clarify this charge, continues by saying that:
16:51
I have here a somewhat indiscreet declaration of the Royal Dutch Shell President made in London, December 10th. While the Arabs say that the supply to Great Britain is assured, the transnationals consider it their responsibility to manage their own world system of petroleum rationing. Translated into plain language this declaration is saying that if indeed the crude producers have beaten us, the transnational giants, the consumers will pay the bill.
17:22
It is estimated that as oil prices double for the Third World countries, they will pay $3.8 billion more this year for petroleum imports. Thus, the weakest of the Third World countries will pay the final bill for the Arab rebellion. As was to be expected the transnationals will come out unscathed by the phantasmagorical world oil crisis.
17:46
This editorial opinion by Miguel Zwionsek appeared in the Mexico City daily Excélsior December 31st, 1973. However, not all writers agree that only the weakest Third World countries will feel the effect. Reflecting on the crisis many are reexamining their relations with the industrial countries and their own development programs. Paulo R Shilling examining the problem in an editorial appearing in the December 28th issue of Marcha, an Uruguayan weekly, analyzes the case of Brazil. Mr. Shilling begins by declaring that:
18:21
The Brazilian energy policy constitutes a prime example of the two development possibilities, independent or semi colonial of a developing country. The independent policy consists in evaluating one's own resources to overcome the barrier of under development. During the government of Marshall Eurico Gaspar Dutra and later under the government of the Bourgeois Alliance headed by Juscelino Kubitschek, the policy inspired by the petroleum monopolist then eager for new markets was imposed.
18:55
New consumers of petroleum had to be created. The truly national plans for the automobile industry had aimed at meeting the basic needs of public transportation and freight transportation and the mechanization of agriculture. To the contrary, the many automobile factories which were installed in the country on shameful terms of favors and privileges are totally foreign controlled and seek exclusively easy profits without any consideration for authentic development. In fact, the number of tractors manufactured equals only 5% of the total of vehicles produced.
19:31
As the internal market was very limited, the government succeeded, by the concession of official credit to the middle class, in artificially inflating the demand for private autos. This policy, brought to its final conclusion by the military dictatorship, caused a total deformation of Brazilian society. With a per capita income of only $500, and that very poorly distributed, Brazil is still included in the underdeveloped classification. However, by furnishing a market for the international monopolists, and winning politically, the middle class, a super structure of privilege equivalent to the most highly-developed countries, has been created.
20:13
This massive increase in the number of vehicles, especially passenger cars, is almost solely responsible for the fantastic increase in petroleum consumption in the past few years. The situation becomes still more absurd, from the point of view of independent national development, if we consider that the fuel consumed by the passenger cars of the new rich is produced with almost completely imported petroleum.
20:39
Having given massive admittance of the middle class to the automobile era, importation has increased five times in 13 years. For 1974, predicting an importation of 260 million barrels, the expenditure will reach the fantastic foreign underdeveloped country a sum of 2 billion US dollars.
21:01
The enormous sacrifice of the Brazilian people, who produce more every year, and each year, consume less, at the level of the working class, to increase exports means nothing in terms of genuinely national and popular development. All the increase gained in 1973 will be destined for the acquisition of fuel in order to offer the new Brazilian rich a level of comfort equal to that of the developed countries. Mr. Shilling speculates why this policy is allowed to continue.
21:34
Up till now, the Brazilian government has not taken any steps to limit the consumption of petroleum derivatives. How can it be done without affecting the euphoria of the rich and middle classes, the base that sustains the government? How can it be done without prejudicing the sales of the automobile monopolies? How can it be done without disturbing those states within the state, which, like Volkswagen, have a budget greater than that of various states of the Federal Republic of Brazil? How can it be done without tarnishing the image of the Brazilian miracle abroad, fundamental to obtain more investments and loans?
22:12
As an alternative Mr. Shilling concludes by suggesting that the effects of the crisis:
22:19
Could as well always be regulated by our governments, which, revealing a minimum of independence, might break with the seven sisters, British Petroleum, Shell, Exxon, Chevron, Texaco, Gulf, and Mobil, and take steps to negotiate directly with the state organizations of the producing countries. Eliminating the predatory intermediary would assure a complete supply and the impact of price increases would be less. The increase in importations could be eliminated in part by drastic restrictions on the extravagant use of petroleum derivatives and with an offensive of higher prices on the raw materials which we export. Those who will be the scapegoats in this case would be the imperialist countries.
23:06
Mr. Paulo R. Shillings editorial appeared in the December 28th '73 issue of Marcha, published weekly in Uruguay.
23:15
From Brazil itself, Opinião of January 7th, 1974 reports that Brazil is feeling the Arab oil boycott. On the 27th of December, the National Petroleum Council approved a 19% price increase for ethol, 16.8% for regular gas, 8.5% for diesel fuel. According to an official of the council, increases for gasoline, which is destined for individual consumption, are higher than those of diesel and other combustibles, which have a greater effect on the economy.
23:52
But the January 14th Opinião cautions that because the Brazilian economic model is so tied with the world economy, the Brazilian economy will always reflect the general tendencies of the world capitalist system, and the Arab petroleum boycott brought great uncertainty about Brazilian economic prospects for 1974. In 1973, for the first time in recent years, it was not easy to resolve certain contradictions. For example, between growth of exports and supplying the internal market between inflation and excessive influx of foreign capital.
24:31
How will the current oil shortage affect Brazil? Opinião explains that in many advanced countries, a decrease in production has already been noted because of the oil shortage. As a result, they require less materials. In Brazil's case, the growth of gross domestic product is closely related to growth of exports. The probable decline in exports in '74 will provoke a decline in gross domestic product. Along with probable decreasing exports, the higher price of petroleum will reflect itself in almost all of Brazil's imports, freight costs, as well as doubling petroleum prices themselves.
25:09
Opinião concludes that to a certain degree, Brazil's economic problems are a result of the advances it has achieved in its interaction with the world economy. If the increases of imports and exports obtained in the last few years, aided by foreign credit facilities, permitted the maintenance of a high-economic growth rate, now, at this critical moment for the world market, Brazil will have to pay the price.
25:37
This from Opinião of Brazil, January 7th and 14th, 1974.
25:43
We conclude today's feature with a speculation by Luis Ortiz Montiserio, appearing in Mexico City's Excélsior, January 14th, on the lessons to be learned from the current oil crisis.
25:56
One is able to predict the true intention of the recent declarations of the US Secretary of Defense, who is threatening with the use of force, the Arab countries that have decreed the petroleum embargo against the West. It is curious to note that the inheritors of the democratic traditions have changed overnight into bad losers. Economic aggression, a fundamental arm in United States relations with weak countries, cannot be wielded by its former victims. The use of violence vehemently condemned by Western civilization is now being piously proposed.
26:31
A fight with all Third World countries is impossible. To our mind, economic pressures never have been the best instrument of international relations. Today it is the producers of petroleum who use their valuable raw materials to influence international decisions. Hardly yesterday, it was those same economic pressures that the great powers manipulated to control policies and influence the weak nations. If indeed we agree that its use is dangerous, we cannot help but consider its great potential and the lesson to be taught to the great industrial powers. This editorial by Luis Ortiz Montiserio appeared at January 14th in Mexico City's daily, Excélsior.
LAPR1974_01_30
00:22
On January 10th, Peruvian president, Juan Velasco Alvarado, in calling for a conference of Peru's five neighboring countries, unveiled a proposal for their limitation of arms purchases. The proposal, which would include Peru, Bolivia, Colombia, Chile, Brazil, and Ecuador, calls for the elimination of unnecessary military expenditures during the coming 10-year period.
00:46
According to the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, Peru presently ranks fourth in total dollars spent on military armaments, behind Brazil, Argentina, and Venezuela, respectively. Brazil, who easily heads the list of Latin American nations, spends almost twice as much on arms as second-ranked Argentina. Chile, over the past three years, however, has maintained the highest rate of military spending as a percentage of gross national product, that being 22.4%. The arms limitation proposal dubbed by President Velasco, The Pact of Honor, contends that by freezing arms purchases and postponing a needless arms race, great amounts of vital monies can be channeled into programs of economic, social, and educational development.
01:42
Thus far, says Excelsior, the proposal has been thoroughly backed by both Colombia and Bolivia, virtually ignored by Ecuador, and all but rejected by Brazil. Chile, whose military chiefs have publicly voiced interest, has been clear, however, in expressing its feelings of skepticism and impracticality of the plan. This can be witnessed in a statement from El Mercurio, Chile's pro-government newspaper, which said that any disarmament at present would jeopardize Chile's security both internally as well as externally. Military circles in Brazil received the proposal with indifference. The Brazilian paper, Folha de Sao Paolo, pointed out that the Brazilian armed forces are the most powerful in South America because in 1973, they acquired large amounts of modern equipment and war material.
02:30
In an editorial, Excelsior cites four possible motives for Peru's position. The first and rather dubious motive is that Ecuador, using its recent landslide oil revenue for armaments, might hope to reclaim the two oil rich Amazonian provinces, which it lost to Peru in 1941 as a result of a violent border dispute. Another theory based on continuing Peruvian publications is that Chile's arms purchases are a preparation for a preemptive strike against Southern Peru, thus adding Chile to the list of credible enemies. Thirdly, Brazil's expansionist tendencies have evoked fear throughout Peru, as well as throughout Brazil's other neighboring countries.
03:18
And lastly, amid speculation that somewhere in Latin America, there have already been purchases of ground-to-ground and ground-to-air missiles, Peru sees the escalation into missile weaponry as dangerous, as well as disastrously expensive. Regardless of what the motive, The Pact of Honor will certainly become the topic of great debate in the coming year, beginning in February at the Foreign Minister's Conference to be held in Mexico City. This report on Peru's proposed arms pact was compiled from Mexico City Daily, Excelsior, the Chilean daily, El Mercurio, and the Brazilian newspaper, Folha de Sao Paulo.
04:03
When Juan Perón returned to Argentina early last year after years of exile, he displayed a distinctly nationalist posture. Ever since his election to the presidency this fall, though, he has identified with foreign business interests and moving increasingly to the political right. As a result, many of the leftist forces, which worked so hard for his return, have been increasingly alienated. And social conflict between the right and left in Argentina has heightened. Hopes that things would quiet down were shattered two weeks ago when an Argentine army base 250 miles from Buenos Aires was attacked by 70 leftist guerrillas.
04:41
According to the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, the attack shattered a midnight calm and lasted seven hours. The guerrillas, six of whom were women, opened the assault with mortars and bazookas, managed to penetrate the perimeter of the base, and tied down approximately 1000 government troops for seven hours until reinforcements finally came and forced the guerrillas to retreat.
05:04
It was immediately thought that the attack was probably executed by the People's Revolutionary Army, more commonly known as the ERP, a major leftist group, which has been responsible for many kidnappings of foreign businessmen. Sure enough, the following day, the ERP claimed credit for the attack. The Uruguayan weekly, Marcha, noted that the attack had the predictable effect of increasing Peron's determination to wipe out the guerrillas.
05:34
His first action was to appear on television in the uniform of a lieutenant general with a firm promise to apply a hard counterinsurgency policy. A nationwide manhunt was launched. And the next day, 210 persons were arrested on suspicion of belonging to subversive organizations. Later in the week, the army claimed to have captured 22 members of the ERP, but both figures are open to question. Peron criticized the provincial administration, even hinting that there might've been complicity on the part of the authorities.
06:11
Although the Peronist Youth Group, a leftist element of the Peronist party which has considerable support, has maintained its opposition to stronger laws to deal with political crimes. Peron made it clear in a meeting with left-wing Peronist deputies that he would tolerate no opposition to the legislative measures and demanded their passage through congress within a week. Excelsior reported that the tougher laws were passed only four days after Peron's request. Marcha notes that the immediate military consequences of the attack are not particularly alarming. One sentry, two guerrillas, a colonel, and his wife were killed, and another colonel was kidnapped, but the ERP's aims must surely have been political rather than military.
06:54
The ERP strategy, says Marcha, is clear. By such a provocative attack on an army base, They hope to drive Peron into the arms of the hard line military, thus exposing him as the right-winger they have always said he is, leaving no room for leftists with Peronism. The next stage, the ERP hopes, would be the emergence of an anti-Peronist left with a genuinely popular base. Foreign interests, at least, seem to see the logic of this strategy since the Financial Times recently published an editorial warning Perón against total identification with the right wing of his movement.
07:31
Peron's administration is seemingly no more clever than its military predecessors at catching kidnappers. The government has been virtually powerless at stopping the string of ERP kidnappings. And recently, the ERP kidnapped the owner of a gun importing company and released him in exchange for telescopic sights and precision pistols. All indications are that the guerrillas are in better shape now than they were a year ago, and their growing strength will be soon Peron's number one problem, says Marcha.
08:05
The weekly Latin America, reports that in recent months, not even the middle classes have been able to buy enough food in La Paz, Bolivia. Producers and merchants have found it far more profitable to smuggle their wares in military transport, according to some reports, across the frontier to Peru, Chile, Brazil, or Argentina, where prices were up to twice as high as in Bolivia. Bread has virtually disappeared from the shops, and what there was had an ever higher proportion of animal fodder mixed with the flour.
08:37
The problem has now been eliminated by raising prices to the levels prevailing in neighboring countries. This has been accompanied by a wage increase of $20 per month, perhaps an 80% rise for some industrial workers in La Paz. But the opposition to a 140% increase in the price of essential goods announced on January 21st has been paralyzing. The new measure threatens to lead to a replay of the events of October 1972 when Bolivian president, Banzer, devalued the Bolivian currency and froze wages. Unrest spread throughout the country, and Banzer sent troops and tanks to repress demonstrations in the streets.
09:19
Currently, as reported in Marcha of Montevideo, Uruguay, 14,000 industrial workers in La Paz and more than 40,000 miners went out on strike to protest the increases. Police guarded plants left idle as an estimated 100,000 workers joined in the strike. 12,000 workers held the largest protest demonstration in recent times at the La Paz Stadium. They demanded a minimum of $60 compensation per month to offset an increase in prices of food, transport, and other goods and services. Excelsior of Mexico City documents the strike, saying that union leaders declared that the government price increase is a true aggression against the working man's economy, and added that the wage of $20 fixed by the government is in no way a solution to the situation of hunger and misery into which working people are falling.
10:19
The Bolivian Minister of Labor, referring to the workers' strike, said, "The workers have no reason to protest since the steps the government has taken are precisely aimed for them." Critics note that last year's price increases did nothing to halt inflation or scarcity. Bolivia, one of the poorest countries on the continent, had 60% inflation last year, and an increase of 6% per month is estimated for this year.
10:51
Protest has broken out in other areas also, says Excelsior. In Cochabamba, where workers were protesting the price rise, five people were injured in a confrontation between police and workers. On one side of the conflict are the military and political forces that support the regime of President Banzer and his repressive tactics of annihilation of all subversive groups. And on the other are the majority of labor unions who are set on striking until the regime does something towards alleviating the soaring food prices. In another development in Cochabamba, according to Excelsior, the government sent tanks and infantry troops to dissuade 10,000 peasants who have blocked the highway from Santa Cruz to Cochabamba in protest of the high cost of living.
11:35
The peasants, many of whom are armed with ancient repeating rifles, have said they will not remove the barricade until the government rectifies its economic policy, which has caused a shortage of food supplies. Excelsior reports that an agrarian leader said, "We would rather die of their bullets than of hunger." When the troops came to break up the blockade, the peasants succeeded in kidnapping a high ranking military official who remains in their custody.
12:01
The strikes and protest, which also includes striking bank employees, construction workers, and bakers, are among the worst in the last 29 months of President Banzer's administration. Banzer has declared a state of martial law and has suspended all civil liberties. The Bolivian Catholic Church, in a strongly worded statement, has announced its support for the Bolivian strikers. The church declared that the people are going through a most difficult economic period and that it would be naive to attribute food shortages to purely internal causes. The government had prohibited the church from initiating or participating in any strikes. This report on striking Bolivian workers is compiled from Excelsior of Mexico City, the news weekly, Latin America, and the weekly, Marcha, from Montevideo, Uruguay.
13:41
The feature this week is a report on recent developments in Chile under the leadership of the military junta, which came to power last September in a bloody coup overthrowing Salvador Allende's democratically elected Marxist government. The situation in Chile has been of central importance in the Latin American press for the last five months. This report is compiled from the New York Times, the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, Prensa Latina, Business Latin America, El Mercurio of Chile, and a report from the World Council of Churches.
14:21
Excelsior reports that a representative of the International Democratic Federation of Women, who visited Santiago and other Chilean cities during the week of January 8th, told the United Nations that 80,000 people had been killed and that 150,000 people had been sent to concentration camps since the Junta came to power in September. Amnesty International had formerly estimated at least 15,000 killed and 30,000 jailed.
14:47
Amnesty International has stated more recently that despite Chilean President Pinochet's claims to have stopped the practice of torture, tortures continue each day. Prensa Latina reports that at least 25,000 students have been expelled from the universities, and an astounding 12% of the active Chilean workforce, over 200,000 people, have lost their jobs. All trade unions are forbidden. Political parties are outlawed. The right to petition is denied. The workweek has been extended. Wages remain frozen, and inflation has climbed to 800%.
15:23
The sudden drop in purchasing power and the specter of hunger in Chile have caused a dramatic shift in attitude toward the Junta, the New York Times reported late last month. Dozens of the same housewives and workers who once expressed support for the Junta are now openly critical of the new government's economic policies. A working couple with four children that earns a total of 8,000 escudos monthly, estimated that with post-coup inflation, they need 15,000 escudos a month just to feed their families.
16:01
Although the belt tightening has hit all economic classes, the Times said, it has become intolerable for the poorest Chileans who must contend with such increases as 255% for bread, 600% for cooking oil, and 800% for chicken. This month, reports Excelsior of Mexico City, the food shortage has increased so much that it is practically impossible to find bread, meat, oil, sugar, or cigarettes. Gasoline prices, meanwhile, have increased 200%.
16:38
Unemployment also continues to rise dramatically. In October 1973, there was an increase of 2,700 people without jobs. And according to statistics from the National Employment Service, unemployment grows at a rate of 1000 people per week. In public services, for example, 25% of the workers were fired. The New York Times reports that those workers who are considered politically suspect by the new government authorities and factory managers are the first to be fired.
17:07
The result has been a severe economic hardship for workers in Chile who have no way to fight since the unions and their leaders have been outlawed. The World Council of Churches estimates that 65% of the 10 million Chilean population now simply do not earn enough to eat, 25% are able to cover basic necessities, and only 10% can afford manufactured goods.
17:34
Excelsior of Mexico City reports that the Junta has responded to the economic crisis by promising to slash public spending, which means eliminating public sector programs in health, education, and housing instituted by the Popular Unity government. The Junta has also canceled the wage increase implemented under Allende's government. Last week, Pinochet called upon businessmen to fight inflation by stopping their unscrupulous practices.
18:00
According to Prensa Latina, political repression in Chile appears to be entering a new stage now. In many ways, it is even more sinister than the previous terror, belying the apparent tranquility on the surface of life in Santiago. Instead of the haphazard mass slaughter of the first days, there is now a computer-like rationality and selectivity in political control and repression. Instead of dragnet operations, there is the knock on the door at midnight by the Chilean political police. Instead of the major political leaders, it is the middle level cadres who are now the hunted targets. Through the use of informers, torture, and truth drugs, Chilean military intelligence are extracting the names of local leaders and militants who are being hunted down with less fanfare, but increasing efficiency.
18:58
Another priority of the new repression is education. Many who thought they had survived the worst period are now finding that the investigation and purge of universities and schools have just begun. Professors are being told they can either resign their posts or face military trials on absurd but dangerous charges such as inciting military mutiny. Secondary education is undergoing an equally severe purge with military principles appointed and dangerous subjects like the French Revolution eliminated from the curriculum. A similar purge is beginning in primary education while all the teachers colleges have been closed for, quote, restructuring. Teachers are being classified in permanent files with categories like, "Possibly ideologically dangerous." This will make political control easier in the future.
19:48
While the persecution of intellectuals is accelerating, the workers who bore the brunt of the initial brutal repression, have not been spared. Again, it is the local leaders, the links between the mass base and any regional or national organization, who have become the targets of the repression. In Santiago, a sit-down strike of construction workers on the new subway to protest the tripling of prices with wages frozen was ended by a police action in which 14 of the leaders were seized and executed without a trial. In the huge [inaudible 00:20:28] cotton textile factory in Santiago, seven labor leaders were taken away by military intelligence because of verbal protests against low wages. Their fates are unknown.
20:39
According to Prensa Latina, this new phase of political repression in Chile is featuring the crackdown on social interaction. Any party or gathering of friends carries with it the danger of a police raid and accusations of holding clandestine political meetings. The crackdown on the press continues. During the last week in January, the Junta passed a law demanding jail penalties of from 10 to 20 years for any press source publishing information on devaluation of money, shortages, and price increases or on any tendencies considered dangerous by authorities.
21:14
Although there is no official estimate of the number of political prisoners in Chile at this time, more exact figures are available about the situation of those who sought refuge in embassies. According to a report of the World Council of Churches, some 3000 Chileans are still in UN camps, looking for countries to accept them. And many more thousands are waiting just to enter the crowded camps as the first step towards seeking asylum abroad. Even those people who were fortunate enough to take asylum in an embassy have a grim February 3rd deadline hanging over them.
21:52
If they are not out of Chile by that date, the Junta has declared that there will be no more assured safe conduct passes, and all United Nations and humanitarian refugee camps will be closed down. In the meantime, the Junta has limited the number of safe conduct passes issued. While internationally, most countries have refused to accept Chilean exiles, the United States, for example, has provided visas for one family, Great Britain for none.
22:24
The policies of the Junta continue to draw international criticism. Not only has the government received telegrams of condemnation from the World Council of Churches and the United Nations, Excelsior reports that the military government's repressive policies are now the subject of investigation by the Bertrand Russell Tribunal, an international body originally convened to investigate torture in Brazil. British trade unions have made a number of strong anti-Junta moves, including a decision not to unload Chilean goods. Also, the French government has prevented two French companies from selling tanks and electronic equipment to the Junta.
23:00
A group of goodwill ambassadors from the Junta has been striking out all over Latin America and appears to have abandoned its tour after being expelled from Venezuela early this month. The group started by being refused visas to Mexico, which feared that its presence would provoke rioting there. The first stop was Bolivia, where the visitors broke up their own press conference because of hostile questions and insulted the journalists there. Shortly after landing in Caracas, the six ambassadors were declared undesirable visitors by the Venezuelan government and put on a plane for the Dominican Republic, according to Excelsior in Mexico City.
23:44
International criticism and rejection of Junta representatives had led to a mounting anti-foreign campaign in the controlled Chilean press on December 5th. The front page headlines in El Mercurio proclaimed, "Chile is alone against the world." The news magazine, Ercia, recently attacked the New York Times and Newsweek, and other overseas publications it considers communist controlled, under the headline, "The False Image, Chile Abroad." Junta member, General Gustavo Leigh, wants the many military governments in Latin America to form a league for self-help and consultation.
24:19
The only international groups trying to shore up the Juntas image are the banking and business communities. There has been a dramatic turnaround in the availability of private bank loans for Chile since the coup. Under Allende, credit had dried up and by mid-1973, was down to $30 million from a high under the previous administration of Christian Democrat Frei, of $300 million. Business Latin America states that the United States was the first to make financial overtures to the new government.
24:55
Within days of the coup, the United States Commodity Credit Corporation granted the Junta a $24 million credit line for wheat imports, followed immediately by an additional $28 million for corn. In exchange, the Junta has just announced that the banks nationalized under the Popular Unity, including the Bank of America and First National City Bank, will be returned to their private owners. Compensation will be paid to Kennecott and Anaconda, and Dow Chemical Corporation has already been handed back to petrochemical industries.
25:32
According to Prensa Latina, resistance in Chile is taking numerous and varied forms. Freshly painted forbidden slogans are appearing on the walls of Santiago. The practice of writing anti-Junta slogans on Chilean paper money has become so widespread that the Junta has declared the propagandized money illegal and valueless. Resistance is also taking more organized forms. The Jesuit wing of the Catholic Church has recently taken a public stand opposing the Junta. The major cities in Chile are presently experiencing a 60% work slowdown in opposition to the Junta.
26:09
The major proponents of arms struggle are biding their time and preparing for the moment conditions are ripe. guerrilla warfare on a small scale, however, has already begun. Rural headquarters were established in two southern mountain regions, and the military admit to have captured only a small part of the left's arms.
26:29
This report is compiled from the New York Times, the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina, Business Latin America, El Mercurio of Chile, and a report from the World Council of Churches.
LAPR1974_02_07
00:22
In anticipation of Henry Kissinger's upcoming visit to Latin America, several Latin American political figures and diplomats have been speaking out on US-Latin American relations, especially economic ties. One thing which has sparked commentary is newly released figures on Mexican trade in the first 11 months of 1973. The Mexico City daily, Excélsior, reports that the bright side of the story is that Mexican exports increased by more than 6 billion pesos to a high of 27 billion pesos. However, overall, the trade picture worsened.
00:56
While money coming into the country from these exports increased by that same 6 billion pesos, money going out of the country for imports increased by some 13 billion pesos, leaving an increase in the country's trade deficit by 7 billion pesos. Excélsior concludes that if Mexico's foreign commerce did grow in 1973, its commercial imbalance grew even more.
01:20
While from Caracas, Excélsior reports that Venezuelan president-elect Carlos Andres Perez recently revealed that his coming administration will propose a conference of Latin American countries to plan a protectionist strategy for the continent's raw materials. Perez noted, while meeting with Central American economic ministers, that, "The developed countries have been exercising an economic totalitarianism that more and more oppresses our economies and our development possibilities." The Venezuelan president-elect added that it is imperative that the developed countries pay a just price for their natural resources. That will be the only way of compensating for the prices which the underdeveloped countries have to pay for the manufactured goods and the costly technology which they are sold.
02:11
And on the same subject, the Mexican ambassador to the United States, speaking at Johns Hopkins University near Baltimore, reported that the Latin American trade deficit in 1973 paid for some two thirds of the US balance of payment surplus. The ambassador, after pointing out that he was working with data supplied by the US Department of Commerce, noted that in 1973, the US exported to Latin America goods valued at eight million and one quarter dollars, while it imported from that region less than $7 billion worth of products. These figures indicate that Latin America contributed at least $1 billion to the US trade surplus, which was 1.7 billion in 1973.
02:51
The ambassador went on to say that the situation is worsening. In 1960, Latin America had a deficit of $49 million. But while the price of raw materials only rose 8% in the last decade, that of North American finished goods climbed 22%. He condemned the monopoly or virtual monopoly position of capital and technology that the industrialized countries enjoy. The ambassador warned that economic coercion can produce an opposite reaction from that intended, giving as an example the disruption caused by the increase in petroleum prices. In the same statement, the ambassador analyzed in general terms North American aid to Latin America, and he emphasized that 60% of US aid must be repaid. That is, it is called aid, but actually amounts to loans of money at commercial interest rates.
03:45
The Mexican ambassador concluded by commenting that the coming visit of Latin American ministers with Henry Kissinger, "Will be an excellent opportunity to open a continuing dialogue on the problems that the Latin American countries face." The meeting with Kissinger to which the Mexican ambassador referred is the Conference of Ministers of the Organization of American States, scheduled to be held in Mexico City at the end of the month. On its agenda will be included cooperation for development, protection and trade embargoes, solution to the Panama Canal question, restructuring of the inter-American system, international trade, the world monetary system, and the operations of multinational corporations.
04:26
According to Latin America, Kissinger's aim is to stabilize the situation in Latin America, as he has attempted to do in other parts of the world. Traditionally, the continent has provided the United States with primary products and raw materials at relatively low cost. Now, prices on the world market are soaring, to the extent that the United States is thinking officially of endorsing long-term agreements between producer and consumer organizations. Since Kissinger took over at the State Department, Venezuela has begun to develop a petroleum policy which makes a distinction and a difference in price between the industrialized countries and the countries of Latin America. In 1973, the world price of sugar and coffee, let alone other products, broke all previous records.
05:16
Latin America says that in spite of regional rivalries and local crises, there does exist a common philosophy among political leaders in Latin America toward the United States. However wide the political gulf that has separated past and present Latin American leaders, all agreed on a number of fundamental points. First, that the problem of US intervention, call it imperialist or paternalist, is perennial. Secondly, that Washington's policy towards Latin America has generally been aimed at securing the interests of US business.
05:48
Thirdly, the countries of Latin America ought to take protectionist measures, regulating the repatriation of profits, taxing luxury imports, selecting the areas for foreign investment, and increasing in volume and price the export of primary products and manufactured goods. Finally, local armed forces, or part of them, have been systematically used as instruments of the foreign policy of the United States in Latin America ever since the beginning of the Cold War. Military assistance, the conferences and exchange programs and the training programs have all helped to overthrow constitutional parliamentary governments and to replace them by militarist or Bonapartist regimes.
06:32
In diplomatic and political circles in Latin America, there is a sense of considerable expectation with regard to Kissinger. The impression of Latin American diplomats is that Kissinger now speaks for a consensus of Congress, Vice President Gerald Ford and of President Nixon himself. Add to this the fact that Kissinger can count on the support of the Soviet Union, the Chinese, and is respected, if not loved, by Europe and Japan, and it is not surprising that, in the words of a Brazilian diplomat, he should now be seen in the role of a planetary [inaudible 00:07:06]. This report has been compiled from Excélsior, The Mexico City Daily, and the British weekly and economic and political journal, Latin America.
07:14
According to the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, more than 10,000 Bolivian peasants blockading a highway near Cochabamba were attacked last week by government tanks and mortar fire. A dozen people were killed and many more were wounded. The peasants, who were rebelling against drastic price increases and food shortages, had taken as hostage General Perez Tapia, who was sent to negotiate with them. The nation's strongman, General Hugo Banzer, announced that the troops were dispatched to rescue the captured general. Perez Tapia himself, however, told a different story. He said that after fruitful dialogue, the peasants released him with a message that they would lift the blockade as soon as Banzer came to negotiate with them. Instead, Banzer sent the troops.
08:05
According to the Christian Science Monitor, some observers in Bolivia say that General Banzer's current troubles are so serious that they could signal the beginning of the end for his government. In chronically unstable Bolivia, governments have a way of coming in and going out in rapid succession. Actually, General Banzer has been in power longer than the average. His government, when he came into office, was the 187th in Bolivia's 148 years of independence.
08:31
During his tenure, General Banzer has faced a series of tests, but his rightist-oriented government has managed to stay in office through a combination of military muscle and moderate political support. In recent months, there has been growing evidence of military divisions. Leftist-leaning military officers who supported the government of General Juan Jose Torres, whom General Banzer deposed, have long been unhappy about the conservative political and economic direction of the Banzer government.
09:00
Now they're being supported by a growing political opposition, sparked by the withdrawal of the MNR, a leading political party from the civilian-military coalition supporting General Banzer. MNR leader and former president Victor Paz Estenssoro was exiled in the wake of the MNR's withdrawal, and this in turn has caused further bitterness on the part of many Bolivians. In addition, the MNR has strong ties with elements in the peasantry, including the well-organized peasant forces in the Cochabamba area where the current wave of peasant unrest began. It is presumed that the MNR's troubles with the Banzer government are a factor in the current peasant revolt. At the same time, however, the revolts erupted last week largely because the government imposed 100% increases in the prices of basic foodstuffs.
09:55
The government justified the increases on the basis of a need to keep food from being smuggled out to Bolivia to neighboring countries, where higher prices are being paid. But the peasants, who live an impoverished existence, rejected this argument. They were also supported by industrial workers in La Paz, Cochabamba and Santa Cruz, who staged a series of one-day strikes last week to protest the price hikes. As the strikes, revolts, and unrest mounted, General Banzer imposed a state of siege throughout the country. Just a step short of full martial law, the state of siege permits the government to ban rallies and demonstrations, and allows the police to make arrests and carry out searches without warrants.
10:36
Excélsior reports that Banzer has blamed the recent troubles on communist agitators. He charged that the peasant rebellion was organized in Paris by the noted French Marxist Regis Debray and former Bolivian official Antonio Arguedas, with the support of Fidel Castro. Banzer declared that agitators got 10,000 peasants drunk on chicha, a local whiskey, and paid them huge sums of money to revolt. He called on citizens to kill all extremists and communists, and promised that if the citizens did not do so, the government would. This report on peasant unrest and reprisal is taken from Mexico City's daily Excélsior and the Christian Science Monitor.
11:20
Latin America reports from Chile that the conservative newspaper El Mercurio said recently, "Those who thought that military rule would be sufficient to bring new investment and price stability to Chile were very far from the truth. Since that is exactly what this leading Chilean newspaper did think last September," says Latin America, "it was courageous of it to admit its mistake." But there was a more objective reason for its change of heart. The military censor has now moved into the heart of the conservative Edwards Publishing empire, and the previous week, its more popular evening paper, La Segunda, was closed for a day after the military accused it of causing public alarm. The editor, Mario Careño, said they had taken exception to a story accusing shopkeepers of hoarding cigarettes while awaiting a price rise.
12:07
Careño, who was one of the most tenacious opponents of the Allende government, lost some of his early enthusiasm for the junta after being taken to identify the tortured body of one of his relatives in a ditch. In the first months of military rule, newspapers of the Edwards chain were merely expected to send a copy of the first edition along to the local garrison commander. Now the army clearly feels that self-restraint is not enough. With the definitive closure last month of Tribuna, the vehicle for the right wing views of the National Party, the Chilean press is no longer able to fulfill its traditional role of revealing the differences that exist within the political elite. The left-wing press was of course closed immediately after the coup.
12:54
But with or without newspapers to publicize these differences, there is no doubt that the contradictions between the various groups that support the junta are growing, as indeed are those within the armed forces.
13:06
But the junta still appears inwardly solid and outwardly in control. On Monday, the formal decree was published declaring the remaining political parties in recess, which effectively debars them from playing any political role for the indefinite future. The parties must supply the military authorities with a list of their members, and any change in their officers must have military approval. They may not engage in political activity in the guise of the pursuit of cultural, sports or humanitarian ends, nor may they interfere ideologically in labor, student or community organizations. In these circumstances, says Latin America, it is not surprising that the junta's honeymoon with the Chilean middle class is now coming to an end, perhaps more rapidly than expected. This report on recent developments in Chile is taken from the British news weekly, Latin America.
14:45
David Alfaro Siqueiros, one of the outstanding painters of the Mexican Muralist movement, died on January 6th, 1974. On today's feature, we will hear from Dr. Hunter Ingalls of the University of Texas Art Department, a specialist in 20th century art, and Dr. Damián Bayón of Argentina, a visiting professor in the University of Texas Art Department. Siqueiros's career began as a night student at the National School of Fine Arts in Mexico in 1911, where his political involvement soon led him to participate in a student strike and the formation of an independent school.
15:27
Siqueiros the Marxist practiced in his art and life his political beliefs, which led him to jail and exile on many occasions. At the time of his death, he was a persona non grata in the United States, unable to enter this country. Beginning in 1926, he spent almost five years working to organize mine workers in Jalisco.
15:50
He fought in the Spanish Civil War with the Republicans. He painted murals in the United States, Chile and Cuba, as well as in his native Mexico, where his most famous works appear in the Palace of Fine Arts and the Polyforum. He was jailed in Mexico for his political activities from 1960 to 1964. In 1967, he received the Lenin Peace Prize, and his last major work, "The March of Humanity in Latin America", was dedicated in 1971. Dr. Ingalls, do you consider Siqueiros a significant painter of the 20th century?
16:31
Well, I'd say he's very significant. However, I feel that the context of his significance is not one that we're yet giving sufficient consideration to as we study art history. I think it's very easy to study—be told that you have learned of 20th century art, of significant 20th century art, without having the name Siqueiros ever mentioned, and also without having the Mexican mural movement, or any recognition of work in this hemisphere south of our own borders taken into account at all.
17:11
So I think he is significant, and I think we have some learning to do in terms of what we think of as significant these days. Of course, that is my opinion and it's formed in part in what I feel to be the deficiencies in my own education as I was made aware of the area of my interest. I've personally had to definitely go out on my own rather than find available courses at Columbia University to learn about this man.
17:49
Why do you think that Siqueiros is not recognized in this country?
17:53
Because the recognition of art in this country, I feel, is very much under the influence of certain economic factors. And Siqueiros insisted on painting in what he thought of as a revolutionary style, which meant painting murals, which meant painting murals he hoped in places where more and more people could see them. And this is simply something that can't be bartered and traded in the marketplace. The easel painting can be. And the energy of focus, I think it's happening, it's snowballing. I think in the thirties, Siqueiros and the other Mexican muralists were written about, were taken into serious consideration in this country. And now, no, because the only people in the past that are looked on, with respect, I think are those that can be sold.
18:44
Dr. Bayón, how do you see Siqueiros?
18:48
Well, I have just written a book on Latin American contemporary art, which is printed now in Mexico. And I'm sorry to say that I treated Siqueiros rather badly. I say I'm prevented because he died after, but my ideas are the same, I'm seriously speaking. I think that the mural movement, the three great Mexican painters, as they call them, Rivera, Orozco and Siqueiros, the really two great or important painters are the first two, that is to say Rivera and Orozco. And I have my good reasons to that, because the idea of painting murals was not their own. It was Vasconcelos, who was the minister of education in the 1920s, after the revolution, who got the idea of painting the revolution on the walls of Mexico. And he found those two first artists I was referring to, Rivera and Orozco, who were young and having a wonderful career.
19:59
Rivera was in Europe, painting in Cubist style, and he was really a very great artist. And he renounced everything to go to Mexico, and he started that discovery. Siqueiros is a different case. He came later. He was a political man. He was a born leader, he was a man of action who had a very great idea of himself. And I think that he used his power of action and his power on the other people through painting. That is a different problem. I say of the others, for instance of Orozco, that he was a born painter and he wasn't able to express himself in another way. Siqueiros, I'm sure that could, and he wrote manifestos and very shocking, revolutionary things. He was really a man of action, and at the same time, being very curious, he just—with the new materials and the new ways of painting, he was in a way, a precursor.
21:01
I mean, he started using dripping for instance. That doesn't mean that Pollock is not the real inventor of the dripping technique. And he used light and masonite to paint on. He was really an interesting man, trying many things. For instance, the three-volume paintings, murals with a third dimension as he did in the University of Mexico, that for me are completely... He failed completely in those murals. But anyhow, it's interesting, as the idea goes. I mean, to paint a mural that gets out of the wall. So I don't consider him very much in the universal history of painting, but I consider in our Latin American—I'm speaking as a Latin American context, as an important artist to be compared with four or five Brazilian, Argentinian, Chilean painters of this century as really important artists, and merit to be well-known here in the United States or in Europe.
22:10
Do you think that his political beliefs interfered in his painting? That he was too concerned with—
22:18
No, I think he was perfectly honest with himself. His ideas, he wrote very much. He wrote several books and manifestos and little booklets and little leaflets and things. Very provocative. They have been published in Mexico and in Venezuela. Each time that he traveled—he went to Poland and to India and to all Latin America. He was giving lectures, and those lectures were to take the side of social realism. Finally, he was much more free than in the communist countries, in Russia or Poland of today. He was very avant-garde for those people. I don't know if he was enough avant-garde for us. I saw the Polyforum because I was living in Mexico at that time, and for me, it's a complete failure. It's completely out of the question in 1971, as the date. Muralism had a sense in the twenties and forties. I don't think it has any sense even in Mexico in 1970, and the young people of Mexico think the same.
23:31
I have to give a second thought to that question of the politics, do you think the politics had a detrimental effect? Because it brings up the very basic issue that many people, as they look at the art of Picasso and Braque and that sort of modernism, which is sort of considered to be the mainstream. I'm not saying my colleague has this attitude, but there very definitely is an attitude about the politics and art don't mix. I would like to refer that approach to the very contemporary attitude among many artists that they want to paint conceptually. We are now in an age where many, many artists are seeking a conceptual approach to their art.
24:22
Now, the concepts that these artists use are totally within the realm of aesthetics. Is it not just as viable to draw concepts from history, from social history, political history? And then in order for us to get in touch with that, I think we have to go back and study the whole history of Mexican Revolution and to recognize what tremendous power and force there was, not just in terms of the contemporary events, but these artists linking those events with the mythical things of the past.
24:58
The Mural Movement did create quite a stir in the art world in the 1930s. Do you see any future impact for this sort of popular art, or do you think that it has died out completely?
25:15
I have an answer. I am very much interested by the Cuban posters, meaning Cuba in 1970. And at the same time there was a great national annual exhibition of painting and sculpture. I was not interested or impressed by anything I saw there. It was copied off Europe and the States through magazines. And I was very much impressed with the beautiful posters, enormous, covering the whole building, that they are making. Very much inspired in pop art, in art of everything that is Western. But anyhow, I think that is the poster goes to the public. The public has to go to the murals. That is the effect. That's my answer.
25:55
Well, the one rough thing that pops into my mind with that question is the Chicago wall painting people, painting walls under the supervision of master artists. I've written and asked for slides of some of this material and haven't gotten them. It's sort of an underground art movement. There is an interest in this country in this kind of thing. Even in our own city of Austin, we have just in the last year seen murals springing up on all sorts of walls. I'm not certain that murals are out of fashion or dead. And specifically, it's interesting now that people think of the exterior wall, not the interior wall. Not the wall in the chamber that's only visited by the government officials, but to throw the wall at everybody passes up into sharp relief.
26:46
There, I think, there is still importance. As I was reviewing some reading about Siqueiros, two words popped into my mind. I like to play with words, and maybe that's part of the reason for these two. But the supercharge and the demiurge. The supercharge with its reference to mechanics and machines and high power. The demiurge, which refers to emotional power and the physical, muscular human being, but also the mythological figure.
27:21
And Siqueiros is very much interested, I think, in merging these two powers, and in doing so in such a manner as to activate the spaces and the interiors of buildings. And personally, I wish I had a greater opportunity to be in those spaces, to experience those spaces. I definitely feel I've got to reserve my own opinion until such time as I can get in there and see how it works. I think spatially as well as thematically, he does some very interesting things.
27:51
Thank you both very much for being with us today. Our guests today have been Dr. Hunter Ingalls of the University of Texas Art Department and Dr. Damián Bayón of Argentina, a visiting professor at the University of Texas.
LAPR1974_02_13
00:22
According to the British news weekly Latin America, more than 20 Latin American foreign ministers will meet in Mexico City on February 21st with United States Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. The foreign ministers plan to raise a number of issues which they feel must be resolved in order to open the new dialogue promised by Kissinger. One of the major questions will be the role of US multinational corporations. There are serious problems, states one agenda point, with the transnationals, which interfere in the internal affairs of countries where they operate, and which tried to remain outside the scope of the law and jurisdiction of national courts.
01:04
Another issue will be the perpetuation of Latin America's dependence on the United States for technological know-how. Mexico, for example, estimates it pays $180 million annually just to acquire patents and technical know-how developed by the United States. Latin American countries want the United States to help create an organization which can put technological knowledge in the hands of the developing countries to reduce the price of technology and to increase aid and credits to acquire it.
01:39
The restoration of Panama's sovereignty over the canal zone is also high on the agenda. Pressure will likely be placed on the United States to move ahead on a treaty based on the principle signed by Panama and the United States on February the 7th, and Kissinger is also likely to be pressed, at least privately, to lift the US embargo of Cuba.
02:01
There has been a flurry of press speculation that Cuba is changing its attitude towards the United States. A routine statement of Cuba's conditions for talks by its ambassador to Mexico was widely reported as a softening of the Cuban position, and Leonid Brezhnev's visit to Cuba, coupled with Soviet foreign minister Andrei Gromyko's trip to Washington has been portrayed as further pressure on Fidel Castro to seek détente with United States.
02:33
In anticipation of Kissinger's trip to Mexico on February 21st for the Latin American Foreign Ministers Conference, several major newspapers, including the New York Times and Los Angeles Times have endorsed a change in US policy toward Cuba. The Nixon administration is reportedly split on the question, and Kissinger says that the US would re-examine its policy only if Cuba changes its attitude towards the United States.
03:02
The Cuban foreign ministry has emphatically denied any change in its attitude toward the United States. In a statement refuting the claim that the ambassador's statement in Mexico signaled a Cuban initiative for detente. The foreign ministry said Cuba will not take the first step in restoring diplomatic ties, and that the United States must first unconditionally lift its embargo and acknowledge that it has no right to intervene directly or indirectly in matters concerning the sovereignty of Latin American countries. Cuba also insists on its sovereignty over Guantanamo, where the United States maintains a naval base.
03:43
Among the statesmen who have commented recently on United States Cuban relations was Argentine president Juan Perón, who expressed his opinion that the United States should definitely lift the economic blockade imposed on Cuba, and also declared that the Caribbean country should be integrated into the Latin American continent as it was before the blockade. The Mexico City daily, Excélsior, quoted Perón, who said he thought Soviet leader Leonid Brezhnev's recent visit to Cuba was positive if this visit helps to reduce the tension between a Latin American country and the United States.
04:22
Referring to the economic blockade, Perón said that it constituted a tragic error of North American policy. All of what has occurred between the two countries since the imposition of the blockade in 1961, said Perón, has been the direct result of this tragic policy. Perón emphasized, it is necessary that Cuba once again becomes what it always was, a country integrated into the Latin American continent.
04:52
Of course, Cuba has an economic system different from our own, but haven't we maintained for almost a century the principle of non-intervention in the internal affairs of another country? The Argentine government last year awarded Cuba $200 million in credits to buy Argentine manufacturing goods and other trade contracts have been signed between the two countries since the reestablishment of diplomatic relations in May of last year.
05:22
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Senator Edward Kennedy proposed a four-point plan to normalize relations between Cuba and the United States and other Latin American countries. As a first step, Kennedy suggested that Secretary of State Henry Kissinger at the next foreign minister's meeting, support any initiative which will give the OAS member the liberty to act independently in its relations with Havana. If such a resolution is approved, the commercial and economic blockade of Cuba imposed by the OAS in 1964 would be annulled.
06:00
Excélsior went on to say that Kennedy, in addition, proposed the renewal of air service between the US and Cuba as a means to reunite Cuban families and added that the Nixon administration should encourage an interchange of people and ideas between both countries. Finally, Kennedy said that the United States should take advantage of the reduction of antagonisms that would follow the previous steps in order to initiate a process of official diplomatic normalization that would include the opening of consular offices.
06:36
The Senator, according to Excélsior, put in doubt the state department's declaration that the Cuban policy of exporting revolution is a threat to the peace and liberty of the continent. He cited in contrast Pentagon experts who said that Cuban help to subversive groups is actually minimal. Kennedy underlined the fact that Soviet leader Brezhnev, in his visit to Cuba last week, stated that the communists do not support the exportation of revolution. He added that it is doubtful that Latin American nations would imitate Cuba since this island suffers great economic difficulties, depends enormously on the Soviet Union and maintains a closed political system.
07:19
Diplomat John Rarick expressed his opposition to Kennedy and blamed Cuba for what he called an increase in communist activity in Mexico and Bolivia. For his part, senator Byrd speaking in Congress, reiterated his appeal to normalize relations between Havana and Washington. He said that to renew relations with Cuba does not signify that the United States has to adopt their policies. In the same way, it doesn't signify such to have relations with the Soviet Union.
07:52
This report taken from Excélsior of Mexico City and Latin America, a British economic and political weekly.
08:01
Opinião of Brazil forecast that the United States has decided from appearances to break the economic blockade of Cuba after 15 years. The American government seems disposed to authorize the giant car manufacturers that have subsidiaries in Argentina for Chrysler and General Motors to export their products to Cuba. It seems strange that the American government determines who its multinationals should sell to. In the first place, American corporations located in that country are subject to Argentine laws. In second place, Argentina, since Perón's rise to power maintains diplomatic relations with Cuba.
08:48
The commercial restrictions to which the multinationals in Argentina are subject have begun to cause problems with the government of that country. Recently, Argentina conceded $200 million worth of credit to Cuba to buy automobiles, trucks and tractors. Since the manufacturers of these products are, in large part, American enterprises and impasse was created, how to sell them to Cuba if the American government does not permit the foreign subsidiaries of its enterprises to export to Cuba. This episode reveals not only how the American government through its large corporations intervenes in the internal affairs of other countries, but also that in reality American multinationals are subject to the directives of their nation of origin.
09:35
But if the adjective multinational seems inadequate to characterize these enterprises, it does reveal the dependency of these corporations on their foreign profits. Opinião reports, for example, that Burroughs, a large manufacturer of computers earns 41% of its profit abroad. Coca-Cola, 55%. Dow Chemical, 48%. And IBM, 54%. Clearly, says Opinião, an important portion of these prophets are from underdeveloped nations.
10:12
The British News weekly Latin America reports that hardly had President Velasco of Peru called for the elimination of "unnecessary military expenditure" when the Brazilian press announced massive and prolonged military maneuvers on its northern and western frontiers. These maneuvers cover Brazil's so-called Amazonian frontier. Observers have compared these operations with those that took place last year on the frontiers with Argentina and Uruguay, which at the time were widely interpreted as a show of strength to Brazil's southern neighbors. At the same time, Venezuelan sources alleged that Brazil is creating a powerful fifth army for the control of its Amazonian frontiers.
11:00
The news of the military operations came at a time when complaints by Brazil's neighbors about peaceful infiltration of frontier areas by Brazilian settlers have swelled into a veritable chorus. In Paraguay, the opposition has alleged that in one area, some 37,000 Brazilian families have installed themselves on Paraguayan soil.
11:25
The main criticism of Brazil, however, has come from Venezuelan sources. The spearhead of this attack has been the Caracas evening paper, El Mundo, which claimed to have discovered a secret Brazilian plan to invade neighboring countries if any of their governments go communist. According to El Mundo, the first objective of Brazilian expansionist plans is Bolivia, where Brazilian landowners in the Abuna River area are alleged to be a bridgehead for further Brazilian incursions.
11:57
The paper declared the immediate objective to be iron ore deposits, but added that if the Bolivian government showed a nationalist or left-wing line, Brazil would support a secessionist movement in the Bolivian state of Santa Cruz, which borders Brazil. El Mundo said warnings about Brazilian incursions on the frontier with Venezuela itself had already been made in secret reports by the Venezuela military to the government.
12:24
Some support for the El Mundo story has come from a report by a military specialist, Hermann Hauser, who said Brazil has been establishing heavily armed military posts along the border with road links to major military bases in the state of Rio Branco. Venezuelan's forces in the area, according to Hauser, consists of a mere handful of national guards. One member of the Venezuelan Congress alleged a plot supported by the Pentagon for Brazil and Colombia to create a territorial crisis with Venezuela, and he demanded that the Venezuelan government should set up an inquiry into the extent of Brazilian penetration of Venezuelan territory.
13:07
The Brazilian government has, so far, made no official denial of these allegations, and the Brazilian press in general has made no comment, possibly because of fears of censorship. However, the Rio de Janeiro daily, Jornal do Brasil, has come out with the spirited defense of the newly announced military operations. It said every nation had the right to carry out military operations on its own territory and that only the bad faith of speculative commentators could attribute expansionist designs to perfectly normal military maneuvers.
13:46
These operations it said were also in the interests of Brazil's neighbors, since the frontier areas were notoriously under policed and so open to illegal paramilitary operations against those countries as much as against Brazil itself. The papers said the allegations of Brazilian expansionism were being made by those who "seek a pretext to divide South America into two, Spanish America and Portuguese America."
14:13
This from the liberal British news weekly, Latin America.
15:01
Our feature this week is an analysis of the recent turbulent events in Argentina taken from the Cuban, Prensa Latina and the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
15:13
Juan Perón is probably the best known political figure in Latin America since his appearance on the Argentine political scene in 1943 when he came to power in a military coup. He solidified his power base by building a huge political party whose main program was the support of this one man. At the same time, he took advantage of workers' unrest and constructed a huge trade union bureaucracy, also under his control.
15:43
But these institutions were not the only factors which kept Perón in power. Immediately after World War II, world beef prices were high in a booming world economy and Argentine beef was bringing big export earnings for that country. Perón forced cattle raisers to sell their beef to a state corporation at a low price, and the government used the export earnings to begin industrializing the country and also to construct a welfare state apparatus to maintain Perón's political base. By the early fifties, though, world beef prices had begun to fall from the post-war boom. Also, Perón's manipulation of the cattle-raising industry had seriously damaged this important sector of the economy. As a result, Perón's almost hysterical support among Argentine masses fell off slightly.
16:38
There was still another factor which undermined Perón. Perón had always maintained a nationalistic foreign policy and was particularly unfriendly to the United States. By the early fifties, many United States investors were interested in establishing operations in Argentina and no doubt would not have objected to a change in government.
17:00
Finally, in 1955, Perón was overthrown in a right-wing military coup. In the following years, the military allowed some elections to take place, but the Peronist party was always banned from participating. The Peronists, however, always managed to show their strength by casting blank votes in the elections.
17:24
These elections always showed that, whether in Argentina or not, Perón was still the strongest political figure in Argentine politics. Throughout the long years of Perón's absence, the Peronist party came to include many diverse political tendencies. The trade union movement came under the control of the more conservative wing of the party, and as a result has been somewhat passive and pressing for workers' demands. Meanwhile, the more leftist elements of the party, led primarily by the Peronist Youth Group, agitated strongly for Perón's return, and early this year, the military consented. After 17 years of exile, Perón was once again allowed to return to Argentina.
18:06
Last September, Perón ran for president and won by a landslide. Yet his return has not turned Argentina into a sunny paradise. Social conflict has sharpened tremendously. Nor has Perón been able to maintain his position as the unchallenged leader of the Argentine masses. While most of the older trade union officials remain loyal to Perón's dictates, the sharpening economic and political crisis of the past few years has produced new political forces, rooted in an important section of the industrial working class who owe Perón little and put worker demands ahead of the aging politician's almost mystical personal appeal.
18:51
When the military dictatorship headed by general Alejandro Lanusse last year invited Perón to return to the helm of Argentine politics after 17 years of Spanish exile, they were confessing their inability to cope with an increasingly revolutionary situation. The worsening economic crisis together with the junta's brutal and ineffective repression gave rise to over 500 strikes involving more than 5 million workers, a high tide in workers' struggle. While urban guerrilla organizations continued raids and kidnappings with virtual impunity. The Lanusse regime viewed Perón as the only political figure who, they hoped, could stabilize the situation.
19:34
In terms of the class forces within Argentina today, says Cuban Prensa Latina, the invitation extended to Perón represented an attempt at a compromise by big property owners whose careers and fortunes are tied to the United States. About a third of Argentina's foreign debt, the largest single portion, is owed to US banks, while nearly another fifth is held by international institutions and banking syndicates such as the World Bank and the Paris Club, in which the US plays a dominant role. The pro-US group, while it makes up probably the biggest sector of the Argentine business community as a whole, is probably also the one with the narrowest popular base, due to the general unpopularity of US business interest in Argentina.
20:28
Unable under Lanusse to keep its grip on the Argentine situation, this section of the business and industrial community, by inviting Perón to return, offered to share power with other sectors of the Argentine business community who have a Yankee nationalist orientation. There are actually two main sections of this community in Argentina today. The first, led by Perón, prefers to build economic relations with Western Europe and Japan as well as China, while restricting relations with the United States.
21:04
It sees both the US and the USSR as superpowers threatening to Argentina's independence, also influential, but still weaker than the first is a pro-Soviet sector of businessmen centering around a number of Argentine corporations with Soviet affinities and controlling the newspaper El Mundo and a television channel in Buenos Aires. The current economics minister, José Gelbard, is a representative of this group.
21:33
While the precise concessions to be made by the pro-US elements to other interests are the objects of a continuing struggle, the role and vision for Perón has been made amply clear. While attacking Yankee imperialism, he is to engineer a social truth to bring the workers' movement under control so as to raise the profits and rescue the power of Argentine industrialists as a whole.
22:00
Has Perón kept his part of the bargain? A series of purges directed against the left-wing of the Peronist movement soon after Perón's return, using the assassination of a rightist leader by an urban guerrilla group as provocation, together with a series of anti-democratic regulations within the trade union machinery have identified Perón as allied with the right-wing faction in the party. The right-Peronist trade union hierarchy appears to have the green light to control or suppress the left.
22:34
Nevertheless, despite measures of repression bearing Perón's signature, the aged leader's image is so tied up in Argentine eyes with popular and national aspirations that his return has been taken by the majority of the employed workers, the semi-employed poor, and peasants as a signal to redouble their struggle. The focus has turned from urban terrorism to mass organization in the factories.
23:02
While the 62 national unions and the General Confederation of Workers are still controlled by the old line rightist Peronist hierarchy, millions of workers within these organizations have become involved in a struggle to democratize them and make them responsive to the rank and file. Agitation among agricultural proletarians in the plantations and of poor peasants has also accelerated. In the enormous ghettos of misery of the cities, the fight for a better life and decent conditions has grown into an important mass movement. Not least the students have been reorganizing and their movement expanding.
23:42
Since his return to the helm of Argentine politics last year, Perón has been repeatedly threatened by the Argentine rightists whose inclinations toward a military coup are well-known. Whether or not Perón and more generally Perónism can stay in power, depends greatly on his ability to convince these men that he alone retains the overwhelming support of the masses of Argentine people.
24:08
Crucial in this endeavor is the Peronist trade union hierarchy, which constitutes Perón's most important permanent organizational underpinning. This machinery, however, long ago forfeited claims to representing the material demands of the massive workers, which it once could boast of. It is an increasingly goon-ridden apparatus whose operations alienate the rank and file of the unions more than they attract them. It is no wonder, therefore, that the new left-wing organizations which arose during the military dictatorships prior to Perón have not merged themselves unconditionally into the Peronist movement since Perón's return, but have rather maintained their independence.
24:52
The most important of the relatively new forces on the scene is the Revolutionary Communist Party, CPR, created in a split from the Communist Party in 1967. The CPR spent its first five years in illegality and has grown considerably in the past year. In the student movement in Cordoba to cite one example, they grew in a year from 40 members to 300. Their newspaper, New Hour, has been appearing regularly for six years.
25:24
There are also at least five urban guerrilla groups in Argentina. Despite the fact that guerrilla groups made a temporary peace with Perón, recent events may bring about drastic changes in the situation. Excélsior of Mexico City recently reported that a strong guerrilla attack on the Army has brought relations between Juan Perón and much of the Argentine left to the breaking point this month. About 70 members of the People's Revolutionary Army, ERP, dressed in government military uniforms, and traveling in stolen army trucks entered the garrison at Azul, 125 miles south of Buenos Aires, January 20th, and held the command post for seven hours.
26:08
The attackers killed the commander of the 2000 man tank regiment, his wife, and a sentry before fleeing, taking the deputy commander as hostage, two guerrillas were killed. Thirteen suspected participants in the raid were arrested a few days later for questioning. It was the first large scale attack by a guerrilla group on elements of the Argentine government as distinct from targets belonging to foreign corporations, which have been frequent targets for several armed groups.
26:37
The raid provoked an immediate and furious reply by President Perón appearing on nationwide television in his general's uniform. Perón equated the attack on the garrison with an attack on himself. He appealed to the trade unions, the youth movement, and all other organizations to cooperate with police and army forces in the fight against the guerrillas. To annihilate as soon as possible this criminal terrorism is a task to which everyone must commit himself, he said. It is time to stop shouting Perón and to defend him.
27:13
One of Perón's first steps in the anti-guerrilla campaign was to sack the governor of Buenos Aires province, Oscar Bidegain, who was considered a progressive by the Peronist left wing. Three or four other provincial governors of a similar character are also expected to be fired. It has become evident from the purges that the raid on the Azul garrison is being used by the Perón government as a provocation to further suppress the Argentine left, whether sympathetic to the ERP or not.
27:43
Another step in the repression was the police confiscation and burning of an edition of El Mundo, the left Peronist newspaper in Buenos Aires. Perón, reversing the liberalization moves enacted when he first returned to power, has also pushed through the Argentine parliament a stiff anti-terrorist law, which would virtually suspend civil liberties. This action aroused the opposition of nearly the entire left, Peronist or not.
28:10
It is quite possible that the guerrillas hoped to drive Perón into the arms of the hard line military, thus exposing him as the right-winger they have always said he is, leaving no room for leftists within Perónism. Such a situation would seriously alter the balance of power in Argentina.
28:28
This report on Argentina was taken from the Cuban, Prensa Latina, and the Mexico City daily, Excelsior.
LAPR1974_02_21
00:22
In Chile, according to Mexico City's Excélsior, on last September 11th, the day that the government of President Salvador Allende was overthrown, the offices of three of Chile's largest newspapers were destroyed and many of their staff imprisoned or executed.
00:37
Likewise, at the time of the military coup, the offices of the magazine, Punto Final, and the broadcasting facilities of the radio station Radio Nacional were leveled. Immediately after the coup, 10 of Chile's traditional news dailies and magazines were ordered to seize operations indefinitely. Eight radio stations were also dissolved.
00:55
Excélsior claims that today the fascist regime in Chile does not permit the dissemination of any opinions other than those authorized by its own office of information. The greatest injustice being committed against those news agencies, which had been sympathetic towards the Allende government is the relentless persecution of persons associated with these agencies.
01:14
There have been more than 20 known executions of journalists and more than 100 imprisoned and tortured. Many Chilean journalists are believed to be held on the concentration camp on Dawson Island.
01:25
Of great importance internationally, says Excélsior, is that nearly 50 Chilean press workers have still not been guaranteed safe conduct passes by the junta in order to join their families and leave Chile. They remain in 15 European and Latin American embassies where they have been granted political asylum. This story on political repression of Chilean journalists from Mexico City's Excélsior.
01:48
Also in Chile, the military junta's economic policy has not yet convinced foreign investors and has caused an important breach with the Christian Democrats. The British news weekly Latin America commented that five months after the coup that overthrew Salvador Allende, the Chilean military junta, is still very far from stabilizing the internal situation. Consequently, it continues to have difficulty in persuading the international financial community to back what might be called "its revolution and economic freedom."
02:17
Fernando Léniz, the minister of the economy, returned to Santiago recently from a trip to Washington. Not exactly empty-handed, but with little more than stopgap loans to keep the economy afloat. The International Monetary Fund did its best to point out that, "Chile needs substantial assistance from the international community in terms of credit and investment." But emphasize that at the same time, it must make huge efforts to overcome its own grave difficulties.
02:43
The real problem, says Latin America, is that the economic situation is undermining the junta's political support. The chief complaint has been about price rises, particularly of staples like sugar, tea, rice, and oil, which all enjoyed a subsidy in the Allende administration.
03:00
Before he left for Washington, Léniz had to face a meeting of angry housewives demanding that there should be no price rise without a corresponding wage readjustment. Lines for cigarettes have appeared again, almost certainly due to hoarding.
03:14
The economics minister had nothing to offer the housewives and the price increases announced in January make gloomy reading. Sugar has more than doubled in price since last September. The price of oil has not quite doubled and gasoline has almost tripled its price. The problem is that while the consumer can decrease consumption of non-essentials, he can hardly give up buying food altogether.
03:36
Nor is food the only problem. Devaluation of urban and rural property is to be increased 10 and 30 times respectively, which will have a disastrous impact on rents. The existing differentials between rich and poor will be further worsened by next year's abolition of the income tax. New decrees are being brought in to cope with those who abuse these measures. One law specifies that a penalty of up to 20 years imprisonment for speculation, hoarding, and rumor mongering.
04:03
The Cuban news agency Prensa Latina has reported that five leaders of the Bus Owners Association in Valparaíso, fierce opponents of the Allende government have been jailed for distributing supposedly subversive pamphlets. They had been protesting against the government's refusal to allow transport prices to keep up with the new prices for fuel.
04:23
Perhaps none of this would matter, says Latin America, were it not for the fact that the Christian Democrat Party has now at last come out with major criticism of the government. A private but official letter signed by the party's right wing president was given to General Pinochet and was made public in Buenos Aires.
04:40
"A lasting order cannot be created on the basis of repression", said the letter. "Many Chileans have lost their jobs, been denied civil service promotions, been arrested, harassed, threatened or pressured in different forms without any evidence or concrete charge being brought against them." And in a reference to the economic situation, the letter pointed out that, "In view of the level of prices and the fact that earnings of workers are insufficient to cover the cost of food and other vital items for their families, we feel it is no exaggeration to say that many of these people are simply going hungry."
05:12
The letter's pointed political message was clear, "We are convinced that the absolute inactivity of the democratic sectors facilitates the underground efforts of the Marxist groups. Without guidelines from their leaders our rank and file members and sympathizers are at the mercy of rumor, trickery and infiltration."
05:30
The reply of the military was not long delayed. General Pinochet said that there were certain bad Chileans who were calling for an end to military rule. He emphasized that there was no prospect of elections for at least another five years. The deputy minister of the interior revealed that the police were investigating the activities of political parties which were not obeying the military decree, ordering complete abstention from political activity.
05:55
Having alienated the Christian Democrats, the question of unity within the armed forces themselves once again becomes important. The minister of the interior is a known Christian Democrat supporter and has shown indications of populous leanings. While the defense minister seems to be emerging as the chief spokesman of the hardliners and has flatly denied that anyone within the armed forces is unhappy about the economic policy. "The policy of the junta," he said in an interview with El Mercurio, "so intelligently and dynamically carried out by Minister Léniz is the authentic Chilean road to development and general prosperity." This report from Cuba's Prensa Latina and the British news weekly, Latin America.
06:34
From Argentina, a New York Times story recently reprinted in the Mexico City daily Excélsior reported that in an underground news conference, leaders of the most important leftist guerilla group in Argentina vowed to step up their attacks against the military and threatened to kill an army officer kidnapped last month. The guerrilla of the Marxist People's Revolutionary Army said that they were still awaiting payment of a $10 million ransom from the Exxon Corporation for the release of the kidnapped refinery manager of the company's Argentine subsidiary.
07:06
Guerrilla leaders also announced the formation of a common front with Chilean, Uruguayan, and Bolivian guerrillas that would include joint operations and an interchange of personnel and weapons. According to police sources, there are 3,000 to 5,000 guerrillas in Argentina in five different groups.
07:23
Despite their relatively small numbers, they have created major tension through repeated kidnappings of businessmen and attacks on the armed forces. The People's Revolutionary Army, whose spokesman refused to reveal the size of its membership, is the most important of all these guerrilla groups.
07:38
In explaining the group's attack on an army garrison last month, one of the spokesmen was quoted, "We consider that to halt or diminish the fight against the oppressor army would allow it to reorganize and to pass over to the offensive." The attack in which the garrison's commander was killed, along with his wife and a sentry has aroused conservatives and anti Marxists and sparked a violent campaign against leftist groups in Argentina.
08:02
After the attack on a military garrison, President Juan Perón vowed to crush the guerrillas and pushed through Congress a strong anti-terrorist bill. Mr. Perón's movement, split between right wing trade unionists and left wing youth, was further divided by the attack. Within days, right wing groups bombed more than 20 offices of the Peronist leftists. The growing split between right and left and the Peronist movement worsened this week after the police reported having discovered an assassination plot by Peronist leftists against the president and his wife, Isabel. That New York Times story was repented in the Mexico City daily Excélsior.
08:39
A recent article from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina comments on the role of technology in United States-Latin American relations. If justice were really to be done when Latin American foreign ministers meet with Henry Kissinger in Mexico City at the end of February, the Latin Americans would win substantial changes in the conditions under which technology is currently transferred from the advanced capitalist countries to the nations of the Third World. For more than a decade, the governments of the continent have noted the excessive cost of modern technology under conditions in which foreign private investors control the supply and the subject is sure to come up again at the Mexico meeting.
09:19
"Up to now," says Prensa Latina, "the Latin Americans hope of gaining more access to less expensive technology has not passed the resolution stage of simply making declarations or statements of principle. Whenever reference is made to the subject, the US has rejected all such proposals for the Third World, including Latin America as happened in the last UN trade and development meeting in Santiago, Chile in 1972. In the case of all Latin American countries, with the exception of Cuba, advanced technology belongs to the big US corporations and access to it is obtained only when a company chooses to invest in a country or sell licenses. In either case, a very costly procedure for those who don't control the technology."
10:00
Prensa Latina says that according to a recent United Nations study of 15 underdeveloped countries, the price of technology rose to $1.1 billion, a figure equivalent to 7% of the total export income of these 15 countries and 56% of all the private foreign investment they received. Brazil, with its highly-publicized economic miracle, had to pay $780 million to the transnational corporations in 1972 for the purchase of technology and is expected to pay more than $2 billion for the same item in 1980.
10:35
Venezuela in the past decade has paid out nearly $7 billion for the purchase of US technology. This sum was paid out in the form of royalties, earnings, surtax on imported raw materials and payments to foreign technical personnel. "This makes for extraordinary profits for some corporations," says Prensa Latina. The Interchemical Company of Venezuela, for example, annually remits up to 240% of its capital in royalties alone.
11:02
According to Prensa Latina, Latin American countries have asked the United States to contribute to the creation of official organizations in which technological information would be centered and from there put at the disposal of the countries needing it. They want the US to reduce the prices of technology and to increase credits to acquire it. Also, to draw up programs for the training of technicians to use part of its gross national product for research on the specific problems of development of the continent, and to support the creation of new international legislation, which could reorganize the transfer of patented and unpatented technology to the underdeveloped countries.
11:38
The United States already made its position known on these points at the Santiago meeting two years ago, when its representative declared that the US government would not help supply financial resources to cover new activities related to the transfer of technology. Speaking in that meeting, the United States representative stated that the official aid his country would be able to supply would not be sufficient, and he recommended that US private investments be used to fill the technological needs of the developing countries.
12:05
"In short," says Prensa Latina, "the US policy for the Backyard continent has not changed and the technological dependency is part of this policy. Ever since Monroe put forth his doctrine that bears his name." That from the Cuban Press Agency, Prensa Latina.
12:20
The Buenos Aires daily La Opinión recently ran a lengthy editorial concerning political violence in Latin America. "Many ideologists," begins La Opinión, "when called upon to justify the use of violence, simply say that violence is inherent in human beings. Such statements say far more about their authors than about the nature of violence. In Latin America, a continent of great social inequities and intense social conflict, it is misleading to speak on such abstract terms when discussing the issue of political violence."
12:51
La Opinión continues, noting that in some Latin American countries, many citizens have suffered great social injustices. In these cases, spontaneous violence often spring from the masses. "A study of the situation in these countries," says this Argentine daily, "leads to certain conclusions, namely that the struggle of the underprivileged people to achieve a better and more civilized standard of living has caused a reaction of the ruling groups who want to protect the existing order. Such reaction often includes political violence." La Opinión then follows with examples to illustrate its point.
13:23
From the beginning of the military regime in Brazil in 1964, for example, violence has been used to protect and defend the system. The so-called Death Squad is an extralegal organization whose supposed purpose is to fight crime and maintain order. Most of their activities, however, seem to be terrorist actions against any political groups opposing the military regime. "It's certain," concludes La Opinión, "that violence has always been exercised by minority groups anxious to impose not only its views, but its forms of government." These excerpts from an editorial published in the Argentine daily, La Opinión.
14:45
This week's feature based on articles in the Brazilian journal Opinião, and the British news weekly Latin America Chronicles recent forecast and observations on the Brazilian economy.
14:56
There was never any doubt that General Ernesto Geisel, the military government's candidate, would win the presidential elections in Brazil, as he did some weeks ago. Nor is there any doubt that the political scene will remain quiet and continue to be strictly controlled by the military. The present Médici government, since coming to power in October of 1969, has progressively tightened controls over the nation's political life. Most observers consider it unlikely that the new administration, which is to take office in March, will permit any significant relaxation of these controls.
15:28
In the words of the outgoing president, "Brazil's new president," 64-year-old retired General Geisel, "will not permit any deviation whatsoever from the economic, social and political philosophy governing our society." The new president, former Director of Petrobras, Brazil's oil monopoly was formerly appointed in mid-January by an electoral college made up of members of the only two political parties allowed to function, the ruling National Renovation Alliance having the majority.
15:55
Much speculation exists, however, over the question of whether General Geisel will really continue the economic policies of his predecessor. In a country which claims to have fostered an economic miracle, which is world renowned and which takes pride in its role as a host for foreign corporations, any changes in economic policy are bound to have significant results.
16:16
What is behind this economic miracle? A recent article in the Brazilian journal Opinião comments on how the international press views the booming Brazilian economy. The so-called economic miracle was the subject of articles in the North American magazines Newsweek, Business Week, Commerce Today, and the Wall Street Journal and the French newspaper, Le Monde.
16:36
In Le Monde's view, 1974 will repeat the 1971 performance, which achieved a growth rate of over 11%. The industrial sector, the most dynamic, increased its production by 16% and the automobile industry almost 19%. The expansion of this sector was aided by the influx of foreign capital and the growth of electrical energy output. It was also favored by the idle capacity that already existed in many industries, which now, according to the journal, demand a large investment to maintain that current rate of expansion.
17:08
The French publication stated that the oil crisis stimulated Petrobras, the state owned oiled industry, to intensify its explorations in the Amazon and the continental shelf. At a time when all of the world's leaders are preoccupied with the possibility of an economic recession, Le Monde finds that, "Brazilian leaders are among the few who are not troubled by 1974", because they can count on their friendship with Arab countries to maintain their oil supply. In the long run, furthermore, the energy problem can be viewed optimistically because Brazil's hydroelectric potential is immense and its reserves of bituminous coal are second in the world.
17:45
In the agricultural sector, meanwhile, the results have been deceptive. The growth rate of 4% fell short of the Brazilian government's goal of almost 8%. This failure, according to Le Monde, was due primarily to the poor coffee crop, which forced Brazil to import some 2 million sacks of this product from El Salvador to fulfill its international obligations.
18:07
The strong external demand for agricultural products has had bad consequences for Brazilian people. The saleable crops, such as soya, are developed at the expense of other crops, such as black beans, which are needed for the country's own food supply.
18:21
At the same time, the most difficult struggle that the government has to face is that of inflation, which surpassed the 12% mark established as the goal of the beginning of the year and reached almost 14% in the state of Guanabara. Le Monde asserts that in certain official circles, it is admitted that the price increase was 20%, while the minimum wage rose considerably less.
18:45
Who will be the world's next super exporter? According to Business Week, as strange as it might seem, it will be Brazil. Brazilian exports had a phenomenal growth of 57% in the past year and surpassed $6 million. This growth of exports, in Business Week's view, was possible because Brazil, following Japan's example from 10 years earlier, possessed cheap labor able planners and a powerful central government which is dedicated to increasing exports.
19:13
It is vital for Brazil to export in order to keep its balance of payments under control and to import furiously as a part of its magic program for industrial development. According to the Minister of Planning, whom the magazine considers responsible for the increase in Brazilian sales to other countries, "We need to increase our exports at least 18 to 20% a year to maintain our commercial balance." The increase of Middle Eastern oil prices requires a yet greater growth of exports, according to the American magazine.
19:43
In order to achieve its objectives, the Brazilian government makes it almost impossible for companies not to export by conceding exemptions on almost all state and federal taxes. This official policy permits the corporations to sell abroad at prices 50% lower than in the domestic market. Business Week states that this could expose Brazilians to the charge of dumping its products on the markets of other countries. Thus, if the growth of Brazilian exports continues its rapid pace, foreign governments will become increasingly hostile.
20:15
The magazine Commerce Today of the US Department of Commerce, displays optimism towards Brazil's economic growth this year, "Which will occur," it says "unless there is a grave scarcity of oil, since Brazil is extremely dependent on foreign oil, particularly Arabian oil." The publication stated that the Brazilian economy has been characterized in the last few years by a series of positive factors such as political stability and capable economic direction that generates a vast fund of commercial credit and foreign capital.
20:45
Other critics are not so optimistic. In the opinion of the Wall Street Journal, Brazil has an uncertain economic future, since inflation will reach 40% in 1974, according to their estimations. Brazilian authorities will have to confront the problem of impeding their dramatic increase in prices and the subsequent race of inflation brought on by the world energy crisis. Brazil imports almost three fourths of its oil and its industries as well as its automobile sector vitally depend on combustible fuel. Costs, as a result, have increased for Brazilian imports. 450 million barrels of oil, which formally cost $900 million, now costs $3 billion, almost three times as much. This puts pressure on the balance of payments.
21:31
The Wall Street Journal cites the pro-Brazil thesis of the treasurer of General Motors in Brazil, who says that the country can confront the impact of the energy crisis in the next six months and that the current growth is sufficiently dynamic to support it. "This optimism," comments the Wall Street Journal, "seems to underestimate the impact of the world recession on Brazil. A recession widely anticipated, which would reduce consumption of Brazilian products abroad."
21:58
It is the current world crisis, in fact, as the weekly Latin America points out, that is forcing the government's economists to reexamine the nation's economic policies. Observers point to several events that foreshadow radical changes in Brazil's economic policy and indicate that despite apparent achievements of the Médici government, Geisel's advisors are not satisfied with the state of the economy.
22:20
Sources close to President-elect Geisel indicate that he has already selected his cabinet for when he takes office on March 15th. It is understood that a new super ministry to be known as the General Secretariat for Coordination is to be created, with one of Brazil's most outstanding military intellectuals at its head.
22:39
At the same time, the Finance Ministry appears to have been given to an economist and banker who has been known as an opponent of the Delfim Netto philosophy of economic development.
22:49
The picture of the Brazilian economy given by President Médici in his New Year's speech to the nation was one of continuing success. The gross national product had expanded, he said, by an estimated 11.4%, giving Brazil the highest growth rate of any major country in the world. The President observed that in the last five years, Brazil's gross national product has increased by some 63%. A rate, he claimed, which was the fastest known in the modern history.
23:06
Even the outgoing president sounded a note of warning about 1974, when he observed that "External factors can disturb the picture of our financial economic situation." That these disturbing influences are already at work in Brazil is apparent from both discussion in the press and from official statements. At present, three areas of concern have been pinpointed. First, there is imported inflation resulting from the increased prices of imports, which will make it increasingly difficult to maintain the projected 12% inflation level for 1974.
23:49
Second, the high growth rate of industry and increase in exports have been creating considerable problems in the supply of foodstuffs and raw materials to the internal market. Finally, the government has been taking ever more rigorous measures to control the entry of foreign loans to the country since the conversion of such loans into Cruzeiros could put pressure on the money supply and upset the battle against inflation.
24:13
It is in the light of these facts that both government economists and General Geisel's economic advisors are taking a long hard look at the current economic thinking. Up to now, Brazil, like most of developing countries, has concentrated on the expansion of industry and exports at the expense of agricultural and the home market.
24:32
But gradually the realization that concentrating on primary products may be a better investment in the long run than competing with industrialized nations is filtering through to Brazilian government economists. It has long been argued by Brazilian opponents to the policies of Finance Minister Delfim Netto that concentration on manufactured exports with the need for heavy subsidies and the import of raw materials would not in the long run be in Brazil's best interests.
25:00
In their view, the formation of a larger internal market with more rapid development of the rural areas would in the end do more to promote exports and would protect the country from the fluctuations of the international economic situation. There are some indications that General Geisel may incline to the same view.
25:18
Whatever difficulties may be facing Brazil in 1974, they do not appear to be worrying international investors. A recent roundup of opinion made by the Rio de Janeiro daily Jornal do Brazil showed that although foreign bankers considered developing countries in general would suffer from difficulties in obtaining international finance, Brazil would be an exception.
25:41
The other side of the phenomenal growth statistics of the Brazilian economy says the Brazilian journal Opinião, are statistics not so frequently quoted, which depict the subhuman living and working conditions of the majority of Brazil's population, the common people who produce the phenomenal wealth and share in little of it. At the close of 1973, one observer reported the following effects of the Brazilian economic miracle. In the province of Belo Horizonte, there are approximately 20,000 registered orphans who are street beggars.
26:13
The director of the National Foundation for the Wellbeing of Minors at one meeting explained that the prostitution of 12 and 13 year old girls was common, and that removing them from the trade would mean starving whole families to death. Opinião continues saying that the special commission of the Brazilian League for the Protection of Minors reported that 112 out of every 1,000 babies die shortly after birth and 370 die before their first birthday. And in the city of São Paulo alone, more than 1,100 died from dehydration.
26:44
Dr. Silvio Toledo, director of the School Health Service, said that the reason that one out of every five São Paulo students drop out, have poor attendance, or fail, is poor health. 89% of the students in São Paulo have intestinal parasites and at least one out of four have tonsil and adenoid trouble, and more than 12% are anemic.
27:05
On December 5th, the last day of the Brazilian Congress, which has adjourned until Geisel takes office in March, a deputy from the legal opposition party commented, "There is talk of developing the country, but government statistics are made up of cold numbers; the pain, blood, and sweat of millions of desperate Brazilians. What kind of development is this in which the people did not participate?"
27:27
This week's feature on changing trends in the Brazilian economy was compiled from the Brazilian journal Opinião and the British news weekly Latin America.
LAPR1974_02_28
00:20
The New York Times reports that the military government of Peru has agreed to pay $76 million in compensation for United States companies it has expropriated in recent years. According to announcements made in Lima and Washington, executives of several companies with interest in Latin America were bitter. "It's the best of a bad bargain, I suppose," one declared. The $76 million will be paid to Washington to be put into a trust fund, and eventually divided among companies with claims against Peru.
00:56
This is in addition to the $74 million that Peru is paying directly to five companies; The SERO Corporation, W.R. Grace & Company, the Stark subsidiary of the HJ Heinz Company, Gold Kist Incorporated, and Cargill Incorporated. The funds for the Peruvian payment were obtained through loans made by the First National Bank of Boston.
01:21
President Nixon declared that, "Investment disputes in recent years have unfortunately troubled our traditionally good relations with a few Latin American countries. We should establish an effective, impartial mechanism to resolve these questions within the Inter-American family." One company executive was quoted, "The State Department wants a solution to protect our heavy investments now underway in the Peruvian oil fields, as well as the remaining mining operations down there." Several companies involved expressed cautious optimism.
01:56
The SERO Corporation, whose large mining operations were taken over in January, said the agreement was reasonable under the political realities in Peru today. The International Proteins Corporation, which lost its fish meal and other marine processing facilities in Peru said, "The availability of these payment funds will permit the company to accelerate its development in other parts of the world."
02:22
A number of United States oil companies, including Occidental and Texaco, are developing promising petroleum fields in the Peruvian Amazon and offshore areas. And the Southern Peru Copper Company, largely American owned, remains the largest operation of its kind in Peru. One executive of a large United States company explained, "It depends on whether you have money you want to get out, or money you want to put in. Most of the expropriated companies have written off their losses." The president of SERO said, "We will have tax loss of about $138 million that can be applied against United States taxable income beginning in 1974." W.R. Grace eliminated its Peruvian assets from corporate earnings statements in 1970, a year after its vast land holdings were taken over and converted into cooperative farms and plantations.
03:22
This news report is taken from the New York Times. In Mexico City, Henry Kissinger's meeting with Latin American foreign ministers ended recently. Also representing the United States was the newly appointed U.S. ambassador to Mexico, Joseph Jova. The Christian Science Monitor reports that there has been a flurry of protests by Mexican newspapers in the left, over Jova's appointment.
03:39
Joseph John Jova, most recently United States Ambassador to the Organization of American States in Washington, presented his credentials to the Mexican government in mid-February. Editorials appearing in local newspapers have accused Mr. Jova of interfering in the internal affairs of Chile, while he was deputy chief of Mission in Santiago, from 1961 to 1965. And of sharing responsibility for the overthrow and death of President Salvador Allende last September.
04:22
The Mexican daily, Excelsior, called President Nixon's appointment of the diplomat, "One more defiance of the U.S. government." It said on its editorial page that Mr. Jova was named because, "What is needed now is a political agent, a provoker of conflicts, an emissary of American fascism, and that individual by his antecedents is Joseph John Jova."
04:47
The editorial accused Mr. Jova of organizing and supporting rightist resistance to President Allende in Chile. And predicted that he would adopt a similar attitude in Mexico of antagonism towards Mexican President Luis Echeverria's liberal policies.
05:05
The moderate daily Novedades also objected to Mr. Jova's appointment declaring that, "He has been carefully chosen to come to Mexico, where he can repeat his Chilean feat with easy dexterity. The extreme right is happy for this shattering and facile victory."
05:23
This report from the Christian Science Monitor.
05:27
The Chilean people will have no political activity for the next five years, reports Mexico City's, Excelsior. The Mexican Daily notes that Pinochet, head of the military Junta in Chile, has announced the suspension of all political activity for at least the next five years. He also added that the military government plans to rule the country for an even longer period. Furthermore, all security measures are to be continued, as if there was a civil war, until all traces of Marxism are checked.
05:59
Five years or more are needed, said Pinochet, to fulfill the Junta's plans. He also warned the Chilean people that 1974 would be a difficult year. In the economic sphere, the military generals plan to increase the exportation of copper to over a million tons by the end of 1974. Most of it is owned and used in industrialized countries, specifically the United States. The late Marxist president had attempted to nationalize these foreign-owned companies. He was overthrown and killed by the military Junta.
06:36
The Junta announced that the coalition of political parties that supported Allende have been abolished. The other political parties, such as the Christian Democrats have been allowed to remain as recognized entities. But all their political activities have been suspended. Pinochet has also affirmed that clandestine gorilla activity is still taking place. And for that reason, maximum security will be imposed on the people of Chile, until all Marxist resistance is eradicated.
07:06
Pinochet, in a speech delivered to thousands of copper miners at El Teniente mine, asserted that the leftists are very active in realizing clandestine insurgency fighting, and that they are acquiring contributions and infiltrating arms and ammunition into the country. He also added, that in the course of a year, the military Junta would lose the war, unless the economic situation of the country improved. Pinochet asserted, "There are many that have branded me with adjectives, such as killer, fascist, and irresponsible, but I will not change my stance."
07:43
His position was pointedly emphasized in the report of a woman's organization, which has been investigating the situation in Chile, the International League of Women for Peace and Liberty announced that the ex-socialist senator, and the president of the National Bank under Allende have been sentenced to death by a secret military tribunal.
08:06
This from the Mexico City Daily, Excelsior.
08:11
The British News weekly Latin America reports that the sale of United States arms to Latin American countries has increased drastically in recent years. During the Vietnam War years, these sales were severely inhibited. But during the period from 1970 to '72, a conscious effort was made to recover lost markets. The United States sold $258 million worth of arms to Latin America within these three years. Only $447 million were sold for the whole of the 20 proceeding years. Almost all of these purchases were made by six Latin American countries. They are Chile, Brazil, Columbia, Peru, Argentina, and Venezuela.
08:57
The sale of arms is not the only type of military support which the United States extends to Latin America. U.S. Congressional attention has recently been focused on United States training schools for foreign police, located both at home and abroad. Democratic Congressman James Abourezk has unearthed documents concerning instruction for foreign policemen in the design, manufacturer, and employment of homemade bombs and incendiary devices at the U.S. Border Patrol Academy in Texas. The Agency for International Development defends its program, on the grounds that the police need the knowledge in order to take countermeasures against left-wing guerrilla s.
09:43
The Defense Department, however, has found the matter so controversial that it refused to provide instructors for the course, thus forcing AID to get help from the CIA.
09:54
Those Latin American countries, which have been interested in police training programs, unlike those which have been major purchasers of arms, are not limited to the largest Latin American countries. The school at Los Fresnos, Texas, for example, has produced graduates from Guatemala, Uruguay, Columbia, Brazil, and El Salvador.
10:17
The identification of the United States police training programs with right-wing terrorism is now widely recognized as a diplomatic problem for the United States. A senate report on US AID programs to Guatemala said that it had cost the United States more in political terms, than it had improved Guatemalan police efficiency.
10:40
Congressman Abourezk introduced a resolution, calling for a complete termination of all police programs. Although this resolution failed to win a majority, Congress did move to phase out existing police training programs abroad, and to ban any new ones. This does not, however, affect training programs available to foreign policemen in the United States.
11:03
This from the British Newsweek, Latin America.
11:06
When reporting on events in Argentina recently, much has been said in North American newspapers about the, so-called, terrorism of left-wing revolutionary groups in that country. In reports which recently appeared in the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, though, the picture which emerges is one in which right-wing terrorist groups and the government combined to harass leftists and moderates.
11:32
There are groups in Argentina, which are dedicated to revolution, such as the People's Revolutionary Army, more commonly known as the ERP. While the ERP has become famous for its kidnappings of foreign businessmen and government officials, it has never been known to torture its prisoners or engage in reckless indiscriminate terrorism.
11:54
Although the activities of the ERP attract a great deal of attention, the most important conflict which is going on in Argentina is within the Peronist movement itself. The phrase Peronist movement is perhaps misleading, since the group includes people from drastically different political persuasions. When Perón was in exile, the Peronist movement was united, because its only goal was to bring Perón back to Argentina. Now that Perón is back and in power, the differences in the movement have begun to emerge. The right-wing of the party is represented by the trade unionist, whose main enemy is the Peronist Youth Group, an organization of leftists and moderates.
12:36
Peron's regime has not been the reform-minded government that some people thought it would be. And it has come down particularly hard on the left. Conservative forces, apparently aware that the government is on their side have opened an offensive on their opponents. An example of this movement is the formation of a new group, the Peronist Workers Youth, a right-wing counterpart to the Peronist Youth Group. Excelsior reports, that about 60 people, apparently members of the new group, fired on the offices of El Mundo, a leftist newspaper recently. Also, police in Buenos Aires recently uncovered a large arms cache belonging to the Peronist Workers Youth.
13:18
The government's role in this struggle, says Excelsior, has not been completely neutral. For example, the newspaper fired upon was closed down by the government only two days after the incident. Also, the same night the newspaper was fired upon, in a different part of the city, another incident occurred when some 500 petroleum workers marched to their local union headquarters, which they said had been taken over by right-wing officials, government troops surrounded the local and fired twice upon the crowd, killing four workers.
13:50
Incidents such as these, say Excelsior, may be forcing moderates away from the government and the hard-line Peronists, and into the ranks of groups such as the ERP.
14:01
That report on current political trends in Argentina from the Mexico City Daily, Excelsior.
14:52
For today's feature, we'll be talking with Christopher Roper, an editor of Latin America Newsletter, the British Journal of Latin American Political and Economic Affairs. Mr. Roper is touring the U.S., gathering material for articles on current United States foreign policy towards Latin America, which is the topic of our feature today.
15:12
Mr. Roper, your Latin American newsletter claims to be completely independent of government and big business. It carries no advertising. And you say you're free to give a, more or less, consistent and reliable view of Latin America. How is the newsletter's view of Latin American events different from that of the major commercial United States press, say, the New York Times or the Wall Street Journal?
15:33
Well, I think in the first place, we are looking at the continent from day to day and week to week, and we don't just pick up the stories when they become sensational news. Our news doesn't have to compete with news from Asia, and Africa, and Europe or the energy crisis. We are steadily dealing with—there is an article on Argentina every week, an article on Brazil every week. I think the second important point is that we rely entirely on Latin American sources. I think the United States and British news media rely very heavily on their own reporters who go down there who haven't lived all their lives in those countries that they're visiting, although they're very familiar, that they don't look at it from a Latin American perspective. I think this is perhaps the central point which differentiates our journal from any other.
16:27
I think the final point is that, we rely entirely on our subscribers for income. As soon as we cease to provide credible analysis, as soon as our facts, our reporting can be shown to be at fault, we will start to lose subscribers. I think the fact that over the last four years, something like 90% of them resubscribe every year is an indication that we're still on the right track and that's why we make this claim.
16:57
How would your treatment of an issue like U.S. foreign policy differ from what most United States press agencies would say? I mean, for instance, would you say that basically, U.S. interests are compatible with the interests of Latin Americans?
17:11
Well, we try to look at this, again, from a Latin American point of view, and it is quite clear that there has been a consensus of criticism of the United States from Latin America, again, over the last four or five years. In fact, probably ever since 1961, was the last time one can look back to a period of any harmony. You have to go back before the Cuban blockade. You have to go back to Kennedy's statement of the aims of the Alliance for Progress, which did at that time, receive very widespread support in Latin America. It was only when it proved to be a disappointment, and some would say, a fraud and a sham, and that you had the Cuban Intervention, you had the Dominican Republic Intervention.
17:59
You have had the treatment of Peru in 1968. I think, in the light of those events, and of course Bolivia, that people in Latin America lost faith. Though even today, Kennedy is the one name that elicits any affection among Latin Americans generally. And they don't accept that the seeds of subsequent failure were already present in Punta del Este in 1961.
18:27
How would you characterize then the editorial point of view towards Latin America of most of the United States press sources? What interests do they represent?
18:40
Well, they represent the very broad interests of the United States government. I think that, it's quite evident if you travel a lot in Latin America, that you find that the Washington Post and the New York Times reporters spend more time in the United States Embassy, than they do talking to the Chilean, or the Peruvian, or the Brazilian people who they're visiting. They fly about the continent, staying in expensive hotels on tight schedules. And, if you're wanting to understand Latin America at all, you certainly should go by bus, and probably you should walk, because that's how most of the people in Latin America get around.
19:17
And when, for instance, Mr. Kandell of the New York Times visits poblaciones in Chile and comes back and says that the people there had said that they hadn't been shot up by the military, one can just imagine the scene of this very gringo looking man walking into the población and speaking in a very heavily American accent, and asking them whether they've been shot up. And of course, they say, "No, no, no. Nothing happened to us here." And, he goes back and ticks another población off the list. And, charts it up as another excess of leftist reporting in Chile. But, I don't think it really reflects the reality of what is happening in Latin America. The people who are filing reports for us are people who lived in those towns and cities, and probably were themselves shot up.
20:05
Mr. Roper, getting back to the question of current U.S. foreign policy towards Latin America, there's been a lot of press speculation recently that Cuba is changing its attitude toward the United States. From your interviews and discussions with State Department and other officials in this country, do you have any idea about the possibilities of US attitudes changing towards Cuba and about the possibilities for eventual reestablishment of diplomatic relations between the two countries?
20:36
Well, undoubtedly, the Cubans would like to see an end to the blockade. They want better relationships with Latin American countries. Any Latin American country that has shown itself in the slightest bit well-disposed towards Cuba over the last five years has been given the warmest possible encouragement by the Cubans. This includes, as well as the Chilean, it's the Peruvians, and the Panamanians, and even the Argentinians. And certainly, friendly relationships have always been maintained with Mexico, even when the Cubans have had very serious political differences with Mexico.
21:16
I think that the Russians too, I think as part of the detante, Mr. Brezhnev and Mr. Kosygin would like to see the United States softening its attitude towards Cuba. I think that within the State Department, there are many voices who are arguing that the whole of U.S. policy towards Latin America, if there is going to be a new spirit in forming those relations, then the question of Cuba needs to be exorcised, if you like, to use a current word.
21:50
I think that Dr. Kissinger himself has argued very strongly that the old attitude to Cuba must come to an end. But, as one senior State Department official said to me, he said, "Mr. Rebozo has more influence than Dr. Kissinger on this particular question." Mr. Bebe Rebozo, who is a close friend of Mr. Nixon, has extensive interests with the Cuban exile community in Miami. Mr. Nixon has a strong emotional attachment to the exile community in Miami. His valet is a Cuban exile. And it was quite clear to me in Washington that people in the State Department weren't expecting any change. They all said that Kissinger might pull it out of the hat, but they couldn't see it. And I think that he may discuss it in Mexico City. He may, as it were, have lifted a finger. But, rather as with the Panama Canal, all the rough stuff is still ahead.
22:52
Kissinger is undoubtedly trying to deflect attention from these previously very divisive issues. He can't solve the Panama Canal, because the United States military won't let him. He can't solve the question of Cuba because the President of the United States won't let him. But he's trying to say, "Let's bypass those issues and let's see if we can establish some dialogue on a new basis." In some ways, the timing is good. The Chilean question has been settled, more or less, to the satisfaction of the U.S. government. They took three years to engineer the coup in Chile.
23:28
Now, that's behind them. And I think this was very important in timing the Mexican initiative, Dr. Kissinger could not have a meeting with the Latin American foreign ministers until Chile was out of the way, as it were. He said on his way back from Panama, after not settling the Panama question, but at least postponing the Panama question of at least establishing a basis for future negotiations. When a reporter asked him if the United States would recognize Cuba would end the blockade on Cuba, he said, "Why should we make Castro seem more important than he, in fact, is?" This is very much the Kissinger line. "Let's sweep these things out of the carpet and try to find a new relationship." I think, at least at a public relations level, he may be very successful.
24:19
Besides Chile and Cuba, as you've just outlined, one of the most serious disputes the United States has had with any Latin American country in the last five years has been with expropriation of U.S. firms in Peru. What can you say about current U.S. foreign policy towards Peru?
24:40
Well, I think the most significant thing is that the man who has been negotiating with the Peruvian government on behalf of President Nixon is Mr. James Green, who's the head of the manufacturer's Hanover Bank and represents a vast web of private sector economic interests. So, it's very hard to know whether he's negotiating on behalf of the Council of the Americas, which is the main lobby for United States business interests in Latin America. Or whether he is in fact negotiating on behalf of the State Department. It's inextricable, this web of public and private interests in Latin America.
25:17
I view the whole question of a new policy with some skepticism. I think that, the only way in which the outstanding questions can be solved is by the Peruvian government abandoning some of its earlier positions. It is going to have to give in to the demands of foreign investors if it wishes to maintain good relations with the United States.
25:44
And this is not just a question of getting further foreign investment, it's a question of getting development assistance from the Inter-American Development Bank, from the World Bank. All these things are dependent on the goodwill of the United States government, and the goodwill of the United States government is dependent on the goodwill of the private sector investors. We were told that the agreement between the United States and Peru would be announced in January that all the substantial outstanding points had been covered. This has turned out not to be so.
26:16
When I was in Washington last week, they were still saying they hoped for a favorable outcome, but it's clear that the Peruvians are being more steadfast than they might've been expected to. They were very badly frightened by what happened in Chile. I think many governments in Latin America were very badly frightened, which is another reason why Dr. Kissinger feels this is an appropriate moment to act, because to a certain extent, the governments down there are cowed. But the Peruvians are, I personally am happy to say, withstanding some of the demands that are being made on them.
26:49
And the kind of demands go well beyond just the mere treatment of investment. They include things like, the Peruvians are being asked not to trade with mainland China. Even though the United States itself is creating new relations with China, it doesn't want its client states in Latin America to trade with China. And it was making Chinese trade one of the very crucial aspects of the Peruvian and United States relations.
27:16
So, I think it's a very good example of what one might call the United States relations with a nationalistic, but certainly, not communist state in Latin America. And it's a very good example of why Latin American relations with United States have historically been so difficult, and I believe will be continue to be so difficult, perhaps until the end of this decade.
27:45
For today's feature, we've been discussing United States foreign policy in Latin America with Christopher Roper, an editor of Latin American newsletters, the British Independent Journal of Latin American Political and Economic Affairs.
LAPR1974_03_07 - Correct Ann
00:20
Our stories this week include a report on the recent foreign minister's meeting in Mexico City, a story of right-wing rebellion in Córdoba, Argentina, an account of the appointment of John Hill as United States Ambassador to Argentina, and a report on press censorship in Uruguay.
00:38
From the Mexico City daily, Excélsior. A block of countries refusing to give across the board backing to Henry Kissinger's international policy, began to take shape here as Latin America's foreign ministers, except for Cuba, arrived in Mexico City for the Organization of American States ministerial meeting. Three groups emerged early in the meeting. First, the nationalist independent group made up of Venezuela, Peru, Panama, and Argentina. Second, a moderate group headed by Mexico and Colombia. And third, the pro-U.S. group, headed by Brazil and made up of Uruguay, Bolivia, and Chile.
01:25
The countries in the first group, who are opposed to any kind of U.S. paternalism in its relations to Latin America, were responsible for defeating Henry Kissinger's pre-conference proposals. Kissinger wanted to include on the agenda a discussion of the so-called energy crisis and of the world political situation. It is generally agreed that by refusing to take these subjects up, Latin America declared its independence in these matters. Kissinger will therefore be unable to speak for Latin America in post-conference discussions with other countries.
02:01
Many analysts predicted that the Latin American nations would assert their independence even more strongly during the course of the meeting over such matters as United States intervention in Latin American affairs, control of the operations of multinational corporations, transfer of technology to developing countries, and the admission of Cuba to the Organization of American States. But according to editorials from the Mexico City daily Excélsior, the Latin American nations neither asserted much independence, nor won any meaningful concessions from the United States.
02:34
The general reaction of the Latin American press to the Tlatelolco Conference was expressed by the scorn and derision in this editorial from Mexico City's Excélsior. As had been expected, the chancellor's meeting at Tlatelolco brought no concrete successful results, at least from the point of view of Latin America. Although a conference communique stated that there was acceptance of ideological pluralism, the meeting was weakened by the anachronistic U.S. economic blockade of Cuba.
03:07
The promises of non-intervention and economic cooperation resulted in nothing which did not already exist before the meeting. "In fact," said Excélsior, "the only concrete decision reached by the conference was a plan to convene another meeting in April in Atlanta." Excélsior concluded by pointing out that the main reaction of the news agencies covering the conference was that the meeting was the most chaotic of all meetings of the American states.
03:36
In Argentina, hundreds of residents fled the industrial city of Córdoba after a police rebellion that left the governor in jail and armed right-wing bands roaming the streets looking for leftists. Three persons were wounded in shooting incidents, police sources said. Bomb attacks were directed against two provincial officials and a judge but caused no injuries. One thousand people have been taken to police stations.
04:03
La Opinión reports that most of the 10,000-man police force of the central Argentine province joined the rebellious chief of police, a right-wing Peronist who jailed Governor Ricardo Obregón, the deputy governor and several high officials yesterday. A police bulletin said the officials, all members of the leftist faction of President Juan Perón, badly divided political movement, had been arrested for allegedly supplying weapons to known Marxists. Rebellious policemen in uniform and carrying automatic weapons cordoned off five square blocks of downtown Córdoba, the nation's third-largest city, and remained in place.
04:47
Plain-clothed policemen and armed bands of right-wing youths roamed the streets and broke into some homes. Witnesses said they were arresting leftists. La Opinión said roads out of the cities were jammed with people fleeing into the nearby hills, which are dotted with resort hotels. The downtown area was nearly deserted, with people heeding police warnings not to report to work.
05:11
The revolt began when the governor ordered the ousting of the chief of police who refused to quit. Shortly before midnight, the rebel policeman entered government house and arrested the governor and several ministers and state legislators. Armed men identifying themselves as Peronist commandos of Civil Rebellion took over two radio stations and broadcast support for the police chief. They also broadcast messages from right-wing labor leaders and political leaders condemning the Obregón administration as being full of infiltrators.
05:48
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Argentine president, Juan Perón himself, supports the right-wing move for power. After accusing deposed Governor Obregón of fomenting public disturbances, Perón asked Congress to order federal control of the province of Cordoba. Federal police units reinforced from Buenos Aires as well as Army and Border Patrol troops are presently on alert. Spokesman for various non-Perónus parties, including the Radical Party and the Communist Party have denounced the takeover as a fascist coup and have voiced disapproval of Perón's plan to maintain order with federal troops.
06:27
Left-wing Peronists trade unions of Cordoba representing 60% of the area's labor force support the deposed governor. They have called the move by the police, a seditious act and have ordered their members to return to work. The leader of the Communist Party has charged CIA complicity in the takeover. He further states that this police action on the provincial level is in preparation for a right-wing coup on the national level, comparable to the recent coup in Chile. This report from Excélsior of Mexico City.
07:03
The recent appointment of John Hill as United States Ambassador to Argentina, has drawn criticism in several Latin American nations. According to La Opinión of Argentina, the assignment has been condemned by the foreign minister of Venezuela, as well as by numerous political groups in Argentina. The Argentine coordinator of youth groups issued a statement last week, labeling Hill as an agent of the CIA with a well-known record of participating in military coups in other Latin American countries.
07:34
According to a release from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina, Hill has followed a political career, particularly as a foreign service officer, while maintaining close contacts with corporate interest back home. Hill began as a clerk in the US Foreign Service in 1943, but was quickly promoted to vice counsel at Calcutta, India. In 1945, he worked with the rank of Captain as a State Department representative assigned to the US Army Headquarters and the China Burma India Theater at New Delhi. Actually, this job served as a cover for an intelligence assignment for the Super Secret Office of Strategic Services, the forerunner of the CIA. Throughout the rest of his career, he continued to work closely with the US intelligence community, including the CIA. A fact confirmed in a report in the congressional record, July 14th, 1970.
08:35
In 1949 continues Prensa Latina, Hill left government service to do a four-year stint as assistant vice president at the New York headquarters of W.R. Grace and Company, a US corporation with operations in 12 Latin American countries. In 1953, Secretary of State, John Foster Dulles appointed Hill as US Ambassador to Costa Rica. The following year, he was transferred to the same post in El Salvador. While stationed in Costa Rica, he did his best to protect the vast land holdings and related operations of the United Fruit Company.
09:09
In 1953, according to Prensa Latina, he personally took part in the negotiation of a contract between a United Fruit subsidiary and the Costa Rican government. He also helped organize the 1954 CIA overthrow of the Nationalist Arbenz' government, which threatened United Fruit's investments in Guatemala. In 1960, he was rewarded for his efforts by being elected to the board of directors of the United Fruit Company. He also served as a consultant for the company on international affairs.
09:39
Hill served briefly as assistant Secretary of State for congressional relations, 1956 to '57, during the height of the Cold War and the last years of the McCarthy period. He was then reassigned to the Foreign Service as ambassador to Mexico where he remained until 1961.
10:00
In Mexico, Hill developed a reputation for his anti-communism, accusing Castro of being a communist agent as early as 1958. Hill put on a sustained public relations campaign to bolster pro-US sentiment, but his efforts were set back when the Cuban Revolution found widespread support among Mexicans. In 1960, he forced the Mexican government to deny oil sales to Cuba. In return, he proposed to cut Cuba's sugar export quota to the United States and to raise Mexico's quota. Cuba's quota was cut shortly thereafter.
10:39
Hill left the Foreign service with the beginning of the Kennedy administration, according to Prensa Latina, and became involved in New Hampshire state politics. He took the lead from his close friend Richard Nixon and used this apparent retirement from political life to strengthen his business and political base. He became a director of United Fruit, Northeast Airlines, various mutual funds and other large corporations with substantial investments in Latin America.
11:08
Hill's expertise in international issues prompted his appointment in 1965 to the chairmanship of the Republican National Committee Task Force on foreign policy, which operated as a think tank for policies to be implemented later under the Nixon administrations. In 1968, he also joined the task force on national security. In May 1973, Hill was appointed by Nixon as Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs. This biography of the new U.S. ambassador to Argentina was compiled from the Cuban news agency Prensa Latina and the Argentine daily La Opinión.
11:47
In Uruguay, a correspondent for the Buenos Aires daily La Opinión reported recently that the distinguished Uruguayan weekly newspaper Marcha has been shut down indefinitely and its editor, 71-year-old economist Carlos Quijano, arrested. This is the culmination of a repressive campaign by the civilian military regime against the opposition press.
12:13
Last September, the regime of Juan Maria Bordaberry decreed that all information about the Chilean political process had to come from Uruguayan government sources or from the Chilean military Junta. The tough conditions laid down by the state security law have forced Marcha to shut down several times in the last few years. After June 1973, Quijano had to reduce the weekly to three international pages and running only brief articles on the Uruguay situation.
12:46
In a story related to the closure of Marcha, almost three weeks have gone by since the arrest in Montevideo, Uruguay, of Juan Carlos Onetti, 64 years old, considered the country's best writer and ranked by many among the three or four leading novelists in Latin America, Onetti remains in jail. The charge against him is having participated in a literary jury that awarded first prize to a short story subsequently declared obscene and subversive by Uruguay's right-wing, military-controlled government. The story is based on the killing of a police in inspector by Uruguayan Tupamaro guerrillas about four years ago.
13:25
This story on events in Uruguay from The New York Times.
14:13
Our feature this week, taken from Excélsior of Mexico City and from a United Nations speech of Mrs. Hortensia Allende deals with international reaction to the policies of the military Junta of Chile. This government headed by General Augusto Pinochet came to power in a coup on September 11th, 1973. At this time, the democratically elected Marxist government of Salvador Allende was overthrown. Governments throughout the world are voicing opposition to the brutal repression, which has taken place in Chile since that time.
14:52
Mexico City's Excélsior reports that the Mexican government, for example, has announced that it will withdraw its ambassador from Santiago. The Argentine government is also considerably annoyed with the Junta. After protests at the torture and execution of several Argentine citizens in Chile, there was an awkward border incident when Chilean Air Force planes machine-gunned a Jeep 12 miles inside Argentina. Next, a Chilean refugee was shot dead while in the garden of the Argentine embassy in Santiago; only hours later, the house of the Argentine cultural attache in Santiago was sprayed by gunfire. Nevertheless, the Argentine government continues trade with Chile, including arms, and has afforded some credits to the Junta.
15:36
The Indian ambassador in Chile issued a protest at the treatment of refugees in the Soviet Embassy in Santiago, which is now under Indian protection since the Soviet Union broke off diplomatic relations with the Junta. Cuba has frozen all Chilean credits and stocks in retaliation for the attempt by the Junta to lay its hands upon $10 million deposited in London by the Cuban government for the Popular Unity Government. The Prime minister of Holland, Excélsior reports, made a radio speech severely criticizing the Chilean Junta and praising the Popular Unity Government. He suggested possible forms of aid to the resistance in Chile. Although the People's Republic of China has maintained relations with the Junta, there seems to have been some break in communication. The Chinese ambassador was recalled at the end of October and requests for the acceptance of the new Chilean ambassador to Peking have so far met with no response. Surprisingly, reports Excélsior, there have even been criticisms of the Chilean Junta in Brazil, and these have not been censored in the Brazilian press.
16:52
The event which has drawn the most international attention to Chile recently was a speech made by Mrs. Hortensia Allende, a widow of Dr. Salvador Allende, who spoke before the United Nations Human Rights Commission in late February. It was the first time in the history of the United Nations that a representative of an opposition movement within a member state was permitted to address an official meeting of the UN. United Nations is restricted by law from discussing the internal affairs of its member nations, but the circumstances of the coup and the subsequent actions of the Junta have increasingly isolated it in the world and made the issue of Chile an international one. The following is an excerpt from the translation of the speech delivered at the UN Human Rights Commission.
17:38
"I have not come to this tribunal distinguished delegates as the widow of the murdered President. I come before you as a representative of the International Democratic Federation of Women and above all, as a wife and mother of a destroyed Chilean home as has happened with so many others. I come before you representing hundreds of widows, thousands of orphans of a people robbed of their fundamental rights, of a nation's suffering from a state of war imposed by Pinochet's own troops, obedient servants of fascism that represents violations of each and every right, which according to the Declaration of Human Rights, all people should follow as common standards for their progress and whose compliance this commission is charged with safeguarding."
18:31
Mrs. Allende continues to describe how she feels. Each article of the UN Declaration of Human Rights is being violated in her country. According to these postulates universally accepted throughout the civilized world she says, all human beings are born free, equal in dignity and rights. In my country, whose whole tradition was dedicated not only to establishing but practicing these principles, such conditions are no longer being observed. There is discrimination against the rights and dignity of individuals because of their ideology. Liberty does not exist where man is subjected to the dictates of an ignorant armed minority.
19:41
The declaration establishes that every man has the right to life, liberty and security continues, Mrs. Allende. Distinguished delegates, I could spend days addressing you on the subject of how the fascist dictatorship in my country has outdone the worst of Hitler's Nazism. Summary executions, real or staged executions for the purpose of terrifying the victim. Executions of prisoners allegedly attempting to escape, slow death through lack of medical attention. Victims tortured to death are the order of the day under the military Junta. Genocide has been practiced in Chile. The exact figures will not be known until with the restoration of democracy in my country, the murderers are called to account. There will be another Nuremberg for them. According to numerous documented reports, the death toll is between 15 and 80,000. Within this framework, it seems unnecessary to refer to the other two rights enunciated in the Declaration of Human Rights, liberty and security do not exist in Chile.
20:18
Mrs. Allende continues, "I would like to devote a special paragraph to the women of my country, who in different circumstances are today suffering the most humiliating and degrading oppression. Held in jails, concentration camps, or in women's houses of detention are the wives of the government ministers who, besides having their husbands imprisoned on Dawson Island, have had to spend long periods of time under house arrest, are the women members of parliament from the Popular Unity Government who have had to seek asylum and have been denied safe conduct passes. The most humble proletarian woman's husband has been fired from his job or is being persecuted, and she must wage a daily struggle for the survival of her family."
21:08
"The Declaration of Human Rights states that slavery is prohibited, as are cruel punishment and degrading treatment. Is there any worse slavery than that which forces man to be alienated from his thoughts? Today in Chile, we suffer that form of slavery imposed by ignorant and sectarian individuals who, when they could not conquer the spiritual strength of their victims, did not hesitate to cruelly and ferociously violate those rights."
21:35
Mrs. Allende continues, "The declaration assures for all mankind equal treatment before the law and respect for the privacy of their home. Without competent orders or formal accusation, many Chileans have been and are being dragged to military prisons, their homes broken into to be submitted to trials whose procedures appear in no law, not even in the military code. Countless Chileans, after five months of illegal procedures, remain in jail or in concentration camps without benefit of trial. The concept of equal protection before the law does not exist in Chile. The jurisdiction of the court is not determined by the law these days but according to the whim of the witch hunters. I wish to stress that if the 200 Dawson Island prisoners are kept there during the Antarctic winter, we will find no more than corpses come spring as the climatic conditions are intolerable to human life and four of the prisoners are already in the military hospital in Santiago."
22:43
Mrs. Allende said, "The Junta has also violated the international law of asylum, turning the embassies into virtual prisons for all those to whom the Junta denies a safe conduct pass for having had some length with the Popular Unity Government. They have not respected diplomatic immunity, even daring to shoot those who have sought refuge in various embassies. Concrete cases involve the embassies of Cuba, Argentina, Honduras, and Sweden. Mail and telephone calls are monitored. Members of families are held as hostages. Moreover, the military Junta has taken official possession of all the goods of the parties of the Popular Unity Coalition, as well as the property of its leaders."
23:27
Mrs. Allende continues, reminding the delegates, "the Declaration of Human Rights establishes that all those accused of having committed a crime should be considered innocent until proven otherwise before a court. The murder of folk artist Victor Jara, the murders of various political and trade union leaders and thousands of others, the imprisonment of innumerable citizens arrested without charges, the ferocious persecution of members of the left, many of them having disappeared or executed, show that my country is not governed by law, but on the contrary, by the hollow will of sectors at the service of imperialism."
24:06
The declaration assures to all, freedom of thought, conscience, expression, religion and association. In Chile, the political parties of the left have been declared illegal. This even includes the moderate and right-wing parties, which are in recess and under control to such extent that the leaders of the Christian Democratic Party have expressed their total inconformity with the policies of the Junta. Freedom of the press has also been eliminated. The media opposed to the Junta has been closed, and only the right wing is permitted to operate, but not without censorship. Honest men who serve the press are in concentration camps or have disappeared under the barrages of the execution squads.
24:54
Books have been burned publicly recalling the days of the Inquisition and Nazi fascism. These incidents have been reported by the world press. The comical errors of those who have read only the titles have resulted in ignorant generals reducing scientific books to ashes. Many ministers sympathetic to the sufferings of their people have been accused of being Marxist in spite of their orthodox militancy following Jesus' example. Masons and layman alike have been tortured simply for their beliefs. It is prohibited to think, free expression is forbidden.
25:32
Mrs. Allende said the right to free education has also been wiped away. Thousands of students have been expelled for simply having belonged to a leftist party. Young people just a few months away from obtaining their degrees have been deprived of five or more years of higher education. University rectors have been replaced by generals, non-graduates themselves. Deans of faculties respond to orders of ballistics experts. These are not gratuitous accusations, but are all of them based on ethics issued by the military Junta itself.
26:11
"In conclusion", says Mrs. Allende, "the Declaration of Human Rights recognizes the right of all men to free choice of employment, favorable working conditions, fair pay and job security. Workers must be permitted to organize freely in trade unions. Moreover, the Declaration of Human Rights states that people have the right to expect an adequate standard of living, health and wellbeing for themselves and their families. In Chile, the Central Workers Trade Union confederation, the CUT with 2,400,000 members, which on February 12th, 1974 marked 21 years of existence, has been outlawed. Trade unions have been dissolved except for the company unions. Unemployment, which under the Popular Unity Administration had shrunk to its lowest level, 3.2% is now more than 13%. In my country, the rights of the workers respected in the Declaration of Human Rights have ceased to exist." These excerpts were taken from the United Nations speech of Hortensia Allende, widow of Dr. Salvador Allende, leader of the former Popular Unity Government of Chile.
LAPR1974_03_14
00:20
From the Brazilian capital, special invitations have gone out to certain Latin American heads of state, reports Excélsior. Four Latin American government chiefs from Chile, Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay will attend the coming Brazilian presidential inauguration. General Ernesto Geisel, who is to be sworn in, was appointed by the current head of the Brazilian military government, and afterwards approved by Congress. President Nixon, also invited to the ceremony, will send his wife Pat as his personal representative, accompanied by Nicholas Morley, a Florida banker.
00:59
Excélsior notes of the four Latin Americans attending the inauguration represent countries where there have been military coups in recent times, and all are governed directly or indirectly by military regimes. The Uruguayan chief of State, Juan Bordaberry, is the only one democratically elected. However, nine months ago, he overthrew Uruguay's government with the aid of the military and dissolved the Congress. All the other chiefs rose to power through coups. The first was General Alfredo Stroessner in Paraguay 13 years ago. General Hugo Banzer assumed power in Bolivia through a military blow in 1971, and General Pinochet is the chief of the Chilean military Junta, which overthrow democratically elected President Salvador Allende in September of 1973.
01:53
These military coups are often interpreted as expansions of Brazilian power on the continent. Commenting on Brazil's expanding imperialist role, Excélsior notes that as a consequence of the new militarism in Latin America, Brazil has not had to employ arms itself. Brazilian expansion has been possible through diplomacy, commercial agreements, and the judicious use of money. Brazil's latest acquisition has been Chile. The rightest Chilean coup opened Chile's doors to economic and political penetration by Brazil. Brazil has been accused of generously financing Chile's generals, and is now bombarding Chile with financial credits and exports.
02:38
Similarly, Excélsior says that Bolivian politics have become an open confrontation between generals who are pro and anti Brazil, and that Bolivia's President Banzer was almost overthrown several months ago when he attempted to sell more oil to Argentina than Brazil. But says Excélsior, "The best example of Brazilian expansion is Uruguay, whose democracy was overthrown following the Brazilian example." Trade unions, the press, and democratic institutions were annulled or repressed. Today, Brazilian investors are particularly busy in Uruguay, buying land and dominating commerce.
03:21
It is said, as well, according to Excélsior, that the head of the Chilean military Junta, General Pinochet, will use his trip to Brazil to propose the formation of an anti-communist axis in Latin America. Pinochet did not publicly confirm the rumor. The rumor gained strength, however, when it was reported that the head of the Chilean Junta was disposed to overcome old antagonisms with Bolivia and talk with Bolivia's General Banzer. The two countries do not have diplomatic relations. The Brazilian chancellor refused to comment on the idea of the formation of an anti-communist axis. This report from Mexico City's leading daily, Excélsior.
04:03
The Argentine daily, El Mundo, reported that right wing police staged a miniature Chile style coup in Argentina's industrial heartland last week with the blessings of President Juan Perón. An estimated 800 members of the municipal police force in Córdoba, capital of Córdoba Province, stormed the government building and kidnapped Ricardo Obregón Cano, the elected governor, together with about 80 members of his cabinet and administration. Obregón is a prominent sympathizer with the left wing of the Peronist movement. The person ceased were held under arrest for two days. Obregón and an undetermined number of others were released and immediately went into hiding somewhere in Córdoba Province.
04:52
The recent events began when Obregón dismissed Navarro from his post as head of police. A subordinate of Navarro's had exposed the chief as an embezzler of government funds and as an organizer of a string of terror bombings against the homes of left-wing Peronist. The police coup was Navarro's reply to the dismissal. Córdoba was under a state of siege following the coup. The police junta declared a ban on assemblies and gangs of right-wing Peronists. Some believed to be police out of uniform roamed the streets looking for Bolsheviks. Sounds of gunfire were heard each night after the coup. At least seven people have been reported killed.
05:36
According to El Mundo, right-wing trade union officials openly supporting the coup declared a general strike in Córdoba, whose main motive appears to have been to keep the rank and file industrial workers at home and prevent them from concentrating at the plants. Shops were also ordered shut. It was reported that both the strike and the shutdown of stores was being enforced by the police and by right wing squads at gunpoint.
06:03
The federal government headed by Perón, maintained an attitude of benign neglect while the coup was in process, but broke its silence recently to accuse Governor Obregón of provoking the crisis by failing to meet the duties of his office. It was widely believed that the police coup had in fact been coordinated, if not directed, by the federal government. Navarro himself reportedly acknowledged being in communication with Bueno Aires, the capital during the takeover. A battalion of federal police were quietly airlifted into Cordoba from Buenos Aires, but they were not deployed. The garrison of federal troops in the city was confined to quarters.
06:46
Six days after the initial takeover, the Argentine Congress gave approval for President Juan Perón's plan for federal intervention in Córdoba. According to Excélsior of Mexico City, the passage of this legislation was facilitated by the surprise resignation of Governor Obregón. Spokesman for leftist trade unions who have opposed the plan for federal control of Córdoba vowed that they would not modify their resistance to the rightest takeover in any way. "The resignation of Governor Obregón took us by surprise," said one union leader, "but we will continue to oppose the new government." Demonstrations and bomb explosions in Córdoba followed the announcement of federal intervention.
07:32
According to the New York Times, a number of politicians have predicted that the events in Córdoba may be a prelude to the overthrow of left-wing Peronist governments in half a dozen other provinces, including Mendoza and Salta, where Peronist factions have repeatedly clashed and the local police forces are reported to be unhappy.
07:54
The New York Times continues that during the final days of his 18 year exile, Juan Domingo Perón's trump card was his ability to convince most Argentines that only his movement had the strength and substance to end the violent political divisions among them and give their potentially rich country a fresh start. Now, five months after he assumed the presidency, he has presided over growing upsurge of political violence, most of which is exploding in his own heterogeneous movement.
08:27
For months, politicians, news commentators, and political scientists had predicted that the diverse elements in Perón's following could never hold together. The right wing of the movement, mainly represented by the leaders of the big unions, are more inclined toward asking for wage increases without altering the economic structure. Adverse to sharing union power with younger leftist workers, they have found strong allies outside the union movement in anti-Marxist nationalist conservatives.
09:00
"Perón is our leader because he has taught us to live like machos in a world of cowards", the Secretary General of the new right wing quoted. Peronist youth movement told several thousand supporters in a rally near the capitol last week, "We're going to crush the leftists because Perón has ordered it." This week, as the events in Córdoba have demonstrated, Mr. Perón has broken completely with the left wing of his movement, which he had used so skillfully to give himself a progressive image and to assist his return to power.
09:34
The Argentine daily, El Mundo, says that Córdoba's large concentration of industrial workers makes it a key economic and political center. It was apparent that the right wing police coup was intended to smash the growing strength of left wing Peronists and Marxist Leninists among the city's industrial unions.
09:55
The coup was the biggest move yet in a systematic offensive by right wing Peronists against the Peronist and non-Peronist left. Beginning with Perón return to power last year, the right has launched a string of bombings, assassinations, beatings, and other forms of terror against the left. In almost every case, Peronists struck a pose of aloofness from the battle until the right wing has scored a success, which he has then blessed and reinforced. More recently, after an attack by a guerilla group on an Argentine army garrison in Azul, Perón himself sees the offensive against the entire left, ramming an emergency law through parliament that virtually abolished several liberties.
10:40
According to the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the response of the Argentine left to the police takeover in Córdoba will be a decisive factor in the future course that the country will take. Until this time, many leftists have chosen to remain loyal to Perón in spite of his increasing supportive right-wing elements. "The revolution passes through Peronism" is a slogan which has often been chanted by young Peronist leftists who share many Marxist concepts. Political analysts have frequently voiced the opinion that the left support of Perón has been vital in preventing military forces of the extreme right from seizing control.
11:20
Now that Perón has broken completely with the left wing of his movement, there is speculation that his former supporters will join forces with anti-Peronist leftists. The anti-Peronist left declares that through the coup Córdoba, Perón has merely revealed himself as the fascist dictator that he has always been. Spokesman predict that as a repressive nature of Peronism becomes more obvious, a large popular resistance movement will emerge.
11:48
This report on events in Argentina from the Argentine daily, El Mundo, The New York Times, and the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
11:57
In a strange marriage of civilian democracy and military power, all three candidates in the recent Guatemala presidential elections have been high ranking army officers.
12:09
The unusual formula was worked out by Guatemala's three political groupings after the armed forces indicated privately that they would not accept a civilian successor to President Carlos Arana Osorio, a general who cannot seek reelection.
12:26
As a result, this Central American republic with its long tradition of political violence between civilian factions has enjoyed one of the quietest election campaigns in its history, but even with three army officers, two generals, and a colonel running a close race for the presidency, the armed forces are still in a position where they can either uphold or reject the choice of the voters.
12:50
Since 1966, Guatemala has experienced considerable political tension. Thus, in recent years, hundreds of leftists and even moderate opponents of the government have been killed. Some have died in direct confrontations with United States trained army. Many have been murdered by a right wing terrorist group known variously as "The White Hand" and "An Eye for an Eye". In September 1972, the government was also blamed for the disappearance of the entire central committee of the Guatemalan Communist Party. Recently, however, political violence has sharply declined. Many Guatemalans attribute this to the growing strength of the army as an independent political force that has succeeded in controlling extremist civilians within the ruling coalition.
13:39
Violence may be on the increase. However, now that the Guatemalan government has fraudulently declared its candidate the victor, after long unexplained delays in the publication of election returns, the government controlled electoral registry suddenly announced completion of final results. The national opposition front disputes the percentages.
14:02
But the government is warned that it is subversive to give out misleading information on the election results and has already closed down three radio stations that insisted on broadcasting a protest message from General Ríos Montt.
14:16
This report from the New York Times and the Christian Science Monitor.
15:09
Our feature this week is on Brazilian economic expansion in the context of US Latin American relations. Sources included are the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the British news weekly, Latin America, and the Brazilian weekly, Opinião.
15:25
Traditionally, Latin Americans have resented what they call "Yankee Imperialism". They see the United States, a rich, powerful industrial country, extracting Latin America's raw materials to feed US industry, but leaving Latin America underdeveloped. As a result, their economies have been oriented to producing raw materials and importing manufactured goods. Not only does this prevent any great expansion of Latin American economies, but it puts Latin American countries in an ever worsening trade position since the price of manufactured goods increases faster than the price of raw materials.
16:03
When the United States has extended loans to Latin America to help them develop their industry, there have always been political strings attached. If a country's politics become too radical, if they threaten foreign investment, the loans are shut off.
16:20
Besides acting as a political lever, United States loans also open Latin American investment opportunities to United States capital. By pressuring creditor countries to accept informed investment and providing the funds necessary for the development of an infrastructure that the foreign enterprises can use, loans have won easy access for United States capital into Latin America. The consequence of this is a significant loss of national sovereignty by Latin American countries.
16:53
Recently it appears that one Latin American country, Brazil, has assumed the role of imperial power. Using resources gained from its close friendship with the United States, Brazil has made considerable investments in raw material production in neighboring Latin American nations, as well as African countries. Investments include oil in Columbia and Nigeria, cattle in Uruguay, cattle and maté in Paraguay, as well as the hydroelectric plant and rights to Bolivia's tin.
17:26
The Brazilian government has also extended loans, and more importantly, exerted political pressure in favor of the right wing coups. Brazil's totalitarian military regime has, at the cost of civil liberties and social justice, brought stability. It has also attracted a flood of foreign loans and investments through its policies. In 1972 alone, more than $3 billion in loans were pumped into their economy. Foreigners are invited into the most dynamic and strategic sectors of the economy.
18:01
Brazil's friendliness to foreign capital has led them to be, in Richard Nixon's opinion, the model for Latin American development. It has also brought them, by far, the greatest chair of loans to Latin America. The deluge of foreign exchange has led Brazil to look abroad for investment opportunities and raw material sources. A recent article in Mexico's Excélsior describes Brazil's new role in its neighbors, economies, and policies.
18:31
When Simón Bolivar struggled to liberate the Spanish colonies in South America, the great liberator dreamed of two nations on the continent. He never imagined that the Spanish and Portuguese halves of South America could ever be united.
18:47
Today, however, unification of the continent is being affected by the gradual expansion of Brazilian political and economic influence over the Spanish-speaking half of South America. Whether South America's term the expansion the new imperialism, or a natural manifest destiny, it is most pronounced in Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia, three of Brazil's smaller neighbors. And recently, the shadow of the green giant has been hovering over Chile too.
19:19
One important side effect of Brazil's growing influence has been the isolation of Argentina, her chief rival for supremacy on the continent. By removing Argentina's influence from their neighbors, Brazil has sharply reduced her status as a power in Latin America, both politically, and more importantly, economically.
19:40
Although she did mass troops on Uruguay's border, her gains of recent years were achieved through diplomacy, trade packs, and the judicious use of money. Paraguay was Brazil's first success. Paraguay, a wretchedly poor nation of 2.5 million people, was offered credits. Her military rulers recorded and her major export, cattle, was given a good reception.
20:06
In exchange, Brazilians have been permitted to buy vast tracks of Paraguayan land, make other important investments, and open Paraguay's markets to Brazilian products. Today, many young Paraguays are working in increasing numbers for Brazilian farmers and industrialists. The Brazilian cruzeiro is becoming a power in Paraguay.
20:29
Last year, the promise of more cruzeiros led Paraguay's government to grant Brazil rights over major rivers for the construction of massive hydroelectric power systems. Brazil needs more electric power for her booming industry. The Argentines complained bitterly about the diversion of the benefit of those rivers from their territory, but they felt they could not protest too loudly because Brazilians are becoming the important customers of Argentine commerce.
20:58
Bolivia is another triumph for the Brazilian foreign ministry. By winning over key military men, the Brazilians helped install General Hugo Banzer as president of Bolivia in 1971. When Hugo Banzer tried to sell more of his country's oil and natural gas to Argentina rather than Brazil a few months ago, he was almost toppled from power. His fate was widely discussed in Brazil and Argentine newspapers at the time, but Brazil's surging economy needs the oil and gas and the outcome was never in doubt.
21:33
Bolivian politics is now an arena for open conflict between military leaders who are either pro Brazil or anti Brazil. Those who favor closer ties to Brazil cite the economic benefits that result from the commercial investments pouring into Bolivia from her neighbor.
21:52
Those who oppose becoming Brazil's 23rd state want their country to remain fully independent. They believe Bolivia's potentially wrench in minerals, and that should be used for her needed development. Few people in South America have any doubt about which side is going to prevail.
22:11
Uruguay is a prime example of Brazilian expansionism. Uruguay, after years as a beacon of democracy, but as an economic laggard, was taken over last June by her military men in the Brazilian manner. Labor unions, the press, and democratic processes have since been scrapped or repressed
22:32
Nationalists in all three countries, Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia, are lamenting the fact that their long awaited economic boom comes at a time when their people are losing control over their own economies. Last September's rightest revolution in Chile, another former democratic bastion in South America, opened that country to Brazilian political and economic domination.
22:55
Brazil is also looking to Africa as a source of raw materials and a field for investment. There have been numerous indications recently that Africa looms large in Brazil's future trade plans. Africa has important resources such as petroleum, copper, and phosphates, which Brazil needs. Closer economic and diplomatic relations which African nations will guarantee Brazil access to these raw materials. Closer relations with Africa also fit into Brazil's strategy to become a spokesman for the Third World. An article in Brazil's weekly, Opinião, discusses the signs of increased Brazilian interest in Africa's raw materials and consumer markets.
23:42
It is possible that in the near future students of international relations will cite the joint declaration of friendship of the Brazilian and Nigerian chancellors as an important step in strengthening Brazil's political and economic ties to Africa. The visit of Nigeria's chancellor, an important public figure in Africa, is a sign of the closer relations to be expected in the future between Africa and Brazil.
24:09
It is not surprising that Nigeria is the first African country with whom Brazil is trying to affect closer relations. Aside from being the most populated country in Africa, with one fifth of the continent's total population, Nigeria also has a second largest gross national product in Africa. Between 1967 and 1970, it registered an annual growth rate of 19%, which was second only to Zaire. Thanks particularly to its large increase in petroleum production, which compensates for Nigeria's under development, primitive agriculture, and internal political divisions, Nigeria's on the verge of becoming the African giant.
24:56
Presently Africa's second leading petroleum producer, it will shortly overtake Libya for the lead in Africa. By 1980, Nigeria is expected to surpass Kuwait and Venezuela and become the world's fourth largest petroleum producer. Nigeria is an ideal partner in the Brazilian grand strategy of closer relations with Africa. Even in a superficial analysis, trade between Brazil and Nigeria appears promising. Nigeria has a potentially vast market with a large population, and, relative to the rest of Africa, a sophisticated consumption pattern.
25:35
Furthermore, Nigeria can offer Brazil an excellent product in return petroleum. It also is undergoing import substitution industrialization, which favor Brazilian inputs. The two countries, both ruled by military governments, have obvious immediate interests in common. Probably most important is maintaining the price of raw materials, such as cocoa, for example. In addition, Brazil's desire to weaken its dependence on Middle Eastern oil because of its obedience to the wishes of United States diplomacy makes the Nigerian source even more inviting.
26:14
Although Brazil is a new customer to Nigeria, trade between the two countries reached $30 million last year. This total is expected to mount rapidly in the next few years. Brazil's Minister of Foreign Affairs has already drawn up a list of over 200 goods and services, which can be absorbed by Nigeria. Numerous Brazilian industrialists and officials are going to Africa to study the potential market for sales and investments.
26:43
In recent days, there have been indications that Brazil will increase her trade with countries in what is known as Black Africa. The first of these was the announcement that Brazil might form binational corporations with African countries to exploit the great existing phosphate reserves of the continent, some of which are still virgin. The formation of binational corporations with African countries would guarantee the importation of increasing volumes of phosphates. When one realizes that Brazil imports 85% of the nutrients in the fertilizers it uses, the importance of such corporations is obvious.
27:25
Another indication of Brazil's African strategy is the arrival of Zaire's first ambassador to be sent to Brazil. The ambassador expressed interest in increasing trade between the two countries, stating, "The Brazilian experience with building roads and applying scientific research to agriculture and industry can be of much more value to Zaire than the experience of European countries because Zaire and Brazil share the same climate."
27:54
At present, commerce between the two countries is almost negligible. Zaire buys a small number of cars and buses from Brazil and sells a small amount of copper. However, this situation is expected to change radically in view of the negotiations, which will be carried out when Zaire's president visits Brazil in 1974.
28:17
Plans to increase trade with countries in Black Africa are made without prejudice in Brazil's regular commerce with South Africa and Rhodesia, by opening important sectors of her economy to foreign interests and keeping her dissidents in poor under control, Brazil has been able to accumulate foreign exchange and expand into the economies of fellow Third World countries. Along with an economic tie, such as commerce, investments, and loans comes political influence. That influence has already manifested itself in the right wing coups in Bolivia, Uruguay, and Chile. It remains to be seen whether Brazil's African partners will succumb to the Brazilian rightist pressure.
29:00
This has been a feature on Brazilian economic expansion, including excerpts from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the British News Weekly, Latin America, and the Brazilian Weekly, Opinião.
LAPR1974_03_21
00:18
Today, we have reports in the role of multinational corporations in the Mexican shipping and agricultural export industries, current trends in Uruguay since the military takeover, and reports from two Latin American newspapers on the brutal treatment of political prisoners by the Chilean junta.
00:37
The Mexico City daily, Excélsior reported recently that several Latin American government spokesmen are complaining that multinational corporations are creating economic problems for Latin America. From Mexico, a spokesman for the Mexican National Commission for Port Coordination reported that the giant maritime shippers are invading the transportation system of Mexico. The large shipping companies are organized for the service of powerful industrialized nations. Mexico suffers from the high tariffs imposed by these industrial powers.
01:07
The Mexican spokesman explained that the shipping companies charge much more to export or import a product from Mexico than they charge for the United States or a western European nation. For that reason, most Mexican products are shipped through Brownsville, Texas.
01:21
Brownsville is a Texas port on the Mexican border. Maritime shipping companies are truly transnational companies that control almost all air, land, and sea transport. Excélsior quoted the Mexican spokesman as saying that the shipping companies control shipments of any product from one country to another anywhere on the planet. The Mexican Port Authority spokesman announced plans to improve Mexico's port facilities.
01:48
At the same time, he noted that Mexico and other Latin American countries are caught in a vicious circle. The powerful industrialized countries impose high shipping tariffs, with the excuse that large ships cannot take on enough cargo in a single Latin American port to be profitable. But with high tariffs, Latin America cannot afford to increase its maritime shipments. The Mexican speaker announced that Mexico will soon denounce this situation in a United Nations meeting. It is hoped the United Nations will do something to alleviate the problem.
02:22
In the agricultural sector, Mexico is having problems with both transnationals and development institutions, according to Excélsior. Alfredo Jaime De La Cerda, president of the World Council of Arid Zones, recently said that considerable fraud is present in the export of Mexican agricultural products. Large foreign companies, he said, manipulate government agencies so as to avoid paying export duties on the products that they export.
02:47
In this way, Mexico has lost almost $10 million in the export of cattle and tomatoes alone in the last 18 months. Even the reports of the US Department of Commerce revealed that duties had not been paid on such exports. De La Cerda stated that the technocrats of companies and organizations like the Rockefellers, "Underhandedly manipulate technicians of the Mexican agricultural Department as a weapon against presidential proposals."
03:12
He reported on the need for legislative controls to establish which of Mexico's basic product should be exported and also in what quantities. There is also a need to put limits on imports as a means to increase production.
03:26
In a related story, Excélsior reports that the ambassadors from Peru and Ecuador speaking at the Inter-American Social and Economic Council in that country charged the United States with protecting its own interests through international banks. The Peruvian ambassador stated that the International Development Bank has taken coercive measures to obtain its own economic ends.
03:48
The representative from Ecuador added that the International Development Bank has frequently exercised pressure in defending the interest of multinational corporations. US Ambassador John Joseph Jova, when asked about the role of the International Development Bank in Latin America, smilingly answered that it was positive. "Nothing is more treacherous than statistics. We have to be very careful in using them." These reports from Mexico City's leading daily, Excélsior.
04:17
That same Mexico City daily, Excélsior recently ran this analysis of events in Uruguay. A year has passed since the Uruguayan Armed forces issued a wide-ranging program of national reconstruction. Eight months have gone by since the military found that this declaration was not enough and decided to institute a joint dictatorship with the Uruguayan President Juan Bordaberry, a conservative elected in 1971. Now, the military hierarchy is chafing once again, and most every Uruguayan expects the armed forces to push Mr. Bordaberry aside at any moment and take absolute power. One high ranking Uruguayan army officer was recently quoted as saying, "If we are going to be blamed for all of the failures, then we should assume complete power and responsibility."
05:04
Uruguay with only 2.8 million people, was once considered the citadel of the good life in Latin America and was able to boast a standard of living, which rivaled several European countries. However, says Excélsior, Uruguay is now in the grips of a devastating decline, which began two decades ago. Uruguay's problems which remain without solution have accelerated tremendously over the last four years. First to go in the once prosperous nation was economic stability. The cattle and sheep raising industries declined, imports rose and government spending increased. Today, one out of every four Uruguayans is a member of the country's unwieldy bureaucracy. For the average Uruguayan this has been reflected most dramatically by a rise in prices of more than 1000% since 1968.
05:56
It was also in the late 1960s, says this Mexican newspaper, that an effective urban gorilla movement, the Tupamaros was born. The Tupamaros, themselves sons and daughters of an increasingly impoverished Uruguayan middle class, have since their founding challenged the government and gained considerable support among the Uruguayan people. Their activities have included kidnappings of foreign businessmen and government officials.
06:20
Within the past year, however, the Tupamaros have been nearly crushed by a repressive military counterinsurgency program. The government's often violent policies have had their repercussions as Uruguay's democratic institutions have also fallen victim of the repression. Beginning last June, Congress was dissolved, Uruguay's largest labor organization was broken up, the Marxist parties banned, and other parties declared inactive. In addition, the Uruguayan press has been muzzled with at least seven leftist publication shut down.
06:56
The Uruguayan University's rector and deans have been replaced after being held in jail for two months on charges of subversion. The country's best writers are also in jail, including Juan Carlos Onetti, widely acclaimed as one of the continent's leading novelists. No one seems to know just how many political prisoners there are in Uruguayan jails today, according to Excélsior.
07:17
A year ago, they numbered about 1500, but recently several politicians and diplomats have estimated that this figure has doubled. There are Tupamaros among them to be sure, but the list of Uruguayan political prisoners also include such prominent politicians as Liber Seregni. Seregni, himself a retired general, was the presidential candidate of a leftist coalition in the last election. He was accused of having committed offenses against the Constitution. Yet that document has been largely ignored by the Uruguayan government during the past year.
07:48
As the political and economic situation in Uruguay worsens the trend toward immigration among Uruguay's wealthy, skilled, and educated class also increases. The passport office has been so deluged by applicants that the waiting list now extends to March 1975, and no new requests are being accepted.
08:09
For the military, the crux of Uruguay's problems lies with numerous civilian politicians and leftists who are allegedly to be found anywhere. In a 32-page document inserted in all Uruguayan newspapers in February, the armed forces charged that Marxist infiltration had extended to labor, student, intellectual and even theatrical circles.
08:32
Uruguay's business community, on the other hand, complains that the tax structure must be altered so that there must be a rollback in state industries before the private economic sector can grow again. But despite a ban on strikes, which last year cost Uruguay three-fourths of its annual growth, there has been no noticeable economic surge. Even the most optimistic forecast point to a $50 million trade deficit this year in a country whose foreign debt is already estimated at some $600 million.
09:00
At least part of the blame for Uruguay's downward economic spiral may be placed abroad, according to this leading Mexican daily. The oil crisis hit Uruguay harder than any other country in Latin America. Gasoline which sold for 50 cents a gallon last year, now costs $2.30 a gallon.
09:20
With the failure of even the most drastic attempts to solve Uruguay's staggering economic problems, conservatives and anti Marxists are concerned that the military is rapidly becoming as discredited as the traditional politicians they replaced. That report on current trends in Uruguay from the Mexico City daily Excélsior.
09:38
Excélsior of Mexico City also reports that Jose Toha, ex Minister of the Interior and Defense for the former Allende government in Chile, died March 16th while imprisoned by the military dictatorship. The government claims that Toha committed suicide, but sources close to the deceased believe that suicide was impossible.
10:00
According to Excélsior, Allende's former press secretary explained Toha's death as an assassination, not a suicide. She said that Toha suffered from a severe stomach disorder and that he required a special diet. Toha was imprisoned in a concentration camp on Dawson Island off the coast of Southern Chile, along with other former officials of the Allende administration. There he was not provided with his special diet and thus lost 50 pounds before he was transferred to a military hospital in Santiago.
10:29
The military claims that Toha was found hanged in a closet of the Santiago Hospital, but hospital workers say that when he was admitted to the hospital, Toha was so weak that he could hardly move. The former press secretary thus says that there is no way that Toha could have committed suicide when he did not have the energy to move a limb. She claims that the military deliberately left Toha to die of starvation. She added that this is not the first time that the military hospital has refused treatment to political prisoners.
11:00
While military officials in Chile claimed that Toha committed suicide by hanging himself with his own belt in a closet, general Pinochet head of the military junta, who was visiting Brazil at the time, had a different version. Pinochet claimed that Toha took advantage of an opportunity while being alone in a shower to hang himself. No explanation has been offered as to the discrepancies between the two supposedly official stories of Toha's death, but Excélsior points out it is well known that people throughout Chile are mourning Toha's death, including sectors of the armed forces.
11:33
Reports of brutal treatment by the Chilean junta also appeared at the other end of the continent recently. The Argentine daily El Mundo published excerpts from an inclusive interview with a well-known Chilean journalist who spent time in military prison in the days following the bloody coup last September. The Argentine daily also reported that the Chilean newspaper La Prensa has been closed by the military censors because of a story it ran on the Soviet author, Alexander Solzhenit︠s︡yn. The article contrasted the treatment the Russian author received with the treatment received by political prisoners in Chile.
12:12
The newspaper said of Solzhenit︠s︡yn, "The writer has not been jailed, nor has he disappeared. He has not been tortured either physically or mentally. No one has committed hostilities against him, and his family continues to receive news about him. Such treatment stands in sharp contrast to the cruel tortures described by this Chilean journalist." That from the Argentine daily El Mundo.
12:39
And finally, the British news weekly, Latin America, reported recently that General Pinochet has told the Chilean miners that political activities within the unions are strictly forbidden. "This is not a decision for three or four years, but forever," he said. "It is a question of cleaning up the mines of workers and stepping up production." Not to be outdone, another Junta member, General Mendoza said that the Junta will remain in power "for an unlimited period and will keep right wing parties on ice indefinitely." That from the British news weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_03_28
00:39
El Día of Mexico City reports that the furor, following the March presidential elections in Guatemala, seems to have died down. The government's candidate is ready to take power, but most authorities consider the results to be fraudulent. The election pitted General Eugene Laugerud, the candidate of the current right wing authoritarian regime against General Rios Montt, representing a slightly more moderate party. The government announced that its candidate won, but according to election returns, the opposition candidate won not only Guatemala City, but also 20 of the 23 provincial departments.
01:15
Many Guatemalans were angry about the election fraud, and in the days following the election, students clashed violently with police. The National Opposition Front, which supported General Montt also called for protest strikes, but only sporadic strike action occurred. The defeated opposition candidate explained, "There was no massive reaction to the fraud because there are no genuine popular organizations in Guatemala. We simply were not well enough organized to paralyze the country." "Such a statement is not surprising," says El Día, "considering the amount of political repression practice by the right wing Guatemalan regime." The government is well known as one of the most authoritarian in Central America.
02:04
Mexico City's Excélsior had this editorial comment on the Guatemalan election. The businessmen's dictatorship in Guatemala doesn't seem as if it will end soon. By its cynical and deadly acts, it has proved its intention to stay in power regardless of the will of the Guatemalan people. The regime's recent violations in its election sham, in its attempt to legitimize its oppression are consistent with other acts it has committed including outright murder. On March 11th, the regime murdered Edward Guerra, a former guerrilla who had decided to work legally to change the system. Deeds such as this were committed before the elections, and now they will surely continue. That editorial from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
02:49
In recent weeks, there have been two new presidents installed in Latin America, namely in Brazil and Venezuela, and the contested Guatemalan election of early March has brought considerable commentary from the international press. A columnist from the Mexican Daily, Excélsior had this to say about these political power shifts.
03:14
The recent Guatemalan elections were far from an example of representative democracy. Three military officers contested the presidency and one of them General Montt, a Christian Democrat claims victory in spite of the fact that General Laugerud, of the Conservative Nationalist Coalition, officially won. It is not strange that the Guatemala electoral process was dirty and deceptive. If one remembers that Guatemala has been submerged in a wave of violence that is similar to the one which rocked Colombia in the 1950s.
03:46
Right wing paramilitary groups and left wing guerrilla organizations have been at war in Guatemala for many years. In 1971, under the Arana government, there were close to 1000 political assassinations, 171 kidnappings, and 190 disappearances. The majority of these committed by right-wing terrorists with no visible attempt by the government to control them.
04:11
Excélsior continues pointing out that the more conservative sectors of our continent have been more pleased with the March 15th presidential change in Brazil. General Ernesto Geisel has been designated, not elected, president of that country. He is the fourth general to occupy this post since 1964, the year in which the military overthrew the civilian Goulart administration.
04:40
The outgoing president Medici noted the non-partisan character of the Brazilian regime, perhaps implying that the military rule has been institutionalized, that the Brazilian government has become a military counterpart to the Mexican PRI, where the individuals rotate power, but where the regime remains intact.
05:01
The Brazilian inauguration ceremony was cold and calculated, says Excélsior. Crowds of people were not present, the streets deserted, demonstrating that the regime is not interested in establishing even an appearance of popularity. On the other hand, the Brazilian inauguration attracted what might be called the Fascist Club of Latin America. Attending the inauguration were Pinochet of Chile, Bordaberry of Uruguay, and Banzer of Bolivia.
05:30
The leadership of this club belongs, of course, to the so-called non-partisan regime of Brazil, which represents the best alternative that US Foreign Policy offers to progressive attempts in other directions, such as the former Allende government in Chile.
05:45
Excélsior points out that the Brazilian model boasts an 11% annual growth rate in its economy, but over half its population earns only about $100 a year and suffers chronic malnutrition. The Brazilian politicians emphasize the economic growth rate, but hide the figures on the distribution of that wealth. This editorial from Mexico City's, Excélsior.
06:08
There has been speculation in the international press about the relationship between the September, 1973 military coup in Chile and the Brazilian military takeover in 1964. A recent article in the Washington Post, dateline Rio de Janeiro, substantiates many of the questions that have been raised about Brazilian influence in Chile.
06:34
Dr. Depaiva describes himself as a mining engineer with a number of other interests. One of his recent interests as a leading figure in a private anti-communist think tank in Rio de Janeiro was advising Chilean businessmen how to prepare the ground for the military overthrow of President Salvador Allende last Fall. A founding member of a Brazilian paramilitary group says he made two trips to Chile as a courier, taking money for political actions to a right wing anti-Allende organization.
07:05
These men are two of a number of Brazilians who acknowledge helping Chilean foes of Allende. Other private and business interests in this country gave money, arms, and advice on political tactics. There is no evidence that the Brazilian government played any role in this anti-Allende effort. Although its sophisticated military intelligence network must have been aware of it. Brazil was never publicly hostile to Allende. The Washington Post points out that the coup that brought Brazil's armed forces to power in March, 1964 appears to have been used as a model for the Chilean military coup.
07:46
The private sector played a crucial role in the preparation of both interventions and the Brazilian businessmen who plotted the overthrow of the left-leaning administration of President Goulart in 1964 were the same people who advised the Chilean right on how to deal with Marxist president, Allende. Soon after Allende's election, thousands of Chilean businessmen took their families and fortunes abroad, settling principally in Ecuador, Argentina, Venezuela, and Brazil.
08:18
In Brazil, the well-to-do Chileans quickly found work in multinational corporations or invested their capital in new companies or on the stock exchange. And in their dealings with Brazil's private sector, they quickly established contact with the architects of the 1964 Brazilian coup. For example, they met Gilberto Uber, the wealthy owner of Brazil's largest printing business. In 1961, Uber and several powerful business associates had founded the Institute of Research and Social Studies, a political think tank with the specific object of preparing to overthrow Brazil's so-called communist infiltrated civilian government.
08:58
Between 1961 and 1964, the institute organized, financed and coordinated anti-government activities and served as the bridge between private enterprise and the armed forces before the coup. The Executive Secretary of the Institute was General Couto e Silva, who founded Brazil's Political Intelligence Agency in 1964.
09:20
One year ago, Chilean Luis FuenZalida, who had joined Uber's Printing Company, told friends proudly, "We are going to throw out Allende, and I'm learning from Uber that the Brazilians did in 1964." Another key member of the institute and one of its founders was Dr. Depaiva, a leading conservative economist, ardent anti-communist, and an admirer of the United States, which he has visited frequently.
09:49
Depaiva also acts as a consultant to a number of US and multinational companies in Brazil. He believes the Allende government was a threat to the entire continent, but it was clear Allende would not be allowed to stay. He said, "The recipe exists and you can bake the cake anytime. We saw how it worked in Brazil and now again in Chile."
10:13
Dr. Depaiva's recipe involves creating political and economic chaos, fomenting discontent and deep fear of communism among employers and employees, blocking legislative efforts of the left, organizing mass demonstrations and rallies, even acts of terrorism if necessary. His recipe, Depaiva recognizes, requires a great deal of fundraising. "A lot of money was put out to topple Allende," he said, "but the money businessmen spend against the left is not just an investment, it is an insurance policy."
10:45
After Chile's coup, a prominent Brazilian historian who asked not to be named said, "The first two days I felt I was living a Xerox copy of Brazil in 1964. The language of Chile's military communiques justifying the coup and their allegations that the communists had been preparing a massacre and a military takeover was so scandalously identical to ours, one almost presumes they had the same author."
11:10
Following in the footsteps of the Brazilian Institute and using its recipe, Chile's Gremios or Middle Class Professional Brotherhoods with Business and Landowners Associations created the center for Public Opinion Studies. Public Opinion Studies was one of the principle laboratories for strategies such as the crippling anti-government strikes, the press campaigns, the spreading of rumors and the use of shock troops during street demonstrations. The center also served as headquarters for the women's movement, which was so effectively used against the Marxist president.
11:46
According to the Washington Post, Dr. Depaiva takes particular pride in the way we taught the Chileans how to use their women against the Marxist. In Chile, the opposition to Allende created Poder Femenino, Feminine Power, an organization of conservative housewives, professional and businesswomen who became famous for their marches of the empty pots. Poder Femenino took its cues, its finances, and its meeting rooms from the gremios, the professional brotherhoods.
12:15
Despite the directives from the male dominated leadership, Dr. Depaiva explains that, "The women must be made to feel they're organizing themselves, that they play a very important role. They're very cooperative and don't question the way men do. Both in Chile and Brazil," Depaiva points out, "women were the most directly affected by leftist economic policies, which create shortages in the shops. Women complain at home and they can poison the atmosphere, and of course, they're the wives and the mothers of the military and the politicians."
12:47
There appeared to be no shortage of financial offers. The inflow of dollars from abroad was no secret to Allende. By early August, it had become public knowledge that the organizers of the transportation strike preceding the coup were paying close to 35,000 drivers and owners of trucks, buses, and taxis to keep their vehicles off the road. Two taxi drivers told me they were each receiving the equivalent of $3 at the black market rate for every day they were not working, and a group of truck drivers said they received $5 a day, paid in dollar bills. On the basis of this, Allende aides calculated that the 45 day strike cost close to $7 million in payoffs alone.
13:34
It was also an accepted fact that the thousands of Chileans abroad were raising funds and sending in contributions. Jovino Novoa, a conservative lawyer and a member of the Chilean exile community in Buenos Aires said in an interview, "Of course money was sent to Chile. We all did what we could, each according to his capacity."
13:56
This roundup of evidence linking the recent military coup in Chile with the 1964 Brazilian coup is taken from The Washington Post.
LAPR1974_04_04
00:41
The London News Weekly Latin America reports on developments in Ecuador, Latin America's newest oil producing nation. By mid-1972, the pipeline connecting the rich oil fields of Ecuador's northeastern jungles to the shipping ports on its western shores was completed. This boosted Ecuador to the top of the list of Latin American oil exporting nations, second now only to Venezuela.
01:09
Oil, which scarcely one year ago replaced bananas as Ecuador's leading export, is expected to bring a total 1974 revenue of over $700 million. In 1971, oil earnings were only $1 million. With world prices at attractive heights, Ecuador's fledgling state oil corporation obviously wants to get hold of as much oil for free dispersal abroad as it possibly can. At present, only the United States companies of Texaco and Gulf Oil are producing and drilling on any scale in Ecuador.
01:47
No matter how tough and nationalistic the new oil terms might be, Gulf and Texaco seem confident that they can run a very profitable operation. Despite the flood of revenue from its oil bonanza, Ecuador's economic situation has not improved. In fact, quite the opposite has occurred. Ecuador, which continues to be classified as one of Latin America's four least developed nations, now faces an annual rate of inflation of 17%, unprecedented in recent Ecuadorian history.
02:20
Ecuador's outdated social structure has virtually prevented the huge inflow of oil money from being readily absorbed. Ecuador's archaic tax system has long been criticized. The collection of taxes has been called abusive and unjust and Ecuador's allocation of tax revenue branded absolutely irrational.
02:41
A small number of people control the majority of Ecuador's wealth. Less than 2% of Ecuador's population has cornered 25% of the country's total wealth. Unequal land distribution, a high illiteracy rate, and a lack of adequate healthcare continue to plague Ecuador's indians who comprise well over half of Ecuador's population. The mal-distribution of wealth is compounded by a sharp fall in agriculture production brought on by the resistance of Ecuador's large landowners to the present regime's haphazard attempts at agrarian reform.
03:15
While it is apparent that the Rodriguez Lara regime would like to control the new oil fortune and further Ecuador's economic development, recent events point toward strife and unrest. An increasing number of strikes and demonstrations staged by students, faculty, and trade unionists are expressions of discontent. It appears that rising expectations have resulted in frustration. This is clearly expressed in an Ecuadorian wall slogan, "Why is there hunger if the oil is ours?" This from Latin America, the British news weekly.
03:52
The Mexican Daily Excélsior reports that Latin America is becoming poorer. This was the message delivered by Arturo Bonilla Sanchez, director of the Institute of Economic Research at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. He explained that the rising cost of imports, declining volume of exports, decreasing credit sources, and the absorption of enormous amounts of capital by multinational corporations are some of the factors which afflict the economies of Latin America. The situation is becoming increasingly critical. The impact of a downturn in a world economy will be stronger and more damaging to the developing countries.
04:33
Bonilla Sanchez observed that Mexico is affected by the world's situation, not only because imports have become more expensive, but also because exports have fallen off. While in recent years the price of Latin American exports have risen 129%, the industrialized countries have increased their prices 148%. The phenomenon of worsening terms of trade is accentuated and growing in Latin America. The director stated that Latin American countries have been hurt by the devaluation of the United States dollar. U.S. dollars comprise the monetary reserves of most Latin American countries, among them Mexico. As a result, their reserves have lost value relative to gold.
05:19
The director of the Mexican Economic Research Institute discussed the reasons for the devaluation of the dollar. He said that the growing U.S. military expenditures to maintain military bases all over the world and protect the capitalistic system has caused a balance of payments deficits for the United States. A second cause of the dollar's devaluation has been the resurgence of competition of European countries, which has decreased the United States' share of world exports. At the same time, Latin America's participation in total world exports has dropped considerably in the last 20 years. It decreased from 12% of the world's total in 1950 to 4.3% in 1972.
06:05
Multinationals have been responsible for the near crisis in the world economy. Multinational corporations have huge amounts of liquid capital on hand, which they can quickly move from one part of the world to another for the sake of speculation. By speculating, multinationals undercut the stability of nation's currencies. For example, recently, the Bank of England had to buy $1 billion to support the pound sterling.
06:32
Another cause of the problems in the world economy, stated Bonilla Sanchez, is that the United States economy and those of developed industrial countries in general have a productive capacity superior to the purchasing capacity of their population. For healthy economic activity to continue, it is necessary to sell what one produces. If the people don't have sufficient income to pay for the production industry, banks, and merchants have to extend increasing amounts of credit to the consumer. If they don't, they will provoke a great crisis.
07:07
As a result, there's grown up a vast debt and credit system all based on paper. When there's no confidence between producers, consumers, and distributors in the validity of these documents, there are great problems. Bonilla Sanchez warned that a loss of confidence in the dollar, the paper on which all other financial paper is based, could have serious repercussions in the world economy. These repercussions would be the most serious in developing nations like those of Latin America. The director of the Economic Research Institute concluded that because imports are becoming more expensive for Latin America and exports are declining and the speculation of multinational corporations has led to a devaluation of currencies, which has the most damaging effect on Latin America, Latin America is actually becoming poorer. This from the Mexican daily, Excélsior.
08:00
Latin America's correspondent on the scene reports that the threat of inflation, to which Mexicans have grown unaccustomed over the past 20 years, has not only given the government acute social problems, but has also brought it once again into direct conflict with the private sector. A recent Banco de México report confirmed what had been known for some time, that the inflation rate last year was the worst for over two decades. It said the country's real economic growth rate in 1973 was about 7%, while consumer prices as a whole rose by 21%.
08:39
Government economists blame world conditions for much of this uncertainty and the phrase "imported inflation" has become the current apology. But although there is some truth in this, it is not the whole story. The bank reported an increase in wholesale prices of 25% last year and unofficial figures show rises for some basic necessities of over 50% in the past 12 months. There's little doubt that the government is worried by the capacity of the wholesalers and particularly the food merchants to charge higher than average increases to the consumer, but is unable to do much about it. The agencies in charge of price controls are understaffed and unwilling to run the risk of a full scale battle with the politically powerful business organizations and chambers of commerce.
09:26
So far, the government has tried to alleviate rising prices for the average Mexican family by two separate policies, allowing substantial wage increases and preparing a program to distribute cheaper subsidized clothes and food. Although most officials consider wage increases as doing little more than keeping pace with the rise in the cost of living, and not even that, according to some labor leaders, private enterprise spokesmen are fearful of more wage rises.
09:57
Moreover, the increases in the price of electricity, petrol, and domestic gas granted at the end of last year have only just begun to work through, and there will probably be labor sector pressure for new concessions. The Minister of Labor, Porfirio Muñoz Ledo, recognizes this and at a meeting with labor leaders floated the idea of wage increases related to a cost of living indicator. The Confederación de Trabajadores de México is to hold its annual meeting next month and there are signs that it will both support this idea and call for collective contracts to be reviewed annually instead of every other year.
10:37
The other leg of the government's anti-inflation policy has, if anything, created an even bigger fear in the private sector. Plans are under discussion to open state run shops selling cheap food, clothes, and other basic necessities often at subsidized prices. These plans have come under sharp attack from small businessmen as unfair competition. Some leaders see it as a way of evading the issue of forcing private industry to pay better wages, self-perpetuating a low wage, low productivity, and backward industry.
11:11
In a way, they are right of course. The government is not strong enough to challenge the private sector too firmly and becomes less able to do so with the passage of every year. President Luis Echeverría is in a particularly difficult position having sharply criticized the private sector's attitude as selfish and conservative. He has also displayed a more liberal attitude to the left than his predecessor and has shown open sympathy for the late President Allende. But since he could not back his words with deeds, Echeverría merely aroused the private sector's hostility without being able to curb or control it, laying himself open to a charge of demagoguery. If the government's immediate problem is inflation, however, the longer term difficulties are centered on the trade and balance of payments deficit.
12:03
In fact, the heart of Mexico's current economic situation is rooted in foreign trade. In order to develop industry, Mexico has had to import large quantities of heavy manufacturing equipment, chemicals, and raw materials from the United States. The value of these capital goods has quickly risen above the value of the mineral and agricultural products which Mexico exports, thus creating an unfavorable balance of trade. The Banco de México reports that imports last year increased 41% above 1972. Exports, however, increased their value by only 25%, leaving a trade deficit of almost $2 billion. The country cannot reduce its import bill without serious consequences for the country's development, however.
12:53
In order to offset money lost through unfavorable trade, Mexico has encouraged foreign investment. Investment capital has flowed into manufacturing, which in turn increases the demand for capital goods for production. As Mexico becomes more dependent on imported goods from the United States, the balance of trade is thrown even further out of line. As the size of direct foreign investment increases, a larger share of the country's profits come under the control of outsiders who exert an increasing influence over investment patterns and capital allocation.
13:25
Thus far, the economic policies of the Mexican government have not materially benefited the majority of the Mexican people. The standard of living for most Mexicans remains low, under employment plagues 30% of the total labor force, and industrial wages are only 55 cents per hour. The government's policies have really only served to increase the dependency of Mexico on the United States and to increase the power of their private sector.
13:52
This report from the British news weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_04_10
00:18
From San Jose Costa Rica, Excélsior of Mexico City reports of rumors of a coup d'état. Recently, thousands of students staged a demonstration in the center of the capital of that country in protest of an increase in the cost of living and against a new extradition law. The National Guard maintained a state of alert to prevent possible trouble. Rumors were circulating with greater persistence of the possibility of a coup aided by the CIA. The country's most critical period in the last four years began recently when a group of legislators denounced in the National Assembly, "the existence of plans for a coup d'état." Members of various parties accused the North American companies, Standard Fruit, Exxon and Texaco of promoting this coup.
01:01
Without mentioning names, the politicians alleged that the plans of the coup relied on the blessing and aid of the CIA. A political leaders of various persuasions accused the US ambassador of inciting the students to stage uprisings. However, the US Embassy issued a communique in which it categorically denied that it was inciting or stimulating publicly or privately protests of any kind.
01:30
The factors which greatly deepened tension in this country, according to observers, are the increase in the price of basic necessities, the exclusion of public employees from a recent salary increase and a new extradition law, which the legislator recently approved. This law establishes that no foreigner can be extradited from Costa Rica, provided he has a Costa Rican passport. It is widely believed that this act was passed solely to predict Robert Vesco accused of stealing one quarter million dollars from US sources. Vesco has made great investments in Costa Rica and is an intimate friend of the president, José Figueres.
02:06
The situation is ripe for an uprising, said a presidential spokesman, especially while the Prime Minister is gone on a political tour of Latin America. This story from the Mexico City Daily, Excélsior.
02:21
Excélsior also reports that the Bertrand Russell Tribunal declared last week in Rome that the governments of Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, and Bolivia were guilty of repeated and systematic violations of human rights. The president of the tribunal added that the accused governments constitute a continuing crime against humanity.
02:42
The current Bertrand Russell Tribunal on repression in Brazil, Chile, and Latin America is a descendant of the Russell Tribunal on United States War crimes in Vietnam, which convened during the 1960's. The tribunal is an international jury composed of prominent intellectuals from Europe, Latin America, and the United States, including Jean Paul Sartre, former Dominican President, Juan Bosch, and Colombian writer, Gabriel García Márquez. During last week, it considered evidence presented by political refugees from Latin America.
03:22
The tribunal concluded that civil law has been unknown in Brazil since the military coup in 1964, that there was political repression in Bolivia and that the Uruguayan military government used torture on its opponents. Concerning Chile, the tribunal's verdict labeled the current military government illegitimate.
03:40
The tribunal stated that the Uruguayan regime has lost all respect for human rights and has arrested people without charge in order to terrorize the population. For example, the tribunal cited the case of banning the newspaper Marcha and the arrest of the prize-winning writer, Juan Carlos Onetti.
04:01
The tribunal also affirmed that multinational companies, as well as what it called ruling classes in countries which are aligned with these firms are the major beneficiaries of these four regimes. The tribunal issued an appeal to the governments around the world to cut off all military and economic aid to these four South American countries and it urged a coordinated international campaign for the liberation of political prisoners. The tribunal will convene its next jury later this year to examine the role of the US government and multinational companies in Latin America, as well as to investigate cases of torture in other countries such as Paraguay, Guatemala, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico.
04:41
In addition to the findings of the Bertrand Russell Tribunal, Mexico City's Excélsior reports the following on similar actions taken by the London-based organization, Amnesty International. At its April 1st general meeting in the British capital, the group called on General Ernesto Geisel, the recently installed president of Brazil to free all of Brazil's political prisoners.
05:09
Amnesty International is a prestigious organization which has defended political prisoners in both communist and non-communist countries throughout the world. Amnesty International's letter to President Geisel was made public on the 10th anniversary of the military coup in Brazil, which facilitated the present regime's assumption of power. The letter also asks that Geisel will release information on some 210 political prisoners who died under what was termed mysterious circumstances following their arrest.
05:36
Amnesty International, continues Excélsior, has long defended in any country, political prisoners that have not employed acts of violence in opposing their governments. The London group recently presented the same list of prisoners to the United Nations Commission on Human Rights. In closing its session, Amnesty International affirmed that it would continue to collect documentation, which would prove that the torture of political prisoners is still being carried out by the new Brazilian regime. That from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
06:13
Also, the New York Times reported that Britain announced recently that it would sell no more arms to Chile and would suspend all economic aid. The foreign secretary of the new labor government said that the government's policy was motivated by a desire to see democracy and human rights fully respected in Chile. That from the New York Times.
06:39
The British News Weekly, Latin America recently ran the following background of current negotiations between the United States and Panama. On his recent whirlwind visit, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and Panama's Foreign Minister signed an eight point agreement of principles providing for the eventual restoration of Panama's territorial sovereignty over the Panama Canal and the 550 square mile zone surrounding it.
07:04
According to this agreement, a new treaty will be negotiated that supersedes the existing one signed in 1903. The original treaty gave the US control of the canal "in perpetuity". The new treaty will contain a fixed termination date for US jurisdiction over the canal, likely to be about 30 years from now, and it will provide for Panama's participation in the administration, protection and defense of the waterway in the meantime.
07:28
The agreement indicates that some progress has been made in the long stalemated negotiations over the canal, but enormous problems lie ahead. At the heart of these problems lies the US military presence in the canal zone, which the Pentagon is committed to maintaining. At the same time, political developments to the left and right of the government of Panamanian President, Omar Torrijos, which reflects problems created by the US military presence and economic penetration, threatened his government.
08:04
Torrijos came to power in a military coup in 1968. Inspired by the Peruvian model of military nationalism, he has consistently spoken of the importance of Panamanian control of the canal and the country's other natural resources. Three years ago, he said, concerning the US presence in the canal zone, "The Americans must pull out with their colonial tent."
08:25
But under the Nixon Administration, US military activity in the zone has been greatly stepped up. Almost the entire US counterinsurgency force for Latin America, including military training centers and a jungle warfare school is housed in the zone. It is also the headquarters for the US Southern Command, SOUTHCOM, which coordinates all US military and intelligence activities throughout Latin America, supervises all US military assistance programs and maintains a communications and logistics network for US forces. It was originally created to defend the canal zone itself, but a State Department official recently told Congressman Les Aspin that the only justification for SOUTHCOM is for an intervention force in Latin America.
09:24
Another important element of US military presence in Panama is the US Army School of the Americas. Many of the leaders of Chile's current military junta and the Chilean Director of Intelligence are graduates of this school, according to Latin America. Documents recently made available to the North American Congress on Latin America describe the activities of the Army School. According to the documents, the major purpose of the program is to train and select Latin Americans in curating out counterinsurgency missions for the repression of national liberation movements.
09:56
There is a heavy emphasis on intelligence operations and interrogation techniques, as well as the teaching of US Army doctrine ideology. In response to the growing wave of guerilla activity in Latin American cities, new courses have been developed on urban guerilla warfare and sophisticated criminal investigation techniques. Classroom exercises range from the selection of labor union informers to methods of protecting leaders from assassination temps to the recovery and deactivation of explosive devices.
10:25
Because of the sensitive nature of these operations, it is unlikely that any other Latin American country would allow the Pentagon to set up operations within its borders. In a period of growing nationalist feelings, no Latin American regime could afford to so visibly compromise its integrity.
10:45
According to Latin America, the growing importance of the military presence in the canal zone has deadlocked negotiations for some time, but growing pressure from the left in Panama has forced President Torrijos to step up the pace of the talks. That pressure peaked during Kissinger's visit when a government authorized demonstration by the Student Federation turned into a militantly anti-US confrontation led by the outlawed peoples party, the Communist Party of Panama.
11:14
At the same time, Torrijos is under increasing attack from the right in Panama. According to the New York Times, a growing sector of the national business community has become so disgusted with Torrijos' current domestic policies that they have withdrawn their support for him and hope that his treaty aims come to nothing, so as to further destabilize his government. Under Torrijos' rule, business has prospered in Panama.
11:44
There are now 55 banking houses in the country with deposits of $1.5 billion. They're pumping $100 million a year into the economy, but businessmen have become increasingly disgruntled since October of last year when Torrijos ordered construction of low income housing and cut short a high rise building boom. This has led to anti-government demonstrations, including a march of the empty pots by middle and upper class women.
12:19
Latin America continues saying that Panamanian officials fear that the US may take part in new efforts to bring about a coup in concert with these right-wing forces if Torrijos succumbs to mounting leftist pressure. John Dean's senate testimony implicated Watergate plumber, E. Howard Hunt, in plans to assassinate Torrijos just after the US elections in 1972. The mission was scrapped, but Panamanian officials took it seriously enough to interrupt canal negotiations. In recent weeks, at least 11 right-wingers have been arrested on charges of plotting against the government.
12:53
Like other nationalist leaders in Latin America, Torrijos is faced with a three edged problem. One, a growing socialist and anti-imperialist movement that is demanding that he live up to his nationalist principles. Two, a national bourgeoisie whose support is mercurial and divided because of its economic dependence on the United States. And three, the United States itself, which is dedicated to preserving and expanding its interest in Latin America.
13:27
The Latin American military plays a central role throughout Latin America in maintaining a political stability that is favorable to the US and canal zone operations are important for developing the military's essential allegiance to capitalist ideology and the US itself. It is against this backdrop that the negotiations over the canal zone take place. The outcome of the negotiations and the political activities in Panama and the US that surround them will have a profound effect on the future of all Latin America. That report from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_04_18
00:39
Since the Brazilian military came to power in 1964, civil liberties in Brazil have been severely restricted. The Christian Science Monitor reports on one Brazilian newspaper's fight for freedom of the press. The São Paulo newspaper O Estado de São Paulo, has felt the censor's blue pencil more than any other paper in Brazil during the past several years. On almost any given day, there will be several columns on news pages and on the editorial page given over to poetry.
01:08
This is a clear indication to O Estado readers that the censors have been at it again. In fact, O Estado editors have the poetry in type and ready to use. While most of Brazil's press has been intimidated by the succession of military-dominated governments since 1964, O Estado has stubbornly refused to back down. It is regarded in Brazil as one of the few defenders of freedom of the press.
01:32
The military since 1964, have, in a sense, constituted themselves as Brazil's only political party. Electoral politics as known over the years simply no longer exist. There are to be sure two official parties. One of them supports the government. It of course, is in the majority. The other party is a made-to-order opposition and has virtually no clout. Despite the columns of poetry it runs in place of news and comment, O Estado is clearly one of the two focal points of opposition to the military. The other is the clergy of the Roman Catholic Church. Many of the churchmen are hoping that Brazil's new president, General Geisel will be less authoritarian than his predecessor. "It is too much to hope that he'll change everything," a São Paulo clergyman said, "but we have hopes that he will be more conscious of personal liberty and human rights than General Médici, the former president."
02:25
A major test of general Geisel's purported liberalism will be his reaction to the student unrest which the New York Times has reported on many Brazilian campuses. Brazilian university students have taken advantage of the recent change in governments to embark upon increased protests. While this activity is not worrisome by the standards of some countries, it has caused concern in Brazil's official circles.
02:49
A strike began a week ago at São Paulo School of Medicine in protest against the present system of internship. All 1,000 students are backing the strike action. Since the school year opened at the beginning of this month, there have been strikes in the University of São Paulo's Department of Social Sciences and in two university branches. There has also been a flurry of protest pamphlets in various universities. Leaflets distributed at the Federal University of Bahia, in the Northeastern city of Salvador, note a worsening of the situation there.
03:22
São Paulo University's Department of Social Sciences has called for renewed debate in the university on political, economic, and social events in Brazilian society, and has organized a series of lectures by prominent liberal figures, including some teachers who have been barred from teaching at the school. Militants at the School of Communications and Arts in São Paulo University have begun issuing pamphlets against their director, accusing him of arrogant authoritarianism and of acting like a gendarme. São Paulo University's Council of Academic Centers recently issued a communique supporting various protest movements and declared that 1974 would be extremely important in the students' fight to strengthen their free and independent organizations.
04:08
A Communications student declared that the basic problem is a lack of liberty. He was protesting against the presence of police agents inside the university and the lack of true student associations. The national and state student organizations were disbanded at the outset of the 1964 military coup and have never been restored. Since then, student protest and repression have come in waves. A forceful crackdown in 1971 and widespread arrests a year ago served to curb student demands until recently. The academic centers, which are isolated groups serving generally as social clubs, are now debating their role under the new Geisel government. One group is urging increased militancy and closer contacts among the centers.
04:53
The recent prosecution of a Brazilian congressman under the National Security Law has cast doubt on President Geisel's liberalism. The Brazilian weekly Opinião reports that Congressman Francisco Pinto has been charged with subverting the national security by defaming Chile's chief of state. When the Chilean General Augusto Pinochet attended Geisel's inauguration a month ago, Pinto denounced the head of Chile's Junta as a Fascist and the oppressor of the Chilean people. Under new Brazilian laws, Congressmen are not immune to prosecution if they injure or defame the laws of national security. If convicted, the congressman faces two to six years in prison.
05:34
This is the first time that Brazil's military government has formally charged a member of Congress with public offense to a chief of state. In the past, other congressmen have used strong language to denounce other leaders such as Richard Nixon, Juan Perón of Argentina, and Premier Fidel Castro of Cuba.
05:52
The Pinto case has stirred much common and concern in opposition circles in Brazil in view of widespread hopes that the inauguration last month of General Geisel as president was a step toward liberalization. General Geisel has publicly declared that he favors a gradual but sure return to Democratic rule in Brazil and has promised a new voice in policymaking to Congress. Congress has been powerless in recent years.
06:17
Mr. Pinto himself expressed the view that the government's action against him was intended to placate not only General Pinochet, but also Brazil's hard line military leaders who have expressed concern over a slight relaxation of censorship. The congressman's five-minute speech included a warning against what he described as the Chilean leader's plan to create an anti-Communist axis with Brazil, Paraguay, and Bolivia. The speech has not appeared in full in the government-censored press. These reports on developments in Brazil appeared in the Christian Science Monitor, The New York Times, and the Brazilian weekly Opinião.
06:53
The British news weekly Latin America recently carried this story about political refugees from Haiti, a tiny Latin American country which shares the Caribbean island of Hispaniola with the Dominican Republic.
07:06
Latin America begins by telling the story of Mrs. Marie Sanon, a woman who recently fled Haiti to escape the fear of beatings and the threat of jail. Mrs. Sanon thought when she fled Haiti that she would find asylum in the United States. Instead, she's one of some 400 Haitians in the United States, over 100 of them in jail, who are faced with deportation as illegal aliens.
07:31
Since there are no immigration quotas for the Western hemisphere countries, immigrants may be admitted when they meet certain qualifications or if they are political refugees. Tens of thousands of Cubans are in this country because they are the type of refugees acceptable to the State Department. US authorities claim that escapees like Ms. Sanon are not political refugees because, they say, there is no political repression on that Caribbean island. The State Department says that since the death of Papa Doc Duvalier three years ago, his son, Jean-Claude, has brought about a more liberalized regime. But, says Latin America, Ms. Sanon and many others have charged that nothing has changed in Haiti and that the reform is just a cosmetic device to attract tourists to the island.
08:16
Mrs. Sanon lived in Port-au-Prince Haiti with her parents and nine other brothers and sisters in a small house. To meet increasing family expenses, her father rented a room to a man they later learned was a member of the Duvalier secret police, the Leopards. Early last year, after months of not receiving any rent from their boarder, one of the sisters went to ask for it and was brutally beaten. When the father went to find out what happened, he was arrested. Later, her mother was arrested too, and both were kept in jail for a month.
08:47
After their release, the family lived in constant fear of further beatings or arrests. One of Mrs. Sanon's brothers, a law student, refused to help plan national sovereignty day observance at the university and declared his opposition to the regime. One day, Mrs. Sanon's friends told her that the Leopards were going to arrest her and her brother that night. With another brother, they left Port-au-Prince and made their way to Cap-Haitien where they met others who also wanted to escape.
09:16
38 of them, including 30 men, seven women and a 16-year-old boy jammed into a small 20-foot sailboat they found and set sail for freedom, Miami, 750 miles away. But after two days out, the rudder broke and Gulf Currents brought them to the Cuban shore. Cuban officials offered them asylum, but they refused saying they were not Communists. They made repairs and set out again. Days later, the rudder failed again and the boat floundered.
09:46
After nine days of helpless drifting, they were cited by some fishermen who then radioed the US Coast Guard. They were soon picked up and brought to Miami. The group, of course, asked for political asylum, but the State Department refused since it holds the view that no political repression is practiced on the island.
10:02
Yet, says Latin America, despite proclamations of the Duvalier government to the contrary, terror and imprisonment have been documented by a number of human rights groups such as Amnesty International. In a report issued last year, Amnesty said no real changes have taken place in Haiti, except for an increasing struggle for power, both within the Duvalier family itself and among the ministers and other officials. For many years, hardly any information about political prisoners seeped out of Haiti. Prisoners who were released or exiled did not dare speak for fear of reprisals on themselves or their families.
10:39
United States government officials say that many Haitians have come to this country for purely economic reasons, and that 30% never request asylum. They also say that the refugees who can't establish that they will be subject to persecution on account of race, religion, nationality, political opinion, or membership in a particular group cannot remain in the United States. Why the State Department is treating Haitians differently than other refugees is a question that has been posed by many groups supporting the Haitians.
11:09
In Miami, a former Justice Department attorney who represents 250 of the refugees says what it boils down to is that the United States is unwilling to accept the fact that people who come from right-wing countries are oppressed. People who flee to the United States from Communist countries are always granted political asylum, but we have a long history of refusing those from right-wing or Fascist dictatorships. That from the British newswekly, Latin America.
11:35
In a recent article entitled "Central America: Made Martyr by The Big Fruit Company", La Opinión, an Argentine newspaper reports on the US-based Standard Fruit Company. Standard Fruit unilaterally suspended its import of bananas from Honduras in reprisal for an agreement Honduras made establishing an export tax on bananas of $1 per case. According to Standard Fruit, the agreement will bring Honduras unemployment and cause a drop in wages, as well as affect banana production in all of Latin America's other banana-producing nations. The decision, reports La Opinión, was made public by Standard Fruit following an interview which several of the corporation's highest officials had with Honduran President López Arellano.
12:25
Officials spokesmen have stated that Honduras remained firm in defense of its recent agreements, reached collectively with Panama, Nicaragua, Ecuador, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Colombia. Standard Fruit alleged in a press statement that the rise in the export price of bananas will diminish North American banana consumption, thus making it necessary to adjust the supply in order to compensate for the new situation.
12:50
Standard Fruit announced its intention to take such action at a recent meeting of Latin American banana producers held in Honduras. During the meeting, a Standard Fruit official warned all of the various representatives that it would suspend all banana shipments out of Honduras if the $1 tax was agreed upon. The threat, which would hurt, especially Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and Honduras, was ignored by all of the representatives present.
13:17
Following the meeting, a Costa Rican newspaper, Latin, reported on the reaction to Standard Fruits actions by Costa Rican President José Figueres. Figueres labeled Standard Fruit's operations colonialist. The Costa Rican President also said that Standard Fruit was the only foreign fruit company which had refused to pay the $1 export charge. Addressing his country in a national television broadcast, Figueres stated, "It is a typically colonialist attitude and has caused us great difficulty. However, we will not alter our approach and we'll do what must be done."
13:51
Standard Fruit's hardline policy, reports La Opinión, is due to two chief factors. Standard Fruit fears that competitors will move in and capture its market when its prices rise. The company also fears that the banana producers, if not dealt with firmly, will pursue with greater interest their recent tendency towards trade with Socialist nations.
14:13
This report on the banana trade in Central America was taken from the Argentine daily, La Opinión, and the Costa Rican paper, Latin.
LAPR1974_04_25
00:43
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that Henry Kissinger at the fourth session of the organization of American States stated that, "The seemingly paternalistic policy of the United States was not at all meant to be detrimental to Latin American countries. Rather, the policy was a concise effort planned by the United States government to give preferential treatment to Latin American countries over the rest of the world." However, our recent report issued by the United States Senate Committee on Foreign Affairs has brought into question the generosity of United States foreign policy.
01:20
Latin America, the British news weekly reports that the main issue at the meeting of the executives of the Inter-American Development Bank will center on that report. The report examines the relationship of the United States and the multilateral development banks. In addition, it opens questions of political control over the lending policies of both the World Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank.
01:44
The official report states that for the most part, the banks have channeled funds to countries in which the United States has strategic and diplomatic interest. They also have refrained from lending to countries with which the United States has had investment disputes. The official report prepared by the Senate Committee on Foreign Affairs further asserted that a major issue in contemporary United States diplomacy concerns relations with countries expropriating United States-owned investments.
02:14
The report states that there are considerable similarities between the United States and the bank's views regarding uncompensated expropriation of foreign investments. While the banks are not direct instruments of American policy, they nevertheless have pursued policies generally compatible with those of the United States government.
02:34
Another interesting fact emerged from the report. It seems that the Inter-American Development Bank employs 41 Cuban exiles among its staff, even though Cuba has never been a member of the bank. There are no Canadians, for instance, on the Inter-American Development Bank staff, even though Canada has been a member since 1972. Perhaps the fact that the Inter-American Development Bank was created as part of the Alliance for Progress and as a part of the United States response to the Cuban Revolution has something to do with the strong Cuban Exile presence.
03:06
A report from the Mexican Daily Excélsior points out the United States use of international lending agencies as a virtual arm of the State Department. It has been revealed now that the Inter-American Development Bank, since its inception, has loaned one and a half billion dollars for economic development. In the year of 1973, Brazil alone obtained approximately $275 million from the bank. That loan given to Brazil constitutes the largest sum given to a country in Latin America in a single year.
03:37
It is also worthwhile to note that because of Brazil's favorable policy towards United States business, the capital investments of United States corporations have increased tenfold in recent years. Total US corporate capital investments in Brazil, number many billions of dollars. There is a direct relationship to friendliness of Latin American countries to US capital and their access to loans from supposedly autonomous international lending agencies, according to Excélsior of Mexico City,
04:09
The New York Times reports on the trials of political prisoners in Chile. The lack of justice in Chile is concerning many Chileans. The focal point is the beginning of the first public trials of political prisoners. A military trial began recently for 57 Air Force officials and 10 civilians. It is the first open trial of political prisoners and the first for military officials suspected of Marxist sympathies. In the last few months however, military courts have tried hundreds of civilian political prisoners in closed courts. In this first open trial, the prosecutor is asking for the death penalty for six Air Force officials, life imprisonment for one civilian and sentences ranging from 18 months to 30 years for the rest.
04:54
The first defendant was accused of attending political meetings in 1972. The charge is dereliction of duty and carries a five-year imprisonment. Of the 67 suspects on trial, 63 were present in the courtroom. Of the defendants missing, an Air Force General died from the effects of his long interrogation by Junta police. Another died of gunshot wounds. Junta spokesman explained that his guard's gun, "Suddenly went off without warning." Two others are now in mental hospitals, apparently driven insane by tortures.
05:28
In relation to torture, the prosecutor said confessions had been obtained from the accused, but defense attorneys have charged privately that the confessions were obtained by torture. "According to my clients, they were all tortured through electricity and beatings into signing confessions," said Roberto Garretón, a defense attorney. Other lawyers made similar charges and said they would raise the issue of torture during the trials. According to church sources providing legal aid, there are numerous cases of arbitrary arrest. Persons are being detained indefinitely without formal charges or access to lawyers and their families.
06:06
The New York Times goes on to say that the judicial branch has steadily retreated before the growing power of the Junta. It has reached the point where civilian courts have virtually declared themselves incompetent to deal with the cases of thousands of people who have been placed under detention for political reasons, and the military courts appear to be violating the rules of the Military Code of Justice, according to lawyers familiar with some cases.
06:30
The role of civilian courts began to change under a Allende government, which the President Junta overthrew. Only weeks before the coup, the president of the Supreme Court virtually legitimized a future military uprising. He expounded the thesis that the Allende government, although legally elected, had lost its legality by acting on the margin of the law. A few days after the coup, the Supreme Court president declared the court support of the Junta.
06:55
An appeals court judge has said that, "There has been an unstated desire throughout the court system to try not to clash with the executive power." Most important, a number of Supreme Court decisions have effectively handcuffed the lower courts in dealing with the human rights of political prisoners. The most significant decision involved the case of a 15 year old boy. He was detained incommunicado without formal charges since last December.
07:23
It was alleged that the boy had been a member of the Communist Party since the age of 11, and that he was being held, "as a preventive measure," in defense of the state. The Supreme Court supported the Junta and declared that under the state of siege declared by the Junta, the authorities had the right to detain minors for whatever reason and for as long as they deemed necessary.
07:46
A court of appeals judge noted that, "Often we cannot even find out who made the arrest or where a person is being held." There's a pervasive feeling of helplessness in the face of the authoritarian Junta among lawyers and judges. In the recent trial of 63 Air Force officials and civilians, the first public trial, there are several key issues. Defense lawyers have noted that even under the state of siege, the Constitution does not allow a military court to try individuals for alleged crimes committed before the state of siege was put into effect.
08:18
All of the accused are held responsible for acts done prior to the Junta taking power. Another key issue is that of the legitimacy of the former Allende government. The prosecution maintained that the accused had committed treason and sedition by establishing ties with civilian Marxists and aiding the enemy.
08:37
The prosecution defines the enemy as the political parties that were members of the Allende government. Defense attorneys argue that if the enemy was the Allende government, the high military officials who were members of that government before they joined the coup may also be liable to charges of treason. It is believed that worldwide protest of the Juntas violation of human rights, such as the protest of the Secretary General of the United Nations is one of the reasons the trial is being held in public. United States lawyers representing the Lawyers Committee on Chile are observing the military trials in Chile. This story in the beginning of those military and civilian trials is taken from The New York Times.
09:21
The British Newsweek, Latin America reports on Bolivia's attempt to reclaim passage to the sea. The idea that Peru and Chile could be on the point of going to war seems absurd and it has formally been denied by the government's concerned, but there can be no doubt that the possibility exists of a serious confrontation over Bolivia's efforts to recover its lost coastline. The simplest solution to Bolivia's problem would be a corridor running down to Arica, but this would require the agreement of Peru. President Juan Velasco Alvarado seems to shut off any speculation over this point.
09:57
When he said last week, "I do not believe any Peruvian would be in favor of giving Bolivia an outlet to the sea at Arica." He went on to say that Peru, on the other hand, did favor a solution by which Chile would return to Bolivia, a portion of the coastal strip around Antofagasta, which Bolivia lost in the War of the Pacific in 1879. He said this had been made quite clear in the communique after his meeting with President Hugo Banzer last year. Such a solution would have the additional advantage from previous point of view of cutting Chile's territory in two and perhaps reopening territorial questions which had seemed definitively settled by the Treaty of Ancon.
10:35
Velasco's words were less well received in La Paz, where it was argued by official spokesman that Peru was going back on the insurances given to Banzer last year. The Bolivians themselves were not entirely at one over the matter. President Banzer had to contradict the words of his defense minister who had spoken to the press of the armed forces having a secret treaty to obtain access to the sea. The Minister clearly hinted that this consisted of a military strategy, Banzer's assertion that Bolivia sought only a peaceful solution failed to calm the situation.
11:11
Argentina has reacted somewhat curiously in the pages of the Buenos Aires press. La Opinión, which reflects the views of an important segment of Perón's cabinet, published a front page article on the subject signed by the North American futurologist, Herman Khan. Khan argued that the current tensions in Latin America were caused by Brazil's objective of opening a way to the Pacific. He said that if Brazil achieved its goal, Argentina would be shut into a situation of geopolitical isolation, and this prospect is intolerable to Buenos Aires.
11:43
The various actors in the drama have different motives. Bolivia is making the running, but this is not new. Bolivian governments, particularly military governments, have long been devoted to this particular cause. They're probably anxious to take advantage of the present situation to keep the issue alive. In his context, it is probably in their interest to persuade the Bolivians to agree to Arica, even though they must know that this will be unwelcome to the Peruvian government.
12:13
The Chileans are anxious to please the Brazilians and an international row with Peru could be a useful diversion from their domestic difficulties. The Brazilians are saying very little, but are certainly backing Bolivia's aspirations and could be said to stand to gain for any conflict between the Spanish speaking nations of South America.
12:33
It is hard to see why the Argentines wish to escalate the situation, and it could be that it is no more than La Opinión's desire for exciting front page copy. It could also be, however, that the Argentine government is generally alarmed and is seeking to bring the issues out into the open before the situation deteriorates further. The United States, too, would seem at first sight to be anxious to reduce tension in the area, particularly since they have recently made peace with Peru. A limited war would be more likely than almost any other conceivable circumstance to lead to revolution in Latin America.
13:08
Finally, the Peruvians are almost certainly honest in their desire to avoid conflict and ascribe the whole affair to an international anti-Peruvian plot. Perhaps a better way of explaining this situation in which countries are apparently preparing for a war, which none of them wants to fight, is to see the situation as a reflection of real underlying tensions among the nations of South America. The law of opposites led during the late 1960s to both Argentine and Andean responses to the challenge of Brazilian expansion. The uneasy equilibrium, which had been established on this basis was weakened by the Bolivian coup of August, 1971, and by last year's Uruguayan coup.
13:53
It was finally destroyed by the Chilean coup last September. This posed a direct threat to Argentina, which began to feel encircled by Brazilian client states. It also promised to change fundamentally the character of the Andean group. The current state of tension seems to reflect the difficulties encountered by various countries involved in adjusting to the radically altered situation. This from the British News weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_05_02
00:18
In Colombia, there will be few excuses for Alfonso López Michelsen if he fails to make a success of the administration he will form when he assumes office in August. Having won comfortably over half the votes in the recent elections, and with a Liberal majority in Congress, he has fully achieved the mandate he sought from the country. The only fly in the ointment was that although this was the first meaningful contest between Colombia's two traditional parties, the Liberals and Conservatives, since their National Front agreement was established 16 years ago, nearly half the electorate failed to vote.
00:58
The fact is, however, that the electors were offered a significant choice between the reformism of López Michelsen, diluted or not, and the development a la Brazil of his Conservative rival Alvaro Gómez Hurtado. In an astute speech when his victory was announced, López Michelsen promised that despite his total victory, he would honor the agreement to share government posts between Liberals and Conservatives. But he strongly implied that he would be calling only on the moderate wing of the Conservative party, and in fact, the Liberals are jubilant that the reactionary Gómez Hurtado wing looks as if it may be finished forever.
01:35
What does seem clear is that López Michelsen succeeded in hitting exactly the right note in the current state of Latin American politics. It is evidently of some importance that another constitutional regime after Venezuela should have strengthened its position at a time when others further south are either looking shaky or have been violently overthrown.
01:59
But perhaps more important is the opening that López Michelsen has created at a time when similar political openings have emerged in such diverse countries as Mexico, Honduras, Brazil, and Argentina. Even if they're largely rhetoric in a number of cases, they are not without significance domestically. Clearly the talk of agrarian reform, a better distribution of wealth, a break between state and church, new divorce proposals and so on from López Michelsen has helped to create a new situation in Colombia, whether it is all carried through effectively or not.
02:37
Equally important is the impact on the country's position abroad. The nationalism, which characterizes, say, the Acción Democrática government in neighboring Venezuela is likely to be closely reflected in Bogotá. Indeed, López Michelsen has referred to his friend, Venezuelan President Carlos Andres Perez, and the two country's policies are likely to be closely connected during the next four or five years. This must mean more power to the Andean group and rather stricter though perhaps more secure conditions for foreign companies operating in Colombia. Among other things, it may mean a review of such deals as the projects to develop the country's coal, gas, and oil reserves in conjunction with the United States and Brazil.
03:20
For Peru in particular, the Colombian election result must be wholly satisfying. Support from another Andean country will be very welcome at a time when external threats seem manifold. Panama and Venezuela, too, will be pleased. Prospects now look better than ever before for a settlement of the longstanding dispute between Colombia and Venezuela over territorial waters.
03:45
One possible solution suggested by López Michelsen was the joint development by the two countries of the natural resources, mainly oil, under the seabed. If they work closely together, Colombia and Venezuela will clearly be an important political force in the Southern Caribbean, more so at a time when the major power in the area, the United States, is suffering from an almost daily decline of government. This, from the British news weekly, Latin America.
04:15
Excélsior of Mexico City reports that the Nicaraguan government has instituted censorship over the entire news media in that country. The action was taken in order to silence news reports of the strikes which are plaguing the country. The main strike in Nicaragua involves the country's hospital workers who have been out now for 42 days. Construction workers in Managua have also walked out in a show of solidarity with the hospital workers.
04:40
The censorship decree reflected the government's concern with the strike. It stated that censorship was imposed because the strikers and agitators are using all of the media, spoken, written in television, to promote new strikes and subversive activities. They have abused the freedom of speech that existed in Nicaragua, according to the government. The censorship order came from Nicaragua's ruling triumvirate, which has governed the country since the president stepped down in 1972. The decree is based on the suspension of constitutional guarantees ordered in 1972 after the earthquake in Managua.
05:21
So far, there have been no censors sent to television or radio stations, although the national director of information stated that according to the decree, all news about the strikes have been declared illegal. Newspapers, on the other hand, have been affected by Nicaragua censorship. The director of the Nicaraguan daily La Prensa denounced the government's action. He said officers of the National Guard, accompanied by a government lawyer, told him that they had orders to "revise everything that is published, from the economic notices to editorials." The censors then immediately deleted all references to the strike.
05:56
In protest to the censorship, La Prensa refused to publish a paper the next day. The paper's editor said that the newspaper has suspended operations indefinitely rather than submit to censorship. This story from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
06:12
Also from Mexico City, the union of petrochemical workers has asked Mexican President Echeverria to nationalize Tamsa, a large chemical plant in Veracruz. Tamsa, the only Latin American industry which produces lead tetraethyl, has been completely operated by Mexican workers and technicians since 1964. Despite the fact that the personnel is Mexican however, the industry is controlled by the DuPont company, which has 49% of the capital in the plant.
06:43
A lengthy study concerning the proposed nationalization was recently delivered to Excélsior by Humberto De Leon, the former manager of the plant. De Leon asks why DuPont has been able to maintain such profitable Mexican investments under Mexican restraints on foreign interests.
07:00
According to Mexican law, the industries in which DuPont has invested are required to have 51% Mexican control. A publication of the Bank of Commerce of Mexico, however, shows how DuPont has gotten around the restrictions of the Mexican government in the past.
07:17
For example, in 1958, the Bank of Commerce aided DuPont in setting up Pigmentos y Productos Químicos. The bank set up a trust contract for 51% of the stock, and trustee shares were then issued and sold to Mexican citizens. The trustee shares however, were devoid of voting power, which was reserved specifically for the trustee, the Bank of Commerce. The agreement stated that DuPont would be in charge of all administrative and technical affairs of the plant. The bank's publication reports that the Bank of Commerce and DuPont have maintained a close relationship with absolutely no friction. This venture was so profitable for DuPont that it became a model for the company's other Mexican investments, including Tamsa, currently under strike.
08:08
De Leon's study explains why union workers favor nationalization of Tamsa. In the first place, all vital decisions are made by DuPont, even though PEMEX, Mexico's national petroleum company, is the majority stockholder. The study affirms that the administrative technical decisions come from the DuPont Latin American office under the direction of Frank B. Loretta, ex-president of the Bank of Commerce of Mexico. The workers feel that this practice prevents Mexican workers from taking initiative, stifles creativity, and makes it impossible for Mexicans to ever achieve technical control of the plant.
08:44
Another reason given for the nationalization is that DuPont takes thousands of dollars in profits out of Mexico every year despite the fact that the original investment by DuPont was recovered within the first five years of operation. Furthermore, PEMEX, the major stockholder, is required to pay large sums to DuPont for administrative assistance, technical assistance, and salaries of experts who are brought to Mexico. The union workers say that this money should be paid to people who work at the plant.
09:16
The third reason for nationalization is that Mexico's workers do not want transnational companies directing the internal affairs of their country. De Leon's study reveals that DuPont frequently issues instructions for company officials to make political investigations in Mexico. The gravest question, says De Leon, is that the transnational business, in an almost imperceptible form, involves itself in social, economic, and political matters, which are neither directly concerned with their plants, nor with their production. The union workers state that political decisions about Mexico should be made by Mexicans. This story from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
10:04
The Christian Science Monitor reports that Chile is economically bankrupt with debts piling up, inflation spiraling, and a declining standard of living. To solve the problem, the military junta, which governs Chile, has proposed an austerity program involving higher taxes and hard work. International lending agencies are not convinced that such austerity will be enough and are cautiously waiting to see if the United States will send aid to support Chile. Chile's present economic difficulties can be summarized in four points.
10:35
First, Chile's foreign debt of $5 billion is one of the two or three highest in the world. Five billion dollars represents $700 per person, more than the annual income of most Chileans.
10:49
Second, inflation rose more than 700% in 1973 and is likely to go over 500% this year. This inflation particularly affects the lower income sector of the society, which in Chile amounts to about one-half of the population.
11:05
Third, the agricultural sector of the economy continues on significantly reduced production levels. This year, agriculture imports will total $500 million or more.
11:17
And fourth, all these other difficulties have arrived at the same time as price rises in petroleum products.
11:23
The current high price of copper, Chile's main export, is the only bright spot in this otherwise gloomy economic picture. With the world price of copper presently at $1.20 a pound, Chile could earn one and a half billion dollars in 1974. But even with its copper, Chile desperately needs international loans, and the lending agencies are all waiting to see if the Nixon administration will extend aid. The administration has been accused in the past, both at home and abroad, of economic aggression against the fallen Marxist government of former President Salvador Allende. The Nixon administration does not want to openly sanction the new military leaders in Chile for fear that the same criticism will erupt again.
12:14
And finally, Excélsior reports that in Caracas, the Venezuelan Senate has unanimously approved a declaration denouncing the Chilean military junta for the violation of human rights. The Senate called for an end to the persecutions, jailings, torture, and executions for political motives. Senator Miguel Otero Silva said, "The Chilean drama has ceased to be a political affair and has turned into a moral outrage that concerns all of humanity."
12:42
The senate also approved a proposal recommending that the Venezuelan ambassador to Chile be called home. The Senate later asked that the Chilean commercial attaché to Venezuela, Fernando Paredes, be declared persona non grata. The Senators indicated that Paredes had spoken insolently and disrespectfully against the Venezuelan Senate when they approved the repudiation of the Chilean junta.
LAPR1974_05_09
00:35
El Nacional of Caracas Venezuela reports that newly elected president Carlos Pérez announced plans on April 30th to nationalize the US-dominated iron ore industry and a broad range of other foreign-owned companies. Among the companies to be nationalized are Orinoco Mining Company, a subsidiary of U.S. Steel, and Iron Mines, a subsidiary of Bethlehem Steel. The two mine and export most of Venezuela's iron ore.
01:04
Since Pérez's party has a majority in the congress, the nationalization appears certain. Pérez also called for the nationalization of all supermarkets and department stores, including the CADA chain owned by the Rockefeller family and Sears, Roebuck. These and other companies involved in internal services will have three years in which to sell 80% of their stock to Venezuelans. Venezuela already has plans to nationalize foreign owned oil companies in the next few years.
01:35
President Pérez met with labor leaders on April 30th to explain the measures. He said department stores would be nationalized to prevent salaries climbing by stairs, while prices take the elevator. He said salary increases will range from five to 25%, with the highest increases going to those who now have the lowest incomes. And Pérez promised the delivery of free milk to pregnant mothers, babies, and primary school children. This, from El Nacional of Caracas, Venezuela.
02:08
International Bulletin reports that US Senate opposition to the negotiation of a new Panama Canal treaty is rekindling an old and potentially explosive conflict between the United States and Panama. A coalition of 35 conservative Senate Democrats and Republicans, dead set against returning the waterway and the Canal Zone to Panama, is prepared to block ratification of a new treaty. The nationalist government of Omar Torrijos is equally determined to regain sovereignty over the territory ceded in perpetuity to the US in a 1903 treaty. "If negotiations fail," says Torrijos, "we will be left with no other recourse but to fight."
02:50
After 70 years of ownership and control of the 550 square mile Canal Zone, last February, the US, under pressure from the United Nations and Latin American foreign ministers, acknowledged Panamanian sovereignty over the canal and the adjacent strip of land and agreed to work out a timetable for their return. The US made this historic promise in an eight point statement of principles signed by Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and Panamanian Foreign Minister Juan Antonio Tack. "There is opposition in both our countries to a reasonable resolution of our differences," Kissinger acknowledged. But he predicted that this was the first step toward a new era in inter-American affairs, says International Bulletin.
03:36
So far, the only Panamanian opposition to the agreement has come from right-wing business leaders in the National Civic Movement, which includes the Kiwanis Club, the Lions Club, and the Chamber of Commerce. The majority of the country's one and a half million people, including the National Student Federation, the unions, and the National Guard have expressed strong support for the agreement and the campaign to eradicate what they view as a colonial enclave in their country. But in the United States, where the canal dispute has attracted little public attention, the Panama Canal lobby in congress has rejected the Kissinger-Tack Agreement. A number of conservative senators and congressmen expressed dismay that Kissinger had signed away Teddy Roosevelt's canal.
04:22
Representative Daniel Flood of Pennsylvania called the agreement a sellout and surrender. And Senator Strom Thurmond of South Carolina and John McClellan of Arkansas have put together a coalition of 35 senators, capable of defeating ratification of any new treaty, that would abrogate US rights and interests in the zone. Senator Gale McGee of Wyoming, who introduced a countermeasure to the Thurmond-McClellan resolution, states, "The opposition is serious in terms of its sentiment and emotionalism, but none of it was addressed to the facts in the case. Rather, it was an appeal to Teddy Roosevelt and the days of the Rough Riders and the digging of the canal, that episode in our history."
05:04
Senator Thurmond said that he is against any treaty revision that would, "sacrifice United States sovereignty." "Under the 1903 treaty, we obtained sovereignty and perpetuity over the property," he said. "We bought it and paid for it. It's ours, and I don't favor giving it away." However, critics of the 1903 treaty say that Roosevelt stole the canal by gunboat diplomacy. After arranging a revolution in Panama, sending in the United States Marines and signing a treaty with the United States created government, Roosevelt bragged, "I took the canal while Congress was still debating what to do."
05:46
His Secretary of State John Hay admitted that the treaty was not so advantageous to Panama. Thurmond also claims that the canal would not be safe in the hands of the Panamanians. "Panama has such unstable governments," he said, "that, if the canal ever got in their hands, we don't know whose hands it would be in the next morning." He added, "They've got some unreasonable people down there, and the government is far to the left. And I think it'd be dangerous for this canal to get in the hands of anyone else. It ought to stay in the hands of the United States."
06:21
Congressman Flood, who has led the fight to protect US military and economic interests in the Canal Zone for over 20 years, went further, charging that Panama's Foreign Minister is a communist as red as your blood. Flood says, "Juan Tack is the devil in the peace, the brains behind the operation. Tack is palsy walsy with Castro and the Reds, and he will do anything the Soviets tell him to do." Flood lashed out at the Kissinger-Tack agreement, calling it "a blueprint for an abject surrender and a piece of diplomatic trickery."
06:55
Thurmond and McClellan would like to see the United States investment in the zone increased. Thurmond thinks the United States could build a free trade port on Panama's Atlantic Coast, as an inducement to discourage the Panamanian drive for sovereignty. "It is to Panama's advantage, really, that the United States should maintain control. Panama has fared very well from it. It has improved their economy and raised their standard of living. We pay big salaries down there," said Strom Thurmond. The United States pays Panama about $2 million a year for use of the canal, though the US takes in over 100 million annually in shipping revenue.
07:38
According to International Bulletin, the waterway is not all that is at stake in the battle over who controls the Canal Zone. The Pentagon has turned the entire zone into a virtual military garrison, complete with 14 bases, a Green Beret school, a counterinsurgency training center for pro-US Latin American military units, and 11,000 US troops.
08:00
Panama wants the US military out, except for those military installations absolutely necessary for the defense of the canal. The eight point agreement supports the Panamanian position, and so does Congressman Les Aspin of Wisconsin, who said his staff was told by a State Department official that the only justification for the Southern Command, headquartered in the zone, is for an intervention force in the Western Hemisphere.
08:25
"The last thing in the world we'd need to do", said Aspin, "is to start intervening militarily in the internal affairs of Latin American countries." Aspin has called for abolition of the entire Southern Command. Senator McGee voiced, "The Senate liberal position that the US military presence in the zone is overblown, but that there is a realistic national security interest in the canal, even after closing down old France Field, there are 14 to 15 military installations in the area. That is much too much," says McGee. McGee concluded, "Most of the military installations there are going to be the subject of negotiation with the thought of retaining only those that are basic to the international defense of the canal."
09:07
The right wing opposes any decrease in the overwhelming United States military presence in the zone. McClellan said he thinks it is important, not only to the defense of the United States, but to the defense of the whole Western Hemisphere. Thurmond concurred, "It is vital to our national defense. Most of the goods that went to Vietnam by boat, 80% of them went through the Panama Canal. It is vital to the free world that the United States keep control of the canal."
09:37
In 1964, says International bulletin, US troops shot and killed 20 Panamanian demonstrators and wounded more than 200, when they tried to raise their flag on Canal Zone territory. McGee and Mars fear a repetition of the incident, if a new treaty cannot be hammered out. Kissinger and his State Department want to avoid a confrontation with Panama that might jeopardize US ties with Latin America. Although critics have also suggested that Kissinger may be using right wing congressional opposition as a bargaining lever in the negotiations. Kissinger and liberals in Congress, like McGee, are prepared to acknowledge Panamanian sovereignty over the canal and zone, but they want to delay the actual date of the turnover as long as possible and to maintain as many US facilities in the zone as they can.
10:26
Foreign ministers from 24 Latin American countries told Kissinger, in Washington last month, that Senate efforts to go back on the eight point agreement are unacceptable. Thurmond, Flood, and McClellan all say they won't be affected by the OAS policy or Panamanian blackmail. Even Senate liberals, like McGee, don't like the foreign heat. "I don't think the OAS stand will influence the course of events here quite so much," McGee said. "I think sometimes we're set back a little bit here by too many speeches in Latin America, that are publicly directed towards the Congress, but it was only after international pressure was brought to bear on the United States, beginning in 1973, that Washington moved to resolve the smoldering canal conflict."
11:16
Panama's Chief of State Torrijos summed up Panamanian US relations this way, "70 years of colonialism, 10 years of negotiations, five years of nationalist revolution. Result? No hits, no runs, no errors." He says, this is, "the last chance for a peaceful settlement to the canal dispute and that the time has come for the US to recognize the basic Panamanian right to self-determination." This report on the US Senate debate on the Panama Canal Treaty from International Bulletin.
11:49
According to Claridad of San Juan, Puerto Rico, the United States is moving the controversial petrochemical superport back to the west coast of Puerto Rico. Last September, a large protest movement against building the port on the western coast prompted the colonial government of Puerto Rico to move the port to Mona Island. The government announced on March 14th, however, that the superport complex will be relocated from Mona to the west coast of Puerto Rico, because the United States Navy requires the islands of Monito, Desecheo, and Mona to continue and expand its military training in the Caribbean.
12:30
The Navy has indicated that they will move their target practice from the islands of Culebra and Vieques to the three uninhabited islands, in 1976. However, they will continue to use Culebra and Vieques as training grounds. This move is seen by observers as partly to service the growing needs of the Navy for more land and space for their target practice, and at the same time, in response to the continued fight that the 700 inhabitants of the island of Culebra have been waging to free their island from United States military maneuvers with live ammunition on their doorstep.
13:08
Claridad states that the Puerto Rican Governor has already authorized the Fomento Industrial Corporation to establish direct coordination with the Navy and to try to harmonize the relocation of the naval operations with the proposed superport on the West Coast of Puerto Rico. Fomento has been ordered to initiate simultaneously further studies on procedures for a superport at the Western Coast locations. Plans of the colonial government for the superport were made public by the Puerto Rican independence movement in 1972 and '73. The superport would service the importation by super tankers of massive quantities of Middle East crude oil for refining on the eastern coast of the US. Severe environmental consequences for the island are likely.
13:54
This story from Claridad of San Juan, Puerto Rico.
LAPR1974_05_16
00:45
A startling document on the situation in Chile was published recently in Mexico's moderate daily newspaper, Excélsior. It was prepared by the Committee of Cooperation for Peace in Chile, a group composed of Catholic, Protestant, and Jewish leaders. The instances of torture recorded in the report are based on personal interviews with people who have suffered injury and with people who have witnessed torture, the conclusion that some of the people were tortured to death was deduced from wounds and marks on the bodies of the victims.
01:16
"The tortures enumerated in the document," said a spokesman for the committee, "are only those about which there can be no doubt. We are sure that many more incidents have occurred than those which we know about." Many times individuals have not been released until they've signed statements declaring that they have received good treatment. Other people are afraid to talk to us because of threats to their families.
01:41
There was one case, the spokesman continued, in which a young boy of 17 told the press of how a person whom he had visited had been badly beaten. Two days later, officials reported that the prisoner was killed in an attempt to escape. The committee has documented cases of electricity being used on different parts of the body, beatings, blindness, burns with acid or cigarettes, and cases of drowning in water or gas. Cases of hanging, poison and mutilation are also reported. Psychological tortures have been used extensively. More than half of the suspects of the Women's Correctional House have been tortured.
02:21
The publication of the document drew a quick response from Chilean officials. In a reply to Excélsior, Pinochet, head of the Chilean Junta spoke out against charges of repression and violence. The General asserted that there have been no violations of human rights in Chile. He said that all people guilty of crimes against Chilean society have been punished, but that innocent people have been tried and released.
02:49
The British weekly Latin America reports that the recent coup in Portugal has helped resolve some policy differences between Portugal and Brazil. Portugal and Brazil had previously split on the issue of African colonialism. Barely 24 hours after General António de Spínola's coup in Portugal, Brazil recognized the new Portuguese government. Brazil's quick recognition of General Spínola reflects her basic agreement with the new Portuguese colonial policy. Unlike his predecessor, Portugal's new leader seeks a political rather than a military solution to the wars in Portugal's African colonies. Brazil has urged such a political settlement on Portugal for some time.
03:37
Latin America mentions two reasons for Brazil's advocacy of a peaceful solution in Africa. First, a mission of high-ranking Brazilian military officers visited the Portuguese colonies in Guinea-Bissau and Cape Verde towards the end of 1972. The Brazilian officers concluded that no military victory was possible for the Portuguese troops against the independence movements. The second reason Brazil supports a political solution in Africa stems from her need of African markets and natural resources.
04:13
When the oil crisis hit, the Brazilians became anxious to secure oil agreements with Nigeria and Libya. The Brazilians feared a possible African and Arabian oil boycott if Brazil continued to support Portugal's African colonial policy. To guarantee herself oil sources, Brazil repudiated African colonialism earlier this year. It could well be that Brazil's policy shift actually helped to precipitate the Portuguese political crisis. This from the British Weekly Latin America.
04:49
The Christian Science Monitor comments on the recent wave of nationalizations announced by the new government in Venezuela. "We are not in an excessive hurry," says Venezuelan President Carlos Andrés Pérez about putting his country's economy in the hands of Venezuelans. But we cannot hold back a decision, and that decision shows that President Pérez and his new government expect to have huge foreign-owned oil enterprises in Venezuelan hands within two years.
05:20
They will begin moving immediately to nationalize the iron mines and steel furnaces of two United States firms, and they have told other foreign investors that they must reduce their ownership of plants, service industries, and other activities to 20% of the facilities within three years. It is too early to assess the full impact of the Venezuelan decisions, says the Christian Science Monitor.
05:47
But they involve billions of dollars worth of foreign investment. The oil industry alone, which is heavily owned by United States Enterprises, is a $5 billion investment. Whereas the iron ore, manufacturing, and service industries represent another $1 billion or more of investment. The action comes as a shock to many a foreign investor in Venezuela's booming economy. It amounts to the most significant and far-reaching nationalization movement in Latin America in a decade.
06:17
It clearly came as a surprise to many foreigners, and particularly to North Americans whose oil, mining, and service investments in Venezuela account for nearly 80% of all foreign ownership in South American countries. They had expected the oil nationalization, which under the terms of leases and other concession agreements, would've automatically occurred in 1983. But they had not been prepared for the mining and service industry takeovers announced by President Pérez in a May Day speech and then amplified in subsequent remarks by members of his government.
06:52
In the mining field, the Venezuelan subsidiaries of both the U.S. Steel Corporation and the Bethlehem Steel Corporation are involved. Both have concessions that are due to run out in the year 2000, but President Pérez says, "We are taking them back now." US Steel through its subsidiary, the Orinoco Mining Company, is the larger of the two, with an investment of $330 million. President Pérez said he planned to adhere strictly to the Andean Pact decisions that govern the operations of foreign investments in the Six Nation Andean common market, of which Venezuela is a member.
07:34
Pact provisions set up formulas for foreign investment percentages in many industries, including raw material exploitation and certain service and product industries. President Pérez's decision to adhere to these formulas is regarded as a more severe application of the provisions than that taken by other Andean Pact members; Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chile. This comment on Venezuelan nationalization appeared recently in the Christian Science Monitor.
08:07
A more recent declaration by the Venezuelan president was reported by the Caracas daily, El Nacional. President Andrés Pérez announced May 16th, the beginning of the nationalization of oil companies operating in Venezuela. Pérez called May 16th, "One of the major dates in Venezuelan history." And he added that, "Today, Venezuela begins the final stage towards sovereign ownership of its natural resources." He went on to say that a new historical epic has opened for Venezuela, the same age which has begun in Latin America and all of those countries which have been the victims of economic totalitarianism by the developed nations.
08:49
President Pérez pointed out that the legitimate rights of the transnational corporations and the United States will be respected in the state takeover. He assured the foreign companies that they could continue their activities without interference until the nationalization process is completed. The President did not specify the date by which the concessions and properties of foreign oil firms will come under state control, although a government spokesman has said that the nationalizations will be completed before the end of the President's five year term. This from El Nacional in Caracas, Venezuela.
09:25
And finally, the British news weekly, Latin America, had this to say about developments in Venezuela. President Pérez's new economic policy based on oil wealth and reflecting a strong nationalist sentiment has delighted the left and has infuriated a large part of the private sector. With his new policy at home and abroad, Pérez has stood recent Venezuelan politics on its head. Remembered during his election campaign as the former tough anti-guerrilla interior minister and seen as a strong friend of foreign business interests, Pérez has now amazed friend and foe alike by announcing a nationalist and progressive program.
10:09
Referring to Pérez's plans to increase workers' salaries and reorganize the country's whole financial system, Latin America points out that it is oil that makes all this possible. With estimated oil earnings of well over $15 billion this year, two and a half times as much as last year, Venezuela is in danger of being swamped with money, which it cannot absorb in a hurry.
10:36
This would force a currency reevaluation, bringing in its train a flood of cheap foreign imports and a strong disincentive to industrial and agricultural development, not to mention a worsening of the contrast between the rich and the poor. The new economic policy is designed to prevent just this. Instead of squandering money, as in the past, on useless construction works like massive freeways, at least half the earnings from oil are to be transferred to a special domestic development fund. Most of the rest will be used for investment and aid to other Latin American countries. In the next few years, Venezuela is therefore likely to be one of the most influential countries in the continent, concludes Latin America.
11:26
From La Opinión of Buenos Aires. Terrorist activity in Argentina increased last week as unknown assailants killed an influential Roman Catholic priest who held sharply leftist views. The incident followed half a dozen other killings in Buenos Aires during the week and several clashes elsewhere between guerrillas and army units. It marked the end of one of the most violent weeks in recent memory. Army and police units searched for terrorists throughout the Argentine capitol of 10 million people, but the government of Juan Perón appeared almost powerless to halt the surge of terrorism.
12:03
There was a growing feeling that the government was simply unable to cope with the problem. "We have a complete breakdown in law and order," a longtime associate of Perón admitted. Meanwhile, foreigners living in Argentina, diplomats, businessmen, and others were taking steps to ensure their own protection. At their insistence, the United States recently dispatched two security experts to Argentina to take over the job of making the big United States embassy there secure from guerrilla attack.
12:34
La Opinión reports that business firms have withdrawn many of their foreign executives following last year's wave of kidnappings. The recent release of Victor Samuelson, the Director of Exxon's Argentine subsidiary, drew attention to the exodus of foreigners. Samuelson was released after the payment of a $14 million ransom. A survey issued several days after his release showed that the number of foreign executives in Argentina had dwindled from more than 1,200 to less than 300 in the past two years. What does not get much publicity, however, is the continuing wave of kidnappings of Argentinians by guerrillas. One source said recently that since January 1st of this year, close to 300 kidnappings of businessmen, army officers and police officials has taken place. The incidents of this past week fit into the pattern.
13:32
In addition to the reported killings by terrorists, there were seven kidnappings of businessmen and police officers. Just who or what group is responsible for the death of the Roman Catholic priest, the Reverend Carlos Mugica, is far from clear. Father Mugica was detained several times by former military governments for his expressed sympathy with Peronist left-wing Montonero's guerrillas. His death may well have been part of the bitter struggle between leftist and rightest elements within the Peronist movement, a struggle going on simultaneously with the gorilla's campaign against the government, private business, and foreign corporations. This report from La Opinión of Bueno Aires.
LAPR1974_05_23
00:45
A startling document on the situation in Chile was published recently in Mexico's moderate daily newspaper, Excélsior. It was prepared by the Committee of Cooperation for Peace in Chile, a group composed of Catholic, Protestant, and Jewish leaders. The instances of torture recorded in the report are based on personal interviews with people who have suffered injury and with people who have witnessed torture, the conclusion that some of the people were tortured to death was deduced from wounds and marks on the bodies of the victims.
01:16
"The tortures enumerated in the document," said a spokesman for the committee, "are only those about which there can be no doubt. We are sure that many more incidents have occurred than those which we know about." Many times individuals have not been released until they've signed statements declaring that they have received good treatment. Other people are afraid to talk to us because of threats to their families.
01:41
There was one case, the spokesman continued, in which a young boy of 17 told the press of how a person whom he had visited had been badly beaten. Two days later, officials reported that the prisoner was killed in an attempt to escape. The committee has documented cases of electricity being used on different parts of the body, beatings, blindness, burns with acid or cigarettes, and cases of drowning in water or gas. Cases of hanging, poison and mutilation are also reported. Psychological tortures have been used extensively. More than half of the suspects of the Women's Correctional House have been tortured.
02:21
The publication of the document drew a quick response from Chilean officials. In a reply to Excélsior, Pinochet, head of the Chilean Junta spoke out against charges of repression and violence. The General asserted that there have been no violations of human rights in Chile. He said that all people guilty of crimes against Chilean society have been punished, but that innocent people have been tried and released.
02:49
The British weekly Latin America reports that the recent coup in Portugal has helped resolve some policy differences between Portugal and Brazil. Portugal and Brazil had previously split on the issue of African colonialism. Barely 24 hours after General António de Spínola's coup in Portugal, Brazil recognized the new Portuguese government. Brazil's quick recognition of General Spínola reflects her basic agreement with the new Portuguese colonial policy. Unlike his predecessor, Portugal's new leader seeks a political rather than a military solution to the wars in Portugal's African colonies. Brazil has urged such a political settlement on Portugal for some time.
03:37
Latin America mentions two reasons for Brazil's advocacy of a peaceful solution in Africa. First, a mission of high-ranking Brazilian military officers visited the Portuguese colonies in Guinea-Bissau and Cape Verde towards the end of 1972. The Brazilian officers concluded that no military victory was possible for the Portuguese troops against the independence movements. The second reason Brazil supports a political solution in Africa stems from her need of African markets and natural resources.
04:13
When the oil crisis hit, the Brazilians became anxious to secure oil agreements with Nigeria and Libya. The Brazilians feared a possible African and Arabian oil boycott if Brazil continued to support Portugal's African colonial policy. To guarantee herself oil sources, Brazil repudiated African colonialism earlier this year. It could well be that Brazil's policy shift actually helped to precipitate the Portuguese political crisis. This from the British Weekly Latin America.
04:49
The Christian Science Monitor comments on the recent wave of nationalizations announced by the new government in Venezuela. "We are not in an excessive hurry," says Venezuelan President Carlos Andrés Pérez about putting his country's economy in the hands of Venezuelans. But we cannot hold back a decision, and that decision shows that President Pérez and his new government expect to have huge foreign-owned oil enterprises in Venezuelan hands within two years.
05:20
They will begin moving immediately to nationalize the iron mines and steel furnaces of two United States firms, and they have told other foreign investors that they must reduce their ownership of plants, service industries, and other activities to 20% of the facilities within three years. It is too early to assess the full impact of the Venezuelan decisions, says the Christian Science Monitor.
05:47
But they involve billions of dollars worth of foreign investment. The oil industry alone, which is heavily owned by United States Enterprises, is a $5 billion investment. Whereas the iron ore, manufacturing, and service industries represent another $1 billion or more of investment. The action comes as a shock to many a foreign investor in Venezuela's booming economy. It amounts to the most significant and far-reaching nationalization movement in Latin America in a decade.
06:17
It clearly came as a surprise to many foreigners, and particularly to North Americans whose oil, mining, and service investments in Venezuela account for nearly 80% of all foreign ownership in South American countries. They had expected the oil nationalization, which under the terms of leases and other concession agreements, would've automatically occurred in 1983. But they had not been prepared for the mining and service industry takeovers announced by President Pérez in a May Day speech and then amplified in subsequent remarks by members of his government.
06:52
In the mining field, the Venezuelan subsidiaries of both the U.S. Steel Corporation and the Bethlehem Steel Corporation are involved. Both have concessions that are due to run out in the year 2000, but President Pérez says, "We are taking them back now." US Steel through its subsidiary, the Orinoco Mining Company, is the larger of the two, with an investment of $330 million. President Pérez said he planned to adhere strictly to the Andean Pact decisions that govern the operations of foreign investments in the Six Nation Andean common market, of which Venezuela is a member.
07:34
Pact provisions set up formulas for foreign investment percentages in many industries, including raw material exploitation and certain service and product industries. President Pérez's decision to adhere to these formulas is regarded as a more severe application of the provisions than that taken by other Andean Pact members; Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chile. This comment on Venezuelan nationalization appeared recently in the Christian Science Monitor.
08:07
A more recent declaration by the Venezuelan president was reported by the Caracas daily, El Nacional. President Andrés Pérez announced May 16th, the beginning of the nationalization of oil companies operating in Venezuela. Pérez called May 16th, "One of the major dates in Venezuelan history." And he added that, "Today, Venezuela begins the final stage towards sovereign ownership of its natural resources." He went on to say that a new historical epic has opened for Venezuela, the same age which has begun in Latin America and all of those countries which have been the victims of economic totalitarianism by the developed nations.
08:49
President Pérez pointed out that the legitimate rights of the transnational corporations and the United States will be respected in the state takeover. He assured the foreign companies that they could continue their activities without interference until the nationalization process is completed. The President did not specify the date by which the concessions and properties of foreign oil firms will come under state control, although a government spokesman has said that the nationalizations will be completed before the end of the President's five year term. This from El Nacional in Caracas, Venezuela.
09:25
And finally, the British news weekly, Latin America, had this to say about developments in Venezuela. President Pérez's new economic policy based on oil wealth and reflecting a strong nationalist sentiment has delighted the left and has infuriated a large part of the private sector. With his new policy at home and abroad, Pérez has stood recent Venezuelan politics on its head. Remembered during his election campaign as the former tough anti-guerrilla interior minister and seen as a strong friend of foreign business interests, Pérez has now amazed friend and foe alike by announcing a nationalist and progressive program.
10:09
Referring to Pérez's plans to increase workers' salaries and reorganize the country's whole financial system, Latin America points out that it is oil that makes all this possible. With estimated oil earnings of well over $15 billion this year, two and a half times as much as last year, Venezuela is in danger of being swamped with money, which it cannot absorb in a hurry.
10:36
This would force a currency reevaluation, bringing in its train a flood of cheap foreign imports and a strong disincentive to industrial and agricultural development, not to mention a worsening of the contrast between the rich and the poor. The new economic policy is designed to prevent just this. Instead of squandering money, as in the past, on useless construction works like massive freeways, at least half the earnings from oil are to be transferred to a special domestic development fund. Most of the rest will be used for investment and aid to other Latin American countries. In the next few years, Venezuela is therefore likely to be one of the most influential countries in the continent, concludes Latin America.
11:26
From La Opinión of Buenos Aires. Terrorist activity in Argentina increased last week as unknown assailants killed an influential Roman Catholic priest who held sharply leftist views. The incident followed half a dozen other killings in Buenos Aires during the week and several clashes elsewhere between guerrillas and army units. It marked the end of one of the most violent weeks in recent memory. Army and police units searched for terrorists throughout the Argentine capitol of 10 million people, but the government of Juan Perón appeared almost powerless to halt the surge of terrorism.
12:03
There was a growing feeling that the government was simply unable to cope with the problem. "We have a complete breakdown in law and order," a longtime associate of Perón admitted. Meanwhile, foreigners living in Argentina, diplomats, businessmen, and others were taking steps to ensure their own protection. At their insistence, the United States recently dispatched two security experts to Argentina to take over the job of making the big United States embassy there secure from guerrilla attack.
12:34
La Opinión reports that business firms have withdrawn many of their foreign executives following last year's wave of kidnappings. The recent release of Victor Samuelson, the Director of Exxon's Argentine subsidiary, drew attention to the exodus of foreigners. Samuelson was released after the payment of a $14 million ransom. A survey issued several days after his release showed that the number of foreign executives in Argentina had dwindled from more than 1,200 to less than 300 in the past two years. What does not get much publicity, however, is the continuing wave of kidnappings of Argentinians by guerrillas. One source said recently that since January 1st of this year, close to 300 kidnappings of businessmen, army officers and police officials has taken place. The incidents of this past week fit into the pattern.
13:32
In addition to the reported killings by terrorists, there were seven kidnappings of businessmen and police officers. Just who or what group is responsible for the death of the Roman Catholic priest, the Reverend Carlos Mugica, is far from clear. Father Mugica was detained several times by former military governments for his expressed sympathy with Peronist left-wing Montonero's guerrillas. His death may well have been part of the bitter struggle between leftist and rightest elements within the Peronist movement, a struggle going on simultaneously with the gorilla's campaign against the government, private business, and foreign corporations. This report from La Opinión of Bueno Aires.
LAPR1974_05_30
00:44
The Puerto Rican paper, Claridad, reports that Joaquín Balaguer has been declared the winner of recent presidential elections in the Dominican Republic, but his problems are not over. In the first place, the election itself was marked by insistent charges of electoral fraud. Most of the opposition candidates withdrew from the race before the election in protest. The main point of the charges is that the election tribunal, which drew up new election decrees, is heavily biased in favor of Balaguer.
01:12
There is now a strong feeling in Santo Domingo that Balaguer's opponents, frustrated at the polls, will now turn to other tactics to do damage to the president and his policies. The leading opposition candidate intends to carry the charges of electoral fraud to the courts. Such an attempt would probably have little success, it was admitted, but a well-publicized case would focus continuing attention on the electoral fraud charges and could keep it in the news for a year or more.
01:38
President Balaguer will thus be inaugurated for a third term with unresolved questions about the election's legitimacy. Meanwhile, Balaguer's opponents announced plans to stage demonstrations in opposition to the election results. This suggests that the Dominican Republic could go through another difficult period of civil unrest. Claridad notes that all of this comes as Mr. Balaguer faces growing economic pressures and social unrest. Balaguer campaigned on recent economic achievements.
02:05
He cited the Dominican Republic's 10% annual growth rate and the number of new industries setting up in the Dominican Republic. But such statistics do not reflect the country's serious economic problems. Unemployment tops 30% and inflation is eating away at salaries and wages at an annual rate of 25%. Also, the Dominican Republic, like many other nations in the underdeveloped world, is suffering from the high cost of petroleum. The cost increases will probably boost the island nation's import bill some three times this year. This will add inflationary pressures to an already difficult economic picture. This report on the Dominican Republic was taken from Claridad, a Puerto Rican weekly.
02:45
The Caracas daily, El Nacional, carried an editorial on the recent treaty signed between Brazil and Bolivia. On May 22nd, Bolivia's president Hugo Banzer signed the agreement of industrial economic aid with Brazil. The treaty has important implications. Brazil is not just any neighbor. In recent years, especially since the military overthrow of President Goulart in 1964, the Amazonian giant has demonstrated that it wants to play an important part in Latin America. The head of the Brazilian cabinet and chief collaborator of Brazil's President Geisel recently affirmed Brazil's imperial aspirations.
03:26
He believes expanded influence is Brazil's "manifest destiny." In keeping with her expansionist policy, Brazil has enjoyed growing influence in Bolivia since General Torres was ousted from Bolivia's presidency in 1971. Torres had refused to export iron to Brazil. Torres successor and Bolivia's current president, Hugo Banzer, has been much friendlier to Brazil. Indeed, many analysts believe that Banzer is in power thanks to Brazilian pressure. Banzer was one of only four Latin American presidents invited to the inauguration of Brazil's new president, General Ernesto Geisel.
04:04
The other three were the heads of Uruguay, Chile, and Paraguay. The Brazilian-Bolivian agreement will create a disequilibrium in Latin American politics. Argentina is most damaged by the Brazilian-Bolivian pact since it is now surrounded with Brazilian allies. In a move to neutralize Brazilian influence, Argentina's president, Juan Perón will visit Paraguay in early June. There are also rumors that Perón will visit Bolivia in an effort to improve Argentine-Bolivian relations. The Brazilian-Bolivian treaty, which so concerns Argentina, establishes an enclave of industrial development in Bolivia's southeast.
04:44
The Brazilian government has guaranteed a market for Bolivian industrial goods in Brazil. Brazil also loaned Bolivia $10 million at 5% annual interest and financed the local costs of the projected programs in the agreement. Brazil pledges aid in an effort to secure an inter-American development bank loan for Bolivia. The loan is to be used to construct a pipeline to Brazil. Finally, Brazil agreed to grant Bolivia a longtime wish, a pathway to the sea. Brazil promised Bolivia free access to the Brazilian ports of Belém, Pôrto Belo, Corumbá, and Santos. In return, Bolivia pledged to Brazil a daily supply of 240 million cubic feet of natural gas for 20 years.
05:30
The agreement has the drawback of possibly loosening Bolivian sovereignty over her southeast. Bolivia's southeast is especially vulnerable to Brazil's expansionist pretensions. Poorly linked to the rest of the country, and with a pro Brazilian elite, the southeast could easily have been separated from Bolivia. This has in fact happened before when Brazil annexed the rubber rich Acre territory from Bolivia at the beginning of the 20th century. There is today increasing Brazilian influence in Bolivia's border provinces.
06:00
In one province, 20,000 of the total 32,000 inhabitants are Brazilians. They are imposing their language on the Bolivian province, and the medium of exchange is the Brazilian currency, the cruzeiro. By extending high interest rate loans, the Bank of Brazil has been able to acquire much Bolivian land through foreclosures. The El Nacional editorial concludes its analysis of the Brazilian-Bolivian treaty by stating "We do not applaud treaties, which only reinforce the position of reactionary governments."
06:30
"Agreements behind the public's back, surrender of natural resources and indiscriminate acceptance of foreign loans will sooner or later bring about public outcry." That from that El Nacional editorial. More recent news in El Nacional confirms the editorial's judgment. After the treaty signing was announced, a meeting of numerous labor unions and political parties repudiated the treaty. The Bolivians said that the treaty, "Betrayed the national interest and endangered Bolivia's sovereignty by opening it to Brazilian influence."
07:00
The treaty also provoked demonstrations in Bolivia. El Nacional reports that the afternoon after the treaty signing, police and paramilitary groups dispersed some 3,000 student demonstrators from the University of San Andrés. Later in the day, Bolivia's government announced the expulsion of three opposition political leaders. The leaders were accused of conspiring to damage Bolivia's economy through protests about the gas sales to Brazil. That night, hundreds of Bolivian students returned to the streets to demonstrate against the Brazilian-Bolivian treaty.
07:32
The military then declared a state of siege. The three exiled political leaders appeal to workers, students, and peasants to unite against the government. The exiled leaders believe Bolivia's president, General Banzer, is attempting to establish a dictatorship. In response to the leader's plea, students at Cochabamba's Catholic University manifested their discontent with the treaty. They also protested the visit to Bolivia of Brazil's president, Ernesto Geisel with chants of, "Geisel go home." The students at Bolivia's San Andrés University have gone on strike for an indefinite period. This story about the new Brazilian-Bolivian treaty is from the Venezuelan daily El Nacional.
08:13
Reports from the Montevideo weekly Marcha indicate that a military coup may be imminent in Uruguay. Last week, all military troops and police were called to their barracks while the commanding officers of the armed forces held secret talks. The result was the resignation of the commander-in-chief of the army, General Hugo Chiappe. General Chiappe is thought to have opposed a complete military takeover of the government. The army chief has been replaced by General Julio Vadora, Uruguay's army attaché in Washington, until Vadora's returned from the United States.
08:47
He has been temporarily replaced by one of the hard line officers who is head of the country's strongest garrison in Montevideo and a strong admirer of Brazil's military regime. Now, the president of Uruguay, Juan Bordaberry, has been ordered to restructure his cabinet and to change his economic policy. The military wants him to remove some of his key civilian advisors who are presently ministers of economy, finance, and agriculture. According to Marcha, these events could signal a further blow to Uruguay's long tradition of democratic government.
09:20
The military in which in previous decades had been virtually a forgotten force has become increasingly dominant in politics since it was called upon to crush the Tupamaro Urban Guerrilla Movement in 1972. Since last June, there has been only a thin civilian facade to the government. At that time, President Bordaberry backed by the military dissolved Congress and disbanded the largest labor organization and all political parties in the country. News of the present political crisis seems to have been kept within government circles and thus has aroused little popular unrest in Uruguay.
09:58
The newspapers, which have been under censorship for several months, carried only a brief official communique on the removal of General Chiappe. All Argentine newspapers were confiscated by the government because they contained information concerning the military situation in Uruguay and news of the firing of the army commander in chief. The political reshuffling comes at a time of extreme economic hardship for the Uruguayan people. Inflation has caused prices to rise more than 1,000% since 1968.
10:28
The high world price of fuel oil, all of which must be imported, has caused shortages and cutbacks in heating and light. Despite the damp and cold of late fall, heating systems have been turned off in factories and offices, and few cars are to be seen in the streets as gasoline costs over $2.50 per gallon. That from the Montevideo weekly, Marcha.
10:51
The British news weekly Latin America reports that a recent decision of Chile's interior minister seems to indicate an important change within the power structure of the armed forces there. General Oscar Bonilla overruled the local military commander of San Fernando and commuted the death penalty of five members of the Chilean Socialist Party. This intervention is an indication that the Junta is planning to reorganize the country's power structure. According to Latin America, the Junta now seems to be swinging back to centralization.
11:22
The provinces themselves are to be reorganized. The military commanders are to be made accountable to the center, and the paramilitary police force, the Carabineros, are to be integrated into the army. These are all signs that the armed forces are reorganizing the country for their perpetual control of power. Junta members have never suggested that they would step down, but in the first months after the coup, there were still some moderate elements in the army. Since then, however, these moderate officers have been weeded out.
11:52
The power has shifted firmly into the hands of the hardliners, and there is no longer seems to be any serious debate within the armed forces about the desirability of remaining indefinitely in power.
12:03
Excélsior of Mexico City notes that one of the Junta's main problems is dealing with international opinion. The most recent difficulties have arisen with Colombia, Venezuela, and England. Colombia recently announced the withdrawal of its ambassador from Chile. This action was brought on by Chile's violation of an agreement concerning asylum in the Colombian embassy. The Colombian ambassador has been unable to provide safe conduct passes for the prisoners in the embassy. Although Colombia's move does not represent a complete rupture of relations with Chile, it seriously strains them.
12:38
In Venezuela, there has been a barrage of articles in magazines and newspapers denouncing the Junta. Elite, a magazine run by one of the most powerful groups of editorialists in Venezuela, recently published an article entitled "Our Black Book on Chile". The article charged that members of the armed forces who would not conspire against Allende were tortured. The moderate periodical Semana denounced the barbaric situation in Chile and claimed that the conditions in the prison camps do not begin to satisfy the terms of the Geneva Convention on prisoners of war.
13:12
Perhaps the most serious international difficulties which have arisen lately center around Chile's relations with England. The British government has instructed Rolls-Royce to cancel its contract to overhaul aircraft engines for the Chilean Air Force and has banned the export of spare parts to Chile. This was announced by Prime Minister Harold Wilson in the House of Commons amid shouts of approval from Labor Party members. Wilson said that Rolls-Royce workers had refused to fill orders for the Chile Junta.
13:43
Progressive circles in Britain have been demanding a full embargo on arms deliveries to the fascist regime. Their demands include cancellation of the Labor government's decision to deliver to the junta for warships that are being built in British shipyards. Wilson criticized the previous British government for their quick recognition of the military Junta. That report on events in Chile from the British news weekly, Latin America, the Mexico City daily Excélsior, and the Venezuelan newspapers Elite and Semana.
LAPR1974_06_06
00:37
Prensa Latina of Cuba reports that Walter Rauff has been named head of the Chilean junta's Department to Investigate Communist activities. In World War II, says Prensa Latina, Rauff was a Nazi colonel who helped to kill 90,000 Jews. A former friend and colleague of Adolf Eichmann, Rauff headed a Gestapo organization in charge of gas chambers and special poison gas vans.
01:07
He also organized the evacuation of Jews from Kyiv to places where they were thrown into the Nazi gas chambers. Rauff was closely associated with Rudolph Hadrick, head of the Nazi Security Service who was executed by Czechoslovakian Patriots in 1942. The Chilean Junta's department investigating Communist activities was set up after the September coup and is staffed with extreme reactionary ex-Nazi and anti-Semitic elements. This from the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina.
01:46
The Puerto Rican weekly, Claridad, reports that Cuba's long political and economic exclusion from the Latin American family of nations may be coming to an end. An associated press sampling has found that a majority of the members of the organization of American States might welcome the Communist Island nation back into the organization. Cuba was expelled from the organization in 1962, and a series of economic and political sanctions were applied against Fidel Castro's government, then in power for three years. Other leaders no longer afraid of Cuban backed guerrillas or possible retaliation from the United States are voicing similar feelings.
02:29
For years, Castro branded the OAS an American puppet and expressed no interest in rejoining the group. But recently, reports Claridad, Cuba has increased its bilateral ties with Latin American nations. Argentina pressed an intensive trade campaign with Cuba extending a $1.2 billion credit and then selling Ford, Chrysler and General Motors cars produced in Argentina to Cuba. There is still considerable opposition, especially for military backed anti-communist governments to removing the political and economic sanctions against Cuba. But the AP survey showed that thirteen countries were inclined to review the sanction policy. Nine opposed a review, but for considerably differing reasons.
03:23
Favoring the review, Mexico for example, has always held open a dialogue with Havana and has politely disregarded suggestions that it shouldn't. Argentina and Peru are ardent champions of a new look at Castro. English speaking Caribbean nations are hoping to open new trade lanes. All these governments, with the exception of Peru, have freely elected regimes.
03:48
The strongest opponents of lifting the political and economic blockade are the right wing military controlled regimes. Chile, Brazil, Uruguay and Paraguay are reluctant to forget Castro's attempts to foment revolution in South America. Bolivia still recalls how the late Argentinian Cuban Che Guevara attempted to topple its government in 1967. It took months of jungle fighting to stop him.
04:19
Chile now furnished in its opposition to Cuba claims Castro sent some 2000 Cubans to Chile during the regime headed by Marxist President Salvador Allende. This report from Claridad of San Juan, Puerto Rico.
04:35
From Opinião of Brazil with the coming of the dry season last July, large earth moving machines began work on the first section of yet another Amazonian highway. This one 2500 miles long. This highway will link up with others, which are part of the Brazilian government's program to develop Amazonia. Estimated costs for the road building alone are $10 million per year.
05:06
Some of the largest construction firms in Brazil are contracted to build the highway. Sebastião Camargo, owner of the largest Brazilian construction company is also a large ranch owner in the area. He is ecstatic about the new highway. "The Amazon region," he said, "is a blank space in the world." What is happening there now reveals completely unforeseen possibilities.
05:35
The human factor that lies behind Brazil's national integration plan is that the Amazon region is the aboriginal homeland of hundreds of independent Indian nations. The Christian Science Monitor reports that a long smoldering conflict over land claims is threatening to explode into open warfare between Indians and white ranchers in the vast frontier region of central Brazil. The Xavante Indians have sent an ultimatum to the Brazilian officials.
06:05
They want the National Indian Foundation to reaffirm the reservation boundary lines or face the prospect of war. The Xavante nation grows year by year, but its lands are shrinking. Their chief, Apoena, told them more than 300 warriors, "The people are hungry. These are lands of our forefathers. If the ranchers do not want to leave peacefully, we will push them out."
06:30
Chief Apoena said he doesn't understand why Xavantes must exist on such little land. "The rancher alone wants to own the forest, the world", he said, "this is wrong." The poor must also receive something. Government Indian experts pacified the Xavante in the mid 1940s. Soon after the Land Department began selling tracks in the Xavante area and granting ownership titles. The tribe roamed Central Brazil, 300 to 400 miles northwest of Brasilia, the nation's ultramodern capital.
07:10
Gradually the Xavantes were weakened and decimated. Intertribal wars killed some. Farmers and ranchers also have been accused of organizing expeditions to wipe out Indian villages in surprise attacks with modern arms. The Xavantes fled their ancestral lands about 1957. The exodus ended when they settled peacefully near the Salesian Mission at São Marcos in 1958. The tribe slowly recovered and their numbers increased.
07:43
From 1960, the Xavantes press for the return of their lands, most of it now taken over by immense ranches. In 1969, the interior minister visited São Marcos. He solemnly promised Chief Apoena the problem would be resolved quickly that the tribe would not lose their lands. The minister received a magnificent feathered headdress symbol of Xavante friendship and trust. The decree expanding the Xavante reserve came in September, 1972. The high point of Xavante confidence in the government. The confidence declined as the ranchers continued on the land, and then the interior minister made headlines saying, "no one is going to stop development of the Amazon because of the Indians."
08:32
Chief Apoena now tells his warriors to expect nothing of the white man's promises and to prepare for war. "We will show the whites that Xavantes are not domesticated animals. Our war will give the enemy no rest. It will be bloody and spare no one."
08:51
The fabulous wealth of the Amazon is a longstanding Brazilian myth. Ever since the Portuguese explorers first set eyes in the opulent jungle, Amazonia has been thought of as the land of the future through construction of the Trans-Amazonian highway and colonization programs. The Brazilian government, since the military takeover in 1964, has sought to develop the area. Recent studies published in the Brazilian weekly Opinião however, caution that the Amazon is probably not as wealthy as has been thought.
09:25
Part of the rationale for building the Trans-Amazonian Highway is to open the land to colonists. A recent report has found, however, that along a 550 mile stretch of the highway, the land is too sterile to grow such crops as rice and beans, the mainstay of most colonists. In 1972, the same group found that another stretch of 800 miles of the highway bartered infertile land. Those fertile areas which have been located are small and far from the roads and colonial settlements.
10:02
The colonization program, which has moved more than a hundred thousand people to Amazonia, has been met with serious setbacks. Subsistence crops are always below expectation and do not provide much earnings. The attempt to introduce cash crops has been hurt by the colonist's lack of technical experience and the high price and scarcity of fertilizer. The major problem, however, is ecological. Despite the abundant lavish jungle growth, the soil is actually poor. Plants live off of themselves.
10:36
They're nourished by the leaves that fall to the jungle floor and decompose into humus. When the trees are cleared to make way for agricultural land, there is nothing to prevent the rain from washing the humus away, leaving only the sterile soil. As a result, states the report published by Opinião, crops prosper their first year, but returns diminish the second and third years. By the fourth year, the land often does not support the colonist any longer.
11:05
Another report on the Amazon published by Opinião is a study by an expert who lives in the north. It was solicited by Brazil's leader, General Geisel. In it, the expert states that even though Amazonia has received some of the most grandiose public works from the past three governments and is continually referred to as an important element in national plans, the region is more fragmented and dependent than before. While attempting to integrate Amazonia into the rest of the country, the three governments followed mistaken policies, concludes the report. Government investments have not been sufficient to correct the deformities and deficiencies in Amazonia that require development.
11:56
The integration of Amazonia into the rest of the country through an extensive road network, has not brought economic interdependence, which is the goal of the program. On the contrary, states the report, the new transportation avenues have solidified the dependent relationship and have provoked a series of crises such as the population drain of Belém, capital of the state of Pará. Three forms of dependency have been brought by the national integration system.
12:27
First, new roads have wiped out the invisible tariff barriers, which permitted Amazonian products competitive advantage. Second, the Amazon has been culturally tied to Brazil South through the extension of the National Television network, which shows programs set almost exclusively in Rio or São Paulo. Thirdly, the region has become administratively dependent on the central government. Regional authorities and local officials have little say in directing their own destiny.
12:59
The report in Opinião concludes that the goal should be less to increase the colonization program than to save the existing population. Injecting new populations into the region would be to submit a larger number of people to the same process of blood and exhaustion says the report 21 diseases potentially fatal to humans have been isolated in Amazonia. Increased colonization has caused a greater incidence of disease. There has also been growing crime, prostitution, and disruption of the villages of the area's original inhabitants. "Wouldn't it be more rational?," asks the report, "to use the resources and people already in the region to develop the Amazon." This report from the Brazilian weekly Opinião.
LAPR1974_06_13
00:27
The Uruguayan weekly, Marcha, recently reopened after a 10-week government ban, reports on her Argentine neighbor. "Bomb explosions, police assassinations, political kidnappings, and strikes in the Argentine province of Córdoba marked the fifth anniversary of the Cordobazo, the popular rebellion of 1969. Leftist forces in other parts of the country also celebrated the occasion with similar activities.
00:54
Although police deactivated at least 30 bombs in Córdoba and Buenos Aires, more than 40 explosions occurred in various businesses, government offices, and factories. Several of the bombs exploded in Fiat and Renault automobile plants. In Córdoba, a heavily armed group machine-gunned the front of a government office, wounding two policemen in the attack.
01:17
In still another confrontation, a policeman was killed. Strikes paralyzed the entire city. Even the radio stations and newspapers were closed down. Officials believed that the activities were initiated by both Peronist and non-Peronist leftist groups. Leaflets distributed by the Peronist armed forces were found in many of the automobile factories. One of the incidents was clearly the work of the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP, a non-Peronist group. The guerrillas captured a police station 30 miles from Buenos Aires. After taking a large quantity of arms and uniforms, they set fire to the station and fled.
01:57
Rightist Peronist forces responded to the celebration with numerous attacks on the headquarters of leftist groups. Three members of one socialist party were kidnapped and killed. At least nine attacks were made on leftist party headquarters in Córdoba and nearby provinces. Three offices were burned. These recent events in Córdoba may be of crucial importance in the struggle between the left and the right in Argentina. Since the time of the Cordobazo in 1969, the area has been a center of leftist activity.
02:31
The workers of Córdoba, Argentina's most recently industrialized city, have no tradition of paternalistic Peronist trade unionism. The rebellion began in 1969 in the Fiat plants, when workers seized factories and threatened to burn them down after the military dictator, Onganía, tried to add four hours to the workweek and refused to negotiate with the union. This action by 8,000 auto workers led to sit-downs in all of Córdoba's major plants. Students joined workers in barricading the city. The Cordobazo ended only after thousands of deaths, injuries and arrests.
03:10
The Cordobazo of 1969 initiated a surge of leftist activity all over the country. Since that time, left-Wing Peronists and revolutionary socialists have organized at least five urban guerrilla groups. The most important of these, the People's Revolutionary Army has claimed responsibility for the assassination of some of the top Peronist labor bureaucrats. As the Argentine situation becomes more chaotic,
03:41
Perón's crackdown on the left becomes more severe. His most recent act was the creation of a new Secretary of Security to centralize all functions of internal vigilance. The new agency, headed by the man who was chief of federal police under the former military dictatorship, will deal especially with guerrilla activity. Perón also continues to replace moderate officials with hardliners. Many observers fear that a right wing military coup in Argentina is not far in the future.
04:08
It is especially significant that a rightist takeover recently occurred in Córdoba, the very province which has the strongest leftist tradition. On the last day of February, right wing police in Córdoba arrested the provincial governor for sympathy with Marxist infiltrators and placed the city under martial law. Perón obviously sympathetic to the takeover, replace the governor with a rightist. Some observers feel that this action was a test. If such a police takeover is effective in Córdoba, the same thing is likely to happen in the country as a whole.
04:44
The recent events connected with the anniversary of the Cordobazo take on a greater importance in the context of the history of the area. The number of left-wing Peronist groups involved in the week's activities is of particular significance. These groups appear to be drawing closer and closer to a final break with Perón. Non Peronist guerrilla groups such as the ERP have long expressed the hope that the left wing of the Perran movement will join them in organizing a unified revolutionary party with workers support. Whether or not this alliance is formed will be an important factor in determining the future of Argentina. This story from the Uruguayan paper, Marcha.
05:30
The Argentine daily, El Nacional, reports that recently consumers in Chile began to pay twice as much as they formally had for bread, milk, oil, and cigarettes. These price increases constituted a major setback for the ruling military junta's anti-inflationary program. The cost of living has risen 87% in the first four months of 1974 in comparison with 34% for the same period last year.
06:03
When the Marxist government of President Salvador Allende was in power. Perhaps to ease the impact of these announced price increases, the junta promised Chilean workers a wage increase in July. Also, as a part of its anti inflation campaign, the junta announced that it was laying off some 100,000 government employees.
06:18
Also, the Peruvian newspaper, La Prensa, reports that a short film shown last week on French television offered the first glimpse inside what are the concentration camps established in Chile after the coup last September 11th. The film was dedicated to Chile by the newscaster. Before the camera, various prisoners declared, "We want our freedom, our only crime is being socialists." The brief sequence ended with the Declaration of General Augusto Pinochet, chief of the military junta. "In our country," said the general, "There are no political prisoners. We are only detaining certain people."
06:59
Also, Excelsior of Mexico City reports that a commission of American jurists and theologians, recently back from a fact-finding tour of Chile, have concluded that the democratic institutions of that country have been destroyed by the present military government. A member of the commission, former Attorney General Ramsey Clark, accused the Nixon administration of being one of the principal supporters of the junta.
07:25
He said the administration gives the impression of being more comfortable with military regimes than with democratic governments. As evidence, Clark noted that the Nixon government now grants to the military junta the financial credits that it systematically denied to the civilian government of former President Salvador Allende.
07:47
In an exclusive Excelsior interview held in New York on June the eighth, the former Attorney General stated, "In Chile democracy has clearly given way to tyranny. Since the military coup, the junta has fabricated its own set of laws and decrees. These laws then are altered at the junta's, slightest whims, and are applied retroactively. Chile is gripped by a reign of terror in which torture has become the key weapon.
08:21
Furthermore, the military government has violated countlessly each and every article in the Declaration of Human Rights." Clark also noted, reports Mexico's Excelsior, that, "As worldwide support for the Chilean military regime continues to erode, tremendously powerful foreign economic interests have stepped up their efforts to stimulate the crippled Chilean economy."
08:37
All of us, continued Clark, "Have the obligation to ask the United States government and its Congress not to collaborate with a government which practices tyranny using the weapons which we have sold them." In concluding his statement, Clark warned, "If the Chilean people continue to be deprived of the most basic rights and guarantees, civil war is sure to come to that country." These statements are a result of an extensive fact-finding tour of Chile, which Ramsey Clark completed only three weeks ago. Clark is presently director of the World Council of Churches, a member of Amnesty International, and President of the American Civil Liberties Union.
09:17
This story on Chile was compiled from the Argentine daily El Nacional, the Mexico City daily Excelsior, and the Lima, Peru daily La Prensa.
09:28
Finally, we have a reporter from the Christian Science Monitor's firsthand account of conditions in the Dominican Republic. "Every morning in Santa Domingo in the Dominican Republic, a crowd of ragged poor wait patiently outside President Joaquin Balaguer's modest suburban home for handouts of food or anything else available. Soldiers and police with automatic rifles mingled with the crowd, keeping order and eavesdropping on conversations."
09:59
Soon after 10:00 a.m., the crowds were pushed back and President Balaguer, his face hidden behind curtains in a huge black limousine, swept through the iron gates on his way to the national palace. There was scattered applause. Then the crowds moved slowly back to the shade of the almond trees and resumed their vigil for charity. Dr. Balaguer, who completely dominates local politics, was recently reelected to his third successive term as president of the Dominican Republic.
10:30
It was not a popular decision. Dr. Balaguer is cool and aloof, a conservative in a country crying out for change, an autocratic ruler in a country that still remembers the brutal dictatorship of Raphael Trujillo between 1930 and '61. The Trujillo era, in fact, continues. The image is better and the instruments are less crude, but the same people are still in power. Dr. Balaguer himself first came to the fore as the immediate successor of General Trujillo, after the old dictator was assassinated by some of his closest aides in 1961, when the country was rapidly disintegrating.
11:11
Within months, Dr. Balaguer was overthrown and forced into exile in New York. During his absence, the politics of chaos assumed complete control of the Dominican Republic. In perhaps the first free elections in the country's 120 years of independence, the left-leaning Juan Bosch won the presidency, but was ousted by the army within eight months. Then in April 1965, when a group of liberal army officers tried to reinstall him, a civil war broke out and the United States sent in a 24,000 man marine occupation force to prevent another Cuba.
11:49
Throughout this period, Dr. Balaguer kept his hands clean, and he returned only when peace was restored more than a year later, to run against Professor Bosch in the June 1966 elections. Chosen by domestic conservatives and blessed by Washington, Dr. Balaguer won the election and has since been reelected twice, in 1970 and '74. His public image is paternalistic.
12:16
Rather than allowing institutions and ministries to function normally, he personally cares for the population like a worried grandfather, and rather than attacking the basic causes of poverty and underdevelopment, he gives out food, sewing machines, bicycles, and even money to the crowds that gather before his home. The armed forces, meanwhile, have remained loyal because of senior officers' privileges.
12:41
Businessmen have also seen the economy booming and have smiled contentedly. Dr. Balaguer's reelection was therefore a foregone conclusion. But strangely, during the two months before the May 16th polls, discontent with the regime was not only awakened, but it took the shape of support for one of the opposition groups, a coalition of left and right known as the Santiago Agreement. Its candidate, a liberal cattle rancher called Antonio Guzman continued to draw ever-larger crowds. Soon the government became concerned and the armed forces were mobilized to campaign openly, illegally, and threateningly for the president.
13:23
Finally, in a last minute move, the supposedly independent central electoral board revised the voting regulations in such a way that multiple voting by government supporters would be facilitated. Less than 12 hours before the polls opened, the Santiago agreement decided to boycott the elections and called for the abstention of its supporters, To demonstrate to the world that Balaguer was reelected illegitimately."
13:50
About 50% of the 2 million registered voters adhered to the boycott, while thousands of others spoiled their ballots in protest at the government. The boycott had been a success. Dr. Balaguer will nevertheless be sworn in for his third successive term on July the first. As in 1970, he has promised a government of, "National unity," and has publicly invited members of the opposition to collaborate with him, but this is considered more tactic than policy.
14:19
This from the Christian Science Monitor.
Communities
View DetailsLAPR1973_03_22
00:24
It's hard to see how Panama can fail to achieve its objective of exerting painful diplomatic pressure on Washington through the meeting of the United Nations Security Council, which began last week in Panama City. Such meetings offer the poor nations of the underdeveloped world an opportunity to mobilize international support for their grievances against the rich nations in the glare of world publicity. The following excerpts from a front page editorial in the Panamanian newspaper, La Estrella de Panamá, comments on the current negotiations.
00:54
Our foreign ministry has engaged in able, patient and cautious diplomatic efforts since 1961 to serve as host to the meeting of the UN Security Council in Panama. That we have achieved this objective, considering that our only element of pressure was our moral force, constitutes a victory for the constitutional government and for the people that support our sound foreign policy. When the Security Council meets at the Arosemena Palace, our flag will be flown together with those of the 131 members of the United Nations. Panama will never again be alone in the long and painful battle in which it has been engaged since 1903. People everywhere are always fair and freedom-loving. The peoples of the world will be with us this March.
01:37
The editorial continues, "In October 1971, Panamanian foreign minister Juan Antonio Tack, addressed the 16th UN General Assembly and strongly denounced the existing situation in our country caused by foreign intervention in our sovereign territory." He said, "In 1903, Panama had imposed upon it a treaty that enabled the construction of a canal. A treaty that is humiliating to my country in most of its stipulations. By virtue of that treaty, a foreign territory known as the canal zone was embedded in the heart of our republic with its own government and laws issued from the United States." This from the Panama Daily, La Estrella de Panamá.
02:14
A further comment on the Panama situation from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior. "For 70 years", says General Omar Torrijos, "strong man of this country. Panama has provided the bodies and the US has provided the bullets." He's referring metaphorically to the colonial treaty, which is now under consideration of the United Nations Security Council. The 44-year-old General said that the approval of the new treaty can take place only by a plebiscite of the Panamanian people. With complete respect for the sovereignty of Panama, and without the qualifications that it be a perpetual or non-limited agreement.
02:50
Torrijos said, "One does not negotiate sovereignty. When we speak of sovereignty, they speak of economics. They say, 'Why are you so scornful of money?' As if money could buy everything. Sovereignty and only sovereignty is the question."
03:04
By airplane, car, and on foot, Torrijos toured the north of his country with Excélsior reporters. They observed the drama, the sadness, and the misery of the Panamanian peasants. Torrijos said, "We are subjugated by drought and erosion, as well as by a canal. An agrarian reform was initiated four years ago," and Torrijos said that this has total priority, but the canal by its very nature, is a more international issue.
03:30
Generation after generation, we have fought over this canal to change this situation. We haven't got a thing. The US has always insisted on a bilateral treaty and bilateral negotiations. We agreed with this and we're loyal to this until we realize that the canal is a service to the entire world. The world must realize that Panama is more than a canal, and that the canal is more than a ditch between two oceans. Around this ditch is a country, a nation, and a youth ready to sacrifice itself to regain jurisdiction over 1400 square kilometers now fenced off under the control of a foreign government.
04:04
Torrijos says that the legislature decided not to continue accepting the payment of $1.9 million so that the world can see that we are not being rented, we are being occupied. Excélsior asked Torrijos under what conditions he would sign a new treaty. The main problem he singled out was the length of time of the commitment. The US had been persistently pressing for an agreement in perpetuity, and their compromise offer of 90 years was evidently also too long for Torrijos. When the interviewer asked, "Do you feel that the other Latin American countries are behind you?" The general replied, "Yes, the sentiment of Latin Americans is almost unanimous." This was from Excélsior, the Mexico City daily.
04:45
And finally the London magazine, Latin America interprets the security council meeting in Panama as having important implications for US Latin American relations. Latin America says, "There is every reason to suppose that most, if not all, Latin American nations will use the occasion to air virtually every major complaint they have against the United States. During a visit to Mexico earlier this month, the Columbian foreign minister said that during the meeting, the countries of this continent must bring to discussion the disparity in the terms of trade, the growing indebtedness, the classic instability of raw material prices and the lack of markets which obstruct industrialization. The question of the 200-mile limit is also likely to be raised."
05:26
Latin America goes on to say, "It is the question of the canal and Panama's relations with the United States that are at the heart of the meeting, and it is here that the United States is most embarrassed. In the wake of the withdrawal from Vietnam, the Nixon Administration is anxious to follow a less exposed foreign policy and sees playing the world's policemen. It would be happy to make Panama substantial concessions, which if it were a free agent, would doubtless include formal recognition of Panamanian sovereignty over the Canal Zone and an end to the perpetuity clause of the 1903 treaty; much bigger payments to Panama for the use of the canal; probably a phasing out of the Canal Zone status as a colony of the United States; and perhaps even a gradual disbandment of the huge anti-guerilla training and operational base in the zone.
06:14
Though this would touch upon the sensitive question of continental security although Washington has made some concessions. Last month in a symbolic gesture, it removed the 20-foot-high wire fence separating the zone from Panama proper. The fence against which more than 20 Panamanians were killed in clashes with the United States Army in 1964. The United States ambassador, Robert Sayre, has publicly recognized that the zone is a Panamanian territory, though under United States jurisdiction. This commentary from the weekly Latin America.
10:27
The Brazilian weekly, Opinião, reported this week from Rio on the further activities of the Catholic Church in opposing the military government. Brazil's bishops, in their strongest and most detailed declaration of human rights, have denounced various types of discrimination in this country and the limitation on basic freedoms here. According to conclusions of the 13th General Assembly of the National Conference of Brazilian Bishops made public last week, "It is the duty of the Roman Catholic Church to inform public opinion of the violations of human rights and to defend those rights." The question of human rights was one of the main topics on the agenda of the General assembly that met in Sao Paulo for 10 days last month. A total of 215 bishops or 80% of the episcopate of the world's largest Catholic country, took part in the meeting.
11:14
Opinião continues, "The document is not really an open challenge to Brazilian authorities, but a clear statement of the church's position on the question of human rights, and an offer to work with the authorities to improve the situation. In the last year, individual bishops and groups of bishops have publicly attacked Brazil's military regime on its social policies. In particular, they have denounced police and military authorities for arbitrary and repressive actions which have included torture. They have also attacked civilian authorities for allowing large business interests to exploit rural workers in the name of economic development."
11:50
The basic human rights, said by the bishops to be among those least respected, were the right to liberty and physical integrity when faced with excessive repression. The right to political participation, in particular denied to the opposition party. The right to association, especially in regard to labor unions. The right to expression and information. The right to a legal defense, in view of the absence of habeas corpus provision. The right to possess the land on which one works. The right not to be subjected to systematic, political, and social propaganda, and aggressive and indiscriminate commercial advertising. And the right of the church to greater participation in social activities sponsored by the civilian authorities.
12:31
Opinião concludes, "The bishops came out even more strongly in denouncing various types of discrimination in Brazilian society. Including discrimination in favor of big landowners and against peasant families. For business management against workers. For whites against blacks. For pro-regime, political parties against the opposition. And for men as opposed to women. The bishop's strongest denunciation was directed against the oppression of Brazil's Indian population. The document charged that about 100,000 Indians were in the process of being exterminated. The document urged that the church make a study of the present condition of the Indians and that all persons engaged and work with Indians join forces to help them." This is from the Brazilian weekly Opinião.
LAPR1973_03_29
00:16
Following upon the recent elections in Chile, election in which President Allende's governing coalition gained strength, we have two reports. On possible changes in the governing coalition of probable significance, Latin America reports from Chile that President Allende has suggested that the ruling coalition, Unidad Popular (Popular Unity), should unite to form a single left-wing party and is to summon a Congress of the Unidad Popular (Popular Unity) in the near future. There has been speculation that the foreign minister might play a prominent role in any such party if it were formed.
00:44
Also, the Latin American news staff of The Miami Herald reports on possible changes in Allende's cabinet. President Salvador Allende will name more communists and more socialists to his cabinet and will retain his military ministers, sources said Friday. The entire 15 man cabinet resigned Thursday night to give the socialists chief executive liberty in forming a new government. The ministers continued as caretakers. The sources said Allende planned to name at least one other communist and an additional socialist to the new cabinet. The socialists hold four portfolios in the cabinet and the communists three. This would reflect the results of the March 4th congressional elections in which both communists and socialists gained strength.
01:27
The changes in the Popular Unity Coalition and in the cabinet reflects changes registered in the recent election. One indication of the changes in Popular Support was analyzed by Tricontinental News Service.
01:39
An analysis of the women's vote in the recent Chilean elections shows a strong leftward drift among Chilean women who have traditionally voted conservatively. A quarter of a million more women voted for the left coalition in this election than in the 1970 election that brought Allende to power. This was an 8.5% increase. This report was from Tricontinental News Service.
02:02
More somber consideration for the ruling leftist coalition were reported from Latin America Newsletter. Chilean negotiators sit down with their opposite numbers in the United States at a conference table again this week to discuss the thorny question of Chile's debt. It is now three months since talks were first held, and in the meantime, the urgency of the issue has intensified for the Chileans. Despite its political boost from recent congressional elections and encouraging upturn in the price of copper, the Chilean government finds itself with an economy in the gravest straits.
09:17
The following article on political developments in Peru since the illness of President Velasco Alvarado originated with the Latin America Newsletter. It was reprinted by the Brazilian Daily, Opinião. Peruvian President Juan Velasco Alvarado recovering in a hospital from an operation suffered a setback last Saturday when his doctors had to amputate his right leg above the knee. Official bulletins stressed the normality of such a complication, but there can be no doubt in the political impact of this new operation.
09:45
Prime Minister Edgardo Mercado Jarrín is temporarily presiding over government meetings. But until last week, Velasco still had to sign all legal instruments. The problem was partially that the Air Force minister should, in strictly military terms, take precedent. However, Mercado is probably the effective ruler of Peru at this point. Mercado is by no means as committed to radical change as Velasco, although he apparently moved to the left during his years as Peru's foreign minister.
10:10
Latin America continues. One of the most difficult tasks facing analysts of the Peruvian process has always been to cut through the revolutionary rhetoric and assess the true ideological commitment of the various generals who try so hard to outdo one another in verbal militancy. But there are interesting indications that the government's efforts to stimulate popular participation in the Peruvian revolution have been successful in awakening a militant consciousness in the workers' movement, which never existed there before. How far the militancy can control this development and how far they really want it to go remain to be seen. But the signs are that popular mobilization may be taking on a dynamism of its own.
10:52
The First National Congress of Comunidades Industriales, which entered a fortnight ago, provided some interesting evidence to support this view. A creation of the regime's theorists of social solidarity and inter-class collaboration, the Comunidades form of organization are nonetheless throwing up some radical demands which show that the class consciousness is very much alive and indeed growing. Although government officials who helped arrange the congress stressed all along its complete independence from official manipulation or influence, they were probably not prepared for the vigorous declarations of independence from the floor, which led the representatives of the ministry of industry to withdraw.
11:28
The ministry's Office of Labor Communities was also accused of lacking revolutionary consciousness and a unanimous vote accensure led to the abrupt departure of the ministry observers. Just for good measure, the Ministry of Labor was criticized for provoking industrial conflicts and the umpteenth call made for its complete reorganization.
11:44
Latin America's analysis on the Peruvian situation continues noting, although no open attacks were made on the government policy as such, a number of motions go considerably further than the official stance on such key matters as agrarian reform, nationalization, and workers' participation in decision making. The Communeros called for acceleration of land distribution programs without compensation for exppropriated landowners, complete nationalization of national resources and more active intervention by workers at all levels of management, not just on company boards. Other motions called for the immediate introduction of social ownership of the principle sector of the economy and the Comunidade organization in sectors where it does not yet exist.
12:32
From the Congress debates, it seems that despite official exhortation working class leaders persist in viewing the Comunidade as an instrument in their struggle against the capitalistas. A series of demands called for the takeover of firms which tamper with the balance sheets or to declare themselves in liquidation to frustrate the growth of the Comunidade. Other proposals are to exclude the landowners, the owners, and the executives from controlling counsel of the Comunidade and to exclude them also from the annual profit share out. Finally, delegates voted for a strengthening of the unions on the motion that they "constitute the main instrument of class struggle and defense of the workers."
13:09
To a certain amount of teaching can bring about a change in consciousness was shown by the experience of the big Northern Sugar cooperatives where, although they are a relatively privileged sector of the Peruvian working class, the field and factory workers directed their fire against the perpetuation of "capitalist attitudes among the managers and technicians." Something similar seems to be happening in industry which was previously a small and weak sector, but which is bound to grow enormously as a result of the government's accelerated industrialization programs.
13:41
The government by its no doubt well-intentioned encouragement of participation has opened the door to a militant class consciousness, which is not precisely what it intended. Although as the government is well aware, the Comuneros make up only a tiny and again privileged minority of Peru's working class, they could well become its vanguard. Unless an unexpected change of direction takes place at the top, the newfound self-confidence and independence of spirit among the leading sectors of the working class can only lead to an important radicalization of the Peruvian situation. The above analysis was from Latin America.
18:36
The following feature length article on Panama is from The Guardian. The United Nations Security Council meeting in Panama last March 15th to 20th might mark a turning point in the decline of US domination of South and Central America. The meeting which the Panamanian government has been planning for over a year focused its fire on the main current issues involving US hegemony over the region. In particular, the nationalist Panamanian government of General Omar Torrijos has struggled to overturn the US domination of the canal zone, a 500 square mile area which cuts Panama in half. The zone includes the Panama Canal itself and the surrounding area, which houses no less than 14 different US military bases.Torrijos wasted no time in bringing this issue before the conference. In his keynote address, he denounced US control of the canal zone as "neo colonialism," which he then traced back over the 70-year history of US Panamanian relations. While making few direct references to the United States, Torrijos spoke of the zone as "a colony in the heart of my country," and also said that Panama would never "be another star on the flag of the United States."
19:57
In addition, the Guardian continues, Torrijos denounced, with extensive support from other non-aligned nations, the economic sanctions opposed against Cuba by the organization of American states at the demand of the United States. The 10 Latin American ministers present at the meeting, all invited by the Panamanians, included Raul Rojas, Cuban foreign minister.
20:16
John Scully, the US's new delegate to the UN had earlier replied to Torrijos on several points, saying that the United States was willing to revise the treaty, particularly its most objectionable clause, which grants control of the zone to the United States permanently. Scully implied the United States would be willing to accept a 50-year lease with an option for 40 years more if engineering improvements were made to the waterway. Panama formally introduced a resolution at the March 16th meeting of the security council, calling for Panamanian jurisdiction over the canal zone and its neutralization. This resolution was supported by 13 members of the 15 member Security Council, but vetoed by the United States vote. Great Britain abstained.
21:02
The Guardian goes on to say that the Panamanians carefully and skillfully laid the groundwork for the United Nations meeting, waiting for a time when they not only held a seat on the security council but chaired the proceedings. By the time their proposal for the Panama meeting came up for a vote in January, the United States was so outmaneuvered that the only objection the US could raise to the UN floor was to complain of the cost of the meeting. At the same time in the statement of the press, the UN's delegation made it very clear that its real objection to the meeting was that it would be used as a forum for attacks on US policies towards South America. Once the Panamanians offered a $100,000 to pay most of the UN costs, however, the US resistance collapsed.
21:42
But the Panamanians, the Guardian says, never made any secret of their intentions for the meeting whose very site, the National Legislative Building, is only 10 yards from the zone's border.
21:52
Until 1903, Panama was not an independent nation, but was part of Colombia. After the Colombians refused to a agree to an unfavorable treaty over the building and operation of the canal by the US, the US engineered a Panamanian Declaration of Independence 10 weeks later. Two weeks after that, the US rammed through a treaty even more onerous than the one rejected by Colombia with a new country now called Panama.
22:19
Protests over the US control of the zone led to invasions by US troops on six separate occasions, between 1900 and 1925. Both public and governmental protests in Panama forced the United States to sign a slightly more favorable treaty in 1936, but US attempts to make new gains led to demonstrations in 1947 and again in '58, '59.
22:43
In January 1964, when students demonstrated near the border of the canal zone, planning to raise the Panamanian flag within the zone, US troops fired on them, killing 22 Panamanians and wounding more than 300. This is well remembered in Panama.
22:56
The canal zone was again involved on October 11th, 1968 when Torrijos then the leader of the country's army, took power. Torrijos overthrew President Arnulfo Arias, who had become unpopular for his weak stand in talks with United States over a new treaty concerning the zone. In his first two years in power Torrijos policies, The Guardian states, were similar to those of many South American military dictators. He savagely suppressed spontaneous as well as organized, popular liberation movements. Even during this period however, the United States was not completely sure of Torrijos loyalty. And while he was in Mexico in 1969, the Central Intelligence Agency supported a group of military officers attempting to overthrow him. The coup failed and the officers were imprisoned by Torrijos. Several months later, they escaped, were given asylum in the canal zone and flown to United States. Then in June 1971, an attempt was made to assassinate Torrijos.
23:57
Whether from personal conviction, desire to build popular support for his government or antagonism arising from the coup attempt, Torrijos's direction began to change. He refused to agree to the new treaty. He held elections in August of 1972. He refused to accept the yearly US canal rental of $1.9 million. We note that the US' annual profits from the zone alone, not including the canal itself, over $114 million a year, and Torrijos instituted a program of domestic reforms.
24:26
Torrijos also expropriated some larger states while increasing government credit and agricultural investments to aid poor peasants. A minimum wage was introduced and a 13th month of pay at Christmastime, over time, premiums and other benefits. 100 land settlement communities were created with about 50,000 people living on them and working government provided land.
24:49
The economic philosophy of Torrijos, The Guardian reports, seems somewhat similar to that of other nationalistic left leading groups such as the Peruvian military junta.
24:58
The article goes on to say, but major problems remain for the country. About 25% of the annual gross national product comes from the canal zone, and United Fruits still controls the important banana crop. Panama also continues to invite US investment and offers special treatment for the US dollar and high interest rates for bank deposits. While the government has helped encourage economic development with several public works projects, spending is now leveling off, partly because of Panama's growing international debts and the currency inflation plaguing the country. Because of its debts, it has also suffered a growing balance of payments deficits.
25:36
A better renegotiation of the treaty then is of economic as well as of political importance. The Panamanian position on a new treaty asks for termination of US administration in 1994, an immediate end to US control of justice, police tax, and public utilities in the zone, an equal sharing of canal profits, which are estimated to have totaled around $22 billion since its opening, the turning over of 85% of canal zone jobs and 85% of wages and social benefits there to Panamanians and military neutralization of the zone.
26:12
The Guardian continues that this last demand is the most disagreeable to the US, especially since it is coupled with the demand for the removal of all US bases from the zone. The US is willing to compromise on money and other issues, but not on the military question. The reason is simple. The Canal Zone is the center for all US military activity in South America, including the Tropical Environmental Database, the US Army School of the Americas, and the US Southern Military Command, which controls all US military activities in South America and the Caribbean, except for Mexico.
26:42
The zone also includes missile launching and placements and a new US aerospace cardiographic and geodesic survey for photo mapping and anti-guerrilla warfare campaigns. The special significance of these bases becomes clear within the general US strategy in South America. As Michael Klare writes, in War Without End, "Unlike current US operations in Southeast Asia, our plans for Latin America do not envision a significant overt American military presence. The emphasis in fact is on low cost, low visibility assistance and training programs designed to upgrade the capacity of local forces to overcome guerrilla movements. Thus, around 50,000 South American military officers have been trained in the canal zone to carry out counterinsurgency missions and to support US interests in their countries. In addition, the eighth Army special forces of about 1100 troops specializing in counterinsurgencies are stationed in the zone, sending out about two dozen 30 man mobile training teams each year for assistance to reactionary armies. This whole operation is as important and less expendable than US control of the canal waterway itself."
27:44
Thus, The Guardian article concludes Panamanian control of the Zone then would not only be a big advance on the specific question of national independence, but also would strike a powerful direct blow at US hegemony all over the South American continent.
27:59
More recent articles carry evaluations of the outcome of the security council meeting. Associated Press copy reports that General Torrijos said that he was not surprised by the US veto of the resolution before the UN security meeting "Because Panama had been vetoed for 60 years every time it tried to negotiate." The General said he was pleased with the seven-day meeting of the security council, the first ever held in Latin America, but even more pleased by the public support Panama received from other members of the Security Council. He said, "I look at it this way, only the United States voted to support its position, 13 other countries voted for Panama."
28:35
Torrijos later taped a national television interview in which he praised the Panamanian people for their calmness and civic responsibility during the council meeting, he said, "Violence gets you nowhere, and the people realize this." But General Omar Torrijos also says that he started immediately consulting with regional political representatives to decide what his country should do next in the Panama [inaudible 00:28:57] negotiations with the United States.
LAPR1973_04_12
11:53
April 1st was the anniversary of the 1964 military coup in Brazil, which has resulted in a military government to the present time. This anniversary was treated very differently by two newspapers. The Jornal do Brasil in Rio noted the ninth anniversary of the 1964 Brazilian Revolution and in its editorial commended President Médici for emphasizing the social aspects of the Revolutions program. Médici in his address to the nation mentioned the construction of housing for low income groups, the multiplication of schools and plans for sanitation as the great accomplishments of the government installed by a military coup in 1964. These social developments are based on the economic progress of the country since '64 and will eventually lead to the complete modernization of Brazilian society and a mature political system. The Jornal do Brasil feels this is already happening and points to this year's local elections where the government party received large majorities as proof of Brazil's political development.
12:53
An opposite view was given the anniversary by Campainha, a weekly newspaper published by Brazilian exiles in Chile. Campania says, "Nine years ago on April 1st, 1964, there was a military coup in Brazil. The national and international patrons shook hands and mobilized their troops to block the struggle of the people. Today completes nine years of dictatorship, nine years of superexploitation, misery, repression, and torture. Some of the achievements of the Brazilian generals are: the working class lost the right to demonstrate or to strike. The wage control law of 1965 states that wages can only rise in accordance with the cost of living. The result of this is the decline in value of real wages by 36% between 1958 and 1969. Because of wage controls over time is obligatory. Factory workers must work 10 hours a day. The awful working conditions and long hours are responsible for more than a million and a half industrial injuries in 1971 alone."
13:56
Campainha concludes, "Nine years after the coup, we have in front of us the same task; to organize the resistance to the dictatorship, to stop the disintegration of popular struggles, to organize the resistance in each factory, in each farm, in each university, in each workplace, Chilean workers, Latin American workers. What happened in Brazil is called totalitarian. It is called superexploitation and oppression. This is what the Brazilian military dictatorship wants to export to all of Latin America. To stop this from happening, there exists only one path: to organize the Latin American working class against the Brazilian dictatorship and their sub-imperialist politics. This comment from the Brazilian Exile Newspaper, Campainha.
LAPR1973_04_19
14:55
The ecology movement has recently captured the public's attention in industrialized countries. As the deterioration of the environment becomes more evident and the scientific evidence on the dangers of pollution accumulates, it is to be hope that Western Europe, Japan, and the United States will begin to implement policies to protect the ecosystem, but the programs proposed while popular at home are being seen as a threat to development in many parts of the world.
15:21
Some underdeveloped countries view ecological concerns as yet another obstacle created by the developed countries to their economic growth and are refusing to defer their dreams of industrialization because of the dangers to the ecology. The conflict between industrialized nations and the Third World over ecology is in its early stages, but important political, legal and moral questions have been raised, and these questions are of such a fundamental nature that there is some doubt as to whether they can be solved peacefully. Today we will describe the position Brazil took at the United Nations Conference on the human environment in Stockholm last year and then discuss some of the implications of their position. Though we feel that the issues advanced are of extreme importance, ironically, it seems to us that it will not be Brazil, but other poorer countries that will find themselves immersed in these conflicts.
16:15
Brazil's position in Latin America is most unique. Brazil has neither been resigned to the status of a non-developing satellite of the developed world, but neither is it moving in the direction of attaining development according to socialist models, nor is it moving towards an economics of cooperation with other underdeveloped nations. Instead, Brazil's governing military group is attempting rapid growth in industrialization similar to the developed mental methods followed by Western capitalist countries earlier in their histories. Brazil is one of the few Third World countries, perhaps the last, that has a chance of making it into the ranks of the so-called developed countries under this model of western, i.e. Capitalist development. Brazil's development seems to look favorably upon by the United States, Japan, and Western Europe, and it will presumably assume a place alongside these economically, politically and militarily.
17:06
We do, however, in the more general case, agree strongly with these articles' concerns over impending conflicts between developed and undeveloped nations over the usage of world resources. For given the disproportionately enormous resource usage patterns of the developed capitalist countries, it is reasonable to speculate that the development of most of the Third World will indeed be opposed by the economic elites of the developed nations as these powerful nations vie for control of limited resources. The following then is the Brazilian administration's arguments for its right to develop without regard to ecological considerations. The arguments are those developed in a series of articles from Brazil's daily Journal do Brazil, and it's weekly, Realidad.
17:51
The Brazilians were unusually blunt in Stockholm, arguing that the worst form of pollution was human poverty and that the industrial nation's concerns about the quality of air and water were luxuries the poor countries could not afford. Brazil's Minister of the Interior told the Assembly on Environment that quote, "For the majority of the world's population, the bettering of conditions is much more a question of mitigating poverty, having more food, better clothing, housing, medical attention and employment than in seeking atmospheric pollution and its reduction."
18:21
Brazil's Minister of the interior's argument is open to criticism because rapid industrialization in the Third World without income redistribution often does not improve conditions for the vast majority of the population. Certainly the so-called Brazilian economic miracle has caused widespread suffering among the lower classes. In fact, it has decreased the proletarian share of goods because capital accumulation for industrialization is being achieved by a reduction in workers' real wages. In fact, the situation is so appalling that even Brazil's President Médici remarked publicly last year that, "The economy is doing well and the people are doing poorly."
19:02
Yet the Brazilians press on with their policies, justifying them with the convictions that at some point in the future, industrialization will indeed produce great benefits for all classes. This may or may not be true, but from an ecological viewpoint, the important thing is that urgent attempts to industrialize will continue under this model of development.
19:24
Basically, the issue as Brazil sees it, revolves around how new ecological concerns will affect their rates of development. Brazilians want to close the enormous and widening gap between themselves and the industrialized nations. While they recognize that ecological problems are not illusory, they feel that a concern for the environment is a trap which may frustrate their desires for rapid development, and they cite three reasons for that fear.
19:50
First, devices to reduce chemical and thermal pollution will be expensive and may in addition require lowering production to levels where the environment can absorb the waste generated. It's also observed that precious investment funds would become tied up in non-productive anti-pollutant devices which do not generate new capital. Perhaps most importantly, an anti-pollution campaign would increase the prices of each item produced. The consequences of a jump in prices would be disastrous for a developing economy because it would reduce the already small market for manufactured goods and create a structural block to any further economic growth. Therefore, the Brazilians do not want to take on the economic burdens of protecting the environment. They argued in Stockholm that the rich nations never had such a burden during the 19th century when they were industrializing, and that if the Third World is ever to catch up, it must now have all the advantages the developed world once did.
20:50
A second fear expressed by the Brazilians was that the issue of ecology will be used by the industrialized nations as a rationalization to block the Third World's development. They are afraid that rich consumer countries unable or unwilling to control pollution at home and conscious of rendering resource supplies will use these as a justification for keeping a large percentage of the species in underdevelopment and poverty. Ecological concerns have already had an effect, in fact on loan practices from the developed world. As Kalido Mendez, a delegate to the Stockholm Conference pointed out, "It is no accident that the only contributions from the industrialized world that have not declined in the past few years have been military funds and funds designated for population control."
21:34
Kalido Mendez's fears, "Namely that the developed countries will act to block development of most of the Third World, seem very real to us. It is however, our perception of the political map that Brazil's development will be permitted even aided by the first world in an effort to make her a partner in maintaining the current power distribution."
21:54
The third fear Brazil expressed in the Stockholm conference was that the ecological issue may sometime be used as an entering wedge by the industrialized nations to interfere in the internal affairs of the Third World. While this possibility seems remote at the moment, the situation could become extremely explosive if there were an ecological crisis, such as an oil shortage. Brazilians are especially sensitive to any infringement on their sovereignty because of a developing conflict over their usage of the Amazon River basin and a not dissimilar argument with Argentina over the Parana river. Both of these questions were raised at Stockholm.
22:28
The particulars of the Amazonian basin argument are as follows, the consequences of tampering with the ecology of the Amazon may have a very serious ramification for all people. Some scientists estimate that as much as one half of the world's oxygen supply may be generated by the foliage of this huge tropical forest. Also, that the tropical forest ecosystem is a very fragile one. Misuse of the areas such as caused by heavy mining and timbering and the concomitant erosion could convert that area of extremely thin soil layers into a desert within a generation. This may be an overstatement, but it is clear that the area plays a very important role in the world's ecosystem.
23:09
The Brazilians, on the other hand feel that for their successful development, they need to be able to exploit these frontier lands much as the United States used the West as a vast reservoir of untapped natural resources for population relocation and to be meted out as incentives for investment. Thus, through expensive governmental programs like the construction of the Trans-Amazonian Highway and grants of millions of acres to multinational corporations, the Brazilians are trying to develop the virgin area quickly. Brazilian army engineers have cut huge swaths through the jungle to open roads.
23:42
The international corporations, mostly United States based, have begun to exploit timber and mineral resources and plan to turn thousands of square miles of forest into pasture land. All of this is being done very rapidly with only a superficial knowledge of the Amazon's ecosystem and with the hope that these disruptions of the forest will not touch off an ecological disaster.
24:02
It should be noted as an important aside that the involvement of multinational corporations are an aggravating element in this conflict between rapid development and ecological soundness. Because they remit large profits to their headquarters, usually in the United States, they increase the extent of ecological exploitation necessary to produce the desired level of development for Brazil itself. Finally, international corporations seem to be beyond the control of any nation and try to maximize profits without regard for the wellbeing of any single country. It appears doubtful that these companies will adopt policies which follow sound ecological principles.
24:42
When Western environmentalists criticize the opening of the Amazon because it is being done too quickly without sufficient consideration for ecological consequences. The Brazilians answer quite simply, the Amazon is theirs and they will broke no interference, or to state the matter more sympathetically to the Brazilians, they have no intention of maintaining the Amazon as a pollution free zone so that the industrial nations can keep their industrial economies and consumption levels at the current high polluting levels. In effect, the Brazilians are claiming the right to develop at the cost of nature as the US did and continue to do so.
25:16
A similar and equally unbending position is taken by the administration on the question of an enormous hydroelectric plant it's building on the Parana River, the Argentinians through whose country this river also flows, argue that the project will wreck havoc with the ecology of the entire area harmfully affecting fishing and farming. The Argentinians during the conference in Stockholm unsuccessfully lobbied for an agreement that would've required a nation to supply information to its neighbor about any project which might cause damage to the neighboring country.
25:48
Argentina is not in good economic or political shape at this time, so a military confrontation over the Parana does not seem likely. However, the problem certainly illustrates the explosiveness of the entire question of developmental projects and their effects on the ecology of neighboring countries. One can imagine, for example, how the US might react if the Canadians set about implementing a developmental plan that affected the entire Mississippi Valley. Argentina believes it is facing just such a situation now, and most other Third World nations will probably be in similar positions in the coming decade as competition for materials, energy, and the use of the environment increases.
26:28
In this report, we have emphasized the fears that underdeveloped nations feel about the ecological issue, and how it might slow their development and compromise their sovereignty. There is no doubt that if they followed the industrialized country's advice and took better care of the environment, their rate of development would be slowed. Furthermore, their assertion that the rich nations industrialized without considering the ecological balance is historically accurate, and it is also correct to say that almost all pollution comes from Europe, Japan, and the United States, but all the arguments in the world do not change certain grim realities, which must be faced by rich and poor nations alike, for there is an ecological crisis and it does involve all of humanity.
27:08
If there is a solution at all to this problem, it must fly with the richer nations. It was the industrialized nations which created the environmental crisis in the first place through decades of dumping waste into the biosphere. It was their non-rational, indeed wasteful usage of energy and natural resources that hastens us towards scarcity. The developed countries have accustomed themselves to using grossly and equitable shares of the world's limited resources, and it is a continuance of this policy, which will absolutely prohibit Third World development and make clashes between poor and rich nations over resource usage inevitable. As these practices continue, it is hardly realistic to ask the undeveloped world, not to pollute and to remain undeveloped while the developed world continues it's high pollution and consumption rates.
27:56
So the industrialized nations must cease polluting and bear the economic burden for cleaning up their own territories. More importantly, the general high level of industrial activity must be controlled. To achieve this, the richer nations must stop expanding their economies so rapidly. In other words, the industrialized nations must be willing to reduce their standards of resource use and energy use, while helping to raise the economies of other countries out of their current conditions of abject poverty. They must make a serious attempt to redistribute their wealth, which would allow the Third World countries to be industrialized in an environmentally sound way.
28:31
Unfortunately, we do not expect this to happen because we see no way it could be done given the present political, economic, and military structures of the richer nations. Perhaps an ecological disaster will be necessary to awaken people to the need for fundamental change on a global scale. Our hope is that such a disaster will not do irreparable harm to the biosphere. Perhaps wars for the control of natural resource and the usage of energy will be inevitable before people become enlightened as to the consequences of so, does equal a distribution of the world's wealth. Here to, we can only hope and plead that somehow reason and a sense of human solidarity can spare humanity this sort of bloodbath.
LAPR1973_04_26
02:31
There's increasing concern in Latin America with what is considered distorted press coverage of the area by United States Media. Chile Hoy reports with obvious interest on the work of a Rutgers University sociologist analyzing US press coverage of Salvador Allende. Dr. John Pollock, whose work has also been cited by Mexico City's Excélsior, did a detailed analysis of US press reportage of the Chilean president's visit to the United States last December. In an article published in The Nation, he claimed that a mission of important information is systematic, and includes even the most basic data. For instance, the New York Times, Washington Post, Christian Science Monitor, Miami Herald, and Los Angeles Times all failed to mention the fact that Allende had been received triumph fully and enthusiastically in Peru and Mexico on his way to the US. In addition, Pollak singled out phrases such as, "Acrobat," "Wiley fox," and, "Skillful juggler," as prejudicing news reports. This from Chile Hoy in Santiago.
03:34
La Nación from Buenos Aires reports on the current US-Chile negotiations. If the United States insists on compensation for certain North American properties that have been nationalized, Chile will invoke a 1914 treaty, which calls for an international commission of five members to arbitrate discussion in case of stalemate. Because of disagreements as to the extent of compensation, Chile has been unable to refinance its external debt with the United States, which consists of $1,200,000,000. Vital lines of public and private credit have been cut, and Chile faces difficulties in obtaining goods from North American suppliers. This report from La Nación in Buenos Aires.
04:18
La Prensa of Lima comments about internal political struggles in Chile. The revolutionary leftist movement in Chile directed strong criticisms against the reformists, intensifying the struggle between the radical left and the government of President Allende. In a public declaration, the organization denounced a reprimand, which the president had addressed to some radical groups who were involved in the attempted takeover of some businesses. The radicals termed Allende's speech alarmist and accused him of threatening the workers. Later on radio and TV, Allende said he would go to any lengths necessary to prevent illegal action. "The rights of workers are one thing," he said, "But hasty, demagogic and spontaneous acts are another." The radicals replied that it was an objective fact that workers and peasants throughout the country had been mobilized by inflation and lack of supplies and not by extremists. This from La Prensa, the Peruvian Daily.
05:14
The pro-government press in Chile has accused the opposition of launching a campaign to discredit the armed forces, and in particular, the commander in chief and former interior minister, General Carlos Pratts. The opposition evening paper, La Segunda, alleged that Pratts had told a meeting of 800 officers that he supported the process of change being carried out by President Allende. Other opposition papers have alleged that several senior officers have been prematurely retired because of their opposition to the government's education reform bill.
14:41
For today's feature, we've invited economist David Barkin to discuss the problem of unemployment in Latin America. David's a participant in the conference on US/Mexico Economic Relations this week on the University of Texas campus, is currently teaching economics at the City University of New York, and has traveled widely in Latin America. He visited Cuba for two months in 1969 at the invitation of the Cuban government, has worked with Chilean economists off and on for the past four years, and has done extensive research and has taught economics in Mexico for about five years.
15:16
David, someone at the conference the other day stated that unemployment rate in Mexican agriculture is 46%. Could you comment on this figure, and include what efforts are being made by the Mexican government to correct this problem?
15:31
The problem of unemployment in Mexico is very serious because of the nature of development, which is leading to the development of commercial agriculture in selected parts of the country. In a few selected parts of the country. And the rest of the agricultural sector is stagnating. People are being forced out of the agricultural sector, but those who remain are finding themselves without the resources and without the government assistance which is necessary for them to become productive members of the society.
16:07
The 46% unemployment figure in Mexico is a reflection of the fact that although a lot of people remain in the agricultural economy, many of them are not producing nearly as much as they might produce were resources available for the production of goods which could satisfy the needs of the mass of the people in the population. In the urban sector, the problem is not quite as serious in absolute magnitude, but perhaps in human terms even more serious. The misery associated with urban unemployment is greater than that with rural unemployment. And the slums in the large Mexican cities are growing year after year. The unemployment rate in Mexico City and in other urban areas in the country may be as high as 30 or 40 percent, if you consider what these people could produce if they were working fully in productive occupations, satisfying the basic needs of people, which at the present time aren't being satisfied.
17:14
Now, in terms of what the Mexican government is trying to do to solve the problem, they have undertaken a large program of public works projects, and are trying to encourage additional investment both by Mexicans and foreigners. The problem with this program is that it is designed to satisfy the needs of only a small proportion of the Mexican population, perhaps only 30% of the population. 30% of the population with income levels far above those of the other 70% of the population who live at bare levels of subsistence, and many of them living at below the level of what we would consider dignified living levels. It does not seem to me, nor to many of the representatives at the conference that the present development programs of the Mexican government are going to be able to seriously attack and make inroads into the problem of unemployment in Mexico. This is further compounded of course by the high rate of population growth in Mexico, but even if population growth rates were to decline in Mexico, it's not clear that they would be able to solve the unemployment problem with their present approach.
18:27
What about the effect of US investments in Mexico on the employment problem?
18:32
US investments are particularly injurious to the Mexican people because they're creating a type of industry which is displacing people in favor of machines, for the production of whatever goods are being produced in Mexico. US investments are generally what we would call capital intensive. That is using machinery to replace people in the production of goods. The goods which are produced are the kinds of goods which we, Americans, consume, but which because we are so rich, the middle level American standard of living is so high compared to that in Mexico, the kinds of goods which are produced are only able to be bought by those people in the 30% that I cited, who have sufficient income to buy those kinds of goods. That is they have income like a middle income level person in this country might have. An average person.
19:27
As a result, American investment is only heightening the problem in Mexico, creating additional difficulties because they are creating the appearance of modernity and creating a whole gamut of goods which the whole population can see but does not have access to.
19:49
What about the Mexicanization regulations that are being discussed now in Mexico in terms of affecting foreign investment? Is that going to solve any of the problem?
19:59
The Mexicanization legislation, which is designed to put some curbs on foreign investment is designed to attack a different problem. A problem that American foreign investment is making inroads into the capital equipment, the machinery and the factories which is owned by Mexican entrepreneurs. Until recently, Americans have been going into Mexico and purchasing outright large factories in large parts of the economy owned by Mexicans, and what the new legislation is designed to do is to try to stem this tide. It is not designed to prevent foreign investment, and it is not designed to prevent the sorts of effects which I just talked about, but rather to try to give the Mexican some protection in the face of the large transnational corporations who are trying to get greater control over the Mexican economy.
20:54
David, what about unemployment in Chile under the popular Unity government? What is Salvador Allende doing to correct this problem?
21:02
Well, unemployment in Chile was a growing problem during the last part of the 1960s. The economy was stagnating and unemployment rates in the city of Santiago, which is the most highly developed part of the country, reached as high as 10 and 12%. Now, that's very serious in an industrial labor force, which was as fully integrated into the modern sector of the economy, as is the case in many of our own North American cities.
21:33
10% and 12% unemployment for the group as a whole is very serious, and the Allende government's first problem, first priority when taking over was to do something about this problem. What they did was to redistribute income in a very simple, straightforward way by directing that wages be increased while profits be frozen. This sort of measure led to an immediate reactivation of the economy and an increase in demand by workers and the lower socioeconomic groups in the population, which made it possible for the government to increase employment in firms which it was taking over because private entrepreneurs were not responding to the increase in demand by the lower classes, and in instead trying to shift their resources to production of goods for the upper classes. As a result, in 1972, employment rates had gone down to below 4%. Quite an achievement in a very short period of time.
22:38
The Cuban government claims to have created a full employment economy. David, you've visited Cuba and you've written a book about Cuba. From your experience, how has this been accomplished?
22:48
Basically, the reason—the way in which unemployment has been eliminated, in fact the employment problem has been changed from one of unemployment to one of over full employment and a shortage of labor, is by a change in the basic assumptions on by which people are asked to participate in the economy.
23:13
In an economy based on a market system, people must work, produce sufficient income for an employer in order to provide that employer with a profit. If the person could produce something for the benefit of society, but that production is not profitable for some private entrepreneur, that person is not going to be employed. In Cuba, a person who could produce for the benefit of society, even if it doesn't go to the benefit of one individual in the society, can and must be employed.
23:49
In fact, during the first years of economic reorganization in Cuba, people were absorbed into the economy through a vast educational effort in 1961, a vast medical effort, and the expansion of production in every sector of the economy. Social services and productive services were expanded so that by the late 1960s the problem in Cuba was not how to find work for people, but rather how to encourage people who previously did not consider themselves part of the workforce to join the workforce, and now old people who were previously retired are performing useful social tasks for the society, people who are in schools, children and young people are being asked to join as part of their regular school program in productive tasks, and women and disabled people are also being fully incorporated into the economy.
24:52
I'd like to go on though and explain the nature of the unemployment problem and the way in which the Cubans solve it differently than say the Mexicans. Sugar cane cutting is a very difficult task and it requires in the pre-revolutionary era, about 300 to 400,000 people during four months a year, working 12 hours a day and sometimes as much as seven days a week during four months a year to cut the sugar cane. During that period they were paid sufficient income to live on for 12 months, but only at the very, very miserable levels of subsistence, which prevailed in Cuba at that time. Most of them didn't have access to meat and milk, for example. But they were unemployed for eight months of the year.
25:46
In the post-revolutionary government era, it's impossible to conceive of people being idle for eight months a year because of the very, very serious needs of people throughout the whole economy to solve productive problems, and to increase production in agriculture and industry and in services. As a result, most of these people who were working in sugar were incorporated into other activities. Reorganization of agriculture, livestock industry, and things like that. As a result, they were not available full-time during the sugar harvest for cane cutting.
26:25
When cane cutting needs were great, the entire population was recruited for sugar cane cutting on a voluntary basis. And people worked in brigades based on workplaces, and went into voluntary areas, and people at the factories remaining at the productive jobs and in the bureaucracy were expected to do the work of other people, to cover their jobs while they were absent. As a result, a technical problem, the cutting of sugarcane is solved in present day Cuba not by allowing people to be unemployed, which is the case of our migrant farm workers and of migrant farm workers all over the hemisphere, but rather by getting brigades of voluntary workers to achieve this task in a collective way.
27:13
This I think has great lesson for us in America, because we assume that people must be employed only at a specific task, and if that task is not available, then they're going to remain unemployed, as is the case of migrant farm workers. When we cannot create sufficient jobs because of specific political policies, policies of the government, we are in a quandary. We don't know how to provide these people with sufficient income and still remain with the incentive system to encourage them to work when we need them to work at low wages. As a result, we have a technical problem which translates itself into a social problem. The social problem of poverty, and widespread un- and underemployment, with the impossibility of many groups in our population finding work at all. Especially women and some third world groups.
28:15
The technical problem could be solved in our country, but not under the assumption that people must work to provide a profit for a small group of employers. It's only if they could work by satisfying social needs that we're going to be able to attack the basic underlying problem of poverty.
LAPR1973_05_03
14:35
For our feature today, we'll be talking with Mary Elizabeth Harding, an American citizen who worked for 14 years in Bolivia with the Roman Catholic Order of Maryknolls Sisters. Mary was arrested on December 5th in Bolivia and charged with belonging to a terrorist organization. International press coverage and protests were credited for securing her release this last January 14th. Mary, how did you happen to go to Bolivia in the first place and what kind of work were you doing?
15:03
Well, I went to Bolivia in 1959 as a Maryknoll sister. I was assigned there and I worked for about four years with children in a little parish school in Cobija, Bolivia. Then I went up to La Paz, which is the business center and the political center of the country, and I began to see through my work with public school children there, how very difficult life was for working class people in Bolivia. I was aware that the religious community was more accepted by the people who owned the business, the people who owned the factories and in La Paz than the working class people. I began to question my commitment to the religious community, and in 1970 I asked to be released from Maryknoll. That time I was working in a factory. I stayed on working in the factory until about a year later, then I began teaching English to support myself.
16:12
What kind of factory was it?
16:14
It was a plastics factory. Came this little factory where we made a plastic tooling and bagging and little plastic artifacts, little kitchen utensils, spoons, cups, saucers, things would be stamped out of these hydraulic machines.
16:32
What were the working conditions there and wages?
16:36
It was a pretty difficult place to work. The machinery was very old, very unreliable. Accidents were frequent, and when I say accidents, I mean bad accidents because remember, these machines close under tons of pressure. Now when they don't open again, then until they're ready, and if you got a hand or your fingers caught in the machine, it meant you lost that part of your hand.
17:00
What were the circumstances of your arrest and how were you finally released?
17:05
Shortly after I went to La Paz, I began to question the role of my religious community as being an agent in bringing about the kind of changes that I felt were needed in Bolivia. I began to develop a friendship with many young people in the country who also had reached this level of questioning how much longer we could go on. The way we saw it, we were putting band-aids on a completely sick, corrupt body, and we felt that to really put Bolivia back in the hands of Bolivians would mean a drastic, a radical change in her whole economic and political system. I really consider it an honor to have met some of these young people. Most of them are no longer alive. One fellow died in the guerrilla focal that took place in 1970.
18:15
I became very concerned about the question of the conditions of the people who were arrested in the country. I was very concerned for the political prisoners and I was very active in a group. See, there was actually a committee for the Defense of Human Rights in Bolivia, which had a recognized charter from the United Nations. But the situation was so tense and has been so tense and so difficult since August of 1971 when Hugo Banzer Suarez came into power, that we were literally afraid to reactivate this committee, to organize a committee which would try to defend the human rights of people arrested for political reasons in Bolivia. We set up kind of a network of reaching the prisoners with supplies, with food or clothing or medical things. Then they in turn let us know of the condition of the people in the prisons and who had been arrested and where they were. It was the only way the families of the prisoners could keep in touch with the people in the prisons.
19:20
You were arrested last December?
19:23
I was arrested on the 2nd of December, and I was released on the 14th of January. I was arrested by these secret agents that are used by the police now. They're not uniformed men. They carry no identification. You're transported in automobiles that have no license plates. I was taken to the Ministry of the Interior and I was pretty badly treated there for a few days, and I think that's quite significant. I don't know if people realize, I think some people think that the brutal treatment or the torturing of political prisoners goes on kind of around the fringes of the government, that the government doesn't really have the responsibility for, can't really control it. That's not true. No, I know in my own case, I suffered several beatings right there in the Ministry of the Interior. I know the case of a 67-year-old woman, Delfina Burgoa, who was arrested and taken to the Ministry and beaten, terribly tortured for information.
20:32
I remained in the Ministry for about 12 days, and then I was taken to the police station where I stayed in solitary confinement for four weeks, and then I think it was a accumulation of pressures. People here in the States were writing letters to me in care of the president of the country. People were writing letters to Senator Kennedy because I'm from Massachusetts and to Senator Church because they knew that—Well, he had made some very interesting observations about American economic assistance, which were picked up in the Bolivian newspapers, and I had sent those clippings to him and kind of maintained a contact with him. So those people put on the pressure that they could, and my friends in La Paz were continually visiting the consul and the Minister of the Interior.
21:23
Is your case unusual in Bolivia, or are there many people in Bolivia who are in prison for political reasons?
21:29
There must be a thousand people right now in prison in Bolivia. That might not impress you terribly when you think of 200,000 political prisoners in South Vietnam. But when you remember that there's—the Bolivian population is 4 million and some. The people who would be politically aware, the people who live around the cities, who would be more conscious of what's going on, what was involved in the change of government, that wouldn't be more than maybe 300,000 people. When you take into consideration the fact that periodically 20 or 30 people are released from jail and sent out of the country, and then another 20 or 30 take their places in the jail, the number of a thousand becomes very relative.
22:21
Are most of these political prisoners people that are involved in organized subversion of the government or—It seems like that would be harder.
22:30
Subversion is a very good term. It's pretty hard to define what subversion is all about. This particular government, the government of Hugo Banzer Suarez, considers any criticism or any offering of alternative solutions for Bolivia's problems as subversion. The people in the jails in Bolivia are many students, professional people, there are many women in prison. No respect is made for a woman's condition. I know of several cases of women who were expecting children when they were arrested and pretty badly beaten up. I know of a case of a Bolivian intellectual, a man who founded the Partido Indio in Bolivia. He was accused of criticizing the government and these secret agents went to his house to arrest him, but they didn't find him. The only one in the house was his nine-year-old grand-nephew, so they took that child. He was later released among the men who escaped from Quati back in November of '72.
23:39
There were many young fellows in that group, 15, 16 year old boys. I know people who have been murdered. I know people who have suffered very serious consequences as a result of the treatment they received in prison. Now, no one who's in jail in Bolivia who's considered a political prisoner has ever passed to the judiciary process. No one has ever had a trial. The right to habeas corpus is not respected. This guarantee is written into the Constitution, but General Bond said, wrote it right out by a supreme decree, and the Association of Professionals challenged the president on that. They challenged the constitutionality of that, and when they did, their leader, the man who was the head of the Association of Professionals, was arrested.
24:36
Mary, there's a lot of criticism of US support of military dictatorships in, for instance, Brazil, Argentina, and other Latin American countries. What's the US policy toward the Bolivian government?
24:50
The United States policy is very clear towards the present Bolivian government, and it was very clear towards the government that just preceded General Hugo Banzer Suarez. The man who was in office before, he was in office for some 10 months, and he received $5 million worth of economic assistance. The American company, the construction company, Williams Brothers, that was building the pipeline to pipe out the natural gas just couldn't complete its contract. They couldn't complete the construction of that pipeline under General Torres, but it was miraculously completed under Hugo Banzer Suarez and the amount of economic assistance to the General Suarez was–in the first six months of Suarez' period, he received nine times what Torres had received in a year—in 10 months.
25:48
The United States has very direct economic interests in Bolivia. Bolivia has very rich mineral reserves. Everyone's heard of Bolivian tin. Well, Bolivia also has deposits of zinc, tungsten, radioactive materials, and a real wealth of petroleum resources. The Denver Mining Corporation is now investing some $10 million dollars in exploiting the tungsten outside of Aruro and the Union Oil Corporation of California has been given the franchise to develop the oil reserves down in the Santa Cruz area. Bolivia right now represents a very good place to invest capital from the United States of America.
26:39
Mary, what do you think North Americans can do to help the Bolivians in their struggle against repression?
26:44
I think the best thing North Americans can do for Bolivians or other Latin Americans, other third world people, is to become politically aware and conscious of what's going on here right in their own country. When we talk about economic assistance and how that's used to manipulate the internal politics of countries like Bolivia, there's a long history of this in Bolivia, we're talking about dollars and cents that we as American citizens pay into in the form of taxes. I think we have to become conscious of the fact that this money that we kick in is used then to manipulate other countries.
27:28
The United States government, state department officials who are represented in the embassies of foreign countries are, they are not to let the Bolivians know how the United States, how American citizens feel for them and are really anxious to see them develop their own country. They're there for the specific reason of protecting the investments of United States' economic interest. Like the Oil Corporation of California that we mentioned, Gulf had tremendous money invested in Bolivia and received some seven times more in profits than she lost in that famous $80 million loss when Gulf was nationalized.
28:19
Thank you, Mary. We've been talking today with Mary Elizabeth Harding, a former Maryknoll sister who spent 14 years working in Bolivia, was arrested last December by the Banzer government in Bolivia, and finally released in January of this year.
LAPR1973_05_09
01:50
Le Monde continues saying that the Christian Democrats who, on occasions, have flirted with the idea of a dialogue with the government, seemed to have fallen back on a policy of unreserved hostility. This particularly, since Mr. Allende publicly referred to a Washington Post article stating that Eduardo Frei, the Christian Democrat candidate, had received $20 million from the CIA and from US-based multinational corporations to finance his 1964 electoral campaign.
02:22
The Christian Democratic Party appears determined to go to war against the social sector of the economy by introducing a reform bill meant to repeal the entire policy of nationalization. The rightist National Party will obviously go along with the Christian Democrats.
02:38
Faced with the growing threat to the government, the workers have again expressed solidarity and readiness to mobilize as in October to defend their factories and offset the rightist inspired violence, Le Monde continues. One hundred thousand workers living in the southwest industrial belt of Santiago have declared a state of general alert. Despite all government efforts to prevent the situation from taking too dramatic a turn, the entire nation wonders anxiously whether Chile is engaged in an electable course towards civil war. That from Le Monde.
03:05
Another article, this time from Latin American Newsletter and postdating the above story, reports subsequent developments in the crisis. The article begins, "After street riots in which a pro-government worker was killed, tension has raised to the level of last October and relations between Popular Unity and the Christian Democrats are worse than ever. Unidad Popular, the governing coalition, is blaming the death on the Christian Democrats since the shots which killed the worker appeared to come from the party's building, outside which the pro-government demonstration was held."
03:40
In the confused situation prevailing, no firm evidence has been found as to who actually fired the shots, but the Christian Democrats at first denying the responsibility, then said that they had to defend themselves because the demonstrators were about to attack their headquarters and the government had deliberately left them without proper police protection."
03:59
Latin American Newsletter goes on to say that relations between both sides are now so bad that most observers are discounting any prospect of functional compromises or cooperation in congressional work, which it is thought President Allende was seeking with the Christian Democrats.
04:14
To block any such synthesis would certainly be in the interest of the right, indeed, some people in the government side are saying that the current wave of violence is a deliberate right-wing provocation. Certainly, there is evidence of right-wing thugs egging on opposition student demonstrators who clashed with pro-government students last week.
04:31
Latin American Newsletter goes on to observe that with the church still showing signs of withdrawing its tacit support of the government, especially over the new education program, and the army also appearing to be reserving its position, Allende is undoubtedly in trouble. Moreover, this is occurring simultaneously with a difficult congressional struggle with the opposition of nationalization. The above article was from Latin America Newsletter.
04:56
An even later article, this time from the American Daily at the Miami Herald, reports that the Marxist blood government decreed a state of emergency on May 5th in the province of Santiago, banning public gatherings and putting the military in charge of public security. The undersecretary of the interior said the mild form of martial law was imposed, "in the face of a state of social agitation troubling Chile." An anti-government demonstrator was shot and killed, and four others were wounded Friday night in an anti-government protest in Santiago.
05:25
In Concepción, a major city in another province, thousands of anti-government demonstrators protesting the shooting, battled police Saturday for two hours. The state of emergency declared May the 5th affects three and a half million people in Chile's largest province, where about one third of the country's population lives. Last October, the government similarly declared a state of emergency in most Chilean provinces to deal with widespread disturbances and strikes by truck owners, shop owners, and some professionals. The demonstration in Concepción on Saturday was organized jointly by the Christian Democratic Party and by the right-wing Fatherland and Liberty organization.
14:48
This week's feature is on Mexico and we're happy to have Robert Hedner with us who has been a correspondent to Mexico for some time. What can you tell us given the recent kidnapping of the American consulate about the guerrilla movements in Mexico?
15:02
Well, first of all, due to the attitude of the government and the controlled press, little is really known about the guerrilla movement. The government either denies their existence or claims that they have just been destroyed or alternatively says they're only a matter of thieves and assassins anyway and they can be dealt with by the local police. The press complies by relegating all reports of guerrilla activities to the crime pages. So, it would seem that the Mexican authorities would prefer that Mexico be known as the country with the highest crime rate in the world rather than having foreign investors and tourists and most importantly their own population suspect that a widespread popular movement may be developing.
15:43
How widespread would you say that movement is?
15:46
Well, I think first of all, we have to speak of various local movements rather than a national movement. There doesn't seem to be evidence that there's any national coordination among these various local movements. The strongest movement is undoubtedly that of in Guerrero, which is in the state and the southeast of—excuse me, the southwest of the country and is headed by Lucio Cabañas. Judging from the repression there, the movement seems to be very strong indeed. There's been two to three years of repeated search and destroy missions in Guerrero. The former leader of the movement, Genaro Vázquez, was murdered by the police about a year and a few months ago, has now become a national hero.
16:29
Napalm has apparently been used, American helicopters, CIA-trained counterinsurgency teams, but all of this has failed to diminish the growing movement. Growing in any case, if we can measure it by the attacks on military camps, army convoys and the repeated kidnappings of the past year and a half, which now have been reported in the newspapers. There's also mass repression in Guerrero, reports of mass arrests in the slums of Acapulco and the other major cities in Guerrero, and also reports of what the Mexicans call "Vietnam villages", which are what we call strategic hamlets, villages surrounded by barbed wire in order to control the rural population.
17:15
So, that apparently, Lucio Cabañas, his group is not just a guerrilla band, but a popularly supported movement, not just in the countryside but in the cities of Guerrero and not just in Guerrero, but also in neighboring southern states. There have been many reports of other guerrilla movements such as in Sinaloa, in Tlaxcala, in Chiapas, and in various other parts of the republic.
17:43
Are there any reports of activities in some of the major cities?
17:46
Yes. There have been numerous reports of urban guerrillas, particularly in Monterey and Acapulco, in Mexico City, but in almost all the main cities of Mexico. And in all of them, you find now that the banks have details of soldiers outside them guarding them. Usually these guerrillas demand the freeing of political prisoners, and this suggests that the Mexican jails are once again overflowing with them. I think the most important urban guerrilla movement has been that of in Chihuahua. In January of '72, a number of the downtown banks were expropriated, as the guerrillas put it. Some of the guerrillas were then arrested. There were reports of there being tortured and even of murders in jail.
18:36
In the face of these reports, a popular assembly was called Foreign Chihuahua and 15,000 people turned out for the first one. Subsequently, a popular tribunal was formed to judge first the local repression, but then finally the repression on a national scale to judge the whole regime and it's a permanent political organization, and there now have been popular assemblies in other cities in Mexico, including Puebla and Monterey. So that there seems to be a connection and certainly a great impact between the guerrilla movements, the underground and clandestine movements and these popular movements. But in some, again, I would say that there's no national coordinated movement with a national program, but rather growing local guerrilla actions and then generally, a growing political movement despite sophisticated and very violent repression in Mexico.
19:31
Guerrilla movements sound rather strange to us. I was wondering if you could explain some why there are guerrilla movements and why these movements seem to be growing.
19:41
Well, I think the fundamental and root cause is the distribution of the social product in Mexico, a distribution which despite, or rather really because of Mexico's wanted economic growth in the past 20 or 30 years is very, very uneven. The 50% at the bottom of the social scale received 15% of the national income and the 15% at the top, those have been benefiting from this economic growth now receive 60% of the national income. This of course after American corporations have subtracted their part.
20:16
Why is the income so concentrated or so uneven?
20:21
Well, as in all societies, control of the means of production determines how the product will be distributed. In Mexico, which is a dependent capitalist society, the means of productions are controlled by the foreign monopolies in alliance with a local big bourgeoisie. Together, they have pursued an economic policy, which they call import substitution, which is finally responsible I think for the nature of the distribution of the social product there.
20:48
This particular policy of import substitution, what is that? Can you describe that?
20:53
Yeah. I think there are two ways of looking at it. One, from the point of view of the Mexican and the other from the point of view of the multinational corporations. The Mexicans, and for the underdeveloped countries in general who undertake this kind of policy, it means the substitution of products previously imported from the metropolitan countries, almost always manufacturing, manufactured products, substituting for these imports by making the products at home, by importing the means of production to make them. That is, instead of importing commodities, you import machinery and you make the products at home.
21:26
Where did they get the capital for that? How is that arranged?
21:30
Well, the capital comes from multinationals. And from the point of view of the multinational corporations, this is a very attractive policy. Rather than export to Latin America manufactured items made by expensive American labor, you export your youth machinery and you get the super exploited Latin American worker to produce the products. And in exchange for this flexibility, you get a guaranteed monopoly in the national market and tax concessions from the local bourgeoisie anxious to share in the profits from foreign capital investment.
22:02
However, this process does create serious problems. The one thing, it's based on an existing and given market, that is all it does is substitute where the product is made, and since this foreign investment is attracted by low wages, it's very difficult to expand the market. What happens is to the extent that the market is expanded is it is expanded by deepening it, the 15% or so who are benefiting from this process by more, television sets and automobiles, let's say. So, that capital moves from one branch, which has been substituted such as textiles to another branch, such as television sets, and then when this branch is saturated, when the market has been used up or can't expand anymore, capital has shifted into another branch such as now petrochemistry, or intermediate production goods in general.
23:01
But what happens is that the population remains underfed and underclothed and 15% of the population, which benefits from the process continues to benefit and the gap grows wider. It also causes balance of payment problems because the whole process is finally dependent on foreign loans to pay for the importation of machinery from the metropolitan countries.
23:26
Given this economic situation, what are the multinationals in the Mexican government planning to do?
23:33
I think basically they're planning to follow the Brazilian model, the model that Brazil has followed since 1964, which is to emphasize exportation, to try to solve the balance of payment problems by exporting manufactured items principally to the regional markets in Latin America. However, this also creates problems, perhaps even more serious problems. In order to participate in the world market, the Mexican industry must become more efficient. It's now been protected by 30 years of high tariffs in this import substitution policy, so that it is very inefficient. Therefore, productivity has to be increased, machinery has to be bought, the industry has to be modernized.
24:19
Well, it's obvious that the companies which can afford to buy machinery will be the big ones, the monopolies, the foreign monopolies particularly, so that those companies which will benefit from the process will be the North American companies, who will continue to penetrate the Mexican market even more so. The small businessman will be the one who will suffer. He's been protected by this import substitution policy, but now tariffs are being lowered again to raise the efficiency of Mexican industry.
24:54
And finally, since the whole process is based on increasingly sophisticated machinery, technological unemployment will rise. The only thing that the president of Mexico, Echeverría, has done to deal with these contradictions, particularly among the smaller businessmen, is to present his policy as a very nationalistic anti-imperialist policy that Mexico will grow greater and begin to export. In fact, it is anything but an anti-imperialist policy and Echeverria is perhaps the new model of the anti-imperialist imperialist statesmen.
25:34
How would you see then the future of this development that would seem that the income distribution is already severely strained and that the possible growth plans for the economy would emphasize exports rather than improvement of the mass standard of living at home, that would only seem in the long run to make things worse?
25:59
Yes. I think that on the one hand, there will be some attempt to co-opt the working class as they have been to some extent the unionized working class co-opted since World War II. But they haven't been so much co-opted, as had their trade union organizations controlled and dominated. But they will try to create a kind of labor aristocracy in Mexico, but it'll be very, very difficult in the face of falling wages.
26:25
I think the only thing that would really be left for the government is what they're already doing, which is massive repression of any kind of political descent, mass descent movement. There will be increasing political prisoners and the left will be faced with the job of really implementing the worker, peasant, student and unemployed alliance that they have been talking about. I think a great deal will depend on the working class movement. If the working class movement, which has arisen in the past few years and has threatened the control of the trade unions in the past two or three years, if this movement becomes more than a syndicalist reformist movement and begins to become a revolutionary movement to align with the campesinos, to align with the unemployed and with the students, then I think Mexico will be entering into a pre-revolutionary, even a revolutionary period.
27:20
And the whole, I think an interview in El Punto Crítico, which is the finest magazine in Mexico for this kind of information, an interview with one of the guerrillas, one of the Chihuahua guerrillas perhaps summarize what we can expect in Mexico in the next few years. This prisoner was in jail and heard that one of his compañeros, one of his associates had been captured. He later heard the next day that there had been a shootout in the jail and that someone was killed. He was told that. When he asked who it was that was killed, he received no answer and was just left wondering what had happened to his compañero.
28:09
A few hours later, the subdistrict attorney came in and the interview goes on and says, "He told me that the dead man was Raul Diaz," his campanero. I answered him. I said to him, "Revolutions are made with the barbarity of some and the sacrifice of others. And I think this is what we can expect will continue to be the case in Mexico, and even more so in the next few years. Barbarity on the one hand and enormous sacrifice on the other."
LAPR1973_05_17
00:17
Excélsior reports from Mexico City that, on May 1st, while workers' demonstrations were taking place in all parts of the republic, mass political murder again struck the Mexican democratic struggle. The scene was Puebla, traditional bastion of the Mexican right, noted traditionally for its numerous churches and, more recently, for its ferocious politics.
00:37
According to Excélsior, five students were gunned down and a dozen others, including four police, were injured when members of the student movement attempted to distribute leaflets at the local Mayday parade. According to police, the students had attempted to alter the direction of the parade. The official statement of the student organization claimed that the students were killed at a meeting called to discuss and protest the imprisonment of students passing out literature to the workers. Police open fired at the meeting from nearby rooftops and a number of students were shot down.
01:09
Excélsior continues, the following day, as President President Luis Echeverría ordered an investigation of the incident, Puebla's governor stated that the killings ought to be a lesson to the students. Days later, the governor himself was in turn deposed due to a growing nationwide reaction, including a national university protest strike and numerous protests from students and worker organizations.
01:32
Puebla industrialists and businessmen organize a transportation and service stoppage to protest the deposition of the governor, while students and workers attempted to organize a mass meeting, later prohibited, to protest the stoppage. 20,000 sympathizers attended the funeral of the murdered students.
01:49
According to Punto Crítico, Puebla has been the scene of political assassination for nearly a year now. Ever since the student movement under left wing, including communist party, leadership attained a strong measure of influence in university affairs in 1972. The students attempted to carry out reforms widening the social base of the university. They set up service brigades to supply medical aid, social services, and general information to local peasants and workers unemployed in the crisis-ridden textile industry of Puebla.
02:19
In July, a young architect and director of the Free People's High School was gunned down in the streets of Puebla apparently by members of a national fascist political organization. Despite demands for a thorough investigation and government promises to comply, to this date, no one has been accused of the crime. In October, the right organized an anti-communist and pro-religious demonstration. Amid growing labor and peasant solidarity and demonstrations of support from other universities, the reaction continued to grow. Last winter, the organizer of the service brigades was also killed in Puebla. According to reports, this investigation has also gone un-investigated by the authorities.
03:01
As Punto Critico and Siempre! describe it, Puebla is at the heart of an attack on the universities by organized elements associated with industry and the labor union bureaucracy who wish to discourage mounting student participation in the worker and peasant movements growing noticeably since 1968. The university have recently been the scene of what the government calls an educational reform designed to depoliticize the university. Puebla has now become the symbol to many of this policy. During the weeks, students in Mexico City attempted to demonstrate in solidarity with the Puebla victims. The demonstration was prohibited by government officials, and those students who persisted were violently dispersed according to Excélsior. As yet, no one has been arrested for the murders in Puebla. This report on Puebla was from Excélsior, Siempre!, and Punto Critico.
09:30
Excélsior reports more details on the recent kidnappings of the American consulate in Mexico. Suspects were rounded up in the kidnapping of American Consulate, Terrence Leonhardy, in Guadalajara. The kidnappers released Leonhardy unharmed after four days of detention in exchange for the freeing of 30 political prisoners from seven Mexican jails around the country, along with the ransom of $80,000. The Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People, branded as nothing more than common criminals by President Echeverría, forced the government to publish their political statement in major Mexican newspapers, radio and television.
10:07
The statement printed in Excélsior read in part, "With all the means of communication at its disposal, the government of the wealthy tries to hide the true significance and origin of the bank robberies, kidnappings and acts of justice realized by revolutionary groups who operated all over the country. They have unleashed a propaganda offensive trying to convince the people that we are common criminals, paid assassins, thieves, enemies of the country. Today, for the first time and not voluntarily, the means of communication serve the proletarian cause. We direct ourselves to our exploited brothers, to all the working people so that they may know why we struggle, why we choose the path of armed struggle as the only one through which it is possible to defeat the wealthy and their government of exploiters."
10:54
The statement of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People goes on to say that, "As long as one privilege social class exploits and enriches itself with the work of other classes, the class struggle will necessarily continue to exist and, with it, violence, the violence of the exploiters to maintain their economic and political interest and the violence of the exploited to liberate themselves to win the right to enjoy the product of their labor. The concentration of the country's wealth in the hands of a very few, the suctioning off of great quantities of this wealth to the exterior, the exploitation of the workers and peasants by wealthy nationals and foreigners are the fundamental causes of the poverty of the working people. The wealthy in power, not satisfied with the hundreds of billions that they have accumulated, thanks to the exploitation of the workers and peasants, have delivered the country to foreign capital. Factories, industries, the best land, mineral deposits are all in the hands of foreigners, principally wealthy North Americans."
11:51
The statement went on to outline a revolutionary strategy led by Vanguard Proletariat utilizing many forms of struggle. This statement appeared in Excélsior and other Mexican newspapers. Excélsior also reported later that all suspects arrested have been released.
15:05
This week's feature taken from The Guardian provides the historical background to the inauguration of Peronist Hector Campora as president of Argentina on May 25th.
15:16
Argentina's struggle for national independence spans 150 years. The Argentinian people fought first against the Spanish colonialist, later against the British and, finally, against US domination. The victory of the Peronist presidential candidate, Hector Campora, in the March 11th elections is an integral part of that struggle and an important step forward for it. After almost two decades of oppression and anti-Peronist propaganda, the majority of the Argentinian people have continued to support the nationalist and anti-imperialist ideals of Peronism.
15:49
To understand this, it is necessary to analyze the political economic program of Peronism in its first period of power, 1944 to 1955, the developmentalist or demo-liberal politics that overthrew him and the continuing struggle of the workers' movement against the pro-imperialist military and civilian governments that followed.
16:09
The Guardian goes on to say that the rise of Peronism took place at a time of important structural changes in the Argentine economy. During the 1930s, under the control of the most conservative groups, industrialization of the country began. The coming to power of the military in 1943 marked the end of Argentina's dependency on British capitalism which had been based on its exploitation of the country's raw materials. A new era, accelerated by World War II, consolidated a new kind of economic dependency based on control by multinational corporations of industry and control of Argentina's domestic markets.
16:44
Peron participated in the 1943 military coup and gained popularity through his position as minister of labor and welfare, but the very activities which made him popular with the people, his support of their struggles, brought him the antagonism of the more conservative forces in the government which demanded his resignation and imprisonment. They were faced, however, with an unheard-of situation, the mobilization on October 17th, 1945, of thousands of Argentinian workers. The main organizer of this march was Maria Eva Duarte, later, Peron's wife and the key figure in Peron's election to the presidency one year later.
17:20
In office, according to The Guardian, Peron's policies were characterized by programs to regain the national wealth, to strictly control the agro exporting sector of the economy, to institute protectionist policies, to encourage the development of Argentinian industries, to improve the salary and working conditions of the country's workers, and to generally heighten the national consciousness.
17:41
As a result of Argentina's large volume of exports during World War II, Argentina's gold reserves had increased considerably. Peron utilized these funds in order to promote industry and, since Great Britain refused to pay its war debts immediately unless Argentina would accept used war materials, the Peronist government opted for nationalizing the railroads, telephone and transportation systems throughout the country to pay the debt. The politics of state investment enabled the country to build up a merchant fleet and a commercial air fleet and the improvement of social services, gas and electricity and, had it not been interrupted by the reactionary 1955 coup, the metallurgical and oil policies of the government would've put Argentina in a position to meet its own national needs.
18:26
"In 1950," says The Guardian, "the Peronist government faced the beginnings of several crises, a shortage of funds for capital investment, crop failures and declines in exports, underlying these problems with a growing strength of US influence in South America and the decision of a large sectors of the national ruling class to abandon their alliance with a working class and to join the monopolies and foreigners in opposition. This was prompted by a number of factors. One was the limitations placed by the government on corporate profits through its full employment policy and support for high wages and unionization. A law on foreign investment enacted in 1953 sought the decline of foreign investments in the auto, petrochemical, and other industries. A shortcoming of this law was that it forced Argentinian capitalists to invest in industries not particularly suitable for the Argentinian economy."
19:18
The military's second coup attempt in its September 1955 succeeded in overthrowing the government with their liberating revolution. The triumph of this coup brought about a factional struggle within the military which led in November 1955 to the victory of the most reactionary wing led by General Aramburu. A period of repression ensued against loyal Peronist. Hundreds of people were imprisoned, assassinated or driven into exile. Progressive social laws were abolished. Political parties were dissolved, and workers' rights were removed, but the popular opposition to the government, the resistance period, had only begun. Much of the working class was still loyal to Peronism. The Peronist government had represented an important experiment, an anti-imperialist government, which supported mass mobilizations and had given a tremendous amount of political consciousness to the Argentinian workers.
20:11
"After 1955," The Guardian continues, "the anti-national and anti-pop forces held the reins of government, an alliance of those most closely tied to imperialism, the big companies and those involved in the export industry and those sectors of the national ruling class most hostile to the pro-working class reforms of the government. Once the constitutional Peronist government was overthrown, the armed forces and the civilian governments that followed put forward two solutions to the problem of Argentina, developmentalism and demo-liberalism. Demo-liberalism is the expression of those economic sectors which are the most conservative and powerful. It seeks monetary stability and maintenance of the status quo. The developmentalist model prefers development to monetary stability and, in order to achieve its ends, it supports the massive participation of foreign monopoly capital. Both schools recommend unemployment as a means of increasing profits."
21:05
Between 1955 and 1958, the armed forces ruling, through Aramburu, concentrated on destroying the defenses against foreign penetration implemented during the Peronist government and followed the developmentalist economic policies. Foreign investment was again encouraged. The political economy of this period was primarily based on the Prebisch plan which had two main objectives. Through the manipulations of statistics, it tried to discredit the Peronist government. Secondly, it put forward a reconstruction program for the Argentine economy, the transfer of large amounts of national income to the agricultural sector by increasing agricultural prices, by the removal of foreign controls and the freezing of all salaries. It also emphasized foreign investment. This plan was formulated mainly in response to the demands of US-controlled organizations, particularly the International Monetary Fund.
22:00
"In 1958," explains The guardian, "when the military decided to return to civilian rule, the Peronist supported the developmentalist politician Arturo Frondizi. The developmentalists, as opposed to the demo-liberals, believe that rapid economic development is preferable to the maintenance of the status quo, but the developmentalists also favor large-scale use of foreign aid and investment. This led to rapid inflation, international debt and greater US control. Important in this process was a 1958 law which put forward the following points, that foreign capital would have the same rights as national capital, that the investments would be used in building new plants and expanding old ones and, finally, that the profits could be taken out of the country although only under certain conditions. As far as the military was concerned, though Frondizi's mistake was that he allowed the Peronist to operate with some freedom. After a Peronist won a gubernatorial election, the army again took power and began a new wave of repression."
22:58
With the Peronist and the masses again safely suppressed, the military again organized elections in 1963, and Arturo Illia became president. The civilians were unable, however, to stabilize the situation to the satisfaction of the foreigners, besides mass pressure had forced the government to take some nationalistic acts. At the end of 1963, Illia nullified oil contracts favorable to international monopolies at the expense of Argentinian companies. The next year, the central bank increased restrictions on the export of profits by multinational companies, forcing them to reinvest. These measures, along with the revival of the mass movement, provided the military with the excuse for their 1966 coup.
23:41
"Since then," The Guardian points out, "the military has ruled Argentina under General Juan Carlos Ongania in 1966 to '70, Roberto Levingston in 1970 and Alejandro Lanusse in 1970 to the present. The monopolies and foreign companies were again brought to power. Ongania's economic minister, for example, was Krieger Vasena, who was a director of more than 12 US subsidiaries. Vasena instituted many pro-foreign measures, a 40% devaluation, wage cuts for workers, reduction of import taxes by up to 50%, and denationalization of some state-owned companies. With such policies, nearly 3,000 Argentine companies became bankrupt during 1970 alone."
24:23
But resistance developed on a stronger basis than ever before. One of the most important of the popular struggles of 1964 was the uprising in Córdoba over inflation and the freezing of workers' wages. The conflict began in the northeastern city of Corrientes where students, campus workers and faculty protested against increases in food prices in the student cafeteria. Two days later, in Rosario, the struggle was escalated, and police killed a student. The agitation spread to Tucuman and Córdoba.
24:53
The two union confederations existing at that time joined forces and waged an effective general strike. Army units in Córdoba were harassed by snipers who utilized barricades and rooftops, the most important aspects of the uprising called the Cordobazo. With a mass participation of the working class and the establishment of real unity between the workers and students, the people supported the actions with food for strikers, providing refuges for pursued demonstrators and by harassing the army and the police.
25:24
The Guardian states that, "As a result of the uprising, Minister Vasena, the architect of the government's economic program, was removed from office and General Ongania had to resign. This period also saw the beginning of the present armed urban groups like the Peronist Montoneros who kidnapped former Director General Aramburu who was executed in May 1970. The Montoneros and other Peronist groups also participate politically within the Peronist movement itself in which they formed part of the left wing. Even with repression, armed actions continued. The Revolutionary Armed Forces, another Peronist group occupied the town of Garin, only 43 miles from Buenos Aires. A platoon of 46 people occupied police, railroad and telecommunication stations, isolating Garin from the rest of the country, carrying out political meetings and broadcasting information of the resistance."
26:14
The continuation of the popular struggle forced Lanusse to begin negotiations with Peron who understood the corner in which the military found itself. While Peron took his time talking, Lanusse desperately juggled ministries and plans. While agricultural prices went up 25%, wages were cut and meat was rationed. Caught between the escalating actions of the armed groups and the collapse of Argentina's economy, Lanusse was forced to meet most of Peron's terms in calling the March 11th elections this year. The Peronist coalition received 52% of the votes compared to the radical party, the ruling class' major hope, which won only 21% of the vote.
26:54
The Guardian continues, "The task of the new Campora government will certainly not be an easy one because of the poor economic condition that Argentina finds itself in today. While the annual inflation rate has run at 70%, wages have increased by only 42%. While large amounts of resources are transferred to the agricultural and exporting sectors of the economy, the country's purchasing power is constantly declining. There are an estimated 1 million people unemployed with an equal number of underemployed. While production went up 44% between 1960 and 1969, employment increased by only 13% and the relative wealth held by the working class decreased. Finally, official statistics indicate that Argentina has a foreign debt of about $6 billion dollars, of which almost half will have to be paid this year."
27:41
The Campora government's plans in dealing with these problems will be shaped largely by the way the Peronist movement overcomes internal contradictions In its coalition. The Peronist left consists of the most militant unions and workers, the youth movement and the armed organizations. They're opposed particularly by the union bureaucrats and politicians. Peron, while maintaining his position of overall leader of the movement, has sided with the left on a number of occasions recently. One of the most important questions facing the government will be whether it will conduct mobilizations of the workers and peasants or whether it will take a mildly reformist top-down route.
28:18
The Peronist left and many of the country's independent radicals believe that they must participate within the context of this developing struggle. As a document of the Peronist Youth Group of Córdoba stated, we have to create the conditions that will enable us to implement the government that we won through the ballot. The government's long-term strategy should become clear shortly after Campora's inauguration. As Peron himself has said, "We will first take the presidency and, a month later, we will assume power."
LAPR1973_05_24
00:18
The Miami Herald this week commented on the effect that the May 4th kidnapping of a US consul in Mexico has had on the Mexican people. The dramatic kidnapping of a US diplomat has suddenly thrust an unheard of guerilla organization into prominence in Mexico. Almost overnight, the name FRAP has become a commonplace. It stands for Fuerzas Revolucionarias Armadas del Pueblo, the Revolutionary Armed Forces of the People. Up to now, Mexico had been relatively free of the urban guerrilla activity that has swept Latin America in recent years. Anti-government groups have sprung up and died out here without the spectacular publicity of the Tupamaros in Uruguay or the underground groups in Brazil.
00:58
But FRAP succeeded by kidnapping US consul, Terrence G. Leonhardy in Guadalajara on May 4th and holding him until the government released 30 prisoners and arranged a ransom of $80,000. In all Leonhardy was in guerilla custody for 76 hours. He was not harmed. The prisoners were flown to Cuba and given asylum. FRAP in the meantime, won wide publication of a manifesto assailing the Mexican government and emphasizing what it termed the injustices against Mexico's poor. Never before in Mexico's turbulent history has a single anti-government group put its political philosophy before so many people so rapidly.
01:37
The FRAP manifesto was very much to the political left and called on the poor to join in an armed fight against social ills by overthrowing the government. Authorities in the interior ministry, which deals with political matters and subversion say they know little about FRAP. Who its members are, where it is headquartered, or who directed the abduction of Leonhardy. The manifesto was well written and well reasoned. Leonhardy reported being asked questions apparently prepared by someone with more education than the men who handled the actual abduction and guarded him.
02:09
The manifesto touched on some sore points in Mexican society. It noted the huge gap between rich and poor, charged exploitation of rural and urban poor by landowners and industrialists, accused the establishment of failing to provide educational opportunities to the poor, and claimed that both the poor and poorly educated are mistreated by police and politicians. It accused the government of trying to convince Mexicans that guerrillas are common criminals, cattle thieves, hired killers, enemies of the country, people who work against Mexicans and other such things.
02:42
FRAP said it and other guerrilla groups had entered the armed fight because they feel it is necessary to put an end to this privileged caste, which for hundreds of years has been enriching itself at the cost of the sweat under subhuman conditions of the laborer, the farmer, and all workers in exchange for a miserable salary, which is barely enough for bad food.
03:04
The manifesto apparently met with much sympathy in Mexico. It expressed what the Mexican middle and lower middle classes discuss in their homes. Through radio and television the manifesto reached millions of illiterate poor. It's said that the poor are no better off than before this country's 1910 agrarian revolution, aimed at ending the oppression of the rural dwellers. Mexico has a population of close to 50 million. Its per capita income is among the highest in the developing world, a bit more than $600 a year, but 13 million Mexicans live on less than that. About half a million campesinos or peasants earn no more than 16 cents a day.
03:41
A factory worker in Mexico City probably earns the minimum daily wage allowed by law, $2 and 52 cents a day. The contrast between rich and poor is evident throughout Mexico. Lavish homes are walled off from tin and cardboard hovels. Multi-million dollar luxury hotels in Acapulco are within walking distance of abject poverty. This report from the Miami Herald.
05:24
The Brazilian Weekly Opinião reports that in the first public disagreement over economic policy within the government in over three years, Brazil's Minister of Agriculture resigned in protest last week. In his letter of resignation, the minister complained of the continuing low income levels in rural areas despite increases in all farm prices. His letter stated, "Unfortunately, governmental policy has favored the industrial sector and the commercial export sector, both of which are increasingly foreign owned."
05:53
The letter went on to note that the smaller, medium-sized Brazilian industrialist and farmer have suffered from governmental policies while the multinational corporations have prospered. This is the first time a high official of the Brazilian government has stated that the much praised Brazilian economic miracle has actually been detrimental to the Brazilian people. The minister's letter was printed in Opinião of Rio de Janeiro.
06:17
On the same subject. The Washington Weekly Times of the Americas commented that it has long been widely assumed that President Medici is strong enough in military circles to name his successor when his term ends next year, but his agriculture minister's resignation serves to raise some doubts.
15:04
At the 1971 meeting of the National Latin American Studies Association, a resolution was passed to carry out an investigation on terrorism in Guatemala. Our feature this week is the official report of the ad-hoc committee on Guatemala.
15:18
There's no doubt that 1971 was Guatemala's worst year in recent history in terms of semi-official and official right wing terror. According to the Guatemalan daily newspaper El Grafico, during 1971 under the government of Colonel Carlos Arana Osorio, there were 959 political assassinations, 171 kidnappings and 194 disappearances. A disappearance in Guatemala is generally equivalent to a death. Most of those who disappear are found dead weeks or months later, their bodies often bearing marks of torture. Articles in the US newspapers estimated that a total of 2000 had been assassinated from November 1970 to May 1971, including 500 during May alone. The above are conservative figures, since they cover only those cases reported in the newspapers.
16:07
It is no less clear that most of the incidents of political violence were committed by the right. According to the annual of power and conflict, which generally emphasizes communist political violence, by the end of March, political killings totalled over 700, but many more people were believed to have disappeared without trace. Most of the killings have been attributed to officially supported right-wing terrorist organizations. Ojo Por Ojo, an "Eye for an Eye", and Mano Blanca, "White Hand".
16:37
The predominance of rightist terror was also confirmed by Le Monde Weekly. Foreign diplomats in Guatemala City believe that for every political assassination by left-wing revolutionaries, 15 murders are committed by right-wing fanatics. In addition to operating freely with no visible attempt by the government to control them, these rightist groups are generally known to have their base in the official military and police forces. The only major action undertaken by the leftist guerrillas during 1971 was the August kidnapping of a large landowner and banker, a close associate of the ex-president and a key figure in planning the 1961 Bay of Pigs Invasion of Cuba. The banker was released unharmed five months later.
17:19
The context for this situation of rightist violence was a year long state of siege imposed by the Arana government, suspending all constitutional guarantees and prohibiting all political activities. In general, the victims of this violence, although it was committed in the name of counter insurgency against revolutionary guerrillas, were moderate leaders of the political opposition, progressive intellectuals, students, professionals, and even a few businessmen, as well as uncounted numbers of peasants and workers.
17:49
The Latin American Studies Association report continues. A prime target during this period was the National University of San Carlos. One indication that much of the terror was directed against university professors and students is that Ojo Por Ojo, "Eye for an Eye", is acknowledged to be mainly active in the University of San Carlos. A number of students and student leaders were openly assassinated or disappeared, never to be seen again. In late 1970 and 1971, several prominent professors were assassinated outright.
18:19
Many of the victims were progressives who had participated in the pre 1954 governments of Arrevallo and Arbenz. In addition to these killings, numerous university students and professors and even the university treasurer were arrested and held in prison for days or weeks. Other university officials were kidnapped by rightist groups and the rector of the University of San Carlos received threats on his life from the group Eye for an Eye.
18:44
In addition to these acts directed against professors and students, the university itself has been threatened. On November 27th, 1971, in a clear violation of the university's traditional autonomy, the University of San Carlos campus was occupied by the army using 800 soldiers, several tanks, helicopters, armored cars, and other military equipment. The objective of this raid was to search for subversive literature on arms, but a room by room search revealed nothing.
19:13
Then following a January 1971 statement by the university governing council protesting the state of siege and the violence, the government continued its attack on the university by proposing that it submit its budget to the executive branch of the government for approval rather than to the university's own governing council. If carried out, this measure would have completely ended university autonomy.
19:36
When the 12,000 students at the University of San Carlos went on General Strike in October 1971 to protest the violence against students and professors and to demand an end to the state of siege, the government responded with a warning that it would forbid any public demonstrations at the university and a hint of military intervention and termination of the university's autonomy.
19:56
This situation is of special concern to North Americans because of the role of the United States. Although US involvement in Guatemala dates back to the mid 19th century, it assumed major proportions at the turn of the century coinciding with the generally expansionist US foreign policy under President's McKinley and Theodore Roosevelt. More recently, US involvement in Guatemala became more direct and increased dramatically in 1954 after the US engineered overthrow of the Arbenz government. It has remained on a high level to the present.
20:28
US involvement in the semi-official and official rightist terror of 1971 took several forms. Most important was US military and police assistance. The full extent of US expenditures on training and equipping the Guatemalan military and police is impossible to determine without access to classified information. Even according to conservative official figures, the US spent $4.2 million dollars in public safety assistance from the late 1950s through 1971 and an average of $1.5 million dollars, but up to $3 million dollars a year in military assistance, not counting arm sales. The fact that these figures hide the full amount of US assistance came out in a House Foreign Affairs Committee hearing in response to a question about military assistance to Guatemala.
21:13
In the past, Guatemala has received $17 million since 1950 in grant aid from the United States. In supporting assistance Guatemala has received 34 million since 1950 and is scheduled for 59,000 for fiscal year 1971. In fiscal year 1970, Guatemala received $1,129,000 in public safety funds, the highest of any Latin American country. In fiscal year 1971, Guatemala received the third-highest amount and in fiscal year 1972, the second highest. A new police academy was constructed in 1970-72 with AID funds.
21:52
An additional $378,000 a year approximately has gone for police vehicles and equipment. US advisors train Guatemalan soldiers and police and provide them with arms, communications equipment and so on. The ratio of US military advisors to local army forces has been higher for Guatemala than for any other Latin American country. US officials have consistently denied any direct role in pacifying Guatemala. Nevertheless, according to one 1971 Washington Post report,
22:19
25 US military men and seven former US policemen carrying sidearms and accompanied by Guatemala and bodyguards are known to live and work in Guatemala. Most of these men are Vietnam veterans. The number of other Americans who may be involved in covert work with the local military is not known. Military mission members assist the Guatemalan Air Force in flying and maintaining its 45 airplanes and advise the army on administration, intelligence, logistics, operations, and its civic action program.
22:53
A senate foreign relations committee staff study of 1971 reported that US public safety advisors were accompanying Guatemalan police on anti-hippie patrols. These reports follow those of several years ago regarding the active role of US Green Berets in the Izabal and Zacapa counter insurgency campaign. Although US officials insist that their programs are designed to modernize and professionalize the police and military, nevertheless, the US has not withheld its assistance from Guatemalan security forces, which are known to serve as a base of operations for the right-wing terrorist groups.
23:28
Some allege and claim to have documentation that the US military advisory team in Guatemala urged the formation of these rightist groups. In evaluating US aid programs to Guatemala, the Senate Foreign Relations Committee study concluded,
23:42
The argument in favor of the public safety program in Guatemala is that if we don't teach the cops to be good, who will? The argument against is that after 14 years on all evidence, the teaching hasn't been absorbed. Furthermore, the US is politically identified with police terrorism. Related to all this is the fact that the Guatemala police operate without any effective political or judicial restraints, and how they use the equipment and techniques which are given them through the public safety program, is quite beyond US control.
24:10
On balance it seems that AID public safety has cost the United States more in political terms than it has gained in improved Guatemalan police efficiency. As is the case with AID public safety, the Military assistance program carries a political price. It may be questioned whether we're getting our money's worth.
24:28
In summing up the 1972 situation, one of the members of the Latin American Studies Association who visited the country three times in 1972 wrote, "I'm convinced that the situation in Guatemala, despite the placid exterior, is a dark one. The Arani government has employed a variety of tactics to get rid of its opposition. The year 1971 was by all accounts, the bloodiest in Guatemala's recent history.
24:54
The year 1972 was in comparison, a much more peaceful year. Yet, the government effort to get rid of opponents continued with much of the effort in the hands of rightist terrorists, and much of it kept out of public consumption by a government that is increasingly skittish about press coverage and public opinion."
25:11
The continuation of rightist political violence was confirmed by other sources. According to documents sent to the prestigious London-based organization, Amnesty International, which defends political prisoners throughout the world, including those in communist countries, there were at least 70 reported disappearances in 1972. Amnesty deplored the continued and uncontrolled violation of the most fundamental human rights in Guatemala. The most notable examples of the continuing violence include the following:
25:39
On June 26th, 1972, Jose Mendoza, leader of a large union of bus drivers in Guatemala City disappeared. At the time, Merida was leading a union protest against the bus company. Merida was only one of the many labor and peasant leaders who have been harassed, arrested, disappeared, or killed outright.
25:58
Most dramatic was the disappearance in September 1972 of eight top leaders and associates of the Guatemalan Communist Party. The families of the eight claim that they were arrested by police. Witnesses noted the license numbers of the official police vehicles involved in the arrest. The government claimed to have no knowledge of what happened to the eight. This denial was called into question two months later when an official police detective, kidnapped, acknowledged his role in that of other police in the arrest and imprisonment of the men.
26:27
Subsequently, the same detective said that the victims had been arrested, tortured, and thrown into the Pacific Ocean. Since the eight have not been found or heard from since September, it is generally assumed that they were killed. Nearly all observers within Guatemala and internationally, including Amnesty International, hold the government responsible.
26:46
To put this situation in perspective. We conclude with a few words about the general political situation in Guatemala, specifically the institutionalization of the repression. One measure of the degree to which political violence and repression has become a system or way of life is that during the nine years from 1963 through 1971, Guatemala spent 48 months or nearly half under state of siege. A state of siege has always meant the abrogation of constitutional guarantees and political rights, the prohibition of regular political activity, even by legal parties, and strict censorship of the press and radio.
27:20
In early 1972, shortly after the state of siege was lifted, the government proposed another means of institutionalizing the repression, the so-called "Ley de Peligrosidad Social" or law of social dangerousness. The law would've given the government total license in preventive detention of the unemployed, lazy, or rebellious. Of homosexuals, prostitutes, the mentally ill, or anyone "acting disrespectfully."
27:45
These socially dangerous persons would be imprisoned in rehabilitation camps or confined in other ways. The law, which represented a legalization of defacto government practices, which finally defeated in Congress because it had aroused almost universal opposition throughout the country. Nevertheless, the government was subsequently designing a substitute measure which would accomplish the same objectives.
28:07
In short, it should be clear that the situation in Guatemala in 1971 was not a temporary aberration or excess in a generally democratic system. Rather, it was part of a system of official terror and repression, which has existed in Guatemala since 1954 and which has been intensified in recent years. A system which in the words of one analyst's, "Aims to liquidate the political party structure that has developed since 1944.
28:34
For tactical reasons, the government may attempt to reduce the level of official violence in 1973. If this happens, and it is not yet clear whether or not it will, this temporary and tactical reduction should not be mistaken for an end to the violence. That violence will end only when its root causes are faced and Guatemala's huge social and economic problems are resolved."
LAPR1973_05_31
15:02
This week's feature is a published interview with a member of an Argentinian guerrilla organization called The People's Revolutionary Army. Unlike last week's feature, it provides a rather critical examination of Peronism and of Argentina's new Peronist government.
15:20
Much attention has been paid recently in the World press to the March 11th election and May 25th inauguration of Dr. Hector Campora, a Peronist, as Argentina's new president. In the first election permitted by the Argentine military since their 1966 coup, the Peronist Coalition, which claims to be based upon strong, popular support of the labor movement, won the popular support of the Argentine people. Since Campora's inauguration, his government has released more than 600 political prisoners, most of whom had been jailed for terrorist activity against the military dictatorship, and has lifted the bans on communist activity. Also, he established diplomatic relations with both Cuba and Chile, expressed some verbal solidarity with the guerrilla movement, and requested a truce between the government and then guerrillas.
16:05
The world press has paid special note however, to activities and proclamations of a guerrilla organization, which calls itself the People's Revolutionary Army, which has stated that it will not join in the Peronist Coalition and will continue armed guerrilla warfare within Argentina. Tagged by the World press as Trotskyists, the People's Revolutionary Army claims that the tag is insufficient. They are the "Armed Organization of the Revolutionary Workers Party of Argentina", and their organization encompasses Argentine patriots and nationalists of many different political ideologies. In a rare interview with staff members of Chile Hoy prior to Campora's inauguration, the People's Revolutionary Army describe the reasons for their non-support of the new Peronist government.
16:47
We think that this unusual interview illuminates some of the political and economic dynamics, the manifestations of which seem to be keeping Argentina on the front pages of the world newspapers. In as much as the spokesman for the guerrilla organization uses Marxist economic terminology, his usage of the following terms should be noticed. "Capitalist" is the class name given to those people who own or who control for-profit the means of production. That is the factories, the banks, the transportation facilities, often the land, et cetera. In poor and underdeveloped countries, many of the capitalists are foreigners, North Americans, and increasingly Western Europeans or Japanese, hence the term "Imperialist".
17:32
On the other end of the economic and power scale are the working people, or as the Marxists refer to them, "the masses" or "the people", who own only their own labor power and sell this to the capitalists. These constitute, of course, the majority of a population. The "Bourgeoisie" are the capitalist, and as the term is used in this article, also those people who, while not themselves the super rich nevertheless, do have their interests sufficiently aligned with the capitalists so that they support capitalist institutions and capitalist societies. Here then is the interview:
18:10
A question? How do you characterize the Peronist Coalition and the Campora government in particular?
18:17
We are not unaware that in the heart of Peronism there are important progressive and revolutionary popular sectors that make it explosive, but we don't feel this should fool anyone, because what predominates in Peronism and even more in the coalition is its bourgeois character. For in its leadership as in its program and its methods, the next parliamentary government of Campora will represent above all the interests of the bourgeoisie and of the capitalists.
18:45
A question, how is this massive popular vote for the Peronist coalition to be explained then?
18:50
For us, it reflects at the same time the repudiation of the military dictatorship, which was very unpopular and the persistence of the ideological influence of the bourgeoisie. It is necessary to remember that the masses were only able to choose from among the different bourgeois variants in the electoral arrangement that the dictatorship structured. And among the bourgeois candidates the majority of the working class opted for the Peronist coalition, which had based its campaign on a furious and productive confrontation with the military government, and on pro-guerrilla arguments.
19:26
What then are the true purposes of the Peronists in the current government?
19:30
Their leaders and spokesmen have explained them quite clearly. They say that they are to reconstruct the country, to pacify it by means of some social reform. This along with the maintenance of "Christian style of life", a parliamentary system, private enterprise, and a continuation of the competition of foreign capital. All of the elementary measures for a true social revolution, namely agrarian reform, the expropriation and nationalization of big capital, urban reform, a socialist revolutionary government, all of these are completely absent in the plans and projects of the coalition. The bourgeois sectors of Peronism dominate the government.
20:14
Another question. Apparently the Peronist coalition cannot be considered a homogeneous whole, as there are different tendencies within it, some of them revolutionary and progressive, which produces contradictions within the whole. How does the People's Revolutionary Army respond to this?
20:28
Truly, as we indicated earlier, in the heart of the Peronist front government and in the parties which compose it, they will have to be developed an intense internal struggle, led fundamentally by the revolutionary and progressive sectors within Peronism, that even as a minority must struggle consciously for a program and for truly anti-imperialist and revolutionary measures.
20:50
The People's Revolutionary Army will actively support these sectors of Peronism in their struggle, and will insist upon a coalition of the progressive and revolutionary Peronist organizations and sectors with the non-Peronist organizations, both in their work to mobilize the masses for their demands, and in the preparation for the next and inevitable stage of more and new serious confrontations between the people in the bourgeoisie.
21:16
Another question. We imagine that the Campora government will not be the ideal government envisioned by the military. Can we then disregard the possibility of a coup d'état?
21:25
It is certain that this parliamentary government will not enjoy the complete confidence of the military, which has accepted the Campora government as the lesser evil, and as a transition to try and detain the advance of revolutionary forces. But we think that the military coup will remain latent, with coup intentions however, growing in direct proportion to the success in broadening mass mobilizations.
21:49
In the case of a military coup, where will the People's Revolutionary Army be?
21:53
Of course, we'll be shoulder to shoulder with progressive and revolutionary Peronism, in order to confront any attempt to reestablish the military dictatorship.
22:02
In recent declarations, the president-elect Hector Campora, has asked the Argentine guerrilla organizations for a truce in their activities beginning May 25th in order to, "Prove whether or not we are on the path of liberation and if we are going to achieve our objectives." You have given a partial acceptance of this request. What is the basis for that decision of yours?
22:22
The request of Dr. Campora arose as a consequence of various guerrilla actions. We understood that the request of the president-elect implied the total suspension of guerrilla activities. We believe that the Campora government represents the popular will, and respectful of that will, our organization will not attack the new government while it does not attack the people or the guerrillas. Our organization will continue, however, combating militarily, the great exploiting companies, principally the imperialist ones and the counter-revolutionary armed forces, but it will not attack directly the governmental institutions nor any member of President Campora's government.
23:03
With respect to the police that supposedly depend on executive power, although in recent years, they have acted as an axillary arm of the present army, the People's Revolutionary Army will suspend its attacks as long as the police do not collaborate with the army in the persecution of guerrillas, and in the repression of popular demonstrations.
23:23
What are the factors determining your less than total acceptance of the truce?
23:27
We have stated them too in our reply to Campora. In 1955, the leadership of the political movement that Dr. Campora represents, advise the country to, "Not let blood be spilled, avoid civil war and wait." The military took advantage of this disorganization and disorientation of the working class and of people in general to carry out their coup and were able to overwhelm progressive organizations. The only blood that wasn't spilled was that of the oligarchs and the capitalists. The people on the other hand, witnessed the death through massacre and firing squad of dozens and dozens of the finest of their young.
24:04
In 1968, the same leadership advised the nation to vote for Frondizi and this advice when followed prepared the way for the military takeover. In 1966 the same leadership then counseled the nation to, "Reign back until things become clear." And this action when followed, allowed freedom of action to the new military government.
24:26
So when I reply to Dr. Campora, we specifically stated, our own Argentinian experience has shown that it is impossible to have a truce with the enemies of the nation, with its exploiters, with an oppressive army, or with exploitative capitalist enterprises. To hold back or to diminish the struggle is to permit its enemies, to reorganize and to pass over to the offensive.
24:48
What sort of relations does the People's Revolutionary Army maintain with other armed Argentinian groups?
24:55
Since our creation, we have made and continue to make an appeal for a unified effort of all the armed revolutionary organizations with the idea of eventually forming a solid, strong, and unified People's Army. In such an organization, they would undoubtedly be both Peronists and non-Peronists, but all would be unified by a common methodology, namely prolonged revolutionary war and a common ideal, the building of socialism in our country. We have many points of agreement on fundamental issues, so we maintain fraternal relations with all of our fellow armed groups.
25:29
A final question. You have explained the policy to be followed after May 25th, as laid out in your reply to Campora. What will be the policy of the Revolutionary Workers Party and the People's Revolutionary Army in relation to labor union policy, legally permitted activities, the united front and so on? And how do you contemplate combining legally and non-legally permitted activities?
25:52
Our legally permitted activities will be oriented towards the consolidation and the development of an anti-imperialist front, in common with progressive and revolutionary sectors. We will concentrate all our immediate activity in mobilizing popular opinion towards the release of all political prisoners, repeal of all repressive laws, legalization of all political organizations of the left and the press, and an increase in the real wages of the working class. In relationship to the army, we propose the development of an active educational campaign among draftees, calling upon them not to fire upon the people, nor to participate in repression, encouraging desertion of soldiers and calling upon them to join the People's Revolutionary Army.
26:40
In relationship to the popular front, the Peronist front, we call upon all of the left, all labor, popular progressive and revolutionary organizations to close ranks, to give each other mutual support, and to present an organized common front to the political, ideological, and military offensive of the bourgeoisie, not only in its repressive form, but also in its current populous diversionary one.
27:06
As concerns the relationship between legally and non-legally permitted operations, we wish to carefully maintain the clandestine cell structure of the People's Revolutionary Army and of the Revolutionary Workers Party, so as to assure the strict carrying out of security measures and ensure their safety. But we wish to amplify to the maximum, the legally permitted activities of the organization and that of those groups on its periphery. And through this combination of legally permitted activities and illegal ones, we will attempt to procure the greatest advantage from the potential, which the vigor of the popular support gives to our organization.
27:48
To sum up as far as your organization is concerned, what is the watch word for the present situation?
27:55
We'll make no truce with the oppressive army and no truth with exploitative enterprises. We will seek immediate freedom for those imprisoned while fighting for freedom. Also an end to oppressive legislation and total freedom of expression in organization. We will try to build unity among the armed revolutionary organizations who we will struggle or die for the Argentine.
28:18
Thank you. Our feature today has been a published interview with a member of an Argentinian guerrilla organization called The People's Revolutionary Army. The interview was published in the Chilean newspaper, Chile Hoy. The People's Revolutionary Army is known as the strongest and most effective guerrilla group operating in Argentina and was able, for instance, on the mere threat of a kidnapping, to force Ford Motor Company to give $1 million to various children's hospitals in Argentina.
LAPR1973_06_01
00:21
Miami Herald reports from Guatemala City. Tensions remained high in Eastern Guatemala on Monday, after a gun battle between squatters and troops. At least 17 persons were reported killed. Police and troops surrounded the hamlet of Palo Verde, 72 miles east of the capital, in an attempt to head off further violence, but hundreds of peasants were reported holding onto the land they had seized during the weekend. On Saturday, a group of 1000 landless peasants seized privately-owned agricultural plots outside Palo Verde. Military policemen were sent into the area and started arresting the peasants. The police in the army said the peasants opened fire and authorities said military policemen and 11 peasants were killed.
01:02
Area residents said the peasants claim the landowners took their grazing lands many years ago. The army spokesman said, "Many of the peasants received military training in 1954, when the government recruited them to fight rebel army forces". This from the Miami Herald.
07:50
Latin America also reports on the ideological and economic developments in the Peruvian Revolution. Peru's military rulers have come under pressure recently, which they, at any rate, seem to feel threatens their image as the independent inventors of a new development strategy that is neither communist nor capitalist. There has been a spade of declarations by senior officers emphasizing the Peruvian Revolution's peculiar characteristic and last week the Prime Minister declared, "It is very easy to copy, to imitate, but very hard to create."
08:22
The government's revolutionary credentials have come under doubt, not least because of recent labor troubles. Suspicions on the left were also aroused by some interpretations of last week's visit to Lima by the United States Secretary of State Rogers. This has been seen in some quarters as the first sign of warmer relations between the two countries, particularly as it coincided with confirmation that the Inter-American Development Bank was ending its long boycott of Peru with a $23.3 million loan for agricultural development.
08:53
Further doubts have been aroused by the government's decision to postpone its proposed petroleum comunidades which would have brought into the petroleum industry the kind of workers' participation it is trying to develop for mining and industry. The well-informed Peruvian Times suggested that this was due to the dismay among the petroleum companies working here as contractors. This would clearly be particularly unwelcome to the government when it is on the verge of signing new contracts with foreign oil companies.
09:23
Latin America continues the foreign business fraternity however, is currently deeply suspicious of the government's intentions as a result of the nationalization of the fishing industry earlier this month. Uncertainty is being expressed about the part reserved by the government for foreign investors and the private sector as a whole in the country's development. In fact, public investment in the economy rose by 22.4% overall in 1972 while private investments were down by 8.9%, according to official figures.
09:54
Government spokesman continued to express their faith in the compatibility of predominant state and social property sectors with a reformed private sector in a new kind of mixed economic model. However, the figures seemed to indicate that the private sector is no more keen on being reformed by way of comunidad laboral than the unions are by being supplanted by participation devices dreamed up by the government.
10:18
An economy in which the private sector competes freely with the state and social sectors is quite contrary to the advice given by foreign experts on workers' control who do not believe in the viability of such a mixed formula or in the predominance of wage labor, which is at the very root of the present government's economic reforms. To make their scheme work, the Peruvian military authorities and their civilian theoreticians will either have to produce prodigious feats of persuasion or else modify one or more of its components. Some observers believe this modification may now have come about with the state takeover of the anchovies fishing industry.
10:54
That the takeover has taken the form of state rather than workers control signifies a political triumph for the Minister of Fisheries, General Vanini, a brilliant shirt-sleeves populist and one of the recent Peruvian pilgrims to Cuba. The state company is clearly seen as preferable to self-managing units, which would certainly have resisted the forthcoming rationalization program. This hardly makes the government look like left wing extremists. This from Latin America.
LAPR1973_06_14
05:07
Several significant events in the continuing political struggles in Chile have been reported by Excélsior. In Santiago, the government of President Salvador Allende has rejected any kind of mediation in the two-month-old strike at the huge copper mine known as El Teniente. The statement reaffirmed the position of the government to hold down large wage increases which would heighten the serious inflation the country now faces. A previous announcement had indicated the government's opposition to the strikers' suggestion of mediation by the National Confederation of Copper Workers. This is consistent with a Allende's announced intention of ending special privileges enjoyed by certain sectors of the Chilean labor force, which have enjoyed higher pay than other sectors.
05:54
Meanwhile, eight opposition radio stations advised the government that they would not comply with the new law designed to integrate the stations into a national network and that they would refuse to pay any fines imposed. This declaration follows the government's order that all stations must broadcast a daily program of official government announcements. It is thought that the order was given largely in response to the failure of many stations to broadcast an important speech by the Minister of Housing, that from Excélsior.
14:56
Our feature this week is a report by German anthropologist Mark Munzel on the Indian situation in Paraguay. In South America, unlike most other areas of the world, indigenous tribes subsist in some primitive areas. However, they are fast-disappearing because of the advance of urban civilization and the repressive policies of certain governments. The purpose of this report is to demonstrate how the basic human rights, described in the United Nations Charter of Human Rights, are denied to the Aché Indians of Paraguay. Not through indifference or neglect, but by deliberate government policy of genocide disguised as benevolence.
15:34
There has never been any particular respect for Indian lives. An early account describes the situation, "In 1903, Paraguayans shot several Aché and even cut one of the bodies into pieces and put him in a cage trap as jaguar bait." Munsusin saw a settler pull out of his hunting bag the finger of an Aché and boast about it. Then again in 1907, "They had followed the traces of the Aché, and when they reAchéd the Indians the very first evening of the journey, they slaughtered seven women and children and caught seven small children." This report by the Brazilian Ethnologist, Baldus, is neither the first nor the most cruel one concerning the inhumane treatment of the Aché over the centuries.
16:20
Unlike the sedentary Guarani Indians, their neighbors and linguistic relatives, the majority of the nomadic Aché never surrendered to the white man. Without being exactly aggressive, they attempted to defend their territory against incursions and withdrew deeper into the forest when they could not resist. On the other hand, captive Achés, once separated from their people, proved to be of extreme tameness and have a lack of aggression against their captors and the white Paraguayans soon learned to appreciate their aptitude for any kind of agricultural labor.
16:55
The Ethnologist Clastres notes the sharp contrast between the two kinds of relations the Aché know. For an Aché tribe, there is no kind of relation to strangers other than hostility. This is in astonishing contrast to the perceptible constant effort to eliminate all violence from relations between comrades. The most extreme courtesy always prevails, the common will to understand each other, to speak with each other, to dissolve in the exchange of words all the aggression and grudges which inevitably arise during the daily life of the group.
17:28
So it seems that the captive Aché, once they realized that they have to stay among the whites forever, decided it is wiser to use their non-aggressive approach, hence the softness for which they are liked. The author says, "I have only known captive Aché, no free forest Indians, and all I can say is that I have never met any other people who are so tame and obedient. I also happen to meet at Aché's who have been captured just three days previously. They were desperately unhappy but ready to do anything they were commanded to do."
18:01
Thus, war against the Acha since colonial days has served not only to conquer new territories, but also to obtain captives as a cheap and appreciated labor force. The hunting and selling of Achés became, and still is, an important branch of the economy in areas close to the lands of the wild Aché.
18:21
The extermination of these Indians is very much related to the economic development of the country. If the remotest parts of the country were to be open to foreign investment and to international roads, as is the government's intention, the anachronism of slavery may have to be eliminated in order to make the country exhibitable to foreign eyes. But at the same time, commercial penetration is bound to render the situation of the Indians more difficult. Since 1958, and especially since 1968, their situation has indeed become worse.
18:53
This coincides with the foundation of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense, which meant that Indian affairs were put under military control as a part of the general transfer of power from civilians to the military and with the subsequent retirement of an official in 1961. But there are also deeper reasons. Paraguay has in recent years experienced a slight economic boom. The international road through Eastern Paraguay, from Asuncion to Puerto Presidente Stroessner, was completed in 1965. An additional road, which cuts the forests of the northern Aché into two parts, was completed in 1968.
19:30
Land prices are rising in the areas which have become more accessible through the improved system of communications, as well as the price of forest products; timber, palmito, and [inaudible 00:19:41]. And most especially that of cattle, which means that less land is reserved for the Indians. Commercial penetration means, from the Aché point of view, that the forest, the indispensable basis for their hunting life, is cut down. Or at least crossed by roads that frighten away the game. There have been slight Indian efforts at resisting, especially attacks on woodcutters who were destroying trees that bore beehives. Honey is a very important element in the Aché diet.
20:10
But more frequently, the Achés try to adapt to the new situation. If they neither wish to die from hunger on their reduced hunting grounds, nor enter the of working for Paraguayan masters, their only way out is to steal food from the Paraguayans. This is the reason for the frequent, but normally non-violent raids on white men's cattle and fields. The Achés also steal iron implements in order to compensate for their loss of territory by the intensification of subsistence technology. Those who live on the Indian frontier are thus confirmed in their hatred of Aché and so the new invaders of the forest, wood cutters, palmito collectors, and landowners, want to have the forest cleaned of Achés for they are bothered by the presence of the ancient owners of the forest.
21:00
Most sources agree that manhunts for the Aché have increased in volume and in violence during recent years. In 1968, a member of the armed forces and of the ruling political party, then vice director of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense, wrote that the Acha were close to extinction due to repressive actions that follow any of their efforts to resist the occupation of their lands. In December, 1971, the reporter Jay Mesa of ABC Color, an important newspaper in Asuncion Paraguay, wrote of murders of fathers and mothers as the only way of seizing Aché children who are then sold and brought up as servants.
21:40
They even tell of prizes for those who managed to kill the Indians. The Paraguayan anthropologist, Chase Sardi, confirmed this in an interview in the same newspaper in 1972. "They're hunted. They're pursued like animals. The parents are killed and the children sold and there is no family of which a child has not been murdered. I was told by Paraguayan country people that the price of Aché children is falling due to great supply. It is said to be presently at about the equivalent of $5 for an Aché girl of around five years of age."
22:12
The following recently documented cases are rather typical. In 1970, [inaudible 00:22:20] learned in Itakyry of a raid that had been organized there. The killers kidnapped three children, all of whom died thereafter. On another incident, in about June of 1970, on the river Itambay, approximately 52 kilometers up river from Puerto Santa Teresa, several Indians were killed in a raid according to the claims of a palmito collector, an Indian hunter, who says he killed several Indians before he was wounded. Two kidnapped girls were given to the organizer of the raid. In February, 1972, close to San Joaquin, Munzel himself reports being told by several people of an Aché hunt in the area southeast of Itakyry.
23:05
"We were not able to gather any concrete or detailed evidence," he says, "but I believe that an inquiry commission sent to the area could easily gain this information." The massacre seems to have taken place about the middle of 1971. Various children of slain Aché parents were then deported. The kidnappers were said to have declared that the only reason why they did not take more children was that they were not able to carry off more at one time and that they were forced to leave several children with their dead parents, but that they would return to the forest later on to seize them.
23:37
Despite documentation and reports to government authorities, very little is being done about the problem. Recently, the director of the Native Affairs Department declared that there were no concrete indications of massacres of Indians in Paraguay. General Bejarano, president of the Indigenous Association of Paraguay, described massacres as problems that were normal in any part of the world. The officially recommended solution of this problem does not include the limitation of the massacres by means of legal pressure, but the installation of a reservation to which the Aché, who were a problem elsewhere, may be deported.
24:15
A well-known hunter and seller of Achés in 1950s was Manuel Jesus Pereda, a junior partner of the biggest manhunter in the area. In 1959, a band of Aché whose hunting possibilities had been reduced too much to permit the continuation of their free existence, and who were suffering strong pressure from the manhunters surrounding them, surrendered to Pereda at Torin. This was at the time when the authorities had taken some measures against the slave hunters. Afraid of legal prosecution, Jesus Pereda did not dare sell his new Indians, but used them instead as a cheap labor force on his farm at Torin.
24:55
The story he told the authorities was that the Indians had sought his protection because they loved him. Pereda was shortly thereafter nominated as a functionary of the Native Affairs Department of the Ministry of Defense. And his farm transformed into a reservation called the Indian Assistance and Nationalization Post Number One.
25:17
Extensive documentation at the Aché reservation shows this to have been the scene of criminality of the grosses sort. Jesus Pereda's first administrative act was to plunder the goods of his wards in order to sell them as tourist souvenirs. There's also extensive documentation of sexual abuse of women and of very young girls by the reservation administration. And very numerous acts of gratuitous violence, including murders of Aché. Food allocated for the Indians is often sold instead to local farmers for profit.
25:48
Also, the resources, land, and water of the reservation itself are very far from generous. Furthermore, virtual manhunts through the forest are still used to round up Indians and forcibly bring them to the reservation. Captured, domesticated Indians are encouraged to participate in this activity.
26:07
In June of 1962, the reservation of Aché numbered about 110, at least 60 of whom had been brought there by direct violence. In July of 1968, only 68 Indians were left. This demographic reduction becomes more spectacular if we take into account that the Aché are a very fertile people. Anthropologist, Chase Sardi in 1965, pointed out the absolute lack of any type of preventative medicine on the Aché reservation. Officially in 1968, the absence of medical and sanitary assistance was admitted as one of the reasons for the deaths. Other evidence shows that the oft cited biological shock of the first contact with the microbes of the white man cannot be the main reason for the disappearance of so many Indians.
26:54
Many of them had been in contact with whites before, having been captured by the Paraguayans and having escaped again before finally coming to the reservation. Besides, the greatest reduction of population took place, not when the reservation was first established, but later on. The main reasons for the reduction of the Aché population seem to be hunger and hunger related diseases, as well as the selling or giving away of reservation Indians to outsiders.
27:20
An element of psychological importance is the brutal destruction of the cultural inheritance of these Indians. This is not the place to discuss whether primitive cultures should be preserved or modernized. What has taken place in the case of the Aché is not modernization, but the destruction of the identity and even the self-respect of the Achés as human beings. Munzel recorded on tape many songs lamenting the end of the Aché, in which the singer regards himself as no longer an Aché, not even as a human being, but as half dead.
27:52
A French ethnologist, Clastres, describes a song he recorded on the reservation. "[inaudible 00:28:00] on a sound of deep sadness and nausea," he said, "ended in a lamentation that was then prolonged by the delicate melancholy of the flute. They sang that day of the end of the Aché and of his despair in realizing that it was all over. The Aché, when they were real Aché, they hunted the animals with bow and arrow, and now the Aché are no more. Woe is us."
28:23
Especially since 1972, the Aché situation turned into a public scandal yet still no action has been taken against those who, outside the reservation, continue to hunt the Aché like animals. Still there are Aché slaves all over Eastern Paraguay. Still, countless Aché families remain separated through slavery or through the deportation of some of them to the reservation. Still, the reservation is located on such ungenerous soil that one can foresee its bitter end.
28:52
This has been a report by Mark Munzel of the International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs. The International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs is a non-political, non-religious organization concerned with the oppression of ethnic groups in various countries.
LAPR1973_06_21
03:33
The work of the opposition parties in Chile continues full strength this week as the Christian Democratic sectors among the miners and white-collar workers of the nationalized El Teniente copper mine remain on the strike that began in late April. In May, the Christian Democratic workers burned cars, fought with police, and seized a Socialist Party radio station in the city of Rancagua. The strike is costing Chile a million dollars a day. Though the strike demands are economic, its political character is seen in the rejection of any government solution, as well as the firm support given by the newspapers, radios, and political organizations of Chile's extreme right, which has been built up over a period of years only by being able to repress the labor movement.
04:15
The London Weekly Latin America comments that early in June, the state-owned Chilean Copper Corporation declared a freeze on all June deliveries from the El Teniente mine where some of the miners have been on strike for the past two months. For July, 50% of deliveries from El Teniente and all deliveries from Chuquicamata mine, where white-collar workers have struck in sympathy with the El Teniente strikers, are similarly affected. Between them, the two mines produce two-thirds of Chilean copper production.
04:45
The strike has political overtones, claims Latin America. Only the most highly paid workers are involved in the strike, which concerns a dispute over production bonuses. Young Christian Democrats have organized marches of support for the strikers. Outbreaks of violence between strikers and the security forces have increased sharply since an employee of the mine was shot dead last week when he started to drive his vehicle over a patrol guarding miners who were still working. Several people on both sides have been injured and 33 arrested. The halt in copper exports will further aggravate the country's economic difficulties.
05:24
The Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, gives an analysis of the crippling copper miner strike which lays the blame on the opposition Christian Democratic Party. The miner strike at El Teniente mine has just completed its second month. Until now, its result has been a loss of $40 million in expected copper revenue, the suspension of copper shipments to Britain and Germany with the accompanying deterioration of the image of Codelco, the state-run copper enterprise in terms of its ability to complete its contracts, a congressional censure of two government ministers, and a climate of explosive tension in the northern city of Rancagua. For much less reason than this, ex-president Eduardo Frei ordered the Army in 1966 to violently repress the striking miners at El Salvador Mine, killing six miners.
06:12
The most painful aspect of the situation for the Chilean working class is a fragmentation caused by the strike within the copper workers who manage one of the most vital industries in Chile. For years, the Christian Democrats worked to divide Chilean workers and its Catholic unions were the worst enemy of the Central Workers Federation. As in all sectors which the Christian Democrats are not able to actually control, they promote fractionalism and division inside the Federation. This is the purpose of the El Teniente strike. It is strictly an economist struggle.
06:47
Chile Hoy goes on to say the progressive sectors of the miner's union resolved this time to sacrifice their immediate needs for a higher living standard, viewing the strike issue as a question of political conscience. The strike vote at Chuquicamata mine demonstrated this new "conciencia", 1,750 against the strike in 1,450 in favor. This increasingly class-conscious attitude was expressed last week in Rancagua during a demonstration of solidarity with the two censured cabinet ministers.
07:16
A union leader advised the miners that the strike was characterized by the eagerness of the right-wing Christian Democrats to impose the minority's wishes upon the majorities and thus destroy the base of union democracy. He said that this method was an old tactic of the Christian Democrats and that the El Teniente strike was one more move designed to destroy the popular unity government. This report on the copper miner strike in Chile is from the weekly, Chile Hoy.
07:46
Excélsior, the Mexico City daily, gives a more recent account of the increasing unrest and tension caused by the strike in Chile. Excélsior reports from Santiago that last week, public forces used armored cars and tear gas to disperse striking miners concentrated in front of the Christian Democratic Party barricades in Santiago.
08:05
Carlos Latorre, one of the youth leaders of the Christian Democratic Party, called out to the militants to unite rapidly and repel the police aggression but the police forces were able to dismantle further concentration. Speakers for the state-owned copper corporation, Codelco, announced that Allende had made the same offer to the striking copper miners, which weeks ago was refused. Namely, a subsidy of $240 monthly to compensate for the rise in the cost of living, which has been 238% in the past 12 months. The strikers asked for a 41% raise in salary.
08:39
Sub-Secretary of the Interior, Daniel Vergara, announced that he had drafted orders to arrest the director of La Segunda, the afternoon edition of the newspaper El Mercurio, and to arrest the director of Radio Agricultura. Vergara said these medias broadcasted false news. After the disturbances, Allende emphasized that the doors of the palace are open to the workers, whoever they may be. This from Excélsior of Mexico City.
15:02
This week's feature concerns the military dictatorship in Brazil. The following interview with Brazilian exile, Jean Marc von der Weid was made while he was on a national speaking tour sponsored by the Washington-based Committee Against Repression in Brazil. Von der Weid was a student leader in Rio when he was imprisoned and tortured in 1969. He was subsequently released from prison in 1971 along with 69 fellow prisoners in exchange for the kidnapped Swiss ambassador to Brazil. We asked Jean Marc von der Weid about his involvement in the student movement in Brazil.
15:32
Well, I was president of the National Union of the Brazilian Students, and I was elected in 1968 in an underground congress. The student movement was strongly opposed to the Brazilian dictatorship that came to power in 1964 by the overthrow of the constitutional government of João Goulart. The National Union was banned, was out-ruled in 1965, and it went underground, but it had a normal support the support of the overwhelming majority of the university students in Brazil, and I was elected with the participation of 200,000 students.
16:11
The university students in Brazil were fighting for some specific goals, at the beginning against the repression on university, and again, the banishment—the decree that closed the National Union of Brazilian Students and fighting for the right of a free association. And also, they began to fight against the whole system of dictatorship and oppression, not only on students, but also on all the Brazilian society. So, we criticized the repression on the working class and the trade unions and on the peasant leagues and all the imprisonments and everything.
16:53
And also, we had a specific problem in terms of the university that was the military government proposed university reform based on a US aid program that should transform the public university in Brazil in a private foundation. And already, two American foundations were proposing to invest on that. Those foundations were the Rockefeller and the Ford Foundation. And so we strongly opposed to that and for two reasons. One is that in general, the middle class student has not the money to pay for the university so lots of us would have to quit.
17:41
And another point that we didn't want the American foundations, that means foreign foreign enterprises, to control the universities in Brazil. We thought this would be against the national interest of the Brazilian people. And so we fought against this reform in a very successful way. In a way, until today, they could not, let's say, completely impose it.
18:09
And finally, in general, in a very general analysis, we knew that our specific problem in terms of university reform or freedom of association at university was closely linked with the problems of the Brazilian society in general. So, we were fighting for the liberation of the Brazilian people from foreign domination. So, we saw that, for example, that if it was necessary for the American money to dominate the Brazilian university, that exist because they dominated already the Brazilian industry so they needed to adapt the university to their needs on the industry.
18:54
So, we began a very strong anti-imperialistic campaign in Brazil. And this campaign, one of the big points of it was the 1969 demonstrations against the visit of Governor Rockefeller to Brazil. And this was one of the charges on my trial in 1970.
19:20
Could you describe your imprisonment and torture and then later release?
19:23
Well, in 1969, the end of '68 and during 1969, well, I was already—how do you say this in English?—being searched by the Brazilian political police because of my role as student leader. And they took 24 hours to identify me as a student leader, as the person they were searching. And when they did so, they transported me to the Island of Flowers. That was the Marine battalion headquarters where the Navy information service worked.
20:02
And then I was submitted to a continuous torture during four days and four nights. And this torture consisted on electric shocks, beatings on the kidneys, well, almost—on the whole body, on the head, very strongly on the head in the kind of torture they call telephone. And also, I was all the time suspended by hands and feet from a rope and then spanked and received electric shocks in that position. There were also some other things like drowning or a false firing squad.
20:42
Well, then I spent almost one year and a half in prison in the Island of Flowers and then in the air force base of Rio, and in very bad conditions. We were threatened several times to be shot, those they considered irrecuperable? Yeah.
21:03
And I was released in January '71 in exchange of the release of the kidnapped Swiss ambassador who was kidnapped by a revolutionary organization in Rio. And then I was sent to Santiago with 69 other political prisoners.
21:27
And what's been your activity since then?
21:31
Well, I have been traveling around in North America, mainly in Canada, and Europe and also Santiago, Chile, to denounce the violations of human rights and the crimes of the Brazilian dictatorship and to develop a consciousness, an awareness on the international public opinion to that and to develop pressure on the Brazilian dictatorship, at least to limit the level of violence they're using today.
22:04
Who supports the military?
22:05
Well, the support of the Brazilian dictatorship is a very narrow one. They just have the military forces, and even the military forces are divided in different factious groups. And they have the support of a very small strata of the Brazilian upper class, perhaps 5% of the Brazilian population. And these people are those who are profiting from the exploitation of the 95 million Brazilians who are suffering this economic miracle. And these are, let's say, the Brazilian supporters of the military dictatorship.
22:53
But the main supporters of the military dictatorship or the foreign powers, like the United States and other investors in Brazil, like Germany, Japan, Switzerland, France, Italy, Belgium, Holland, Sweden, England. All them—Canada, are big investors in Brazil. And the US are the most important investors. The American money controls, let's say it's 55% of the whole foreign investment. And they control 75% of the capital goods production and the durable goods production and 52% of the non-durable goods. So, our economy is completely controlled by foreign investment and mainly US investment.
23:49
To guarantee these investments, the American policy in Brazil is to support the military dictatorship with the Military Assistance Act and with the public safety program of the US aid. And that even a direct, let's say, diplomatic support for the General Médici, who is the current dictator. So, it's very clear that the American strategy for Brazil is to make Brazil the privileged satellite of the United States in economic, political, and military terms.
24:37
And the Brazilian army is being prepared, as the Brazilian generals say themselves, to face the internal and external war at the same time, if necessary. That means to oppress the Brazilian people and people from other nations in the continent. So, there's a kind of Vietnamization of Latin America, if we can say so. The Brazilian armed forces are being prepared to fight for the American interest in the whole Latin America. And this can provoke in this next 10 years, let's say, a general conflict and a general struggle in Latin America.
25:18
Can you give some incidents of how Brazil has played this gendarme role in Latin America?
25:24
Yeah, there are two good examples. One is Bolivia. Brazil has prepared the Colonel Banzer's coup d'état of 1971 since the '70s, since the General Torres came to power in 1970. And in the first attempt of the coup d'état that failed, the one that failed at the beginning of '71, a Brazilian brigade invaded the border of Bolivia and had to come back when the coup failed. Then, they prepared it better and giving weaponry and money and a kind of base, let's say, a Rio guard base to the reactionary rebels of Colonel Banzer. And so Banzer's government is a satellite from Brazil right now, and the Brazilian troops has received order to invade and occupy Santa Cruz if the coup d'état not work in La Paz.
26:29
That was an interview with Brazilian exile Jean Marc von der Weid. You have been listening to Latin American Press Review, a weekly selection and analysis of important events and issues in Latin America, as seen by leading world newspapers, with special emphasis on the Latin American press.
LAPR1973_06_28
06:04
The Peruvian government of General Velasco Alvarado, according to the Manchester Guardian, is presently facing its most serious internal challenge since its seized power in 1968. Both the Guardian and the British Weekly Latin America report that there have been several confrontations over the past months between the government and organized labor. There is general dissatisfaction among the working classes with regard to the newly instituted pensions law, which substitutes retirement at age 60 for the previous arrangement of retiring after 25 years of work. Another reason for general labor unrest is the government's attempt to dissolve the various political trade unions into a single union controlled by the regime.
06:47
Both British weeklies view the current crisis as a consequence and a test of the particular brand of nationalism implemented by this military regime in their attempt to institute a revolution from above and to steer a course between capitalism and communism. Chile Hoy offers a discussion of the current director of the Peruvian CAEM agency, which provides historical and interpretive background to the current Peruvian military regime in an attempt to explain why its policies sometimes baffled the left and the right alike.
07:17
A government which has nationalized the US controlled international petroleum company, a government which has instituted the most comprehensive agrarian reform on the continent since the Cuban Revolution, and which is the first country in Latin America to reestablish diplomatic relations with Cuba, is also a government which continues to offer attractive concessions to foreign business investors and encourages foreign control of many sectors of the economy. The contradictions of such policies are apparent.
07:46
What kind of transformation did the Peruvian armed forces undergo to make possible the particular approach of the present nationalist government? The Peruvian official quoted in Chile Hoy traces the preparation for change back to a realization after World War II that the capacity of a nation to guarantee its own security depends on the degree of its development. A country whose economic interests are subordinate to another country is not truly sovereign. But any attempt to reach a solution to the problem of Peru's underdevelopment inevitably involved the adoption of far-reaching institutional changes.
08:23
There was an awareness that the armed forces as an institution must divest itself of the traditional myths of its apolitical nature, its conservative character, and the strict definition of its professional sphere of action. The formation in the 1950s of CAEM, the Center for Advanced Military Studies, was to have a profound impact on every subsequent generation of Peruvian military men. Over half of the members of the present ruling Junta share the common experience of attending special courses at the center.
08:55
Chile Hoy's Peruvian analyst views the social origins of the Army's officer corps as a secondary factor in explaining the break with traditional alignments between the military and the Peruvian oligarchy. Because of their ethnic mixture of Indian and Spanish blood, and their provincial origins, Peruvian officers were far removed from the traditional centers of economic and political power. The policy of rotation exposed the officers to several different parts of the country during their career, giving them a direct acquaintance with the particular problems of each region. Finally, the political impact of the guerrilla movements brought the true nature of Peru's structural problems to light and demonstrated the need to alleviate the situation before the existing tensions were unleashed in violent revolution.
09:43
In 1962, the Army took control of the government for 10 months to ensure elections. Then, in 1968, convinced that no other group was qualified to accomplish the task at hand, they instituted themselves as Peru's existing government. A balance sheet of the first five years indicates increased concessions to the interest of foreign investors, a slowing down of the agrarian reform, a waning of initial popular support, and an increase in repressive measures against dissenting sectors of the population.
10:18
Current political tensions in the country are explained by some commentators as the result of Velasco Alvarado's recent absence from government due to a leg amputation. Other observers, however, see the current tensions as an expression of the contradictions which this type of nationalist capitalist experiment must inevitably incur. They see the Peruvian government's inability to find an adequate solution as a warning to other Latin American countries who are set on a similar course. This report from the Manchester Guardian, Latin America, and Chile Hoy.
15:01
Our feature this week concerns Latin immigrants in the United States. Their status, their role in the US economy, and recent actions by the immigration service, which appear aimed to shift the blame for the nation's economic and social problems to the immigrant.
15:18
A recent article in The Guardian reported that there are mounting signs that a new anti-alien drive is underway to turn neighbors into scapegoats for unsolved social problems. Without fanfare, since mid-1972, immigration authorities have conducted dragnet raids, victimizing thousands on the street, outside a movie theater, at bus stops, at a dance hall, anywhere if they were dark skinned and looked Latin American. More than 2000 persons, most of them Chicanos, demonstrated in Los Angeles, June 16th to protest massive deportations of people of Mexican ancestry by the United States Immigration and Naturalization service.
15:57
The immigration service, a branch of the Justice Department, began rounding up persons who were supposedly here illegally, arresting more than 1000 people last May 23rd in drag net raids throughout Los Angeles and Orange County. Since then, more than 6,700 people, most of them of Mexican descent, have been arrested and forced to sign papers agreeing to voluntary repatriation.
16:21
As the Guardian points out, the raids have resembled more a Gestapo roundup than a deportation campaign, with the immigration service setting up roadblocks in the Chicano community of East Los Angeles and checking drivers and passengers for proof of citizenship. In addition, immigration service agents have also been arresting people at bus stations, restaurants, on their jobs, and have been breaking into private homes.
16:47
In one instance, the immigration service bursted into a Catholic church service, dragging out more than 200 people. In another case, agents tore down a window screen and climbed into a house, taking away an 11-year-old boy who was there all alone. Later, the parents returned to find the doors wide open and the house empty, only to be informed by neighbors that the boy had been deported to Tijuana, Baja, California, some 130 miles away.
17:15
The deportees have been taken to the Long Beach Naval Station, where they are kept handcuffed overnight before they are shipped across the border. Reporters have stated that immigration officials have removed handcuffs when news reporters have come to inspect the camp. Furthermore, news sources have reported that mothers were unable to attend to their children because their hands are manacled.
17:36
"The deportation", says the Guardian, "have increased to astronomical proportions over the last two years and have begun to resemble the campaign of 1954, when more than one and a half million people were deported, many of whom were United States citizens of Mexican ancestry. In 1971, the immigration service booted out more than 250,000 people, and last year more than 450,000 people were deported, most of them Latins or Mexicans."
18:05
The Institute for Social Research at the National Autonomous University of Mexico has documented many of these deportations and has discovered that most of the deportees were poor agricultural laborers, who were kicked out after harvest time and without a cent. The author of this study also said that these Mexicans live in the United States in a situation of complete slavery, with terrible working conditions imposed by the owners and without any regard for the precepts of law or humanity. This story appeared in The Guardian.
18:38
Despite allegations to the contrary, immigrant labor contributes more to the US economy than it receives in return. A recent study entitled "Workers Without Visas", a permanent part of the workforce and economy of the United States, makes some startling revelations about the true status of these workers. Published in the latest issue of the magazine of the World Federation of Trade Unions, the article was written jointly by Umberto Corona, Secretary of the Center for Autonomous Social Action, a Los Angeles based organization dedicated to defending the rights of immigrant workers, and Lorenzo Torres.
19:13
Mexican workers without visas in this country do in fact pay taxes. Actually, they pay more taxes than all other residents or workers on the same amount of wages earned. The Internal Revenue Service denies these workers the right to deduct for dependents, even though their dependents may be US citizens or permanent residents. Mexican workers without documents also pay for Social Security benefits through their regular weekly payroll deductions. They cannot, however, collect these benefits when they need them most, when old or sick.
19:47
According to Corona and Torres, these workers cannot take advantage of labor law enforcement rights and facilities when employers refuse to pay wages, overtime pay, vacation, pay, pensions, or even the minimum wage. If they complain, the employer calls the immigration agents and out they go across the border. When these workers cannot produce papers proving citizenship or permanent residency, they are denied welfare benefits, even though they have been workers in this country for years. When jobless, many times they're not able to collect unemployment insurance benefits, despite years of steady work
20:22
In many areas, their children are refused public schooling and are not eligible for scholarships. They have no recourse in civil court for fear of deportation. During the arrest and detention process, prior to deportation, they're denied due process, the right to counsel, to bail, to appeal, on grounds that they're not criminals. They're merely being detained under administrative procedure, the immigration service argues. Finally, but most importantly, they cannot vote and so have absolutely no political recourse.
20:56
Corona and Torres consider that special mention must be made of the terrible injustices being committed daily against hundreds of thousands of deported families, particularly children, but also spouses who are United States citizens. They are unable to return to the land of their birth simply because the breadwinner in their family has no visa.
21:14
The United States economy benefits from the presence of immigrants without visas in yet other ways. The US economizes on the expenses for health, education, and whatever vocational training the immigrant worker receives prior to joining the labor force. The US bears neither the expenses of youth nor of old age, for when one worker without visa is too old, no longer profitable enough, he is deported to the country of origin or simply denied Social Security benefits.
21:43
Immigrant workers, particularly the ones without documents, represent not only a great saving for the US capitalist society at large, but also for the individual capitalists who employs them. In the Southwest, agribusineses has been based in great part on the supply of workers without visas as a source of cheap labor. In more recent years, industry and business in the urban areas have also been taking advantage of the worker without papers, by paying them substandard wages. It is the lowest of the lowest paid jobs, the most arduous, the dirtiest, and the most undesirable to which the immigrant, particularly the one without papers, is assigned.
22:25
Corona and Torres said that in many industries where machines have displaced highly paid workers, these companies have also introduced the use of immigrant Mexican and other Latin American workers without visas at the lowest of wages to perform the rationalized operations that then feed the automated ones. They contend that companies are not interested in automating the very dangerous, unhealthy, or backbreaking jobs when they can pay meager wages for them.
22:52
Many employers hire these workers knowing full well their legal status. When they don't bend to his particular whims, the employer calls the immigration agents. If demand slackens and he must cut his workforce, the employer might withhold wages for a while. When the workers become restive. However, he'll call the immigration service and thus avoid further payment. The bosses can hire these workers for a 10 to 14 hour day for as little as a $1.00 to a $1.30 an hour.
23:21
Corona and Torres say that corporations and government place the blame for the ills of the nation on the immigrant, particularly the illegal one. Some trade unions, adopting this line of reasoning as their own, further argue that these workers block the organizing of unions in industries where they predominate. This is true. These workers are a source of cheap labor for the employer. So long as they remain unorganized, they do exert pressures on the wages of all other workers.
23:49
Some unions have sought an easy way out. They've ignored shops with large concentrations of workers without visas. In some cases, they report them to immigration agents. These unions reject these workers on the pretext that their vulnerability makes them good prey for employers who want to break a strike.
24:07
The approach of the United Farm Workers and other progressive unions has been to include the immigrant without papers in union membership and strike activity. In Hawaii, the International Longshoremen's and Warehouse Men's Union defended foreign workers, Filipinos, Okinawans, Japanese, and other Asians from deportation and the threat of it by plantation owners. The union also used natives of these countries as organizers who would travel with the migrant stream during the on and the off season. It was the only way the union could shield itself against the employer's encroachment and promote unity within this labor pool all year long.
24:49
As recently as last year, the United Farm Workers successfully applied the same tactic during the Yuma organizing strike drive along the Arizona, Baja California border. Here, the union convinced Mexican workers not to scab, and from among them, recruited some of the best organizers for the duration of the strike.
25:07
Coupled with welcoming these workers into the ranks of labor, these unions and community groups argue that a national drive, such as being spearheaded by the Center for Autonomous Social Action, must be given full support by labor and other sections of the population for rejection of laws that restrict the rights of immigrants. They contend that anti-scab legislation is the key to guaranteeing the rights of those and all other workers. Otherwise, the employer will inevitably use workers without documents, who may already be disenchanted with a union that doesn't care for their wellbeing, against the rest of the workforce.
25:43
Immigrants traditionally feel that they have the right to fight for their existence anywhere on the globe. "Mexicans," continues Corona, "don't view their presence here in any way as an intrusion. Mexican families in the United States are descendants of those who colonized, peopled, and developed what is known as the American Southwest long before 1776."
26:09
They ended their article with a warning. "We see the revival of an anti-alien hysteria and jingoism that seeks to place the blame upon Mexican and other Latin American workers for the loss of jobs that have been brought about by automation, termination of certain war contracts, defense spending shifts, space contract cutbacks, and runaway shops, the importation of goods from low wage countries, the closing down of not so profitable operations, and the accompanying lack of planning for the future fate of the workers that are displaced. The allegations against immigrant workers," Corona and Torres charge, "are a phony escape valve to further divide workers, to confuse them, and to divert them from taking joint action against the real culprits, the businesses for which they work."
26:54
The immigration service's recent crackdown on illegal aliens is further described in an article from the New York, Daily World. The article describes the experiences of farm worker and United States citizen Armando Muñoz, who was deported from Florida and sent to Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula. After two months of frequent cold and sleepless nights, and a 1,200 mile journey, Muñoz reached Matamoros just across the border from Texas, where he called relatives. They hurried across the border with Muñoz's birth certificate, proving his US citizenship and took him back to Texas.
27:32
Muñoz is now suing the immigration service for $25,000 in damages. Munoz's experience is typical of what happens yearly to thousands of US citizens, permanent residents, and workers without visas of Mexican origin, who are whisked across the border without a hearing when they cannot produce documents on the spot.
27:52
Some observers see the recent flurry of activity on the part of the immigration service as being prompted by disclosures of corruption. Top immigration officials and Attorney General Kleindienst are among those who have been implicated in cases of corruption, first disclosed by the New York Times. 11 persons, including seven immigration officers, have so far been indicted by the Department of Justice.
28:15
The federal investigation found that at least one high official is engaged in illegal activity at every major point of entry along the 2,000 mile United States Mexican border. The investigation reveals that immigration officials smuggle drugs and immigrants and sell false documents. Some have raped Mexican women or have traded entry documents for the women's sexual favors. When in their custody, workers without visas who refuse to do their bidding or answer questions have been beaten with lead weighted gloves. In collusion with employers, immigration officials have robbed workers of their wages by conducting a raid just before pay time, in return, receiving cash, or other kinds of payoff.
28:56
The information for this report was drawn from The Guardian, the Daily World, the New York Times, and the World Trade Union Magazine.
LAPR1973_07_05
15:04
This week's feature deals with recent events in Chile. A recent Associated Press article summed up the Chilean situation, reporting on the resignation of several ministers as part of a political shift taking place. President Salvador Allende is moving towards less military participation in his government after revolt and attempt attempted coup by several low ranking rightist officers. About 100 members of the second armed regiment assaulted the defense ministry and presidential palace with tanks and automatic weapons. The gunfire killed 22 and wounded 34 other people, mostly civilians.
15:42
Although the revolt was easily squelched with the aid of the higher ranking military who feel a commitment to defend the Constitution, Allende decided to form a new cabinet without the participation of the armed forces. Much of the political tension leading up to this crisis arose from the controversial strike of the copper miners at Chile's biggest mine.
16:03
The strike lasted 76 days and cost Chile an estimated $60 million in lost production. Strike related violence also cost two lives and resulted in injuries to more than 100 persons. There was a great deal of controversy over the way the Allende regime professing a socialist ideology should handle disputes with their constituency, the workers. Related to this was debate over the validity of the miner's claims. While critics such as Hugo Blanco, well known South American revolutionary writing for Intercontinental Press Service, supported the minor's claims, others have been severely critical of what they term "elitist demands".
16:43
In a recent interview, David Barkin of the City College of New York questioned fellow economist Andrew Zimbalist. Zimbalist recently returned from Chile where he had been working with a government planning agency, effectively points out some of the difficulties and sides with the government. Subsequent to this interview, the minors did in fact accept a government settlement and have returned to work. However, the Chilean economy has been severely damaged. In the following interview, Zimbalist and Barkan examined the reasons for the strike as well as its political implications. This interview comes to us from Chilean newsletter produced by the What's Happening in Chile Group in New York City.
17:23
We've been reading a lot in the New York Times about the Chilean labor problems and especially the strike at El Teniente copper mine, one of the largest copper mines in the world. Most especially, we've read about a lot of violence and the fact that copper exports from Chile have been stopped because of these events. Could you comment on the coverage of those events by the New York Times and tell us a little more about what's happening?
17:51
Sure. True to form, the New York Times has succeed in completely distorting the events at this of the copper Strike. The two articles that I read this past week on the strike failed to mention what seems to me to be the most fundamental aspects. One, that it is a strike instigated by the right. Two, that the demands that the right are raising are completely illegitimate, which is to say that they're asking for that the workers of El Teniente receive a 150% readjustment for the rate of inflation when all the other workers in the country are receiving 100%.
18:26
And this would be to make the most privileged sector of workers in Chile, even more privileged. The government has, and is one of the first governments to do this in Chile, guaranteed a 100% to everybody, so nobody is hurt by inflation. The right has taken advantage of this and is trying to claim that the workers at El Teniente should get 150%, an outrageous demand not justifiable on any terms. The New York Times article did not mention this.
18:51
The other thing, and perhaps even more egregious, that the New York Times article did not mention is that today only 20% of the workers at El Teniente are on strike. 80% are working. And the workers that are on strike are workers that are in the opposition to the government, they're administrative workers, they're white collar workers, and they're not the blue collar workers. Even though the New York Times article says that this is creating a conflict between the government and the blue collar workers of the country.
19:17
The fact that it's the white collar workers that are on strike, that makes the current episode very strikingly similar to the episode last October when the truck drivers were on strike and the New York Press or the United States Press in general made it seem like it was a workers strike, when in fact it was owners of the trucks which initiated the strike, which was taking place in Chile. Is the parallel correct in looking at the current event in light of what happened last October, and can you tell us a little about why the right has chosen the copper mines as the object of their strike?
20:02
The parallel is the following that the right in October for 30 days orchestrated a general strike. The strike was a failure because it didn't have worker support. 99% of the white and blue collar workers in the country were working. The right this time around, more determined than ever, has decided that the only way they're going to get a general strike to work is to divide the working class, and they're trying to do that by using those sectors of the white collar workers where they have some support to support a political strike, and this is what they're doing.
20:33
They've tried to do that at El Teniente and they succeeded to some extent. They tried to do it at Chuquicamata, which is the other large copper mine in the north and other copper mines. In fact, labor leaders of El Teniente traveled several hundred miles to these other mines to try to instigate these strikes. They failed. They're also trying, of course, to do it in other industrial sectors, but to date have also failed. Now the second part of your question was related to—
21:01
Why they've chosen the mines themselves as the object?
21:05
Yeah, the other part of their strategy having a general strike is to affect the sector of the economy that is most vital to the economy. Copper accounts for 80% of the export earnings of Chile, or 80% of the dollars that Chile earns comes from copper. And El Teniente incidentally produces something of 50% of the copper in the country, a little bit less perhaps.
21:25
Now, Chile doesn't have the dollars to import the raw materials and the imports they need for production, and they need a lot of them because their industry has to date or up until the end, they've been based upon foreign capital and foreign technology and to service that technology, they need inputs that aren't producing the country. So if they don't have the dollars to buy those input and if they don't have the dollars to buy the food that's necessary to feed the population and other items, then the economy approaches chaos, and this is what the right is trying to do.
21:53
They're trying to create the situation of chaos to justify a military intervention which would supersede Allende. Now, there's no indication at the present that the military is disposed to do this, but the right goes ahead with the strategy of creating more and more chaos. This general strike has cost Chile some 30 million in dollars, in foreign exchange earnings. If the strike continues, it will cost them more if they generate sympathy strikes in other parts of the country amongst the white collar workers who are already in the opposition, and I should point out that somewhat around 20% of the workers in Chile are in the opposition to the government, and these workers almost universally turn out to be white collar workers, and the blue collar workers in almost a %100 of them are supporting the government.
22:40
So if the right does succeed in dividing the workers, some of the white collars from the mass of the workers, and continues to generate the sabotage, then they are hoping that the situation will call for a military intervention saying that the situation is unsalvageable in any other way. And this would of course usurp Allende's powers.
23:00
These sorts of economic problems which are being generated by a small segment of the labor force must be having repercussions throughout the rest of the country. Could you comment on that a little?
23:14
Well, as I say, they've tried, they've gone to the other mines, they've gone to other industries. They're generating other sorts of economic chaos from the black market, controlling distribution mechanisms. In fact, at El Teniente, as a means of sabotage, they've blockaded the road to the mines for the workers. The 80% that want to work have been blockaded. They've been terrorized. They've in fact blown up several factories—a factory in Concepcion that was completely destroyed.
23:42
They've intercepted distribution of industrial inputs. They intercepted, for example, during the strike of October, which was the planting season in Chile. They intercepted the distribution of seed and fertilizers, which lowered the agricultural production this year, and of course, food is a basic item, and there's no better way to make people revolt against the government than to starve them. Now, they haven't succeeded fortunately in doing that, but the strategy is to raise the level of the sabotage and raise the level of the disturbance so that there would be no other alternative but to have a military intervention.
24:17
When you talk about this industrial sabotage and problems of the white collar workers, you're talking about a very special echelon of the labor force. What about the other groups, the large members of blue collar workers, the rest of the labor force, which is in fact trying to fight this? We read about conflicts between the workers and we read even about workers being killed. Could you comment about that in the light of this?
24:48
Well, the only thing to say is that the great majority, the great great majority, and it has to be over 95% of the blue collar workers are supporting the government. Several months ago, there was a march in favor of the government and from the headquarters of the Christian Democratic Party, which is an opposition party, came some shots and killed a blue collar worker. Methods of terrorism. They'll resort to anything to try to divide workers, to scare workers. And I would say that it's going to be very hard for them to divide the blue collar workers, very hard for them to take them away from supporting the government.
25:24
This must be causing substantial sacrifices then, for the blue collar workers. I mean it's substantial problem for them, specifically if they're being prevented from going to their work at the mines, for example.
25:37
At El Teniente there are serious problems. On the whole, everybody's experiencing more problems than Chile, but we can say without hesitation that the blue collar workers today in Chile are eating much, much better. They're consuming 20% more. They have better housing, they have better facilities, better plumbing, electricity where they haven't had it before. In the factories they have medical centers, in the factories they have dental centers, in the factories they have libraries, they have cultural groups. In short, they have everything. They have a lot of things that they never had before and are very satisfied.
26:13
Nevertheless, the present crisis does add up to a great many political problems for the Allende government. To what extent is there any external participation in this current political crisis, this Chilean play of power, and is the United States involved in any way in this internal power play?
26:41
Yeah, it's very hard to see the CIA. There is indirect evidence that they're doing something. For instance, during the general strike of October, curiously, a very large amount of dollars entered the country that wasn't accounted for either by increasing exports or by loans or whatever. And one noticed this because the exchange rate for the dollar or the dollar in relationship to the escudo became much less valuable, and that only happens through the situation of supply and demand when you have more dollars.
27:13
And it was very clear then that the United States or somebody, some conduit was funneling dollars to support the strike, to support the truckers in October, the same thing is happening now. There are sorts then of this indirect evidence, but we know more directly that in Bolivia there are Brazilian and Bolivian troops mounting on the Chilean border, at which point or if they'll ever intervene. If they'll ever invade Chile, we don't know, but they're preparing to do that. We don't know if they would initiate a conflict or jump in once a conflict had been started.
27:46
One last short question, and that is these international and in internal political events which are occurring in Chile leave most of us in America in a quandary. How do we get the sort of information or how can we reinterpret the sort of information that is available in such a way that would permit us to understand better what's happening in Chile? Are there any sources of news outside the United States which might be available here? For example, the European Press. Is the European press reporting it differently and better?
28:21
Well, I'm living in Chile. I'm not all that familiar with the European Press. There are papers like Le Monde, which are in French, that report better, of course. But I can say that in New York City, there's The Guardian. And there's very good coverage in The Guardian. There's good coverage in The Nation. I understand, of course, that's not a daily paper. I would say for weekly reports on Chile, The Guardian is fine.
28:44
Thank you very much. We've been speaking with Andrew Zimbalist, who is in from Chile, where he's been working on problems of economic development in the present government of Salvador Allende.
LAPR1973_07_12
07:44
The Miami Herald reports that 30 years of democracy in Uruguay have ended in a military-backed coup by the current president Juan Bordaberry. The demise of the Switzerland of the Americas, reputed for years to be Latin America's most progressive country, has been a slow and lengthy process. Gradual Errosion of the country's economic position, runaway inflation, which reached nearly 100% last year, widespread popular opposition to governmental policies, increasing thirst for power on the part of the military, and a gradual eradication of all civil rights, these were the prelude to the events of late June.
08:22
The Manchester Guardian claimed that the response to the deterioration of government in Uruguay was to be found in increased workers' militancy, the longstanding successes and popular support won by the Tupamaros guerrilla group, the high percentage of the vote pulled by the leftist Broad Front coalition in the 1971 elections, the constant exposure and public outcry at scandals in the government, and the increased use of torture and United States developed military and police technology, which failed to either eradicate the revolutionary opposition or to satisfy demands for more effective government.
08:59
Bordaberry was driven to take a drastic step. On June 27th, he dissolved Congress. Public response came in the form of a general strike, which continues to virtually paralyze the country. Industrial production has ceased, banks have shut down, public and private transportation has come to a standstill.
09:18
To counter this popular resistance, says the Manchester Guardian, Bordaberry, in a move without precedent in Uruguayan history, declared that the country's largest and most powerful labor union shall be henceforth illegal. The leadership of the National Workers Convention went immediately underground. It is known that the government has issued a list of 52 union leaders who are to be arrested on site.
09:42
Still, the general strike continues. Despite efforts by the military and some technicians to reopen the most vital plants, striking workers have been threatened with being fired and being inducted into the army. Many have been rounded up and are being held in a large football stadium.
09:58
La Nación of Bueno Aires comments that the battle between Bordaberry and the Congress has been a long one. Congress has been fighting off its own demise since February of this year. At that time, the army intervened in the government process to force Bordaberry to set up a council of national security to be controlled by three top military officers. In March, when Congress reopened, Bordaberry proposed anti-union legislation and the institution of new security measures. He also demanded the lifting of parliamentary immunity from two opposition senators.
10:34
Congressional hearings on one of these congressmen, Enrique Erro, continued throughout April and May. Erro contended that the attack against him was motivated by his documented charges that the military had carried out illegal arrests, tortures, and murders against members of the opposition. He also uncovered evidence of US involvement in these activities. The senators refused to revoke Erros' immunity, and in the face of their opposition, the alliance between Bordaberry and the military became stronger. In April, Bordaberry appointed three military commanders in chief as official advisors to the president, and the Council for National Security began investigating and firing school teachers and principals whom they considered too liberal.
11:17
By early June, the crisis was coming to a head. Members of the opposition parties boycotted the meetings of the legislature to prevent passage of Bordaberry's repressive legislation. And on June 27th, he ordered the military to surround the congressional palace and then dissolved Congress.
11:35
Excélsior of Mexico City comments, "Those who hope for nationalist progressive solutions, somewhat along the lines of the current Peruvian government, were disappointed. The younger and more progressive officers were outmaneuvered by the Army's nationalist conservative wing, who have consistently called for a more authoritarian regime and who are reputed to have been preparing Parliament's demise for the past six months, through the Army Intelligence Unit."
12:03
"Since the decree, the country has been in turmoil. Daily activity has been brought to a halt by the general strike. A large woman's march through Montevideo to Constitution Square, in protest of the suspension of Congress, was disbanded by police and tanks. Bands of youths hurled stones at public buses, defying the strike, at least one of the youths was killed by the police." This report compiled from the Miami Herald, the Manchester Guardian, La Nación of Buenos Aires, and Mexico City's Excélsior.
12:36
Uruguay's president, Juan Bordaberry, now vested with dictatorial powers, discussed the causes which motivated him to dissolve the Uruguayan Parliament in an exclusive interview with a correspondent of the Argentine daily La Nación. In the interview, Bordaberry stressed his conviction that despite certain similarities with the Brazilian military regime, his government's newly assumed stance is "strictly Uruguayan."
13:02
Bordaberry denied any imitation of Brazilian political practices on the part of his government, but he admitted to a certain sympathy for the Brazilian regime and stated that both governments share a common desire for democracy against communism. Referring to his recent visit to Argentina for the inauguration of the new Peronist president, Hector Campora, Bordaberry denied that angry crowds had shouted "murderer", "torturer" to him as he passed by.
13:28
The proposed constitutional reform, according to Bordaberry, will have as its primary goal the limitation of parliamentary power in order to prevent its encroachment on the power of the executive. "Such a procedure, he added, is in line with all modern constitutions." In light of the current political events in the country, Bordaberry indicated that the population is not up to an electoral campaign. Consequently, the constitutional plebiscite will be postponed until the national elections in 1976. This interview is translated from La Nación of Buenos Aires.
15:07
Our feature this week is a commentary on Latin American art, taken from a recent book by Jean Franco called "The Modern Culture of Latin America".
15:17
An intense social concern has been the characteristic of Latin American art for the last 150 years. Literature and even painting and music have played a social role, with the artists acting as teacher, guide, and conscience of his country. The Latin American has generally viewed art as an expression of the artist's whole self, a self which is living in a society and which therefore has a collective as well as an individual concern. On the other hand, the idea of the moral neutrality or the purity of art has had relatively little impact.
15:49
In countries like those of Latin America, where national identity is still in the process of definition and where social and political problems are both huge and inescapable, the artist's sense of responsibility towards society needs no justification. Generally, movements in the arts have not grown out of a previous movement, but have arisen in response to factors external to art. A new social situation defines the position of the artist, who then improvises or borrows a technique to suit his purpose.
16:19
Ms. Franco's book is a careful study of these changes in the artist's attitude to society and the way that this is expressed in literature and, to some extent, the other arts. She begins her analysis with the year 1888, the year of the publication of an influential volume of poetry by Ruben Dario, the leader of Latin America's first native artistic movement, known as modernism.
16:40
Modernist is a term used to characterize many diverse writers, such as Nicaraguan Ruben Dario, the Cuban Jose Marti, and the Colombian, Jose Silva. All of these writers had a great deal in common. The type of society the modernist hated above all was contemporary bourgeois society. This may seem strange, since Spanish America was only at the margin of industrial and capital expansion.
17:06
Yet the poets did not have to see dark satanic mills on their doorsteps to realize that a new and disturbing force was looming over them. The cash nexus, destructive of all other human relations, was what the artist most feared. Indeed, many of the prose pieces written by the modernists are in the nature of allegories about the relation of the artist to a materialist society. The poet's hatred of the materialism of his age was often to remain exclusively verbal.
17:33
But there were very many different shades of social involvement. From Dario's aloofness to the militant commitment of Jose Marti, a dedicated fighter for Cuban independence, nothing could be further from an elite attitude than these words of Marti. "Poetry is the work both of the bard and of the people who inspire him. Poetry is durable when it is the work of all. Those who understand it are as much its authors as those who make it. To thrill all hearts by the vibrations of your own, you must have the germs and inspirations of humanity. Above all, you must live among a suffering people."
18:10
After this early period, characterized by a real or symbolic rebellion, came an intense concern with culture rather than politics. A new influential movement known as Arielism took its name from an essay by Uruguayan Rodo, in which he emphasized the spirituality of Latin American culture, especially when contrasted with the vulgar neighbors to the north, the United States. There was an emphasis on original native culture and efforts to revive the memories of heros of the past.
18:41
After the first World War, the Latin American intellectuals began to seek some roots in the cultures of the Indian and the Negro, and in the land itself, alternative values to those of a European culture, which seemed on the verge of disintegration. Literature about Indians and Latin America was to have two distinct functions. One was to fulfill a direct social purpose by arousing a general awareness of the plight of submerged sections of the population. The other was to set up the values of Indian culture and civilization as an alternative to European values.
19:15
This tenancy found its best expression in Mexico, where the world famous muralists Diego Rivera, Orozco, Siqueiros, and O'Gorman revived mythological Indian figures with very beautiful and innovative techniques. The Negro tradition expressed itself in the 1920s within Cuba and fostered a great deal of literature, as well as music. This trend towards more native emphasis in Latin America was a very important stage of development. At its most superficial, it was a gesture of defiance towards Europe and the United States. At its best, it did justice to hitherto ignored, if not disparaged segments of the population.
19:56
In the 1920s, the world gradually began to divide into the hostile political camps of communism and fascism. Political concern was almost unavoidable. Whether such concern would be reconciled with the pursuit of art was another matter. Some intellectuals became militants and abandoned their painting or poetry. Some put their art to the service of a message. A few attempted to find a form of art which would universalize their political concern.
20:21
In Latin America, many communists and socialist parties were founded and run by the artists and intellectuals. The most outstanding example was the Mexican Communist Party, which had, at one time, no less than three painters, Rivera, Siqueiros, and Guerrero on its executive committee. In Peru, the socialist party was founded by an intellectual, Mariategui. In 1936, the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War drew many more writers and artists into the left-wing ranks, and prompted middle-class intellectuals to join with workers and peasants.
20:54
Of all the poets and authors involved in this political reawakening, Pablo Neruda, the Chilean poet, succeeded most in bringing political elements into poetry without sacrificing originality or creative depth. While arguing that poetry should not be separated from everyday life, but rather should be impure, as he put it, "corroded as if by an acid, by the toil of the hand, impregnated with sweat and smoke, smelling of urine and lilies". He still managed, as is obvious from the quote, to use very striking and beautiful imagery.
21:29
The novelists of the early 20th century also show political concern, but are preoccupied with such philosophical and ethical issues as authenticity. Carlos Fuentes and Juan Rufo in Mexico both struggled with the problems of the Mexican consciousness. Ms. Franco writes, "In the modern novel, revolution is no longer seen as a total solution. At best, it is only an essential first step. The real battle, it has suggested, is now within the human mind and particularly within the minds of the upper and middle classes, whose failure to construct a reasonable society is one of the tragedies of Latin America."
22:04
For a century and a half, the republics of Latin America have been following different paths. Mexico has undergone a social revolution. Paraguay has lived under a series of dictators. Argentina's population has been transformed by immigration from Europe. Obviously, such factors have their repercussions in the continent's literature, which besides common Latin American features, has also specifically Argentinian, Mexican, or Paraguayan characteristics.
22:32
These local variants are not necessarily political. The incidents of illiteracy, the presence of a large rural population also affect the artistic environment. This does not mean that socially underdeveloped countries do not produce good literature, but simply that in such places the artist's task is lonelier and more difficult.
22:51
Most countries in Latin America have experienced political oppression during the present century, and in many, the condition has been constant. Contemporary literature abounds with the personal testimonies of men who have been imprisoned and persecuted by dictators. In many countries, the problem of oppression is much wider than the immediate physical consequences. The writer suffers from the much slower torments of frustration, lack of freedom to write as he wishes, and a crushing intellectual environment. To be born and grow up in a Latin American dictatorship is, to use the words of Asturias, "to be born into a tomb".
23:27
Two outstanding writers, Augusto Roa Bastos and Miguel Angel Asturias, the first from Paraguay and the second from Guatemala, have succeeded in gaining an international reputation, despite the inhibitions of their background. Asturias' book, Men of Corn, traces the dispossession of the Indians and the commercialization of agriculture. Roa Bastos' short story, "The Excavation", presents a nightmare of frustration in which those who rebel against the status quo are shamelessly murdered. The works of such writers as Asturias and Roa Bastos only serve to emphasize the tragic waste of human potential inherent in a dictatorship. These problems are particularly relevant to the Brazilian situation today, where a censorship of all printed and electronic media is unlimited.
24:15
Latin American intellectuals have always been intrigued with the subject of revolution. The Mexican experience of 1910 is very prominent in the literature and art of the last decades. The Cuban Revolution has also had a great effect on national cultural life. Although the changes in the political and social life of Cuba are still too recent for a solid judgment to be formed, the revolution of 1959 changed the social structure of Cuba. Most of the upper class and many of the middle and professional classes left the island.
24:45
A vigorous campaign against illiteracy has brought into being a new amass readership, encouraged to write and help to publish by the official Union of Artists and Writers, and by the prizes offered by the Casa de las Americas, which acts as a cultural clearinghouse. Book production has enormously increased, and there are now available cheap editions of many Cuban and Latin American classics.
25:09
In a 1961 speech to intellectuals, Castro guaranteed freedom of literary expression, declaring, "Within the revolution, everything, outside the revolution, nothing," a guarantee that was repeated by other leading intellectuals and which has allowed a remarkable variety of styles. Unlike Soviet writing, realism has not been the only permitted style. Science fiction, fantasy, and black humor are all common. Within the first 10 years, the struggle in Cuba has not meant the sacrifice of spontaneity and variety. It'll be interesting to see whether, in time, totally new art forms will emerge.
25:46
To declare one's self an artist in Latin America has frequently involved conflict with society. In the 19th century, the artist was divided from most of his fellow countrymen because of his culture and upbringing. As we have seen, the majority of 19th century reformers were also political fighters dedicated to reforming their society. It was only towards the end of the century, with modernism, that it was even suggested that art might be more important than the political struggle.
26:13
This did not mean that they had given up on social programs. On the contrary, the modernist ideal of society was the exact contrary of the vulgar materialism, which they regarded as the symptom of the age, and their way of life was a protest against those who were uncritical of bourgeois values. Without abandoning ideals of culture and refinement, the Arielist generation saw itself as moral leader. The artist put his faith in education and in the written word as a means of changing society.
26:42
However, ultimately, neither the written word or education was effective. The Arielist generation was overtaken by a rising tide of unrest, by the shattering impact of world events such as the Russian and Mexican revolutions and the First World War. The post-war generation was no longer in a position to feel superior. The masses had become a power to be reckoned with. The intellectual was therefore obliged either to regard himself as an ally of the masses, a helper in their cause, or if he could not do this, he tended to stand aside, proclaiming that politics and social reform belonged to a world of appearances.
27:20
At any rate, there are many signs that Latin American literature has come of age. Two Nobel Prizes in the last five years have gone to Latin Americans, Miguel Angel Asturias of Guatemala, and Pablo Neruda of Chile. The work of these two men effectively summarizes many of Ms. Franco's points about Latin America and the artist's social concerns. Asturias' most famous series of novels deals with the role of foreign banana companies in his native country, and Neruda's verse is an enthusiastic witness to the success of the new Chilean regime.
LAPR1973_07_19
15:05
This week's feature will be a reenactment of an interview between representatives of the Santiago paper, Chile Hoy, and the Cuban President Dorticos.
15:16
Mr. President, in the past few years in Latin America, there have been several types of revolutionary change, the military nationalism of Peru, the Chilean elections, the semi-peaceful taking of power in Argentina. My question is why do you think the guerrilla tactics which characterized the '60s, as for instance, Che's campaign in Bolivia, have been replaced by other revolutionary tactics?
15:40
I think the guerrilla campaign of the '60s had a direct effect on what is happening now despite the fact that the guerrilla campaign did not result in any military victories. The moral and political strengths of these campaigns is affecting not only those struggling with arms, but all revolutionaries with its example of revolutionary dedication, and this influence is tremendous. The presence of Che, which I saw in my recent trip to Argentina among the people, Che's original homeland, his figure, his thoughts, his humanism, his example is greater now than during his guerrilla campaign.
16:10
To discount the influence of Che's actions on Latin America today is to discount a driving force in the hearts of Latin American people. Of course, this does not mean that all the revolutionary struggles have to follow the tactics of guerrilla's struggle which Che promoted. His greatest influence was his example, his conduct, his revolutionary will, and today, for example, it was with great personal satisfaction and profound emotion that I heard the Argentinian people improvising a slogan which, despite the habituation coming from years of revolutionary struggle, brought tears to my eyes. The slogan which I heard every day in Argentina was, "He is near. He is near. Che is here." This slogan is a perfect example of what I was saying.
16:50
The triumph of the Cuban revolution is definitely a great turning point in the revolutionary process in Latin America. People have said that Cuba can be a showcase or trigger for socialism in Latin America. What is Cuba's role given the current realities in Latin America's revolutionary process?
17:08
Its main contribution is to provide an example, an example of unbending and resolute spirit.
17:15
Mr. President, certain groups have suggested that the friendly relations between the USSR and Cuba are actually a form of dependency. It's true that, in the past, there were differences in the Cuban and Soviet perspectives, differences which today seem to have largely disappeared. We'd be interested in hearing why these differences have disappeared and what is the current state of relations between the Soviet Union and Cuba.
17:40
There has been a detente, and the relations between Cuba and the Soviet Union are better now than they ever have been. To speak of Cuban dependency with respect to the Soviet Union, however, is to make the grave errors of confusing imperialism with cooperation between a developed socialist country and an underdeveloped socialist one. One must look at the economic trade patterns and contrast the way Russia has related to us and the way the United States had related to us.
18:04
If we look at the economic aspects of the relations, we can see that the Soviet Union's aid has been one of the main basis for Cuban development and survival. Looking back to the first few months of the revolution, when we lost the American sugar market, there was the Soviet market to take its place. When the blockade started by the United States cut off the flow of oil from countries aligned with the United States, there was Soviet oil. During these years, regardless of how relations between the two countries were going on, even when there were disagreements, as you mentioned, Soviet economic aid kept coming without interruption.
18:38
Today, this economic aid has qualitatively improved. Entire sectors of our economy have been developed with the economic and technical cooperation of the Soviet Union and, thanks to this aid, new industrial plants will be built, and transportation and energy production will be expanded. These new plants will be Cuban plants, not Soviet ones, not plants indebted to foreign countries.
18:58
In addition, the Russians have made it possible for the development of the nickel and textile industries, the modernization and expansion of our sugar industry and countless other projects, and all this has been done in the context of mutual respect and absolute equality in the political relations between two sovereign governments.
19:16
With reference to the United States, which you've mentioned, what are the changes which Cuba would require before some form of dialogue or negotiations could take place concerning relations between the two countries?
19:27
Before even dialogue can take place, there is one condition, that the imperialist United States government unilaterally end its blockade of Cuba, a blockade which it started and it must end. Until that happens, there won't be even any dialogue. If that occurs at some time in the future, we would then begin discussions of problems common to all of Latin America and the United States. We would not merely discuss bilateral affairs concerning only Cuba and the United States, but we would have to discuss it in the context of US relations to Latin America, generally.
19:57
Looking at things from a purely pragmatic point of view, once the blockade has been unilaterally ended by the United States, we might be interested in a broad range of economic relations, including entrance into the American market and economic and technical cooperation. This in no way would involve Cuba's revolutionary government surrendering its revolutionary principles or giving in on any conditions which it might wish to establish, but we would not limit ourselves to this. For the discussions to be fruitful, we would have to discuss not only Cuba, but Latin America and the end of the United States' jerendent role in Latin America generally.
20:33
One way of uniting Latin America so it could negotiate with the United States might be an organization such as the one which Chile has proposed. In the last OAS meeting, a wholly new Latin American organization excluding the United States was proposed. What is Cuba's position with respect to such an organization?
20:52
First of all, we believe, as we've stated before, that the extant Organization of American States is undergoing a grave and insoluble crisis. Cuba will not return to the Organization of American States. We respect and even feel that some countries' suggestions for reforming the Organization of American States are a positive step, but we feel that the OAS as an institution, with the presence of the United States government in its very heart, is not the ideal means for Latin America to shape its future.
21:23
We do not belong to this organization, and we feel that a Latin American organization must be created with the participation also of the English-speaking Caribbean nations, which could then collectively form a united front to negotiate with the United States and defend Latin American interests with respect to American imperialism.
21:41
Does it seem to you that Nixon, if he survives Watergate, will be able to initiate such discussions at some time in the future, or do you feel that it will be necessary to continue to exercise revolutionary patience?
21:54
We should not speak of speed or hurrying. Revolutionary theory teaches us to be patient and also impatient, and knowing how to reconcile the one with the other is what constitutes a tactical wisdom of a revolutionary.
22:07
The diplomatic blockade of Cuba is falling apart. It has even been suggested that other governments such as Venezuela's, for example, might establish relations with Cuba in the near future. This could present an apparent contradiction with the internal policies of these countries. What is the Cuban position with respect to this problem, that is, with respect to reestablishing relations with governments which defy imperialism, but which do not have progressive policies at home and which may even repress their own people?
22:37
We have made it clear before that we are not interested in having relations with the countries of Latin America for the mere sake of having relations. However, we feel that reestablishing relations with Latin American countries can be useful since we agree on the principle of demonstrating our sovereignty with respect to imperialism.
22:55
You mentioned the hypothetical possibility of a government assuming a dignified international position with respect to imperialism while at the same time, in its internal affairs, oppressing or even repressing its people violently. To begin with, it is very hard for me to see how a country could have a correct anti-imperialist position, a dignified international position and at the same time oppress or violently repress its people whether or not revolutionary struggle was occurring.
23:20
That is because an anti-imperialist position cannot be maintained by a government without some changes in internal policies. Thus, internal policies are inevitably linked to international policies, as I have said, regardless of whether or not the country is in the midst of some kind of major change.
23:38
We understand that Prime Minister Castro in his last Mayday speech reaffirmed Cuba's solidarity with revolutionary movements.
23:46
If we didn't reform our solidarity with revolutionary movements, we will be violating our own principles.
23:50
Based on an analysis of the results of the 1970 sugar harvest, the Cuban economy has made great progress. What are the changes which have produced such progress?
24:00
It would take an awfully long time to list all of the changes in our economy, and we should not exaggerate. Our economic growth is of necessity limited due to the underdevelopment of our economy which we inherited, the lack of energy sources, and the difficulties an underdeveloped country has dealing with developed countries, problems such as unequal exchange, which have been mentioned in the economic literature, but obstacles in the way of rapid economic growth.
24:23
What have been the achievements since the 1970 harvest? Some figures can quantitatively measure these achievements. For example, in 1972, the economy grew by 10%. This is an extremely high rate of growth for the 1970s, and this growth rate was achieved despite a poor sugar harvest which resulted from two years of drought and organizational problems galore.
24:44
Despite this and despite the important role sugar plays in our economy, we reached the 10% growth figure. Of course, that means that some sectors of our economy grew even more rapidly. Construction, for instance, was up 40%. Industry, not including sugar refining, was up 15%. For 1973, we have set a goal, which we may or may not achieve, of 17% growth. Looking at the third of this year, we find that the growth rate was 16%. Production of consumer goods has increased, and this has been one of the major factors leading to the financial health of the nation.
25:18
Well, how has it been possible to achieve such growth?
25:22
Basically, it has been possible with the better organization, better planning and, above all, with the help of lots of people. This is not an abstract statement. It is a concrete reality which can be observed in every sector of the economy even where there have been administrative problems or a lack of the proper technology. The workers' efforts have always been present and production quotas have been met and, in some cases, surpassed under conditions which are not at all optimum due to a lack of technicians or materials. These shortages resulted from our distance from the European markets we are forced to trade with.
25:55
Despite our support from socialist countries, they cannot physically supply us with all the capital goods, raw materials and intermediate goods that we need. Thus, we have to make large purchases from capitalist countries, with the resulting heavy loss of foreign exchange. Of course, our foreign exchange depends on our exports, which are limited, sugar, nickel, tobacco, fish and a few other lesser items. We are basically dependent on agriculture which is affected by climate changes.
26:21
Thus, in response to your question, it is the incorporation of the workforce into the economic struggle at a higher level and the awareness of the need for such an effort and then the carrying out of these tasks, often through extraordinary efforts, which have led to this economic growth since Castro's call in his May 1st, 1970 speech..
26:37
Calls have gone up many times before for higher production. Why did the people respond more energetically this time than before?
26:45
In the first place, it was due to the fact that it was crystal clear to many people that efforts had to be made in every sector of the economy and not just in sugar production. In the second place, it was due to the greater participation of mass organizations in economic decisions, in economic process. Finally, it was due to a growth in revolutionary consciousness which now has gone beyond the mere limits of revolutionary emotion and has matured into an awareness of the necessity of building socialism in our country if we want to get what we want.
27:14
According to some analysis, this new economic growth is due to the abandonment of certain principles which the revolution was previously based upon.
27:22
I don't think that's true. What principles are you referring to?
27:25
Well, for instance, the replacement of the principle that consciousness should motivate workers instead of economic incentive in order to increase efficiency.
27:34
It should be made clear that the importance we attribute to revolutionary consciousness has in no way been diminished, but we have noted that certain related factors such as, for example, tying salary to productivity cannot only serve as a material stimulus, but also serves to create and help people understand what is happening. Why does this occur? Because in a socialist society, which is not one of abundance, from the point of view of revolutionary justice, one must conclude that it is immoral and, thus, it does not help create consciousness if one who works less earns the same as one who works more.
28:07
When you pay a worker according to what he has produced, that is, in relation to his productivity, this is both just and consciousness-raising. This is because, through his salary, the worker is being evaluated morally and he is being told that he was socially responsible, will have more than he was not socially responsible. It would be demoralizing and would prevent the raising of consciousness if a worker who worked less, a loafer, earned as much as a good worker. Thus, we are not cutting down the role which revolutionary consciousness should play, but we're aiding and adding new ways of raising revolutionary consciousness.
28:40
Given the larger amounts of goods being offered, do some individuals have more access to these goods than others?
28:48
Yes. They have greater access to un-rationed goods, but everyone gets the same amount of ration to basic goods.
28:53
Why is it that some individuals get more on rationed goods?
28:56
This is related to the remarks I just made linking productivity, the quality and quantity of work to salary, and this is tied to the salary scale.
29:03
You have been listening to a reenactment of an interview between representatives of the Santiago weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Cuban President, Osvaldo Dorticos.
LAPR1973_07_26
00:18
There is growing opposition by Puerto Ricans to announce plans for the construction of a petrochemical super port on their island. Juan Mari Brás, secretary General of the Puerto Rican Socialist Party, was interviewed this month by The Guardian in New York City. The Guardian asked, "Mr. Mari Brás, I believe you are in the US to discuss several questions with the United Nations. One of the main ones being on the construction of a new super port in Western Puerto Rico. Could you discuss the political and economic significance of this project?"
00:50
"There's a project presented by the government development company to install in the western part of Puerto Rico, a super port and refinery complex, with an initial investment of about $1 billion and to eventually reach about $16 billion. That super port would be a station for embarkment and disembark for crude oil coming to the US from the Persian Gulf and other areas of the Middle East.
01:12
There is talk in the US of an energy crisis and the US oil companies want to install a refineries in the loading facilities in North American territory so as to avoid balance of payment problems. They want to have their oil refined and stored somewhere within the US economic framework, but at the same time export the pollution outside the US.
01:31
This super port is conceived and planned to receive supertankers of 200,000 to 1 million tons. The port would threaten human and marine life. That's why the governments of several East Coast states have decided not to allow the installation of such a port in the states. And that's why they're thinking of the Caribbean islands For the establishment of those ports. They seek to take advantage of the fact that there are natural super port facilities in several places in the northwestern part of Puerto Rico, near Aguadilla and the island of Mona, an island 42 miles west of Puerto Rico."
02:03
The Guardian then asked Mari Brás, "What will be the environmental effects of the proposed super port in Puerto Rico?"
02:10
"The establishment of such a super port would be disastrous to the agricultural production and life in the western part of Puerto Rico. It would take something like 20,000 to 50,000 acres in the first stage of the project. Eventually, it would absorb the whole water production of Puerto Rico. It would signify also the replacement of communities that live in all the places where the super port would be installed. It would destroy completely the fishing industry in the western part of the island, and it would prevent the development of light industry in that part of the island. Thus, opposition to this project has been developing in the last few weeks in Puerto Rico."
02:44
"Why are you appealing to the UN on this issue?"
02:48
"We have come to the UN to denounce the project as an attempt to destroy completely the self-determination of the Puerto Rican people. Once the international oil companies established their complexes on Puerto Rico, it is obvious that they will have much greater interest in maintaining the colonial status quo of the island, in view of the large investments of that project.
03:06
We believe this project violates several international principles which are contained in resolutions of the United Nations General Assembly. Such resolutions prohibit administering powers of colonial territories from taking any steps that could undermine the territorial integrity of the colonial territory. That is why we have asked the UN Decolonization Committee to intervene in this question. And specifically to ask the US that while the case of Puerto Rico is being discussed by the Decolonization Committee, it should abstain from establishing that super port and oil complex." This interview by The Guardian from New York.
03:39
Thousands of workers from Puerto Rico marched in mid-July to La Fortaleza, headquarters of Puerto Rico's colonial government, to demand the withdrawal of 3,100 National Guard troops occupying fire stations, power plants, and waterworks throughout the island. As the demonstration reached its destination, colonial Governor, Hernández Colón, was lifted out of La Fortaleza by helicopter and military reinforcements were sent into the area.
04:09
The Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina, reported from Puerto Rico that Governor, Hernández Colón, declared a state of emergency in the face of strikes by sanitary workers, firemen, electric power and water service employees. And had ordered the National Guard to break through the picket lines and maintain the service.
04:25
In a later dispatch, the Puerto Rican weekly Claridad stated that the colonial government has begun to withdraw the nearly 5,000 National Guardsmen called in to break strikes by 9,000 public service workers here. Striking firemen and electrical power and water workers returned to the job last week. Their nine-day strike coincided with dozens of other labor conflicts that nearly paralyzed the island's economy and required the government to call in the National Guard for the first time since 1950.
04:57
Claridad claims that scores of guard officers, noncoms and soldiers will be tried for failure to take their post during the recent mobilization. The guard command also announced that about 1500 soldiers will remain on active duty for several more days in different tasks. The firemen returned to work with a number of their demands having been met. All criminal charges and court orders against the firemen and their militant leadership have been dropped.
05:21
The government also agreed to commit $230,000 for personal safety equipment and to replace firetruck more than 10 years old. A special commission to study the workers' demands was set up and must report within three months. A spokesman for the union said, "If the commission comes back with a report adverse to the demands of the workers, then we'll go out on strike again." This report from the Puerto Rican Weekly Claridad.
11:58
The unsuccessful attempt at a military coup against the Chilean government June 29th has provoked a series of responses in this country that still totters on the brink of generalized violence. The Santiago Weekly Chile Hoy reports that as a court-martial continues investigating the rebellion, hundreds of factories are presently being occupied by the one-million-strong Chilean Workers Federation. Rumors of more unrest in the military abound and the opposition Christian Democrats and National Party members are claiming that the workers have been armed by the government and organized into a Marxian people's army.
12:34
"On the morning of June 29th," says Chile Hoy, "as rebel tank units were firing on the presidential palace, President Allende called upon the workers to occupy all the country's industrial enterprises. This call was immediately carried out as worker committees organized a seizure and administration of factories throughout the country. The occupation order is still in effect, and as this is being written, it is fair to say that every major industry in Chile is now in the hands of the workers with only a few exceptions. Before the attempt attempted coup, some 285 companies were in state hands. Today, approximately 600 are being occupied and nationalized."
13:15
When Allende was asked in a July 6th press conference what the government was planning to do with hundreds of illegally occupied factories, he replied that, "Each case would be studied by the workers and the Ministry of Labor and an individual decision would be reached in each case." "Without exaggerating the situation," says Chile Hoy, "it is fair to say that the Chilean ruling class was dealt their heaviest economic blow, yet as this leaves them very little industry."
13:42
Needless to say, the right wing opposition has not sat still and calmly watched these events. They have been very active and quite vocal in their attempts to incite the armed forces to engage in a coup.
13:54
However, in many ways, the Chilean armed forces are different than those of other Latin American countries. They have a long tradition of respect for the Constitution and for established government and are hesitant to intervene. It would be illusory though to deny that there are sectors of the military who would collaborate with the right in another coup or to crush the workers' movement.
14:13
In the days following the coup attempt, it was known that certain officers groups were meeting and indirectly trying to make demands on the government to force it to give in to an invisible coup. The two basic demands of these groups were to return the factories and to include Christian Democrats in the new cabinet. This from Chile Hoy.
15:00
On July 26th of this year, Cuba celebrates the 20th anniversary of the attack on the Moncada army barracks. This insurrection led by a young lawyer named Fidel Castro was by any military standards a failure. More than half of the 167 attackers were killed during the attack or as a result of the tortures to which they were later submitted. Almost all the survivors, including the leaders, went into prison and when released into exile.
15:24
It was from their exile in Mexico that some of them returned three years later to begin the guerrilla actions in the mountains of Cuba's easternmost province. A guerrilla campaign in which small victories alternated with severe setbacks until popular support increased. The fronts multiplied and the tide of victory mounted. On New Year's Day 1959, Batista's hated regime was replaced by revolutionary government.
15:50
During its brief 14 years of power, that revolutionary government has transformed the face of Cuba and has transformed the Cuban people as well. One of the major goals of the Cuban Revolution has been to incorporate all its citizens into active participation in national life. Development of rural areas has been encouraged in preference to urban centers as a means of eliminating the marginalization of the peasant sector of the population.
16:13
Another front in the battle to break down the distinction between city and countryside has been the policy of bringing the cultural advantages of the city to the rural peasantry. The first campaign of this nature continues to be the most famous. The literacy campaign of 1961 reduced illiteracy from 27% to 2% in the space of one year. In Cuba, universal literacy was seen as a prerequisite for revolutionary change because it set the stage for the spread of revolutionary culture throughout the entire country.
16:43
Any appraisal of revolutionary culture in Cuba should look at three areas of artistic production. First, the performing arts, music, dance, theater, and especially film. Second, the plastic arts, poster, design, painting, sculpture, and architecture. The third category that of literary production is too vast to be included in this brief survey.
17:07
It should be noted however that there has been a virtual explosion in Cuban letters since the revolution, in the novel and short story, poetry, essay and creative nonfiction, as well as in the publication of many influential periodicals. In fact, the literary coming of age apparent throughout Latin America is attributed by many literary critics to the inspiration and example of the Cuban Revolution.
17:28
Even during colonial times, the island of Cuba was famous for its music, for its seductive blend of African and European rhythms. For the style and verb of its tropical dancers, alongside this showy strain, which to some extent came to be associated with the vice and exploitation that flourished when Cuba was the brothel of the Caribbean.
17:49
There also existed a more intimate folk song tradition derived from the Spanish than the African. It was these popular folk musicians, for example, who set Jose Martí verses to a traditional melody, thus creating the well-known "Guantanamera". Both the Afro-Cuban rhythms and the simpler folk melodies still coexist in revolutionary Cuba, but it's primarily the latter that has been recruited into the service of the revolution.
18:17
Carlos Puebla, Cuba's best known songwriter, composes songs celebrating the lack of discrimination in the revolutionary society, satirizing the organization of American states, which expelled Cuba from its membership, urging the Cubans to cut that cane and eulogizing Che Guevara. Cuba has organized festivals of popular and protest music enabling musicians and singers from all over Latin America to share their music and learn from one another.
18:42
The island famous for the Rumba and the Mamba also boasts one of the world's leading ballerinas, Alicia Alonso. Now almost completely blind, she continues her dancing and continues to direct Cuba's ballet troop as they perform in Cuba and countries around the world.
18:59
Cuban theatrical companies are semi-autonomous collectives of varying styles and aims all operating out of the National Cultural Council. Like the other art forms in Cuba, the theater remains very open to influences from abroad in content as well as technique, but they managed to impart a particularly Cuban flavor to everything they produce. Cuba has produced several excellent playwrights since the revolution, but the playbills boast names of plays all over the modern world, including the US.
19:27
Some companies have their home base in rural areas on the theory that the troops should interact with the segments of the population least contaminated or deformed by capitalist culture. All theatrical performers spend two years performing in the countryside in lieu of military service, and most companies make annual tours to the rural areas.
19:47
It is, however, the Cuban film industry, which is generally credited with having developed the greatest revolutionary art form. The Cubans believe that of all the 20th century art forms, cinema is the most significant with the greatest revolutionary potential. Within that medium, the revolution is striving to develop its own forms and cultural values to free itself from the techniques and values which commercial interests have placed on film.
20:10
Film in Cuba, before the revolution, has a long and not so exciting history. In the early part of the century, when the film industry was in the infancy, Cuban entrepreneurs imported films from France and Italy, but with the advent of the talkies, US influence began. The attempts of early Cuban filmmakers to develop a national cinema drawing from Cuban history and folklore were overpowered by the efforts of those interested in films for quick exploitation and profit.
20:38
From 1930 until the Triumph of the Revolution in 1959, the Cuban film industry mimicked US models incorporating Cuban music and dance into the thin and melodramatic plots of musicals and detective stories. Because of the setup of international film production and distribution chains, Cuba had no access to an international audience except through co-production with Mexico or some other country.
21:01
Domestic audiences preferred films from the US or Mexico, anyway. So on the eve of the revolution, the Cuban film industry was primarily dedicated to the production of commercial advertising shorts, technical and scientific films, and newsreels for domestic consumption.
21:18
In the course of the guerrilla struggle against the dictatorship, a few newsreels and documentaries were made by revolutionaries in the Sierra and the Urban Underground. Though of rudimentary film quality, these films were a concrete step in the process of converting a traditional tool of the dominating classes into a tool for the defeat of those classes. One of those bearded filmmakers in fatigues was Alfredo Guevara. Fidel called on him shortly after the triumph of the revolution to draft a law founding the Cuban Film Institute.
21:46
In March of 1959, only two months after the revolutionaries came to power, the first law in the field of culture was proclaimed. It founded the ICAIC, Cuban Institute of Film, Art and Industry. In effect, the Institute is sort of a ministry of film with Alfredo Guevara as its head. It oversees all aspects of the Cuban film industry, the training of film students, the production of newsreels, documentaries, and features, the supervision of Cuban theaters, the import and export of films.
22:17
Cuba has some 500 movie theaters, but 25% of them are concentrated in Havana. In deciding upon its economic priorities, the Cuban Film Institute has invariably sacrificed sophisticated equipment which would improve the technical quality of their films in favor of what they see as more necessary expenditures.
22:35
The first priority was consistently been securing the necessary equipment and operators to expose the widest possible audience to the experience of film. Cuban now has over 100 mobile theaters, redesigned trucks equipped with 16 millimeter projectors, and driven by a single projectionist who wanders through the remote Cuban countryside, giving free film showings on the spot.
22:58
These shows invariably consist of a newsreel, a feature, and one or more documentaries. One of the most engaging Cuban documentaries called "Por Primera Vez", For the First Time, simply records the joyful response of a peasant audience as they view a moving picture for the first time.
23:14
Despite several technical and financial limitations, Cuban documentaries span a wide geographical and cultural range. The most famous of the Cuban documentary filmmakers, Santiago Alvarez, uses montages of still photographs, pen and ink drawings and cartoons to compose brilliant film essays on the Indochina War, events in the US, and the Third World, as well as Cuban topics.
23:38
It was not until 1968 that Cuban feature film production really began to flourish. That year saw the release of two of the finest Cuban feature films to date. "Memories of Underdevelopment" views the revolution through the eyes of an intellectual of upper middle class background whose family and friends have fled to Miami.
23:55
The film and the novel on which it is based both confront the problems of creating a revolutionary consciousness in a culture long convinced of its own inferiority and imitative of the dominating culture imported from the US. "Lucia", another award-winning Cuban feature looks at three revolutionary periods in Cuban's history through the lives of three Cuban women.
24:16
The current rate of feature film production in Cuba indicates a new period of growth. The success of one particular film, "The Adventures of Juan Quin Quin", may spark a trend towards more humorous films, which explore revolutionary themes in a lighthearted vein. Others forecast a greater use of third world solidarity themes and a new look at contemporary revolutionary conflicts.
24:35
Painting sculpture as traditional plastic arts have undergone relatively little change in Cuba since the revolution. Architecture and poster design, on the other hand, have changed significantly for economic as well as ideological and social reasons. In architecture, as in the other arts in Cuba, there has been a continuing dialogue as to the responsibility of the architect in answering and shaping the needs of the new revolutionary society. The fact of socialism in the country, de-emphasizes large private houses in favor of community centers, apartment complexes, group recreational facilities, schools, and the like.
25:13
Entire community complexes called micro cities, which include necessary public services and recreational facilities are springing up in the countryside further, helping to break down the distinction between urban and rural areas. Like other less substantial art forms, revolutionary Cuban architecture too is compelled to innovate because of the shortage of building materials produced by the US sponsored blockade. The blockade doesn't succeed however, in keeping out inspiration from various sources around the world.
25:40
In the field of the plastic arts, it is the work of the graphic artists that has received the greatest acclaim. Before the revolution, poster art like the film, was virtually non-existent in Cuba. It has now come to be along with the film, one of the two primary revolutionary art forms. With a demise of the profit system in Cuba, advertising as it has been known, becomes instantly obsolete. But instead of disappearing, billboards and wall posters began to multiply. Instead of exhorting consumers and sparking private appetites, Cuban poster art concentrates on building shared ideals, sympathies and responsibilities.
26:17
The posters testified to Cuba's current struggle to claim her place in history among the self-determining nations of the world. They commemorate Che's death in Bolivia, urge solidarity with the struggle of the peoples of Indochina, encourage Cubans to get polio vaccinations and join volunteer work brigades, announce films and other cultural events, and spark public debate on such issues as whether or not to raise the price of rum and cigarettes.
26:40
The Cuban artists are not purists. They borrow images from everywhere, never hesitating to expropriate, the most recent produce of Bourgeois culture, if it can be turned to meet their needs. For a government attempting to revolutionize the consciousness of its people to fundamentally alter human nature and create a new man, all of society is transformed into a school, and posters are an important method of public education.
27:04
As even this brief summary indicates Cuba possesses a rich national culture, diverse, and developing. The economic and ideological blockade against Cuba has had no visible success in stunting Cuba's cultural growth. In fact, in cultural terms, the principle result of the US blockage has been the cultural impoverishment of the American public. US citizens who are interested in contemporary Cuban literature find that Cuban books are only available here after the lengthy process of being reprinted in Spain or another Latin American country. Cuba's world renowned ballet troop will never dance before North American audiences as long as the blockade continues to stand.
27:46
Film goers find it impossible to see Cuban films of international acclaim and the few films which managed to enter this country are subject to mysterious disappearance or illegal confiscation. More important still, as long as the blockade continues, there can never be any sustained and open exchange between culture workers from Cuba and the United States; painters, graphic artists, architects, poets and novelists, teachers, critics, songwriters, and popular musicians, all those people whose work and existence helps build national and international culture.
LAPR1973_08_08
00:20
The London weekly, Latin America, reports from Chile that for the first time in two years, the right-wing Christian Democrats have been talking to the government instead of engaging in a mutual slinging match. The right-wing leadership of the Christian Democratic party agreed to talks only after an urgent warning from the church that civil war could be imminent. This followed last week's assassination of President Salvador Allende Naval aide-de-camp, Captain Arturo Araya, and widespread sabotage upon the declaration of another transportation owner strike similar to last October's, although bus and taxi drivers did not immediately join in the stoppage, except in a few areas.
00:54
By the end of last week, the situation looked exceptionally grave. Although the Christian Democrats remained deaf to Allende's desperate appeals for talks, both left and right pinned the guilt for Araya's assassination on opposing extremists. Though the right seemed to have a much more clear-cut motive to provoke a military coup.
01:15
On Monday, however, the political temperature dropped several degrees when talks between the government and opposition got underway as a result of the church appeal. But although the imminent threat of civil war has receded, many observers feel the country may have passed the point at which compromise is possible. On both sides, there are powerful groups and individuals strongly opposed even to seeking one.
01:35
Most socialists and the revolutionary left feel that the working class is becoming imbued with a really revolutionary spirit. They cite the occupation of factories, the development of local workers councils, and they are not willing to lose it.
01:51
The opposition, on the other hand, seems to be preparing a last ditch stand to defend Chile's traditional institutions. Allende, believing that everyone would lose in the event of a confrontation and that the first to be lost would be such revolutionary reforms as he has been able to achieve looks increasingly isolated in the middle. This report on Chile from Latin America.
06:54
The fact of undeclared war in Guatemala is being openly admitted. Despite the grand public relations campaign being waged on his behalf, General Laugerud, the official presidential candidate, was recently forced to admit that everyone in Guatemala knows that the country is in an undeclared state of war, which began 13 years ago. The violence is increasing and the government and its handpicked candidate for the 1974 election had been trying to use that violence as a political issue by claiming that it is a part of a plot to discredit the government in the pre-electoral period.
07:34
The fact that violence is increasing was demonstrated dramatically one week in June when one landowner, two farm administrators and a rightist congressman were murdered all by people with no clear ties to organized political groups. A wealthy landowner, businessman and former president of the US sponsored Penny Foundation was killed by several peasants whose land he was trying to take over. Congressman Hector Soles Juarez, a renowned right-winger was killed after two unsuccessful assassination attempts, but no group on the left has claimed responsibility for the act.
08:06
Guatemala Report continues saying, "During the past year the government's main overt efforts to control the situation aside from direct armed confrontations have been aimed at maintaining a continuous high level of fear in the population and a constant awareness of the strength of the repressive forces."
08:25
This tactic has been most apparent in the so-called Cleanup Operations carried out without obvious provocation in different parts of the country, but primarily in Guatemala City. These cleanup maneuvers are ostensibly designed to rid the country of common criminals, and as the elections approach, are increasingly focused on combating marijuana, an issue which the government is trying to use to distract attention from these serious problems facing the country.
08:48
In recent months, there are indications that the government, unable to totally pacify the country, may now be trying to use political violence and organized subversion as an issue in the election. According to Laugerud, the government cannot control the situation because it is fighting organized violence, manifested in the repetition of similar acts all over the country in which landowners, farm administrators, military commissioners, and policemen have been killed.
09:18
Several army officers have recently acknowledged that despite massive pacification efforts, the problem of political violence and concretely of the guerrilla, has not been liquidated. Despite the general level of censorship, the press has also reported the existence of armed groups in the northern part of the country.
09:38
These developments make it clear that the government no longer feels obliged to maintain a liberal political image and that the election will bring no moratorium on official and semi-official violence. Thus, any lull in the government's undeclared war must be seen as tactical and temporary rather than as the beginning of peace, tranquility, and stability. This critical view of the undeclared war in Guatemala is presented by the Guatemala Report.
10:03
The Miami Herald reports that the Brazilian government has been telling its consumers recently that they are the ones who must take action to stop the inflation which has plagued this country for many years. In government-sponsored newspaper ads, housewives are told to shop around and think before they buy.
10:23
Inflation in Brazil was approaching 100% a year when the armed forces threw out a civilian administration in 1964. The military regime opened the country's doors to foreign investment, held down workers' salaries, outlawed strikes, and forced people to pay taxes. As a result, inflation last year was only 14%. This year, the government says it will be 12%, the lowest in two decades.
10:44
Also, Brazil's gross national product has increased by more than 9% annually for the past six years, to around $50 billion. Exports for this year are forecast at a record $5.3 billion with 40% coming from manufactured goods. However, critics of the regime point out that most Brazilians have not benefited from the economic growth. Per-person income in Brazil is around $500 a year. In the United States, it is about $4,000. Millions of farmers in the country's vast interior still live mainly on what they grow and barter. They do not participate directly in the money economy.
11:26
While top Brazilian executives are reported to be bringing in annual salaries of $200,000 or more, sugar cane cutters in the Northeastern states get a dollar for every ton of cane that they can chop, stack and bundle. It takes a strong worker nearly an entire day to cut a ton.
11:41
A group of Roman Catholic bishops charged recently that Brazil's present economic system does not help Brazilian society, but only the profit interests of foreign companies and their associates in our country. The clergyman said the only only solution is social ownership of the means of production.
11:55
The government acknowledges that workers pay has not increased as fast as the economy as a whole, but they argue this is the price of controlling inflation. About the lopsided distribution of income, Brazil's finance minister said, "Nobody is satisfied with the way income is distributed in Brazil, but if some country had discovered a better way to distribute income, it would've been put in action."
14:24
Dr. Barkin, could you please describe the current situation in Chile?
14:29
That's hard, but in a word I guess we could say it's confused. The present situation is one of a great deal of upset of strikes throughout the country, of great deal of scarcity of food, and of a great deal of political maneuvering. But to understand what's going on, we cannot simply stay in the events of the month of July or June, but we have to go back to the month of October when we had the large strike, which lasted almost a month and in which the truck drivers began—who tried to force the Allende the government to go easy on some of its policies of changing the economic structure so that the people who were working in the factories and in the fields could improve their living standards.
15:22
Back in October, the strikes by the truck drivers, who also are the truck owners, forced a confrontation in which Allende came out winning. By Allende I mean the Popular Unity government, which was legally elected as the government of Chile back in 1970 and has a six-year term of office.
15:45
Now, that situation, which happened in October, created a large economic upset for the country. $200 million is the estimated cost of that situation because of lost exports and economic upset in the country.
16:06
During that period of time, as I said, Allende came out winning because what happened was the government came out with more support among the working classes who realized that the truck owners and other small business people and large business people, of course, were very much up in arms against the interests of the working classes, against the interests of the peasants, because these groups of people represented interests which were not directed towards satisfying basic housing, medical care, educational and food needs for the mass of the Chilean people. As a result, you had a situation in which Allende won, basically. He won, he was able to reestablish a balance of power with Salvador Allende the president at the political helm.
17:06
Now in June, you had another series of events which culminated in a strike by one group of people within the copper mines, the administrative workers. The administrative workers within the copper mines were arguing that they should get an escudo and one half increase in pay for every escudo, that all the other workers in Chile got as a result of inflation.
17:36
Now, this was an inadmissible situation for the Chilean government because the copper workers were already the best paid workers in Chile. As a result, there was a huge and lengthy and very costly copper strike, which took place in Chile. That was resolved, but it was resolved, again, at the cost of great deal of political turmoil, which involved Allende taking very strong measures.
18:08
Now, during the past six or seven weeks, the situation has gotten worse in the sense that the right has correctly seen itself as being threatened by the growing strength that Allende has shown among the working classes, and has therefore had to take much more severe measures to try to control or to get back some of the power which led to the assassination of Allende's military aide-de-camp, the Navy man who was shot in a very, very brutal fashion, machine-gunned in his home one evening several weeks ago.
18:46
Now, what that has forced Allende to do is again, to take stronger measures, and has forced, again, a heightening of tension. But has at the same time made it quite obvious to large segments of the Chilean population that there are conflicts, very severe conflicts of interest between what the right is trying to do and what the Popular Unity government is trying to do. But the Popular Unity government in turn finds pressures from the left, which is asking that Allende go even further in taking over enterprises which are owned by the people who are creating the civil war.
19:26
And about the role of the United States, in December, Salvador Allende denounced past aggressions of the United States economic interests against the Chilean people. Do you think intervention in Chile's affairs continues?
19:43
That question's very hard to answer, because obviously—the answer Chileans give is clearly yes. Although the people who are involved in this are not carrying cards which say, "I'm a member of the CIA" or "I work for ITT."
20:04
What happens is that there's a great deal of intervention in a number of different fronts. The most obvious of them being that the right wing still finds economic support, the right groups. Not only Patria y Libertad or Father Land and Freedom Group, which is the group that's responsible for the assassination of Allende's aide-de-camp, but also for the centrist groups or the so-called centrist groups, the Christian Democratic groups, which are now the opposition party in Chile.
20:37
These groups find, through their normal economic ties with America's largest multinational corporations, that it is easy to find economic and political support, and as is quite clear from an analysis of the American press, the American press is still trying to mobilize American opinion against attempts to give the Chilean working classes a decorative standard of living by claiming that this is going against American interests.
21:10
What it seems to me is that we have to try to understand that it's different groups of Americans who have interests in the welfare of different parts of the Chilean population, and that our support must be for the working people, the people and the peasants who are trying to improve their standard of living. But it seems clear that at least economic support is coming from the United States to help in these counter-governmental efforts.
21:44
On the international front, Chile is finding a great deal of support in most international organizations from groups that are not controlled by the United States government.
21:55
Have recent events hurt Allende's popularity among the working class?
22:00
That is a very important question to answer because in it lies the possibility of understanding three more years of Popular Unity government. I think that contrary to hurting Popular Unity and Allende's popularity, recent events have strengthened it. We have the March 4th elections as testimony to that, where there was a very, very substantial increase in voting and in voting for the Popular Unity government throughout broad sectors of the economy, including the famous conservative women. And I say famous because women are supposed to be, in Latin America, traditionally conservative and traditional.
22:48
As a result, the women's vote is taken as a particularly strong vote of confidence in Allende. What happens is I think that the women realize more than ever how it is that prices and supplies are being manipulated in the grocery stores for the benefit of certain people, and are going through a process of trying to understand the economic situation, and realize that they have to support certain actions.
23:17
Interesting thing, since March, I think his popularity has grown even more with the recent events in the assassination, the copper strike and things like that, so that the right and the Democratic Christian groups have been forced to accelerate their own activities because they feel menaced by the growing solidarity within the working classes.
23:42
If anything, the interesting thing about the working classes and the polarization and Allende's popularity has been their growing radicalization and their demands for more stringent and stronger moves by the government than the government feels it can politically go through right now. But in electoral terms and in terms of the future, I think that yes, his popularity has grown.
24:10
Will the Allende regime survive the current difficulties, and what do you foresee for the future?
24:16
I think I just tried to indicate that yes, the Allende government will survive. The Allende government will survive because Salvador Allende has demonstrated himself to be a magnificent politician, an extraordinarily agile person in terms of manipulating and in terms of playing a very delicate political game, which is heightening, which is becoming more serious, and the stakes are getting higher. Both the threats and the stakes are higher also.
24:51
Right now, Allende has successfully resolved the conflicts between the extreme right and the extreme left by playing a centrist ground. As a result, he's getting attacks from all sides. He's trying a dialogue with the Christian Democrats, which I think is going to have very problematic results. None of these attempts in the past have worked, and I don't think they'll work now, but we'll see.
25:20
But let me just close by saying in the future, I think that there's a great deal of reason to be optimistic because what's happened is the working classes, the majority of the people are beginning to take their own dynamic in trying to control their own lives and in demanding voices, which during past years have been spoken for by the leaders of the country.
25:41
As a result, you have a situation in which the industrial and the agricultural sectors of the economy are beginning to demand participation in decision-making in an autonomous way. And if nothing else, that's perhaps the most exciting thing that's in the future for Chile.
26:00
In view of your optimism for the future, what do you think about the rumors that Chile is on the brink of civil war?
26:06
I think those rumors are very convenient fabrications and misunderstandings by different groups, both within Chile and especially in the American press. The notion of civil war itself is a very difficult notion in a country with a president who's trying to lead the country on a transition through a peaceful way and through the political process.
26:37
The political game in Chile is a very, very complicated one. And the stakes are high, and Allende's success is the reason why the right has been forced to take some of the violent actions that it's taking, and why the economic sabotage, which is going on throughout the economy is taking place.
26:58
The threats from the left are very clear, and I think that there's an attempt by the left, by some elements within the extreme left to also suggest that the country is on the brink of civil war.
27:18
But civil war would require a different sort of display of forces and a different sort of availability of arms and distribution of those arms, than is currently available in Chile. The armed forces are very powerful, and the United States has equipped them very well during the past three years. And they have up to now been very effective in controlling the distribution of arms and have recently been collecting a great number of loose arms, which they find among different groups in both the right and the left.
27:55
The armed forces, if it came to a showdown, would probably support the Christian Democratic groups, but I don't think that that kind of showdown is in the offering, and I don't think that civil war is the way in which the political problems of Chile are going to be resolved.
LAPR1973_08_16
02:46
The Puerto Rican weekly, Claridad, also reports from Guatemala City that the death toll of peasants shot down by the army troops here now totals 67. A May dispatch published in the New York Times reported 17 dead, adding that the death toll could go higher because all the bodies of those slain might not have been discovered. More than 3000 peasants participated in the land occupations that led to the massacre in the region near the town of Sanarate.
03:11
Landowners called on the army to oust the invaders from the land, which in most cases is owned by absentee landlords and often not cultivated. This region was also the scene of agrarian reform measures taken by the government of Jacobo Árbenz, overthrown by the CIA in 1954. Much of the land distributed to small farmers was returned to the landlords after the oust of Árbenz. The massacre, in which three students and a union leader were also killed, emphasized the determination of the government to continue the terrorist campaign that was first launched against the Guerrilla movement and which has claimed 1000 lives a year since 1966.
03:52
Meanwhile, the government has begun to campaign for the March, 1974 presidential elections. Official candidates tour the country under heavily armed military escort. The main theme of the campaign was founded recently by the military man chosen to succeed current President Carlos Arana. "My historic mission," intoned the official candidate, "Is to carry out the second phase of the pacification of the country by wiping out the left." This from the Puerto Rican weekly, Claridad.
06:59
In further news of Brazil, the Cuban Press Agency, Prensa Latina, reports that Uruguayan National Party Senator Wilson Ferreira, exiled in Buenos Aires, has claimed that Brazilian troops have violated Uruguayan territory on several occasions. This follows a series of reports of ominous preparations by the Brazilian dictatorship. Troops and armored units of the Brazilian Army's Third Core, its biggest and best equipped military outfit, are reported to have penetrated Uruguay by one of the four major highways which Brazil has built on the border between the two countries. The construction of the highways and the rapid buildup of troops along the border came under fire from the Montevideo press in 1971 when the existence of this operation was revealed on the eve of Uruguayan presidential elections.
07:41
According to some sources, the Brazilian regime had prepared an invasion plan which was to culminate with the total occupation of Uruguay within 30 hours if the left-wing broad front coalition won the elections. Although the operation was seen at the time as little more than an intimidation measure at a time when the Uruguayan working class was able to offer much stronger resistance than it can under the present dictatorship conditions, the resilience have established a history of strong arm methods.
08:07
Meanwhile, in Uruguay, the Guardian reports the Uruguay working class is back on the job this month, but discontent against the new dictatorship boils beneath the surface. The National Workers' Confederation called off its two-week general strike, July 11th, vowing to continue the struggle through different routes and methods. The strike ended four days after a militant demonstration of some 50,000 workers, students and housewives against the Bordaberry government.
08:35
Dozens were wounded by police. The strike lasted 15 days, despite heavy armed repression and government efforts to divide workers. Military units forced refinery workers to return to their jobs. Some 1500 union leaders were jailed. Thousands of workers were arrested and herded into sports stadiums for lack of prison space. Two deaths were reported in demonstrations by students and women.
09:00
Repression against the workers is likely to increase. The dictatorship has declared that it will regulate strikes and control union elections in order to promote a free, strong and Uruguayan syndicalism. Brazil's heavy-handed intervention in the right wing coup included a $30 million loan to the Bordaberry government plus military equipment. In accord with the Brazilian formula, President Bordaberry may be replaced by a military junta. Armed forces occupied the presidential mansion July 28th, claiming that Marxist subversion threatened to smash the government. This from the Guardian.
09:33
Excélsior of Mexico City adds that Uruguayan police opened fire on a thousand demonstrators at the National University in Montevideo last week while armed troops patrolled the nation's capitol. Dozens were injured by police gunfire and many were arrested. Police reportedly searched the homes of university students and professors, but authorities declined to say if any arrests were made. Last month, university demonstrations were accompanied by showers of homemade bombs thrown at the police from rooftops in the city.
10:06
These demonstrations are only a part of the political upheaval which has raged in Uruguay since President Juan Bordaberry dissolved the National Congress on June 18th and set up a military dictatorship. Soon after the coup, the National Workers Union called a general strike which paralyzed the country, but this was brutally repressed by the government.
10:23
Many observers feel that the way was cleared for the June military takeover in April of last year when the government waged an all-out war on the Tupamaros, an urban guerrilla group. While many of the more moderate figures in the previous Uruguayan government found the Tupamaros leftist politics too extreme, it has felt that the strength of the Tupamaros guerrillas kept the right wing military from taking over the government completely.
10:45
Now that the Tupamaros have been defeated and the military has indeed taken over, many moderates perhaps now regret that they did not object to the military's brutal campaign against the Tupamaros last year. But while the Tupamaros were defeated, they were not exterminated. They issued a statement recently calling for a reorganization of the popular forces for a war against the fascist dictatorship. While admitting that they were defeated last year because they underestimated the Uruguayan military and overestimated their own strength, the Tupamaros said they would increase their organizing of the working classes and pledged to continue the revolutionary struggle. This from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
14:35
Professor Barkin was recently interviewed in a series of articles in Mexico's most important daily newspaper, Excélsior. Professor Barkin, I've noticed that Mexico City's Excélsior has published a number of articles about your work on the problems of Mexican agriculture. Could you tell us something about this?
14:54
Yeah. Right now, there's a very serious problem in Mexico because agricultural production has not been going up in line with demand, and during the past few years, Mexico has been forced to import substantial quantities of wheat and corn, Mexico's basic food stuffs. Unfortunately, Mexico's had to do this at the same time as world prices for these commodities have been going up, and therefore, this has meant a substantial drain on the balance of payments.
15:29
What happened was the Mexicans have right now just discovered the agrarian crisis, which has been in the making for 30 or 40 years. During the past few decades, Mexico has postponed its crisis by having substantial increases in agricultural production from the extension of irrigation, especially in the northwestern part of the country that is bordering on the United States areas which has been the grainery of Mexico. At the same time, they've had substantial increases on exports of important agricultural crops, most notably cotton, but also sugar.
16:10
This agricultural production has all been concentrated in the hands of 3% of Mexican farmers. There are two and a half million different farm units in Mexico, and only 3% of those have produced more than four fifths, more than 80% of all of the increase in agricultural production during the past two decades. As a result, the majority of Mexican farmers and farm families, which is perhaps as much as one half of Mexico's population - that is 25 million people - have been isolated from Mexico's agricultural progress. As a result of this isolation, living standards have actually declined in the countryside.
16:59
Now, the reason for this is very easy to identify with government statistics, Mexican government statistics. The reason for it is a very successful program of irrigation which has been given to a very small proportion of Mexican farmers. This 3% of the Mexican farmers that I mentioned control 70% of all irrigated land in Mexico. This 3% of Mexican farmers control 75% of all machinery in Mexico, and as a result, the rest of the people have been completely left out of progress.
17:49
This is creating lots of social problems throughout Mexico, and in the first six months of 1973, the Mexican army has been reported to have taken military action in 70 different instances against land takeovers by peasants trying to get some improvement in their living standards as a result of the impoverishment which has come about through years of neglect.
18:17
I understand that the Mexican economy has been an extremely dynamic one, especially when compared to some other Latin American economies. Do we really have some genuine evidence that the majority of the population, and especially the rural population, hasn't really been benefiting from this economic growth?
18:34
We certainly do. Mexico's dynamic growth has a history of 35 years of 6% a year real growth. That is after taking away for effects of price changes, inflation, which we know a lot about now. But the real problem is that this growth has come about exactly following the models which we, that is our government, is asking the underdeveloped countries to follow - heavy investment in new industries and in agriculture. You had the heavy investment in agriculture which got Mexico into very important export crops but did not affect over 2 million farm families, which is 15 million people.
19:21
Now, in addition to that, in industry, you've had exactly the same thing happen. Mexico has been very successful in getting increases in production, but the policy, which the Mexicans call stabilizing development -- the treasury secretary who invented this policy called his policy stabilizing development -- might be better called growth for growth's sake. Growth for growth's sake means let's just raise the product. It's reminiscent of what happened in the United States when we were just trying to raise our national product without worrying whether we were producing pollution or terrible cities or mass transportation, or any of the other things which have caused the social and economic ills which we're now suffering in our own country. Well, the Mexicans have it much worse.
20:15
The Mexicans have it much worse because 1% of all the industrial firms in Mexico, that's 938 companies out of 35,000, control two thirds of everything that are produced in the manufacturing sector of the Mexican economy. Two banks, which own many of those 938 firms which are Mexican owned, control a large proportion -- I'm sorry, I don't know the exact figure -- of all the banking. Two banks, and they have offices in New York also. During the past years, American foreign investment has virtually poured into Mexico to such an extent that it now controls 90% of the modern food industry of Mexico.
21:04
Now, these sorts of figures are creating large problems all over the Mexican economy. During the past year, for example, the Mexican government, for the first time in its history, admitted an unemployment problem, but when they admit an unemployment problem, they do it in grand style because they are estimating the unemployment rate at 25% now. I conservatively estimate that they're wrong. I think that the real rate is between 30 and 40% unemployment, in real terms.
21:40
Do you think that this trend towards industrial and agricultural concentration, which seems to be taking place, is going to be reversed at any time in the near future? Or are the policies of the Mexican government not concerned with this issue, not directing any efforts towards trying to correct it?
21:59
The Mexican government's very concerned about concentration, but the problem is that the Mexican government is incapable of doing anything about it because the very dynamic of the Mexican economy depends upon that concentration. In the same way that concentration in the United States economy is creating a problem in the United States when the transnational corporations are making their influence felt in the United States. As we heard about, we regularly hear about the ITT affair, but in Mexico, such concentration creates a very peculiar problem.
22:36
The dynamics of 6% plus growth every year depends upon the fact that they continue to produce automobiles, electric dishwashers, electric dryers, and all the other sorts of appliances which we consider part of middle-class living. But in Mexico, only 30% of the population can even aspire to get a non-electric washing machine, and a very small proportion of the population can consider the possibility of getting electrical appliances and consumer durables like automobiles. The automobile is having a banner year in Mexico, but only because during the past 20 years, almost half of every dollar increase in Mexico's income has gone to the upper 10% of the population.
23:30
Professor Barkin, you mentioned the issue of transnational corporations, which has been one of a great deal of concern to very many scholars and policymakers. Are there any other aspects of United States economic policy that affect Mexico very strongly?
23:47
Almost every one. Every American policy affects Mexico. Mexico depends upon the United States for its markets and Mexico imports from the United States almost all of its capital equipment. Inflation is a tremendous problem in Mexico now. The Mexican government at the end of July admitted that inflation in the first six months of this year had been at 11% a year. That's only because the people who estimated the inflation only go to government stores. The housewives think that inflation must be in the order of 25% this year, which means that inflation is a huge problem in Mexico and is creating lots and lots of repercussions throughout the whole society.
24:36
The problem is faced from the United States' point of view because Mexico tries to export more to the United States. For example, tomatoes, which the Mexicans have now, quote, voluntarily, unquote, agreed to an export quota so that the Florida tomato growers using their chemical processes and their artificial mechanisms can have the American market and keep prices of tomatoes high in the American market and keep out the Mexican tomatoes, which would permit farm prices to come down in the United States. The same is true for other agricultural products. Textiles are also affected by import quotas imposed by the United States.
25:19
Other sorts of problems are created in the border areas because Mexico is trying to create border industries, but the American Trade Union movement is trying to prevent that because they claim that jobs are lost. These sorts of conflicts are a daily occurrence between Mexican and American governments, and every policy decision from phase one to phase five, which I guess will be coming soon, will affect the way in which the Mexican economy continues to have growth for growth's sake.
25:54
It seems very interesting to me that the same sort of economic problems that the United States is having are also causing Mexico a great deal of problems, particularly this inflation. It seems as though all these economic problems occur almost on a hemispheric level rather than on a national level, which is how we're accustomed to thinking of them. Do you think that these problems with inflation in Mexico will affect the tourist—the United States tourist who's trying to get away from it all in Mexico?
26:23
Well, for the tourist who's trying to get away from it all and going to the lost village in the mountains, it will affect it relatively little, but for the tourist who's interested in the attractions of touristic Mexico, as the guidebooks would have it, that is Mexico City in the central part of Mexico and Acapulco, prices have been going up but it's still a lot cheaper to take a vacation in Mexico than it is to take a similar one in the United States, and airfares are not going up to Mexico City.
26:56
And the Mexican governments doing something else, which is very interesting. They're developing tourism very quickly because it's an important export earning in the face of restrictions on exports of other goods to the United States, so that there are two new tourist areas - one in the Caribbean called Cancun, and one in the Pacific called Zihuatanejo, which are being developed for large scale jumbo jet type tourism. And I guess in that sense, the Mexican government is trying to stimulate tourism and going to try to control prices in doing so, because it depends upon that to keep up the consumption standards of the upper classes.
27:36
Thanks very much. We've been discussing the recent economic situation in Mexico with Dr. David Barkin of Lehman College of City University of New York.
LAPR1973_08_23
06:46
Tri Continental News Service reports from Mexico City that the current wave of land seizures is an expression of Mexico's rural problems, according to peasant leader Ramon Danzos, now in jail there. The agrarian reform and the government's proposal for deep going solutions will not solve the president's difficulty. Danzos said, "They don't eat speeches, they don't eat promises."
07:07
In recent months, peasants have seized land in the states of Oaxaca, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Guerrero, Veracruz, Jalisco, Guanajuato, Mexico, and San Luis de Potosi. Recently it was revealed that North American owners hold huge estates in the Ciudad Valle zone in San Luis De Potosi state where the peasants have been negotiating for land for more than 30 years.
07:31
The Guardian reports from Uruguay that the Uruguayan dictatorship of President Juan Bordaberry is desperately attempting to destroy its left opposition before it can fight back effectively.
07:43
The Guardian article says that attacks have been launched against leftist political parties, trade unions, and universities. University autonomy was ended August the 1st. Four days earlier, the government passed new union regulations aimed against the Communist Party led National Workers Confederation, which led a two-week-long general strike immediately following the military coup that dissolved the Parliament. The National Workers Confederation itself was declared illegal June the 30th, three days after the coup.
08:15
The union has 500,000 members out of the country's total population of nearly three million. A union leader who escaped government repression and reached Cuba, told the press conference there last week about developments during the strike. The union leader, who asked to remain anonymous, said that within an hour of Bordaberry's dissolution of Congress, the National Workers Confederation was able to paralyze 80% of the country's economy. The strike was supported by students, teachers, and after the first week, by the Catholic Church.
08:41
"Because the general strike began just before payday," the Guardian article says, "Workers did not have much money, but block committees were organized for food distribution". The National Workers Confederation leader said that some elements in the Navy and Air Force supported the strike and refused to participate in the repression against it. At one point, sailors saluted striking dock workers in Montevideo. About 200 officers were arrested for disobeying orders, some of them after trying to hold a protest meeting.
09:13
At Uruguay's only oil refinery, though, soldiers did aim rifles at workers and held them as hostages to ensure the arrival of the second shift, forcing them to work. Sabotage forced the closing of the refinery 48 hours after workers damaged a chimney. At a power plant, workers through a chain against the generator, destroying it. Technicians from the power plant hid to avoid being forced to repair it, but were captured by the military after two days.
09:37
Several workers were killed and many were injured during the demonstration in Montevideo. By June 11th, however, the National Workers Confederation said that the workers were exhausted and out of funds. The Confederation directed them back to work, without, however, gaining any concessions and with 52 of their leaders still in prison.
09:54
A number of opposition leaders still remain in jail, including retired General Liber Seregni, the leader of the leftist Broad Front, and Omar Murda, national director of the liberal National Party. The Broad Front and the National Party, along with the communist and socialist parties, have formed a united front against the dictatorship. Those groups, together with the National Workers Confederation, called a one-day general strike for August the 2nd.
10:21
In another important development, the Tupamaros, a guerrilla group, released a statement at the end of July calling for a people's war against the dictatorship. This was the first public statement issued by the Tupamaros since large scale repression began against them in April of 1972. The Tupamaros said the general strike had shown that revolution is a possibility in their country.
10:40
The organization also made a self-criticism that it had underestimated the enemy, which had much more power than they had earlier realized. And on the other hand, they said they did not give proper evaluation to the tremendous capacity for struggle of the people, and they confined themselves too much to their own forces. "Without the participation and the leadership of the working classes," they said, "No revolution is possible."
11:02
Uruguay is currently being run by the National Security Council created by the military last February. The organization consists of the chiefs of three military services, president Bordaberry, and the ministers of interior, foreign relations, defense, and economy. The council is being aided by the military intelligence service. The military intelligence service has the main responsibility of counterinsurgency against the Tupamaros and repression of political opposition, including torture of political prisoners. The Guardian article concludes that although the workers are well organized and fought hard, they see ranged against them not only the power of the Uruguayan military, but also that of Brazil and US supporters.
14:32
Our feature this week is a background analysis of recent events in Chile provided by a group of North Americans called "The Source for North American information", which provides English language news and analysis from Chile.
14:45
This open letter begins, "Chile is entering a decisive stage in its history. Tensions and conflicts which have been held in check for many years are finally surfacing. This process is complex and extremely serious, and as such warrants the understanding of the United States peoples. As US citizens, we have been living in Chile since 1970 and who like everyone else, have been caught up in this increasingly conflictive process, we feel that the people in the United States probably do not fully understand the importance of recent events.
15:17
In this brief document, we can neither present a complete summary of recent events in Chile, nor untangle all the misinterpretations and half-truths which appear in US news reports. All we can hope to do is to expose some of these systematic distortions and give you a general framework through which you can begin to understand the real significance of events here."
15:39
The recent attempt by sectors of the Chilean army and the fascist organization, Fatherland and Liberty to topple the Unidad popular government coalition by means of a military coup made it apparent to both Chileans and foreigners alike that this nation's peaceful road to socialism is fast exhausting itself. The June 29th uprising, though quickly crushed by loyal troops, has ushered in a new stage in Chile's stormy process.
16:04
In the weeks following the attempted coup hostilities have mounted dangerously. The opposition parties, the Christian Democrats and the National Party have issued threats and ultimatums to the government. The gist of these is that either the Unidad Popular renounce its basic program of transition to socialism or accept the responsibility for any violence that might occur.
16:27
In the past, Unidad Popular's enemies have not balked at restricted and strategically timed use of violence. This violence has included the murder of an army chief just before Allende took office, shooting peasants in the South, burning Unidad Poplar party headquarters, bombing a government TV broadcast tower and many other instances, but now for the first time, significant segments of the opposition advocate nothing short of a military takeover.
16:56
Confronted by such threats, workers throughout the country have occupied their places of work and have vowed to defend them to the end. In short, dialogue has all but ceased. The nation's institutional framework is tottering and it now seems, little to save Chile from open and widespread conflict.
17:12
What has brought Chile to this point? A view prevalent in the US press is that the economic chaos and political instability was created by the Unidad Popular, and only drastic action can restore the peace and wellbeing which supposedly characterized pre Unidad Popular Chile. The main problem with this view is what it leaves unsaid about Chile's past.
17:35
Economic disorder, extreme social and political instability have indeed made Chile a difficult place for anyone to live at this point, but the current turmoil is hardly an example of life under socialism. Rather, it should be clearly understood to be the chaotic and explosive state of affairs caused by the all-out efforts of a powerful minority to preserve the inherently chaotic and violent system through which it has long prospered.
18:00
Under that system, a nation blessed with vast reserves of national wealth has been unable to provide a majority of its people with even the basic necessities of life. When Unidad Popular took office, 40% of Chilean's suffered from malnutrition. 68% of the nation's workers were earning less than what was officially defined as a subsistence wage and another large number of people were living only slightly above what we would call the poverty level.
18:25
While allowing millions of Chileans to live under such conditions, this system permitted foreigners to drain off vast quantities of the nation's natural wealth. In the past 60 years alone, the US copper companies operating in Chile have taken home profits equivalent to half of the value of all the nation's assets accumulated over a period of 400 years. What little remains of the country's wealth has traditionally been concentrated in the hands of a privileged few.
18:51
This irrational system has been marked throughout Chili's history by a long, bitter and often bloody class struggle. On the one hand, the nation's peasants, miners, factory workers, manual laborers of all kinds, the many sub and unemployed, the vast majority of the population commonly referred to as the working class has demanded a larger share of the nation's social wealth. On the other hand, the nation's upper class, the large landowners, industrialist bankers, those who own and control all the major means of production and sources of wealth in the country, frequently as partners or representatives of foreign interests, have fought to retain its political and economic control of the society.
19:33
The middle class, small and medium landowners, small and medium entrepreneurs, clerks, professionals, white collar workers and public employees have shifted their allegiance between these two antagonistic groups in accord with how they perceive their short range interests.
19:50
Over the years, the Chilean working class struggle has grown in strength and size. It has evolved from sporadic spontaneous uprisings to more organized and strikes, and from there it has entered the arena of parliamentary politics. As it has advanced, the national upper class and the foreign interests whose profit depend upon the continued economic and political power of this local upper class have defended their threatened control. To do so, they have used a variety of means. Violent repression was one.
20:17
On a number of occasions, it took the form of out and out massacres, one example of which was the slaying of some 2,000 striking nitrate miners, port workers and their families, all unarmed, in the town of Iquique in 1907. But as the working class organized in the socialist and communist parties and others made its way into the realm of electoral politics, the elites were forced to change its tactics. If the vote of the organized working class now was strong enough to elect congressmen, then the upper class had to appeal to them in order to win these votes. With practice, the upper class mastered the art of promising enough to win elections while leaving the basic structures of the capitalist society intact once they were in office.
20:57
The party which proved best at the strategy was Eduardo Frei's Christian Democrats. In the 1964 presidential campaign, heavily financed by the US and by Chilean conservatives, the Christian Democratic Party promised the electorate a, "Revolution in liberty."
21:14
This revolution contained many measures traditionally promised by socialism; redistribution of the national income, massive social welfare programs, agrarian reform, banking and tax reform, an end to unemployment and inflation, an attack on monopolies, and increased economic independence. All was brought about in, "Liberty." That is, without class struggle.
21:38
The Christian Democrats easily won the election. They were supported by the conservative elites, who saw the Christian Democrats as a way to keep out the socialists and communists while including the peasants who were attracted to the notion of land reform, large sectors of the middle class, and some workers who had lost faith in capitalism but were taught to fear socialism and were convinced the Christian Democrats offered, "A third way."
21:59
In practice, however, the Christian Democrats simply didn't deliver. Frei promised a lot, but his primary allegiance was to the Chilean upper class. Thus he did not redistribute income because it would've meant taxing the monopolists. He did not curb inflation because the industrialists would not voluntarily freeze prices. Instead of nationalizing copper, Frei, quote, "Chilean-ized it," buying up shares of stock at rates highly favorable to the US copper companies.
22:28
The piecemeal reforms which actually were carried out mainly benefited the middle classes, increasing the gap between them and the working class. The reform, like Frei's elections, were mainly funded through the US Alliance for Progress, which attempted to prove that capitalism was indeed flexible enough to provide a substantially better life for the oppressed. Its main accomplishment for Chile was a huge foreign debt, some $4 billion by 1970.
22:58
Shortly before his party's term was up, one Christian Democratic Congressman summarized its failures in the following words, "We have a historical responsibility and we have done very little for that 85% of the population which voted for a revolution while we are making continual concessions to an oligarchy and a bureaucratic minority of 15%."
23:18
By the 1970 elections Frei's Revolution in Liberty and the US Alliance for Progress had been such a flop that Christian Democratic spokesman edged closer to socialism to hold onto their worker and peasant basis. They spoke carefully of a non-capitalist way to development and even of communitarian socialism. The only party openly opposed to a sharp break with the past was the conservative national party whose sole con turn was to defend its members' monopoly interests. Together, the Christian Democrats' near socialist and the Unidad Popular's frankly socialist programs received 64% of the vote.
23:55
Since then, as the Unidad Popular has tried to implement its program of peaceful advance towards socialism, the Christian Democratic Party has changed its position drastically. From its socialist- sounding 1970 campaign platform, it shifted to support the conservative National Party candidates in various local elections to full alliance with the National Party in the March, 1973 congressional elections to its current position of threatening the government with a military takeover.
24:25
As the Christian Democrats have shifted to the right, they have lost many of their party members who sincerely wanted change. The first splinter group formed the MAPU party. The second formed the Christian Left. Both parties joined the Unidad Popular Coalition. The US press still calls the residual Christian Democrats a, "Left center party". But if that was ever true, it is old history now. The intensification of the class struggle which has split the Christian Democrats has over the course of the past few years divided the entire country into two camps.
24:58
Given Chile's history of domination of the great majority by the local upper classes and foreigners, what is the situation now? Why is there such confusion and instability? On an institutional level, the current conflict is primarily the product of the 1970 elections, which gave control of the executive branch of the government to the representatives of the working classes, the peasantry, the poor, while the legislative and judicial branches remained in the hands of the old ruling classes.
25:23
Unidad Popular's, "Peaceful transition to socialism," called for a legal process which would gradually turn over control of the nation's basic sources of wealth and power held by foreign interests and the Chilean upper class to the workers and to the poor. With the unanimous consent of Congress, Allende began to nationalize the country's natural resources using laws already on the books.
25:48
He brought industrial monopolies and banks into the publicly controlled or social area of the economy and broke up the large land holdings which were characteristic of the agrarian sector. If at first the elite were too shocked by its electoral defeat to prevent this, it soon reorganized and fought back with all the arms at its command. One of the strongest is the Congress where opposition parties hold a majority of both houses.
26:12
The other tactic of the upper class has been to disrupt the economy, hoping that the disruption will demoralize Allende supporters. By calling the economic disruptions strike, the upper class has tried to imply that workers disagree with Allende, implying that few people actually support the government's position.
26:28
In addition to the local upper class, foreign interests have tried to stop peaceful progress. The Senate hearings on ITT's activities in Chile showed that US corporations and government officials worked to defeat Unidad Popular in 1970 and tried to prevent a Allende from taking office after he won the presidency. Since then, US banks, corporations, the press and government agencies such as the CIA has sided with the Chilean upper class. They have acted in many ways to paralyze and discredit the Unidad Popular.
26:58
The US copper companies, especially Kennecott, have attempted to block Chilean shipments of copper to Europe. The US Export Import Bank, the US dominated World Bank, and the Inner American Development Bank and US private banks have cut loans to Chile and private US corporations have curtailed credit for shipment of replacements parts to Chile, thus effectively denying these nations these items.
27:20
Various CIA agents acting in Chile are implicated in the activities of openly seditious groups. US dollars also have supported opposition strikes such as the October owners strike, when truck owners were paid to stop transporting goods and offers were also made to pay workers if they stopped producing. US funds were also used in the 1964 and 1970 election campaigns, both times against Allende.
27:46
This open letter concludes that the left parties in Chile explored a new road to social justice, the Via Chilena, which was intended to provide a peaceful transition to socialism. This road was blocked by the upper classes using its congress, its courts, its economic power, and most recently, cooperative sectors of the armed forces. In President Allende's words, "It is not the fate of the revolutionary process, which hangs in the balance. Rather, Chile will inevitably continue its march towards socialism. What the fascist opposition threatens is the completion of this process by peaceful means in accordance with our historical tradition. The local upper classes and foreign corporations are trying to make peaceful progress impossible".
28:26
This has been report from the Fuente de Información Norteamericana, a group of North Americans who have been providing English language news to North America.
LAPR1973_08_30
08:18
Another country which deserves special attention at this point is Uruguay, a small nation wedged between Argentina and Brazil on Latin America's South Atlantic coast. The past six months have seen the collapse of civilian rule in Uruguay and the institution of a military dictatorship. Actually, the constitutional fabric of Uruguay has been disintegrating for quite some time. Former president Jorge Pacheco ruled the better part of his term in office by decree and through emergency security measures.
08:49
And, like the Uruguayan Congress, it was constantly riddled by scandals exposing the corruption of the regime. The current president of Uruguay, Juan Bordaberry, can hardly pose as a champion of democracy and civil power either. He was a long serving member of the Pacheco government and his own term has been marked by brutally repressive measures at times. The growing involvement of the armed forces in Uruguayan political life began in April of last year when President Bordaberry declared a state of internal war and called in the armed forces to confront the Tupamaros, an urban guerrilla group.
09:24
The Tupamaros, and armed group dedicated to the establishment of a new social order, have gained great support among Uruguayan urban masses in recent years simply because in cities such as Montevideo, there are serious social problems which previous Uruguayan regimes, both military and civilian, have failed to deal with. The Tupamaros, in fact, seem to have had some effect even on the military. In the battles waged last spring, many of the captured guerrillas began to tell their captors that the real enemies, cattle smugglers, corrupt politicians, tax dodgers, and currency speculators, were still at large, often in high places in the government.
10:04
As a result, many Uruguayan soldiers and even some senior officers emerged from the campaign saying that the Tupamaros would not finally be defeated unless the root causes of the country's social and economic problems were tackled. Yet despite the reservations of some officers, the military accomplished its task of defeating the Tupamaros with brutal effectiveness.
10:25
This military campaign against the Tupamaros had two important consequences. First, the most powerful force on the left had been eliminated, and thus, leftist leaders in both the military and in Congress were in a weakened position. When the military began going after more moderate political figures later on, it no longer had to worry about reprisals from the Tupamaros. Secondly, the material buildup of the military gave them much more political clout. This clout was demonstrated in February, when a clash between Bordaberry and the armed forces resulted in a state of near-civil war.
10:59
Bordaberry, however, realizing that the military held the cards in any such confrontation, was forced to accept a junior partnership with them. A National Security Council was set up, which placed Bordaberry virtually under the military's control. The Congress, relegated to a somewhat lower position, was furious, and many of its members made strong anti-military statements. The weeks following the military's intervention in February saw the increasing hostility between the Congress and the military, with Bordaberry somewhere in-between.
11:31
By April though, an alliance was clearly emerging between Bordaberry and the conservative sectors of the military. First, Bordaberry created a special junta of commanders in chief to advise him. Also, the National Confederation of Workers, Uruguay's largest trade union syndicate, demanded a 30% wage increase to make up for cost of living increases since the beginning of the year. The military supported Bordaberry and his flat rejection of this demand.
11:57
In fact, Bordaberry allowed the military to step up its program of political arrests and systematic torture, and even supplied it with some of the most repressive legislation in the world. An issue of increasing importance to the military was that of the parliamentary immunity from arrest. One Senator, Enrique Erro, was a constant thorn in the military's side, and in April, the National Security Council accused Erro of collaborating with the Tupamaros and asked that his parliamentary immunity be lifted.
12:25
When the Senate refused to lift Erro's immunity in May, the military moved troops into the capitol. A crisis was averted when the question was sent to a house committee for reconsideration. In late June, a final vote was taken and the request was again refused. This time, Bordaberry responded by dissolving the Congress altogether, making the military takeover complete. The National Confederation of Workers did what it always threatened it would do in the event of a military coup and immediately called for a nationwide general strike. The government responded quickly and brutally.
12:58
It officially dissolved the National Confederation of Workers and arrested most of its leadership as well as other prominent trade unionists. But this decapitation failed to do the job, the unions were well-organized on a grassroots level and had support from students as well. Many workers occupied their factories, and student demonstrations and other agitation kept the army and police constantly on the run.
13:20
As the strike went on, continuous arrests overflowed the jails, and police began herding prisoners into the Montevideo football stadium. Finally, the strike collapsed and Bordaberry was able to bring things somewhat under control, but opposition continues. Anti-government demonstrations have recurred and another general strike has been threatened. Bordaberry certainly did not eliminate all of his opposition by dissolving the Congress and crushing the general strike. The Tupamaros, for example, have been slowly rebuilding their strength and avowed to continue their struggle.
13:51
This has been a summary and background of important events in the past six months in two Latin American countries, Chile and Uruguay. These analyses are compiled from reports from several newspapers and periodicals, including the London weekly, Latin America, the Mexican daily, Excélsior, the Chilean weekly, Chile Hoy, and the Uruguayan weekly, Marcha.
LAPR1973_09_06
00:23
The British news weekly, Latin America, reports that the Brazilian Army has been battling with peasant guerrillas near the Araguaia River in Northern Brazil, and recent events have shown the impotence of the Army in dealing with these jungle fighters. Two landowners have been killed by the guerrillas for collaborating with the armed forces during anti-guerrilla operations, which ended in April, and other important landowners who assisted the Army have been forced to leave their haciendas to take up residence in the comparative security of larger cities.
00:54
The leader of the guerrillas, the now legendary Osvaldão, nailed the guerrillas' manifesto to the door of a church in a village near the Araguaia. The statement reaffirmed the 27 points of the guerrillas' program. In this document, the guerrillas, who began to settle the region in 1967 as a part of the long range strategy of the pro-Chinese faction of the Brazilian Communist Party, supported the principal demands of the local population.
01:19
They used simple and direct language in making their points. One of the chief demands involved the posseiros, small farmers who have lived in the Araguaian River for generations without legal title to the land. Large landowners have been taking over in recent years, and the guerrillas demanded that the posseiros be given security of tenure.
01:41
A second point of the guerrillas' manifesto involved an ancient scandal in which gatherers of Brazil nuts are forced to sell their harvest to local merchants at the officially-controlled price, which is approximately 1/13th of the price which merchants sell them for. These widespread grievances, combined with the violence and corruption of the military police, provide the guerrillas with an ideal environment, and this explains the fantastic popularity of Osvaldão and his followers among the local people. In the region, tales of the guerrillas' exploits paths from mouth-to-mouth, and apart from Osvaldão, one hears mention of others, especially the women of the group.
02:19
The decision of the Army to end active operations against the guerrillas angered local oligarchs, who recently met with the military commander and suggested a final solution to the problem. The suggestion was that they should form a death squad of hunters who knew the forest, men accustomed to kill Indians, entrusted by the landowners. This band of killers would be employed to hunt the guerrillas for a bounty of 10,000 cruzados each. The offer was refused by the Army on the grounds that it did not accord with the philosophy of the government, but local opinion was that the risks outweigh the possibility of success. The guerrillas already have local recruits with them and the hunters might well change sides, and furthermore, the conflict would inevitably run out of the control of the Army.
03:08
The Army also claims the guerrillas forces to be now reduced to a half a dozen fugitives, but Air Force officers based in the area told a recent inquirer that of the 35 original combatants, 20 still remained active. Local civilian sources assured the same inquirer that Osvaldão commanded at least 60 men divided between two vans, which were themselves divided into yet smaller patrols. Their influence is felt along 100 kilometers of the River Araguaia. Popular support from the local population ranges from several cases of incorporation into the guerrillas, to discrete provision of information, supplies, and often, shelter.
03:46
The present situation is complicated for the government by the fact the peasant leagues springing from the spontaneous need of country people to defend themselves and their scant livelihoods are again important for the first time since their suppression during the first years of the military government. Their demands are backed by the church, which has been taking an increasingly hard line with the government in recent months, and it is this wider movement which gives the Araguaia conflict its particular significance. This from Latin America.
13:31
The Mexico City Daily Excélsior reports that the Chilean government last week outlawed the Chilean Truck Owners Association, and called upon all patriotic Chileans to act to break the six-week-old lockout, which has thrown much of Chilean society into disarray. The Popular Unity government called on workers, peasants, students, and all Chileans, to put every vehicle that can move on the roads to help transport badly needed medical supplies and food. The Chilean interior minister announced that the Popular Unity government decided to nullify the existence of the Truck Owners Association because it is proved that its strike had the aim of provoking a coup d'etat, or civil war. This from the Mexican Daily, Excélsior.
14:50
Our feature today is an article on the world food situation from the August 73 issue of Science Magazine, the American Association for Advancement of Science Publication. Last July, for almost the first time in living memory, the crop report prepared by the United States Department of Agriculture rated a spot on the CBS evening news. To consumers perplexed by rising food prices, the prediction of record crops was doubtless welcome, if maybe deceptive news. To economists concerned about the world food situation, the relief was of a different order. A poor harvest in the United States could mean disaster for some countries that depend on American food exports.
15:36
The world food situation is more serious now than at any time since 1965 to '67, when an armada of American grain shipments saved perhaps 60 million Indians from possible starvation. The immediate cause is a bout a freakish weather that has visited droughts on some parts of the world, floods on others, and given the 1972 harvest much worse results than was expected. All countries except India have now bought enough grain, though often at ruinous prices, to cover their immediate needs, but the world's grain stocks are down to their lowest level in 20 years, and whether or not there will be enough food to go around next year depends on the success of crops now in the ground.
16:16
The omens so far are that crops will be good around the world as long as the weather stays favorable and epidemics hold off. But the touch and go nature of events has rekindled anxieties about the world food situation. Beyond the immediate question of whether this year's crop will produce enough food to avoid major price disturbances, political instabilities and famines, there is concern that the present alarms and scarcities may reflect not just last year's bad weather, but a fundamental deterioration in the world food situation. Already, there are those who foresee a period of food scarcity in which those with food to sell will have a useful political weapon in their hands.
17:00
Governments of developing countries will find this year that the soaring prices of food grains and freight rates have driven their imported food bills up by 60%, or roughly $2 billion, and a drain on foreign reserves of this could, if it should continue, threaten to retard economic development and make the gap between rich nations and poor nations grow faster still.
17:21
Much besides the threat of famine therefore hinges upon the ability of developing countries to make crop yields grow faster than people. The salient fact about the world food situation is that for the past 20 years, food production has increased at a rate just slightly faster than population. A fact that, were it not for major inequities in resource and income distribution, could translate into a very slight improvement in per capita diet.
17:46
Yet even disregarding the uneven rates of consumption, this average diet is precariously close to subsistence, and those even slightly below it are undernourished. The present extent of malnutrition in the world is a matter of debate because of arguments about how it should be measured, but according to the Food and Agricultural Organization, the FAO of the United Nations, perhaps 20% of the population of developing countries, or 300 to 500 million people, are undernourished, in that they receive less than the recommended intake of calories, not to mention protein. Alan Berg, World Bank deputy director for nutrition, estimates that of the children born today in developing countries, roughly 75 million will die before their fifth birthdays for malnourishment or associated illnesses.
18:39
The article continues, "Regarded from a gross overview, the world's situation over the last two decades appears tolerable, if not precisely ideal. Countries with a food deficit have been able to buy cereals at reasonable and stable prices from the grain exporting countries." In short, the remarkable feature of the world food situation in retrospect has been its general stability. Perceptions of it, however, have followed a strangely erratic course over the last decade, lurching from pessimism to optimism and now back towards gloom again.
19:11
In the mid 1960s, doom saying was the fashion. The USDA forecast that the concessional food needed by developing countries would eventually exceed what the United States had available to give away. Strikingly enough, the date calculated for this dire event turned out to be 1984. The USDA projections formed the basis for Famine 1975, a well-written and widely-read track by brothers William and Paul Paddock. The Paddocks took the USDA's figures, but assumed a slightly faster rate of population increase, and concluded that the famine era would arrive nine years ahead of time in 1975.
19:55
The famine talk of the mid-1960s suddenly lost credence in the face of a new phenomenon, part-agricultural and part-public relations. The Green Revolution, with its wonder wheat and miracle rice, swept the headlines like wildfire, but they swept the wheat and paddy fields of Asia at a rather slower rate.
20:14
Developed at an agricultural research center in the Philippines and Mexico, the new strains of rice and wheat did indeed produce yields many times greater than native varieties under certain conditions. The promising performance of the new strains in India and Southeast Asia suggested that the rate of food production could be increased from 2% to 4% or 5% within a few years.
20:38
Aided by favorable weather conditions, the new Mexican wheats produced bumper crops. India announced she would become independent of all foreign grain imports by 1973, and the Philippines pinned to become a major exporter of rice. And in the general euphoria, even the United Nations Food and Agricultural Organization began to talk as if the real food problem would be one of surpluses, not scarcities. But from this high point, enthusiasm about the Green Revolution has slowly subsided, dipping occasionally into positive vilification.
21:16
The basis of the criticisms lies essentially in the fact that modern agricultural technology is no quicker or less painful to apply in the developing world than it has been in the advanced nations. High-technology farming in the underdeveloped world generates massive rural unemployment, as it did in the United States. The new strains of wheat and rice, which are the spear point of Western agriculture, require fertilizer, irrigation and the learning of new skills, all of which rich farmers can acquire more easily than the poor. The scarcity of land capable of this highly-specialized farming also greatly restricts its general applicability.
21:52
The high-yield strains are also extremely sensitive to disease, a problem that the advanced countries themselves have yet to successfully cope with. After the optimism about the Green Revolution began to appear overblown, it required only a few bad harvests to set the pendulum swinging back toward despair.
22:11
The strange events of 1972 have done just that, although bad weather and an unlikely combination of circumstances were the principal cause, the resulting havoc was quite disproportionate, demonstrating the system's possible fragility. First, the Soviet Union had another bad harvest. The Russians bought 30 million tons of grain on the world market. The amount was enough to set grain prices soaring to historic heights, and to double world freight rates.
22:40
Other countries too were in the market, Indonesia and the Philippines for rice, India for grains. Drought in the countries bordering the southern edge of the Sahara caused a bonafide famine, which has affected between one and 10 million people. The Peruvian anchovy industry failed almost completely last year, and may be permanently damaged because of overfishing. And since the anchovies were the source of much of the world's supply of fishmeal, livestock owners turned heavily to grains and soybeans to feed their animals.
23:10
The outcome of these various demands was dramatic rises in international market prices. In the short-term, it looks as if the scarcities that followed in the wake of the 1972 harvest will ease off, stocks will be rebuilt, and prices will subside to near their normal levels. The longer term prospects for the world's food situation depend on the viewer's perspective. If the optimists have the better record in the debate so far, they also have the harder case to make now. The optimist position is essentially the economic thesis that agricultural production can expand to match demand.
23:49
But their critics respond, "Demand represents only what people can afford to buy, not what they need." On this view, the income of people in developing countries is likely to be the primary constraint on food intake for the foreseeable future, and the production will match up to whatever the market can afford. One analyst, Anthony S. Royko, says, "The United States could double or triple food production if the price was right. However, a review of the dynamics of underdevelopment in a capitalist system does not leave one massively optimistic when considering the cost to underdeveloped nations in increasing their immediate purchasing power."
24:24
Moreover, the article continues, "US food surpluses, whether sold or given away, may help to avert shortages in particular countries, but can cover only a fraction of the expected increase in food needs of the developing countries. These nations must meet the major part of the food requirements themselves." Unfortunately, it is in predictions of likely agricultural productivity increases in the developing world that the professionals become more pessimistic. Among the reasons most commonly argued are the following.
24:58
First, the Indicative World Plan, drawn up by the Food and Agricultural Organization, postulated that there could be slight improvement in the world's diets by 1980 if the agricultural production of developing countries met certain specified goals. So far, the progress made in meeting even the very modest goals of the FAO's plan offers little cause for enthusiasm. Between 1962, the base year of the plan, and 1975, agricultural production in developing countries was supposed to increase at a rate of 3.4% per year. In fact, the average growth rate between 1962 and 1970 has been only 2.8% per year, dropping to 2% in 1971 and to 1% last year.
25:43
One of the few goals successfully met is that for farm machinery, which has been considerably exceeded, this since it adds to rural unemployment is a mixed blessing. Modern agricultural techniques used in the context of a developing capitalist economy not only increase the gap between rich and poor farmers, but are more likely to reduce jobs than to create them. Yet, rural areas in which the bulk of the population increase is to occur are where jobs are most needed.
26:13
The high-yield strains of rice and wheat could cause a disaster for the populations they support because they are genetically more uniform than the native strains they replace and hence more susceptible to an epidemic. The plant breeders who devise the new strains are well aware of the problem, but are nowhere near a solution.
26:32
Prevention and control of such epidemics is a hard enough task for the United States, and requires skilled manpower that developing countries using the new seeds may not possess. Although the trend of agricultural production in developing countries has been steadily upward, there is no guarantee that it will continue to rise. Future gains may be harder than those already made, the best land has already been put under plow, the most convenient water sources already tapped. Production of protein especially seems to be bumping up against certain constraints.
27:08
The article continues, "This year's projections by the USDA Economic Research Service forecast that the world's capacity for production of cereals at least will increase faster than consumption, but projections explicitly assume normal weather conditions. The weather may not be so obliging."
27:25
Whatever the real extent of malnutrition in the world and maldistribution of existing resources, there seems to be no certain prospect of substantial improvement, and the fair chance of degradation in the immediate future. Protein has become a seller's market. In recent months, there has been a clear trend of richer countries pulling protein away from the poor.
27:48
A similar dynamic exists inside the underdeveloped countries themselves, where economic elites' demands for meat may well price grain out of the poor man's mouth, given that it takes about seven pounds of grain to produce one pound of beef. The article concludes cautiously, stating that, "For the moment, the general world food situation seems stable, if a little precariously so." Most experts are agreed that 1972 was probably just a bad year, not a turning point.
28:21
In the longer term, the world's agricultural capacity is clearly not yet stretched to its limit, and any deterioration in diet on this account is likely to be gradual. However, any real immediate improvement or deterioration in the average diet is more likely to be linked to social and economic structure than to natural phenomena.
LAPR1973_09_13
00:19
The right-wing forces which have been operating against Chile's President Salvador Allende finally succeeded last week when the armed forces staged a violent coup d'état and seized control of the Chilean government. The following report on events in Chile are compiled from reports from the Associated Press, the London weekly Latin America, the Mexico City daily Excélsior, and the Chilean weekly Chile Hoy.
00:41
The coup began when the military surrounded the presidential palace last Tuesday and demanded the resignation of Allende and his Popular Unity government. Allende refused and the military attacked using tanks, troops, and air force bombers. Allende himself is dead. Chilean military and police say he killed himself, although others believe he was murdered. The Chilean ambassador to Great Britain said that he personally challenged the military's story. Allende was buried in a small family funeral on Wednesday.
01:07
The military leaders closed all government radio and television stations and imposed press censorship. Martial law has been declared and there are reports that any civilians found with arms are being executed on the spot. Obviously intent on crushing all opposition, the military has also burned the Socialist Party headquarters.
01:26
It was originally announced that a four man junta would rule the country. Since then, the head of the junta has proclaimed himself president and congress is to remain in recess until further notice.
01:37
The military says that things have returned to normal in Chile, but at the time this program was recorded, there were still reports of considerable resistance. One battle was reported on the outskirts of Santiago in a factory, and snipers have been firing from buildings throughout the city. Reports of casualties run as high as 4,000 dead. The military has been arresting hundreds of socialists and communist leaders, supposedly for questioning only, and they have been threatening to blow up any building containing snipers or resistors.
02:06
Talk of a military coup in this troubled country has been abundant ever since General Carlos Prats resigned as minister of the defense and head of the military in late August. Prats was a strict constitutionalist and a well-known opponent of military intervention against the elected government.
02:22
Meanwhile, early this month, the crippling truck owner strike remained unsettled and was accompanied by increasing violence. The fanaticism of Allende's right-wing opponents was revealed two weeks ago when Roberto Thieme, the leader of the revolutionary Fatherland and Freedom Organization was arrested. Thieme who was wanted for a collaboration in the attempted coup last June admitted that the truck owner strike was planned and launched solely to overthrow the government.
02:48
Thieme also said that the Fatherland and Freedom Organization planned sabotage attacks in connection with the strike and that they had taken part in the assassinations in July of Allende's naval aide-de-camp. He further said that they had made great efforts to strengthen rightist forces in the military.
03:04
The crisis deepened last week when the Christian Democrats, Chile's major opposition party, reversed its position and joined with right-wing parties, including Fatherland and Liberty in the Chilean Congress and offered a resolution calling for Allende's resignation. Eduardo Frei, a Christian Democrat and former president of Chile, issued a statement in which he blamed Allende for all of Chile's problems and he seemed willing to support a military coup.
03:29
The military seems to have been preparing for the coup for the past three months, in that it has been systematically removing arms from civilians, especially in factories in which Allende's support has been the strongest. These arms seizures, the sudden rightward swing of the Christian Democrats, and Thieme's detailed description of the Fatherland and Freedom's activities, almost make it seem as if the coup were a well-orchestrated plan, of which many were aware.
03:54
Allende of course observed these developments too, and last week he canceled his trip to the Non-Aligned Countries Conference in Algiers and had several emergency meetings with military leaders, his cabinet and members of the Popular Unity Coalition. With leaders of the armed forces, Allende discussed reform of laws regulating the military's activities.
04:13
According to the Mexico City daily Excélsior, Allende told other government leaders that only two things could solve the crisis: A dialogue with the Christian Democrats or a national plebiscite. The dialogue with the Christian Democrats was out of the question since they had thrown their forces behind the right.
04:30
A plebiscite would have helped since Allende's Popular Unity Coalition had done increasingly well at the polls since it captured the presidency three years ago. Anti-government strikes including the recent truck owner strike and brief sympathy strikes by lawyers, engineers, and technicians have been among relatively small well-paid sectors of the Chilean workforce and these groups would not likely have countered Allende's working class strength in a national election. However, not all sectors of the Popular Unity Coalition could agree on a plebiscite and measures were not adopted in time.
05:00
Reports from unidentified sources within the United States government say that the US was in informed of the coup a full two days before it happened and that the Nixon administration supported the actions of the military. Government spokesmen have denied the report saying that no US government agencies had any prior knowledge or complicity in the coup.
05:18
Juan Peron, who will almost certainly be elected president of Argentina next month, said that while he does not have the evidence to prove it, he believes the United States government engineered the coup. Others believe that while the United States may not have been directly involved in the coup itself, the United States and its US corporations have at least indirectly contributed to the downfall of the Popular Unity government. For one thing, when the Popular Unity government came to power, the United States cut off all economic aid to the country, but doubled the amount of money given to the Chilean military.
05:50
When Chile nationalized the United States copper companies two years ago, the US demanded compensation for the property. Allende politely responded that since the excess profits removed from Chile at a rate of 52% above investment a year by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings, there would be no compensation. Since then, Kennecott, a huge American copper company, has filed suits in French, German, and Italian courts trying to stop companies in those countries from buying Chilean copper, thus denying Chile valuable export earnings.
06:22
Even more importantly, the United States government has used its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies such as the Import-Export Bank, the World Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank. Many of these loans, especially those from the Import-Export Bank, are not really loans as such, but simple credits which allow the nation to make purchases from companies in larger nations on the basis of repayment within 30 to 90 days.
06:46
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance in order to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile has been faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, for example, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to the transportation owner strike, which eventually precipitated the coup, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
07:12
The same mechanisms have also led to shortages of food and other essentials which has heightened Chile's inflation. It is perhaps for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations last December that the US is waging economic war on Chile.
07:26
Also in March of 1972, documents were revealed which showed that IT&T had contributed heavily to the campaign funds of Allende's opponents, and Allende has been bitterly resentful of what he calls IT&T's attempts to foment a civil war in his country. For instance, IT&T was said to have put $500,000 into Chile's opponent's campaign chest in 1968.
07:48
Some groups around the country who have been critical of US policy have staged protest rallies in the United States, in Paris and in other countries in Latin America, and have frequently quoted the statement issued by Allende as the military was attacking the presidential palace only hours before his death. Allende said, "I will not resign. I will not do it. I am ready to resist with whatever means, even at the cost of my life, in that this serves as a lesson in the ignominious history of those who have strength but not reason."
08:17
This report on the coup in Chile was compiled from reports from the Mexico City daily Excélsior, the London weekly Latin America, the Associated Press, and the Chile weekly Chile Hoy.
14:34
This week's feature is on the recent history of US press coverage of Chile. We will be drawing on an article printed in the magazine, The Nation, in January of 1973 by John Pollock of the Department of Sociology and Political Science, Rutgers University. Dr. Pollock is also a member of the Chile Research Group in Livingston, has done research in Chile, and has been specializing in the US press coverage of Chile.
14:57
Mr. Pollock's analysis opens with the US press coverage of Dr. Allende's speech at the United Nations in December of 1972.
15:05
Typical press coverage of Allende's visit is best examined by referring to the major US newspapers which report regularly on Latin American affairs: The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Christian Science Monitor, The Wall Street Journal, the Miami Herald, and the Los Angeles Times. These papers generally included the following information in reports on Allende's speech.
15:26
One, he called Chile the victim of serious economic aggression by US corporations, banks, and governmental agencies, accomplished through denial of previously available loans, interference by IT&T in Chile's internal affairs, and a boycott of Chile's copper in foreign markets.
15:42
Also, he called the economic blockade of his country an infringement of Chile's sovereignty condemned by United Nations resolutions and a problem for all Third World countries, and that IT&T and Kennecott denied any efforts at interference in Chile's internal affairs or any other wrongdoing.
16:00
Mr. Pollock continues noting that divergent opinions were presented, but the appearance of balance was specious. Although President Allende's views and those of US ambassador to the United Nations, George Bush, as well as those of IT&T and Kennecott copper companies were all mentioned, none of the opinions was investigated or tested in any serious way.
16:20
These leading newspapers did not simply fail to weigh evidence regarding the charges made, they never raised any serious questions about the charges at all. The overall impression was given that Allende was pandering to an automatic anti-American sentiment, easily aroused in an audience comprised largely of Third World countries.
16:38
The New York Times had the gall to run an editorial titled, "What Allende left out." For those unfamiliar with recent developments in Chile or with the press coverage of them, the Times editorial might have appeared reasonable, but close examination of political events there and the reporting of them yields a quite different impression. It is not Allende but the United States press which has left out a great deal.
17:02
None of the newspapers had prepared readers for Allende's visit with substantial background information on Chile and its concerns. None of them mentioned that in stops en route in Peru and Mexico, Allende had been accorded tumultuous welcomes.
17:15
Referring to IT&T activities in Chile, three of the newspapers, including The New York Times, failed to mention IT&T correspondence revealed by Jack Anderson and never denied by IT&T, which implicated that company in efforts to topple the Allende government, and only the Miami Herald linked IT&T to reports of specific subversive terrorist activities culminating in the assassination of Chile's General René Schneider, the army commander-in-chief.
17:41
Only one newspaper, The Wall Street Journal noted that Allende nationalizations actions were legal, having been authorized by a constitutional amendment passed unanimously by the Chilean Congress in January of 1971, which set forth procedures for expropriating mines owned by Anaconda and Kennecott. The most important provision as reported by the Journal was that any profits since 1955 in excess of 12% of the concerns' investments in Chile should be deducted from the payment of the expropriated properties.
18:11
The Journal was alone again in devoting substantial attention to Allende's claim that Kennecott had arranged a boycott of Chile's copper exports to European ports. In fact, it was the only paper which considered the issue of corporation induced embargoes against small countries sufficiently important to explore in any detail.
18:28
Nor did any paper attempt to determine, and only The New York Times mentioned at all, whether Kennecott Copper had indeed made astronomical profits in Chile. According to the Times, Allende charged that from 1955 to 1970, Kennecott had made an annual average profit of 52.8% on its investment. That higher return would doubtless have had provoked substantial comment if reported in any context other than that of Allende's critical speech.
18:54
The omission of important questions was not the only striking tendency in press reporting on Allende's UN presentation. Also evident were characterizations of the Chilean president as essentially insincere and duplicitous. Suggestions that he was more concerned with maintaining an act, charade or a popular posture than with accomplishing what he has often claimed to care about, the achievement of socialism within a democratic framework.
19:17
Noteworthy in this connection was The New York Times editorial with reference to Allende's "cleverness" at the UN. A Washington Post editorial tried to dismiss Allende's presentation as full of "inflammatory tinsel" insinuating "that the beleaguered Chile's beleaguered president did unfortunately, the easy popular thing. Mr. Allende indulged in dubious and gaudy rhetoric." Such characterizations hint that the Chilean president is ineffectual and ridiculous, not to be taken seriously by serious people.
19:47
Mr. Pollock continues, "The crucial questions left unasked and the belittling of the report of Allende presented in press reports, especially in the editorials of two of the nation's foremost opinion shapers, The Washington Post and The New York Times, are not simply troublesome elements in the press coverage of a single event. Rather, they are part of a consistent set of themes and omissions periodically evident in reporting on Chile ever since Allende's election in September 1970. Careful analysis of that reporting reveal several disturbing tendencies."
20:19
One, our newspapers have usually omitted information on the vast minority of Chileans. Most reporting on citizens' reaction to the Allende regime is based upon interviews with privileged national business leaders, large landowners or owners of medium-sized firms. The results of such interviews, anti-Allende in tone, are presented as typical of popular reaction to the new president. Seldom are opinions solicited from those most likely to support Allende: organized labor, unorganized labor, the unemployed, farmers on small and medium-sized plots of land, and the poor generally.
20:53
A second noticeable omission in the US reporting on Chile is the failure to cover right-wing activities. Left-wing activities by contrast receive substantial since sensationalist attention. For example, many articles have been written about the threat to Chile's political system from the Left Revolutionary Movement. Genuine concern about threats to the stability of the Chilean political system would, one might suppose, stimulate press coverage of political activity on both the left and the right. Yet even a cursory review of press reports will disabuse any one of that assumption.
21:24
Activities of the right extremist organizations such as Patria y Libertad, which trains children in the use of arms and forms secret paramilitary organizations in middle-class areas are never mentioned. Indeed, those groups are hardly even reported to exist. It is customary in addition for disruptions to be reported in a way that fails to identify the ideological persuasion of the protestors. They're presented as upset citizens while protestors presumed to be left-wing are characterized in sensationalist terms.
21:53
Consider the report of an assassination clearly by rightist forces of the army chief of staff in an effort to block Allende's ratification by the Chilean Congress, and a subsequent retaliatory assassination assumed to have been performed by the left. The New York Times correspondent wrote that, "Extremists have already produced two major crises since Allende was elected. The assassination of General Schneider, and nine months later, the assassination by left-wing terrorists of Edmundo Zujovic." The right-wing assassinations are simply assassinations. Those from the left are left-wing terrorists.
22:28
Furthermore, in reporting on the victims, there was scarcely any mention of the fact that General Schneider, the one killed by rightists, had been a major force in maintaining peaceful constitutional democratic rule, while the person killed in retaliation by the leftists had been as a previous minister of the interior directly responsible for the torture of political prisoners.
22:48
Mr. Pollock continues that suppressing information on right-wing activity extends to a near blackout on news about disruptive or distasteful activities by Allende's opponents. The most glaring example of such emissions is found in the coverage of a street demonstration by 5,000 women who in early December of 1971 protested food rationing in Santiago. The March of the Empty Pots, so-called because the participants banged empty saucepans as they marched, was reported by several papers. Only one however mentioned any clear estimate of the general social or economic origin of the women, information any reader would consider essential to assess the political implications of the march. The Christian Science Monitor noted that the sound of the marching pots was loudest in the wealthiest sections of Santiago.
23:34
In contrast to the North American papers, highly respected foreign sources did as a matter of course identify the socioeconomic origins of the women. Le Monde, the French paper, the British weekly Latin America, and Excélsior, the Mexican equivalent of The New York Times all reported that the marching women were upper middle and upper class.
23:53
In addition, the US press reported that the women's march was led by groups of men wearing safety helmets and carrying sticks and was broken up by brigades of leftist youths wearing hard hats and carrying stones and clubs, and by an overreacting Allende who asked police to disperse the women. The foreign press, on the other hand, reported that women were led by goon squads of club wielding men, called the march a right-wing riot, and reported it broken up by police after the president and his palace had been stoned by the women.
24:23
A fourth omission, perhaps more flagrant than the others, is the virtual absence of evidence suggesting that Allende has made any social or economic progress whatsoever. News reports and editorials have abounded with dark hints that the Chilean economy and Chilean politics are on the brink of upheaval and Cassandra-like accounts bewail reports of food shortages, unemployment, inflation, and the scarcity of foreign exchange, as though economic ruin were just around the corner.
24:49
What go unreported in the United States are social and economic statistics available to any reporter who cares to examine them. There is some evidence that Chile's first year under Allende, 1971, far from inducing despair, gave reason for hope. Agricultural production doubled. The consumer price index rose at only one half the rate registered during the last year of President Frei's administration, and the construction industry grew by 9%. Unemployment, again contrary to US press reports, declined from 8.3% in December of 1970 to 4.7% a year later.
25:23
Food shortages do exist, but they're a product not of government food austerity policy, but of the increased purchasing power of Chile's working classes. Food production has actually increased in Chile, but the working classes and the poor are buying much more.
25:37
Allende raised wages and froze prices in profits ensuring that the salary and wage segment of national income increased from 51% in 1970 to 59% in 1971. Finally, during Allende's first year, Chile's increase of gross national product was the second highest in Latin America at 8.5%. Our reporters have failed to record such indicators of progress and have fairly consistently labeled Chile's future as dismal and clouded.
26:05
The US press in reporting the economic difficulties and the food lines managed to leave the impression that the socialist leadership was at fault for the grave economic situation, whereas actually the Chilean economy had long been in crisis and Dr. Allende was elected in large part in response to the disastrous economic policy of earlier pro-US governments, and indeed the situation was quite measurably improving for broad sectors of the population after Allende's election. Up until concerted efforts by the threatened local and foreign economic interests began to disrupt the economy in hopes of fomenting unrest sufficient to cover a coup.
26:40
In particular, the reported food shortages were not as such shortages but reflected the fact that for the first time, major sectors of the population could buy more food so that although more food was being produced, demand outpaced supply requiring rationing that upset the wealthier classes who resented the partial equalization of access to food.
26:59
We add that Dr. Allende's popularity and support was consistently growing as proven in the congressional elections. Consequently, the right-wing attempts to reimpose its control could no longer happen peacefully and concerted rightist disruption of the economy began so as to set the stage for a military coup on the pretext of restoring stability. The US press managed to leave the impression desired by foreign and national business leaders.
27:25
A fifth major omission in coverage of Chilean politics is perhaps the most obvious of all. It is difficult to talk about the State of Delaware without mentioning the Du Ponts, and it would be bizarre to talk about Montana without speculating on the role of Anaconda Copper. Yet our reporters somehow managed to write about Chile without examining the political influence of Anaconda, Kennecott Copper, and IT&T.
27:47
Mr. Pollock concludes that the omissions of information on the opinions of less affluent Chileans and the absence of reports on right-wing activity or the disruption activity by Allende's opponents, the failure to report economic and social progress where it's occurred, and the paucity of investigations of multinational corporate activity give a distorted portrait of Chilean political system.
28:11
The foregoing feature is based upon work by Dr. John Pollock of the Department of Sociology and Political Science, Rutgers University and is available in the magazine, The Nation of January 1973.
LAPR1973_09_19
14:13
The Chilean coup has captured headlines for the past three weeks. For today's feature, we'll be talking with someone who's just returned from two years spent traveling and doing research in Chile. Alan Marks worked for a year in a research capacity for the Institute of Training and Research of the Chilean Agricultural Reform Agency. Alan, it must be hard for many North Americans to imagine what it's like to live in Chile under the Allende government. What were your initial impressions of the Chilean society and culture?
14:42
The first two things that I noticed was the incredible freedom of the press and the political sophistication of the people. The press ran articles all the way from the extreme right to the extreme left. It seemed as though any kind of newspaper at all was permitted there. There was no press censorship whatsoever. As far as the political sophistication, anyone from a store owner to a factory worker would have their own political ideas, very well formulated as to Chile, the United States, and the whole world.
15:16
Could you describe your work in the Agrarian Reform Agency?
15:19
Yes. The agrarian reform was initiated under the government of Fray in 1968. Its intention was to expropriate from the very large landowners, big ranches and farms, latifundios, which were not producing and which were needed very much to produce in Chile. The land was first of all not well cultivated, and secondly, the workers who were working for these large landowners were not receiving a wage that was livable.
15:49
They lived in extreme poverty and many times were starving. Therefore, the intent was to expropriate these large latifundios and turn them over to the campesinos, to these poor families, to work themselves. I went out to work in a collective farm unit called "asentamiento" in the south of Chile. From this point of view, I was able to observe some of the reforms in the very important areas that Allende had promised. These were in the areas of medicine, of housing, of education, and of work.
16:28
First of all, Allende promised that each infant and school-aged child would receive a half a pint of milk a day. The National Health Service undertook to get milk to each child, to each cooperative, to each farm in all of Chile. Furthermore, it saw to it that each child had all of his inoculations against the dread diseases, thereby wiping out dread diseases in Chile. The second point was housing.
17:01
On this collective farm unit, each family got to have their own house, whereas before there had been five or six families in one house. Now each had their own house. Some of the people would work, they would form one committee of the working committee, which would go and construct houses for everyone. The rest of the people would carry on the work in the fields.
17:26
Here in the US, for the past six months, we've been hearing of strikes, food shortages and antigovernment demonstrations, and yet we also have heard that the Unidad Popular, Allende's party, strength was increasing at the polls. How can this be?
17:40
Well, this worried me also. I was in the United States in December and I was reading the articles in the press, which indicated that they were anticipating the opposition to get 67% of the congressional seats and thereby impeach Allende, and furthermore they intimated that there were food shortages, that people were starving and so forth. Quite concerned for the friends I'd made down there, I returned in January with some anxiety.
18:16
Upon arriving, I realized that this was largely myth. In the first place, there was as much food as you could possibly want. All of the fruits and vegetables were in abundance and were being sold everywhere. There was a shortage of meat. This was due to two causes. The first and fundamental cause was that the poorer people, the lower class of people in Chile, had never been able to afford meat before. Since Allende's government, everyone in Chile has been eating meat and therefore it wasn't in as great of quantities.
18:54
A second point was that at different times in Chile, some of the rightest landowners who had chicken farms or in some cases cattle would either drown all their chickens or would send their cattle away secretly to Argentina trying to create an artificial shortage. Another important point was that when Allende first took over and the right decided that they wanted to begin some sort of a panic, the very rich people, all of whom had big storehouses and refrigerators went to the stores and bought in abundance all of the essential items.
19:46
Well, even in this country, I think that would create a panic and would deplete the basic inventories. Well, this was especially so in Chile, and consequently there have been times when things were not available immediately and people had to form lines to wait for them to be distributed.
20:05
Another very important point is that Allende always moved very slowly as he was an enabled to by the Constitution, and he made no attempt to expropriate the basic industries of distribution of foods. Now, this created a very real problem. The government owned only 28% of this distribution, and this 28% quite naturally went to the areas of the most need of the poorer people in the poblaciones all around the city of Santiago and the major cities.
20:44
The 72% that was controlled by the right somehow didn't very often make it into the markets. It seemed to go directly into people's backyards and into storehouses. There were scandals where hundreds and thousands of gallons of cooking oil were discovered in vats and warehouses where people had been storing them trying to create an artificial problem.
21:10
Furthermore, what would happen is there was a black market whereby since there was a shortage, the people who did have the things hoarded could then go and sell them at 10 to 50 times their normal value, thus producing an inflation as well as maintaining the shortage for all practical purposes so that in fact, it was largely a losery, this shortage in this discontent, the strikes sometimes were three or four people and were in very small groups of opposition, people that would go on strike.
21:46
Whereas the Popular Unity party and the majority of the people continued working and continued living well, in fact living better perhaps than they ever had before in their lives. This was reflected, I think, very well in the March elections.
22:03
In spite of all of the sabotage by the right, in spite of all of the economic problems in Chile due to the credit blockade of the United States, which deprived them of many basic raw materials, the people were going without certain things, the major portion of the Chilean people did understand who was responsible, what were the causes of the shortages of the problems, and voted accordingly. In 1970, Allende got 36% of the vote. In 1973, in these very difficult times, he got support of 44%.
22:42
We know there was a truck owner strike in October of '72, which was very similar to the strikes which precipitated the coup. Can you tell us something about the events of last October?
22:52
Yes. Last October was a very important time for Chile. The truck owners decided to strike thereby paralyzing the 3000 mile long country. Distribution of the agricultural products, raw materials and minerals is carried on chiefly by trucking and Chile, and whereas one product may be grown in the South, it may have to be distributed to the north and so forth.
23:20
Furthermore, in a very well orchestrated campaign to force Allende into submission, the right called on all shop owners, called on all owners of any kind of stores to close their shops, called on all the people not to go to work. This was an attempt to force the government forces into returning all of the factories to the owners and returning some of the large latifundios to the original owners.
23:58
It met with very, very significant failure, this policy of the right, because the left, the Popular Unity party continued to work, refused to shut down, worked even though they didn't have all the necessary food, got to work even though a lot of the buses were not running because they had been sabotaged with tacks or one thing or another. Above all, they kept the basic industries and the basic factories open and functioning so that Chile was not paralyzed.
24:41
The most important industries were in fact carrying on. The other very important thing that developed out of this was that there was a belt formed around Santiago. The factories in Santiago are all in the outskirts of the town along the major thoroughfares, along the major highways in and out of Santiago. They went to their factories.
25:08
They remained on vigil at the factories, protected them, and furthermore, effectively controlled any of the transportation in and out of Santiago, a force very important to them for the future, and certainly we know that these factories have been kept open and the only way that these people could be vanquished would actually be by killing them all because these people were prepared to fight to the death for the factories that now had a very real meaning to them, had a very real power for them.
25:48
Alan, some have said that Allende moved too quickly and boldly with nationalizations and other measures. Do you feel that Allende could have avoided a clash with the US by moving more slowly or being more diplomatic?
26:00
I think that Allende was very diplomatic. In fact, phrase proposals when on his campaign in 1964 were almost as far-reaching as anything that Allende ever got to do. Nationalizing basic industries had been promised to the Chilean people for years, and it's something that everyone was in agreement with. I don't think any Chilean would ever say that they shouldn't nationalize the copper industry, but Fray didn't fulfill his promises in a large number of areas.
26:36
It was very important for Allende's credibility for him to move directly in affecting these reforms that he had promised. Now, as far as moving quickly, there are certain limitations to how quickly you can move when you are a candidate or are a president like Allende, who has promised very strictly to remain within the constitutional framework.
27:02
He was so much more of a constitutionalist than any other figure I've ever seen, and given the conservative constitution of Chile, all of his actions, all of his proposals, always had to go for review before the Congress, so that really Allende moved very slowly. There were very few factories that were touched.
27:22
The important latifundios were expropriated and were given over to the farm workers, but the owners still maintained their own little farm off of this, and I would say that that Allende did anything but move quickly. This was the main criticism of him by the left and Chile was that he moved too slowly.
27:45
We've been talking today with Alan Marks who worked for a year in research capacity for the Institute of Training and Research at the Chilean Agrarian Reform Agency.
LAPR1973_09_27
14:23
This week's feature is on Puerto Rico.
14:27
Hundreds of Puerto Ricans, organized by the Puerto Rican independence movement, demonstrated in front of the United Nations last week, demanding freedom from what they called colonial domination by the United States. While Puerto Rico is officially an American protectorate, many feel that the United States' political and economic control over the Caribbean island gives an effective colonial status. In fact, the United Nations Committee on Decolonialization recently condemned the United States for possessing a colony.
15:01
Our feature this week is an analysis taken from Ramparts magazine, in which Michael Meyerson deals with the colonial status of Puerto Rico and political movements striving to attain independence.
15:14
For Puerto Ricans, colonial status is nothing new. They have spent the last five centuries under the rule of one western country or another. Puerto Rico came close to achieving independence in the late 1800s, winning an autonomous constitution from Spain, only to lose it a year later when the island was ceded to the United States as part of the spoils of victory in the Spanish-American War.
15:36
Ruled first by the US military, then by presidential appointees, and only recently by an elected governor, Puerto Ricans have had little power over the fate of their island. They were even made US citizens over the objection of their one elected body. Today, the island's legislature's powers are limited to traffic regulations and the like. Real political power resides in the US House Committee on Insular Affairs and the Senate Committee on Territorial and Insular Affairs, both of which meet in Washington, DC, some 1,500 miles from San Juan.
16:07
Appeals from Puerto Rican courts are decided in Boston and final jurisdiction rests with the US Supreme Court. US federal agencies control the country's foreign relations, customs, immigration, post office system, communications, radio, television, commerce, transportation, maritime laws, military service, social security, banks, currency, and defense. All of this without the people of Puerto Rico having a vote in US elections.
16:31
The extent of US military control of the country is particularly striking. One cannot drive five miles in any direction without running into an army base, nuclear site, or tracking station. Green berets were recently discovered in the famed El Yunque National Rainforest, presumably using the island as a training ground. The Pentagon controls 13% of Puerto Rico's land and has five atomic bases, including Ramey Air Base. A major base for strategic air command, Ramey includes in its confines everything from guided missiles to radio jamming stations, which prevent Radio Havana from reaching Puerto Rico and Santo Domingo.
17:13
In addition to the major bases, there are about 100 medium and small military installations, training camps, and radar and radio stations. In the late 1940s, Puerto Rico became the target of Operation Bootstrap. Hailed as an economic new deal for the island, Bootstrap bore the kind of name that encourages Americans to believe unquestioningly in their country's selfless generosity to other peoples. In truth, the new program was a textbook, perfect example of imperialism, guaranteeing tax-free investment to US firms, developing the island as a market for US goods.
17:52
As The Wall Street Journal put it, "Two million potential customers live on Puerto Rico, but the hopeful industrial planners use it as a shopping center for the entire Caribbean population of 13 million."
18:06
Ramparts states that while it fed American sense of self-righteousness and brought profits to US investors, Operation Bootstrap left untouched the misery of the majority of Puerto Rico's 2.5 million inhabitants. In fact, by limiting the development of the island's economy and forcing continual dependence on the US, Operation Bootstrap deepened the cycle of poverty in Puerto Rico. Four out of every five Puerto Rican families earn less than $3,000 per year. One-half receive less than $1,000 annually.
18:36
Oscar Lewis puts unemployment at 14%. Knowledgeable Puerto Ricans insist that a figure as high as 30% is more realistic. That is a permanent condition twice as bad as the depths of the Great Depression in this country. Per capita income in Mississippi, our poorest state, was 81% higher than in Puerto Rico in 1960. Whereas wages are a fraction of those on the mainland, the cost of living on the island is higher. Most statistics place island costs at 25% higher than those in New York City, Chicago, or Boston.
19:07
If it does little to improve the luck of the poor, Bootstrap has by any standards been a bargain for investors, offering US firms cheap labor and tax holidays of 10 to 17 years. Bootstrap was hailed by Hubert Humphrey as the miracle of the Caribbean. As the colonial government reports, manufacturers averaged 30% on their investment, thanks to the productivity of Puerto Rico's three-quarter million willing, able workers.
19:36
Profits in electronics run 10.8 times those of the mainland industry's average. Every dollar invested has brought a profit of ¢30 during the first year. US investments in Puerto Rico are the highest after Venezuela in all of Latin America. For every dollar produced in the island's industrial system, only ¢17 is left in Puerto Rico. Only Britain, Canada, Japan, and West Germany import more US goods. This solid of less than 3 million people buys more from us than do Spain, Portugal, Austria, Ireland, and the four Scandinavian nations combined.
20:16
Sugar and petroleum account for most of the country's industry. The sugar industry is controlled by three US companies and accounts for half of the island's agricultural income, a fact determined not by the agricultural needs of the island, but by the US sugar quota. Impoverished Puerto Rican plantation workers drop the cane for tax for US companies, ship the raw product to the United States where is refined, packaged, and taxed, and then buy back the finished product at its opening prices.
20:43
Only the petrochemical industry has seen a bigger growth in Puerto Rico, with heavy investments from every major US petroleum corporations, including Phillips, Union Carbide, Texaco and Standard. Virtually bringing the Caribbean coast of the island in search of oil, they have caused severe pollution in some of the best fishing waters in the world.
21:03
This together with the fact that the Federal Government prohibits Puerto Ricans from maintaining its own fishing crates, has resulted in the island being forced to import 95% of the fish it consumes.
21:14
Since Meyerson's article, in Ramparts was published, it has been announced that large international oil companies intend to construct in the country a deep seaport, or super port, for the receiving, storing, transferring and refining of great quantities of petroleum. The proposed super port, with a capacity of over 300 million tons annually, would initially be accompanied by two to four refineries, each with a capacity of sent 250,000 barrels daily. These would begin operating in late year of 1977.
21:52
Plans also call for linking to the super port a refining capacity of sent 6 million barrels daily of crude oil for the decade of 1980. The new refineries would then be accompanied by new and expanded petrochemical plants. The super port refinery petrochemical plant complex would come to occupy some 33,750 acres of the western coast of the country before the year 2000. Estimates indicate that the industrial complex would triple US investment in Puerto Rico, which already totals $6.8 billion.
22:30
Many Puerto Rican nationalists fear that this would only tighten the grip of the US business interests over the island, and would constitute a formidable obstacle to the application of the United Nations resolutions on colonialism to Puerto Rico.
22:46
In addition to these fears of political and economic control, opponents of the super port project have serious concerns about the effect of the project on the ecology of Puerto Rico. First, according to a study made by the US Army Corp of Engineers, the super port and accompanying developments will require about one billion gallons of fresh water per day by the year 2000. This would exhaust all the water sources and damage them permanently by the introduction of sailing compounds from underground reserves.
23:14
Environmentalists also point out that waters used to cool the complex would reach a total of 30 million gallons of sea water per minute, roughly 12 times the total water discharge by the island's rivers. These salt waters, after going through the machines of the industrial complex, would be returned to the coastline some 10 to 20 degrees Fahrenheit about normal, seriously affecting the marine life in the area.
23:37
Finally, it is pointed out that the US Army Corp of Engineers study concluded that the discharge of sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides and particularized matter would be 1,323,000 tons by the year 2000.
23:51
Large as the result of the super port controversy, certain Puerto Rican political groups and newspapers have been denouncing what they call environmental colonialism. These political-economic phenomena, they say, consists of using the land, air, and water of the colonized as receptacles for the poisons and other pollutants that the large industries of the colonized have produced.
24:16
In this manner, the colonizer exports pollution and the cost of combating it outside of his territory, thereby ensuring that a large port of the residue of those industries have no adverse effect on their own economy, public health, and landing environments. While the Meyerson article is published too early to comment on the super port plans, it does deal with the operations of large copper companies.
24:42
Earlier in the 1950s, huge copper deposits were discovered in the interior. American Metal Climax and Kennecott Copper, operating through its auxiliaries, moved in, taking exclusive rights to the deposits. Comparable in size to the largest deposits in this country, the ore value was higher than any in the United States. The deposits are worth at least 1.5 billion. American Metal Climax paid Puerto Rico just $10 for an exploration permit.
25:08
News of the deposits and of the negotiations between the two companies and the government was kept secret, until a pro-independence movement people got hold of word of the talks and began a public campaign.
25:20
Through picketing, diplomatic protests, and local organizing, the Independistas have for four years successfully prevented the companies from starting production. Although the contract has not been signed yet, speculation is that with the 64-year-old millionaire industrious Luis Ferré as the new governor, the signing is imminent.
25:39
Fairly more, Ramparts continues, that Washington propaganda has always held that Puerto Rico has no riches, that it needs the United States; hence, independence is unreasonable. Now Japan has offered the country a better deal on its copper than have a US companies. But its colonial position prohibits Puerto Rico from engaging foreign trade. Undoubtedly, its oil, sugar, tobacco, and coffee could also trade to better prices if offered competitively.
26:08
"There seems no way to check or reverse the depletion of Puerto Rico's riches," says Meyerson, "other than independence." The major argument against independence, aside from lack of natural wealth, has been the size of the country, but Puerto Rico has more people than eight Latin American countries.
26:27
In recent years, several groups have appeared which see foreign investors as their principal enemies and have taken extreme actions to combat them. Since New Year's Eve of 1967, at least 75 fires, aimed at North American properties, have caused damages ranging in estimates from $25 to $75 million. No one has been caught, no evidence has been found, and no witnesses have come forth, but a group calling itself the Armed Comandos for Liberation, the CAL, has taken credit for the action.
26:57
To the chagrin of the proper deed, no one can prove who belongs to the CAL. Although the press has attempted to tie the group with the Movement for Puerto Rican Independence. Police have even arrested local members of the Movement for Political Independence in connection with the bombings, but they were forced to release them for lack of anything resembling evidence.
27:16
The island, already blanketed by CIA and FBI agents, has practically suffocated with the massive invasions of reinforcements from those two agencies. "The goal", says the Liberation Movement, "is to make it so costly to stay in Puerto Rico that the corporations will leave. We are in the first stage of operations, our leader said, and in this phase we intend to cause $100 million worth of damage to US concerns. Our idea is to inflict such heavy losses on these enterprises that the insurance companies will have to pay more money in indemnity than they have received in payment, thus upsetting the economy."
27:50
Leading the drive for independence from US domination, the Pro Independence Movement, or MPI, insists that social gestures and independence will not be achieved through the established electoral process, for whatever laws are passed in San Juan are subject to approval by Washington.
28:09
This week's feature was based on the article published in Ramparts magazine, by Michael Meyerson, and augmented by research material provided by the Puerto Rican newspaper, Claridad.
LAPR1973_10_04
14:24
Our feature this week is the text of a lecture given by Tim Harding at a conference in Madison, Wisconsin in April of last year. Mr. Harding has traveled and done research extensively in Chile, and his subject is the plight of the Mapuche Indians in southern Chile, focusing particularly on the interaction of the Mapuches with the Allende government.
14:43
It should be remembered that Professor Harding's words were written at a time last year when the Allende government was still in power, and the agrarian reform was an ongoing process. While the new military junta has not said specifically how it will deal with the question of agrarian reform, many observers feel that the previous reforms will be ended if not reversed.
15:03
The Mapuche Indians constitute 4% of the population of Chile today. The story of the Mapuche is particularly important to the subject of agrarian reform in Chile, because in the province of Chile with the greatest rural population, that is the province of Cautín in southern Chile, 69% of the population is Mapuche. They are located on 2,000 reducciones. The settlements are not unlike Indian reservations within the United States.
15:33
Besides living on the reservations, the Mapuche Indians form part of the rural proletariat, that is they go out and work in the surrounding properties for extremely low wages. The Mapuches have traditionally been subjected to discrimination, they have gotten the least of the benefits of what society has had to offer in Chile.
15:52
Many people wonder about the reasons for the low position of the Mapuches in Chilean society. There are very good historical reasons which are so parallel to the oppression of Indians within US society that images of what happened to American Indians at the Wounded Knee Massacre and other places can be called to mind to give some idea of what has happened to the Mapuche population.
16:14
Unlike the conquest of the Inca and Maya civilizations, the Mapuche had a frontier situation of combat with both the Spaniards and the Chileans. The final conquest of the Mapuches might be put as late as the 1880s after centuries of colonial contact. Pedro de Valdivia, the first Conquistador of Chile, wrote back to the king of Spain that he had never fought so valiant an enemy as the Mapuches.
16:39
The conquest of the Mapuches was begun by the Jesuit priests. They tried to keep it peaceful, but as in the United States, every treaty with the Mapuches was broken and warfare kept recurring. They were finally reduced to the reducciones or reservations. As the years wore on the amount of land left to the Mapuches shrunk constantly due to the encroachments of powerful surrounding landlords.
17:02
The beginning of the resistance to this came in 1961 when under the influence of the Communist Party and the National Labor Confederation, a federation of peasants and Indians was organized. This organization began to engage in land seizures. Mapuche groups joined the Federation and recede the land which had been taken away in the previous century.
17:23
When a Mapuche leader was asked by the magazine Ercilla, "Are you people communists?" He said, "It's true, most of us belong to the Communist Party, but what do you expect us to do? They're the only ones that help us even if at times they use us as instruments in their own interests. Look at the owners, the latifundios, they are liberals, conservatives, and radicals. To whom do you expect us to turn?"
17:46
There were only about 14 land seizures between 1961 and 1966. They didn't significantly change the situation of the Mapuches in the south. The Frei government's response to the Mapuche problem was to propose a comprehensive bill, which was to make it easier for the Mapuche communities to be broken open and their land was taken away.
18:06
In response to this, partly under the same Christian Democratic influence, the Mapuches organized into a National Confederation. They went to Congress and oppose the Christian Democratic bill by mobilizing and demonstrating they kept Congress from passing that bill.
18:22
Then the Mapuche Confederation wrote their own bill. At this point, the Allende regime and the Unidad Popular was elected. The Unidad Popular people acted as lawyers advising the Mapuches on how to draw up their legislation. The bill would provide credit education and training for the Mapuches so they could join the mainstream of Chilean society.
18:42
The Unidad Popular members in Congress, though, then took the bill and revised it, limiting the amount of Indian control. The bill was going to set up a corporation for Indian affairs, which would define legally the position of the Mapuches reducciones and establish mechanisms for running them.
18:58
The Mapuches wanted to control this corporation which was to be funded by the government, but the Unidad Popular also wanted control. Thus, there was disagreement about this and extended negotiations took place. Finally, the Unidad Popular people agreed to a compromise with the Indians, in which they both more or less shared control of the corporation. That bill has been introduced to the Chilean Congress, and so far has been effectively blockaded by the opposition members.
19:26
In the meantime, the action was taking place in Cautín province, which was not involved in the previous land seizures. The Revolutionary Left Movement, commonly known as the MIR, through their rural organizations, became active in organizing among the Mapuches. Most commonly they simply hooked up with existing organizations. Thus, this should not be seen as controlled by outside groups, but as outside groups acting as links to the political process.
19:51
The MIR working with Mapuche leadership began a series of land seizures in Cautín province that coincided with agendas taking power. These seizures were not only Indian, they were also by non-Indian peasants. As the Allende government came into power, it responded favorably to these land seizures, since it gave them an excuse to get the land reform program off to a very rapid and dramatic start in Cautín, which was not only the largest but also the poorest rural population. Cautín had experienced the least agrarian reform under the previous Frei regime.
20:26
Thus there were many reasons for Allende to go with the impetus that the MIR was giving him and to respond to these land seizures by accelerating the expropriation of properties in Cautín. Most of the land seizures in Cautín involved landless workers who seized properties that were large enough or underutilized enough to be subject to legal expropriation.
20:46
A government official readily admitted that it was this pressure, combined with the needs of the Cautín poor, which compelled the government to put first priority on land distribution in Cautín. Clearly, the government welcomed the land seizures because it gave them the opportunity to rapidly expropriate a large number of properties and to show dramatic progress precisely where social pressure was the greatest.
21:07
Land seizures in the South continued, however, on fundos which had not been marked for expropriation. Landowners and opposition leaders attacked the government for being responsible for lawlessness and violence. Actually, there was little violence against the landowners, but each incident was blown out of proportion by the opposition press.
21:26
But the problem with respect to the Mapuches was that many of the properties that they seized were less than 80 hectares in size. According to the agrarian reform law which the government had inherited, properties of this size were not to be seized. The government was thus put in the position of being asked to legalize seizures of land which were too small according to existing law. But why were the lands too small? It seems that the largest landowners in these areas had never felt the need to dispute with the Mapuches over land. But the smaller marginal landowners were told by the larger landowners, "If you want land, don't come to us, go to the Mapuches."
22:03
The poorer landowners in the more desperate positions, using force and violence, then seized the land from the Mapuches and held it. Thus they were the ones the Mapuches were directly responding to when they seized the land back again. At this point then, the small landowners were the ones who were the most sympathetic to an extreme right-wing reaction to agrarian reform, just as the small-property middle class tends to react more strongly to socialist reform measures.
22:29
The large landowners have thus organized the small landowners into armed vigilante groups in order to oppose the land seizures. They defend not only their own small properties but their large holdings as well. Thus a situation exists which some even describe as an ongoing civil war between land-seizing groups and counter-reform vigilante groups in southern Chile.
22:49
In addition to these vigilante actions, some landowners use tactics such as refusing to plant, dismantling equipment, slaughtering breeding stock, or sabotaging production. Professor Harding visited an expropriated fundo in central Cautín. The former absentee owner had allowed dairy production to decline purposely and had fired all but nine of a workforce of 81. The workers who had joined the Ránquil Farm Workers Union, which was affiliated with the Unidad Popular, requested expropriation from the government.
23:20
A government agency intervened in the property and appointed a temporary administrator to set up the asentamiento. The workers who had been fired returned to work on the property and now formed part of the community. A five-man production council was elected from among the workers to administer the property.
23:39
The council, in cooperation with government officials and other technicians from the Ministry of Agriculture and the State Bank, then made a careful inventory of the property and drew up a production plan for farming the property as a collective unit. An 18-year-old youth with a primary school education was sent for a three-week training course in accounting so that the council could keep its own books for the property.
24:01
The council negotiated with the State Bank for credit, borrowing to stock the farm with dairy cattle, breeding animals, and two tractors. Natural pastures were replaced with improved grasses, new sections were plowed for cultivated crops, and forests were planted on steep hillsides. A section of the property was set aside for garden plots and the construction of houses. The workers realized that since they were literally working for each other, anyone who shirked while drawing his wage was freeloading on the others.
24:30
Group pressure was applied to anyone who was underproducing during working hours. But all this happened on one of the larger land holdings, which was legally expropriated. There still remained the problem for the government of what to do about the Mapuche seizures, which were still too small.
24:45
Rather than calling in troops to forcibly drive the Mapuches out, the government responded by negotiating. First, government negotiators told the Mapuches that they shouldn't take their problems out on the small landowners, since they too were poor people. The enemies, they said, were the big property holders. The Mapuches answered, "That may be true, but the property is taken away from us, and the ones we can walk to are the small properties."
25:10
The Unidad Popular representatives proposed three solutions, which still have not been completely enacted.
25:15
One solution was that the Mapuches were to receive concentrated credit, which they had not received before, and technical help to increase the productivity of the land they already had. Secondly, some of the smaller properties would be bought up by the government by cash payment, as opposed to expropriation. Thirdly, the government would place the Mapuches on the less populated asentamientos, the expropriated farms, where there was employment.
25:39
This last possibility was basically a way of keeping people quiet for a time, while they explored other solutions, and it hasn't necessarily worked very well.
25:47
Another problem faced by the Mapuches regards employment status. While they were agricultural proletariat on the asentamientos, they then became hired hands of the cooperative and faced the problem of relating to the new cooperative as employees, rather than actual members.
26:03
The projected solution to that problem was the idea of a center of agrarian reform, in which all people in an area of an expropriated fundo are put on equal footing in terms of the use and resources of that land so that no difference or distinction would be made between employees and cooperative members.
26:22
The government has responded to the Mapuches with some bewilderment, Professor Harding says, because just as the Unidad Popular has a considerable problem dealing with the women's question, they also have a considerable problem dealing with the Indian question, based on prejudices which have been unconsciously accepted even by some members of the Unidad Popular, an attitude of trying to sweep the problem under the rug, of ignoring the Mapuches.
26:46
Yet there has been an enormous willingness on the part of this government, more than any other, to have at least a dialogue, to treat the Mapuches as people who have a right to a certain amount of self-determination. At least the government has become gradually more aware of the problem from the Mapuche point of view.
27:01
Although the Communist Party had had a tradition in the early 1960s of leading land seizures, they have not cooperated or led Mapuche movements since that time. Now it is the MIR that has worked with the Mapuches most effectively and has won the most direct confidence of the Mapuche toward the outside political system. The attitude of the Mapuche is one of let's wait and see. There is more hope now that they can solve their problems.
27:27
But unfortunately, at the end of last year, in one land seizure, a group of armed landowner vigilantes killed a Mapuche chief. At the funeral, the speaker was the head of the MIR organization. He said that the MIR, of course, didn't create the problem with the Mapuche and that it still is for the government to deal with the problem in a more serious way.
27:47
You've been listening to a text of a lecture given by Professor Tim Harding at a conference in Madison, Wisconsin, in April of last year. Mr. Harding has traveled and done extensive research in Chile.
LAPR1973_10_11
00:23
More than a month has now passed since the Military coup in Chile, which overthrew the government of President Salvador Allende. Yet events in Chile still dominate the news. The British Newsweek Weekly Latin America reports on some of the economic policies of the new military junta.
00:41
With the cancellation last week of the 200% wage adjustment, which had been decreed by the Allende administration for the 1st of October, the full impact of inflation will now be felt by that sector of the population that can least bear it, the poorest. The late President Allende had always publicly maintained that wages must keep pace with inflation, so that it was not the poorest that had to take the strain as it always had been in Chile and the rest of Latin America.
01:05
This policy has now been reversed in the middle classes, which were bearing the brunt before, will doubtless breathe a sigh of relief. What will particularly please them, and by the same token, be of concern to the working classes is that the military government has also decreed a return to normal methods of distribution. In other words, state distribution networks of food and consumer goods through which adequate supplies of rationed, low-priced goods were maintained to working class areas are to be abolished and free trading competition is to be restored.
01:36
With inflation estimated to have been approaching 300% in the past 12 months, says Latin America, it is difficult to see how wage earners will manage during the first stage of the government's economic strategy. It is true that the government has said the wage freeze will be only temporary while it studies the situation and that it plans fair and realistic prices when production gets underway again.
02:01
At present, however, the freeze on basic rates looks very much like a tough economic measure aimed mainly at forcing industrial workers to return to work and produce as much as they can in an effort to boost their earnings by overtime and production bonuses. The economy minister has said that the government will eventually produce a coherent program for public finances, taxation, wages, and prices, but this will only be after detailed studies.
02:31
But if the outlook is bleak on the economic front for that part of the population, which supported the Allende regime says Latin America, they can derive no more satisfaction from the new military rulers' political actions. Practically nothing positive has yet emerged from the government politically. It is still dismantling the Unidad Popular apparatus and suppressing opposition. Two weeks ago, nine more people were summarily executed for armed opposition to the military junta. While even the United States magazine, Newsweek, published a report from its special correspondent in Santiago, who said he had seen hundreds of bodies in a morgue of people who had been shot at close range.
03:08
According to Latin America, perhaps the toughest right-wing general in the junta has said, "The government junta's clear aim is to purge the country, especially morally." To this end, not only have Congress and municipal councils been abolished, but rectors of state and some other universities have been dismissed and are to be replaced by military men so as to exclude Marxist influence.
03:34
Latin American concludes that perhaps the most unpleasant aspect of life under the new regime is its encouragement of a witch hunt of former Allende supporters and officials. Special telephone numbers have been published for everyone to use in denouncing such people secretly to the authorities and successful discoverers of former officials will be given not only a government reward, but also all the money in the victim's bank account. The government recently captured Luis Gavilan, secretary general of the outlawed communist party, and the most important prisoner on the junta's list of most wanted men.
15:00
Because of the continuing public interest in the current situation in Chile. For today's feature, we've asked Father Charlie McPadden, a Maryknoll missionary born in Ireland, who recently returned from spending three years in missionary work in Chile, to talk with us about the work of the church under the Allende government and church policies toward the current military regime. Father McPadden, what did your work in Chile consist of actually?
15:23
Ken, I work in a parish in Southern Chile. Most of our people live in a city of 130,000 people. It's called Chillán. We also have a lot of area in the callampa. But my work in the parish consisted of—Really, I was very involved with the social program of our parish, because we had a large number of people who lived in callampa areas. We had seven different poblaciones in our parish, which I began working with. And later on, I was asked to work with 30 and all. So, I spent quite a bit of my time with these people, the people in the callampas.
16:03
Mm-hmm. What were you actually doing with them?
16:05
Well, we tried to do many things to uplift their standard of living, to cooperate with the programs of the government, and to be a Christian presence in that ambiente.
16:21
Mm-hmm. What was the political orientation of the community where you worked? And were people very politically active there?
16:29
Yes, of necessity they had to be, because the government, President Allende had made promises to build houses for the poor. And about one person in five in Chile is involved with this problem of lack of housing. One person in five lives in a callampa area, a shantytown area. So, in order to qualify to get houses, they had to belong to the UP, Unidad Popular. So, of necessity, the people had to be political. The Chileans are very sophisticated politically. And the poor especially who were the basis of power of the Allende government were continually being taught, being trained, being indoctrinated, if you will, in the programs of the government, and how to carry them through, how to bring about the necessary social changes.
17:22
What was the position of the church toward Allende, toward the advent of socialism in Chile?
17:27
Well, to explain that Ken, I think where it would be well to compare the church in Cuba when Castro took over from the oppressive regime of Batista in '59, I believe it was. And what happened when Allende came to power in 1970. In 1959, when Castro declared himself a Marxist, the church immediately published a pastoral letter condemning communism.
17:59
And at that time, the church and the leftist of the Castro's couldn't see any possibility of coexisting or cooperating. The church viewed these people as being prosecutors of the church, being atheistic, of being violenistic. And of course as well, the communists—the church has been against communism, has been reactionary, has been preaching pie in the sky, not putting themselves really on the side of progress or trying to make the brakes necessary in order to help the poor.
18:37
But, that's how it was at that time. But in the short interval of 14 years or so, 14 or 15 years, between Cuba and Allende, between Castro and Allende, traumatic changes have taken place in Latin America and in the church in general. A great maturing process has taken place apparently, both on the part of the church, and on the part of the leftist groups in Latin America.
19:09
Because, in the meantime, we've had Pope John who has asked the church in general, especially the church in Latin America, to put itself very firmly and positively, and make every effort to bring about social change, to correct the injustices which exist in Latin America. Vatican too followed, and it gave a mandate to the church to help Latin America, to help the poor in Latin America. They changed the miserable conditions which exist there for many millions of people.
19:45
So, also in the meantime, the church in Latin America has been called by the poor, the church of the rich. And this, in part is true. Many of the hierarchy and the church have come from the wealthy who haven't been too inclined to be on the side of the poor, let's say. But, the leftist people have also been working there, and in a very dedicated manner, they began by bringing many facts on the forces which are affecting very much the economies and the conditions of life of the people of Latin America.
20:21
So the progressive people in the church saw that really what the leftists were trying to do, that their goals were very Christian goals, and that, they showed this other possibility, the advisability of cooperating in these same programs. So communication began, understanding began, they ceased to criticize one another so much. And, in that way, many things have been happening. Many things have been done in a cooperative fashion to help the poor.
20:54
So when we came to Chile, when Allende took over, you didn't have any immediate repression of the church. Castro had expelled many of the foreign priests from Cuba when he took over. He had closed the parochial schools, because he said they were promoting the status quo in the country. But when Allende took over, the church responded in a very mature manner, by having an ecumenical service in the cathedral in Santiago, and the prayer for the success of Allende's government. Allende himself said that he was given complete freedom to all the different faiths in Chile. And, he hasn't tried in any way to repress them. He looks upon the church as an ally.
21:44
I think, from the beginning, I should say that, within the Chilean church that there has been somewhat of a division from those who back almost completely the programs of the Allende government, to those who are somewhat scared still of the generalizations, socialism, and communism. So, I think, the church in general, its attitude has been one of understanding and cooperation, bringing about needed social change and bringing about changes in the social structure. In the meantime—Or meanwhile, I think, maintaining an attitude of constructive criticism.
22:30
The church has spoken out various times against threats to human rights when this has appeared necessary to do, because it was evident that with the growing economic chaos in the country, where food stops became very scarce, where there seemed to be a growing polarization among the different groups, the church has had to speak out on the danger of violence, the danger of mixing politics with Christianity. But in general, I would say the church has enjoyed complete freedom under the regime of President Allende.
23:20
It hasn't been hampered in any way. It has been looked upon by most church people as a great challenge, because Allende's people and his parties have worked in a very dedicated fashion, with much opposition always to the programs. But I think that I would say that the church has given this government every chance and every cooperation to make its programs work, as far as the poor are concerned.
23:50
Were there sections of the parts of the church that worked actively for socialism, worked actively on behalf of the UP government?
23:58
Yes. There was, in the beginning, a group of 80 priests who were called the "80 for Socialism". And they almost completely sanctioned the programs of Allende's government. They didn't get the backing of the hierarchy, because I think the hierarchy's position was that socialism under Allende, the radical groups, at least in his government, were believed indiscriminate revolution, which the church could not back.
24:32
Father McPadden, was the church subject to any of the repression initiated by the military after the coup last month?
24:38
I think the position of the church at the moment would be this that, Cardinal Silva, the Cardinal in Chile, before the coup, had been very active in trying to get the different groups, the Christian Democrats and the socialists together to work out some compromise, rather than to permit the country to end up in civil war. And he made every effort on their behalf, on behalf of the country to do that, up until the very end.
25:11
The Christian Democrats didn't want to compromise in any way with the government of President Allende. They were in favor, I believe, of what they call, a "white coup". That is a bloodless takeover by the military, because they believe that the country at the moment was in complete chaos politically and economically, that there was a growing polarization, growing threat of violence, and that the only solution was for a military takeover.
25:40
But now that that did occur, a very bloody takeover, the Cardinal, his position at the moment, I believe, is that he offered cooperation to the military leaders to cooperate in the reconstruction of the country. But as time goes along, it's become more evident that these military leaders are acting in a very heavy-handed manner, and using a lot of repression, going against the constitution of Chile. It has expelled many foreign priests from the country. At least two priests have been killed, I believe.
26:22
It has arrested all of the native Chilean priests and warned them, detained them for some time, and warned them not to engage in politics. It has been especially repressive to the foreign priest in the country. And the church in general is very disillusioned with, again, the repression of political parties, and the repression of freedoms, and the violence, the bloodshed, the atrocities taking place in Chile under the military regime.
26:50
Were there very many church people among the estimated 10 to 15,000 political exiles from other countries present in Chile at the time of the coup? And if so, what's been their fate?
27:02
I don't really know much more than what I read in the papers. I read the newspapers every day, because it's very difficult to get much information out of Chile. It's perhaps filtered. And I know there's a great effort being made by the church from all areas to intercede for these prisoners.
27:23
Thank you, Father McPadden. Today we've been talking with Father Charlie McPadden about the church in Chile. Father McPadden is a Maryknoll missionary who recently returned from spending three years in missionary work in Chile.
LAPR1973_10_18
00:21
We begin today's program with a roundup of events and developments in Chile. The political repression of the military junta is still one of the most consistent themes of press coverage on Chile. The New York Times quotes the new Chilean interior minister as saying, "What this country needs now is political silence."
00:39
The guardian reports that sniper activity and battles between workers in the military are subsiding in Santiago, Chile, but reports of deaths and brutality are still prevalent. In La Granja, a working class community, an eyewitness that a woman who argued with soldiers attempting to enter her home was killed on the spot. On the same morning, a 14-year-old boy standing in a bread line talked back to a soldier and was shot down in cold blood as soldiers shouted, "We're the ones in power now."
01:08
An entire section of the middle class San Borja apartment buildings and homes was roped off on September 23rd in Santiago as some 3,000 troops carried out Operation Roundup. The apartment by apartment raid, which took 14 hours, may be the model for a neighborhood by neighborhood search of the entire capital. The Black Berets, the Army's special forces backed up by tanks, armored vehicles, and bazookas carried out the raids. Several apartments where leftist literature was discovered were destroyed and dozens of prisoners were taken. All foreigners caught in the apartments without legal documents were arrested.
01:44
Prisoners' documents are taken away in police stations, making it virtually impossible for reporters and relatives to locate missing persons. Hundreds of foreigners are among those arrested. A list of the 10 most wanted men in Chile was published last week along with pictures of the criminals. They include the leaders of the Socialist Party and other leftist groups.
02:05
Eyewitness reports reveal that truckloads of corpses leave the stadium every night and that bodies are dumped in trash heaps around the city and in the Mapocho River. After arresting or killing many key labor leaders, the junta proceeded to outlaw the Workers' Central, the Trade Union Federation, because it was "under the influence of foreign tendencies". All direct or indirect reference to workers' control has been strictly forbidden. To replace the CUT, the junta has imposed a craft union style of organization on workers in many firms. That from The Guardian.
LAPR1973_10_25
06:36
The following letter distributed by Tri-Continental News Service in New York was written by Beatriz Allende, daughter of the slain Chilean president, on October 5th, 1973 in Havana, Cuba, "To the progressive people of the United States, I address myself to you in these dramatic moments for my country, the Republic of Chile, which since September 11th has not only been suffering but fighting resolutely against the fascist military Junta that overthrew the constitutional president, Salvador Allende."
07:12
"The coup of September 11th can only be comprehended in its full magnitude when one understands that even before the Popular Unity took up the reins of government, U.S. imperialist monopolies and Chilean reaction were conspiring against the U.P. They tried to prevent first the U.P.'s ascension to the presidency and later the completion of its program of social and economic transformation, which the country demanded and the government was carrying out."
07:43
Ms. Beatriz Allende's letter continues that, "For the moment, the fascists have achieved their goal of blocking the revolutionary process by assassinating the president and overthrowing the democratically elected government. They countered on military men, traitors to their country, trained in U.S. military academies, and on the financial backing of U.S. monopolies and on the political and diplomatic support of the United States government."
08:07
"Today, Chile fuels its institutions swept away, its culture destroyed, its progressive ideas persecuted, its finest sons tortured and murdered, its working-class districts and universities bombed, repressing the workers throughout the length of the nation."
08:23
"The fascists are mistaken. They have not won. Alongside the fascist brutality arises popular resistance, which taking its inspiration from the example of President Allende is ready to fight and to win. The Chilean people today fighting in the streets, factories, hills and mines call on the solidarity of all progressive people throughout the world and especially the people of the United States."
08:50
The letter continues that, "We know that the U.S. government does not necessarily represent the real people the United States and that in our fight we can count on them as did the Vietnamese. We can count on the solidarity of the workers, the national minorities, students, professionals and other popular groupings which condemn the imperialist policy of the United States government and which at the same time support the revolutionary processes of those countries fighting for full sovereignty and social progress."
09:18
"With revolutionary greetings, signed Beatriz Allende", who is daughter of the late President Salvador Allende.
15:01
Our feature this week is a reenactment of an interview conducted by a reporter from the French newspaper Rouse with a leader of the revolutionary left movement in Chile, more commonly known as MIR. The MIR supported the Popular Unity government of former president Salvador Allende, but they always maintained that a peaceful road to socialism would not be allowed by the right-wing leaders of the economic status quo, and that armed struggle was inevitable.
15:29
Thus, at several points in the following interview, the MIR criticizes what they call the reformist path of electoral politics and conciliation. While many of the terms and political strategies discussed in the interview differ from those frequently heard in the political discussions in the United States, the interview is important because it is the first statement by any group resisting the Junta to emerge since the coup on September 11th.
15:54
The interview took place on October 1st in secret in Chile, since those answering the questions are currently been sought by the military. The newspaper Rouse began the interview by asking MIR, "Had you already foreseen this coup? What are the first lessons that you've drawn from it?"
16:11
"The coup d'etat that took place on September 11th was politically written in events that had already happened. We were prepared from a political as well as an organizational point of view, and we have prepared the sectors of the working-class and those of the presentry which we directly influence. We have not stopped denouncing the allusions of reformist strategy, allusions that cannot but disarm, in the full sense of the word, the Chilean people."
16:38
"In that sense, the September 11th coup confirms in the most tragic way our predictions and analysis. It was written in the events of the short terms since June 29th. It was clearly apparent at that moment that a section of the army was ready to do anything in order to confront a popular mobilization, which was becoming larger and larger."
17:00
"From then on, the principal concern of the military heads and of those who had been appointed to government posts could be reduced to one thing, to maintain discipline and cohesion in the military within that last rampart of bourgeois order and of imperialist order. The majority of the officers were in favor of the golpe or coup."
17:21
"At the same time, one witness during those last months a mobilization and heightening of consciousness among the Chilean workers, which was totally new, having no common measure with anything that had transpired before. It is a phenomenon that was disseminated by the revolutionary press throughout the world. I won't get into that now, although that is the fundamental element of the last period."
17:47
"In practice, to their concerns, by their enthusiasm, entire sectors of the Chilean working-class had begun to break away from the orientation of reformist directions. If the bourgeoisie and imperialism can to a certain extent tolerate Reformism, such a phenomenon cannot last very long. The means of production come more and more into the hands of the workers, and the previous capitalist owners of the means of production get more and more upset. This mobilization did only make the coup unavoidable, but also made the confrontation inevitable. It is crucial to underline the massive, global confrontation."
18:29
"What did you do to help the emergence of that proletarian power and its consolidation?"
18:35
"All of our militants participate fully in the birth process of popular power and in many cases played a decisive role in its consolidation, but they were far from being the only ones. The militants from the Socialist Party also played an important role in many cases, but since it was a question of an extremely wide phenomenon, especially in the Cordones industrial belts, one cannot speak only in terms of a consolidation of organized forces."
19:07
"In fact, it was a question of a totally exemplary phenomenon of a massive ripening of workers' consciousness. In this framework, whenever possible our activities and propaganda, agitation and organization, always aim towards accelerating and consolidating that process. I would also like to add that we've considered of prime importance our work with respect to the army. This work is now the main accusation against us."
19:38
"About this work you did with respect to the army, and without going into details which have no place in a public interview, were there important divisions or evidence of resistance within the army at the moment of the coup?"
19:48
"Rumors to that effect have not ceased since September 11th. In fact, although there have been no decisive divisions in the armed forces as a whole, one would to be blind in order not to see the differences between the various sectors. Within the Junta in power, it is undoubtedly members of the Navy and Air Force that represent the ultra elements, but one should not overestimate them. They will not fail to reflect the very real divisions which exist in the bourgeoisie."
20:19
"It is certain that sectors of the dominant class will have disagreements with the politics of the Junta, but right now there is just an almost unanimous sigh of relief, but at what a price. Let us not forget that many sectors which are joined to Christian democracy, in particular, have an old tradition which joins them to bourgeois democracy. A certain bourgeoisie legality and all that has been swept away by the coup. Not to speak of the excesses which seem to bother some of those gentlemen."
20:53
"A more significant element in the armed forces is the fact that certain regiments did not really participate in the daily operations of house searches and repression. I am not saying that they are dissident. Rather, it's a question of tactical precaution on the part of the Junta to avoid the sharpening of potential splits."
21:14
"In order to answer your question precisely, I can say that the fragmentary information that we have on the situation of the army indicates that in the beginning there were quite a few refusals to obey on the part of certain soldiers and sub-officers. They were all shot immediately. At least 10 of these cases were reported directly or indirectly, and therefore there must have been many more. That makes work within the army extremely difficult, almost impossible in certain cases."
21:46
"On the other hand, if there were a political and military revolutionary offensive which appeared as a real alternative, there is no doubt that a good number of sub-officers and soldiers would be on our side. Several times during the house searches, soldiers, sub-officers and even officers closed their eyes, let us say, when they found weapons. They said, 'All we ask is that you don't use them against us.' "
22:14
"Considering this, therefore, we will avoid in the near future irresponsible acts which might help to cement the armed forces into a homogeneous block, and we will work towards furthering the slight but significant manifestations of resistance within the army."
22:30
"You talk of work plans of a political and military revolutionary offensive, but the thing that strikes us the most is the absence of visible signs of such an offensive."
22:40
"That's true. At least at the level of visible signs, as you say, but on this point we must be very lucid because of the weight of the reformist illusions, mainly because of the blind politics of reformist directions, which have caused the Chilean workers to lose the battle. For this lost battle they have paid a great, great price. In editing the information which comes to us from all the suburbs of Santiago and from the rest of the country, we estimate at 25,000 dead, the number of victims from this battle."
23:14
"According to our information, this number circulates also in the military high command and every day the number increases. The day of the coup the workers regrouped massively in work sites which they had already been occupying for several weeks. In many factories, the workers defended themselves heroically, in hand-to-hand combat against the military who were bent on retaking the factories, but the proportion of power was to unequal."
23:43
"The military was armed to the teeth with modern weapons, using also tanks and at times air power. In contrast, the workers were very poorly armed, almost not armed at all in certain cases. The military were a well-coordinated centralized force carrying out a plan which had been extremely carefully prepared in advance. The workers from the different factories, from the different areas were not centralized, were not even coordinated among themselves."
24:13
"Nevertheless, it took about five days, sometimes longer, for the military to defeat the industrial areas around Santiago. In the provinces, things happened generally in the same manner. This explains the great number of dead during the first few days. In certain places it was a veritable massacre. In one of the most important factories in Santiago 200 dead bodies were taken out of the basement. Under such circumstances, retreat was inevitable."
24:45
"You characterize the actual situation as a retreat and not as a crushing defeat."
24:49
"Without any doubt, because in spite of the extraordinary number of victims, the repression in most cases has not been selective at all. A fact that one must know and make known to the outside world is that a great number of militants, syndicates and political cadres perished at their posts, but the revolutionary organizations, ours in particular, have not been dismantled. In spite of two heavy losses, the essential core of our structure and our apparatus are absolutely intact."
25:21
"In this sense, we have been consistent in our analysis and the measures we have taken have borne fruit. The military know this and it bothers them terribly. Their victory communiques are tainted by an undercurrent of fear. Without conviction, they exhibit material and weapons that have been seized and try to demoralize us by pretending to have made massive arrests in our cadres, but they know that they're lying and this is a decisive factor in the phase that is now beginning. A factor which allows us to talk of inevitable revolutionary offensive."
25:56
"What about the other leftist organizations? In particular the parties in the Popular Unity Coalition".
26:02
"Although I have had contacts with militants of the Communist Party, Socialist Party and the MAPU, United Popular Action Movement, I will talk with prudence and on an individual basis. About the MAPU, although it is a small group, I think I can say that it has not suffered much damage, either in its organization or in its structure. About the Communist Party, it seems that many intermediate cadres disappeared or were arrested."
26:32
"One thing is certain, the core of the party in Santiago, notably, is completely disoriented. In one blow, the illusions about the peaceful road to socialism have fallen. In addition, the structure of the Communist Party seems to be deeply disorganized, although the leadership of the Communist Party has participated in the battles in the Cordones. Today, a great number of militants have no precise guidelines and are left completely on their own."
27:02
"As for the Socialist Party, the situation is relatively complicated, given the complexity of the cross-currents which existed in the party when it was in power. The structure itself of the Socialist Party did not prepare it for the situation, but many militants, many revolutionary currents with the Socialist Party, which had their own struggles and organized cadres, fought the repression and are preparing for future struggles. There again, our responsibility is very great."
27:34
"How does the MIR plans to carry out this responsibility?"
27:37
We advocate the formation of a revolutionary front, which according to us, should regroup the parties of the Popular Unity and ourselves. The task of this front would be to prepare, as soon as possible, a counter-offensive against the actual regime, a political and particularly a military counter-offensive."
27:59
"What is the current climate that the Junta is creating for you to work in?"
28:04
"The climate of xenophobia that the Junta is trying to foment surpasses the imagination. Here also it is necessary to mobilize people outside of the country. Our militant comrades, political refugees, even simple residents, Bolivians and especially Brazilians risk their lives every instant. They are the Jews for the Junta. Simply because they speak with an accent, they are turned in by their neighbors."
28:31
This concludes the reenactment of an interview between MIR and the French newspaper Rouge.
LAPR1973_11_01
04:33
An article in the Bulletin of the Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization describes the most recent developments in the growing controversy over the construction of a superport. The Committee comments that, "Responding to pressure from the United States, government Rafael Hernández Colón announced in San Juan in mid-September that the colonial government is going ahead with the construction of the controversial superport complex. However, tremendous opposition to the project has forced him to withdraw his original proposal for building the port in Aguadilla, in northwest Puerto Rico."
05:06
Instead, the plan calls for the construction to begin on Mona Island, a small island 40 miles from Puerto Rican shores. Many experts agree that the project on the island of Mona could be only a first step to be followed by refineries, petrochemical industries, and a metallurgical center on the island of Puerto Rico itself.
05:24
"In his announcement," says the Bulletin, "Governor Colon insisted that the new superport is being constructed solely for Puerto Rican needs. But studies publicized by opposition to the superport indicate that the project will benefit mainly the large US oil companies while doing fatal damage to the Puerto Rican economy and environment."
05:44
The Committee claims that superports accommodating supertankers carrying loads of 200,000 to 1,000,000 tons of crude petroleum from Arab oil fields to the US are essential if the large oil corporations are to maintain the huge profits from the importation of oil from the Middle East. The rate of profit of US oil investments in the Middle East reached 80% in 1971, and US returns on investments in Middle East petroleum have reached 20% of the total return on all US foreign investment.
06:13
As a colony of the US occupying a key geographic position in the Caribbean, Puerto Rico has been singled out for intensive study as a center for the reception and refining of massive quantities of crude petroleum from the Middle East.
06:26
Investigation of these investment plans by independence forces in Puerto Rico has revealed the disastrous effect the superport and refining complex would have on the island, spreading over and contaminating a large land area, totally absorbing for cooling purposes Puerto Rican water resources, and contaminating surrounding seawaters. Independence forces maintain that not only the livelihood, fishing, farming of a large section of the population, but also the very existence of the Puerto Rican nation would be seriously endangered.
07:00
The Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization concludes by pointing out that massive demonstrations and hundreds of local protests against the superport have taken place on the island, forming an opposition which shows no sign of letting up, despite the Mona decision.
07:14
The issue has also been taken to the United Nations by leaders of the Puerto Rican Socialist Party and the Puerto Rican Independence Party, which resulted in a resolution passed by the Committee on Decolonization requesting that the US government, or any corporate body under its jurisdiction, refrain from any measures which might obstruct the Puerto Rican people's right to independence. It is expected that the resolution will be taken up by the U.N. General Assembly in early November. This report from the Bulletin of the Committee for Puerto Rican Decolonization.
14:51
This week's feature concerns the three-year experience of the Popular Unity government in Chile. Since the military coup in Chile on September 11, press reports from Latin America have been saturated with news from that country. They have dealt largely with repression, brutality, press censorship, the plight of political refugees, severe economic austerity measures, and reports of armed resistance. In the den of the conflict which has raged in Chile, though, little has been said about the government which now lies in the ashes.
15:25
November 4th was the anniversary of the inauguration of Salvador Allende and the Popular Unity Party at the head of the executive branch of the Chilean government. It is appropriate, then, to take a critical look at the Popular Unity Party, its origins, its historical uniqueness, what it hoped to accomplish, and why it ultimately failed. The following analysis is written by Catherine Winkler, a History student, and Dave Davies, an Economics student, both with a special interest in Latin America at the University of Texas at Austin.
15:56
The Popular Unity government was not actually a party as such, but a coalition of parties, the largest of which were the Socialist Party and the Communist Party. While the coalition included some other smaller parties as well, all shared the common goal of achieving some form of socialism in Chile. Much of classical Marxist-Leninist theory says that there is no such thing as an electoral path to socialism, that in a capitalist society it is the capitalist class which has far greater resources and can thus manipulate the political process.
16:25
Critics of the Popular Unity strategy often said that in a capitalist society they could win national elections, but that if they did, the capitalist class would use illegal means to bring them down. Members of the Popular Unity coalition answered that Chile was not an ordinary country. They pointed out that Chile had strong democratic traditions and that virtually all parties had been tolerated, from the extreme right to the extreme left.
16:49
They also pointed out that in Chile there was much less threat of a military coup than in many other Latin American countries. Military intervention in Chilean politics had indeed been a rarity. The thing which distinguishes the Chilean Popular Unity coalition from Marxist electoral coalitions in other countries is that in the Chilean presidential election of 1970, it won. Salvador Allende won the three-day presidential race on a platform which promised to free the country from what he said was the domination by foreign corporations, to carry out an extensive agrarian reform program in order to give land to the peasants of Chile, to promote a higher living standard for the Chilean working class, and to maintain Chile's democratic institutions intact. In short, the Popular Unity coalition promised a peaceful road to socialism.
17:40
In its first year, the government began to implement this program, and the results were impressive. US-owned copper mines were nationalized, a move which was unanimously approved by the Chilean Congress. Large-scale agrarian reform was carried out under existing legal structures. Economic indicators also showed signs of health. The rate of inflation declined. Unemployment fell from 6% to 3.8%, and industrial production increased by 11%. These steps by the Popular Unity government seemed to be well-received by most Chileans.
18:12
Municipal elections held in April 1971 showed dramatic rises in the popularity of the government. However, the measures taken by the UP government aroused the wrath of the United States and powerful opposition groups within Chile. Thus, much of Allende's administration was marked with political and economic battles between the Popular Unity government and powerful Chilean interest groups and political parties backed by the United States, as well as by confrontations with the United States government and US corporations over issues such as compensation for nationalized industries.
18:45
In October of last year, a truck owner's strike in opposition to the Popular Unity government paralyzed the country. This year, organized opposition to the Popular Unity government reached an unprecedented pitch and operated on basically three fronts. First, there were battles in the Chilean Congress, where Allende did not have a majority. The major opposition party was the Christian Democrats, whose candidate for president was barely defeated by Allende in 1970.
19:14
The second front in which the Allende government faced its opponents was that of labor struggles. This took the form of a strike by copper miners and a second more serious strike by transportation owners. Finally, some of Allende's opponents resorted to illegal and often violent tactics, including bombings, assassinations, and sabotage.
19:35
The Allende government received a big boost in the Chilean congressional elections last March when the Popular Unity coalition increased its representation in both the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. While the vote left the Popular Unity coalition still short of a majority in the Congress, the results were considered evidence of the growing popularity of the government among Chileans.
19:55
In the weeks following the congressional elections, the Christian Democrats, the major opposition party, seemed to soften its defiant stand against the Allende government. Party leaders announced that the Christian Democrats would end their alliance with several smaller right-wing parties and that the party would pursue an independent, flexible line.
20:13
The storm clouds broke though in late April when miners at El Teniente, a nationalized copper mine, went on strike. The strikers, many of whom were white-collar workers and all of whom were among the highest-paid workers in Chile, walked out demanding higher production bonuses. The Allende government, which had vowed to end privileged sectors of the Chilean labor force, firmly refused the strikers' demands.
20:37
Seeing an opportunity to mobilize opposition against the government, opposition groups seized the strike as an issue and began organizing support for the strikers. The Christian Democrats fell into line and began attacking the government vehemently.
20:52
In May, clashes between the government and opposition became increasingly bitter as economic problems and the El Teniente strike encouraged opposition forces to use bolder tactics. Early that month, groups of 15 to 18-year-old students swarmed into Santiago, chanting anti-government slogans and openly seeking clashes with police and supporters of the Popular Unity government. The demonstration, which was organized by the Christian Democrats, culminated in the throwing of Molotov cocktails. In another demonstration, shots apparently fired from the Christian Democrat Party headquarters killed one student.
21:26
The crisis continued through April as clandestine operations by rightist groups occurred with growing frequency. A Socialist Party radio station in Rancagua was seized and a number of Communist and Socialist Party premises, homes, and newspapers across the country were sacked in an apparently coordinated effort.
21:44
Such confrontations continued through May and June as economic problems worsened and the El Teniente strike remained unsettled. Talk of armed confrontation was widespread and Allende warned that rightist groups were planning a coup d'etat attempt. While these struggles raged in the streets of Chile in the months of May and June, the battles between Allende and the opposition filled the halls of the Chilean Congress as well.
22:09
At a convention of the Christian Democratic Party in early May, the hardliners favoring a position of militant opposition to the Allende government gained the upper hand. As a result, the Christian Democrats once again joined hands with other opposition parties in Congress and clashes with the government over legislation became increasingly bitter. Debates raged over Allende's educational reform bill, agrarian reform measures, and legislation dealing with nationalization of foreign holdings.
22:40
At one point, certain members of Congress tried to have Allende removed from office by using a clause in the Chilean Constitution, which was intended for cases in which the president was seriously ill. Allende, in response, is said to have considered exercising his constitutional right to temporarily disband Congress and immediately call new parliamentary elections.
23:00
Matters came to a head on June 29th when certain sectors of the army attempted a military overthrow of the Popular Unity government. Most of the armed forces, though, rose to defend the government and the revolt was crushed.
23:13
Soon after the attempted coup, a compromise settlement was reached in the El Teniente strike. The Allende government was thus given a breathing spell. The respite was short-lived, however, as the Christian Democrats soon renewed their attacks in Congress, and even more serious, transportation owners went out on strike in early August, complaining that they had been unable to get spare parts for their vehicles.
23:36
Opposition parties, including the Christian Democrats, once again took the side of the strikers against the government, and truck owners who refused to observe the strike were subjected to increasing violence. The month before the coup was marked by bombing, sabotage, and assassinations.
23:53
Roberto Thieme, head of the ultra right-wing Fatherland and Freedom Organization, said later that the transport owner's strike was planned and engineered solely for the purpose of overthrowing the government. Thieme also admitted that his organization was responsible for much of the violence which occurred during the course of the strike. On September 11th, the military stepped in with a firm hand and have been in control ever since. In looking at the strife which ultimately led to the downfall of the Popular Unity government, certain points must be kept in mind. One such factor is the role of the United States.
24:25
When Chile nationalized US copper companies two years ago, the US demanded compensation for the property. Allende politely responded that since the excess profits removed from Chile by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings, there would be no compensation. Subsequently, Kennecott, a huge American copper company, filed suits in French and Italian courts, trying to stop companies in those countries from buying Chilean copper, thus denying Chile valuable export earnings.
24:57
Even more importantly, the United States government used its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies such as the Import-Export Bank, the World Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank. Many of these loans, especially those from the Import-Export Bank, are not really loans as such, but simply credits which allow small nations to make purchases from companies in larger nations on basis of payment within 30 to 90 days.
25:27
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile was faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, for example, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to two transportation owners' strikes and serious domestic turmoil, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
25:55
The same mechanisms also led to shortages of food and other essentials, which heightened Chile's inflation. It is perhaps for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations last November that the US is waging economic war on Chile.
26:09
In concluding, it is fitting to take a brief look at the most important figure behind the Popular Unity program to peacefully revolutionize Chile. Salvador Allende was one of those most influential in advocating and attempting to realize this peaceful revolution. From the time he began his political career as a young deputy from Valparaiso in the early 1930s, he strove to see the establishment of socialism in Chile through peaceful, democratic methods.
26:38
In the highly politicized atmosphere of 1933, while still a medical student, Allende co-founded the Socialist Party. He nurtured, gave strength to the party, and persistently struggled to implement its views, running for the presidency in 1952, 1958, and 1964, before his hard-earned election in 1970.
26:59
Prior to his first candidacy, Allende served as minister in the Popular Front government of Aguirre Cerda. He then was elected senator and eventually rose to be president of that body. Allende was firmly convinced that Chile's uniqueness provided the foundation for the achievement of revolutionary socialism through non-revolutionary means; that is, within the legal framework of Chile's constitution.
27:23
It is a tragic irony that on this third anniversary of Allende's inauguration, his Popular Unity government has been replaced by a repressive military Junta, and Allende himself is dead. This analysis was written by two University of Texas students with particular interest in Latin America, Dave Davies and Catherine Winkler.
LAPR1973_11_08
09:06
International protest to the repressive tactics of the Chilean military junta is rising, according to reports from Excélsior. West Germany has threatened to withdraw from the Inter-American Development Bank if that organization continues to give financial support to the junta. The bank, along with other major international monetary organizations dominated by the United States, withdrew all credit and other financial support from Chile during the Allende regime, helping to precipitate the crisis which brought about his overthrow.
09:43
Excélsior reports also that a French journalist, Edouard Belby of L'Express, was jailed by Chilean authorities after photographing bodies in Santiago, and was subsequently expelled from the country.
09:56
In Chile itself, resistance to the military government apparently continues. The Excélsior of October 29th reports that the war tribunals will continue to function for many more years to apply the death penalty to enemies of the regime. The same issue reports that army and navy troops occupied several cities in the south of Chile, conducting house-by-house searches for arms and leftist leaders as part of a stepped-up offensive against the opponents at the junta.
10:26
According to the Excélsior of November 2nd, about 3,500 prisoners of war are held in various prisons in Chile as a result of this campaign. Two of the Chilean cabinet members, General Oscar Bonilla, Minister of the Interior, and Fernando Leniz Cerda, the new Secretary of Economy, were confronted by hundreds of angry housewives during a visit to the poor communities of Lo Hermida and La Granja on the outskirts of Santiago.
10:59
Excélsior says that the women protested the high prices of necessities, to which the ministers replied that consumption should be decreased until the prices were lowered. The junta's reconstruction policies have hit the poor especially hard. In sharp contrast to the shortages reported during Allende's administration, stores in Chile now have surpluses of many items because prices are so high that no one can afford to buy them. Prices of milk are four and one-half times higher than under the Allende regime. The price of kerosene has risen six times, meat and gasoline eight times each.
11:34
The Excélsior of October 29th charges that inflation will be fought with a progressive decrease in the purchasing power and with unemployment, and that the poor are paying for the reconstruction of the Chilean economy.
14:44
This week's feature is an article by Ana Ramos, who works with the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina. It is a feminist view on recent developments there concerning women. In her traditionally Latin and religious machismo society, men have had the dominant role in Cuba for at least a century. However, in working for their goal of a society of equality, the Cubans are making major efforts to change the formally second class situation of women in Cuba. The following is a report on the revolution of Cuban women.
15:19
In Cuba, prior to the revolution, foreign ownership of enterprises, a stagnant economy, unemployment and hunger, combined to produce great hardships for many women. With the triumph of the revolution, a new spectrum of possibilities in education and productive work opened up to women changing their position in Cuban society. Purchases nevertheless still persist. In an underdeveloped country, one must struggle on every front to overcome backwardness, not only economic, but also cultural.
15:53
In March of 1962, during a conference on educational and social-economic development in Santiago, Chile, the Cuban Minister of Education compared Cuba with other countries in Latin America. He noted that the promoters of the Alliance for Progress had offered a loan of $150 million a year to 19 countries with a total population of 200 million people. In contrast, one country, Cuba, with 7 million people, has been able to raise its educational and cultural budgets to $200 million annually without having to reimburse anyone or pay interest on loans. That represented a quadrupling, approximately, of the financial support of education and culture in our country.
16:38
The greatest beneficiaries have been women. Since the burden of the budget falls on less than a third of the population, the workforce, women workers are essential to the economy. In 1958, an estimated 194,000 women in Cuba were doing productive work, in 1970, 600,000.
17:00
Many women want to see how a socialist revolution changed the situation of Cuban women. Years of frustrating struggle around such issues as birth control for those who want it, and daycare for working mothers, makes one wonder if any society anywhere has begun to confront the special oppression of women. Before the success of the revolution in Cuba in 1959, the Cuban women looked forward to a lifetime of hard labor by cooking in kitchens that did not have enough food, washing clothes that could not be replaced when worn out, and raising children who would probably never see a teacher, a doctor, or hold a decent job in Cuba's underdeveloped economy of the time.
17:40
Now, women's lives have been changing. Women have begun to organize themselves to help each other by developing cooperative, mutual support to solve their problems and overcome the difficulties created by underdevelopment.
17:54
For this express purpose, the Federation of Cuban Women was formed in 1960 for women between the ages of 15 through 65. Over and over, women described their excitement about being independent contributors to society. One woman from Oriente explained, "Before the revolution I had 13 kids and had to remain at home. Now, I work in a cafeteria in the afternoon and study at night." The mass freeing of women from the home for socially necessary labor began the transition from a capitalist domestic economy in which each woman individually carried out the chores of childcare, washing and cooking, to a socialist one where society as a whole will take on these responsibilities.
18:44
Centers for free daily or weekly childcare, Círculos Infantiles, have been established all over the country.
18:52
In these centers, children as young as two months can be fed, clothed, educated and entertained. Schools, factories and experimental communities offer free meals. Moreover, in a few communities and in all voluntary complements, free laundry services are now available. Even though there are not yet enough of these facilities, nearly every girl and woman is confident that these centers will be available in the future.
19:21
From the first years of the revolution in Cuba, many projects brought new mobility and independence to the women. Night courses for self-improvement were organized for domestics. In a few months, the students had acquired a trade. In 1961, a well-known literacy campaign was begun, 56% of those who became literate were women. Of the women volunteers in the campaign, 600 were selected to enter the Conrado Benitez School of Revolutionary Instructors.
19:57
The school, the first created for scholarships students, trained teachers and directors of children's nurseries. It furnished the guiding concept for the system of self-improvement on the island. It has been stated that women ought to study and learn from those women who know more, and in turn teach those who know less.
20:18
In the same year, the revolution began the Ana Betancourt program for peasant women. The president of the Cuban Federation of Women in an article in the magazine Cuba, in January of 1969, recalled that there were 14,000 of these women. They came from very distant places all over the island, where people were acquainted neither with the revolution nor with civilization. "It was very interesting," she said, "They took courses for no longer than four months and returned to their homes, we can say, almost as political cadres."
20:50
Presently, 10,000 women enroll annually in the program, where they take courses not only in ensuing, hygiene and nutrition as in the beginning, but also in elementary and secondary education. Many are enrolled in university programs.
21:04
Why these special programs for women? In underdeveloped areas it is characteristic for the cultural level of women to be lower than that of men. After the initial inequality has been eliminated, these programs will disappear in the same manner in which the night schools for domestics are no longer necessary. More than a decade after the seizing of power in Cuba, the ratios of females to males in elementary school, 49% are girls, and secondary school, 55% are young women, indicate an advance.
21:40
Even more significant is the percentage of women in higher education. 40.6% of all university students are women, and their distribution among the scientific and technical disciplines, which traditionally have had little female enrollment in all Latin American countries. Now, there are in all sciences, 50% women, biochemistry and biology, 60%, and in medicine, 50%.
22:06
The scholarship program, or over, benefits over 70,000 girls and women at all levels of learning and provides housing, food, clothing, study supplies, and a monthly allowance for personal expenditures. "The society has the duty to help women," Fidel Castro said in 1966, "But at the same time, in helping women, society helps itself because more and more hands are able to help with production of goods and services for all the people." The Cuban system seeks to bring women into the labor force through the extension of opportunities. In contrast, other Latin American countries feel that the more social benefits are increased, that will reduce the participation of women in the labor force.
22:48
Cuban legislation prohibits women from certain activities that are excessively rough, unhealthy, and dangerous, but at the same time reserves occupations for them. "These fixed positions include jobs of varied responsibilities in services such as administration, poultry raising, agriculture, light industry, basic industry, and so on," says Ms. Ramos.
23:16
Both laws should be interpreted in the light of the need for collective effort and the distribution of workers throughout the economic system. Still, there are times when administrators reject female labor for male labor, since men don't face problems of child-rearing, and so on, which often translate themselves into absenteeism. What is needed, has been argued, is to employ five women where there were four men, and have women available as substitutes and permit those men to go out and occupy a position where they are needed more.
23:47
In September of the same year, the Board of Labor Justice dictated instructions that regulated licenses as leaves of absence without wages for women workers who find themselves temporarily unable to continue work due to child care needs. If the worker returns to work within three months, she has the right to her same job at the same salary. If she returns within six months, she will have some job reserved for her, but at her former salary level. Finally, if she returns within one year, she will be assigned some position, but at the salary corresponding to that position.
24:25
Only when more than a year has passed without her having returned to work will work ties be considered dissolved. The aforementioned measures are only some of the measures that the government has proposed. It is to increase the entrance of women into productive tasks and diminish absenteeism and interruption as much as possible.
24:45
Between 1964 and 1968, the female labor force increased by 34%. More than 60,000 women were working, and they were represented 23% of the labor force. Nevertheless, many Cuban women are still not fulfilling a positive productive role. During 1969 the Federation of Cuban Women visited approximately 400,000 women who had still not joined the workforce. The results were significant, for out of every four visits came a new worker who stepped forward as Cuban women called the decision to work.
25:20
In Cuban society there are prejudices against women working outside the home. During 1969 the Secretary of Production of the Federation of Cuban Women commented, "We spoke directly with women house by house. We spoke to the men in the assemblies and the factories. Among the women, we always encountered openness and enthusiasm. The men have a certain resistance, but when they understand that the revolution needs women's work, the majority change their mind."
25:51
Cuban leaders have said that agricultural programs should never have been conceived without the participation of women, which began on a large scale in 1964. Women's role in the sugar harvest has little by little increased in importance, both in agricultural processes and in the industrialization of sugar.
26:09
In Pinar del Río, the entire tobacco crop is under the responsibility of a woman. In Oriente, women represent half the labor force working in coffee.
26:20
As for industry, 20% of the industrial labor force is female. They are 49% of the workers in the Ministry of Light Industry, 52% in tobacco work, and 33% in the plastic and rubber factories, 77% in the textile industry, 90% in the Cuban artisan enterprises, and 34% in the Cuban Institute of Cinematographic Art. Women technicians outnumber men almost six to one in the plastic and rubber factories.
26:47
Women are still scarce in certain physically demanding jobs in construction, fishing, agriculture, and industry.
26:54
Women in Cuba have the freedom to use birth control and to obtain abortions. In one of the hospitals in a rural area of Oriente, it was explained that birth control by diaphragms and IUDs, as well as all other forms of medical and dental care, are not only available, but free on demand. However, no campaign urging women to use birth control is waged, since the question of birth control is considered to be a private family decision.
27:21
North American women will also be interested to know that natural childbirth is the norm in Cuba. Although proud of their new role in production, Cuban women feel it important not to lose their femininity. Beauty is not the money-making industry at once was, since everyone can afford such previously considered luxuries. Cuba's revolution, despite its problems, was a great freeing force setting the basis for the ongoing liberation of women, showing it was possible even in a traditionally machismo society for women to make strides in defining their own lives.
27:54
You have been listening to an article by Ana Ramos, who is with the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina.
LAPR1973_11_20
03:22
Puerto Rico's 13 university campuses are shut tight in a strike involving 40,000 students and 5,000 clerical and office workers. The San Juan Weekly, Claridad, reports that since October 15th no students, professors or workers have crossed picket lines set up on the campuses of the University of Puerto Rico.
03:42
The students say their goal is to end the divorce between the university and the community. They oppose the low educational standards, the repression, the lack of democratic rights and the exploitation of university workers.
03:54
According to Claridad, students have set up a new university across the street from the major campus of the University of Puerto Rico in Rio Piedras, while the strike continues. Huge open tents are the classrooms and subjects range from medicine to social science and the history of the people's struggles.
04:15
Claridad states that dozens of demonstrations were held throughout the island November 4th, with over 8,000 people taking part in a rally in front of the university in Rio Piedras on the outskirts of San Juan. The Commonwealth's Board of Higher Education and the president of the University of Puerto Rico at first refused to enter into negotiations with the strike leadership, but mounting pressure from the strike has already forced them into two meetings with the president of the student strike organization and other strike leaders.
04:44
The students are proposing, says Claridad, that equal numbers of students, professors and administration personnel be set up as a committee to bring in recommendations for a new procedure for establishing rules and regulations for the universities and the students.
05:02
Among the other demands of the students are, the students shall elect the campus rectors and faculty deans and take part in the election of the university president, a new law regarding the manner of choosing the administrators of the university and a new structure for the university should be approved by the students rather than imposed by the board of higher education.
05:26
The students also demand new procedures to guarantee all political and organizational rights of the students, security guards to be replaced by students, the outlawing of all weapons of any kind in the hands of guards, no Commonwealth police to be permitted on university grounds under any circumstances, a student council elected by the students to make the rules and regulations which will govern the lives of students, and the right of students to engage in all discussions governing the kind of education they will receive.
05:56
This report from the San Juan Weekly, Claridad.
LAPR1973_11_29
00:21
La Prensa of Lima, Peru reports that Peru is undergoing a period of serious unrest with violence in both Cusco and Arequipa, and statements from President Juan Velasco that, "If they want war, they will have war." The most serious trouble began November 16th with a general strike in Arequipa in support of several teachers who were arrested in connection with a labor dispute with the government. The teachers, members of the teachers' union called SUTEP, were accused of being subversives by the government. Other teachers were fired after having refused to return to their jobs.
00:56
When the government, refusing a demand for a salary increase, set a time period when the teachers must conclude their strike and return to work. Leaders of several unions in Arequipa, including the transport workers, the electrical workers, clerical workers, and store clerks, then called a general strike. Violence in Arequipa has so far left two dead and 17 wounded, and the army has imposed a strict curfew on the city.
01:21
Excelsior of Mexico City further reports that trouble broke out in Cusco on November 23rd when some 300 students rioted in the streets, fighting with police, stoning vehicles, and setting fire to a government building, the SINAMOS building. SINAMOS, which stands for the National System of Support for Social Mobilization, is the Peruvian government agency, which sets official labor policy. The students stoned the firemen trying to extinguish the fire. The building was completely was destroyed. One youth was killed and dozens injured. The police finally dispelled the rioters with tear gas.
01:56
Meanwhile, on November 21st, according to Excelsior, President Juan Velasco proclaimed a state of siege in Arequipa and in Puno, another city in Southern Peru. Velasco issued a harsh statement vowing that, "What has happened in other parts of South America is not going to happen here." Velasco said that the teacher's strike had not been legal since SUTEP had not been recognized as a legal union by the government. He charged that the union was directed by the worst extremes of the left and the right.
02:28
According to the British Newsweekly Latin America, the Peruvian government has foreseen a confrontation shaping up for some time now and is taking steps to win popular support for its measures. Earlier this month, a new peasants union was inaugurated in Cusco. The new union has the support of SINAMOS. The SINAMOS head addressed the group and told them that ultra-left groups were working "on behalf of imperialism and would have to be eliminated". In fact, the government recently deported to influential leftist critics, Aníbal Quijano and Julio Cotler, publishers of the magazine, Society and Politics.
03:03
This apparently signals the end of the political permissiveness of Velasco's government, which supposedly has been one of the least repressive of any government on the continent, except Chile under Allende. The proceeding report on the situation in Peru was compiled from reports from Excelsior of Mexico City, La Prensa of Lima, Peru, and the British Newsweekly, Latin America.
03:25
Concerning the situation in Chile, and especially the relation between the church and state in Chile, the British Newsweekly Latin America reports that Cardinal Silva Henríquez's cautious handling of church state relations since the coup reflects the extremely difficult situation in which he and his clergy find themselves. The church is now almost the only permitted political organization. Latin America continues that in the current atmosphere of terror and repression, the Chilean cardinal has pursued an agile policy of riding several horses at once. Nevertheless, the sunny relationship that the church enjoyed with the state during the Allende government has ended.
04:02
Always a clever and sophisticated politician, and by no means reactionary, Cardinal Silva has become an increasingly important figure in the final year of the popular unity government. He obviously took pleasure in his role as promoter of the concept of dialogue between the government and its Christian Democrat opposition. Quite apart from his own fairly progressive personal views, the Cardinal was obliged to take a friendly attitude towards the Popular Unity movement.
04:28
As a result of the general radicalization of the Chilean church, which has long since cut its links with the most conservative strata of Chilean society. The Cardinal had to take into account the fact that his younger priests, working in the slums and shanty towns, were becoming increasingly revolutionary.
04:45
According to Latin America, two days after the coup, the Cardinal drafted a strong statement in the name of the standing committee of Chilean bishops deploring the bloodshed. He also demanded respect for those who fell in the struggle and expressed the hope that the gains of the workers and peasants under previous governments would be respected and consolidated, and that Chile would return to institutional normalcy very soon. The newsweekly Latin America continues that the statement appalled the junta.
05:12
It appeared at a time when the official line was that less than 100 people had been killed, so why was the Cardinal emphasizing the bloodshed? Respect for Allende was the last thing the junta was prepared to offer at a time when it was launching a major campaign to publicize details of the ex-president's sex life and sumptuous lifestyles. And although the junta itself had promised a reasonable deal for workers and peasants, in practice it was soon swiftly reversing what had been thought irreversible changes.
05:40
If the cardinal were to have any influence with the junta, he would clearly have to change his language, which he has subsequently done. No more strong statements have emanated from the Archbishop's palace. A test case of the Cardinal's policy of maintaining silence to secure a certain freedom of action will be the fate of the Chilean official church newspaper, Mensaje. Its October issue revealed it to be the first and only magazine of opposition in Chile. A sizeable chunk of its two-page editorial was printed blank, the censor having been at work.
06:12
A second editorial entitled "A Cry of Warning" survived intact. Dedicated entirely to the question of torture in Brazil, the immediacy of the topic may have escaped the censor, but would not have been lost on the reader. The editors are planning a double number of the magazine to be published early in December and have promised to go into liquidation rather than indulge in self-censorship, that from the newsweekly, Latin America.
08:28
The newsweekly Latin America reports from Mexico that President Echeverría has again warned foreign investors not to buy up profitable Mexican firms, but the government is to persist in its controversial decision to sell off some state companies to the private sector. Latin America reports that President Luis Echeverría showed last weekend that he was still worried about the longstanding practice of some foreign investors of buying up going concerns in Mexico as the cheapest way into the local market.
08:59
This, of course, is not the kind of investment that Mexico wants, as the President made clear to a group of West German economic correspondence. "That," he told them, "was why the government had introduced a new investment law to protect the country from foreign investors who attempted to buy up everything productive and efficient there, big or small."
09:18
The president said that while some more reflective directors of foreign companies had adopted a "more positive attitude," there were still certain "multinational monopolies which have failed to understand the aims of the new law." He also made clear that his warning was directed as much at Mexican businessmen who made a big profit by allowing their companies to be taken over by foreigners. "The government was prepared to help firms which sought the capital and technology they needed abroad," he said, "but they must be associated with foreign interests when necessary and not sold out to them."
09:51
More pleasing to the private sector, continues Latin America, has been Echeverría's decision to sell off certain state companies to private interests, despite strong criticism from the left. The private sector has been pressing for this for some time, and the more extreme enthusiasts for private enterprises would even like to see such public services as electric power and the railways restored to them. They will certainly be disappointed. Not only would it be politically unacceptable, but it is doubtful whether the private sector could raise the necessary finance to develop and modernize either industry.
10:24
Latin America continues to note that the government does urgently need capital to develop them. Electricity prices have just gone up and railway fairs and tariffs are likely to do so soon, as well as other infrastructure projects and vital industries such as petrochemicals. Echeverría has made it clear that when the state investment corporation will be selling the companies, it took over from private hands who would be selling them when they are in danger of growing bankrupt. The purpose of this was to prevent sources of employment from being lost. Where these companies had been put back on their feet and the state had no strategic interest in holding onto them, they would be sold, thereby releasing public investment funds for more essential purposes.
11:05
Latin American continues that a case in point is that of the international food firm, Heinz, which withdrew from Mexico last year because it said its Mexican operation had lost $32 million. The firm has now been renamed and the National Finance Administration, which has taken it over, sold shares to private interests, among them peasants in the northwestern states of Mexico. All the same, the nationalist left has objected to Echeverría's decision on the general principle that the private sector is quite strong enough already and the government should not go out of its way to tip the balance further against itself. "Why otherwise" one commentator asked, "had business circles greeted the decision with such delight?" That from the newsweekly, Latin America.
15:04
This week's feature focuses on culture, a Cuban view of Cuban culture, exploring especially the history of efforts in Cuba to support and extend the arts in a country that historically was impoverished. The material and viewpoint of the feature on Cuban culture comes from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina.
15:24
Art in Cuba is not just the Rumba, one of the few forms Yankees visiting pre-revolutionary Cuba got exposed to out of the island's enormous contribution to jazz. Nor is it only films and posters, which are perhaps the best present-day forms of art in Cuba. To appreciate the significance and role of the arts and the artists in Cuba today, it's necessary to briefly review the history of the arts there. Of the many contributors to Cuban culture, the most important were the Spanish colonists and the African peoples brought to the island as slaves.
15:59
These two peoples eventually fused their arts, music, folklore, mythologies and literature and ways of thinking into an authentic Cuban national culture. Under colonial rule from the 15th through the 19th centuries, Spanish art and architecture prevailed. Stained-glass windows and integrate wrought iron railings on balconies and gates were familiar decorative elements in upper-class homes in what is now Old Havana. The upper classes furnished their manners with imports from Madrid.
16:28
After the Spanish American War, the United States remained in Cuba, directly or indirectly, until 1959. Frustration with American intervention was reflected in the works of early republic literature. By 1910, a younger group founded the magazine, Contemporary Cuba, where possible solutions to problems of the new nation had ample forum. After the revolution, as Cuba began the development of a new society, the role people played as individuals and participants in society began to change.
16:59
Responsibilities, priorities, values, and motivations were radically altered. None of these changes were automatically defined, nor did they appear in practice and in people's consciousness all at once. For intellectuals, for writers, painters, artists of all media, this transitional process of redefinition was and can continues to be complex and difficult.
17:19
In 1961, continues Prensa Latina, the first official encounter of artists, writers, and representatives of the revolutionary government took place. Various intellectuals expressed their concern over freedom of expression in the arts and asked what the parameters were in a time of change and polarization. "Was the form to be dictated by a government policy?" they asked.
17:41
Fidel Castro made a now famous speech in which he said, "With the revolution, everything. Against the revolution, nothing." And expanded and interpreted that to mean that no one was going to impose forms, nor was anyone going to dictate subject matter. But counter-revolution would not be tolerated in the arts or in any other activity.
18:00
Intellectuals who found themselves in the midst of the revolution faced adjustment of a lifetime of habits and ways of thinking to new realities and needs. For example, a painter in the 1950s sought some way of making a living rarely through art. He catered to rich patrons, if lucky enough to be recognized at all, and sold his works to individuals, invariably to friends or upper-class collectors. Most artists, as artists, were self-oriented. The very forms of artistic expression were narrowly individualistic.
18:31
Artists created canvases which hung in galleries and homes that only a fraction of the population could or would see. How could one put society first in an each man for himself world? There were diverse attempts to make art a vital part of the new society. One of the earliest projects the revolution initiated was the National School of Cuban Art, a gigantic complex of very modern one-level buildings in a luxurious residential area of Havana, for students of dance, sculpture, music, and theater. Young people from all over the country can apply for scholarships to this largest of the arts schools.
19:06
Prensa Latina continues that young art students in the search for new media, more accessible to the whole population, went to the factories, the farms, and the schools, and exchanged ideas with workers. Art students and established artists asked themselves and were asked, "What are the obligations of a socially-committed artist, a revolutionary artist? Are there specific forms, say, murals, that best reflect and contribute to the revolution?" Fortunately, says Prensa Latina, Cuban artists and government agencies did not fall into the trap of imposing a simplistic formula, the happy triumphant worker theme à la Norman Rockwell.
19:44
Throughout the 1960s, Cuban painters were exposed to the art of many countries. In 1968, the International Salon de Mayo exhibition was held in Havana, and artists from Western Europe, the socialist countries, Latin America, Africa, and Asia, participated. Young Cuban painters and old experimented with pop art, pop up, abstraction, and new expressionism. There were no limitations.
20:08
Out of all this experimentation and dialogue came the means of visual expression best known outside Cuba, poster art. Because of massive distribution possibilities and the functional character of poster art, it has become second in importance, only to film, as the visual vehicle of the message of the revolution.
20:26
Art is also architecture. Before the revolution, architects designed residences for the rich, factories, and luxury hotels. Since 1959, construction priorities have shifted to the creation of housing complexes and thousands of schools and living facilities. With a tremendous growth in population, a demographic shift to newly inhabited zones of the island and a drive to get people out of urban slums, housing demands are massive and are met as fast as building materials and labor allow.
20:55
Volunteers have been recruited from every industry to put in extra hours on housing construction brigades. In housing and other construction, new functions have required new architecture. Extremely new designs and styles can be seen in the remotest corners of the countryside, as well as in the city.
21:11
Another art form much cultivated in Cuba is dance. The National Ballet of Cuba is world-famous, and Alicia Alonso is recognized as one of the greatest contemporary ballet artists.
21:22
Music cannot be left out while reviewing the revolution's cultural activities. Traditional Cuban popular music flourishes. By wave of radio and films, western rock has also become known to Cuban youth. The task is seen to create a consciousness and a demand for genuine Cuban and Latin American music so that Cuban youth won't simply imitate foreign pop music. And at present, there is a big push to encourage amateur musicians in the ranks of workers and students and everyone, so as to maximize music and not leave music only in the hands of a few professionals.
21:57
To speak of Cuban cinema, says Prensa Latina, is to speak of revolutionary Cuban cinema. In the course of the armed struggle against the dictatorship, a few protest documentaries and news reels were made by revolutionaries in the Sierra and the urban underground. Again, these were of the barest cinematic qualities.
22:15
Following the winning of the revolution in 1959, Cuban cinema was aided by the creation of an institute of artistic and industrial cinematography. The institute supports the training of film students, the production of films, and the importing and exporting of films. One of the institute's highest priorities is to extend the availability of cinema to those who, before the revolution, had no access to films. So efforts have been concentrated in the areas where the cinema was once unknown, and there are now some 13 million moviegoers a year and over 500 theaters that dot the island. And other methods have been developed for reaching the more remote areas of the countryside and mountains.
22:56
For instance, redesigned trucks, equipped with 16-millimeter projectors and driven by the projectionists, spread out across the country to show films in those areas where there are not yet theaters. These movable movies are now numbered at more than 100. One of the institute's most engaging short documentaries called "For the First Time" is actually about this part of the institute's operation. The episode photographed shows one evening when a projection crew went to an area in the Sierra Mountains to show a film to people there for the first time. The movie was Charlie Chaplin's "Modern Times".
23:30
The attempt to demystify the cinema for an audience of novices is more than a little difficult to understand for a North American, whose sensibilities are bombarded by the electronic media. The institute has set itself the task of bringing young people interested in the cinema into discussion circles at student centers, union halls, and workplaces, and to explain its work.
23:52
More important, it seeks to explain the methods of the film to the entire population to work in a way against its own power, according to Guevara, the institute head, to reveal all the tricks, all the recourses of language, to dismantle all the mechanisms of cinematography hypnosis. To this end, the institute has a weekly television program, which explains all the gimmicks used to attract the viewer's attention.
24:15
When it began, the institute used the most elementary techniques. Most of the film workers were uneducated in the media, although a handful had studied in European film schools. Today, with a number of fully-developed trained persons, the acquisition of skills is now a secondary concern at best. The head of the institute explains that the priority is to break down the language structure of the film and find new ways to use film, being very careful in the process not to divorce the filmmaker from the audience for the filmmaker's own self gratification.
24:47
He put it this way, "We must not separate ourselves from the rest of the people, from all the tasks of the revolution, especially those that fall into the ideological field. Every time a school is built, every time 100 workers reach the sixth grade, each time someone discovers something by participating in it. As in the field of culture, it becomes easier for us to do our work. Our work is not simply making or showing movies. Everything we do is part of a global process towards developing the possibilities of participation. Not passive, but active. Not as the recipients, but as the protagonists of the public. This is the Cuban definition of socialist democracy in the field of culture."
25:26
In addition to production of films, as many as possible are imported. US films shown in Cuba are, of course, from the pre-revolutionary period: "Gigi", "Singing in the Rain", and "Bad Day at Black Rock". Late night television repeats, from time to time, a Dana Andrews or Ronald Colman melodrama. The economic blockade against Cuba has denied the island access to US movies of the 60s and 70s, though from time to time, a bootleg print gets through. A recent favorite there was "The Chase", with Marlon Brando and Jane Fonda, from the early 60s. Imports are in large part from the European socialist countries: France, Italy, Japan, and, to a degree, Latin America.
26:06
Prensa Latina continues that obviously the shortage of currency is a great burden. To this day, the institute does not own even one eight-millimeter movie camera. There are no color facilities in Cuba, although a lab is now under construction. In this country where there were millions of peasants who never saw movies, the problem arose that many preferred to buy trucks and equipment to help with the work, rather than new camera equipment.
26:30
From the beginning, the institute has faced a bit of a dialectic contradiction. It wants to capture, for posterity and for the moment, the complex reality of these years, but the reality is always changing. Alfredo Guevara, head of the Cuban Film Institute says, "These are surely the most difficult, complicated years, years in which the experiences we have are sometimes not recorded. To reflect them in the cinema means, in some way, we must crystallize them, which is the last thing we want. But every time we film, it is there. Whether or not we want to do so, we are always a testimony."
27:05
Prensa Latina continues that the poster commemorating the 10th anniversary of the founding of the Cinemagraphic Institute shows a camera with gun smoke exuding from the lens. The imagery of filmmaker as cultural guerilla corresponds to the value system throughout revolutionary Cuba. Guevara says, "In the success of the revolution, we have placed, in our hands, a thing, the means of production, whose power we knew very well because it had been in the power of the enemy up to that point."
27:34
"When this force fell into our hands, it was clear to all of us that the revolution had given us a very serious job. I'm talking of everyone who has participated in the work of giving birth to the Cuban cinema or, what is really the same thing, the job of giving our people and our revolution a new weapon, a new instrument of work, one that is useful above all in understanding ourselves."
27:57
That concludes this week's feature, which has been a Cuban view of Cuban culture taken from the Cuban News Agency, Prensa Latina.
LAPR1973_12_06
05:36
Claridad, a weekly Puerto Rican newspaper, reports the settlement of the 25-day strike against the 13 campuses of the University of Puerto Rico. The 45,000 students and workers evidently won an impressive victory relative to the Administration, which had been controlled by the Puerto Rican Council of Higher Education. The strike succeeded in establishing a special committee to make recommendations subject to student, faculty, and worker approval regarding worker and student and faculty participation in the selection of the university president, chancellors, deans and other administrators, and the duties of the security forces and the working conditions of the staff.
06:17
The strike thereby reestablishes the importance that having a people who work and learn at university determine university policy rather than having some appointed administration determine education. According to Claridad, the committee developing the recommendation for the future structure of the University will consist of six student representatives, 12 professors, and representatives from the brotherhood of nonteaching staff and the union of university workers.
06:51
According to Claridad, formerly all rules and regulations were made by the appointed Administration without any student, teacher or worker participation. According to the strikers, the general rules and regulations were designed to perpetuate the educational mediocrity that results from banning anything of controversial nature and in keeping wages low. Some local newspapers had warned and tried to picture the whole situation as simply a problem of wildeyed revolutionaries out to destroy the university.
07:21
According to the independent newspaper Claridad, the victory of the faculty, students and workers over the appointed Administration was due to the high degree of unity achieved between the professors, students, and workers in the face of the necessity of developing an affirmative educational program. That from Claridad of Puerto Rico.
14:45
This week's feature on popular armies in Argentina provides a background scenario for the present political situation in Argentina. There, despite Perón's return seven months ago, class struggle and guerrilla warfare are on the increase. The feature is extracted from a research article by professor James Petras.
15:07
Dr. Petras, professor of Sociology at the State University of New York, has specialized on Latin America and has published numerous works on Latin America, including "Reform and Revolution".
15:18
In June 1966, general Juan Carlos Onganía seized supreme power in Argentina. In the subsequent months, general Organía proceeded to send the troops into the universities, purging all leftist, progressive, and reformist professors. Though Onganía came to power with the tacit support of a substantial sector of the National Peronist Trade Union bureaucracy, he proceeded violently to repress strikes, intervene unions, and jail or fire thousands of Trade Union militants. Strikes by petroleum, railroad and port workers were smashed.
15:58
Government-subsided functionaries took over the unions. US corporations and especially banks moved into Argentina in mass. Scores of banks and large industries were denationalized while unprofitable enterprises like the sugar mills of Tucumán were abruptly closed down without compensation or consideration for the thousands of sugar workers thrown out of work. Even their meager subsistence earnings were lost by the Tucumanos.
16:28
Doctor Petras continues that these workers of Tucumán were the first to crack the social peace imposed by the Onganía dictatorship. Throughout 1967 and 1968, mass marches of hungry unemployed sugar workers because daily occurrences. Municipal offices were attacked, the sugar mills were seized, and the old Peronist bureaucrats were replaced by more revolutionary, socialist, and Peronist leaders from their rank and file.
16:56
The dictatorship sent in the Army, but social violence became as routine as its repression. All of Argentina became aware that Tucumán was burning. The confrontation between workers and the dictatorship was prolonged, but without the support of the trade unions in the great industrial centers, the struggle was doomed to failure. The sugar centers stayed closed.
17:19
Many unemployed sugar workers migrated to Córdoba or Buenos Aires. However, out of this confrontation between the workers and the military, many militants concluded that the masses needed a revolutionary armed force, that under conditions of dictatorship there was only one road; the immediate organization of an underground people's army linked to the workers trade union and revolutionary struggles.
17:44
Some of the key military cadres of the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP, which emerged in 1969 and 1970, were former militant leaders of the sugar workers.
17:55
Early in 1969, on the surface it appeared that Onganía had once again regained complete control of the situation. Strikes were few and trade union officials were eating out of his hand. Onganía's law and order was praised by United States' investors as a model for Latin America, but in one year this scenario was completely destroyed.
18:20
In May 1969, one of the most massive industrial uprisings in the hemisphere took place in Córdoba. Subsequently, two union officials who collaborated with the government were shot and five major guerrilla organizations and innumerable commando groups multiplied the armed actions, disturbing law and order on a daily basis.
18:42
The "Cordobazo", as the Córdoba workers uprising of May 1969 is commonly referred to, was a spontaneous explosion of hatred toward the Onganía dictatorship for the decline in wages, the police state repression, and the 1,001 indignities that the regime had imposed on the wage in salaried classes, according to James Petras.
19:05
With Onganía's image of law, order, power, and stability severely shaken, the military chiefs met and decided that it was necessary to sacrifice the man to save the system. A new general was called in. In June of 1970, Marcelo Levingston replaced Juan Carlos Onganía as the military's choice as president of the republic, but changing generals and making minor concessions to labor demands did not lessen the tensions.
19:32
Three nationwide general strikes in October and November were totally effective. Nine general strikes in Córdoba during the first five months of 1971 in which everyone from auto workers to shoeshine kids down their tools were unnerving to the government.
19:48
In March of 1971, general Levingston appointed a Reagan-type governor in Córdoba called Uriburu, the 18th governor appointed in five years. In his first major declaration, Uriburu declared that the forces of law and order must cut off the head of the subversive serpent. Within a week the workers took to the barricades, and for 48 hours the streets were in the hands of the people. Córdoba police disappeared. When law and order reappeared, it was in the form of the federal police, flown in from Buenos Aires.
20:20
At the funeral procession of one of the two young workers killed by police, the flag of the underground guerrillas, the ERP, flew from a motorcycle manned by two militants. After days of massive student fighting with 30,000 angry workers marching, no public official dared to move to arrest these ERP militants. The banner of the flag draped the casket of the 18-year-old worker. The Uruburu fell with great grace, and Levingston was replaced by General Lanusse.
20:52
The new president was aware that most Argentinians had had enough of generals in power. He legalized all the political parties, proposed free elections in three years, and promised ex-President Perón a safe return to Argentina. In exchange for these concessions, he trusted Perón would help pacify the country.
21:12
According to Dr. Petras, today there are at least five major guerrilla groups. The Revolutionary Armed Forces, the FAR, the Montoneros, the Peronist Armed Forces, the FAP, the Argentine Liberation Forces, the FAL, and the People's Revolutionary Army, the ERP. In 1970 alone, these and other commando groups engaged in at least 175 actions, which ranged from train assaults in the style of Jesse James with two variations.
21:42
They distributed sweets to calm the children, and they did not rob the passengers but only the government and corporate funds to expropriating milk and meat trucks and distributing these goods in the slum settlements that surround the big cities.
21:55
According to James Petras, the FAR was the Argentinian guerrilla formed to link up Che Guevara's Bolivian guerrillas and was organized about the time of Onganías' coup in 1966. With the assassination of Guevara and the defeat of the Bolivian guerrillas, the FAR went into a period of internal discussion, surging forth once again with the Cordobazo of 1969. In the past year it has moved from Fidelista to Peronist politics.
22:27
The Montoneros are made up of ex-right wingers and Social Christians who have embraced the national populist movement of Perón. Politically, they are the most ambiguous and moderate of the guerrilla groups, although they have tactically resorted to political assassination, including former President Aramburu, who was responsible for the execution of 27 Peronists in the 1950s.
22:53
The FAP is the armed wing of revolutionary Peronism and is probably the largest of the armed Peronist groups. The three, the FAR, the FAP, and the Montoneros, are presently discussing their fusion into one Peronist guerrilla organization. The FAL and the ERP are the two non-Peronist, more Marxist guerrilla groups, neither having any identification with either Peking or Moscow.
23:19
The FAL was founded in 1962, but its real growth and activity occurred after the May 1969 Cordobazo. The ERP, the last of the major guerrilla groups to be organized in 1970, is probably the fastest growing, most active and popular. The ERP has the clearest notion of how to link the guerrilla struggle with the growing working-class movement, according to Dr. Petras.
23:42
As the military has lost all shreds of prestige among the middle class and even sectors of the upper class, it never had much popular support. The guerrillas have increased their attacks. In January and February of 1970, eight actions were carried out. In the same months in 1971, 108 actions were carried out. Between January and August of 1970, 85 armed actions were recorded. Between September and December, 175 actions took place, and between January and April 1971, 201 actions occurred.
24:22
Few people sympathize with the government. Hardly anyone reports any suspicious activity, even in wealthy barrios. The military officials wear their civilian clothes to and from the office. The killing of policemen or military officials does not arouse middle class indignation. Many middle class professionals have commented, "If the military want to rule by violence, then they are getting their answer." Of course, the guerrillas have paid a price. Over 200 are in jail. All have suffered hideous tortures and over two dozen have been killed, but the organizational structures are intact and the armed movement is growing.
25:04
Dr. Petras continues that reflecting its growing political and military capacity during the months of March and April 1971, the ERP engaged in 36 identifiable actions while the other guerrilla groups carried off 19. The ERP has organized a variety of actions designed to strengthen the organizations economically and militarily, to win political support among workers and lower classes, to demoralize the opposition and to strengthen the struggle of the workers' organizations. The ERP is a self-financing organization. It does not depend on funds from outside or foreign sources, but relies on the expropriation of banks and other financial institutions.
25:44
On the 12th February 1971, two commando groups of the ERP carried off the biggest robbery in Argentine history, taking $30,000 from a US-made supposedly bulletproof armored car, penetrating it with a bazooka. Twelve days later, the same two commando groups distributed in various lower-class barrios of Cordoba a water pump, a water tank, overalls, schoolbooks, blankets, medicines, and milk.
26:09
The expropriated funds not only sustained the ERP activists, but resulted in a redistribution of the income from the upper to the lower class. More frequently, the ERP hijacks milk or meat trucks and redistributes the goods directly among the poor, many times with the tacit support of the truck drivers. Often the guerrillas, after identifying themselves, do not have to pull out their gun. The drivers only ask, "Which neighborhood today?"
26:38
Within the slum settlements, distribution committees have emerged to direct the distribution of goods. The two most common means of obtaining arms are by disarming policemen or assaulting police commissaries.
26:51
According to Petras, entering a police station today is like entering a rat maze. Inside a series of barriers and outside checkpoints with barbed wire manned by nervous machine gun carrying police. Naturally, after scores of incidents, the police are jittery, and therefore it is not recommended to slow down or park in front of a police guard.
27:12
During contract negotiations between the Fiat Corporation and the trade unions, the ERP applied pressure on the company negotiators by firebombing their offices, and have taken similar actions with other recalcitrant employers who, as a result, are more amenable to negotiate settlements and rely less on the dictatorship to break strikes.
27:33
This week's feature was provided by Dr. James Petras, widely published specialist of Latin America, and professor of sociology at the State University of New York.
LAPR1973_12_10
15:07
Today's feature will be an interview with Dr. Richard Schaedel, professor of anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin concerning his recent trip to Chile. Professor Schaedel has traveled extensively in Latin America, was a visiting professor at the University of Chile in Santiago and organized the Department of Anthropology there in 1955 and has served Chilean universities in a consultant capacity frequently, most recently, three years ago.
15:34
Dr. Schaedel, what was the purpose of your recent trip to Chile?
15:38
Well, there were actually two purposes, one being personal. I had my son down there and was concerned that he leave the country as soon as possible. Second was essentially to inform myself as to the real nature of the takeover and its consequences for the social science community in Santiago, not just the Chileans and the social science community, but also social scientists from other Latin American countries, a number of whom had been jailed or harassed in various ways and several of whom had actually been killed.
16:26
So that since reports were, to say the least, confusing emanating from the press, I wanted to take firsthand stock of the situation and also form an estimate of the likely number of graduate students and professionals in the social sciences who would probably be looking for positions in other Latin American countries or in Europe or the United States as a result of their inability to get along with the junta or because of persecution by the junta directly.
17:03
We've heard that in most Chilean universities, certain entire departments and particularly social science courses have been abolished. Is that true from your findings?
17:15
Yes, that's very definitely true. Particularly this affects sociology. It's very unlikely that the career of sociology, at least to the doctoral level, will be continued in Chile, and it's possible that Catholic University may allow a kind of degree but not the full doctorate, whereas the University of Chile will simply give general introductory courses and there will be no advanced training.
17:50
There was an important Center of Socioeconomic Studies, CESO is the acronym, and that was totally abolished. This institute had been carrying out very important original social science research on contemporary Latin America over the past decade, and it established a ratifying reputation and that's been completely abolished. Essentially, it was a institute functioning within the total University of Chile system.
18:22
Another institute which was somewhat autonomous and concerned itself with rural affairs, ESERA is the acronym. This was directed by a North American with the funding from FAO, Food and Agricultural Organization in the United Nations, and this was heavily intervened. That particular institute wasn't abolished, but all of the research that had been carried out, the papers, the records of that research were appropriated by the junta and were given over to a paper factory. These are just a few examples of the kind of measures that are being taken to suspend the training of social scientists, particularly at the higher level.
19:11
Dr. Schaedel, from your recent visit to Chile, do you think the press reports of thousands of summary executions, unauthorized search and seizure of residences and torture of suspected leftists, do you think these reports have been accurate?
19:25
Yes, I think there's no question that all these things occurred. I think the only issue is to determine quantitatively how accurate they were. One of the basic problems is simply the overall body count, a result of how many people are actually killed as a result of the takeover, both in the immediate fighting on September 11th and succeeding days, and also in the executions that were conducted out of the Stadium of Chile and the National Stadium. A lot of controversy is waged in the press on this subject, and I would say that the estimates, the minimal estimates that, below which, it would very hard to go, would be somewhere in the range of 3,000 to 5,000, and it's quite probably a larger number than that.
20:22
The junta has consistently refused to allow any of the international agencies the opportunity to establish these figures for themselves, and it certainly is not interested in carrying out or reporting on the number of people killed. Incidents of torture in the stadium are abundantly verified by a number of, certainly I had the opportunity to speak to about 10 people in Santiago who were eyewitnesses to this. Unauthorized search and seizure, everyone that I talked to in Chile could give me evidence on that. Houses have been searched up to three times, including the house of the resident representative of the United Nations in Santiago.
21:10
So generally speaking, I would say that with very few exceptions, most of the reports are essentially accurate with this reservation that I don't think we'll ever be able to get a good quantitative estimate of the number of people who have been tortured, the total number of illegal search and seizures, or even the total number of deaths. All this will have to be reconstructed and extrapolated from the eyewitness accounts.
21:39
I'd just like to mention in passing that I got a document from a Colombian faculty member at the School of Social Sciences in Chile who had spent 30 days being moved from the stadium of Chile to the National Stadium, and prior to that he had been in several other places of detention and it's a rather gruesome account of the kinds of things that happened to him. He was a Colombian citizen who was seized at his house on the very day of the takeover, and his account of what took place, I'm just getting translated now and intend to turn it over to the Kennedy Committee, but this kind of document is hard to come by, especially from people who are still in Chile.
22:28
Those that have left are somewhat reluctant to compromise themselves because of friends and relatives that they might have there, but I can certainly say that, generally, the image projected by the press is correct.
22:44
From your experience, what is the political and economic direction being taken by the junta now?
22:49
Well, I would say that it's following, and this has been pointed out by a number of reporters, that it's following the model of Spain. They are drafting a totally new constitution, and there are every indication that the constitution will be based on the so-called gremio or guild organizations, by professions rather than on any system of what we would consider electoral parliament.
23:16
And this new constitution is being drafted by three lawyers. It's on a corporatist model, and elections will definitely not take the form they have in the past. So it will be an elimination of a representative democracy, which is the former government Chile has had.
23:36
And such other measures as have been taken with regard, for example, to education, we can judge a little of the tendencies. Obviously, the most obvious one is the suppression or elimination of all Marxist literature. And then decrees have been passed, revising the curriculum of high school education, eliminating anything having to do with political doctrine, discussion of social reactions to the Industrial Revolution and things like that. So I guess, very simply, yes. If you want to call the government of Spain fascist, then the government is following very deliberately that model.
24:21
What else can you say about the situation in Chilean educational institutions now in terms of curriculum reform, overall educational reform?
24:32
Well, essentially, the situation in the universities of Chile is that they are all being intervened. The exact format that the revised university is going to take is somewhat clouded because there hasn't been a new statute governing university education, but it's fairly clear that they will definitely suppress social science training at the upper levels that would have to do with any independent investigation of political ideologies in their relationship to class structure or class organization. These matters will certainly not be permitted.
25:25
And by and large, I think you could say that the reaction to the junta is fairly clear in its persecution of the international schools that have been based in Santiago. The School of Social Sciences is going to have to move, and the other organizations such as the Center for Demography, which is a UN organization, and even the Economic Commission for Latin America are beginning to wonder whether they should or even will be allowed to continue. The very fact that they've been able to intimidate, that the junta has been able to intimidate these international social science organizations, I think gives you a pretty good reading as to the kind of suppression of what we would consider to be normal social science training and research. Prospects are fairly grim.
26:24
What kinds of efforts are being made in other countries, in particular in the United States, to help university professors and students who've been dismissed by the junta?
26:36
Well, in the United States, there's a nationwide group organized which counts with the participation of practically every stateside university, which is setting up a network of offers for people who possibly need jobs or graduate fellowships. This is operating out of New York as a small funding grant from the Ford Foundation and operates in connection with a Latin American social science center based in Buenos Aires, which has been very active in trying to rehabilitate the already sizable number of Chilean and other Latin American academic refugees, you might say, in other countries of Latin America, so that the United States effort is integrated with the Latin American effort and is aimed primarily at avoiding, if possible, a brain drain, locating Chilean social science in South America, if possible, or Latin America in general, prior to opting for providing them jobs up here.
27:49
However, I think the effort is very worthwhile, and I'm sure, despite the efforts to accommodate social sciences in Latin America, social scientists in Latin America, a number of them will be coming to the States and also to European centers. Europe has also indicated an interest in rescuing Chilean social science.
28:18
Thank you, Dr. Schaedel. We've been talking today with Dr. Richard Schaedel of the Anthropology Department at the University of Texas at Austin, who recently returned from a fact-finding mission in Chile to investigate the situation of the social sciences after the September coup.
LAPR1973_12_13
20:07
The single most important event in Brazil this year was the announcement in June that current military president, Emilio Médici, will be succeeded next March by another general, Ernesto Geisel. In this analysis, we will look at developments in three main areas and attempt to foresee what changes, if any, can be expected when Geisel assumes power. We will examine Brazil's economic development, its role role in Latin America, and recent reports of dissidents in Brazil. The military has been in power in Brazil since 1964, when a military coup toppled left liberal president Goulart.
20:48
Since then, Brazil has opened its doors to foreign capital, attempting to promote economic development. In some ways, results have been impressive. Brazil's gross national product has grown dramatically in recent years and it now exports manufactured goods throughout the continent, but this kind of growth has not been without its costs. The Brazilian finance minister received heavy criticisms this march for two aspects of Brazilian economic development.
21:18
The first was the degree of foreign penetration in the Brazilian economy. For example, 80% of all manufactured exports from Brazil come from foreign-owned subsidiaries. The second problem brought up was the incredible maldistribution of income in Brazil. The rub of the critic's argument is the top 5% of the population enjoys 40% of the national income, while the top 20% of the population account for 80% of the total. Moreover, this heavily skewed distribution is being accentuated as Brazil's economy develops. Whether any of these policies will change when Geisel comes to power next March or not as uncertain. Some feel that he is an ardent nationalist who will be called to business interests.
22:06
Others recall that it was Geisel who provided lucrative investments to foreign companies, including Phillips Petroleum and Dow Chemical, when he was president of Petrobras, the state oil industry, which was once a symbol of Brazilian nationalism. They also say that he has consistently supported the concentration of wealth into fewer hands.
22:27
Brazil has sometimes been called the United States Trojan Horse in Latin America. The idea is that Brazil will provide a safe base for US corporations and then proceed to extend its influence throughout the continent, either by outright conquest or simply economic domination. Brazil has, to be sure, pretty closely towed the line of US foreign policy. It has taken the role of the scourge of communism and has been openly hostile to governments such as those of Cuba and Chile under Allende, and it is clear, as has been stated before, that American corporations do feel at home in Brazil.
23:02
Brazil, of course, discounts the Trojan horse theory and instead expresses almost paranoia fears of being surrounded by unfriendly governments, whether for conquest or defense though, Brazil has built up its armed forces tremendously in recent years. In May of this year, Brazil signed a treaty with neighboring Paraguay for a joint hydroelectric power plant. Opposition groups within Paraguay called the treaty, a sellout to Brazil, and it is generally agreed that the treaty brings Paraguay securely within Brazil's sphere of influence.
23:33
The treaty was viewed with dismay by Argentina, which has feared the spread of Brazilian influence on the continent for years, especially in Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay. A Brazilian military buildup along its border with Uruguay caused some alarm last year. And this spring, an Uruguayan senator said he had discovered a secret Brazilian military plan for the conquest of Uruguay. According to the plan, Uruguay was to be invaded in 1971 should the left wing Broad Front coalition win the Uruguayan elections.
24:03
While these developments seem to point to an aggressive program of Brazilian expansion, some observers feel that Brazil may be changing its policy in favor of more cooperation with its Latin American neighbors. They point to the Brazilian foreign minister's recent diplomatic tour in which he spoke with representatives of Peru and Chile as evidence. Others expect Brazil to continue its expansionist policies. It is interesting to note that General Geisel has the full support of the conservative General Golbery, the author of a book proclaiming that Brazil's domination of Latin America is manifest destiny.
24:38
During the past year, there have been increasing reports of dissidents against Brazil's military regime. In recent months, the Catholic Church has risen to protest occurrences of torture of political prisoners with surprising boldness. In April, 24 priests and 3000 students held a memorial mass for a young man who died mysteriously while in police custody. The songs in the service which was conducted in a cathedral surrounded by government troops were not religious hymns but anti-government protest songs.
25:12
The real blockbuster came a month later when three Archbishops and 10 bishops from Brazil's Northeast issued a long statement, a blistering attack on the government. The statement, which because of government censorship did not become known to the public for 10 days after it had been released on May the 6th, is notable for its strongly political tone.
25:34
The declaration not only attacked the government for repression and the use of torture, it also held it responsible for poverty, starvation wages, unemployment, infant mortality, and illiteracy. In broader terms, it openly denounced the country's much boned economic miracle, which it said benefited a mere 20% of the population, while the gap between rich and poor continued to grow. There were also derogatory references to the intervention of foreign capital in Brazil. Indeed, the whole system of capitalism was attacked and the government accused of developing its policy of repression merely to bolster it up.
26:15
The military regime is also threatened by a major conflict with trade unions. Because of government efforts to cut dock workers wages, dock workers threatened to strike against reorganization of wage payments, which union officials said would've cut wages 35 to 60%, but since strikers could have been tried for sedition, they opted for a go-slow, which began on July 25th in Santos, Brazil's main port. After six weeks, the government announced restoration of wages, froze them for two to three years.
26:51
The freeze will have the effect of diminishing wages as much as the government wanted to in the first place. At this time, the unions are appealing the case through the courts. The military rulers are also under pressure from the Xavante indians, who warned President Medici in November that unless a start is made within a month to mark out the Sao Marcos Reservation, they will have to fight for their lands.
27:17
The latest reports indicate that a number of Indians have captured arms and are massing in the jungle. At the same time, the government continues to be plagued by guerrilla operations on the Araguaia River. Various incidents during the past months have signaled the impotence of the armed forces in the face of these guerrilla activities. In São Domingos das Latas, a little town about 30 kilometers to the east of Marabá, along the Trans-Amazonian Highway, two landowners have been killed by the guerrillas for collaborating with the armed forces.
27:52
The guerrillas have distributed a manifesto written in simple direct language dealing with the principle demands of the local population. The Army claims that the guerrilla forces have been reduced to half a dozen fugitives, but civilians in the area estimate that there are from 30 to 60 members of the guerrillas, who seem to enjoy a fantastic popularity among local people.
LAPR1973_12_19
14:37
Our feature this week is a roundup of news events in Chile for 1973, compiled from reports in the Chilean newspapers, El Mercurio and Chile Hoy; the Mexico City daily, Excélsior; and the British weekly, Latin America.
14:52
By far the most troubled country on the continent this year has been Chile, which was the site of a bloody military coup overthrowing the socialist president, Salvador Allende, on September 11th. The heads of the armed forces are now firmly in control of the country, although the Junta has had to institute extremely repressive measures in order to quell the resistance from Allende's numerous supporters.
15:19
The Chilean coup was the first military intervention in that country in 38 years. Chile has traditionally enjoyed democratic and constitutional governments, and her military forces have a long tradition of staying out of civilian politics.
15:36
When he was elected in 1970, Allende, a Marxist, promised to stay within the bounds of the constitution while carrying out a policy of peaceful, socialist revolution. Soon after his election, Allende legally carried out several popular measures, including the nationalization of major U.S. copper companies holdings, and extensive agrarian reform measures.
15:58
While these steps won widespread approval among Chilean workers and peasants, they incurred the wrath of the United States and of powerful opposition groups within Chile. Thus, the first two years of Allende's administration were marked with political and economic battles between Allende's popular unity government, powerful Chilean interest groups and political parties backed by the United States, as well as by confrontations with the United States government and U.S. corporations over issues such as compensation for nationalized industries.
16:28
Excélsior reported that the Allende government received a big boost in the Chilean congressional elections last March, when the Popular Unity coalition increased its representation in both the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. While the vote left the Popular Unity coalition still short of a majority in the Congress, the results were considered evidence of the growing popularity of the government among Chileans.
16:55
The storm clouds broke though, in late April, when miners at El Teniente, a nationalized copper mine, went on strike. The strikers, many of whom are white collar workers and all of whom were among the highest paid workers in Chile, walked out demanding higher production bonuses. The Allende government, which had vowed to end privileged sectors of the Chilean labor force, firmly refused the striker's demands. Seeing an opportunity to mobilize opposition against the government, right-wing opposition group seized the strike as an issue and began organizing support for the strikers.
17:35
The crisis continued through April as clandestine operations by rightist groups occurred with growing frequency. A socialist party radio station in Rancagua was seized, and a number of communist and socialist party premises, homes, and newspapers across the country, were sacked in an apparently coordinated effort, according to Chile Hoy.
17:55
Such confrontations continued through May and June as economic problems worsened and the El Teniente strike remained unsettled. Talk of armed confrontation was widespread, and Allende warned that rightist groups were planning a coup d'état attempt. While these struggles raged in the streets of Chile in the months of May and June, the battles between Allende and the opposition filled the halls of the Chilean Congress as well.
18:19
At one point, reported El Mercurio, certain members of Congress tried to have Allende removed from office by using a clause in the Chilean constitution, which was intended for cases in which the president was seriously ill. Allende, in response, is said to have considered exercising his constitutional right to temporarily disband Congress and immediately call new parliamentary elections.
18:46
Matters came to a head on June 29th, when certain sectors of the army attempted a military overthrow of the Popular Unity government. Most of the armed forces rose to defend the government and the revolt was crushed. Transportation owners went out on strike in early August, complaining that they were unable to get spare parts for their vehicles.
19:08
Opposition parties, including the Christian Democrats, once again took the side of the strikers against the government, and truck owners who refused to observe the strike were subjected to increasing violence. As the strike continued, the nation became more and more polarized.
19:23
Meanwhile, the military leaders were planning their coup. The military had been systematically searching factories which were known to employ Allende supporters and confiscating weapons. This was an apparent attempt to reduce the possibility of organized resistance from the workers after the coup.
19:42
The takeover was finally accomplished on September 11th when the military surrounded the presidential palace in Santiago and demanded the resignation of Allende and his Popular Unity government. When Allende refused, the palace was attacked with tanks, troops, and Air Force jets. Allende was killed, although whether or not he took his own life, as the military claims, is still debatable.
20:05
Once in power, the new military government took immediate steps to crush resistance. Excélsior reported that a strict curfew was established throughout the country and violators were shot. Troops conducted house-to-house searches, looking for arms and leftist literature.
20:23
Anyone caught carrying arms on the street was summarily executed. Military tribunals were set up to try the suspected enemies of the new regime. Thousands were taken prisoner and housed in the National Soccer Stadium. Some of those, who were later released from the stadium, told of beatings, killings, and torture.
20:44
The Junta also published a most-wanted list, including many of the members of Allende's administration. Rewards of 50,000 escudos were offered to anyone who could provide clues as to the whereabouts of those on the list. As a result of this campaign, there are now thousands of political prisoners in Chile.
21:02
Although the Junta continues to insist that the numbers of civilians shot in the streets is very low, numerous reports from journalists suggest otherwise. The Newsweek correspondent in Santiago reported seeing a morgue overflowing with bodies, all shot at close range.
21:19
The Junta's also announced its intentions to depoliticize Chilean society in order to normalize the country. To this end, all Marxist literature was banned, and any found in the house-to-house searches was burned. The political parties making up the Popular Unity coalition were outlawed, and all others were declared in recess. Most of the newspapers were shut down, and the few still allowed to publish were censored. The National Federation of Labor Unions was disbanded. The rectors of the universities were dismissed, and military overseers were appointed to run the universities. At the University of Concepción, 6,000 students were expelled for their leftist leanings, as well as 400 faculty members.
22:10
The Junta is not only banning most forms of political expression, but is reversing many of the reforms enacted under Allende. A wage hike scheduled for October was canceled, and price controls designed to keep scarce necessities from costing more than the poor could afford, have been removed. Chile's poor are suffering as a result.
22:31
The country's runaway inflation has caused prices to soar to record amounts, giving rise to an ironic situation. Instead of the scarcity of items reported during Allende's administration, there is a surplus of many items on store shelves, since few can now afford to buy them. The prices of meat and gasoline, for instance, have risen 800% since the coup.
22:53
According to the weekly, Latin America, the military government has announced that 300 companies nationalized under Allende would be returned to their former owners, and has agreed to pay $300 million in compensation to the Kennecott Corporation, former owners of the nationalized El Teniente copper mine. The Junta has also began to dismantle the agrarian reform program, which was set up under the government of Christian Democrat, Eduardo Frei, who held the presidency before Allende.
23:28
In early November, officials expelled 300 peasant families from the land they had legally received two years ago. Although the Junta claims that the agrarian reform program is still in effect, they have appointed the head of the right-wing National Party to run the program. The National Party opposed the passage of the agrarian reform law in 1967.
23:51
The United States government obviously favors the new Junta, despite the repressive measures. The U.S. recognized the new government only a few weeks after the coup, and recently Nixon spoke of his admiration for, "The determination of the new government to conform to the tradition and will of the Chilean people."
24:10
The striking difference between U.S. attitudes toward Chile under Allende and under the Junta has led to speculation that the U.S. engineered the coup. The only evidence of U.S. involvement so far has been Senate testimony by William Colby, Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, that his agency supplied money and assistance to anti-Allende demonstrations.
24:32
The British news weekly, Latin America, says, however, that the U.S. government, supported by large corporations such as ITT, wished to see Allende overthrown. The U.S. saw the Allende government as dangerous to American business interests ever since Chile nationalized American copper companies two years ago.
24:50
When the United States demanded compensation for the mines, Allende replied that the excess profits extracted by the copper companies was far greater than the value of the company's holdings. The United States retaliated by using its powerful influence to stop all loans and credits to Chile from multilateral lending agencies. Many of these loans are not really loans as such, but simply credits which allow small nations to make purchases from companies in larger nations on the basis of payment within 30 to 90 days.
25:27
When these credits were cut off, Chile had to find large amounts of foreign currencies in advance to make such purchases. Often unable to get such amounts, Chile was faced with shortages of many essential imported goods. Thus, according to Chile Hoy, the shortage of replacement parts for cars, trucks, and buses, which led to two transportation owners strikes and serious domestic turmoil, can be traced directly to United States policy within these multilateral lending agencies.
25:56
The same mechanisms also led to shortages of food and other essentials, which heightened Chile's inflation. It is for these reasons that Allende told the United Nations in November, 1972, that the U.S. was, "Waging economic war on Chile".
26:12
However, there was one crucial area in which United States' aid to Chile was not denied: military aid, which was continued throughout Allende's three years in office. According to Joseph Columns of the Institute of Policy Studies, this was part of a deliberate strategy, which he calls, "The Nixon-Kissinger low profile strategy, in which economic credits are withheld, While assistance to pro-American Armed Forces continues." Washington's action since the coup seemed to confirm this theory.
26:45
The Junta was recently successful in negotiating a $24 million loan from the United States Department of Agriculture for the purchase of wheat. In addition, the international lending agencies have resumed negotiations with Chile for the extension of credits.
27:00
At this point, one of the greatest dangers to the Junta's continued rule seems to be dissension within its own ranks. Recently, an Air Force General was arrested and charged with incitement to rebellion, an indication that the armed forces are perhaps not as unified as first suspected.
27:17
Provided that this threat can be avoided, the Junta plans to remain in power for quite some time. The generals have stated that Chile will not be ready for an elected government for several years.
27:28
This concludes this week's feature: a roundup of news events in Chile for 1973, compiled from reports in the Chilean newspapers, El Mercurio and Chile Hoy; the Mexico City daily, Excélsior; and the British news weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_01_04
08:24
It has been said that to some extent the stage four Colombia's recent problem of plagued in 1973 was set during the closing moments of the 1972 session of congress. A Molotov cocktail hurled into the congressional chamber brought to an abrupt end what had proven to be an extremely slow and unproductive year of lawmaking.
08:52
Among the endless list of legislation left pending were vital bills dealing with agrarian reform as well as long awaited reform in urban, university, labor, and electoral sectors.
09:05
This continued non-committal position towards significant social reform on the part of Congress as well as that of President Misael Pastrana Borrero, coupled with an unprecedented rate of inflation dealt Colombia a year of frequent and often quite violent domestic unrest. The three active communist guerrilla organizations all intensified their operations in February by carrying out a rash of sporadic attacks on large landowners and kidnapping several wealthy industrialists. Laboring the guerilla activity a national security threat, the Colombian government launched a two-pronged attack on the three groups, which included introducing the death penalty and beginning a sweeping search-and-destroy effort.
10:01
By the end of October, a Colombian army spokesman announced that they had nearly eliminated the most powerful of the insurgent groups and that it would be turning its attention to a second guerrilla outfit.
10:13
The Pastrana Borrero administration was also forced to deal with major strikes and demonstrations by truck and bus operators, teachers, students, and landless peasants. The two major factors said to have spurred the protests have been the rising cost of living and public outrage over alleged tortures and unnecessary killings of students and workers as well as guerrilla leaders.
10:43
Although by early November of 1973 there was a move toward positive negotiations, the yearlong Colombia-Venezuela dispute over the demarcation of their territorial waters continues without solution. The extremely heated debate stems from their common belief that the disputed area in the Gulf of Venezuela contains rich oil deposits. Colombia's interest in the outcome is compounded by its realization that at the end of the coming fiscal year, it will no longer be an oil exporter, but rather an oil importer.
11:18
As with most of its neighbors, a spiraling inflation has upset Colombia's economy during 1973. The rate of inflation, which reached 30%, has seen the greatest increases in the price of food and petroleum products. The irony of the situation is that, for Colombia, 1973 has been an exceptionally profitable year. There was a rise in total exports of nearly 40% over the previous year. At the close of the year, however, it appears that the government's measures of scattered price fixing have failed to provide a deterrent to the inflationary trend.
12:01
Perhaps of greatest significance is that against the background of widespread political unrest, Colombia's three major political parties have managed to successfully appoint their presidential candidates and carry out vigorous campaigns for the upcoming election in April. This year's elections are doubly significant in that they indicate the decline of the 16-year-old national front agreement between Colombia's conservative and liberal parties.
12:29
Under this agreement, the two leading parties have willingly alternated in power from one term to the next, thus severely limiting the hopes for the third party, ANAPO, National Popular Alliance.
12:42
The pact was to have extended through the 1974 election. However, major splits within the two leading parties during their 1973 conventions have resulted in the premature cancellation of the National Front Pact. The conservatives and liberals have nonetheless settled on a somewhat modified version of the same agreement by which the losing party will automatically fill certain vital cabinet positions. The ANAPO candidate whose strength as astounded, many observers would, it has been said, be overthrown by the Colombian army immediately were she elected.
13:21
The greatly reformed minded Maria Eugenia, who has wide popular backing may be weakened regardless of the vote of the still farther left communist and Christian democratic candidates because of the pre-planned nature of the Colombian elections. They have customarily been marked by extreme apathy. This April's election is proving to be no exception.
24:10
From Latin America, a British Weekly, we have a report on the energy crisis and the specter of inflation in Mexico. Although Mexico, which produces the greater part of its own oil, is better placed than many countries to cope with the world energy crisis, it is not immune from its effects. Indeed, the government had been forced to eat the words of the director of the state oil concerned PEMEX, Antonio Dovalí Jaime, who last month declared that the world oil shortage would not affect Mexico or bring an increase in its domestic price. At the end of last week, not only was just such a price increase decreed, the first since 1958, with rises right across the board of 60 to 80% for all oil products, but President Luis Echeverría Alvarez convened an unprecedented public conference to discuss the crisis as it affects Mexico.
25:08
This conference, chaired by the president himself, brought together the members of the cabinet, directors of state companies, the diplomatic corps and the press, and was televised live throughout Mexico. Undoubtedly, this was meant to impress Mexicans with the gravity of their country's economic situation. It has been confidently predicted that the 1974 budget will be characterized by its austerity, and life for the man in the street has not been made any easier by the oil price rise or the increase in electricity rates, which preceded it.
25:44
The low prices which have prevailed for these sources of energy for years have been dictated by political and social pressures and have helped to keep the cost of living down for the mass of the poor. But the consequence has been a shortage of investment funds as well as two inefficient and loss-making industries. A vast amount of capital is now to be poured into the search for new oil deposits and their exploitation. And the private sector is undoubtedly pleased that the government has at last been brave enough to impose what it sees as realistic rates for oil and electricity. Relations between the government and the private sector have in fact improved enormously over the past few weeks.
26:29
The retiring United States ambassador Robert McBride declared at the end of November that investors from his country continued to have great confidence in Mexico and the rate of United States investment was likely to be maintained at 130 to $150 million a year. For the average Mexican however, 1974 is unlikely to be a good year. Wage increases, high though they have been, are not keeping pace with inflation. While for the unemployed life will be even harder. This report from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_01_10
14:55
Our feature this week is the first half of an article on the controversial Brazilian model of economic development written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily El Dia.
15:07
Most Americans don't know it, but the land of Carmen Miranda and the bossa nova has become the industrial giant of the Southern Hemisphere. Derided only a few short years ago as the perpetual land of the future, Brazilians now proclaim loudly that the future has arrived. "Underdeveloped hell", read the slogan at one of Sao Paulo's recent auto shows. The talk now is of an economic miracle to rival the recovery of West Germany after World War II.
15:39
One wonders what this economic boom means for the majority of the Brazilian population. Brazil's resources may be extensive, but the majority of its people have always been poor, and their suffering great. Brazil's Indian population was nearly wiped out by the Portuguese colonists in the 16th and 17th centuries. Black slavery was introduced early into Brazil and was practiced widely until 1888. Historically, most Brazilians, slave or free, have been dependent and poor. Even those who own land, supervise plantations, and led expeditions were poor by today's standards. Very few had much in the way of comforts and goods. For most of its history, Brazil was a colony. It was governed by Portugal and existed to make money for the Portuguese. No matter that Indians were exterminated and African slaves went to early graves.
16:40
One must not forget that most of Brazil's population is racially mixed, according to El Dia, that much of it is Black, and that its history of subjugation and misery continues to this day.
16:52
There exists in Brazil one of the deepest cleavages between rich and poor, economically, culturally, and racially, to be found anywhere in the world. A few facts may help sketch the current scene. Here are Brazil's income distribution figures for 1968. The richest 1% of the population received an annual per capita income of $6,500. The middle 40% income group received $350 in 1968, and the poorest 50% of the population earned an average income of $120 in that year. What this says is that one half of Brazil's population in the middle of the 1960s had an average cash income of 35 cents a day. Most people, in other words, live outside the money economy. A cultural and economic middle class does exist in Brazil. It is the small, relatively privileged top 10% of the population. A tiny part of this group is wealthy, but most of it is composed of business and professional people, army officers and government officials, and corresponds to the salaried urban middle class in the United States.
18:02
"But what do you do about poverty?", asks El Dia. A decade ago, Brazilian leaders and their North American allies embarked on an alliance for progress, a program which had its roots in Kubitschek's Operation Pan America. Kubitschek was president of Brazil from 1956 to 1961. His idea was to improve the lives of all Latin Americans by laying out an elaborate and massive program of economic development. He would stimulate this development with huge inputs of foreign capital, principally from the United States and Western Europe. Factories would be built in Latin America to produce the things people needed, provide them with jobs and wages, and yield tax revenues for their schools and cities. Foreign investors would become catalysts in the process of developing the natural and human resources of Latin America and partners in the creation of new and greater wealth for everyone.
19:03
The key to the process of industrialization in Brazil was to be a program of import substitution. The idea was for Brazil to limit the importation of manufactured goods and build domestic industry behind high tariffs. Thus, Brazil would exploit her own internal market. Brazilian industries would be created to supply a domestic market, formerly undeveloped or in the hands of foreign companies. Once these companies were on their feet, the tariff walls would be lowered, forcing Brazilian industry to become more efficient and competitive. Finally, these industries would operate without protection and in competition on the world market. Brazil would then begin to export manufactured goods, improve her balance of trade and be on her way.
19:49
A glance at Brazil's economic history is instructive. El Dia explains that traditionally, the Brazilian economy was based on agriculture and the export of agricultural commodities and minerals, coffee, cocoa, sugar, cotton, iron ore and gems. Rubber and gold were of great importance at one time. But countries whose economies are based on the export of primary products play a losing game. They are subject to the fluctuations of the world market and the increasing competition of other primary producers. Brazil's economic history is characterized by a succession of cycles of its major export commodities. From the early 16th century on, this was in turn the story of dye, wood, sugar, gold and coffee. The latter, of course, is still Brazil's major export commodity, although its strength has fluctuated substantially with changes in world demand.
20:52
Against this discouraging history, the process of industrialization began, but it was a late beginning. Until 1822, Brazil was a Portuguese colony administered along strict mercantilist lines. That is, no industry was allowed to develop. It was not until the First World War that the beginnings of industrialization were much felt. The impetus towards industrialization came from the impact of the two World Wars, largely because of the interruption of supplies from overseas and the elimination of foreign competition. It was during this period that Brazil's import substitution policies began.
21:29
Kubitschek was undoubtedly one of Brazil's most enthusiastic developmentalists. When he was inaugurated in 1956, he immediately set up a national development council, formulated a program of targets, and called for 50 years of development in five. His most spectacular project was the building of Brasilia, the country's modernistic capital, 600 miles into the interior. Brazil's automobile industry began under Kubitschek. Steel and cement production doubled and power generation tripled.
22:06
After Kubitschek, however, the country experienced a period of political instability. Jânio Quadros resigned shortly after taking office, and the administration of was marked by a period of runaway inflation. By 1963, prices were going up by 71% a year. In 1963, the gross national product increased only 1.6%, while population growth exceeded 3%, thus producing a negative growth in per capita income.
22:41
Brazil's relations with foreign investors and the United States government suffered during this time. Popular movements were gaining force and demanding redress of the country's longstanding inequities. Social unrest was widespread and growing. United States economic aid and corporate investments dropped sharply. Then in March 1964, the Brazilian army staged a coup d'etat and the United States recognized the provisional military government within 24 hours. United States economic aid was then restored at higher levels than ever before, and US technicians and advisors began to enter the country in unprecedented numbers.
23:20
The Brazilian military, under Castelo Branco, crushed the protest movements, jailed their leaders and deprived civilian political leaders of political rights for 10 years. Under the leadership of Brazil's new Harvard-trained Minister of Planning, Roberto Campos, stringent measures were taken to stem inflation, and tax concessions and investment guarantees were set up to lure back foreign capital.
23:44
The economic picture began to change. In 1965, the Brazilian economy, principally the industrial sector, grew at a rate of 3.9%. In 1966, the rate was 4.3%. In 1967, it was 5%, and in 1968, it was 6.3%. Since 1968, the GNP has increased by no less than 9% a year to a record high of 11% in 1972. This is what Brazilians call their economic miracle, and it is indeed a formidable achievement. The evidence is everywhere. One may raise questions about the way Brazil is growing and about who is benefiting from this growth and who is not, but the growth is very real.
24:28
According to El Dia, in 1968 the US Information Agency in Rio released a somewhat whimsical TV spot announcement, extolling the success of Brazil's industrial development. It showed a scantily clad and shapely model operating a massive drill press to the sensuous beat of the samba and asked, "Is this development or isn't it?"
24:53
For many Brazilians, the answer was, "Maybe not." They had basic questions to ask about what was happening to their country, and they were not matters about which to be whimsical. The first question has to do with the theory of import substitution. On the surface, it looks like a good idea for Brazil to cut foreign imports and encourage the growth of domestic industry in a protected market. Why shouldn't Brazil supply its own consumer needs, reinvest its profits, and spread the wealth? Perhaps it should. The problem is the theory doesn't work that way.
25:32
It is not Brazilians, by and large who are manufacturing the import substitutes, but foreign companies incorporated under Brazilian law. No group of private investors in Brazil, for example, could possibly compete with Volkswagen, Ford, and General Motors in establishing an automotive industry. There are, of course, many successful Brazilian industrialists, but they compete at a great disadvantage against the corporate giants of the United States, Western Europe, and Japan.
26:06
An American professor in Brazil put it this way. "What was supposed to be a solution for Brazil has turned out to be a solution for us. It was supposed to be a gain for Brazil to have foreign companies come in and set up shop. What we are now discovering," the professor said, "is that these companies make far more money through direct investments in manufacturing and sales operations in Brazil than they were able to make previously by exporting these same products from home. Volkswagen and Ford no longer ship cars to Brazil from Bremerhaven and New York. They manufacture them in Sao Paulo. Why is this more profitable? Certain costs, of course, are lower, but the more compelling answer is that the Brazilian market can be more effectively penetrated when a company's entire manufacturing, sales and servicing operation is managed within the host country."
26:55
John Powers, president of Charles Pfizer & Company Pharmaceuticals, put it this way, in a speech to the American Management Association. "It is simply not possible in this decade of the 20th century to establish a business effectively in most world markets, in most products, by exporting. Successful market penetration usually requires building warehouses, creating and training an organization. It requires local sales promotion and building plants or assembly lines to back up the marketing effort. In short, it requires direct investment."
27:32
It should not be surprising that some Brazilians are wondering who's helping whom. It is argued, of course, that even though foreign corporations take sizable profits out of Brazil, both in the form of repatriated profits and from cheaper production costs, Brazil benefits more than it loses. Certainly, some Brazilians gain from the salaries and wages paid to Brazilian managers and factory workers, from taxes paid to the state and from the availability of added goods and services. Whether the country gains more than it loses is another matter, and the answer depends on more than conventional economic considerations.
28:08
You have been listening to the first part of a two-part feature on the Brazilian economic development model, written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily, El Dia.
LAPR1974_01_17
03:32
The British News Weekly, Latin America reports that the expropriation of Cerro de Pasco Corporation and its assets in Peru on New Year's Day was a logical step forward in that government's efforts to bring the Peruvian economy under national control, but it had long been avoided for three reasons. In the first place, there was a very real fear that of another confrontation with Washington and of scaring off potential investors in the mining projects which the government was desperately anxious to open up. Secondly, Cerro's operations in the Central Andes are extremely antiquated having been run down over the past few years and would require substantial investment. And thirdly, Cerro de Pasco was deeply involved in the medium-sized Peruvian mining operations, which will now effectively fall into the control of the state sector of the Peruvian economy.
04:20
Sources in Washington have been hinting recently that the Nixon administration was prepared to allow the Peruvian government to nationalize Cerro without making too much fuss and that there will shortly be a package deal covering all the matters still outstanding between the two governments. The vex question of the International Petroleum Company, a Rockefeller concern nationalized by Peru in 1968 will not be mentioned, but the Peruvians are believed to have given some ground in the question of compensation for WR Grace's Sugar Estates.
04:55
Apparently, President Nixon's special representative James Green of Manufacturers Hanover Bank was kept informed of all developments leading up to the expropriation. The packages reported to include a number of United States loans, some of which will be used to pay compensation to the Cerro Corporation, Cerro de Pasco's parent company.
05:17
The Cerro management is very well aware that it's 20% stake in the Southern Peru Copper Company is worth more than all of the assets of Cerro de Pasco combined. Certainly Cerro was unhappy to be losing Cerro de Pasco says Latin America, but the best two thirds of a cake is much better than no cake at all. It may yet be that there will be disputes over the whole issue as to who owes what to whom, but no one apparently expects the repeat of the international hullabaloo, which followed the expropriation of the International Petroleum Company in 1968.
05:49
Cerro de Pasco for many years virtually ruled Central Peru. Not only were its own mines scattered through the mountains, but it purchased ores from independent miners and had large stakes in most important mining operations. It ran a large metallurgical complex, a railway, several hydroelectric generating centers and vast haciendas, which have all been expropriated under agrarian reform legislation. These holdings had been built up during the course of the past half century and formed the basis for a corporate empire with metal fabricating plants in the United States and investments in the Philippines and Chile.
06:30
The Rio Blanco Mine in Chile was nationalized by the popular Unity government in 1971. Cerro has feared nationalization in Peru ever since the military took over the International Petroleum Company in 1968. The management was acutely aware of the company's exposure there, and this was reflected in the persistently low value of the company's shares on The New York Stock Exchange. In these circumstances, the company was reluctant to invest in its Peruvian operations.
07:01
In the preamble to its decree of expropriation, the government accused the company of neglecting essential maintenance of polluting rivers despite government orders to clean up its operations and of exploiting only the richer ores on their mining concessions. This latter point of rapidly mining only the richest deposits just before an expropriation is important since normal mining practice is to maintain steady productivity throughout the maximum economic life of a mine. Asset strippers try to maximize profits for a few years leaving quantities of low quality ores, which by themselves would be uneconomic to mine.
07:37
The problems which the new Peruvian company set up specifically to take over the Cerro de Pasco mines is likely to face, go far to explain why the government was always reluctant to go ahead with the expropriation, that from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
07:52
According to Marcha of Montevideo, Uruguay, many Latin American officials are dismayed at the Nixon administration's choices for ambassadors to Mexico and Argentina. Two of the most critical posts in Latin America, both men, Joseph Jova appointed ambassador to Mexico and Robert Hill appointed to Argentina have been criticized for their close connections with the CIA, the Pentagon and the United Fruit Company.
08:20
Hill, a close friend of President Nixon recently chose to resign from his post as Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs rather than comply with a Senate order to sell his extensive defense industry stock holdings
08:34
According to Marcha, Hill's political career began in the State Department in 1945 when he was assigned to US Army headquarters in New Delhi, India. His job actually served as a cover for an intelligence assignment for the Office of Strategic Services, the precursor of the CIA. Throughout the rest of his career, he continued to work closely with the US intelligence community, including the CIA. Marcha describes his biography as a satirical left-wing caricature of a Yankee imperialist. A former vice president of WR Grace and a former director of the United Fruit Company, Hill personally helped organize the overthrow of the Nationalist Arbenz's Government, which threatened United Fruit's investments in Guatemala.
09:22
As Marcha details, "Ambassador Hill is particularly criticized for his participation in the CIA instigated overthrow of President Arbenz in 1954." The history of that coup centers to a large extent on the United Fruit Company. Arbenz and his predecessor worked hard to change the inequalities in Guatemala's social structure. Free speech and free press were established. Unions were reorganized and legalized. Educational reforms were enacted.
09:52
One of the most wide-sweeping and inflammatory changes was the Agrarian Land Reform Program, which struck directly at the interest of the United Fruit Company. The program called for the expropriation and redistribution of uncultivated lands above a basic acreage, while exempting intensively-cultivated lands. Compensation was made in accord with the declared tax value of the land. The appropriated lands were then distributed to propertyless peasants.
10:22
Immediately afterwards, the McCarthyite storm burst over Guatemala. Arbenz was accused of being a communist agent and as such was thought to be a danger to the power of America and the security of the Panama Canal. The plan to overthrow Arbenz was concocted by the CIA. A Guatemalan colonel, Castillo Armas, was found to head up a rebel force in Honduras, in Nicaragua, and was supplied with United States arms. Marcha says that at the time of the coup, Hill was ambassador in Costa Rica and formed a part of the team that coordinated the coup. In 1960, he was rewarded by being elected to the board of directors of United Fruit.
11:01
Hill has long enjoyed close relations with President Nixon, and in 1972 he returned from Madrid, Spain where he was serving as ambassador to work on the campaign for Nixon's reelection. Joseph Jova, the appointee as ambassador to Mexico, also shares with Hill a spurious background. The Mexican paper El Dia accused Jova of deep involvement in a successful 1964 CIA campaign to prevent the election of Salvador Allende as president of Chile. Jova was deputy chief of the United States Embassy in Santiago, Chile at the time. This report on the new United States ambassadors to Mexico and Argentina has been compiled from Marcha of Montevideo Uruguay and Mexico City's Excelsior.
11:50
According to the British News weekly, Latin America, Brazil's growing interest in black Africa was clearly revealed by the visits earlier this year to that continent by the Brazilian foreign minister. In the view of most observers, this sudden interest had been forced upon Brazil by the urgent need for more markets for Brazil's manufactured products and a reasonably reliable and cheap source of raw materials for its industries.
12:16
On the face of it, the more advanced countries of black Africa, such as Nigeria, offered ideal prospects, but these are marred by Brazil's extremely close ties with Portugal and its African territories of Angola, Mozambique and Guinea, and by a rapidly growing commercial relationship between Brazil and South Africa.
12:37
In all its negotiations with Africa, Brazil has maintained an equally distant position between the interests of black Africa and of the colonial powers of Portugal and South Africa. The reason is not far to seek. Brazil's relationship with Portugal is long and very close, and the large Portuguese element in the Brazilian population is an ever present pressure group. More important, Portugal provides a gateway to Europe for Brazilian products by the back door and through its African colonies, a gateway to Africa.
13:07
Although Brazil's relations with South Africa are a very recent origin, they have been strengthened fast. Trade between the two countries has passed the $90 million mark, which is more than Brazil's trade with all of the countries of black Africa combined. Direct air services between the two countries have recently been initiated and a firm invitation for South Africa to invest in Brazil was extended by Brazil's foreign minister at this year's session of the United Nations General Assembly. That report on British interests and black Africa from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
14:23
Our feature this week is the second half of an article on the controversial Brazilian model of economic development written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily El Dia. Last week's portion described Brazil's economic history, economic development by import substitution in the 1950s and '60s, and the effect of US direct investment on Brazilian economic growth. This week's portion includes the social consequences of the type of industry being built in Brazil, the cultural penetration Brazil, and the political and economic consequences suffered by the poor.
14:57
The second question to be asked about current economic development in Brazil has to do with the kind of industry that is growing up and the social consequences of its operations. Let us remember that Brazil is a country of mass poverty and of social customs and history very different from those of the United States and Western Europe where the industrial revolution was born. United States industries basically geared to the production of so-called consumer durables, automobiles, television sets, air conditioners and the like.
15:30
It presupposes a mass consumer market, adequate capital resources, and a highly skilled and expensive labor force, it has developed accordingly. US industry is capital intensive, meaning that it invests heavily in automated machinery and is able to turn out prodigious quantities of goods with a minimum of human labor. This works fairly well for the United States since it is a relatively affluent country and the national income is spread around enough for everyone to afford to buy all the stuff that the factories produce.
16:04
Even in the United States, however, we are finding that the system produces a sizable underclass which may total as much as 10% of the population. Think what it means to establish this kind of a system in a country like Brazil, where the whole social system is in one sense the reverse of our own.
16:24
In the United States, eight out of 10 people are middle class consumers. In Brazil, nine out of 10 people are poor and five of the nine are among the poorest in the world. Brazil's mass market is sharply limited. Perhaps there are as many as 15 million middle class consumers concentrated in the urban centers, but there are 85 million who fall below any reasonable poverty line. Think what it means for a Brazilian to live in a flimsy shack on a hillside in Rio with scarcely enough food to feed his children and yet to be persuaded every day to buy a Chevrolet Impala, apply for credit and to put a tiger in his tank and to see each day the goods of the new society behind the plate glass windows.
17:05
Brazil's urban poor are subjected to a relentless torrent of mass market advertising, radio and TV commercials, window displays, color ads in picture magazines, outdoor billboards. It is not unusual to see squalid slums behind billboards showing girls modeling expensive swimsuits. The fact is that Brazilians are indeed being flooded with US pop culture and the whole middle class consumer mentality that goes with it. Some Brazilians have called this cultural penetration, "the smooth invasion", and remind us that invasion is also ideological and political.
17:38
What about the Brazilian political structure? The United Presbyterian Church says that Brazil is governed today by a military technocratic elite. Ultimate power is in the hands of a small circle of high ranking military officers committed to saving Brazil from chaos and guiding it to world power status. For the generals, the path to greatness is through resolute and rapid economic growth to be achieved in a military industrial partnership with the United States. The generals have gone far in achieving that goal already, but Brazil has paid a price. In the first place, Brazil has surrendered much of its economic sovereignty to the global corporations. Brazil is not a second Japan, as is sometimes claimed. Japan developed its own technology, built its own industries and controls its own economic life. The Japanese have built their own worldwide economic empire.
18:36
Brazil has done some of this under the tutelage of the generals, it has become a colony in the economic empires of Japanese, European, and United States industries. In so doing, it surrenders enormous profits and allows its workers to be exploited for the gain of these companies. More serious still, the generals and their technical administrators have organized the entire country to serve the needs of foreign interest rather than the needs of their people.
19:05
Economics, after all is the matter of how the household is organized. One way to organize the house is to be sure that everyone in it is included, that all may enjoy its comforts, eat at its table, and play at its games. In most families, special consideration is given to those whose needs are the greatest. The generals and their advisors says the church have chosen to organize the Brazilian household for those already the most privileged and for the benefit of foreign companies. As a consequence, Brazil is becoming rapidly Americanized as the entire American industrial system is imposed on Brazilian society.
19:40
What the great majority of Brazilians need is decent and adequate food, healthcare and housing or to put it another way, what they need is a chance to participate in the building of decent healthcare programs, food production and distribution systems, livable housing and opportunities for recreation and learning. The paper points out that Fortune Magazine said, "There is little question that the policies of the technocrats have been kinder to the capitalists than to the workers." Real wages have yet to recover from their compression under President Campos and in some areas of the country, the real minimum wage remains as much as 50% below the peak of the early 1960s. Incentive capitalism, while serving to rechannel resources to the high-priority uses, has also the effect of transferring income from the wage earners to entrepreneurs.
20:26
Why has this happened? It is a matter of the interests, beliefs, and commitments of those who control and make decisions. The generals, first of all, saw themselves as men compelled to save Brazil from chaos and political corruption. The military had played this role before in Brazilian history. It had stepped into the political arena, straightened things out, and then stepped outside. In 1964, the generals were playing the role again, but the missionary role soon gave way to a tutorial role.
20:59
They would stay in command and guide Brazil to economic sufficiency and world power. Once real economic strength was achieved, it was said democracy would be restored. The academic economist and technocrats upon whom the generals have relied to produce Brazil's economic growth are classical economists. They were trained in US graduate schools and are oriented to the North American economic system.
21:25
They're shrewd technicians, wholly committed to rapid economic growth, and are succeeding well in their professional goals, but they are simply indifferent to the social cost of their policies. Delfim Netto, Brazil's Minister of Finance is amply on record expressing his own relative indifference to the question of income distribution for a country at Brazil's stage of development. "Rapid economic development," he has said, "is always accompanied by increasing inequality of income."
21:56
More important in the long run, however, are the interests of the middle class, the urban elites who participate in Brazil's economic fireworks. For them, there has never been anything like this miracle. They're the ones after all who benefit from the transfer of income from the wage generators. The whole economic system may ultimately be for the benefit of the multinational corporations says the church, but the multinationals exist to serve the needs of the consuming middle class everywhere, including Brazil, and the Brazilian middle class is well-served and loving it.
22:27
An economist recently commented that passenger car sales in Brazil have increased 18% per year since 1968, and the market is beginning to enter the second car in the family bracket.
22:39
There is no question but that Brazil's progress has come at the expense of the poor. It is no small matter that during this period of phenomenal economic growth, the poorest half of the nation receives 4% less of the national income now than it did 10 years ago, nor that the minimum wage for many Brazilians is half what it was when the generals took power. Why don't the poor protest? Why does this vast majority allow one fifth of the population to ride on its back? The answer is they are powerless.
23:11
The poor have always been without effective political and civil rights in Brazil and are almost totally vulnerable to economic and physical abuse. Today, with rapid migration to the cities and the social dislocations occurring in Brazil, they're more repressed than ever. Not only are the poor themselves repressed, but their civil and political advocates are subjected to some of the most Byzantine acts of civil barbarity to be found in the annals of modern statecraft says the United Presbyterian Church. The church paper mentions three levels of repression suffered by the poor and their advocates.
23:47
One level is the fact that there is no popular representation in government. The poor were never allowed to vote in Brazil. Today, no one votes in anything that could be called a meaningful election. There are two political parties, both creations of the military government. Laws are made by presidential decree. The National Congress may either approve these laws or choose to take no action. In either case, the decrees become law. Similarly, in the courts, all cases involving national security are in the hands of the military. Politics is thus from the top down. No one seems to represent the poor.
24:22
A second level of oppression comes from the fact that there are no restraints in the arbitrary use of state power. Since 1967, there have been no effective civil liberties for Brazilians accused of crimes against the national security. Government opposition is prohibited and is interpreted to include criticism of the government by the press, student demonstrations and strikes. Under the so-called Institutional Act Number Five of December, 1968 Habeas Corpus was suspended for all persons accused of political crimes and in 1971, President Medici signed a decree giving him the power to issue secret decrees relating to any subject concerned with the national security.
25:07
A third level of repression results from the fact that there are no effective checks against illegal and vigilante attacks on the poor and their advocates here says the United Presbyterian Church is where the record becomes most shameful. It speaks of three areas of tacitly and or overtly sanctioned crimes against the poor and the politically dissident. In Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, there are vigilante groups known as the Death Squads.
25:32
They're a kind of Brazilian Ku Klux Klan whose self-appointed and tacitly approved missions is to keep the poor under control. The Brazilian publication Realidade, says that, "Generally the squads are not satisfied simply to kill the individuals they believe to be irremediable." In order to publicize their activities, their spokesman did not hesitate to telephone the newspapers and announce in great detail how many will be assassinated by the squad the following day.
25:59
They then give the exact location of the corpses. The victims are often found handcuffed with obvious marks of torture and macabre inscriptions. The Journal of Brazil of April, 1970 reports that in one state the number of deaths attributed to the Death Squad is more than 1000, that is almost 400 a year.
26:17
The Death Squads are not the only vigilante groups in Brazil, less known and more political in their aims are the Commandos to hunt Communists. Amnesty International reports that this group kills political adversaries, whether they are communists or not. It is sufficient to cite the attack on this student, Kandido Pinto and a student representative for Pernambuco who was paralyzed as a result of being shot by a machine gun as he was going home one day, or the murder after terrible torture of Father Enrique Nato, guilty of having participated in meetings between parents and students in the aim of bringing the two generations closer together.
26:57
Neither were communists, but they appeared on a list of people condemned to death by the Commandos.
27:03
"Whatever one says about the vigilante groups and the ability or inability of the military government to control them," says the church, "there can be no question that the systematic and widespread use of torture in Brazil is a conscious and deliberate policy of the Brazilian government." Officially, the government does not admit that torture is used. Privately, it is justified as a way of preempting acts of violence against the state.
27:26
We will not describe these tortures here. They are shocking and degrading both for those who are tortured and those who torture and they are adequately documented elsewhere. "The point is," says the United Presbyterian Church, "That they are part of the entire mechanism of repression, which the Brazilian government uses to control its people and create its economic miracle."
27:48
You have been listening to the second half of a two-part feature on the Brazilian Economic Development Model written by the United Presbyterian Church and reprinted in the Mexican daily, El Dia.
LAPR1974_01_24
11:27
According to the chief of police in Culiacán, a Mexican city in the state of Sinaloa, a guerrilla-type offensive was carried out in the area this week.
11:38
Excélsior reports that citizens in the area seemed to be accustomed to such tacts. Similar disturbances have occurred every two or three months. Most recently, in October and November of 1973. Two state senators, Leyva and Calderón, have accused Governor Valdez Montoya of causing the outbreaks. The senators charge that his alliance with the economically powerful groups has prevented him from responding to the needs of poor people. The senators also charged the governor with failing to resolve the problems of the university.
12:13
Arturo Campos Romàn, the rector of the University of Sinaloa, has declared that the uprising was not strictly a university affair. The rebellion, according to Campos, has to do with economic problems which have not been solved by the country as a whole. The solution will require solidarity in working for the goals of giving more and better opportunities to all for well-paid work, producing more in the fields and in industry, and more equitably distributing the wealth. This from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
14:24
Today's feature is the energy crisis as seen from Latin America.
14:30
Amid varied opinions as to the causes and effects of the oil crisis certain facts stand out. Importing countries cannot absorb increased prices and inflation is inevitable.
14:43
According to Latin America, a British weekly of political and economic affairs, Peru, which imports 35% of its oil and has sold it on the internal market without a price rise for more than a decade is faced with a problem. How can the inevitable price rise, now scheduled for January, avoid hitting the poorest sections of the community? This is a particularly delicate problem for the government since it is suffering from the most serious crisis of confidence it has known in the past years.
15:14
Peru's long-term problem is not so serious. The Amazon field should be producing significantly by 1975 when Peru aims to be self-sufficient and exploration is going ahead offshore.
15:28
Colombia has the opposite problem, currently self-sufficient it is likely to be importing oil by 1975. Here too the internal price is subsidized heavily and a price rise in spite of government denial seems imminent.
15:44
Some increase in inflation is inevitable in Mexico where the domestic price of petrol has been put up 70% and gas has gone up by more than 100%.
15:55
Opinion in some quarters of Mexico is particularly bitter and Miguel Zwionsek in a December 31st editorial in Excélsior, one of Mexico City's leading dailies, lays the blame for the crisis at the feet of the transnational oil companies as he declares:
16:13
"Before the Arab Rebellion, and for the last 50 years through the control of petroleum reserves in the Mideast by the seven Sisters Oil consortium, crude oil prices were unilaterally fixed by the international oil oligopoly without any regard to so-called market forces. The World Oil oligopoly manages petroleum prices at its pleasure. If these phenomena do not fit well in the idyllic tail of a free world of free enterprise, so much the worse for those who take the story seriously."
16:47
Mr. Zwionsek to clarify this charge, continues by saying that:
16:51
I have here a somewhat indiscreet declaration of the Royal Dutch Shell President made in London, December 10th. While the Arabs say that the supply to Great Britain is assured, the transnationals consider it their responsibility to manage their own world system of petroleum rationing. Translated into plain language this declaration is saying that if indeed the crude producers have beaten us, the transnational giants, the consumers will pay the bill.
17:22
It is estimated that as oil prices double for the Third World countries, they will pay $3.8 billion more this year for petroleum imports. Thus, the weakest of the Third World countries will pay the final bill for the Arab rebellion. As was to be expected the transnationals will come out unscathed by the phantasmagorical world oil crisis.
17:46
This editorial opinion by Miguel Zwionsek appeared in the Mexico City daily Excélsior December 31st, 1973. However, not all writers agree that only the weakest Third World countries will feel the effect. Reflecting on the crisis many are reexamining their relations with the industrial countries and their own development programs. Paulo R Shilling examining the problem in an editorial appearing in the December 28th issue of Marcha, an Uruguayan weekly, analyzes the case of Brazil. Mr. Shilling begins by declaring that:
18:21
The Brazilian energy policy constitutes a prime example of the two development possibilities, independent or semi colonial of a developing country. The independent policy consists in evaluating one's own resources to overcome the barrier of under development. During the government of Marshall Eurico Gaspar Dutra and later under the government of the Bourgeois Alliance headed by Juscelino Kubitschek, the policy inspired by the petroleum monopolist then eager for new markets was imposed.
18:55
New consumers of petroleum had to be created. The truly national plans for the automobile industry had aimed at meeting the basic needs of public transportation and freight transportation and the mechanization of agriculture. To the contrary, the many automobile factories which were installed in the country on shameful terms of favors and privileges are totally foreign controlled and seek exclusively easy profits without any consideration for authentic development. In fact, the number of tractors manufactured equals only 5% of the total of vehicles produced.
19:31
As the internal market was very limited, the government succeeded, by the concession of official credit to the middle class, in artificially inflating the demand for private autos. This policy, brought to its final conclusion by the military dictatorship, caused a total deformation of Brazilian society. With a per capita income of only $500, and that very poorly distributed, Brazil is still included in the underdeveloped classification. However, by furnishing a market for the international monopolists, and winning politically, the middle class, a super structure of privilege equivalent to the most highly-developed countries, has been created.
20:13
This massive increase in the number of vehicles, especially passenger cars, is almost solely responsible for the fantastic increase in petroleum consumption in the past few years. The situation becomes still more absurd, from the point of view of independent national development, if we consider that the fuel consumed by the passenger cars of the new rich is produced with almost completely imported petroleum.
20:39
Having given massive admittance of the middle class to the automobile era, importation has increased five times in 13 years. For 1974, predicting an importation of 260 million barrels, the expenditure will reach the fantastic foreign underdeveloped country a sum of 2 billion US dollars.
21:01
The enormous sacrifice of the Brazilian people, who produce more every year, and each year, consume less, at the level of the working class, to increase exports means nothing in terms of genuinely national and popular development. All the increase gained in 1973 will be destined for the acquisition of fuel in order to offer the new Brazilian rich a level of comfort equal to that of the developed countries. Mr. Shilling speculates why this policy is allowed to continue.
21:34
Up till now, the Brazilian government has not taken any steps to limit the consumption of petroleum derivatives. How can it be done without affecting the euphoria of the rich and middle classes, the base that sustains the government? How can it be done without prejudicing the sales of the automobile monopolies? How can it be done without disturbing those states within the state, which, like Volkswagen, have a budget greater than that of various states of the Federal Republic of Brazil? How can it be done without tarnishing the image of the Brazilian miracle abroad, fundamental to obtain more investments and loans?
22:12
As an alternative Mr. Shilling concludes by suggesting that the effects of the crisis:
22:19
Could as well always be regulated by our governments, which, revealing a minimum of independence, might break with the seven sisters, British Petroleum, Shell, Exxon, Chevron, Texaco, Gulf, and Mobil, and take steps to negotiate directly with the state organizations of the producing countries. Eliminating the predatory intermediary would assure a complete supply and the impact of price increases would be less. The increase in importations could be eliminated in part by drastic restrictions on the extravagant use of petroleum derivatives and with an offensive of higher prices on the raw materials which we export. Those who will be the scapegoats in this case would be the imperialist countries.
23:06
Mr. Paulo R. Shillings editorial appeared in the December 28th '73 issue of Marcha, published weekly in Uruguay.
23:15
From Brazil itself, Opinião of January 7th, 1974 reports that Brazil is feeling the Arab oil boycott. On the 27th of December, the National Petroleum Council approved a 19% price increase for ethol, 16.8% for regular gas, 8.5% for diesel fuel. According to an official of the council, increases for gasoline, which is destined for individual consumption, are higher than those of diesel and other combustibles, which have a greater effect on the economy.
23:52
But the January 14th Opinião cautions that because the Brazilian economic model is so tied with the world economy, the Brazilian economy will always reflect the general tendencies of the world capitalist system, and the Arab petroleum boycott brought great uncertainty about Brazilian economic prospects for 1974. In 1973, for the first time in recent years, it was not easy to resolve certain contradictions. For example, between growth of exports and supplying the internal market between inflation and excessive influx of foreign capital.
24:31
How will the current oil shortage affect Brazil? Opinião explains that in many advanced countries, a decrease in production has already been noted because of the oil shortage. As a result, they require less materials. In Brazil's case, the growth of gross domestic product is closely related to growth of exports. The probable decline in exports in '74 will provoke a decline in gross domestic product. Along with probable decreasing exports, the higher price of petroleum will reflect itself in almost all of Brazil's imports, freight costs, as well as doubling petroleum prices themselves.
25:09
Opinião concludes that to a certain degree, Brazil's economic problems are a result of the advances it has achieved in its interaction with the world economy. If the increases of imports and exports obtained in the last few years, aided by foreign credit facilities, permitted the maintenance of a high-economic growth rate, now, at this critical moment for the world market, Brazil will have to pay the price.
25:37
This from Opinião of Brazil, January 7th and 14th, 1974.
25:43
We conclude today's feature with a speculation by Luis Ortiz Montiserio, appearing in Mexico City's Excélsior, January 14th, on the lessons to be learned from the current oil crisis.
25:56
One is able to predict the true intention of the recent declarations of the US Secretary of Defense, who is threatening with the use of force, the Arab countries that have decreed the petroleum embargo against the West. It is curious to note that the inheritors of the democratic traditions have changed overnight into bad losers. Economic aggression, a fundamental arm in United States relations with weak countries, cannot be wielded by its former victims. The use of violence vehemently condemned by Western civilization is now being piously proposed.
26:31
A fight with all Third World countries is impossible. To our mind, economic pressures never have been the best instrument of international relations. Today it is the producers of petroleum who use their valuable raw materials to influence international decisions. Hardly yesterday, it was those same economic pressures that the great powers manipulated to control policies and influence the weak nations. If indeed we agree that its use is dangerous, we cannot help but consider its great potential and the lesson to be taught to the great industrial powers. This editorial by Luis Ortiz Montiserio appeared at January 14th in Mexico City's daily, Excélsior.
LAPR1974_01_30
04:03
When Juan Perón returned to Argentina early last year after years of exile, he displayed a distinctly nationalist posture. Ever since his election to the presidency this fall, though, he has identified with foreign business interests and moving increasingly to the political right. As a result, many of the leftist forces, which worked so hard for his return, have been increasingly alienated. And social conflict between the right and left in Argentina has heightened. Hopes that things would quiet down were shattered two weeks ago when an Argentine army base 250 miles from Buenos Aires was attacked by 70 leftist guerrillas.
04:41
According to the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, the attack shattered a midnight calm and lasted seven hours. The guerrillas, six of whom were women, opened the assault with mortars and bazookas, managed to penetrate the perimeter of the base, and tied down approximately 1000 government troops for seven hours until reinforcements finally came and forced the guerrillas to retreat.
05:04
It was immediately thought that the attack was probably executed by the People's Revolutionary Army, more commonly known as the ERP, a major leftist group, which has been responsible for many kidnappings of foreign businessmen. Sure enough, the following day, the ERP claimed credit for the attack. The Uruguayan weekly, Marcha, noted that the attack had the predictable effect of increasing Peron's determination to wipe out the guerrillas.
05:34
His first action was to appear on television in the uniform of a lieutenant general with a firm promise to apply a hard counterinsurgency policy. A nationwide manhunt was launched. And the next day, 210 persons were arrested on suspicion of belonging to subversive organizations. Later in the week, the army claimed to have captured 22 members of the ERP, but both figures are open to question. Peron criticized the provincial administration, even hinting that there might've been complicity on the part of the authorities.
06:11
Although the Peronist Youth Group, a leftist element of the Peronist party which has considerable support, has maintained its opposition to stronger laws to deal with political crimes. Peron made it clear in a meeting with left-wing Peronist deputies that he would tolerate no opposition to the legislative measures and demanded their passage through congress within a week. Excelsior reported that the tougher laws were passed only four days after Peron's request. Marcha notes that the immediate military consequences of the attack are not particularly alarming. One sentry, two guerrillas, a colonel, and his wife were killed, and another colonel was kidnapped, but the ERP's aims must surely have been political rather than military.
06:54
The ERP strategy, says Marcha, is clear. By such a provocative attack on an army base, They hope to drive Peron into the arms of the hard line military, thus exposing him as the right-winger they have always said he is, leaving no room for leftists with Peronism. The next stage, the ERP hopes, would be the emergence of an anti-Peronist left with a genuinely popular base. Foreign interests, at least, seem to see the logic of this strategy since the Financial Times recently published an editorial warning Perón against total identification with the right wing of his movement.
07:31
Peron's administration is seemingly no more clever than its military predecessors at catching kidnappers. The government has been virtually powerless at stopping the string of ERP kidnappings. And recently, the ERP kidnapped the owner of a gun importing company and released him in exchange for telescopic sights and precision pistols. All indications are that the guerrillas are in better shape now than they were a year ago, and their growing strength will be soon Peron's number one problem, says Marcha.
08:05
The weekly Latin America, reports that in recent months, not even the middle classes have been able to buy enough food in La Paz, Bolivia. Producers and merchants have found it far more profitable to smuggle their wares in military transport, according to some reports, across the frontier to Peru, Chile, Brazil, or Argentina, where prices were up to twice as high as in Bolivia. Bread has virtually disappeared from the shops, and what there was had an ever higher proportion of animal fodder mixed with the flour.
08:37
The problem has now been eliminated by raising prices to the levels prevailing in neighboring countries. This has been accompanied by a wage increase of $20 per month, perhaps an 80% rise for some industrial workers in La Paz. But the opposition to a 140% increase in the price of essential goods announced on January 21st has been paralyzing. The new measure threatens to lead to a replay of the events of October 1972 when Bolivian president, Banzer, devalued the Bolivian currency and froze wages. Unrest spread throughout the country, and Banzer sent troops and tanks to repress demonstrations in the streets.
09:19
Currently, as reported in Marcha of Montevideo, Uruguay, 14,000 industrial workers in La Paz and more than 40,000 miners went out on strike to protest the increases. Police guarded plants left idle as an estimated 100,000 workers joined in the strike. 12,000 workers held the largest protest demonstration in recent times at the La Paz Stadium. They demanded a minimum of $60 compensation per month to offset an increase in prices of food, transport, and other goods and services. Excelsior of Mexico City documents the strike, saying that union leaders declared that the government price increase is a true aggression against the working man's economy, and added that the wage of $20 fixed by the government is in no way a solution to the situation of hunger and misery into which working people are falling.
10:19
The Bolivian Minister of Labor, referring to the workers' strike, said, "The workers have no reason to protest since the steps the government has taken are precisely aimed for them." Critics note that last year's price increases did nothing to halt inflation or scarcity. Bolivia, one of the poorest countries on the continent, had 60% inflation last year, and an increase of 6% per month is estimated for this year.
10:51
Protest has broken out in other areas also, says Excelsior. In Cochabamba, where workers were protesting the price rise, five people were injured in a confrontation between police and workers. On one side of the conflict are the military and political forces that support the regime of President Banzer and his repressive tactics of annihilation of all subversive groups. And on the other are the majority of labor unions who are set on striking until the regime does something towards alleviating the soaring food prices. In another development in Cochabamba, according to Excelsior, the government sent tanks and infantry troops to dissuade 10,000 peasants who have blocked the highway from Santa Cruz to Cochabamba in protest of the high cost of living.
11:35
The peasants, many of whom are armed with ancient repeating rifles, have said they will not remove the barricade until the government rectifies its economic policy, which has caused a shortage of food supplies. Excelsior reports that an agrarian leader said, "We would rather die of their bullets than of hunger." When the troops came to break up the blockade, the peasants succeeded in kidnapping a high ranking military official who remains in their custody.
12:01
The strikes and protest, which also includes striking bank employees, construction workers, and bakers, are among the worst in the last 29 months of President Banzer's administration. Banzer has declared a state of martial law and has suspended all civil liberties. The Bolivian Catholic Church, in a strongly worded statement, has announced its support for the Bolivian strikers. The church declared that the people are going through a most difficult economic period and that it would be naive to attribute food shortages to purely internal causes. The government had prohibited the church from initiating or participating in any strikes. This report on striking Bolivian workers is compiled from Excelsior of Mexico City, the news weekly, Latin America, and the weekly, Marcha, from Montevideo, Uruguay.
13:41
The feature this week is a report on recent developments in Chile under the leadership of the military junta, which came to power last September in a bloody coup overthrowing Salvador Allende's democratically elected Marxist government. The situation in Chile has been of central importance in the Latin American press for the last five months. This report is compiled from the New York Times, the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, Prensa Latina, Business Latin America, El Mercurio of Chile, and a report from the World Council of Churches.
14:21
Excelsior reports that a representative of the International Democratic Federation of Women, who visited Santiago and other Chilean cities during the week of January 8th, told the United Nations that 80,000 people had been killed and that 150,000 people had been sent to concentration camps since the Junta came to power in September. Amnesty International had formerly estimated at least 15,000 killed and 30,000 jailed.
14:47
Amnesty International has stated more recently that despite Chilean President Pinochet's claims to have stopped the practice of torture, tortures continue each day. Prensa Latina reports that at least 25,000 students have been expelled from the universities, and an astounding 12% of the active Chilean workforce, over 200,000 people, have lost their jobs. All trade unions are forbidden. Political parties are outlawed. The right to petition is denied. The workweek has been extended. Wages remain frozen, and inflation has climbed to 800%.
15:23
The sudden drop in purchasing power and the specter of hunger in Chile have caused a dramatic shift in attitude toward the Junta, the New York Times reported late last month. Dozens of the same housewives and workers who once expressed support for the Junta are now openly critical of the new government's economic policies. A working couple with four children that earns a total of 8,000 escudos monthly, estimated that with post-coup inflation, they need 15,000 escudos a month just to feed their families.
16:01
Although the belt tightening has hit all economic classes, the Times said, it has become intolerable for the poorest Chileans who must contend with such increases as 255% for bread, 600% for cooking oil, and 800% for chicken. This month, reports Excelsior of Mexico City, the food shortage has increased so much that it is practically impossible to find bread, meat, oil, sugar, or cigarettes. Gasoline prices, meanwhile, have increased 200%.
16:38
Unemployment also continues to rise dramatically. In October 1973, there was an increase of 2,700 people without jobs. And according to statistics from the National Employment Service, unemployment grows at a rate of 1000 people per week. In public services, for example, 25% of the workers were fired. The New York Times reports that those workers who are considered politically suspect by the new government authorities and factory managers are the first to be fired.
17:07
The result has been a severe economic hardship for workers in Chile who have no way to fight since the unions and their leaders have been outlawed. The World Council of Churches estimates that 65% of the 10 million Chilean population now simply do not earn enough to eat, 25% are able to cover basic necessities, and only 10% can afford manufactured goods.
17:34
Excelsior of Mexico City reports that the Junta has responded to the economic crisis by promising to slash public spending, which means eliminating public sector programs in health, education, and housing instituted by the Popular Unity government. The Junta has also canceled the wage increase implemented under Allende's government. Last week, Pinochet called upon businessmen to fight inflation by stopping their unscrupulous practices.
18:00
According to Prensa Latina, political repression in Chile appears to be entering a new stage now. In many ways, it is even more sinister than the previous terror, belying the apparent tranquility on the surface of life in Santiago. Instead of the haphazard mass slaughter of the first days, there is now a computer-like rationality and selectivity in political control and repression. Instead of dragnet operations, there is the knock on the door at midnight by the Chilean political police. Instead of the major political leaders, it is the middle level cadres who are now the hunted targets. Through the use of informers, torture, and truth drugs, Chilean military intelligence are extracting the names of local leaders and militants who are being hunted down with less fanfare, but increasing efficiency.
18:58
Another priority of the new repression is education. Many who thought they had survived the worst period are now finding that the investigation and purge of universities and schools have just begun. Professors are being told they can either resign their posts or face military trials on absurd but dangerous charges such as inciting military mutiny. Secondary education is undergoing an equally severe purge with military principles appointed and dangerous subjects like the French Revolution eliminated from the curriculum. A similar purge is beginning in primary education while all the teachers colleges have been closed for, quote, restructuring. Teachers are being classified in permanent files with categories like, "Possibly ideologically dangerous." This will make political control easier in the future.
19:48
While the persecution of intellectuals is accelerating, the workers who bore the brunt of the initial brutal repression, have not been spared. Again, it is the local leaders, the links between the mass base and any regional or national organization, who have become the targets of the repression. In Santiago, a sit-down strike of construction workers on the new subway to protest the tripling of prices with wages frozen was ended by a police action in which 14 of the leaders were seized and executed without a trial. In the huge [inaudible 00:20:28] cotton textile factory in Santiago, seven labor leaders were taken away by military intelligence because of verbal protests against low wages. Their fates are unknown.
20:39
According to Prensa Latina, this new phase of political repression in Chile is featuring the crackdown on social interaction. Any party or gathering of friends carries with it the danger of a police raid and accusations of holding clandestine political meetings. The crackdown on the press continues. During the last week in January, the Junta passed a law demanding jail penalties of from 10 to 20 years for any press source publishing information on devaluation of money, shortages, and price increases or on any tendencies considered dangerous by authorities.
21:14
Although there is no official estimate of the number of political prisoners in Chile at this time, more exact figures are available about the situation of those who sought refuge in embassies. According to a report of the World Council of Churches, some 3000 Chileans are still in UN camps, looking for countries to accept them. And many more thousands are waiting just to enter the crowded camps as the first step towards seeking asylum abroad. Even those people who were fortunate enough to take asylum in an embassy have a grim February 3rd deadline hanging over them.
21:52
If they are not out of Chile by that date, the Junta has declared that there will be no more assured safe conduct passes, and all United Nations and humanitarian refugee camps will be closed down. In the meantime, the Junta has limited the number of safe conduct passes issued. While internationally, most countries have refused to accept Chilean exiles, the United States, for example, has provided visas for one family, Great Britain for none.
22:24
The policies of the Junta continue to draw international criticism. Not only has the government received telegrams of condemnation from the World Council of Churches and the United Nations, Excelsior reports that the military government's repressive policies are now the subject of investigation by the Bertrand Russell Tribunal, an international body originally convened to investigate torture in Brazil. British trade unions have made a number of strong anti-Junta moves, including a decision not to unload Chilean goods. Also, the French government has prevented two French companies from selling tanks and electronic equipment to the Junta.
23:00
A group of goodwill ambassadors from the Junta has been striking out all over Latin America and appears to have abandoned its tour after being expelled from Venezuela early this month. The group started by being refused visas to Mexico, which feared that its presence would provoke rioting there. The first stop was Bolivia, where the visitors broke up their own press conference because of hostile questions and insulted the journalists there. Shortly after landing in Caracas, the six ambassadors were declared undesirable visitors by the Venezuelan government and put on a plane for the Dominican Republic, according to Excelsior in Mexico City.
23:44
International criticism and rejection of Junta representatives had led to a mounting anti-foreign campaign in the controlled Chilean press on December 5th. The front page headlines in El Mercurio proclaimed, "Chile is alone against the world." The news magazine, Ercia, recently attacked the New York Times and Newsweek, and other overseas publications it considers communist controlled, under the headline, "The False Image, Chile Abroad." Junta member, General Gustavo Leigh, wants the many military governments in Latin America to form a league for self-help and consultation.
24:19
The only international groups trying to shore up the Juntas image are the banking and business communities. There has been a dramatic turnaround in the availability of private bank loans for Chile since the coup. Under Allende, credit had dried up and by mid-1973, was down to $30 million from a high under the previous administration of Christian Democrat Frei, of $300 million. Business Latin America states that the United States was the first to make financial overtures to the new government.
24:55
Within days of the coup, the United States Commodity Credit Corporation granted the Junta a $24 million credit line for wheat imports, followed immediately by an additional $28 million for corn. In exchange, the Junta has just announced that the banks nationalized under the Popular Unity, including the Bank of America and First National City Bank, will be returned to their private owners. Compensation will be paid to Kennecott and Anaconda, and Dow Chemical Corporation has already been handed back to petrochemical industries.
25:32
According to Prensa Latina, resistance in Chile is taking numerous and varied forms. Freshly painted forbidden slogans are appearing on the walls of Santiago. The practice of writing anti-Junta slogans on Chilean paper money has become so widespread that the Junta has declared the propagandized money illegal and valueless. Resistance is also taking more organized forms. The Jesuit wing of the Catholic Church has recently taken a public stand opposing the Junta. The major cities in Chile are presently experiencing a 60% work slowdown in opposition to the Junta.
26:09
The major proponents of arms struggle are biding their time and preparing for the moment conditions are ripe. guerrilla warfare on a small scale, however, has already begun. Rural headquarters were established in two southern mountain regions, and the military admit to have captured only a small part of the left's arms.
26:29
This report is compiled from the New York Times, the Mexico City daily, Excelsior, the Cuban news agency, Prensa Latina, Business Latin America, El Mercurio of Chile, and a report from the World Council of Churches.
LAPR1974_02_07
07:14
According to the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, more than 10,000 Bolivian peasants blockading a highway near Cochabamba were attacked last week by government tanks and mortar fire. A dozen people were killed and many more were wounded. The peasants, who were rebelling against drastic price increases and food shortages, had taken as hostage General Perez Tapia, who was sent to negotiate with them. The nation's strongman, General Hugo Banzer, announced that the troops were dispatched to rescue the captured general. Perez Tapia himself, however, told a different story. He said that after fruitful dialogue, the peasants released him with a message that they would lift the blockade as soon as Banzer came to negotiate with them. Instead, Banzer sent the troops.
08:05
According to the Christian Science Monitor, some observers in Bolivia say that General Banzer's current troubles are so serious that they could signal the beginning of the end for his government. In chronically unstable Bolivia, governments have a way of coming in and going out in rapid succession. Actually, General Banzer has been in power longer than the average. His government, when he came into office, was the 187th in Bolivia's 148 years of independence.
08:31
During his tenure, General Banzer has faced a series of tests, but his rightist-oriented government has managed to stay in office through a combination of military muscle and moderate political support. In recent months, there has been growing evidence of military divisions. Leftist-leaning military officers who supported the government of General Juan Jose Torres, whom General Banzer deposed, have long been unhappy about the conservative political and economic direction of the Banzer government.
09:00
Now they're being supported by a growing political opposition, sparked by the withdrawal of the MNR, a leading political party from the civilian-military coalition supporting General Banzer. MNR leader and former president Victor Paz Estenssoro was exiled in the wake of the MNR's withdrawal, and this in turn has caused further bitterness on the part of many Bolivians. In addition, the MNR has strong ties with elements in the peasantry, including the well-organized peasant forces in the Cochabamba area where the current wave of peasant unrest began. It is presumed that the MNR's troubles with the Banzer government are a factor in the current peasant revolt. At the same time, however, the revolts erupted last week largely because the government imposed 100% increases in the prices of basic foodstuffs.
09:55
The government justified the increases on the basis of a need to keep food from being smuggled out to Bolivia to neighboring countries, where higher prices are being paid. But the peasants, who live an impoverished existence, rejected this argument. They were also supported by industrial workers in La Paz, Cochabamba and Santa Cruz, who staged a series of one-day strikes last week to protest the price hikes. As the strikes, revolts, and unrest mounted, General Banzer imposed a state of siege throughout the country. Just a step short of full martial law, the state of siege permits the government to ban rallies and demonstrations, and allows the police to make arrests and carry out searches without warrants.
10:36
Excélsior reports that Banzer has blamed the recent troubles on communist agitators. He charged that the peasant rebellion was organized in Paris by the noted French Marxist Regis Debray and former Bolivian official Antonio Arguedas, with the support of Fidel Castro. Banzer declared that agitators got 10,000 peasants drunk on chicha, a local whiskey, and paid them huge sums of money to revolt. He called on citizens to kill all extremists and communists, and promised that if the citizens did not do so, the government would. This report on peasant unrest and reprisal is taken from Mexico City's daily Excélsior and the Christian Science Monitor.
LAPR1974_02_13
15:01
Our feature this week is an analysis of the recent turbulent events in Argentina taken from the Cuban, Prensa Latina and the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
15:13
Juan Perón is probably the best known political figure in Latin America since his appearance on the Argentine political scene in 1943 when he came to power in a military coup. He solidified his power base by building a huge political party whose main program was the support of this one man. At the same time, he took advantage of workers' unrest and constructed a huge trade union bureaucracy, also under his control.
15:43
But these institutions were not the only factors which kept Perón in power. Immediately after World War II, world beef prices were high in a booming world economy and Argentine beef was bringing big export earnings for that country. Perón forced cattle raisers to sell their beef to a state corporation at a low price, and the government used the export earnings to begin industrializing the country and also to construct a welfare state apparatus to maintain Perón's political base. By the early fifties, though, world beef prices had begun to fall from the post-war boom. Also, Perón's manipulation of the cattle-raising industry had seriously damaged this important sector of the economy. As a result, Perón's almost hysterical support among Argentine masses fell off slightly.
16:38
There was still another factor which undermined Perón. Perón had always maintained a nationalistic foreign policy and was particularly unfriendly to the United States. By the early fifties, many United States investors were interested in establishing operations in Argentina and no doubt would not have objected to a change in government.
17:00
Finally, in 1955, Perón was overthrown in a right-wing military coup. In the following years, the military allowed some elections to take place, but the Peronist party was always banned from participating. The Peronists, however, always managed to show their strength by casting blank votes in the elections.
17:24
These elections always showed that, whether in Argentina or not, Perón was still the strongest political figure in Argentine politics. Throughout the long years of Perón's absence, the Peronist party came to include many diverse political tendencies. The trade union movement came under the control of the more conservative wing of the party, and as a result has been somewhat passive and pressing for workers' demands. Meanwhile, the more leftist elements of the party, led primarily by the Peronist Youth Group, agitated strongly for Perón's return, and early this year, the military consented. After 17 years of exile, Perón was once again allowed to return to Argentina.
18:06
Last September, Perón ran for president and won by a landslide. Yet his return has not turned Argentina into a sunny paradise. Social conflict has sharpened tremendously. Nor has Perón been able to maintain his position as the unchallenged leader of the Argentine masses. While most of the older trade union officials remain loyal to Perón's dictates, the sharpening economic and political crisis of the past few years has produced new political forces, rooted in an important section of the industrial working class who owe Perón little and put worker demands ahead of the aging politician's almost mystical personal appeal.
18:51
When the military dictatorship headed by general Alejandro Lanusse last year invited Perón to return to the helm of Argentine politics after 17 years of Spanish exile, they were confessing their inability to cope with an increasingly revolutionary situation. The worsening economic crisis together with the junta's brutal and ineffective repression gave rise to over 500 strikes involving more than 5 million workers, a high tide in workers' struggle. While urban guerrilla organizations continued raids and kidnappings with virtual impunity. The Lanusse regime viewed Perón as the only political figure who, they hoped, could stabilize the situation.
19:34
In terms of the class forces within Argentina today, says Cuban Prensa Latina, the invitation extended to Perón represented an attempt at a compromise by big property owners whose careers and fortunes are tied to the United States. About a third of Argentina's foreign debt, the largest single portion, is owed to US banks, while nearly another fifth is held by international institutions and banking syndicates such as the World Bank and the Paris Club, in which the US plays a dominant role. The pro-US group, while it makes up probably the biggest sector of the Argentine business community as a whole, is probably also the one with the narrowest popular base, due to the general unpopularity of US business interest in Argentina.
20:28
Unable under Lanusse to keep its grip on the Argentine situation, this section of the business and industrial community, by inviting Perón to return, offered to share power with other sectors of the Argentine business community who have a Yankee nationalist orientation. There are actually two main sections of this community in Argentina today. The first, led by Perón, prefers to build economic relations with Western Europe and Japan as well as China, while restricting relations with the United States.
21:04
It sees both the US and the USSR as superpowers threatening to Argentina's independence, also influential, but still weaker than the first is a pro-Soviet sector of businessmen centering around a number of Argentine corporations with Soviet affinities and controlling the newspaper El Mundo and a television channel in Buenos Aires. The current economics minister, José Gelbard, is a representative of this group.
21:33
While the precise concessions to be made by the pro-US elements to other interests are the objects of a continuing struggle, the role and vision for Perón has been made amply clear. While attacking Yankee imperialism, he is to engineer a social truth to bring the workers' movement under control so as to raise the profits and rescue the power of Argentine industrialists as a whole.
22:00
Has Perón kept his part of the bargain? A series of purges directed against the left-wing of the Peronist movement soon after Perón's return, using the assassination of a rightist leader by an urban guerrilla group as provocation, together with a series of anti-democratic regulations within the trade union machinery have identified Perón as allied with the right-wing faction in the party. The right-Peronist trade union hierarchy appears to have the green light to control or suppress the left.
22:34
Nevertheless, despite measures of repression bearing Perón's signature, the aged leader's image is so tied up in Argentine eyes with popular and national aspirations that his return has been taken by the majority of the employed workers, the semi-employed poor, and peasants as a signal to redouble their struggle. The focus has turned from urban terrorism to mass organization in the factories.
23:02
While the 62 national unions and the General Confederation of Workers are still controlled by the old line rightist Peronist hierarchy, millions of workers within these organizations have become involved in a struggle to democratize them and make them responsive to the rank and file. Agitation among agricultural proletarians in the plantations and of poor peasants has also accelerated. In the enormous ghettos of misery of the cities, the fight for a better life and decent conditions has grown into an important mass movement. Not least the students have been reorganizing and their movement expanding.
23:42
Since his return to the helm of Argentine politics last year, Perón has been repeatedly threatened by the Argentine rightists whose inclinations toward a military coup are well-known. Whether or not Perón and more generally Perónism can stay in power, depends greatly on his ability to convince these men that he alone retains the overwhelming support of the masses of Argentine people.
24:08
Crucial in this endeavor is the Peronist trade union hierarchy, which constitutes Perón's most important permanent organizational underpinning. This machinery, however, long ago forfeited claims to representing the material demands of the massive workers, which it once could boast of. It is an increasingly goon-ridden apparatus whose operations alienate the rank and file of the unions more than they attract them. It is no wonder, therefore, that the new left-wing organizations which arose during the military dictatorships prior to Perón have not merged themselves unconditionally into the Peronist movement since Perón's return, but have rather maintained their independence.
24:52
The most important of the relatively new forces on the scene is the Revolutionary Communist Party, CPR, created in a split from the Communist Party in 1967. The CPR spent its first five years in illegality and has grown considerably in the past year. In the student movement in Cordoba to cite one example, they grew in a year from 40 members to 300. Their newspaper, New Hour, has been appearing regularly for six years.
25:24
There are also at least five urban guerrilla groups in Argentina. Despite the fact that guerrilla groups made a temporary peace with Perón, recent events may bring about drastic changes in the situation. Excélsior of Mexico City recently reported that a strong guerrilla attack on the Army has brought relations between Juan Perón and much of the Argentine left to the breaking point this month. About 70 members of the People's Revolutionary Army, ERP, dressed in government military uniforms, and traveling in stolen army trucks entered the garrison at Azul, 125 miles south of Buenos Aires, January 20th, and held the command post for seven hours.
26:08
The attackers killed the commander of the 2000 man tank regiment, his wife, and a sentry before fleeing, taking the deputy commander as hostage, two guerrillas were killed. Thirteen suspected participants in the raid were arrested a few days later for questioning. It was the first large scale attack by a guerrilla group on elements of the Argentine government as distinct from targets belonging to foreign corporations, which have been frequent targets for several armed groups.
26:37
The raid provoked an immediate and furious reply by President Perón appearing on nationwide television in his general's uniform. Perón equated the attack on the garrison with an attack on himself. He appealed to the trade unions, the youth movement, and all other organizations to cooperate with police and army forces in the fight against the guerrillas. To annihilate as soon as possible this criminal terrorism is a task to which everyone must commit himself, he said. It is time to stop shouting Perón and to defend him.
27:13
One of Perón's first steps in the anti-guerrilla campaign was to sack the governor of Buenos Aires province, Oscar Bidegain, who was considered a progressive by the Peronist left wing. Three or four other provincial governors of a similar character are also expected to be fired. It has become evident from the purges that the raid on the Azul garrison is being used by the Perón government as a provocation to further suppress the Argentine left, whether sympathetic to the ERP or not.
27:43
Another step in the repression was the police confiscation and burning of an edition of El Mundo, the left Peronist newspaper in Buenos Aires. Perón, reversing the liberalization moves enacted when he first returned to power, has also pushed through the Argentine parliament a stiff anti-terrorist law, which would virtually suspend civil liberties. This action aroused the opposition of nearly the entire left, Peronist or not.
28:10
It is quite possible that the guerrillas hoped to drive Perón into the arms of the hard line military, thus exposing him as the right-winger they have always said he is, leaving no room for leftists within Perónism. Such a situation would seriously alter the balance of power in Argentina.
28:28
This report on Argentina was taken from the Cuban, Prensa Latina, and the Mexico City daily, Excelsior.
LAPR1974_02_21
01:48
Also in Chile, the military junta's economic policy has not yet convinced foreign investors and has caused an important breach with the Christian Democrats. The British news weekly Latin America commented that five months after the coup that overthrew Salvador Allende, the Chilean military junta, is still very far from stabilizing the internal situation. Consequently, it continues to have difficulty in persuading the international financial community to back what might be called "its revolution and economic freedom."
02:17
Fernando Léniz, the minister of the economy, returned to Santiago recently from a trip to Washington. Not exactly empty-handed, but with little more than stopgap loans to keep the economy afloat. The International Monetary Fund did its best to point out that, "Chile needs substantial assistance from the international community in terms of credit and investment." But emphasize that at the same time, it must make huge efforts to overcome its own grave difficulties.
02:43
The real problem, says Latin America, is that the economic situation is undermining the junta's political support. The chief complaint has been about price rises, particularly of staples like sugar, tea, rice, and oil, which all enjoyed a subsidy in the Allende administration.
03:00
Before he left for Washington, Léniz had to face a meeting of angry housewives demanding that there should be no price rise without a corresponding wage readjustment. Lines for cigarettes have appeared again, almost certainly due to hoarding.
03:14
The economics minister had nothing to offer the housewives and the price increases announced in January make gloomy reading. Sugar has more than doubled in price since last September. The price of oil has not quite doubled and gasoline has almost tripled its price. The problem is that while the consumer can decrease consumption of non-essentials, he can hardly give up buying food altogether.
03:36
Nor is food the only problem. Devaluation of urban and rural property is to be increased 10 and 30 times respectively, which will have a disastrous impact on rents. The existing differentials between rich and poor will be further worsened by next year's abolition of the income tax. New decrees are being brought in to cope with those who abuse these measures. One law specifies that a penalty of up to 20 years imprisonment for speculation, hoarding, and rumor mongering.
04:03
The Cuban news agency Prensa Latina has reported that five leaders of the Bus Owners Association in Valparaíso, fierce opponents of the Allende government have been jailed for distributing supposedly subversive pamphlets. They had been protesting against the government's refusal to allow transport prices to keep up with the new prices for fuel.
04:23
Perhaps none of this would matter, says Latin America, were it not for the fact that the Christian Democrat Party has now at last come out with major criticism of the government. A private but official letter signed by the party's right wing president was given to General Pinochet and was made public in Buenos Aires.
04:40
"A lasting order cannot be created on the basis of repression", said the letter. "Many Chileans have lost their jobs, been denied civil service promotions, been arrested, harassed, threatened or pressured in different forms without any evidence or concrete charge being brought against them." And in a reference to the economic situation, the letter pointed out that, "In view of the level of prices and the fact that earnings of workers are insufficient to cover the cost of food and other vital items for their families, we feel it is no exaggeration to say that many of these people are simply going hungry."
05:12
The letter's pointed political message was clear, "We are convinced that the absolute inactivity of the democratic sectors facilitates the underground efforts of the Marxist groups. Without guidelines from their leaders our rank and file members and sympathizers are at the mercy of rumor, trickery and infiltration."
05:30
The reply of the military was not long delayed. General Pinochet said that there were certain bad Chileans who were calling for an end to military rule. He emphasized that there was no prospect of elections for at least another five years. The deputy minister of the interior revealed that the police were investigating the activities of political parties which were not obeying the military decree, ordering complete abstention from political activity.
05:55
Having alienated the Christian Democrats, the question of unity within the armed forces themselves once again becomes important. The minister of the interior is a known Christian Democrat supporter and has shown indications of populous leanings. While the defense minister seems to be emerging as the chief spokesman of the hardliners and has flatly denied that anyone within the armed forces is unhappy about the economic policy. "The policy of the junta," he said in an interview with El Mercurio, "so intelligently and dynamically carried out by Minister Léniz is the authentic Chilean road to development and general prosperity." This report from Cuba's Prensa Latina and the British news weekly, Latin America.
14:45
This week's feature based on articles in the Brazilian journal Opinião, and the British news weekly Latin America Chronicles recent forecast and observations on the Brazilian economy.
14:56
There was never any doubt that General Ernesto Geisel, the military government's candidate, would win the presidential elections in Brazil, as he did some weeks ago. Nor is there any doubt that the political scene will remain quiet and continue to be strictly controlled by the military. The present Médici government, since coming to power in October of 1969, has progressively tightened controls over the nation's political life. Most observers consider it unlikely that the new administration, which is to take office in March, will permit any significant relaxation of these controls.
15:28
In the words of the outgoing president, "Brazil's new president," 64-year-old retired General Geisel, "will not permit any deviation whatsoever from the economic, social and political philosophy governing our society." The new president, former Director of Petrobras, Brazil's oil monopoly was formerly appointed in mid-January by an electoral college made up of members of the only two political parties allowed to function, the ruling National Renovation Alliance having the majority.
15:55
Much speculation exists, however, over the question of whether General Geisel will really continue the economic policies of his predecessor. In a country which claims to have fostered an economic miracle, which is world renowned and which takes pride in its role as a host for foreign corporations, any changes in economic policy are bound to have significant results.
16:16
What is behind this economic miracle? A recent article in the Brazilian journal Opinião comments on how the international press views the booming Brazilian economy. The so-called economic miracle was the subject of articles in the North American magazines Newsweek, Business Week, Commerce Today, and the Wall Street Journal and the French newspaper, Le Monde.
16:36
In Le Monde's view, 1974 will repeat the 1971 performance, which achieved a growth rate of over 11%. The industrial sector, the most dynamic, increased its production by 16% and the automobile industry almost 19%. The expansion of this sector was aided by the influx of foreign capital and the growth of electrical energy output. It was also favored by the idle capacity that already existed in many industries, which now, according to the journal, demand a large investment to maintain that current rate of expansion.
17:08
The French publication stated that the oil crisis stimulated Petrobras, the state owned oiled industry, to intensify its explorations in the Amazon and the continental shelf. At a time when all of the world's leaders are preoccupied with the possibility of an economic recession, Le Monde finds that, "Brazilian leaders are among the few who are not troubled by 1974", because they can count on their friendship with Arab countries to maintain their oil supply. In the long run, furthermore, the energy problem can be viewed optimistically because Brazil's hydroelectric potential is immense and its reserves of bituminous coal are second in the world.
17:45
In the agricultural sector, meanwhile, the results have been deceptive. The growth rate of 4% fell short of the Brazilian government's goal of almost 8%. This failure, according to Le Monde, was due primarily to the poor coffee crop, which forced Brazil to import some 2 million sacks of this product from El Salvador to fulfill its international obligations.
18:07
The strong external demand for agricultural products has had bad consequences for Brazilian people. The saleable crops, such as soya, are developed at the expense of other crops, such as black beans, which are needed for the country's own food supply.
18:21
At the same time, the most difficult struggle that the government has to face is that of inflation, which surpassed the 12% mark established as the goal of the beginning of the year and reached almost 14% in the state of Guanabara. Le Monde asserts that in certain official circles, it is admitted that the price increase was 20%, while the minimum wage rose considerably less.
18:45
Who will be the world's next super exporter? According to Business Week, as strange as it might seem, it will be Brazil. Brazilian exports had a phenomenal growth of 57% in the past year and surpassed $6 million. This growth of exports, in Business Week's view, was possible because Brazil, following Japan's example from 10 years earlier, possessed cheap labor able planners and a powerful central government which is dedicated to increasing exports.
19:13
It is vital for Brazil to export in order to keep its balance of payments under control and to import furiously as a part of its magic program for industrial development. According to the Minister of Planning, whom the magazine considers responsible for the increase in Brazilian sales to other countries, "We need to increase our exports at least 18 to 20% a year to maintain our commercial balance." The increase of Middle Eastern oil prices requires a yet greater growth of exports, according to the American magazine.
19:43
In order to achieve its objectives, the Brazilian government makes it almost impossible for companies not to export by conceding exemptions on almost all state and federal taxes. This official policy permits the corporations to sell abroad at prices 50% lower than in the domestic market. Business Week states that this could expose Brazilians to the charge of dumping its products on the markets of other countries. Thus, if the growth of Brazilian exports continues its rapid pace, foreign governments will become increasingly hostile.
20:15
The magazine Commerce Today of the US Department of Commerce, displays optimism towards Brazil's economic growth this year, "Which will occur," it says "unless there is a grave scarcity of oil, since Brazil is extremely dependent on foreign oil, particularly Arabian oil." The publication stated that the Brazilian economy has been characterized in the last few years by a series of positive factors such as political stability and capable economic direction that generates a vast fund of commercial credit and foreign capital.
20:45
Other critics are not so optimistic. In the opinion of the Wall Street Journal, Brazil has an uncertain economic future, since inflation will reach 40% in 1974, according to their estimations. Brazilian authorities will have to confront the problem of impeding their dramatic increase in prices and the subsequent race of inflation brought on by the world energy crisis. Brazil imports almost three fourths of its oil and its industries as well as its automobile sector vitally depend on combustible fuel. Costs, as a result, have increased for Brazilian imports. 450 million barrels of oil, which formally cost $900 million, now costs $3 billion, almost three times as much. This puts pressure on the balance of payments.
21:31
The Wall Street Journal cites the pro-Brazil thesis of the treasurer of General Motors in Brazil, who says that the country can confront the impact of the energy crisis in the next six months and that the current growth is sufficiently dynamic to support it. "This optimism," comments the Wall Street Journal, "seems to underestimate the impact of the world recession on Brazil. A recession widely anticipated, which would reduce consumption of Brazilian products abroad."
21:58
It is the current world crisis, in fact, as the weekly Latin America points out, that is forcing the government's economists to reexamine the nation's economic policies. Observers point to several events that foreshadow radical changes in Brazil's economic policy and indicate that despite apparent achievements of the Médici government, Geisel's advisors are not satisfied with the state of the economy.
22:20
Sources close to President-elect Geisel indicate that he has already selected his cabinet for when he takes office on March 15th. It is understood that a new super ministry to be known as the General Secretariat for Coordination is to be created, with one of Brazil's most outstanding military intellectuals at its head.
22:39
At the same time, the Finance Ministry appears to have been given to an economist and banker who has been known as an opponent of the Delfim Netto philosophy of economic development.
22:49
The picture of the Brazilian economy given by President Médici in his New Year's speech to the nation was one of continuing success. The gross national product had expanded, he said, by an estimated 11.4%, giving Brazil the highest growth rate of any major country in the world. The President observed that in the last five years, Brazil's gross national product has increased by some 63%. A rate, he claimed, which was the fastest known in the modern history.
23:06
Even the outgoing president sounded a note of warning about 1974, when he observed that "External factors can disturb the picture of our financial economic situation." That these disturbing influences are already at work in Brazil is apparent from both discussion in the press and from official statements. At present, three areas of concern have been pinpointed. First, there is imported inflation resulting from the increased prices of imports, which will make it increasingly difficult to maintain the projected 12% inflation level for 1974.
23:49
Second, the high growth rate of industry and increase in exports have been creating considerable problems in the supply of foodstuffs and raw materials to the internal market. Finally, the government has been taking ever more rigorous measures to control the entry of foreign loans to the country since the conversion of such loans into Cruzeiros could put pressure on the money supply and upset the battle against inflation.
24:13
It is in the light of these facts that both government economists and General Geisel's economic advisors are taking a long hard look at the current economic thinking. Up to now, Brazil, like most of developing countries, has concentrated on the expansion of industry and exports at the expense of agricultural and the home market.
24:32
But gradually the realization that concentrating on primary products may be a better investment in the long run than competing with industrialized nations is filtering through to Brazilian government economists. It has long been argued by Brazilian opponents to the policies of Finance Minister Delfim Netto that concentration on manufactured exports with the need for heavy subsidies and the import of raw materials would not in the long run be in Brazil's best interests.
25:00
In their view, the formation of a larger internal market with more rapid development of the rural areas would in the end do more to promote exports and would protect the country from the fluctuations of the international economic situation. There are some indications that General Geisel may incline to the same view.
25:18
Whatever difficulties may be facing Brazil in 1974, they do not appear to be worrying international investors. A recent roundup of opinion made by the Rio de Janeiro daily Jornal do Brazil showed that although foreign bankers considered developing countries in general would suffer from difficulties in obtaining international finance, Brazil would be an exception.
25:41
The other side of the phenomenal growth statistics of the Brazilian economy says the Brazilian journal Opinião, are statistics not so frequently quoted, which depict the subhuman living and working conditions of the majority of Brazil's population, the common people who produce the phenomenal wealth and share in little of it. At the close of 1973, one observer reported the following effects of the Brazilian economic miracle. In the province of Belo Horizonte, there are approximately 20,000 registered orphans who are street beggars.
26:13
The director of the National Foundation for the Wellbeing of Minors at one meeting explained that the prostitution of 12 and 13 year old girls was common, and that removing them from the trade would mean starving whole families to death. Opinião continues saying that the special commission of the Brazilian League for the Protection of Minors reported that 112 out of every 1,000 babies die shortly after birth and 370 die before their first birthday. And in the city of São Paulo alone, more than 1,100 died from dehydration.
26:44
Dr. Silvio Toledo, director of the School Health Service, said that the reason that one out of every five São Paulo students drop out, have poor attendance, or fail, is poor health. 89% of the students in São Paulo have intestinal parasites and at least one out of four have tonsil and adenoid trouble, and more than 12% are anemic.
27:05
On December 5th, the last day of the Brazilian Congress, which has adjourned until Geisel takes office in March, a deputy from the legal opposition party commented, "There is talk of developing the country, but government statistics are made up of cold numbers; the pain, blood, and sweat of millions of desperate Brazilians. What kind of development is this in which the people did not participate?"
27:27
This week's feature on changing trends in the Brazilian economy was compiled from the Brazilian journal Opinião and the British news weekly Latin America.
LAPR1974_03_07 - Correct Ann
14:13
Our feature this week, taken from Excélsior of Mexico City and from a United Nations speech of Mrs. Hortensia Allende deals with international reaction to the policies of the military Junta of Chile. This government headed by General Augusto Pinochet came to power in a coup on September 11th, 1973. At this time, the democratically elected Marxist government of Salvador Allende was overthrown. Governments throughout the world are voicing opposition to the brutal repression, which has taken place in Chile since that time.
14:52
Mexico City's Excélsior reports that the Mexican government, for example, has announced that it will withdraw its ambassador from Santiago. The Argentine government is also considerably annoyed with the Junta. After protests at the torture and execution of several Argentine citizens in Chile, there was an awkward border incident when Chilean Air Force planes machine-gunned a Jeep 12 miles inside Argentina. Next, a Chilean refugee was shot dead while in the garden of the Argentine embassy in Santiago; only hours later, the house of the Argentine cultural attache in Santiago was sprayed by gunfire. Nevertheless, the Argentine government continues trade with Chile, including arms, and has afforded some credits to the Junta.
15:36
The Indian ambassador in Chile issued a protest at the treatment of refugees in the Soviet Embassy in Santiago, which is now under Indian protection since the Soviet Union broke off diplomatic relations with the Junta. Cuba has frozen all Chilean credits and stocks in retaliation for the attempt by the Junta to lay its hands upon $10 million deposited in London by the Cuban government for the Popular Unity Government. The Prime minister of Holland, Excélsior reports, made a radio speech severely criticizing the Chilean Junta and praising the Popular Unity Government. He suggested possible forms of aid to the resistance in Chile. Although the People's Republic of China has maintained relations with the Junta, there seems to have been some break in communication. The Chinese ambassador was recalled at the end of October and requests for the acceptance of the new Chilean ambassador to Peking have so far met with no response. Surprisingly, reports Excélsior, there have even been criticisms of the Chilean Junta in Brazil, and these have not been censored in the Brazilian press.
16:52
The event which has drawn the most international attention to Chile recently was a speech made by Mrs. Hortensia Allende, a widow of Dr. Salvador Allende, who spoke before the United Nations Human Rights Commission in late February. It was the first time in the history of the United Nations that a representative of an opposition movement within a member state was permitted to address an official meeting of the UN. United Nations is restricted by law from discussing the internal affairs of its member nations, but the circumstances of the coup and the subsequent actions of the Junta have increasingly isolated it in the world and made the issue of Chile an international one. The following is an excerpt from the translation of the speech delivered at the UN Human Rights Commission.
17:38
"I have not come to this tribunal distinguished delegates as the widow of the murdered President. I come before you as a representative of the International Democratic Federation of Women and above all, as a wife and mother of a destroyed Chilean home as has happened with so many others. I come before you representing hundreds of widows, thousands of orphans of a people robbed of their fundamental rights, of a nation's suffering from a state of war imposed by Pinochet's own troops, obedient servants of fascism that represents violations of each and every right, which according to the Declaration of Human Rights, all people should follow as common standards for their progress and whose compliance this commission is charged with safeguarding."
18:31
Mrs. Allende continues to describe how she feels. Each article of the UN Declaration of Human Rights is being violated in her country. According to these postulates universally accepted throughout the civilized world she says, all human beings are born free, equal in dignity and rights. In my country, whose whole tradition was dedicated not only to establishing but practicing these principles, such conditions are no longer being observed. There is discrimination against the rights and dignity of individuals because of their ideology. Liberty does not exist where man is subjected to the dictates of an ignorant armed minority.
19:41
The declaration establishes that every man has the right to life, liberty and security continues, Mrs. Allende. Distinguished delegates, I could spend days addressing you on the subject of how the fascist dictatorship in my country has outdone the worst of Hitler's Nazism. Summary executions, real or staged executions for the purpose of terrifying the victim. Executions of prisoners allegedly attempting to escape, slow death through lack of medical attention. Victims tortured to death are the order of the day under the military Junta. Genocide has been practiced in Chile. The exact figures will not be known until with the restoration of democracy in my country, the murderers are called to account. There will be another Nuremberg for them. According to numerous documented reports, the death toll is between 15 and 80,000. Within this framework, it seems unnecessary to refer to the other two rights enunciated in the Declaration of Human Rights, liberty and security do not exist in Chile.
20:18
Mrs. Allende continues, "I would like to devote a special paragraph to the women of my country, who in different circumstances are today suffering the most humiliating and degrading oppression. Held in jails, concentration camps, or in women's houses of detention are the wives of the government ministers who, besides having their husbands imprisoned on Dawson Island, have had to spend long periods of time under house arrest, are the women members of parliament from the Popular Unity Government who have had to seek asylum and have been denied safe conduct passes. The most humble proletarian woman's husband has been fired from his job or is being persecuted, and she must wage a daily struggle for the survival of her family."
21:08
"The Declaration of Human Rights states that slavery is prohibited, as are cruel punishment and degrading treatment. Is there any worse slavery than that which forces man to be alienated from his thoughts? Today in Chile, we suffer that form of slavery imposed by ignorant and sectarian individuals who, when they could not conquer the spiritual strength of their victims, did not hesitate to cruelly and ferociously violate those rights."
21:35
Mrs. Allende continues, "The declaration assures for all mankind equal treatment before the law and respect for the privacy of their home. Without competent orders or formal accusation, many Chileans have been and are being dragged to military prisons, their homes broken into to be submitted to trials whose procedures appear in no law, not even in the military code. Countless Chileans, after five months of illegal procedures, remain in jail or in concentration camps without benefit of trial. The concept of equal protection before the law does not exist in Chile. The jurisdiction of the court is not determined by the law these days but according to the whim of the witch hunters. I wish to stress that if the 200 Dawson Island prisoners are kept there during the Antarctic winter, we will find no more than corpses come spring as the climatic conditions are intolerable to human life and four of the prisoners are already in the military hospital in Santiago."
22:43
Mrs. Allende said, "The Junta has also violated the international law of asylum, turning the embassies into virtual prisons for all those to whom the Junta denies a safe conduct pass for having had some length with the Popular Unity Government. They have not respected diplomatic immunity, even daring to shoot those who have sought refuge in various embassies. Concrete cases involve the embassies of Cuba, Argentina, Honduras, and Sweden. Mail and telephone calls are monitored. Members of families are held as hostages. Moreover, the military Junta has taken official possession of all the goods of the parties of the Popular Unity Coalition, as well as the property of its leaders."
23:27
Mrs. Allende continues, reminding the delegates, "the Declaration of Human Rights establishes that all those accused of having committed a crime should be considered innocent until proven otherwise before a court. The murder of folk artist Victor Jara, the murders of various political and trade union leaders and thousands of others, the imprisonment of innumerable citizens arrested without charges, the ferocious persecution of members of the left, many of them having disappeared or executed, show that my country is not governed by law, but on the contrary, by the hollow will of sectors at the service of imperialism."
24:06
The declaration assures to all, freedom of thought, conscience, expression, religion and association. In Chile, the political parties of the left have been declared illegal. This even includes the moderate and right-wing parties, which are in recess and under control to such extent that the leaders of the Christian Democratic Party have expressed their total inconformity with the policies of the Junta. Freedom of the press has also been eliminated. The media opposed to the Junta has been closed, and only the right wing is permitted to operate, but not without censorship. Honest men who serve the press are in concentration camps or have disappeared under the barrages of the execution squads.
24:54
Books have been burned publicly recalling the days of the Inquisition and Nazi fascism. These incidents have been reported by the world press. The comical errors of those who have read only the titles have resulted in ignorant generals reducing scientific books to ashes. Many ministers sympathetic to the sufferings of their people have been accused of being Marxist in spite of their orthodox militancy following Jesus' example. Masons and layman alike have been tortured simply for their beliefs. It is prohibited to think, free expression is forbidden.
25:32
Mrs. Allende said the right to free education has also been wiped away. Thousands of students have been expelled for simply having belonged to a leftist party. Young people just a few months away from obtaining their degrees have been deprived of five or more years of higher education. University rectors have been replaced by generals, non-graduates themselves. Deans of faculties respond to orders of ballistics experts. These are not gratuitous accusations, but are all of them based on ethics issued by the military Junta itself.
26:11
"In conclusion", says Mrs. Allende, "the Declaration of Human Rights recognizes the right of all men to free choice of employment, favorable working conditions, fair pay and job security. Workers must be permitted to organize freely in trade unions. Moreover, the Declaration of Human Rights states that people have the right to expect an adequate standard of living, health and wellbeing for themselves and their families. In Chile, the Central Workers Trade Union confederation, the CUT with 2,400,000 members, which on February 12th, 1974 marked 21 years of existence, has been outlawed. Trade unions have been dissolved except for the company unions. Unemployment, which under the Popular Unity Administration had shrunk to its lowest level, 3.2% is now more than 13%. In my country, the rights of the workers respected in the Declaration of Human Rights have ceased to exist." These excerpts were taken from the United Nations speech of Hortensia Allende, widow of Dr. Salvador Allende, leader of the former Popular Unity Government of Chile.
LAPR1974_03_14
04:03
The Argentine daily, El Mundo, reported that right wing police staged a miniature Chile style coup in Argentina's industrial heartland last week with the blessings of President Juan Perón. An estimated 800 members of the municipal police force in Córdoba, capital of Córdoba Province, stormed the government building and kidnapped Ricardo Obregón Cano, the elected governor, together with about 80 members of his cabinet and administration. Obregón is a prominent sympathizer with the left wing of the Peronist movement. The person ceased were held under arrest for two days. Obregón and an undetermined number of others were released and immediately went into hiding somewhere in Córdoba Province.
04:52
The recent events began when Obregón dismissed Navarro from his post as head of police. A subordinate of Navarro's had exposed the chief as an embezzler of government funds and as an organizer of a string of terror bombings against the homes of left-wing Peronist. The police coup was Navarro's reply to the dismissal. Córdoba was under a state of siege following the coup. The police junta declared a ban on assemblies and gangs of right-wing Peronists. Some believed to be police out of uniform roamed the streets looking for Bolsheviks. Sounds of gunfire were heard each night after the coup. At least seven people have been reported killed.
05:36
According to El Mundo, right-wing trade union officials openly supporting the coup declared a general strike in Córdoba, whose main motive appears to have been to keep the rank and file industrial workers at home and prevent them from concentrating at the plants. Shops were also ordered shut. It was reported that both the strike and the shutdown of stores was being enforced by the police and by right wing squads at gunpoint.
06:03
The federal government headed by Perón, maintained an attitude of benign neglect while the coup was in process, but broke its silence recently to accuse Governor Obregón of provoking the crisis by failing to meet the duties of his office. It was widely believed that the police coup had in fact been coordinated, if not directed, by the federal government. Navarro himself reportedly acknowledged being in communication with Bueno Aires, the capital during the takeover. A battalion of federal police were quietly airlifted into Cordoba from Buenos Aires, but they were not deployed. The garrison of federal troops in the city was confined to quarters.
06:46
Six days after the initial takeover, the Argentine Congress gave approval for President Juan Perón's plan for federal intervention in Córdoba. According to Excélsior of Mexico City, the passage of this legislation was facilitated by the surprise resignation of Governor Obregón. Spokesman for leftist trade unions who have opposed the plan for federal control of Córdoba vowed that they would not modify their resistance to the rightest takeover in any way. "The resignation of Governor Obregón took us by surprise," said one union leader, "but we will continue to oppose the new government." Demonstrations and bomb explosions in Córdoba followed the announcement of federal intervention.
07:32
According to the New York Times, a number of politicians have predicted that the events in Córdoba may be a prelude to the overthrow of left-wing Peronist governments in half a dozen other provinces, including Mendoza and Salta, where Peronist factions have repeatedly clashed and the local police forces are reported to be unhappy.
07:54
The New York Times continues that during the final days of his 18 year exile, Juan Domingo Perón's trump card was his ability to convince most Argentines that only his movement had the strength and substance to end the violent political divisions among them and give their potentially rich country a fresh start. Now, five months after he assumed the presidency, he has presided over growing upsurge of political violence, most of which is exploding in his own heterogeneous movement.
08:27
For months, politicians, news commentators, and political scientists had predicted that the diverse elements in Perón's following could never hold together. The right wing of the movement, mainly represented by the leaders of the big unions, are more inclined toward asking for wage increases without altering the economic structure. Adverse to sharing union power with younger leftist workers, they have found strong allies outside the union movement in anti-Marxist nationalist conservatives.
09:00
"Perón is our leader because he has taught us to live like machos in a world of cowards", the Secretary General of the new right wing quoted. Peronist youth movement told several thousand supporters in a rally near the capitol last week, "We're going to crush the leftists because Perón has ordered it." This week, as the events in Córdoba have demonstrated, Mr. Perón has broken completely with the left wing of his movement, which he had used so skillfully to give himself a progressive image and to assist his return to power.
09:34
The Argentine daily, El Mundo, says that Córdoba's large concentration of industrial workers makes it a key economic and political center. It was apparent that the right wing police coup was intended to smash the growing strength of left wing Peronists and Marxist Leninists among the city's industrial unions.
09:55
The coup was the biggest move yet in a systematic offensive by right wing Peronists against the Peronist and non-Peronist left. Beginning with Perón return to power last year, the right has launched a string of bombings, assassinations, beatings, and other forms of terror against the left. In almost every case, Peronists struck a pose of aloofness from the battle until the right wing has scored a success, which he has then blessed and reinforced. More recently, after an attack by a guerilla group on an Argentine army garrison in Azul, Perón himself sees the offensive against the entire left, ramming an emergency law through parliament that virtually abolished several liberties.
10:40
According to the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the response of the Argentine left to the police takeover in Córdoba will be a decisive factor in the future course that the country will take. Until this time, many leftists have chosen to remain loyal to Perón in spite of his increasing supportive right-wing elements. "The revolution passes through Peronism" is a slogan which has often been chanted by young Peronist leftists who share many Marxist concepts. Political analysts have frequently voiced the opinion that the left support of Perón has been vital in preventing military forces of the extreme right from seizing control.
11:20
Now that Perón has broken completely with the left wing of his movement, there is speculation that his former supporters will join forces with anti-Peronist leftists. The anti-Peronist left declares that through the coup Córdoba, Perón has merely revealed himself as the fascist dictator that he has always been. Spokesman predict that as a repressive nature of Peronism becomes more obvious, a large popular resistance movement will emerge.
11:48
This report on events in Argentina from the Argentine daily, El Mundo, The New York Times, and the Mexico City daily, Excélsior.
15:09
Our feature this week is on Brazilian economic expansion in the context of US Latin American relations. Sources included are the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the British news weekly, Latin America, and the Brazilian weekly, Opinião.
15:25
Traditionally, Latin Americans have resented what they call "Yankee Imperialism". They see the United States, a rich, powerful industrial country, extracting Latin America's raw materials to feed US industry, but leaving Latin America underdeveloped. As a result, their economies have been oriented to producing raw materials and importing manufactured goods. Not only does this prevent any great expansion of Latin American economies, but it puts Latin American countries in an ever worsening trade position since the price of manufactured goods increases faster than the price of raw materials.
16:03
When the United States has extended loans to Latin America to help them develop their industry, there have always been political strings attached. If a country's politics become too radical, if they threaten foreign investment, the loans are shut off.
16:20
Besides acting as a political lever, United States loans also open Latin American investment opportunities to United States capital. By pressuring creditor countries to accept informed investment and providing the funds necessary for the development of an infrastructure that the foreign enterprises can use, loans have won easy access for United States capital into Latin America. The consequence of this is a significant loss of national sovereignty by Latin American countries.
16:53
Recently it appears that one Latin American country, Brazil, has assumed the role of imperial power. Using resources gained from its close friendship with the United States, Brazil has made considerable investments in raw material production in neighboring Latin American nations, as well as African countries. Investments include oil in Columbia and Nigeria, cattle in Uruguay, cattle and maté in Paraguay, as well as the hydroelectric plant and rights to Bolivia's tin.
17:26
The Brazilian government has also extended loans, and more importantly, exerted political pressure in favor of the right wing coups. Brazil's totalitarian military regime has, at the cost of civil liberties and social justice, brought stability. It has also attracted a flood of foreign loans and investments through its policies. In 1972 alone, more than $3 billion in loans were pumped into their economy. Foreigners are invited into the most dynamic and strategic sectors of the economy.
18:01
Brazil's friendliness to foreign capital has led them to be, in Richard Nixon's opinion, the model for Latin American development. It has also brought them, by far, the greatest chair of loans to Latin America. The deluge of foreign exchange has led Brazil to look abroad for investment opportunities and raw material sources. A recent article in Mexico's Excélsior describes Brazil's new role in its neighbors, economies, and policies.
18:31
When Simón Bolivar struggled to liberate the Spanish colonies in South America, the great liberator dreamed of two nations on the continent. He never imagined that the Spanish and Portuguese halves of South America could ever be united.
18:47
Today, however, unification of the continent is being affected by the gradual expansion of Brazilian political and economic influence over the Spanish-speaking half of South America. Whether South America's term the expansion the new imperialism, or a natural manifest destiny, it is most pronounced in Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia, three of Brazil's smaller neighbors. And recently, the shadow of the green giant has been hovering over Chile too.
19:19
One important side effect of Brazil's growing influence has been the isolation of Argentina, her chief rival for supremacy on the continent. By removing Argentina's influence from their neighbors, Brazil has sharply reduced her status as a power in Latin America, both politically, and more importantly, economically.
19:40
Although she did mass troops on Uruguay's border, her gains of recent years were achieved through diplomacy, trade packs, and the judicious use of money. Paraguay was Brazil's first success. Paraguay, a wretchedly poor nation of 2.5 million people, was offered credits. Her military rulers recorded and her major export, cattle, was given a good reception.
20:06
In exchange, Brazilians have been permitted to buy vast tracks of Paraguayan land, make other important investments, and open Paraguay's markets to Brazilian products. Today, many young Paraguays are working in increasing numbers for Brazilian farmers and industrialists. The Brazilian cruzeiro is becoming a power in Paraguay.
20:29
Last year, the promise of more cruzeiros led Paraguay's government to grant Brazil rights over major rivers for the construction of massive hydroelectric power systems. Brazil needs more electric power for her booming industry. The Argentines complained bitterly about the diversion of the benefit of those rivers from their territory, but they felt they could not protest too loudly because Brazilians are becoming the important customers of Argentine commerce.
20:58
Bolivia is another triumph for the Brazilian foreign ministry. By winning over key military men, the Brazilians helped install General Hugo Banzer as president of Bolivia in 1971. When Hugo Banzer tried to sell more of his country's oil and natural gas to Argentina rather than Brazil a few months ago, he was almost toppled from power. His fate was widely discussed in Brazil and Argentine newspapers at the time, but Brazil's surging economy needs the oil and gas and the outcome was never in doubt.
21:33
Bolivian politics is now an arena for open conflict between military leaders who are either pro Brazil or anti Brazil. Those who favor closer ties to Brazil cite the economic benefits that result from the commercial investments pouring into Bolivia from her neighbor.
21:52
Those who oppose becoming Brazil's 23rd state want their country to remain fully independent. They believe Bolivia's potentially wrench in minerals, and that should be used for her needed development. Few people in South America have any doubt about which side is going to prevail.
22:11
Uruguay is a prime example of Brazilian expansionism. Uruguay, after years as a beacon of democracy, but as an economic laggard, was taken over last June by her military men in the Brazilian manner. Labor unions, the press, and democratic processes have since been scrapped or repressed
22:32
Nationalists in all three countries, Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia, are lamenting the fact that their long awaited economic boom comes at a time when their people are losing control over their own economies. Last September's rightest revolution in Chile, another former democratic bastion in South America, opened that country to Brazilian political and economic domination.
22:55
Brazil is also looking to Africa as a source of raw materials and a field for investment. There have been numerous indications recently that Africa looms large in Brazil's future trade plans. Africa has important resources such as petroleum, copper, and phosphates, which Brazil needs. Closer economic and diplomatic relations which African nations will guarantee Brazil access to these raw materials. Closer relations with Africa also fit into Brazil's strategy to become a spokesman for the Third World. An article in Brazil's weekly, Opinião, discusses the signs of increased Brazilian interest in Africa's raw materials and consumer markets.
23:42
It is possible that in the near future students of international relations will cite the joint declaration of friendship of the Brazilian and Nigerian chancellors as an important step in strengthening Brazil's political and economic ties to Africa. The visit of Nigeria's chancellor, an important public figure in Africa, is a sign of the closer relations to be expected in the future between Africa and Brazil.
24:09
It is not surprising that Nigeria is the first African country with whom Brazil is trying to affect closer relations. Aside from being the most populated country in Africa, with one fifth of the continent's total population, Nigeria also has a second largest gross national product in Africa. Between 1967 and 1970, it registered an annual growth rate of 19%, which was second only to Zaire. Thanks particularly to its large increase in petroleum production, which compensates for Nigeria's under development, primitive agriculture, and internal political divisions, Nigeria's on the verge of becoming the African giant.
24:56
Presently Africa's second leading petroleum producer, it will shortly overtake Libya for the lead in Africa. By 1980, Nigeria is expected to surpass Kuwait and Venezuela and become the world's fourth largest petroleum producer. Nigeria is an ideal partner in the Brazilian grand strategy of closer relations with Africa. Even in a superficial analysis, trade between Brazil and Nigeria appears promising. Nigeria has a potentially vast market with a large population, and, relative to the rest of Africa, a sophisticated consumption pattern.
25:35
Furthermore, Nigeria can offer Brazil an excellent product in return petroleum. It also is undergoing import substitution industrialization, which favor Brazilian inputs. The two countries, both ruled by military governments, have obvious immediate interests in common. Probably most important is maintaining the price of raw materials, such as cocoa, for example. In addition, Brazil's desire to weaken its dependence on Middle Eastern oil because of its obedience to the wishes of United States diplomacy makes the Nigerian source even more inviting.
26:14
Although Brazil is a new customer to Nigeria, trade between the two countries reached $30 million last year. This total is expected to mount rapidly in the next few years. Brazil's Minister of Foreign Affairs has already drawn up a list of over 200 goods and services, which can be absorbed by Nigeria. Numerous Brazilian industrialists and officials are going to Africa to study the potential market for sales and investments.
26:43
In recent days, there have been indications that Brazil will increase her trade with countries in what is known as Black Africa. The first of these was the announcement that Brazil might form binational corporations with African countries to exploit the great existing phosphate reserves of the continent, some of which are still virgin. The formation of binational corporations with African countries would guarantee the importation of increasing volumes of phosphates. When one realizes that Brazil imports 85% of the nutrients in the fertilizers it uses, the importance of such corporations is obvious.
27:25
Another indication of Brazil's African strategy is the arrival of Zaire's first ambassador to be sent to Brazil. The ambassador expressed interest in increasing trade between the two countries, stating, "The Brazilian experience with building roads and applying scientific research to agriculture and industry can be of much more value to Zaire than the experience of European countries because Zaire and Brazil share the same climate."
27:54
At present, commerce between the two countries is almost negligible. Zaire buys a small number of cars and buses from Brazil and sells a small amount of copper. However, this situation is expected to change radically in view of the negotiations, which will be carried out when Zaire's president visits Brazil in 1974.
28:17
Plans to increase trade with countries in Black Africa are made without prejudice in Brazil's regular commerce with South Africa and Rhodesia, by opening important sectors of her economy to foreign interests and keeping her dissidents in poor under control, Brazil has been able to accumulate foreign exchange and expand into the economies of fellow Third World countries. Along with an economic tie, such as commerce, investments, and loans comes political influence. That influence has already manifested itself in the right wing coups in Bolivia, Uruguay, and Chile. It remains to be seen whether Brazil's African partners will succumb to the Brazilian rightist pressure.
29:00
This has been a feature on Brazilian economic expansion, including excerpts from the Mexico City daily, Excélsior, the British News Weekly, Latin America, and the Brazilian Weekly, Opinião.
LAPR1974_03_28
06:08
There has been speculation in the international press about the relationship between the September, 1973 military coup in Chile and the Brazilian military takeover in 1964. A recent article in the Washington Post, dateline Rio de Janeiro, substantiates many of the questions that have been raised about Brazilian influence in Chile.
06:34
Dr. Depaiva describes himself as a mining engineer with a number of other interests. One of his recent interests as a leading figure in a private anti-communist think tank in Rio de Janeiro was advising Chilean businessmen how to prepare the ground for the military overthrow of President Salvador Allende last Fall. A founding member of a Brazilian paramilitary group says he made two trips to Chile as a courier, taking money for political actions to a right wing anti-Allende organization.
07:05
These men are two of a number of Brazilians who acknowledge helping Chilean foes of Allende. Other private and business interests in this country gave money, arms, and advice on political tactics. There is no evidence that the Brazilian government played any role in this anti-Allende effort. Although its sophisticated military intelligence network must have been aware of it. Brazil was never publicly hostile to Allende. The Washington Post points out that the coup that brought Brazil's armed forces to power in March, 1964 appears to have been used as a model for the Chilean military coup.
07:46
The private sector played a crucial role in the preparation of both interventions and the Brazilian businessmen who plotted the overthrow of the left-leaning administration of President Goulart in 1964 were the same people who advised the Chilean right on how to deal with Marxist president, Allende. Soon after Allende's election, thousands of Chilean businessmen took their families and fortunes abroad, settling principally in Ecuador, Argentina, Venezuela, and Brazil.
08:18
In Brazil, the well-to-do Chileans quickly found work in multinational corporations or invested their capital in new companies or on the stock exchange. And in their dealings with Brazil's private sector, they quickly established contact with the architects of the 1964 Brazilian coup. For example, they met Gilberto Uber, the wealthy owner of Brazil's largest printing business. In 1961, Uber and several powerful business associates had founded the Institute of Research and Social Studies, a political think tank with the specific object of preparing to overthrow Brazil's so-called communist infiltrated civilian government.
08:58
Between 1961 and 1964, the institute organized, financed and coordinated anti-government activities and served as the bridge between private enterprise and the armed forces before the coup. The Executive Secretary of the Institute was General Couto e Silva, who founded Brazil's Political Intelligence Agency in 1964.
09:20
One year ago, Chilean Luis FuenZalida, who had joined Uber's Printing Company, told friends proudly, "We are going to throw out Allende, and I'm learning from Uber that the Brazilians did in 1964." Another key member of the institute and one of its founders was Dr. Depaiva, a leading conservative economist, ardent anti-communist, and an admirer of the United States, which he has visited frequently.
09:49
Depaiva also acts as a consultant to a number of US and multinational companies in Brazil. He believes the Allende government was a threat to the entire continent, but it was clear Allende would not be allowed to stay. He said, "The recipe exists and you can bake the cake anytime. We saw how it worked in Brazil and now again in Chile."
10:13
Dr. Depaiva's recipe involves creating political and economic chaos, fomenting discontent and deep fear of communism among employers and employees, blocking legislative efforts of the left, organizing mass demonstrations and rallies, even acts of terrorism if necessary. His recipe, Depaiva recognizes, requires a great deal of fundraising. "A lot of money was put out to topple Allende," he said, "but the money businessmen spend against the left is not just an investment, it is an insurance policy."
10:45
After Chile's coup, a prominent Brazilian historian who asked not to be named said, "The first two days I felt I was living a Xerox copy of Brazil in 1964. The language of Chile's military communiques justifying the coup and their allegations that the communists had been preparing a massacre and a military takeover was so scandalously identical to ours, one almost presumes they had the same author."
11:10
Following in the footsteps of the Brazilian Institute and using its recipe, Chile's Gremios or Middle Class Professional Brotherhoods with Business and Landowners Associations created the center for Public Opinion Studies. Public Opinion Studies was one of the principle laboratories for strategies such as the crippling anti-government strikes, the press campaigns, the spreading of rumors and the use of shock troops during street demonstrations. The center also served as headquarters for the women's movement, which was so effectively used against the Marxist president.
11:46
According to the Washington Post, Dr. Depaiva takes particular pride in the way we taught the Chileans how to use their women against the Marxist. In Chile, the opposition to Allende created Poder Femenino, Feminine Power, an organization of conservative housewives, professional and businesswomen who became famous for their marches of the empty pots. Poder Femenino took its cues, its finances, and its meeting rooms from the gremios, the professional brotherhoods.
12:15
Despite the directives from the male dominated leadership, Dr. Depaiva explains that, "The women must be made to feel they're organizing themselves, that they play a very important role. They're very cooperative and don't question the way men do. Both in Chile and Brazil," Depaiva points out, "women were the most directly affected by leftist economic policies, which create shortages in the shops. Women complain at home and they can poison the atmosphere, and of course, they're the wives and the mothers of the military and the politicians."
12:47
There appeared to be no shortage of financial offers. The inflow of dollars from abroad was no secret to Allende. By early August, it had become public knowledge that the organizers of the transportation strike preceding the coup were paying close to 35,000 drivers and owners of trucks, buses, and taxis to keep their vehicles off the road. Two taxi drivers told me they were each receiving the equivalent of $3 at the black market rate for every day they were not working, and a group of truck drivers said they received $5 a day, paid in dollar bills. On the basis of this, Allende aides calculated that the 45 day strike cost close to $7 million in payoffs alone.
13:34
It was also an accepted fact that the thousands of Chileans abroad were raising funds and sending in contributions. Jovino Novoa, a conservative lawyer and a member of the Chilean exile community in Buenos Aires said in an interview, "Of course money was sent to Chile. We all did what we could, each according to his capacity."
13:56
This roundup of evidence linking the recent military coup in Chile with the 1964 Brazilian coup is taken from The Washington Post.
LAPR1974_04_04
00:41
The London News Weekly Latin America reports on developments in Ecuador, Latin America's newest oil producing nation. By mid-1972, the pipeline connecting the rich oil fields of Ecuador's northeastern jungles to the shipping ports on its western shores was completed. This boosted Ecuador to the top of the list of Latin American oil exporting nations, second now only to Venezuela.
01:09
Oil, which scarcely one year ago replaced bananas as Ecuador's leading export, is expected to bring a total 1974 revenue of over $700 million. In 1971, oil earnings were only $1 million. With world prices at attractive heights, Ecuador's fledgling state oil corporation obviously wants to get hold of as much oil for free dispersal abroad as it possibly can. At present, only the United States companies of Texaco and Gulf Oil are producing and drilling on any scale in Ecuador.
01:47
No matter how tough and nationalistic the new oil terms might be, Gulf and Texaco seem confident that they can run a very profitable operation. Despite the flood of revenue from its oil bonanza, Ecuador's economic situation has not improved. In fact, quite the opposite has occurred. Ecuador, which continues to be classified as one of Latin America's four least developed nations, now faces an annual rate of inflation of 17%, unprecedented in recent Ecuadorian history.
02:20
Ecuador's outdated social structure has virtually prevented the huge inflow of oil money from being readily absorbed. Ecuador's archaic tax system has long been criticized. The collection of taxes has been called abusive and unjust and Ecuador's allocation of tax revenue branded absolutely irrational.
02:41
A small number of people control the majority of Ecuador's wealth. Less than 2% of Ecuador's population has cornered 25% of the country's total wealth. Unequal land distribution, a high illiteracy rate, and a lack of adequate healthcare continue to plague Ecuador's indians who comprise well over half of Ecuador's population. The mal-distribution of wealth is compounded by a sharp fall in agriculture production brought on by the resistance of Ecuador's large landowners to the present regime's haphazard attempts at agrarian reform.
03:15
While it is apparent that the Rodriguez Lara regime would like to control the new oil fortune and further Ecuador's economic development, recent events point toward strife and unrest. An increasing number of strikes and demonstrations staged by students, faculty, and trade unionists are expressions of discontent. It appears that rising expectations have resulted in frustration. This is clearly expressed in an Ecuadorian wall slogan, "Why is there hunger if the oil is ours?" This from Latin America, the British news weekly.
LAPR1974_04_10
06:39
The British News Weekly, Latin America recently ran the following background of current negotiations between the United States and Panama. On his recent whirlwind visit, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and Panama's Foreign Minister signed an eight point agreement of principles providing for the eventual restoration of Panama's territorial sovereignty over the Panama Canal and the 550 square mile zone surrounding it.
07:04
According to this agreement, a new treaty will be negotiated that supersedes the existing one signed in 1903. The original treaty gave the US control of the canal "in perpetuity". The new treaty will contain a fixed termination date for US jurisdiction over the canal, likely to be about 30 years from now, and it will provide for Panama's participation in the administration, protection and defense of the waterway in the meantime.
07:28
The agreement indicates that some progress has been made in the long stalemated negotiations over the canal, but enormous problems lie ahead. At the heart of these problems lies the US military presence in the canal zone, which the Pentagon is committed to maintaining. At the same time, political developments to the left and right of the government of Panamanian President, Omar Torrijos, which reflects problems created by the US military presence and economic penetration, threatened his government.
08:04
Torrijos came to power in a military coup in 1968. Inspired by the Peruvian model of military nationalism, he has consistently spoken of the importance of Panamanian control of the canal and the country's other natural resources. Three years ago, he said, concerning the US presence in the canal zone, "The Americans must pull out with their colonial tent."
08:25
But under the Nixon Administration, US military activity in the zone has been greatly stepped up. Almost the entire US counterinsurgency force for Latin America, including military training centers and a jungle warfare school is housed in the zone. It is also the headquarters for the US Southern Command, SOUTHCOM, which coordinates all US military and intelligence activities throughout Latin America, supervises all US military assistance programs and maintains a communications and logistics network for US forces. It was originally created to defend the canal zone itself, but a State Department official recently told Congressman Les Aspin that the only justification for SOUTHCOM is for an intervention force in Latin America.
09:24
Another important element of US military presence in Panama is the US Army School of the Americas. Many of the leaders of Chile's current military junta and the Chilean Director of Intelligence are graduates of this school, according to Latin America. Documents recently made available to the North American Congress on Latin America describe the activities of the Army School. According to the documents, the major purpose of the program is to train and select Latin Americans in curating out counterinsurgency missions for the repression of national liberation movements.
09:56
There is a heavy emphasis on intelligence operations and interrogation techniques, as well as the teaching of US Army doctrine ideology. In response to the growing wave of guerilla activity in Latin American cities, new courses have been developed on urban guerilla warfare and sophisticated criminal investigation techniques. Classroom exercises range from the selection of labor union informers to methods of protecting leaders from assassination temps to the recovery and deactivation of explosive devices.
10:25
Because of the sensitive nature of these operations, it is unlikely that any other Latin American country would allow the Pentagon to set up operations within its borders. In a period of growing nationalist feelings, no Latin American regime could afford to so visibly compromise its integrity.
10:45
According to Latin America, the growing importance of the military presence in the canal zone has deadlocked negotiations for some time, but growing pressure from the left in Panama has forced President Torrijos to step up the pace of the talks. That pressure peaked during Kissinger's visit when a government authorized demonstration by the Student Federation turned into a militantly anti-US confrontation led by the outlawed peoples party, the Communist Party of Panama.
11:14
At the same time, Torrijos is under increasing attack from the right in Panama. According to the New York Times, a growing sector of the national business community has become so disgusted with Torrijos' current domestic policies that they have withdrawn their support for him and hope that his treaty aims come to nothing, so as to further destabilize his government. Under Torrijos' rule, business has prospered in Panama.
11:44
There are now 55 banking houses in the country with deposits of $1.5 billion. They're pumping $100 million a year into the economy, but businessmen have become increasingly disgruntled since October of last year when Torrijos ordered construction of low income housing and cut short a high rise building boom. This has led to anti-government demonstrations, including a march of the empty pots by middle and upper class women.
12:19
Latin America continues saying that Panamanian officials fear that the US may take part in new efforts to bring about a coup in concert with these right-wing forces if Torrijos succumbs to mounting leftist pressure. John Dean's senate testimony implicated Watergate plumber, E. Howard Hunt, in plans to assassinate Torrijos just after the US elections in 1972. The mission was scrapped, but Panamanian officials took it seriously enough to interrupt canal negotiations. In recent weeks, at least 11 right-wingers have been arrested on charges of plotting against the government.
12:53
Like other nationalist leaders in Latin America, Torrijos is faced with a three edged problem. One, a growing socialist and anti-imperialist movement that is demanding that he live up to his nationalist principles. Two, a national bourgeoisie whose support is mercurial and divided because of its economic dependence on the United States. And three, the United States itself, which is dedicated to preserving and expanding its interest in Latin America.
13:27
The Latin American military plays a central role throughout Latin America in maintaining a political stability that is favorable to the US and canal zone operations are important for developing the military's essential allegiance to capitalist ideology and the US itself. It is against this backdrop that the negotiations over the canal zone take place. The outcome of the negotiations and the political activities in Panama and the US that surround them will have a profound effect on the future of all Latin America. That report from the British News Weekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_04_18
06:53
The British news weekly Latin America recently carried this story about political refugees from Haiti, a tiny Latin American country which shares the Caribbean island of Hispaniola with the Dominican Republic.
07:06
Latin America begins by telling the story of Mrs. Marie Sanon, a woman who recently fled Haiti to escape the fear of beatings and the threat of jail. Mrs. Sanon thought when she fled Haiti that she would find asylum in the United States. Instead, she's one of some 400 Haitians in the United States, over 100 of them in jail, who are faced with deportation as illegal aliens.
07:31
Since there are no immigration quotas for the Western hemisphere countries, immigrants may be admitted when they meet certain qualifications or if they are political refugees. Tens of thousands of Cubans are in this country because they are the type of refugees acceptable to the State Department. US authorities claim that escapees like Ms. Sanon are not political refugees because, they say, there is no political repression on that Caribbean island. The State Department says that since the death of Papa Doc Duvalier three years ago, his son, Jean-Claude, has brought about a more liberalized regime. But, says Latin America, Ms. Sanon and many others have charged that nothing has changed in Haiti and that the reform is just a cosmetic device to attract tourists to the island.
08:16
Mrs. Sanon lived in Port-au-Prince Haiti with her parents and nine other brothers and sisters in a small house. To meet increasing family expenses, her father rented a room to a man they later learned was a member of the Duvalier secret police, the Leopards. Early last year, after months of not receiving any rent from their boarder, one of the sisters went to ask for it and was brutally beaten. When the father went to find out what happened, he was arrested. Later, her mother was arrested too, and both were kept in jail for a month.
08:47
After their release, the family lived in constant fear of further beatings or arrests. One of Mrs. Sanon's brothers, a law student, refused to help plan national sovereignty day observance at the university and declared his opposition to the regime. One day, Mrs. Sanon's friends told her that the Leopards were going to arrest her and her brother that night. With another brother, they left Port-au-Prince and made their way to Cap-Haitien where they met others who also wanted to escape.
09:16
38 of them, including 30 men, seven women and a 16-year-old boy jammed into a small 20-foot sailboat they found and set sail for freedom, Miami, 750 miles away. But after two days out, the rudder broke and Gulf Currents brought them to the Cuban shore. Cuban officials offered them asylum, but they refused saying they were not Communists. They made repairs and set out again. Days later, the rudder failed again and the boat floundered.
09:46
After nine days of helpless drifting, they were cited by some fishermen who then radioed the US Coast Guard. They were soon picked up and brought to Miami. The group, of course, asked for political asylum, but the State Department refused since it holds the view that no political repression is practiced on the island.
10:02
Yet, says Latin America, despite proclamations of the Duvalier government to the contrary, terror and imprisonment have been documented by a number of human rights groups such as Amnesty International. In a report issued last year, Amnesty said no real changes have taken place in Haiti, except for an increasing struggle for power, both within the Duvalier family itself and among the ministers and other officials. For many years, hardly any information about political prisoners seeped out of Haiti. Prisoners who were released or exiled did not dare speak for fear of reprisals on themselves or their families.
10:39
United States government officials say that many Haitians have come to this country for purely economic reasons, and that 30% never request asylum. They also say that the refugees who can't establish that they will be subject to persecution on account of race, religion, nationality, political opinion, or membership in a particular group cannot remain in the United States. Why the State Department is treating Haitians differently than other refugees is a question that has been posed by many groups supporting the Haitians.
11:09
In Miami, a former Justice Department attorney who represents 250 of the refugees says what it boils down to is that the United States is unwilling to accept the fact that people who come from right-wing countries are oppressed. People who flee to the United States from Communist countries are always granted political asylum, but we have a long history of refusing those from right-wing or Fascist dictatorships. That from the British newswekly, Latin America.
LAPR1974_06_06
04:35
From Opinião of Brazil with the coming of the dry season last July, large earth moving machines began work on the first section of yet another Amazonian highway. This one 2500 miles long. This highway will link up with others, which are part of the Brazilian government's program to develop Amazonia. Estimated costs for the road building alone are $10 million per year.
05:06
Some of the largest construction firms in Brazil are contracted to build the highway. Sebastião Camargo, owner of the largest Brazilian construction company is also a large ranch owner in the area. He is ecstatic about the new highway. "The Amazon region," he said, "is a blank space in the world." What is happening there now reveals completely unforeseen possibilities.
05:35
The human factor that lies behind Brazil's national integration plan is that the Amazon region is the aboriginal homeland of hundreds of independent Indian nations. The Christian Science Monitor reports that a long smoldering conflict over land claims is threatening to explode into open warfare between Indians and white ranchers in the vast frontier region of central Brazil. The Xavante Indians have sent an ultimatum to the Brazilian officials.
06:05
They want the National Indian Foundation to reaffirm the reservation boundary lines or face the prospect of war. The Xavante nation grows year by year, but its lands are shrinking. Their chief, Apoena, told them more than 300 warriors, "The people are hungry. These are lands of our forefathers. If the ranchers do not want to leave peacefully, we will push them out."
06:30
Chief Apoena said he doesn't understand why Xavantes must exist on such little land. "The rancher alone wants to own the forest, the world", he said, "this is wrong." The poor must also receive something. Government Indian experts pacified the Xavante in the mid 1940s. Soon after the Land Department began selling tracks in the Xavante area and granting ownership titles. The tribe roamed Central Brazil, 300 to 400 miles northwest of Brasilia, the nation's ultramodern capital.
07:10
Gradually the Xavantes were weakened and decimated. Intertribal wars killed some. Farmers and ranchers also have been accused of organizing expeditions to wipe out Indian villages in surprise attacks with modern arms. The Xavantes fled their ancestral lands about 1957. The exodus ended when they settled peacefully near the Salesian Mission at São Marcos in 1958. The tribe slowly recovered and their numbers increased.
07:43
From 1960, the Xavantes press for the return of their lands, most of it now taken over by immense ranches. In 1969, the interior minister visited São Marcos. He solemnly promised Chief Apoena the problem would be resolved quickly that the tribe would not lose their lands. The minister received a magnificent feathered headdress symbol of Xavante friendship and trust. The decree expanding the Xavante reserve came in September, 1972. The high point of Xavante confidence in the government. The confidence declined as the ranchers continued on the land, and then the interior minister made headlines saying, "no one is going to stop development of the Amazon because of the Indians."
08:32
Chief Apoena now tells his warriors to expect nothing of the white man's promises and to prepare for war. "We will show the whites that Xavantes are not domesticated animals. Our war will give the enemy no rest. It will be bloody and spare no one."
08:51
The fabulous wealth of the Amazon is a longstanding Brazilian myth. Ever since the Portuguese explorers first set eyes in the opulent jungle, Amazonia has been thought of as the land of the future through construction of the Trans-Amazonian highway and colonization programs. The Brazilian government, since the military takeover in 1964, has sought to develop the area. Recent studies published in the Brazilian weekly Opinião however, caution that the Amazon is probably not as wealthy as has been thought.
09:25
Part of the rationale for building the Trans-Amazonian Highway is to open the land to colonists. A recent report has found, however, that along a 550 mile stretch of the highway, the land is too sterile to grow such crops as rice and beans, the mainstay of most colonists. In 1972, the same group found that another stretch of 800 miles of the highway bartered infertile land. Those fertile areas which have been located are small and far from the roads and colonial settlements.
10:02
The colonization program, which has moved more than a hundred thousand people to Amazonia, has been met with serious setbacks. Subsistence crops are always below expectation and do not provide much earnings. The attempt to introduce cash crops has been hurt by the colonist's lack of technical experience and the high price and scarcity of fertilizer. The major problem, however, is ecological. Despite the abundant lavish jungle growth, the soil is actually poor. Plants live off of themselves.
10:36
They're nourished by the leaves that fall to the jungle floor and decompose into humus. When the trees are cleared to make way for agricultural land, there is nothing to prevent the rain from washing the humus away, leaving only the sterile soil. As a result, states the report published by Opinião, crops prosper their first year, but returns diminish the second and third years. By the fourth year, the land often does not support the colonist any longer.
11:05
Another report on the Amazon published by Opinião is a study by an expert who lives in the north. It was solicited by Brazil's leader, General Geisel. In it, the expert states that even though Amazonia has received some of the most grandiose public works from the past three governments and is continually referred to as an important element in national plans, the region is more fragmented and dependent than before. While attempting to integrate Amazonia into the rest of the country, the three governments followed mistaken policies, concludes the report. Government investments have not been sufficient to correct the deformities and deficiencies in Amazonia that require development.
11:56
The integration of Amazonia into the rest of the country through an extensive road network, has not brought economic interdependence, which is the goal of the program. On the contrary, states the report, the new transportation avenues have solidified the dependent relationship and have provoked a series of crises such as the population drain of Belém, capital of the state of Pará. Three forms of dependency have been brought by the national integration system.
12:27
First, new roads have wiped out the invisible tariff barriers, which permitted Amazonian products competitive advantage. Second, the Amazon has been culturally tied to Brazil South through the extension of the National Television network, which shows programs set almost exclusively in Rio or São Paulo. Thirdly, the region has become administratively dependent on the central government. Regional authorities and local officials have little say in directing their own destiny.
12:59
The report in Opinião concludes that the goal should be less to increase the colonization program than to save the existing population. Injecting new populations into the region would be to submit a larger number of people to the same process of blood and exhaustion says the report 21 diseases potentially fatal to humans have been isolated in Amazonia. Increased colonization has caused a greater incidence of disease. There has also been growing crime, prostitution, and disruption of the villages of the area's original inhabitants. "Wouldn't it be more rational?," asks the report, "to use the resources and people already in the region to develop the Amazon." This report from the Brazilian weekly Opinião.